Methods of Algebra IIIndependent English Edition

Methods of Algebra

Volume 2: Linear Algebra

Wen-Wei Li, author


About this edition

Complete independent English translation of the 2024 source work.

CC BY 4.0. Independent edition; the source author and publisher do not endorse it.

Introduction

This book is a sequel to [Li1] (hereafter Volume I). Its purpose is to introduce a range of methods, ideas, and techniques that may reasonably be grouped under the broad heading of linear algebra, assuming familiarity with the basic structures of algebra. These methods pervade contemporary mathematics. To address practical needs as comprehensively as possible, the relevant techniques must be forged into purer and more concise forms; categories and functors are an indispensable language for doing so. The book is divided into three main parts: the Inner Part, the Outer Part, and the appendices. It is intended chiefly for advanced undergraduates, graduate students, researchers, teachers, and independent learners who work on or are interested in these subjects. The prerequisites include familiarity with algebraic structures such as groups, rings, modules, and fields, as well as category theory. Volume I covers all of this background, though other good textbooks will serve equally well apart from minor differences in notation. The motivation for writing the book was explained in the introduction to Volume I; the original purpose remains unchanged and need not be repeated here.

What Is Linear Algebra?

In the usage of algebraists, “linear” broadly describes properties connected with structures that have addition and its inverse operation, subtraction. Addition and subtraction in turn give rise to multiplication by integers; an immediate generalization is scalar multiplication by elements of a ring \(R\). The prototypical examples are left and right \(R\)-modules, while a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module is simply an abelian group. For a given \(R\)-module (taken to be a left module unless otherwise stated), one may study its submodules and quotient modules, as well as the kernel \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\), cokernel \(\operatorname{coker}(f)\), and image \(\operatorname{im}(f)\) of a module homomorphism \(f\). All are old friends from elementary algebra; at least the special case in which \(R\) is a field—that is, the case of vector spaces—is widely familiar. Since the twentieth century, mathematical practice has gradually shown that extending the study of \(R\)-modules and their homomorphisms to complexes of \(R\)-modules is not only useful and convenient, but often necessary. Such a complex is a sequence of module homomorphisms satisfying \(d^{n+1}d^n=0\): \[\cdots \longrightarrow X^{n-1} \xrightarrow{d^{n-1}} X^n \xrightarrow{d^n} X^{n+1} \xrightarrow{d^{n+1}} \cdots .\] The condition on the homomorphisms is sometimes written \(d^2=0\), while the full data of the complex are often abbreviated as \((X^n,d^n)_n\), \((X,d)\), or \(X\). Because the notation uses increasing superscripts, this is also called a cochain complex. If instead one uses decreasing subscripts, \(\cdots\to X_n\xrightarrow{d_n}X_{n-1}\to\cdots\), the resulting mathematical object is called a chain complex; the distinction is purely formal. A single \(R\)-module \(M\) may be regarded as the special complex with \(X^0=M\) and all other terms zero. For a complex \(X\), the identity \(d^nd^{n-1}=0\) allows its \(n\)th cohomology to be defined as the quotient module \[\operatorname{H}^n(X):=\operatorname{ker}\left(d^n\right)\big/\operatorname{im}\left(d^{n-1}\right).\] A complex satisfying \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)=0\) for every \(n\) is called an exact sequence or an acyclic complex. For a chain complex, correspondingly, one has homology \(\operatorname{H}_n(X):=\operatorname{ker}(d_n)/\operatorname{im}(d_{n+1})\). The cohomology of a complex (or the homology of a chain complex) often contains important information about the mathematical object under study.

For modules and other mathematical structures equipped with some kind of linear operation—for example, objects of the abelian categories introduced later—the study of complexes and their cohomology is the classical subject matter of homological algebra. This forms a proper part of “linear algebra” in its genuine sense, yet lies at the heart of this book. A brief account of its origins follows.

A Brief History of Homology

Mathematics need not be grounded in history; nevertheless, looking back to understand what lies ahead can only be beneficial. We shall divide the development of homology theory, somewhat artificially, into several stages.

The Formative Period

The first impetus for the development of homological algebra came from topology. In the latter half of the nineteenth century, B. Riemann and E. Betti studied the genus of surfaces and its higher-dimensional generalizations, now called Betti numbers. Around the turn of the century, H. Poincaré developed these ideas into a more rigorous theory. Roughly speaking, Poincaré’s original idea was to decompose a space into polygons, polyhedra, or higher-dimensional analogues glued together; compute Betti numbers and their torsion analogues from matrices encoding the gluing; and prove that these quantities are topological invariants. In a short paper from 1925, E. Noether explained how homology could be defined as an abelian group, with the Betti numbers and their torsion analogues merely numerical invariants derived from it. This already comes close to the modern definition in algebraic topology: for a decomposed space \(E\) and an abelian group \(A\), one defines a chain complex \(C(E,A)\) that records how the pieces are glued; the homology groups of \(E\) with coefficients in \(A\) are then \(\operatorname{H}_n(E;A):=\operatorname{H}_n(C(E,A))\), while the cohomology groups \(\operatorname{H}^n(E;A)\) are defined dually. From then until about 1950, algebraic topology entered an extraordinarily fertile period. From the algebraic point of view, notable developments included:

  • the universal coefficient theorem for homology (or cohomology), which says that the case of integer coefficients suffices to determine homology (or cohomology) with coefficients in an arbitrary abelian group \(A\); its explicit description involves the \(\operatorname{Tor}\) (or \(\operatorname{Ext}\)) functor, to be studied in depth later;

  • the cup product on cohomology, a multiplicative structure carried by cohomology groups;

  • aspherical spaces: connected spaces \(E\) satisfying \(n>1\implies\pi_n(E)=0\), where \(\pi_n(E)\) denotes the \(n\)th homotopy group relative to a chosen base point. W. Hurewicz proved that the homology and cohomology groups of an aspherical space are entirely determined by \(\pi_1(E)\) and can be described algebraically. This marked the beginning of group cohomology.

Another impetus for homological algebra came from within algebra itself. The classical example is Hilbert’s syzygy theorem in invariant theory (1890): in modern language, it states that every module over the polynomial ring \(\Bbbk[X_1,\ldots,X_n]\) has a free resolution of length \(\leq n\). The \(\operatorname{Ext}\) functor likewise arises from algebraic questions. For abelian groups \(A\) and \(B\), a short exact sequence of abelian groups \(0\to A\to E\to B\to0\) is also called a group extension; equivalence classes of such extensions correspond bijectively to the elements of \(\operatorname{Ext}^1(B,A)\). Moreover, if \(B\) is replaced by an arbitrary group \(G\), the classification of group extensions leads naturally to an algebraic definition of group cohomology \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,A)\). Derivations on rings attracted algebraists’ attention early on. In 1942, G. Hochschild defined invariants of a ring \(R\) now called Hochschild homology and cohomology; the degree-one cohomology group classifies derivations modulo inner derivations.1 These constructions extend to arbitrary \((R,R)\)-bimodules \(M\) and continue to play an important role at the frontiers of modern mathematics. Also worth mentioning is J. Leray’s wartime work on sheaves and spectral sequences, motivated initially by fixed-point problems related to partial differential equations. Sheaves are geometric structures that carry local–global information, while spectral sequences provide powerful tools for computing sheaf cohomology. Influenced by Leray’s theory and Kiyoshi Oka’s work in several complex variables, H. Cartan and others set about rewriting the foundations of algebraic topology after the war; homological algebra thereby took on an entirely new form.

The Cartan–Eilenberg Revolution

The monumental and far-reaching work of H. Cartan and S. Eilenberg [CE56] was long regarded as the canonical reference. It marked a new period in the development of homological algebra. Its main contributions include:

  • defining injective and projective modules, and injective and projective resolutions of modules;

  • defining right and left derived functors in the framework of module theory, thereby giving general definitions of \(\operatorname{Ext}\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}\), and introducing the injective and projective dimensions of a module—tools that soon proved highly effective in the theory of commutative rings;

  • using this machinery to explain earlier constructions, such as group cohomology and Hochschild homology and cohomology;

  • systematically establishing the general theory of spectral sequences and their multiplicative structures.

The term “homological algebra” also originates in [CE56]. With the emergence of this grand theory, homological algebra entered its youth.

Abelian Categories

From a geometric—more precisely, sheaf-theoretic—viewpoint, the module-theoretic framework for homological algebra is too restrictive. One seeks categories \(\mathcal A\) more general than the category \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) of left \(R\)-modules, while retaining some “linear” character. An early attempt appeared in D. Buchsbaum’s 1955 doctoral thesis, also included as an appendix to [CE56]; he abstracted the notion of an exact sequence from module theory. The now standard approach comes from A. Grothendieck’s paper [Gr57]; it led to what are now called abelian categories. An abelian category is an additive category with kernels and cokernels in which every morphism \(f:M\to N\) is strict. Roughly speaking, strictness corresponds to the familiar module-theoretic isomorphism theorem \(M/\operatorname{ker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f)\). In the same work, Grothendieck also:

  • used long exact sequences to define \(\delta\)-functors and universal \(\delta\)-functors, characterized the universal ones, and showed that derived functors are special cases of universal \(\delta\)-functors;

  • gave the Grothendieck spectral sequence for deriving a composite of functors;

  • defined a special class of abelian categories, now called Grothendieck categories, and established the existence of injective resolutions in them.

These theories made it possible to study sheaf cohomology on more general spaces and were crucial to the development of geometry.

Derived Categories

In his 1963 doctoral thesis, J.-L. Verdier defined the derived category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal A)\) of an abelian category \(\mathcal A\). The motivation came from difficulties Grothendieck encountered while studying duality in algebraic geometry. Those obstacles prompted the search for a framework in which one works with complexes themselves rather than merely with their cohomology, formally inverting the quasi-isomorphisms in the category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal A)\). A quasi-isomorphism is a morphism of complexes \(f:X\to Y\) inducing isomorphisms \(\operatorname{H}^n(f):\operatorname{H}^n(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^n(Y)\) on cohomology. The operation of formally inverting these morphisms is called Gabriel–Zisman localization, a categorical generalization of ring localization. The derived category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal A)\) contains more information than cohomology alone, and its formalism is correspondingly different: sequences of morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal A)\) called distinguished triangles, \[X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{h} X[1]\] play the role of short exact sequences in \(\mathcal A\) or in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal A)\). Here \(X[1]\) is the shift of the complex \(X\): \[X[1]^n=X^{n+1},\quad d_{X[1]}^n=-d_X^n.\] Verdier further abstracted these constructions into structures called triangulated categories. From the topological viewpoint, the triangulated structure of a derived category is equally natural: distinguished triangles are analogous to cofiber sequences in homotopy theory. This relates to the homotopical algebra discussed later. Also motivated by homotopy theory, D. Puppe independently discovered a similar structure in 1962, although his conditions did not include Verdier’s octahedral axiom. Although derived categories are not ideal for every application, their language remained the preferred one among geometers and algebraists into the early twenty-first century. One prominent application is the theory of \(\mathscr D\)-modules, developed chiefly by Masaki Kashiwara, Z. Mebkhout, and others; some of its basic operations admit satisfactory definitions only at the level of derived categories. The derived category of a ring \(R\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R):=\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), may also be regarded as an invariant of \(R\). If two rings have equivalent derived categories as triangulated categories, they are called derived equivalent. Questions and methods surrounding derived equivalence form a major current in the representation theory of algebras, pioneered by D. Happel, J. Rickard, and others.

Homotopical Algebra

The reader will recall that the topological origin of homological algebra lay in decomposing spaces and then extracting topological invariants from suitable chain or cochain complexes. There are many ways to carry out the initial decomposition; simplicial sets, defined by Eilenberg and Zilber in 1950, are one of them, and they generalize further to simplicial objects in a given category. This language has unusually broad explanatory power: the homotopy theory of topological spaces can be developed using simplicial sets, while the construction called the “nerve” interprets categories as a special kind of simplicial set. What happens if a little “linearity” is added to this picture? The Dold–Kan correspondence (1958) directly connects simplicial objects in an abelian category with the theory of complexes. For the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) of abelian groups, for example, the Dold–Kan correspondence is an explicitly defined adjoint equivalence \[\text{Diagram prelude-unit-002-d001}\] where \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\) is the category of simplicial objects in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\) is the category of nonnegative chain complexes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Other conventions for complexes can be accommodated by reversing the indexing or passing to the opposite category. The Dold–Kan correspondence gives topological interpretations of many definitions and constructions concerning chain complexes. Simplicial methods likewise provide a unified account of a class of resolutions collectively called “bar constructions” in homological algebra. Homotopy is a central idea in simplicial theory. Algebraic methods involving simplicial objects are therefore sometimes called homotopical algebra. Their power is displayed especially clearly in the higher \(K\)-theory developed by D. Quillen, though their applications are by no means limited to it. In summary, simplicial methods in linear algebra may be viewed as a higher-level confluence of topology—especially homotopy theory—and homological algebra. In the early twenty-first century, this confluence inspired another wave: infinity-category theory.


  1. Translator’s note: the source says that the degree-one term “classifies all derivations.” This has been corrected here: \(\operatorname{H}^1_{\mathrm{Hoch}}(R,R)\) classifies derivations modulo inner derivations; see correction O014-C001.↩︎

The Purpose of This Book

Organizational Aims

The preceding introduction shows that what is called linear algebra divides roughly into two main branches: the theory of abelian categories and the theory of complexes built upon them. This book centers on these two branches and seeks to provide the ideas and techniques needed to understand contemporary mathematics. Its contents include both the algebraic methods used in applications and the theoretical foundations those methods require. Since the methods primarily serve research in pure mathematics and are meant to apply as broadly as possible, the book may also be characterized as “pure applied mathematics.” The book also attempts to serve both as a textbook and as a reference, which necessarily calls for attention to detail and systematic development. These goals pull against one another, yet the book must state its purpose, develop its themes, and bring them home within a finite space. This creates an enormous organizational challenge, but one that must be accepted. As to content, derived categories, derived functors, and spectral sequences are essential knowledge for contemporary mathematicians. Yet they pose real difficulties for beginners, chiefly at the level of ideas and definitions. The Inner Part is organized around this objective and lays the foundation for the Outer Part. To keep the exposition flowing and save space, we shall not retrace history step by step, but will more often follow the logical order made visible by hindsight. Constrained by these aims, what critics of art and literature call an “aura” inevitably recedes from the prose, replaced at times by the heaviness of systematic structure and rigorous proof. The aura opposed to that heaviness is mathematics’ first knock upon the human mind, and perhaps its last. In the author’s view, however, a light, agile, direct style belongs either to a theory’s formative period or relies upon a complete supporting literature. Such support must be embedded in the native linguistic culture and shared by every reader. The author has chosen to carry the burden, hoping that the appearance of this book will leave future authors free to travel more lightly. During its preparation, the book drew extensively on related works, among them [Wei94, ML98, KS06, Rie16, Yek20]. The Stacks Project [stacks] and the nLab website also proved invaluable.

Approach and Trade-offs

The book must accommodate many fields and styles while finding a balance between classical and modern approaches, so that the material remains reasonably accessible to beginners. Compromise is therefore the author’s guiding principle. Few readers, however, open a book in search of compromise. Compromise brings detours, so the path of this book is a geodesic for no reader; that is unavoidable. For the same reason, the selection of material cannot satisfy everyone. Geometrically inclined readers will not find sheaves or \(t\)-structures, while readers interested in the representation theory of algebras will not find tilting theory. These topics are omitted because the corresponding theories cannot be adequately motivated without first entering those subjects more deeply. Category theorists may regard the book’s approach as no more than semiclassical. Even so, readers may notice that the main text and exercises leave entry points for more advanced viewpoints, such as dg-categories, monad theory, and simplicial objects, though each is touched on only briefly. These topics can be viewed as a warm-up for infinity-category theory and point toward a new world deeper than linear algebra, called advanced or higher algebra, which lies beyond the scope of this book. One further choice deserves explanation: the book treats general abelian categories and develops their basic properties directly from the axioms, unlike some homological-algebra texts that consider only modules. This generality is demanded both by theoretical completeness and by practical necessity: even if modules were our sole starting point, constructions such as functor categories and Serre quotients would still require it. Because diagram chases in module theory do not extend directly to the general setting, some foundational results about abelian categories require rather indirect proofs. To help with these details, the book expects readers to have some elementary experience with complexes of modules and their cohomology, such as the material of [Li1], though this is not logically necessary. The celebrated Freyd–Mitchell embedding theorem states that every small abelian category admits an exact, fully faithful embedding into \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) for some ring \(R\). Granting this theorem, many basic facts about abelian categories can be checked in the concrete module category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\). A proof of the theorem is given in Appendix

§B.6. Because the proof is itself nontrivial and depends on basic properties of abelian categories, the theorem does not essentially simplify their theory; its role is chiefly heuristic.

Guide to Using the Book

How the Book May Be Used

To serve as a reference work, the book needs a reasonably systematic organization. Its chapters therefore follow a primarily logical order. Dependencies between earlier and later material are especially pronounced in the Inner Part, while the few necessary topics that diverge from the main line or are more technical have been assigned to appendices. Independent readers should decide what to read according to their own interests and needs. Most of these choices arise in the Outer Part, whereas the Inner Part supplies the common foundational framework, although even there some sections are optional. More abstract or technical details may be omitted on an initial reading, while material involving the appendices is best skipped at first or merely skimmed. Detailed advice on these choices appears at the beginning of each chapter and appendix, especially in the reading guides. As noted above in the discussion of the book’s aims, we have unavoidably wrapped mathematical ideas in layer upon layer of prose. Independent readers must make a determined effort to discern the mathematics itself within those layers, like catching lightning amid roiling clouds. For readers using the book as a reference, the author has tried to organize the exposition modularly so that its parts can be read separately. This is reflected not only in the division into chapters, but also in the following two features.

  • As far as possible, the book uses the standard notation of contemporary literature, supplemented by reviews and explanations. The Conventions at the end of the introduction and the index at the end of the book provide two further aids to understanding the notation.

  • Statements and proofs contain copious cross-references, allowing readers who already know something of the subject to understand the discussion quickly and build an efficient conceptual map.

In particular, the author hopes that the book will help readers preparing to teach or participating in seminars to assemble the knowledge they need quickly and then recast it in their own language. As for classroom use, one must frankly admit that teaching schedules are not governed by individual wishes. While writing the book, the author had almost no opportunity to try out this material in the classroom, so its effectiveness there remains unknown. Judging from past experience, even with details omitted in lectures, the book clearly contains enough material for more than one academic year; in a streamlined presentation, the Inner Part might perhaps be compressed into a single semester. An instructor using the book as the primary textbook will first have to decide how to divide the material. The author hopes that the modular design just mentioned will make this task easier. The lack of classroom testing has two further consequences. First, the book must still contain many undiscovered errors. Second, it lacks the finish of a classic textbook. This is due both to practical circumstances and to the author’s own limitations; the author can only ask the reader’s indulgence.

On the Exercises

Every chapter and appendix ends with exercises arranged in the order of the corresponding material in the main text and sometimes accompanied by hints. Their chief purposes are to supplement the text with further properties, provide examples, and broaden the reader’s perspective. Some exercises help readers become familiar with techniques and generally make few technical demands. A few ask readers to fill in details omitted from the text; these details are either trivial, easy, or, more often, both. In short, the author hopes that beginners will attempt as many exercises as possible, but they need not force themselves or feel obliged to complete them all.

Categories and Their Size

Most of this book is expressed in categorical language because practice has shown category theory to be an efficient means of understanding and handling algebraic problems. Nevertheless, linear algebra—or what is called homological algebra—is no more a branch of category theory than probability theory is a branch of measure theory. Unlike some textbooks, both this book and Volume I require that, for a category, the collection of all objects and the collection of all morphisms each be a set; it is not enough for the objects merely to form a “class.” The price of excluding proper classes from the definitions is that, strictly speaking, one must introduce Grothendieck universes to measure the size of sets and assume that all sets belong to some universe \(\mathcal{U}\); see [Li1]. When concrete problems are considered case by case, the axiom that there are sufficiently many universes—equivalently, sufficiently many strongly inaccessible cardinals—can often be weakened. Since this issue is not central to the book, we shall not pursue it further.

Overview of the Structure

Readers are advised to begin with the Conventions at the end of the introduction, in order to familiarize themselves with the notation and conventions used throughout the book. Beyond that, beginners are discouraged from reading strictly in sequence unless they are already highly receptive to abstract methods. Each chapter opens with a detailed summary and reading guide. First comes the Inner Part, which lays the foundations.

  • Chapter 1: Supplements to Category Theory.Reviews and rounds out the requisite category theory, emphasizing strict morphisms, kernels and cokernels in additive categories, Kan extensions, Gabriel–Zisman localization, and related topics.

  • Chapter 2: Abelian Categories.Develops the basic theory of abelian categories, supplemented by material on Grothendieck categories and other topics.

  • Chapter 3: Complexes.Discusses basic notions such as complexes, double complexes, homotopies, and mapping cones in additive categories, as well as cohomology in abelian categories. The second half treats derived functors from the classical viewpoint, including special cases such as \(\operatorname{Ext}\), \(\operatorname{Tor}\), and \(\lim^1\). To handle unbounded complexes, it concludes with K-injective and K-projective resolutions.

  • Chapter 4: Triangulated and Derived Categories.Introduces the general notions of triangulated categories and triangulated functors, then concentrates on derived categories of abelian categories and derived functors between derived categories. The classical \(\operatorname{Ext}\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}\) are upgraded accordingly to \(\operatorname{RHom}\) and \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\).

  • Chapter 5: Spectral Sequences.Begins with the general definition of spectral sequences and exact couples, then specializes progressively to the spectral sequences of filtered complexes and double complexes and to their applications in algebra. Exact couples are not absolutely necessary for the spectral sequence of a filtered complex.

Next comes the Outer Part, devoted to applications or further developments.

  • Chapter 6: Group Homology and Cohomology.Studies group homology and cohomology, together with a variety of related computations and examples. It also treats Tate cohomology, the cohomology of profinite groups, and nonabelian cohomology, each of which plays an important role in applications.

  • Chapter 7: Monad Theory.Starts from the general notion of an “algebra” in a monoidal category and first discusses differential graded structures related to complexes. After treating examples that include coalgebras, bialgebras, and Hopf algebras, it turns to Beck’s monadicity theorem. The second half considers module theory, introduces Morita theory, and applies monadicity to flat descent for modules and to Galois descent.

  • Chapter 8: Simplicial Methods.Covers the general theory of simplicial objects and simplicial sets, the Dold–Kan correspondence, and the bar construction formulated in the language of monads. The final sections concern the generalized Eilenberg–Zilber theorem and a topological interpretation of mapping cones.

  • Chapter 9: Duality.Begins with duality in monoidal categories and, after basic examples, studies reconstruction theorems and Tannakian categories. This chapter is not directly concerned with complexes.

The original plan called for the Outer Part to include the foundations of representation theory, which seemed likely to play a natural role in the overall structure. Late in the process, the idea was abandoned because the book was already too long and several mature textbooks were available. The appendices are as follows.

  • Appendix A: Further Material on Abelian Categories.Collects material directly or indirectly related to abelian categories, either cited in the main text or developed as a side topic.

  • Appendix B: An Introduction to Ind- and Pro-objects.Starts from the theory of profinite groups, naturally introduces ind- and pro-objects, and studies the Ind-construction for categories and functors. As an application, it then proves the Freyd–Mitchell embedding theorem for abelian categories.

Finally, the author’s personal website provides the latest supplementary information, including errata, for this book and the author’s other works. Readers are invited to follow the updates there and to write to the author if they find any errors in the book.

Acknowledgments

During the preparation of this book, the author benefited from corrections and suggestions by teachers, colleagues, and friends. The process lasted so long that omissions and errors of memory are inevitable; the following list is incomplete: Huan Zhen, Huang Chenxin, Li Jinghui, Lei Jiale, Li Changyuan, Sun Yuze, Tang Yiming, Xue Hanyu, Yang Enlin, Zhang Haofeng, and Zhao Zelong (in Hanyu Pinyin order). A small portion of the book was used in courses at the University of Chinese Academy of Sciences and Huazhong University of Science and Technology. The author also thanks everyone who took part in those courses. Like all the author’s works to date, this book was written entirely in an open-source software environment, including the operating system and the fonts used in preparing it for press. The author salutes the many selfless developers who put into practice the universal values of sharing and altruism. While this book was being written, the author’s research was supported by the Excellent Young Scientists Fund of the National Natural Science Foundation of China under project 11922101, with Peking University as the host institution. This support is gratefully acknowledged. The author also thanks Zhao Tianfu, an editor at Higher Education Press, for his patience and professionalism. The writing of this book ought to have followed seamlessly from Volume I, but various obstacles delayed its completion until the end of 2022. Despite the delay, preparing the book consumed even more of the author’s mental energy than Volume I. This was especially true of the repeated checking and revision in the final stages, which felt like walking through an endless dark tunnel. Much of this late work was done in Beijing subway cars. Working on the train was hardly comfortable and required making every minute and second count, quite literally. Yet amid that immense, anonymous current, day after day, the author seemed to sense a kind of tacit mutual understanding rarely found in working life, and to draw a glimmer of consolation from it. Was it so, or was it not? The explanation may be fanciful, but the feeling was real. The prelude now draws to a close: homage to the boundless distance, and to the endless multitudes.

Conventions

The notational conventions in this book are the same as in Volume I. They are summarized here, at the risk of some length.

Basic Conventions

The book uses standard logical symbols such as \(\forall\), \(\exists\), and \(\implies\). The symbol \(\exists !\) means “there exists exactly one,” and \(\iff\) means “if and only if.” The end of a proof is marked by \(\Box\). The notation \(A:=B\) means “\(A\) is defined to be \(B\).” If the definition of a mathematical object does not depend on choices of auxiliary data, it is called well-defined.

The arrow \(\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\) denotes an isomorphism between objects, sometimes written without direction as \(\simeq\). The symbols \(\xrightarrow{1:1}\) and \(\stackrel{1:1}{\longleftrightarrow}\) denote a bijection between sets, that is, a one-to-one correspondence. Notation such as \(F(\cdot)\) emphasizes the variable of a map or functor \(F\). The notation \(n\gg m\) means that \(n\) is sufficiently larger than \(m\). Thus \(n\gg0\) means that \(n\) is sufficiently large, while \(n\ll0\) means that \(-n\) is sufficiently large. The language of commutative diagrams is used extensively. The simplest case is the following. \[\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-d001} \; \text{commutes} \stackrel{\text{definition}}{\iff} g \circ f = h.\] Here \(f\), \(g\), and \(h\) may be maps, homomorphisms, or morphisms in an arbitrary category. More complicated commutative diagrams are understood in the same way.

Sets and Order Structures

The book uses Zermelo–Fraenkel axiomatic set theory and accepts the axiom of choice. The empty set is denoted by \(\emptyset\). The notation \(A\subset B\) means that \(A\) is a subset of \(B\), with equality allowed; strict inclusion is written \(A\subsetneq B\). Set difference is \(A\smallsetminus B:=\{a\in A:a\notin B\}\), and disjoint union is \(A\sqcup B\). For a map \(f:A\to B\), the notation \(a\mapsto b\) means that \(a\in A\) is mapped by \(f\) to \(b\in B\), and \(f|_{A'}\) is the restriction of \(f\) to a subset \(A'\subset A\). The identity map on \(A\) is denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A\). The number of elements of \(A\), also called its cardinality or cardinal, is denoted by \(|A|\). Following [Li1], a partially ordered set

is a set \(P\) equipped with a reflexive, transitive, and antisymmetric binary relation \(\leq\). Omitting antisymmetry gives a preordered set. The notation \(x<y\) means \(x\lneq y\). A partially ordered set \((P,\leq)\) is often abbreviated to \(P\).

  • If \(m\in P\) satisfies \(\forall x\in P,\;x\geq m\iff x=m\), then \(m\) is a maximal element of \(P\). Replacing \(\geq\) by \(\leq\) defines a minimal element. In general these need not be unique.

  • Let \(S\) be a subset of \(P\). If \(b\in P\) satisfies \(\forall x\in S,\;x\leq b\), then \(b\) is an upper bound of \(S\) in \(P\). Lower bounds are defined similarly.

  • If \(b\) is an upper bound of \(S\) and every other upper bound \(b'\) satisfies \(b'\geq b\), then \(b\) is the supremum of \(S\), denoted \(\sup S\). A supremum, if it exists, is unique. The infimum \(\inf S\) is defined similarly.

A map \(f:P\to Q\) of partially ordered sets is order-preserving if \(a\leq b\implies f(a)\leq f(b)\). If \(f\) is bijective and both \(f\) and \(f^{-1}\) are order-preserving, it is an isomorphism of partially ordered sets, or an order-preserving bijection. If every two elements of a partially ordered set \(P\) are comparable, then \(P\) is totally ordered. A nonempty totally ordered set in which every nonempty subset has a least element is well-ordered . Certain special well-ordered sets are called ordinals, and any two ordinals are comparable. Briefly:

  • for every ordinal \(\alpha\), one has \(\alpha=\{\beta:\text{ordinal},\;\beta<\alpha\}\);

  • if an ordinal \(\kappa\), as a set, is not equinumerous with any ordinal smaller than \(\kappa\), then it is called a cardinal;

  • the cardinality \(|S|\) of a set \(S\) is defined as the least ordinal in its equinumerosity class. This uses the fact that every set can be well-ordered (which requires the axiom of choice) and that every well-ordered set is isomorphic to a unique ordinal;

  • in particular, \(|\alpha|\leq\alpha\) for every ordinal \(\alpha\).

This is von Neumann’s viewpoint; see [Li1] or [Je03]. It is slightly more circuitous than the usual definition of a cardinal as an equinumerosity class, but has its conveniences. Finite ordinals may be identified with nonnegative integers: for each \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) there is a corresponding totally ordered set \(\mathbf n\), recursively defined as a set by \(\mathbf0:=\emptyset\) and \(\mathbf{n+1}:=\{\mathbf0,\ldots,\mathbf n\}\), with the evident order. The least infinite ordinal \(\omega\) is the well-ordered set \(\mathbf0\leq\mathbf1\leq\cdots\), and is also the countable cardinal \(\aleph_0\).

We choose a Grothendieck universe

\(\mathcal U\) to distinguish sizes of sets. Elements of \(\mathcal U\) are called \(\mathcal U\)-sets; sets equinumerous with a \(\mathcal U\)-set are called \(\mathcal U\)-small, or simply small sets. If a cardinal \(\mu\), regarded as a set, is \(\mathcal U\)-small, it is a small cardinal. We assume that every set \(X\) belongs to some \(\mathcal U\); see [Li1] and the accompanying discussion.

Categories

Our conventions for categories agree with [Li1]: the objects and morphisms of a category \(\mathcal C\) each form a set, denoted by \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\) and \(\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal C)\). The set of morphisms between two objects is denoted by \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C}(\cdot,\cdot)\), or simply \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,\cdot)\). The identity morphism of \(X\) is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\). Monomorphisms are marked by \(\hookrightarrow\) and epimorphisms by \(\twoheadrightarrow\); a monomorphism is also called an embedding.

  • For any morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in a category and any object \(T\), \(f\) induces pullback \(f^*\) and pushforward \(f_*\) operations on \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets: \[\begin{align*} f^*: \operatorname{Hom}(Y, T) & \to \operatorname{Hom}(X, T), & f_*: \operatorname{Hom}(T, X) & \to \operatorname{Hom}(T, Y) \\ \beta & \mapsto \beta f & \alpha & \mapsto f\alpha . \end{align*}\]

  • Subcategories are written using subset notation, \(\mathcal C'\subset\mathcal C\). If \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C'}(X,Y)=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C}(X,Y)\), then \(\mathcal C'\) is a full subcategory.

  • The product \(\mathcal C_1\times\mathcal C_2\) of two categories has object set \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C_1)\times\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C_2)\). A morphism from \((X_1,X_2)\) to \((Y_1,Y_2)\) is an element of \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C_1}(X_1,Y_1)\times\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C_2}(X_2,Y_2)\), and composition is componentwise. This immediately defines products \(\prod_i\mathcal C_i\) of arbitrary families of categories. Likewise, \(\mathcal C^n:=\mathcal C\times\cdots\times\mathcal C\) (\(n\) factors), or more generally \(\mathcal C^I\) for a set \(I\). See [Li1].

For example, every preordered set \((P,\leq)\) determines a category \(\mathcal P\) with object set \(P\) and \[\forall a,b \in P, \quad \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{P}}(a, b) = \begin{cases} \text{the singleton} \; \{ \star \}, & a \leq b \\ \emptyset, & \text{otherwise.} \end{cases}\] In particular, \(\mathbf0\) may be identified with the empty category, having no objects and no morphisms, while \(\mathbf1\) is identified with the category having exactly one object \(\mathbf0\) and one morphism \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathbf0}\). A category satisfying \(\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal C)=\{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X:X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\}\) is called discrete. Discrete categories correspond bijectively to sets under \(\mathcal C\mapsto\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\).

Terminology: Small and Large Categories

Fix a Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal U\), and let \(\mathcal C\) be a category. If \(\mathrm{Mor}(\mathcal C)\) is \(\mathcal U\)-small, then \(\mathcal C\) is a \(\mathcal U\)-small category. If only \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C}(X,Y)\) is required to be \(\mathcal U\)-small for every \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\), then \(\mathcal C\) is a \(\mathcal U\)-category. 1 For example, all \(\mathcal U\)-sets and maps between them form the \(\mathcal U\)-category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), which is not \(\mathcal U\)-small. Without a choice of \(\mathcal U\), on the other hand, all sets form a proper class and not a category in the sense of this book. Similarly, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) (or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)) denotes the category of all groups (or abelian groups) realized on \(\mathcal U\)-sets; these are \(\mathcal U\)-categories.

To see that size is a genuine issue, observe that the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) functor \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C}:\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal C\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) can be defined only when \(\mathcal C\) is a \(\mathcal U\)-category. Unless otherwise stated, categories in this book are \(\mathcal U\)-categories, and \(\mathcal U\)-small categories are simply called small. A category not necessarily a \(\mathcal U\)-category is called large.

Large categories are hard to avoid in many constructions, especially in theories involving functor categories or localization. Whenever a large category may occur and has substantive consequences, this will be stated explicitly.

Functors and Functor Categories

The identity functor of \(\mathcal C\) is denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal C}\). A functor \(F:\mathcal C\to\mathcal D\) sends a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal C\) to a morphism \(Ff:FX\to FY\) in \(\mathcal D\). If \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C}(X,Y)\to\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal D}(FX,FY)\) is injective (respectively bijective) for every \(X,Y\), then \(F\) is faithful (respectively fully faithful). If every object of \(\mathcal D\) is isomorphic to some \(FX\), then \(F\) is essentially surjective.

For categories associated with partially ordered sets, an order-preserving map \(P\to Q\) is precisely a functor \(\mathcal P\to\mathcal Q\).

In some of the literature, a morphism \(\varphi:F\to G\) between functors is also called a natural transformation and is sometimes written with a double arrow \(\varphi:F\Rightarrow G\). It consists of a compatible family \((\varphi_X:FX\to GX)_{X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)}\), and may be represented by the \(2\)-cell diagram introduced in [Li1]: \[\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-002}\] When \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-categories (see §1.3) or \(\Bbbk\)-linear categories (see §1.4) are discussed later, corresponding conditions will also be imposed on functors. Given functors \(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-003}\) and a morphism \(\varphi:F\to G\), one naturally obtains \(L\varphi:LF\to LG\) and \(\varphi R:FR\to GR\). Morphisms \(\varphi:F\to G\) and \(\psi:G\to H\) can also be composed to form \(\psi\varphi:F\to H\). These operations can be expressed as composition of \(2\)-cells, that is, by pasting diagrams. The triangle identities reviewed shortly are a basic example.

All functors from \(\mathcal C\) to \(\mathcal D\) form the functor category \(\mathcal D^{\mathcal C}\), also denoted \(\mathrm{Fct}(\mathcal C,\mathcal D)\). Unless \(\mathcal C\) is small, \(\mathcal D^{\mathcal C}\) is often a “large category.” As special cases, for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and the corresponding totally ordered set \(\mathbf n\), the categories \(\mathcal C^{\mathbf n}\) are described as follows.

  • by definition, \(\mathcal C^{\mathbf0}:=\mathbf1\);

  • there is a unique functor \(\mathcal C\to\mathbf1\), hence \(\mathbf1^{\mathcal C}=\mathbf1\);

  • specifying a functor \(\mathbf1\to\mathcal C\) is equivalent to specifying an object of \(\mathcal C\), hence \(\mathcal C^{\mathbf1}\simeq\mathcal C\);

  • the objects of \(\mathcal C^{\mathbf2}\) are morphisms in \(\mathcal C\), and its morphisms are commutative squares between them.

Thus \(\mathbf0\) may be called the initial category, \(\mathbf1=[\bullet]\) the terminal category, and \(\mathbf2=[\bullet\to\bullet]\) may be pictured as a walking arrow.

The opposite category \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\) has the same objects as \(\mathcal C\). Every morphism \(f:X\to Y\) may be regarded as a morphism \(Y\to X\) in \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\) and is then written \(f^{\operatorname{op}}\). Moreover, \(\mathrm{Fct}(\mathcal C,\mathcal D)^{\operatorname{op}}\) is naturally identified with \(\mathrm{Fct}(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}},\mathcal D^{\operatorname{op}})\). Passing from \(\mathcal C\) to \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\) reverses arrows; this mechanism is called duality in category theory. If functors \(F:\mathcal C\leftrightarrows\mathcal D:G\) satisfy \(GF\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal C}\) and \(FG\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal D}\), they are mutually quasi-inverse. A functor having a quasi-inverse is an equivalence of categories, a fundamental notion in category theory. If the strict equalities \(GF=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal C}\) and \(FG=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal D}\) hold, then they are mutually inverse isomorphisms of categories.

Algebraic Structures

The identity element of a group is denoted by \(1\) in multiplicative notation and by \(0\) for an abelian group in additive notation. The opposite group, with reversed multiplication, is \(G^{\operatorname{op}}\). If \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\), its index is \((G:H)\), also equal to the number of cosets \(|G/H|\) or \(|H\backslash G|\).

Unless otherwise stated, rings are associative and unital, as are algebras over commutative rings. The multiplicative identity of \(R\) is \(1\) or \(1_R\), and its invertible elements form the multiplicative group \(R^\times\). The characteristic of a field or integral domain \(R\) is \(\mathrm{char}(R)\). The opposite ring \(R^{\operatorname{op}}\) has multiplication in the reverse order.

Let \(r\) be a nonzero element of a commutative ring \(R\). If the additive-group homomorphism \(R\xrightarrow{\text{multiplication by}\;r}R\) has a nonzero kernel, then \(r\) is a zero divisor. The ideal generated by \(x,y,\ldots\) in a commutative ring is denoted by \((x,y,\ldots)\). The polynomial algebra over a commutative ring \(R\) in variables \(X_1,X_2,\ldots\) is \(R[X_1,X_2,\ldots]\), and the formal power-series ring is \(R\llbracket X_1,X_2,\ldots\rrbracket\). If \(M\) is a monoid, its monoid algebra over \(R\) is \(R[M]\). By convention, \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{Q}}\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}\) denote, respectively, the ring of integers, the field of rational numbers, the field of real numbers, and the field of complex numbers. If \(q\) is a prime power, \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_q\) is the finite field with \(q\) elements. If \(F\hookrightarrow E\) is an embedding of fields, the corresponding field extension is denoted by \(E|F\) and its degree by \([E:F]\). If \(E|F\) is Galois, its Galois group is \(\operatorname{Gal}(E|F)\).

The common categories associated with some basic algebraic structures are denoted as follows.

Monoids \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mon}}\)
Groups \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\)
Abelian groups \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}} = \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)
Left or right \(R\)-modules \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\)
\(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\)
\((R,S)\)-bimodules \((R,S)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)
\(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Alg}}\)
Commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}\)

\(R\), \(S\): arbitrary rings,
\(\Bbbk\): a field (for vector spaces),
\(\Bbbk\): a commutative ring (for algebras),
the module category \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) does not distinguish left from right.

If \(\Bbbk\) is fixed and \(R,S\) are \(\Bbbk\)-algebras, then an \((R,S)\)-bimodule is understood by default to arise from a left \(R\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}S^{\operatorname{op}}\)-module structure. In other words, the left and right actions of \(\Bbbk\) are required to agree. The group of homomorphisms between two left \(R\)-modules or two right \(R\)-modules is denoted by \(\operatorname{Hom}_R(X,Y)\). For \((R,S)\)-bimodules, the analogous notation is \(\operatorname{Hom}_{(R,S)}(X,Y)\). For a commutative ring \(R\) and a multiplicative subset \(U\), the corresponding localization is \(R[U^{-1}]\). As with the category of sets \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), groups, rings, modules, and the other structures here are understood to be realized on \(\mathcal U\)-sets for the chosen Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal U\). Every category in the table therefore has a forgetful functor to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). Other examples used in this book, such as the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) of topological spaces and the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\) of compact Hausdorff spaces, obey the same convention: their spaces are realized on \(\mathcal U\)-sets.

Adjunctions

An adjoint pair \((F,G,\varphi)\) consists of two functors \(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-004}\) together with a family of canonical bijections \(\varphi_{X,Y}:\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C'}(FX,Y)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C}(X,GY)\), that is, an isomorphism of functors \[\varphi: \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}'}\left(F(\cdot), \cdot \right) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\left(\cdot, G(\cdot) \right): \; \mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}} \times \mathcal{C}' \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}.\] An adjoint pair is also often displayed as \(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-d002}\) meaning that \(F\) is left adjoint to \(G\), or \(G\) is right adjoint to \(F\). The datum \(\varphi\) is frequently omitted, and the adjoint pair is then written \((F,G)\). Equivalently, \(\varphi\) can be characterized by a unit \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal C}\to GF\) and a counit \(\varepsilon:FG\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal C'}\). The data \((F,G,\eta,\varepsilon)\) form an adjoint pair if and only if they satisfy the triangle identities

: \[G\varepsilon \circ \eta G = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G, \quad \varepsilon F \circ F\eta = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_F.\] See [Li1]. Equivalently, these identities may be written as equalities of composites of \(2\)-cells: \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-006} \quad = \quad \text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-007} , \\ \text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-008} \quad = \quad \text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-009}. \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] For details, see [Li1].

Limits

Consider a functor \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal C\).

  • The inductive limit of \(\alpha\), if it exists, is denoted by \(\varinjlim\alpha\) or \(\varinjlim_{i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)}\alpha(i)\). It is an object of \(\mathcal C\) equipped with morphisms \(\alpha(i)\to\varinjlim\alpha\) and determined by a universal property.

  • Similarly, the projective limit of \(\alpha\), if it exists, is denoted by \(\varprojlim\alpha\) or \(\varprojlim_{i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)}\alpha(i)\). It is equipped with morphisms \(\varprojlim\alpha\to\alpha(i)\) and determined by a universal property.

The two kinds of limits are dual: the \(\varinjlim\) of \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal C\) is the \(\varprojlim\) of \(\alpha^{\operatorname{op}}:I^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\). For this reason, functors involved in \(\varprojlim\) are often written in the form \(I^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal C\). In much of the literature, \(\varinjlim\) is called a colimit and denoted by \(\mathrm{colim}\), while \(\varprojlim\) is called a limit and denoted by \(\lim\). Unless otherwise stated, “limit” in this book includes both \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\).

If \(I\) is small, the corresponding \(\varinjlim\) or \(\varprojlim\) is a small limit. Following the standard terminology of [Li1], a category \(\mathcal C\) having all small \(\varprojlim\) (respectively all small \(\varinjlim\)) is complete (respectively cocomplete). This notion depends on the choice of \(\mathcal U\).

To fix notation, choose a category \(\mathcal C\) and review several common special cases of limits. Detailed definitions may be found in [Li1] or other textbooks. In the universal properties below, \(T\) is an arbitrary object of \(\mathcal C\) and \(I\) is an arbitrary set.

Limit Input Object Canonical morphism Universal property
Equalizer
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-010}\)
\(\operatorname{ker}(f,g)\) \(\operatorname{ker}(f,g) \xrightarrow{\iota} X\)
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-011}\)
Coequalizer (as above) \(\operatorname{coker}(f,g)\) \(Y \xrightarrow{p} \operatorname{coker}(f,g)\)
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-012}\)
Product \((X_i)_{i \in I}\) \(\displaystyle\prod_{i \in I} X_i\) \(\displaystyle\prod_{j \in I} X_j \xrightarrow{p_i} X_i\)
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-013}\)
Coproduct (as above) \(\displaystyle\coprod_{i \in I} X_i\) \(X_i \xrightarrow{\iota_i} \displaystyle\coprod_{j \in I} X_j\)
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-diagram-014}\)

Translator’s note. In the coproduct row, the source gives the target of the canonical injection as \(\prod_{j\in I}X_j\). It has been corrected to \(\coprod_{j\in I}X_j\), in agreement with the preceding object column and the following universal property; see correction O014-C003.

Finite products (respectively coproducts) are also written \(X_1\times X_2\times\cdots\) (respectively \(X_1\sqcup X_2\sqcup\cdots\)). If \(\mathcal C\) is additive, the coproduct \(\coprod_i\) is often written using the direct-sum symbol \(\bigoplus_i\) from module theory.

Equalizers and coequalizers, and products and coproducts, form dual pairs. These universal-property characterizations may also be written as commutative diagrams as in [Li1], or interpreted through the Yoneda embedding reviewed in §A.1. Suppose that \(\coprod_{i\in I}X_i\) and \(\prod_{j\in J}Y_j\) exist. Their universal properties give a bijection \[\operatorname{Hom}\left( \coprod_{i \in I} X_i, \prod_{j \in J} Y_j \right) \xrightarrow{1:1} \prod_{\substack{i \in I \\ j \in J}} \operatorname{Hom}(X_i, Y_j), \quad \psi \mapsto (p_j \psi \iota_i)_{i,j} .\]

  • Terminal object.A product corresponding to \(I=\emptyset\), if it exists, is a terminal object of \(\mathcal C\), temporarily denoted by \(Z\). By convention, \(\prod_{i\in\emptyset}:=\{\emptyset\}\), so the universal property of \(Z\) says that \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,Z)\) is a singleton for every \(T\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\).

  • Initial object.A coproduct corresponding to \(I=\emptyset\), if it exists, is an initial object of \(\mathcal C\), temporarily denoted by \(S\). Its universal property says that \(\operatorname{Hom}(S,T)\) is a singleton for every \(T\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\).

  • Zero object and zero morphism.If an object \(0\) of \(\mathcal C\) is both initial and terminal, it is called a zero object; morphisms to and from it exist and are unique. For \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\), the composite \(X\to0\to Y\) gives a canonical element of \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\) called the zero morphism.

Because an isomorphism from any object \(X\) to a zero object, if it exists, is unique, one customarily says that \(X\) is a zero object or writes \(X=0\), rather than saying that \(X\) is isomorphic to a zero object. We next review two important, mutually dual kinds of limit.

Name Input Object Canonical morphism Universal property
Fiber product \(\left( X_i \xrightarrow{f_i} Z \right)_{i \in I}\) \(\displaystyle\prod_{i \in I} (X_i \to Z)\)
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-d003}\)
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-d004}\)
Fiber coproduct \(\left( Z \xrightarrow{g_i} X_i \right)_{i \in I}\) \(\displaystyle\coprod_{i \in I} (Z \to X_i)\)
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-d005}\)
\(\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-d006}\)

Taking \(\psi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) in the universal property of the fiber product shows that \(f_ip_i=f_jp_j\) for all \(i,j\), yielding a canonical morphism \(\prod_{i\in I}(X_i\to Z)\to Z\). Similarly, for the fiber coproduct, taking \(\psi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) shows that \(\iota_ig_i=\iota_jg_j\) for all \(i,j\), yielding a canonical morphism \(Z\to\coprod_{i\in I}(Z\to X_i)\). Fiber products of finitely many objects \(X_1\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}X_2\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}\cdots\), and fiber coproducts \(X_1\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\sqcup}}X_2\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\sqcup}}\cdots\), reduce to repeated instances of the two-object case. Consider the following two commutative diagrams. \[\text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-d007} \quad \text{and} \quad \text{Diagram prelude-unit-007-d008}\]

These are called a pullback diagram and a pushout diagram, respectively. The morphism \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}Y\to Y\) is called the pullback of \(X\to Z\), and \(Y\to X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\sqcup}}Y\) the pushout of \(Z\to X\); the roles of \(X\) and \(Y\) are symmetric. More generally, commutative diagrams isomorphic to these are also called pullback and pushout diagrams; see [Li1].

In this book, the center of the square in a pullback (respectively pushout) diagram is marked by \(\Box\) (respectively \(\boxplus\)).

Translation

In the Chinese source edition, the conventions for translation agree with [Li1]; Chinese terminology is kept compatible with [ZG] unless that work’s translation is clearly inappropriate or erroneous. In the source index, Chinese terms are accompanied by English equivalents. This helps readers who need to read or write articles in English, provides a reference for readers whose native language is not Chinese, and, finally, reflects the historical fact that knowledge of foreign languages remains necessary for understanding the meaning of many mathematical symbols.

Translator’s note. This English edition indexes English headwords and records the Chinese–English terminological choices in a separate production glossary.


  1. In much of the literature, the objects of a category are understood to form a class, while the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) between any two objects is a set. Thus their “classes” correspond to this book’s sets, their “sets” to this book’s \(\mathcal U\)-sets, and their “categories” essentially to this book’s \(\mathcal U\)-categories.↩︎

Supplements to Category Theory

As its title suggests, this chapter introduces several tools from category theory that will be needed in later chapters, both as a review and as an opportunity to see familiar ideas afresh. Some of this material appears in [Li1] or similar textbooks; it is nevertheless restated here in order to review the concepts and standardize the notation. For other basic terminology, the reader may consult the introduction to this book.

  • Sections 1.11.2 begin with a brief introduction to subobjects and quotient objects, including the general properties of monomorphisms and epimorphisms. They then introduce the image \(\operatorname{im}(f)\) and coimage \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\) of a morphism \(f\), as well as morphisms for which “image equals coimage,” called strict morphisms. These are basic notions that make sense in arbitrary categories.

  • Sections 1.31.4 form the linear part of the chapter. They introduce a special kind of category in which every morphism set has the structure of an abelian group, called an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category; a functor that preserves addition of morphisms is called additive. In such categories one can define kernels and cokernels of morphisms, generalizing those of module homomorphisms. An \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category with a zero object and finite products is called an additive category. In an additive category one can form finite direct sums of objects, and morphisms between finite direct sums can be manipulated in much the same way as matrices.

    More generally, the additive structure can be enhanced with scalar multiplication by a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), leading to the notions of a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category and a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category. Categories with these linear structures are a principal concern of this book.

  • Sections 1.51.6 cover the foundations of limits. In particular, Definition 1.5.2 introduces the terminology for a functor \(F:\mathcal C\to\mathcal D\) that preserves limits (from \(\mathcal C\) to \(\mathcal D\)) or creates them (from \(\mathcal D\) to \(\mathcal C\)). Cofinal functors and filtered inductive limits are also discussed; these are useful and important notions.

  • Left and right Kan extensions, discussed in Sections 1.71.8, are fundamental operations in category theory. Under suitable conditions they can be constructed using \(\varinjlim\) or \(\varprojlim\). The argument is somewhat involved, but the underlying idea is simple: express the problem of extending a functor as a “best approximation” formulated in terms of limits. We also record the non-obvious Theorem 1.7.7, which explains the connection between absolute left or right Kan extensions and adjoint pairs.

  • Gabriel–Zisman localization, introduced in Section 1.9 and henceforth called simply localization, is the construction that formally adjoins inverses to a family \(S\) of morphisms in a category. It is analogous to localization of rings, but the concrete details are considerably more complicated. To retain better control over the resulting category, in practice \(S\) is often assumed to be a multiplicative system in the sense of Definition 1.9.5. The principal use of localization in this book is to construct derived categories; another is to define Serre quotients of abelian categories in Section 2.9. Section 1.10 explains how to form Kan extensions along a localization of categories. This may be viewed as the localization of a functor and is essential for understanding derived functors.

  • The adjoint functor theorem discussed in Section 1.11 characterizes, under suitable conditions, when a functor has a left or right adjoint. Its principal application in this book is to the study of Grothendieck categories in Section 2.10. The theorem has uses far beyond this application, so the section is valuable in its own right. The notions of generator and cogenerator discussed there (Definition 1.11.8) are also essential.

This chapter draws extensively on [KS06, Rie16].

Reading Guide. The basic theory of abelian categories and complexes requires only Sections 1.11.4 of this chapter. Sections 1.51.6 provide supporting material and are also cited repeatedly in other chapters. The theory of derived categories uses Sections 1.71.10. This material has applications beyond that theory, but readers may judge their own needs and postpone it until just before studying derived categories. The final section, Section 1.11, is used only in Section 2.10; nevertheless, its material on generators and cogenerators is essential and may be consulted as needed.

Subquotients

We begin by recalling the notions of monomorphism and epimorphism. Fix a category \(\mathcal C\).

  • A morphism \(f:X\to Y\) is called a monomorphism, also written \(f:X\hookrightarrow Y\), if left cancellation holds: \[\forall T \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \; \forall g,h: T \to X , \quad fg=fh \iff g=h;\]

  • A morphism \(f:X\to Y\) is called an epimorphism, also written \(f:X\twoheadrightarrow Y\), if right cancellation holds: \[\forall T \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \; \forall g,h: Y \to T, \quad gf=hf \iff g=h.\]

It follows immediately that \(f:X\to Y\) is monic if and only if \(f_*:\operatorname{Hom}(T,X)\to\operatorname{Hom}(T,Y)\) is injective for every \(T\). Likewise, \(f\) is epic if and only if \(f^*:\operatorname{Hom}(Y,T)\to\operatorname{Hom}(X,T)\) is injective for every \(T\). Monicity and epicity are dual properties: \(f\) is monic if and only if \(f^{\operatorname{op}}\) is epic.

Example. If the equalizer \(\operatorname{ker}(f,g)\) of a pair of morphisms \(f,g:X\to Y\) exists, its universal property shows that the canonical morphism \(\iota:\operatorname{ker}(f,g)\to X\) is monic. Dually, if the coequalizer \(\operatorname{coker}(f,g)\) exists, the canonical morphism \(p:Y\to\operatorname{coker}(f,g)\) is epic. Here is another simple observation: if \(\mathcal C\) has a zero object, denoted by \(0\), then \(0\to X\) is monic and \(X\to0\) is epic. The reader is invited to verify these details.

Proposition. Consider morphisms \(X\xrightarrow{a}Y\xrightarrow{b}Z\). Suppose that \(b\) is monic or that \(a\) is epic. Then \(ba:X\to Z\) is an isomorphism if and only if both \(a\) and \(b\) are isomorphisms.

Proof. One direction is clear. Now suppose that \(ba\) is an isomorphism and that \(b\) is monic. Set \(c:=a(ba)^{-1}:Z\to Y\); then \(bc=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Z\). Moreover, \(b(cb)=(bc)b=b\), so left cancellation by \(b\) gives \(cb=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\). Thus \(b\) is an isomorphism, and consequently so is \(a\). Passing to \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\) gives the case in which \(a\) is epic.

In categories commonly used in algebra, such as \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), and \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), a morphism is monic or epic precisely when its underlying map is injective or surjective, respectively. In these examples one can also speak of subsets, subgroups, and so forth. This notion extends to arbitrary categories, but one additional step is needed. We formulate it in the language of partially ordered sets. Let \(\mathcal C\) be a category and let \(X\) be an object of \(\mathcal C\). Given a pair of monomorphisms \(f_i:S_i\hookrightarrow X\), where \(i=1,2\), write \((S_1,f_1)\subset(S_2,f_2)\), or simply \(S_1\subset S_2\), if there is a morphism \(g:S_1\to S_2\) such that \(f_2g=f_1\). The monicity of \(f_2\) implies that \(g\), if it exists, is unique and is itself monic. The relation \(\subset\) defined in this way is not yet a partial order. If \(S_1\subset S_2\) and \(S_2\subset S_1\), we say that \(S_1\) and \(S_2\) are equivalent. This is the same as requiring a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-009-d001}\] Uniqueness gives \(g_2g_1=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{S_1}\) and, similarly, \(g_1g_2=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{S_2}\). Thus \(S_1\) and \(S_2\) are equivalent if and only if there is an isomorphism \(g:S_1\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}S_2\) with \(f_2g=f_1\); moreover, this isomorphism is unique. This is, of course, a standard argument in algebra. Similarly, given a pair of epimorphisms \(f_i:X\twoheadrightarrow Q_i\), where \(i=1,2\), if there is a morphism \(g:Q_2\to Q_1\) such that \(gf_2=f_1\), then \(g\) is unique and epic; in this case write \(Q_1\twoheadleftarrow Q_2\). If \(Q_1\twoheadleftarrow Q_2\) and \(Q_2\twoheadleftarrow Q_1\), we say that \(Q_1\) and \(Q_2\) are equivalent. Equivalently, there is a unique isomorphism \(g:Q_2\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Q_1\) satisfying \(gf_2=f_1\). The binary relation \(\subset\) (or \(\twoheadleftarrow\)) induces a partial order on the corresponding equivalence classes. We have borrowed the set-inclusion symbol \(\subset\) here. Although this may cause some ambiguity, it is consistent with the notation for other algebraic substructures, such as subgroups, submodules, and subspaces.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal C\) be a category and let \(X\) be an object of \(\mathcal C\). An equivalence class, under the relation above, of monomorphisms \(S\hookrightarrow X\) (respectively, of epimorphisms \(X\twoheadrightarrow Q\)) is called a subobject (respectively, a quotient object) of \(X\). These equivalence classes form the partially ordered set \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\) (respectively, \((\mathrm{Quot}_X,\twoheadleftarrow)\)), in which \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X:X\to X\) gives the unique maximal element.

Subobjects and quotient objects are dual: \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\) as defined in \(\mathcal C\) is the same as \((\mathrm{Quot}_X,\twoheadleftarrow)\) as defined in \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\). For convenience, this section deals mainly with subobjects. Because the isomorphism \(g\) occurring in the equivalence relation is unique, one may choose a representative \(f:S\hookrightarrow X\) of an equivalence class without ambiguity, or abbreviate that representative simply as \(S\). Recall that \(f_*:\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,S)\to\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X)\) is injective.

Lemma. For any two subobjects \(S_1,S_2\) of \(X\), one has \[\begin{equation*} S_1 \subset S_2 \iff \forall T \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \; \operatorname{Hom}(T, S_1) \subset \operatorname{Hom}(T, S_2), \end{equation*}\] where \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,S_1)\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,S_2)\) on the right-hand side are understood as subsets of \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,X)\).

Proof. The implication \(\implies\) is immediate. Conversely, take \(T:=S_1\). Under \(\operatorname{Hom}(S_1,S_1)\subset\operatorname{Hom}(S_1,X)\), the element \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{S_1}\) corresponds to \(f_1\). The hypothesis supplies \(g\in\operatorname{Hom}(S_1,S_2)\) whose image in \(\operatorname{Hom}(S_1,X)\) is \(f_1\), that is, \(f_2g=f_1\). This is the required morphism.

Suppose that \(\mathcal C\) has a zero object and that \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) is a family of objects. For every \((i,j)\in I\times I\), define \(\delta_{ij}\in\operatorname{Hom}(X_i,X_j)\) by \(\delta_{ij}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) when \(i=j\), and as the zero morphism otherwise. If the product and coproduct of \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) exist, then \((\delta_{ij})_{i,j}\) determines a canonical morphism \[\begin{equation} \delta: \coprod_{i \in I} X_i \to \prod_{i \in I} X_i. \end{equation}\] For the additive categories to be reviewed shortly, \(\delta\) is always an isomorphism when \(I\) is finite. This need not hold in an arbitrary category.

Lemma. Let \(X\to Z\) be a monomorphism. Its pullback along \(Y\to Z\), namely \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}Y\to Y\) (if it exists), is also a monomorphism. Dually, a pushout of an epimorphism is again an epimorphism.

Proof. By duality, it suffices to treat the case of monomorphisms. Let \(p_2:X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}Y\to Y\) be the canonical morphism supplied by the fiber product. The question reduces to showing, for every object \(T\), that \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-009-d002}\] is injective. Indeed, the monicity of \(X\to Z\) makes \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,X)\to\operatorname{Hom}(T,Z)\) injective, and the map from the upper left to the lower right is the evident projection from the fiber product.

Lemma. Let \((f_i:X_i\to Z)_{i\in I}\) be a family of monomorphisms. Then the canonical morphism from \(\prod_{i\in I}(X_i\to Z)\) (if it exists) to \(Z\) is also a monomorphism. Dually, given a family of epimorphisms \((g_i:Z\to X_i)_{i\in I}\), the canonical morphism from \(Z\) to \(\coprod_{i\in I}(Z\to X_i)\) (if it exists) is also an epimorphism.

Proof. As in Lemma reference, the question reduces to showing that the bottom row of \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-009-d003}\] is injective. This follows from the hypothesis, since every map \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,X_i)\to\operatorname{Hom}(T,Z)\) is injective.

We return to subobjects and quotient objects.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal C\) be any category and let \(X,Y\) be objects of \(\mathcal C\). If \(Y\) can be realized as a quotient object of a subobject of \(X\), then \(Y\) is called a subquotient of \(X\).

Considering a subobject of a quotient object amounts to discussing a subquotient in \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\). The next result shows that, for a certain class of categories, the two approaches yield the same notion. This class includes the abelian categories studied later; see Corollary 2.1.7.

Proposition. Suppose that \(\mathcal C\) has finite fiber products and finite fiber coproducts, that pullbacks of epimorphisms remain epimorphisms, and that pushouts of monomorphisms remain monomorphisms. Then a subquotient may equivalently be defined as a subobject of a quotient object.

Proof. Consider a subquotient diagram \(Y\twoheadleftarrow Z\hookrightarrow X\) in \(\mathcal C\), and set \(W:=X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\sqcup}}Y\). The morphism \(X\to W\) is the pushout of \(Z\to Y\), so it is epic by Lemma reference; the morphism \(Y\to W\) is the pushout of \(Z\to X\), so it is monic by hypothesis. Thus \(Y\hookrightarrow W\twoheadleftarrow X\), exhibiting a subquotient of \(X\) in \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\). Since the assumptions are self-dual, a subquotient in \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\) likewise yields a subquotient in \(\mathcal C\).

Once the property “quotient of a subobject = subobject of a quotient” has been established, it follows that a subquotient of a subquotient is again a subquotient. The definition of a subquotient does not specify how it is to be realized as a quotient object of a subobject. For example, in \(\mathcal C=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) is a subquotient of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\): it can be realized either as a quotient object of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) or as the subobject \(2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Images, Coimages, and Strict Morphisms

Let \(\mathcal C\) be a category. For any morphism \(f:X\to Y\), the fiber coproduct \(Y\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}}Y\), if it exists, comes equipped with a canonical pair \(Y\rightrightarrows Y\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}}Y\). Dually, the fiber product \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}X\), if it exists, comes equipped with a canonical pair \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}X\rightrightarrows X\), usually called the projection morphisms.

Definition (Image and Coimage).

Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\mathcal C\). Suppose that \(Y\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}}Y\) exists. If the equalizer \(\operatorname{ker}\left(Y\rightrightarrows Y\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}}Y\right)\) exists, this equalizer is called the image of \(f\) and denoted by \(\operatorname{im}(f)\); it carries a canonical monomorphism \(\operatorname{im}(f)\hookrightarrow Y\).

Dually, suppose that \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}X\) exists. If the coequalizer \(\operatorname{coker}\left(X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}X\rightrightarrows X\right)\) exists, this coequalizer is called the coimage of \(f\) and denoted by \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\); it carries a canonical epimorphism \(X\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{coim}(f)\).

Remark. The duality between \(\operatorname{ker}\) and \(\operatorname{coker}\) immediately shows that \(\operatorname{im}(f)\) exists in \(\mathcal C\) if and only if \(\operatorname{coim}(f^{\operatorname{op}})\) exists in \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\), and then \(\operatorname{im}(f)=\operatorname{coim}(f^{\operatorname{op}})\).

Besides being useful, the following lemma sheds light on the nature of images and coimages.

Lemma. Suppose that \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\) exists (respectively, that \(\operatorname{im}(f)\) exists) for a morphism \(f:X\to Y\). For any monomorphism \(j:Y'\hookrightarrow Y\) (respectively epimorphism \(q:X\twoheadrightarrow X'\)), if \(g:X\to Y'\) satisfies \(jg=f\) (respectively \(g:X'\to Y\) satisfies \(gq=f\)), then there is a unique \(\overline g\) making the corresponding diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d001} \quad \text{or} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d002}\]

Proof. The two versions are dual, so it suffices to consider the one involving \(j\). Let \(p_1,p_2\) be the projections \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}X\rightrightarrows X\). Since \(jgp_1=fp_1=fp_2=jgp_2\) and \(j\) is monic, \(gp_1=gp_2\). The universal property of \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\) as a coequalizer then uniquely determines \(\overline g\) making the diagram commute.

Applying Lemma reference successively to \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\) and \(\operatorname{im}(f)\) shows that there is a comparison morphism \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to\operatorname{im}(f)\) making the following diagram commute: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d003} \end{equation}\] This comparison morphism is also unique, by left cancellation with a monomorphism or right cancellation with an epimorphism.

Definition (Strict morphism). Suppose that \(\operatorname{im}(f)\) and \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\) exist. If the morphism \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to\operatorname{im}(f)\) in equation is an isomorphism, then \(f\) is called strict.

For example, every morphism in \(\mathcal C=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is strict, and both its image and its coimage are canonically identified with its set-theoretic image. Further examples appear in the exercises for this chapter.

Proposition. Given morphisms \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\), there are unique morphisms \(\alpha:\operatorname{coim}(f)\to\operatorname{im}(gf)\) and \(\beta:\operatorname{coim}(gf)\to\operatorname{im}(g)\) making the following diagrams commute, provided the indicated coimages and images exist: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d004} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d005}\]

Proof. For \(\alpha\), uniqueness follows by right cancellation with the epimorphism \(X\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{coim}(f)\). Existence follows by applying the right-hand version of Lemma reference to \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d006}\] where \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to Y\) is the composite \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to\operatorname{im}(f)\hookrightarrow Y\).

Lemma. For a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal C\), \[f\;\text{epic} \iff \operatorname{im}(f) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y, \quad f\;\text{monic} \iff X \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{coim}(f).\]

Proof. By duality it suffices to prove the first equivalence. If \(f\) is epic, the canonical morphisms \(i_1,i_2:Y\rightrightarrows Y\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}}Y\) satisfy \(i_1f=i_2f\), hence \(i_1=i_2\), and therefore \(\operatorname{im}(f):=\operatorname{ker}(i_1,i_2)=Y\).

Conversely, suppose the canonical morphism \(\operatorname{im}(f)\to Y\) is an isomorphism. Since composing it with \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) gives the same morphism, again \(i_1=i_2\). If \(Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\) and \(g_1,g_2:Y\rightrightarrows Z\) satisfy \(g_1f=g_2f\), the universal property yields \(g:Y\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}}Y\to Z\) with \(g_j=gi_j\) for \(j=1,2\). Hence \(g_1=g_2\), proving that \(f\) is epic.

Proposition. A strict morphism \(f\) is an isomorphism if and only if it is both monic and epic.

Proof. If \(f\) is strict, monic, and epic, factor it as \(X\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{coim}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f)\hookrightarrow Y\) and apply Proposition reference and Lemma reference.

The preceding arguments involve diagrams \(X\twoheadrightarrow C\hookrightarrow Y\) whose composite is \(f\). Such a diagram is an epi–mono factorization of \(f:X\to Y\). In practice one studies not only the factorizations themselves, but also the morphisms between them.

Lemma. Consider the diagram below, whose solid-arrow part commutes, \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d007}\] and suppose that \(e,e'\) are epic (respectively \(m,m'\) are monic).

  1. If a \(\varphi\) as shown by the dashed arrow makes the left half (respectively right half) commute, then the other half also commutes. Such a \(\varphi\), if it exists, is unique.

  2. If \(a\) is epic (respectively \(b\) is monic) and \(\varphi\) exists, then \(\varphi\) is epic (respectively monic).

Proof. Suppose that \(\varphi:C\to C'\) makes the left half commute and that \(e,e'\) are epic. The equation \(\varphi e=e'a\), together with the epicity of \(e\), uniquely determines \(\varphi\). Since the outer rectangle commutes, \(m'\varphi e=m'e'a=bme\); cancelling \(e\) then gives \(m'\varphi=bm\), so the right half commutes. If \(a\) is also epic, then \(\varphi e=e'a\) is epic, and hence \(\varphi\) is epic.

This proves one half of (i) and (ii). The case where \(\varphi\) makes the right half commute and \(m,m'\) are monic is analogous, or equivalently dual.

Definition. For \(f:X\to Y\), form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{epi.mono}}(f)\) whose objects are all epi–mono factorizations of \(f\) and whose morphisms are commutative diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d008}\]

Taking \(a=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) and \(b=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\) in Lemma reference shows that the \(\varphi\) above, if it exists, is unique and both epic and monic. Thus \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{epi.mono}}(f)\) is the category associated with a preordered set. This section considers only one special case of epi–mono factorizations.

Proposition. Suppose that every morphism in \(\mathcal C\) is strict. Then every \(f:X\to Y\) has an epi–mono factorization \(X\twoheadrightarrow C\hookrightarrow Y\), unique up to isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{epi.mono}}(f)\).

Proof. Taking \(C=\operatorname{im}(f)\) proves existence. For uniqueness, Proposition reference and the preceding discussion show that every morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{epi.mono}}(f)\) is an isomorphism. It remains to construct a morphism \(\varphi:C\to\operatorname{im}(f)\) in that category. Apply the right-hand version of Lemma reference to \(X\stackrel q\twoheadrightarrow C\stackrel g\hookrightarrow Y\). It supplies a \(\varphi\) making the right half of \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-010-d009}\] commute. Lemma reference then shows that the whole diagram commutes.

Inferring that a subdiagram commutes from the commutativity of its outer frame is a standard technique that will be used repeatedly.

Additive Categories: Kernels and Cokernels

This section uses the notion of a functor preserving \(\varinjlim\) or \(\varprojlim\). This is basic category theory; see [Li1] or the brief review in Section 1.5. We first recall \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-categories and additive categories; see [Li1].

  • A category \(\mathcal C\) is an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category, or a preadditive category, if every \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\) is an abelian group, written additively (equivalently, a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module), and every composition map \(\operatorname{Hom}(Y,Z)\times\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\to\operatorname{Hom}(X,Z)\) is \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-bilinear. One may therefore speak of the morphism \(0\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\). An \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category may have \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-subcategories; every full subcategory is automatically one.

  • If \(\mathcal C_1,\mathcal C_2\) are \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-categories, a functor \(F:\mathcal C_1\to\mathcal C_2\) is additive if the induced maps on \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets are group homomorphisms. Equivalences of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-categories and their quasi-inverses are always understood to be additive.

We shall need the following elementary but fundamental observation. By convention, a linear map of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-modules means a module homomorphism.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal C\) and \(\mathcal C'\) be \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-categories.

  1. Given adjoint functors \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-diagram-001},\] with \(F,G\) additive, the adjunction isomorphism \(\varphi:\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C'}(F(\cdot),\cdot)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C}(\cdot,G(\cdot))\) is linear.

  2. For any \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal C\), the isomorphism in the universal property \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\left( \varinjlim \alpha, T \right) \simeq \varprojlim_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(\alpha(i), T), \quad T \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\] is linear whenever the colimit exists. The analogous assertion holds for \(\varprojlim\).

Proof. For (i), the discussion following [Li1] says that \(\varphi\) is determined by the unit \(\eta\) and counit \(\varepsilon\): \[\varphi(f) = Gf \circ \eta_X, \quad \varphi^{-1}(g) = \varepsilon_Y \circ Fg, \quad f \in \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}'}(FX, Y), \; g \in \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, GY);\] bilinearity of composition makes \(\varphi\) linear. For (ii), the isomorphism is described by composition with \(\iota_i:\alpha(i)\to\varinjlim\alpha\), so it too is linear.

In an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category, \(X_1\times X_2\) exists if and only if \(X_1\sqcup X_2\) exists, and then there is a canonical isomorphism \(X_1\sqcup X_2\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X_1\times X_2\). This structure is called a biproduct; see [Li1].

More generally, a biproduct of \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\) is an object \(Z\) with morphisms \(\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d001}\), \(i=1,\ldots,n\), satisfying \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} p_i \iota_j = \begin{cases} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}, & i=j \\ 0, & i \neq j \end{cases} \qquad \sum_{i=1}^n \iota_i p_i = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Z}. \end{gathered} \end{equation}\] Then the families \(\iota_i:X_i\to Z\) and \(p_i:Z\to X_i\) induce isomorphisms \[\coprod_{i=1}^n X_i \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Z \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\prod_{i=1}^n X_i.\] By convention, the biproduct for \(n=0\) is a zero object. If an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category \(\mathcal C\) has a zero object, [Li1] ensures that the zero morphism between any \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal C)\) agrees with \(0\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\). Moreover, the preceding \(\coprod_iX_i\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\prod_iX_i\) is precisely the morphism \(\delta\) of equation; this follows directly from equation.

Convention.

Write the \(n\)-fold biproduct \(Z\) as \(X_1\oplus\cdots\oplus X_n\). If binary biproducts exist, all \(n\)-fold biproducts for \(n\geq1\) can be formed iteratively using the canonical isomorphism \(X_1\oplus X_2\oplus X_3\simeq(X_1\oplus X_2)\oplus X_3\). Also set \[X^{\oplus n} := \underbracket{X \oplus \cdots \oplus X}_{n\; \text{terms}}.\] The product diagonal \(\delta_X:X\to X^{\oplus n}\) and the coproduct codiagonal \(\check\delta_X:X^{\oplus n}\to X\) are characterized by \(p_i\delta_X=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X=\check\delta_X\iota_i\) for \(1\leq i\leq n\). Explicitly, \(\delta_X=\sum_{i=1}^n\iota_i\) and \(\check\delta_X=\sum_{i=1}^np_i\).

Definition (Additive category).

An \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category \(\mathcal C\) is additive if:

  • it has a zero object \(0\);

  • every two objects \(X,Y\) have a biproduct \(X\oplus Y\).

An \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-subcategory of an additive category that is itself additive is an additive subcategory. Every finite family \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\) in an additive category has a biproduct \(X_1\oplus\cdots\oplus X_n\), also called their direct sum; the \(X_i\) are its direct summands.

An additive functor \(F:\mathcal C_1\to\mathcal C_2\) between additive categories preserves all finite products and coproducts, because:

  • \(F\) preserves biproducts; see [Li1];

  • \(F\) preserves zero objects, since \(F(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{FX}\) and a zero object is characterized by \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}=0\); see [Li1].

If \(\mathcal C\) is an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category (respectively additive category), then \(\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}\) is naturally one as well, with \(f\mapsto f^{\operatorname{op}}\) an isomorphism \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C^{\operatorname{op}}}(Y,X)\to\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal C}(X,Y)\) of groups. Henceforth, without ambiguity, \(0\) denotes both zero objects and zero morphisms in additive categories. A family \(f_i:X_i\to X'_i\), \(i=1,\ldots,n\), naturally induces \(f_1\oplus\cdots\oplus f_n:\bigoplus_iX_i\to\bigoplus_iX'_i\), explicitly \(\sum_{i=1}^n\iota'_if_ip_i\).

Example. The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is additive: addition on \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets is pointwise, \((f+g)(x)=f(x)+g(x)\); the zero object is the zero group; and biproducts are the usual direct sums. Similarly, \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is additive for any ring \(R\), and the forgetful functor \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is additive. The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ban}}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}}\) of complex Banach spaces and continuous linear maps is also additive. Addition is again pointwise and the zero object is the zero space. For Banach spaces \((X_i,\|\cdot\|_i)\), \(i=1,2\), the biproduct may be taken to be the vector-space direct sum \(X_1\oplus X_2\) equipped with the norm \(\|(x_1,x_2)\|:=\max\{\|x_1\|_1,\|x_2\|_2\}\), where \(x_i\in X_i\).

Proposition. For morphisms \(f,g:X\to Y\) in an additive category \(\mathcal C\), \(f+g\) is the composite along the top row of the following commutative diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d002}\] where \(f\times g\) comes from functoriality of products, and \(Y\times Y\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y\sqcup Y\) is the inverse of \(\delta\) in equation.

Proof. Write the biproduct maps as \(\iota_i^X,\iota_i^Y,p_i^X,p_i^Y\), \(i=1,2\). Expressing \(\delta_X\) and \(\check\delta_Y\) through them verifies the two triangles. Since \(f\oplus g=\iota_1^Yfp_1^X+\iota_2^Ygp_2^X\), \[\begin{equation} \check{\delta}_Y (f \oplus g) \delta_X = \check{\delta}_Y \iota_1^Y f p^X_1 \delta_X + \check{\delta}_Y \iota_2^Y g p^X_2 \delta_X = f + g. \end{equation}\] Identifying the biproducts with coproducts, commutativity of the square becomes \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d003}\] which is precisely functoriality of \(\delta\) in equation.

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal C,\mathcal C'\) be additive categories and \(F:\mathcal C\to\mathcal C'\) a functor.

  1. \(F\) preserves finite products if and only if it preserves finite coproducts.

  2. If \(F\) preserves finite products, equivalently finite coproducts, then it is additive.

  3. If \(F\) preserves zero objects and biproducts, then it is additive.

  4. If \(F\) is an equivalence, then \(F\) and its quasi-inverse are additive.

  5. If \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d004}\] is an adjoint pair, then \(F,G\) are additive; Proposition reference therefore applies.

Proof. For (i), a zero object is both the empty product and empty coproduct, so it remains only to consider the product and coproduct of \(X,Y\). The canonical isomorphism \(\delta:FX\sqcup FY\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}FX\times FY\) factors as \[FX \sqcup FY \to F(X \sqcup Y) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}F(X \times Y) \to FX \times FY .\] For (ii), the composite in Proposition reference along Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d005 does not use addition on \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets, only finite products and coproducts, the zero object, and their canonical maps. For (iii), all finite products or coproducts are built from zero objects and binary biproducts. Finally, a left adjoint preserves \(\varinjlim\), a right adjoint preserves \(\varprojlim\) ([Li1]), and equivalences preserve all limits. Thus (iv) and (v) follow from (ii).

In fact, Proposition reference shows that “additivity” is a property of the underlying category \(\mathcal C\), not additional structure.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal C\) be an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category with a zero object, and \(f:X\to Y\) a morphism.

  • If the equalizer \(\operatorname{ker}(f,0)\) exists, then \(\operatorname{ker}(f):=\operatorname{ker}(f,0)\) together with \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\hookrightarrow X\) is the kernel of \(f\).

  • If the coequalizer \(\operatorname{coker}(f,0)\) exists, then \(\operatorname{coker}(f):=\operatorname{coker}(f,0)\) together with \(Y\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{coker}(f)\) is the cokernel of \(f\).

Thus the composites \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\to X\to Y\) and \(X\to Y\to\operatorname{coker}(f)\) are both \(0\).

Kernels and cokernels admit several complementary viewpoints.

  • For a morphism \(g:T\to X\) satisfying \(fg=0\),1 the universal property of \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=\operatorname{ker}(f,0)\) is the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d006}\]

  • For a morphism \(h:Y\to T\) satisfying \(hf=0\), the universal property of \(\operatorname{coker}(f)=\operatorname{coker}(f,0)\) is \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d007}\]

  • The constructions are dual: \(\operatorname{coker}(f)=\operatorname{ker}(f^{\operatorname{op}})\) and \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=\operatorname{coker}(f^{\operatorname{op}})\).

Since precisely the zero morphisms factor through a zero object, the universal properties are also characterized by the pullback and pushout diagrams \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d008} \qquad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d009} \end{equation}\]

Remark. An arbitrary equalizer reduces to a kernel. For \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d010},\] the condition \(fh=gh\) is equivalent to \((f-g)h=0\), hence \(\operatorname{ker}(f,g)=\operatorname{ker}(f-g,0)=:\operatorname{ker}(f-g)\). Dually, \(\operatorname{coker}(f,g)=\operatorname{coker}(f-g,0)=:\operatorname{coker}(f-g)\).

From now on, \(\mathcal C\) will mainly be additive.

Proposition. For morphisms \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\) in an additive category \(\mathcal C\), there are commutative diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d011} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d012}\] where \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}(g)\to X\) (respectively \(Z\to Z\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\sqcup}}\operatorname{coker}(f)\)) is the canonical morphism of the fiber product (respectively fiber coproduct),2 provided all indicated kernels, cokernels, and limits exist.

Proof. By equation, iterated fiber products give canonical isomorphisms \(\operatorname{ker}(gf)\simeq X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}0\simeq X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}(Y\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}0)\simeq X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}(g)\). Duality gives the cokernel statement.

Functoriality of equalizers and coequalizers induces functoriality of kernels and cokernels, characterized by \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d013} \qquad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d014} \end{equation}\] The next result says that pullback preserves kernels and pushout preserves cokernels.

Proposition. If \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d015}\] is a pullback (respectively pushout) square in an additive category, then the morphism \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\to\operatorname{ker}(g)\) (respectively \(\operatorname{coker}(f)\to\operatorname{coker}(g)\)) of equation is an isomorphism, provided the indicated objects exist.

Proof. By duality it suffices to treat pullbacks. For every \(T\), the universal properties give canonical isomorphisms \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}(T, \operatorname{ker}(f)) & \simeq \operatorname{ker}\left[ \operatorname{Hom}(T, X) \to \operatorname{Hom}(T, Y) \right] \\ & \simeq \operatorname{ker}\left[ \operatorname{Hom}(T, Y) \ensuremath{\underset{\operatorname{Hom}(T, Y')}{\times}} \operatorname{Hom}(T, X') \to \operatorname{Hom}(T, Y) \right] \\ & = \operatorname{ker}\left[ \operatorname{Hom}(T, X') \to \operatorname{Hom}(T, Y') \right] \simeq \operatorname{Hom}(T, \operatorname{ker}(g)), \end{align*}\] and the Yoneda lemma gives \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}(g)\); see Theorem A.1.1.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal C\) be additive and \(f:X\to Y\) a morphism.

  1. \(f\) is monic (respectively epic) if and only if \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=0\) (respectively \(\operatorname{coker}(f)=0\)).

  2. \(f\) is zero if and only if \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X\), equivalently \(Y\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{coker}(f)\).

  3. Given \(k:Y\to Z\) (respectively \(k':W\to X\)), there is a unique morphism making the corresponding diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d016} \quad \text{or} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d017}\] provided the indicated kernels or cokernels exist. If \(k\) is monic (respectively \(k'\) is epic), then \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}(kf)\) (respectively \(\operatorname{coker}(fk')\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{coker}(f)\)).

Proof. For (i), by duality consider only monomorphisms. By definition, \(f\) is monic precisely when \(f(g_1-g_2)=0\iff g_1-g_2=0\) for every \(g_1,g_2:T\to X\). Equivalently, every \(g:T\to X\) with \(fg=0\) factors through \(T\to0\to X\), exactly the universal property of \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=0\). For (ii), \(f=0\iff\operatorname{ker}(f,0)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X\) follows from the definition of an equalizer. For (iii), use \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d018}\] The top inclusion is equality when \(k\) is monic. Apply the Yoneda lemma.

In an additive category, the image and coimage of Definition reference have simple descriptions.

Proposition.

For \(f:X\to Y\) in an additive category \(\mathcal C\), there are canonical isomorphisms \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{im}(f) & \simeq \operatorname{ker}\left[ Y \to \operatorname{coker}(f) \right] \hookrightarrow Y, \\ \operatorname{coim}(f) & \simeq \operatorname{coker}\left[ \operatorname{ker}(f) \to X \right] \twoheadleftarrow X ; \end{align*}\] provided the indicated kernels and cokernels exist.

Proof. By duality consider only \(\operatorname{im}(f)\). Let \(i_1,i_2:Y\to Y\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}}Y\) be canonical. By Yoneda it suffices to verify, for every \(T\), \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}\left( T, \operatorname{im}(f) \right) = \left\{ h: T \to Y \;\middle|\; i_1 h = i_2 h \right\} \\ = \left\{ \begin{array}{r|l} h: T \to Y & \forall S \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}),\; \forall s_1, s_2: Y \to S, \\ & s_1 f = s_2 f \implies s_1 h = s_2 h \end{array}\right\} \\ \xlongequal{s := s_1 - s_2} \left\{ \begin{array}{r|l} h: T \to Y & \forall S \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}),\; \forall s: Y \to S, \\ & s f = 0 \implies sh = 0 \end{array}\right\} \\ = \left\{ \begin{array}{r|l} h: T \to Y & T \xrightarrow{h} Y \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{coker}(f) \\ & \text{has composite}\; 0 \end{array}\right\} \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}\left( T, \operatorname{ker}\left[ Y \to \operatorname{coker}(f) \right] \right). \end{multline*}\] The first equality is \(\operatorname{im}(f):=\operatorname{ker}(i_1,i_2)\). For the second, rewrite the condition as \(s'i_1h=s'i_2h\) for every \(s':Y\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}}Y\to S\) and use \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}\left( Y \ensuremath{\underset{X}{\sqcup}} Y, S \right) & \xrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Hom}(Y,S) \ensuremath{\underset{\operatorname{Hom}(X,S)}{\times}} \operatorname{Hom}(Y,S) \\ s' & \longmapsto \left( s' i_1, s' i_2 \right) =: (s_1, s_2). \end{align*}\] The fourth equality follows from the cokernel’s universal property, reducing to \(S=\operatorname{coker}(f)\).

If \(f=0\), Lemma reference(ii) gives the simplest example: \(\operatorname{im}(f)=0=\operatorname{coim}(f)\).

Example. Continuing Example reference, consider \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). A module homomorphism \(f:A\to B\) always has \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=f^{-1}(0)\) and \(\operatorname{coker}(f)=B/\{f(a):a\in A\}\). Its \(\operatorname{im}(f)\) is the set-theoretic image, \(\operatorname{coim}(f)=A/\operatorname{ker}(f)\), and the comparison in equation is the canonical module isomorphism \(A/\operatorname{ker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f)\). Thus every morphism in \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is strict.

Next consider the additive category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ban}}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}}\) from Example reference. A continuous linear map \(f:X\to Y\) has the usual kernel \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=f^{-1}(0)\), which is again a Banach space, while \(\operatorname{coker}(f)=Y/\overline{\{f(x):x\in X\}}\) carries the quotient norm. The comparison morphism in equation becomes \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-011-d019}\] where the right side has the topology induced from \(Y\) and the left the quotient topology from \(X\). If \(f:X\to Y\) is a continuous injective linear map of Banach spaces with dense, non-surjective image, then \(\operatorname{coim}(f)=X\to Y=\operatorname{im}(f)\) is not an isomorphism. Hence \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ban}}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}}\) has non-strict morphisms.


  1. Translator’s note: the source says “for every morphism” without including the condition \(fg=0\), or dually \(hf=0\). These conditions have been restored because they are precisely the equalizer and coequalizer hypotheses; see correction O014-C006.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note: the source says “coproduct,” but the displayed object is the fiber coproduct \(Z\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\sqcup}}\operatorname{coker}(f)\) and the proof uses duality with the fiber product; see correction O014-C005.↩︎

Generalization: Linear Categories over a Commutative Ring

The \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets of an additive category have the structure of abelian groups. In many situations they also carry scalar multiplication by some commutative ring \(\Bbbk\). For example, every \(\operatorname{Hom}\) set in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is naturally a \(\Bbbk\)-module, and composition of morphisms is \(\Bbbk\)-bilinear.

Definition.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. Suppose that every \(\operatorname{Hom}\) set in a category \(\mathcal{A}\) is equipped with a \(\Bbbk\)-module structure such that composition of morphisms \(\operatorname{Hom}(Y, Z) \times \operatorname{Hom}(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}(X, Z)\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-bilinear map for all objects \(X,Y,Z\); in other words, the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-012-d001}\] With these data, \(\mathcal{A}\) is called a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category.

Let \(F: \mathcal{A} \to \mathcal{A}'\) be a functor between \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-categories. If the map \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}(FX,FY)\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism for every \(X,Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), then \(F\) is called a \(\Bbbk\)-linear functor.

Observe that \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a monoidal category under the tensor product \(\otimes := \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}\). Thus the term “\(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category” agrees with the terminology for enriched categories in [Li1]. The \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-categories introduced earlier are precisely the \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-categories. Conversely, forgetting scalar multiplication on a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category leaves an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category.

Example. A \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category with a single object is nothing but a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. The correspondence is given by \(\mathcal{A} \mapsto \operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(\star)\), where \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}) = \{\star\}\).

The argument of Proposition reference carries over verbatim and gives the following result.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{A}'\) be \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-categories.

  1. Given a pair of adjoint functors

    \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-012-d002},\] with both \(F\) and \(G\) \(\Bbbk\)-linear, the adjunction isomorphism \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}'}(F(\cdot),\cdot) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(\cdot,G(\cdot))\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear.

  2. For every \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{A}\), the bijection \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left(\varinjlim \alpha,T\right) \simeq \varprojlim_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(\alpha(i),T), \quad T \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\] is \(\Bbbk\)-linear whenever \(\varinjlim \alpha\) exists. The same statement holds for \(\varprojlim\).

Unless otherwise specified, all functors and equivalences between \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-categories will henceforth be understood to be \(\Bbbk\)-linear.

Definition.

If an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\) is equipped with a \(\Bbbk\)-linear structure compatible with its existing \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category structure, then \(\mathcal{A}\) together with these data is called a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category.

This amounts to replacing the \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category by a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category in the discussion of §reference. Most results about additive categories in this chapter extend to the \(\Bbbk\)-linear setting by exactly the same arguments. The sole exception concerns Corollary reference: in an additive category, addition on the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets can be characterized by properties of the category itself, but this is not true of scalar multiplication by \(\Bbbk\). Consequently, functors—and even equivalences—between \(\Bbbk\)-linear categories are not automatically \(\Bbbk\)-linear. We next collect a few results concerning \(\Bbbk\)-linearity. Recall that the center of a category \(\mathcal{A}\) is defined by

\(Z(\mathcal{A}) := \operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}})\). Its elements are endomorphisms of the identity functor \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\), written as \((a_X)_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})}\) with \(a_X \in \operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(X)\). Composition makes the center a commutative monoid; see [Li1]. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category, then \(Z(\mathcal{A})\) becomes a commutative ring under composition and addition \((a_X)_X + (b_X)_X := (a_X+b_X)_X\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category. Then there is a bijection \[\left\{\text{$\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}$-category structures on $\mathcal{A}$}\right\} \stackrel{1:1}{\longleftrightarrow} \operatorname{Hom}_{\text{rings}}(\Bbbk,Z(\mathcal{A})).\] The map is given as follows. If a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category structure on \(\mathcal{A}\) has been fixed, define, for every \(a \in \Bbbk\) and \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), \(a_X := a \cdot \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X \in \operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(X)\). Then \(a \mapsto (a_X)_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})} \in Z(\mathcal{A})\) is a ring homomorphism. Conversely, given a ring homomorphism on the right, \(a \mapsto (a_X)_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})}\), define a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category structure on \(\mathcal{A}\) by \(a \cdot f := f \circ a_X = a_Y \circ f\), for \(f \in \operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\).

Proof. The condition for \((a_X)_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})}\) to belong to \(Z(\mathcal{A})\) is precisely \(f \circ a_X = a_Y \circ f\) for every \(f \in \operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\). If \(\mathcal{A}\) is equipped with a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category structure, define \(a_X := a \cdot \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\). Bilinearity gives \[f \circ a_X = f \circ (a \cdot \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X) = (a f) \circ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X = (a \cdot \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y) \circ f = a_Y \circ f,\] so \((a_X)_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})} \in Z(\mathcal{A})\). The remaining verifications are immediate.

Consequently, the \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category \(\mathcal{A}\) is naturally a \(Z(\mathcal{A})\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category.

Viewing Limits through Functors

There are two broad kinds of question about the relationship between a functor \(F: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}\) and limits. Taking \(\varinjlim\) as an example, let \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}\) be a functor. One may ask:

  • Suppose \(\varinjlim \alpha\) exists. Does its image \(F\left(\varinjlim \alpha\right)\) yield \(\varinjlim (F\alpha)\)?

  • Suppose \(\varinjlim F\alpha\) exists. Can this limit be “lifted” to \(\mathcal{C}\)? In what sense is such a lift unique?

We focus on the case of \(\varinjlim\). These results of course have corresponding versions for \(\varprojlim\); by duality, there is no need to repeat the details. We organize the discussion of \(\varinjlim\) in terms of cocones and the category \((\alpha/\Delta)\).

Convention. For a fixed functor \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}\), a collection of data \((L, (f_i)_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)})\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) satisfying the following conditions is called a cocone with base \(\alpha\) and vertex \(L\):

  • \(L\) is an object of \(\mathcal{C}\);

  • each \(f_i : \alpha(i) \to L\) is a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}\) and satisfies the compatibility condition \(f_j \circ \alpha(i \to j) = f_i\), as \([i \to j]\) ranges over \(\mathrm{Mor}(I)\).

In the terminology of [Li1], these cocones form a category1 \((\alpha / \Delta)\). Concretely, once the base \(\alpha\) is fixed, a morphism from a cocone \((L, (f_i)_i)\) to a cocone \((M, (g_i)_i)\) is a commutative diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-013-d001} \end{equation}\] as \(i \to j\) ranges over \(\operatorname{Mor}(I)\); composition of morphisms is defined in the usual way. By definition, \(\varinjlim \alpha\), together with its family of canonical morphisms \(\iota_i: \alpha(i) \to \varinjlim \alpha\), is an initial object of \((\alpha / \Delta)\).

In the evident way, the functor \(F\) induces a functor \((\alpha/\Delta) \to (F\alpha / \Delta)\) that takes a cocone \((L, (f_i)_i)\) to \((FL, (Ff_i)_i)\). Suppose \(\varinjlim \alpha\) exists. If \(\varinjlim F\alpha\) also exists, there is a unique morphism in \((F\alpha / \Delta)\) \[\varinjlim F\alpha \to F(\varinjlim \alpha),\] and this morphism is an isomorphism if and only if \(\left( F(\varinjlim \alpha), (F\iota_i)_i \right)\) gives \(\varinjlim F\alpha\). Dually, \(\varprojlim \alpha\) is characterized as a terminal object of \((\Delta/\alpha)\). Assuming that both projective limits under discussion exist, there is a unique morphism in \((\Delta/F\alpha)\) \[F\varprojlim \alpha \to \varprojlim F\alpha.\]

Definition.

Given \(F: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}\) and a functor \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}\), consider the induced functor between cocone categories \((\alpha/\Delta) \to (F\alpha/\Delta)\).

  • The functor \(F\) is said to preserve this \(\varinjlim\) if \((\alpha/\Delta) \to (F\alpha/\Delta)\) takes an initial object, when one exists, to an initial object.

  • The functor \(F\) is said to reflect this \(\varinjlim\) if any object of \((\alpha/\Delta)\) whose image is an initial object of \((F\alpha/\Delta)\) is itself an initial object.

  • The functor \(F\) is said to create this \(\varinjlim\) if, whenever \(\varinjlim F\alpha\) exists, \(\varinjlim \alpha\) also exists, and in this situation \(F\) preserves this \(\varinjlim\) and also reflects this \(\varinjlim\).

There are corresponding notions for \(\varprojlim\). The notions for \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\) are obtained from one another by replacing \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) with \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\) and \(\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Notice that these notions depend on the particular \(\alpha\) under consideration. For example, \(F\) may well preserve every finite \(\varinjlim\) without preserving \(\varinjlim\) in general. For a fixed \(\alpha\), saying that a functor creates \(\varinjlim\) (or \(\varprojlim\)) means that the cocone (or cone) in \(\mathcal{D}\) defining the limit can be lifted uniquely to \(\mathcal{C}\), and that the lifted cocone (or cone) gives the corresponding limit in \(\mathcal{C}\). This uniqueness comes from the condition in the definition concerning reflection of \(\varinjlim\) (or \(\varprojlim\)). This point of view will be evident in Example reference and Proposition reference below.

Proposition. Every fully faithful functor reflects every \(\varinjlim\) and every \(\varprojlim\).

Proof. It suffices to consider \(\varinjlim\). If \(F\) is fully faithful, the universal property of an initial object of \((\alpha/\Delta)\) can be checked, after applying \(F\), in \((F\alpha/\Delta)\).

We shall also use the following notion.

Definition.

A functor \(F\) is called conservative if it satisfies the following condition: a morphism \(f \in \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) is an isomorphism if and only if \(Ff \in \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{D})\) is an isomorphism.

Remark. Suppose \(F\) is a conservative functor. If \(\varinjlim \alpha\) exists and \(F\) preserves this \(\varinjlim\), the functor \(F\) must also reflect it. Indeed, suppose \(L \in \operatorname{Ob}((\alpha/\Delta))\) is mapped to an initial object of \((F\alpha/\Delta)\). Consider the unique morphism \(\varinjlim \alpha \to L\) in \((\alpha/\Delta)\). Since \(F\) preserves this \(\varinjlim\), the image of that morphism under \(F\) must be an isomorphism. Conservativity then ensures that \(\varinjlim \alpha \to L\) is also an isomorphism.

Under these hypotheses, the condition that \(F\) reflect \(\varinjlim\) may be omitted from the definition of what it means for \(F\) to create \(\varinjlim\).

Example. We verify that the forgetful functor \(U\) from the category of groups \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) to the category of sets \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) creates all small \(\varprojlim\).

This follows from the concrete constructions of \(\varprojlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\); see [Li1]. More explicitly, take a small category \(I\) and a functor \(\beta: I^{\operatorname{op}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\). As a set, \[\varprojlim U\beta = \left\{\begin{array}{r|l} (x_i)_i \in \prod_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)} U\beta(i) & \forall [i \to j] \in \mathrm{Mor}(I), \\ & \beta(i \to j)(x_j) = x_i \end{array}\right\},\] and the projection \(p_i: \varprojlim U\beta \to U\beta(i)\) maps \((x_j)_j\) to \(x_i\). Our task is now to:

  1. equip \(\varprojlim U\beta\) with a group structure such that every \(p_i\) is a group homomorphism, and show that this group structure is unique;

  2. verify the universal property of \(\varprojlim \beta\) for this group together with the family of projection homomorphisms \((p_i)_i\).

Clearly, \(\varprojlim U\beta\) is a subgroup of the direct product \(\prod_i \beta(i)\). Regard this subgroup as \(\varprojlim \beta \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}})\); this is the unique group structure making every \(p_i\) a group homomorphism. This completes the first task.

We next verify the universal property of the cone \(\left( \varprojlim \beta, (p_i)_i\right)\). Consider any cone \((L, (q_i)_i)\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\), with \(q_i: L \to \beta(i)\). The universal property gives a unique map \(\varphi: UL \to \varprojlim U\beta\) such that \(p_i \varphi = q_i\) for every \(i\). Concretely, \(\varphi\) is in fact given by \(y \mapsto (q_i(y))_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)}\), so this map is a group homomorphism \(L \to \varprojlim \beta\).2 The verification is complete.

By an entirely similar argument, one can show that the forgetful functor from the category of compact Hausdorff spaces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) also creates all small \(\varprojlim\). The corresponding verification is left as an exercise in this chapter. The next result concerns a functor category of the form \(\mathcal{C}^J\) (which may be a “large” category, but this causes no problem). We need two preparatory steps.

  • Let \(J\) be a set. The product of \(J\) copies of \(\mathcal{C}\), namely \(\mathcal{C}^J\), is defined by \(\operatorname{Ob}\left(\mathcal{C}^J\right) = \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})^J\) and \(\mathrm{Mor}\left(\mathcal{C}^J \right) = \mathrm{Mor}(\mathcal{C})^J\). For every \(j \in J\) there is an evident projection functor \(p_j: \mathcal{C}^J \to \mathcal{C}\).

    Given a category \(I\) and a functor \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}^J\), if \(\varinjlim (p_j \alpha)\) exists for every \(j\), then \(\varinjlim \alpha\) also exists. It is constructed by taking colimits “pointwise” or “objectwise”: \(\varinjlim \alpha = \left( \varinjlim (p_j \alpha) \right)_{j \in J}\).

  • Let \(J\) be a category. We may consider the functor category \(\mathcal{C}^J\). For each \(j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\) there is an evaluation functor \(\mathrm{ev}_j: \mathcal{C}^J \to \mathcal{C}\), which maps an object \(F\) to \(Fj\) and a morphism \(\varphi = (\varphi_{j'})_{j' \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)}\) to \(\varphi_j\). We shall later consider functors of the form \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}^J\) and their \(\varinjlim\). Observe that \(\alpha\) can be viewed as a functor \(I \times J \to \mathcal{C}\), whose value is denoted \(\alpha(i, j)\).

The two systems of notation are compatible. If \(J\) is a discrete category and is viewed as a set, then \(\mathcal{C}^J\) is simply the product discussed above. For a general \(J\), the forgetful functor \(\mathcal{F}: \mathcal{C}^J \to \mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{Ob}(J)}\) maps an object \(F\) to \((Fj)_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)}\) and a morphism \(\varphi\) to \((\varphi_j)_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)}\). Thus \(\mathrm{ev}_j = p_j \mathcal{F}\).

Proposition. Let \(J\) and \(\mathcal{C}\) be categories.

  1. The forgetful functor \(\mathcal{F}: \mathcal{C}^J \to \mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{Ob}(J)}\) creates \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\).

  2. Let \(I\) be a category and suppose every functor \(I \to \mathcal{C}\) has a \(\varinjlim\) (or \(\varprojlim\)). Then all functors of the form \(I \to \mathcal{C}^J\) also have a \(\varinjlim\) (or \(\varprojlim\)) in \(\mathcal{C}^J\).

  3. Under the assumption in (ii), for every \(j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\) the evaluation functor \(\mathrm{ev}_j: \mathcal{C}^J \to \mathcal{C}\) preserves \(\varinjlim\) (or \(\varprojlim\)) for diagrams of shape \(I\). In other words, limits in \(\mathcal{C}^J\) are likewise defined “pointwise” or “objectwise.”

Proof. It suffices to consider \(\varinjlim\). For (i), let \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}^J\) and suppose \(\varinjlim \mathcal{F}\alpha\) exists and is given by the cocone \[\left( (X(j))_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)}, \; \left( \iota_i = (\iota_{i, j})_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)} \right)_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)} \right)\] with \(\iota_{i,j}: \alpha(i, j) \to X(j)\). We wish to lift it to a cocone in \(\mathcal{C}^J\) that gives \(\varinjlim \alpha\).

First observe that \(X(j) = \varinjlim \alpha(\cdot, j)\) for every \(j\). For each morphism \(j \to j'\), functoriality of colimits (see [Li1]) gives a unique morphism \(X(j \to j'): X(j) \to X(j')\) making the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-013-d002} \quad i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I).\] In this way, \(j \mapsto X(j)\) extends to a functor \(X: J \to \mathcal{C}\), while \(\iota_i: \alpha(i, \cdot) \to X\) are morphisms in \(\mathcal{C}^J\). It is immediate that \((X, (\iota_i)_i) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\alpha/\Delta)\); we next prove that this object is initial. Since the functor \(\mathcal{F}\) is conservative, reflection of \(\varinjlim\) need not be checked separately.

Given \((L, (f_i)_i) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\alpha/\Delta)\), the universal property of \(\varinjlim \mathcal{F}\alpha\) determines a unique morphism \(\varphi = (\varphi_j)_j : \mathcal{F}X \to \mathcal{F}L\) such that the triangular part of the following diagram commutes for every \((i, j)\): \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-013-d003}\] It remains to show that the square commutes for every \(j \to j'\), after which the family of components \(\varphi\) forms a morphism \(X \to L\). The outer frame is already known to commute, so \[\varphi_{j'} X(j \to j') \iota_{i, j} = L(j \to j') f_{i, j} = L(j \to j') \varphi_j \iota_{i, j}\] for every \(i\). Morphisms with domain \(X(j)\) are determined by their composites with all the \(\iota_{i,j}\), so the square commutes.

For (ii), consider a functor \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}^J\). By the preceding discussion, \(\mathcal{F}\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{Ob}(J)}\) has a \(\varinjlim\), defined objectwise. By (i), \(\mathcal{F}\) creates \(\varinjlim \alpha\) in \(\mathcal{C}^J\),3 while the assertion in (iii) that \(\mathrm{ev}_j\) preserves this \(\varinjlim\) follows immediately from the construction.


  1. More precisely, \(\Delta\) here denotes the diagonal functor \(\mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{C}^I\); see Example 1.6.3. The notation \(\Delta\) was chosen from the initial letter of the pinyin word duìjiǎo (“diagonal”). By a pictorial analogy, however, one may just as well picture \(\Delta\) as a “cocone”; see diagram equation.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note: the source writes \(L \to \varinjlim \beta\); the target corrects this to \(L \to \varprojlim \beta\), in accordance with the projective limit being proved (O014-C007).↩︎

  3. Translator’s note: the source writes \(\mathcal{C}\) here. The target corrects this to \(\mathcal{C}^J\), the domain of the forgetful functor \(\mathcal{F}\) and the category containing the newly constructed functor \(X: J \to \mathcal{C}\); see correction O014-C009.↩︎

Filtered Inductive Limits

A familiar fact from mathematical analysis is that, when a sequence converges, its limit may be computed from any subsequence. In category theory, this idea is embodied by cofinality. We begin with connectedness.

Definition. Let \(I\) be a category. If \(\operatorname{Ob}(I) \neq \emptyset\) and, for every \(i, i' \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\), there exist \(n \geq 1\) and morphisms \[i = i_0 \leftarrow i_1 \to i_2 \leftarrow i_3 \to i_4 \leftarrow \cdots \to i_{2n} = i' ,\] then \(I\) is called connected.

We introduce an auxiliary concept that will be used repeatedly in the next several sections.

Definition (Comma category; see [Li1).]

Given categories \(I\), \(J\), and a functor \(H: J \to I\), let \(i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\).

  • By definition, the objects of the comma category \((i/H)\) (or \((H/i)\)) are data \((j, i \to Hj)\) (or \((j, Hj \to i)\)), where \(j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\) and \(i \to Hj\) (or \(Hj \to i\)) is a morphism in \(I\). A morphism from \((j, i \to Hj)\) to \((j', i \to Hj')\) (or from \((j, Hj \to i)\) to \((j', Hj' \to i)\)) is a morphism \(f: j \to j'\) in \(J\) making the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-014-d001} \quad \text{or} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-014-d002}\] Composition and identity morphisms are defined in the usual way.

  • The two categories above come respectively with projection functors \(\Pi_{i/}: (i/H) \to J\) and \(\Pi_{/i}: (H/i) \to J\), taking an object \((j, i \to Hj)\) (or \((j, Hj \to i)\)) to \(j\) and a morphism \(f\) to \(f\).

  • Every morphism \(i \to i'\) in \(I\) naturally induces functors \((i'/H) \to (i/H)\) and \((H/i) \to (H/i')\), making the following diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-014-d003} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-014-d004}\]

Example. Regard a functor \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}\) as an object of \(\mathcal{C}^I\), and consider the diagonal functor \(\Delta: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{C}^I\) taking every object to the corresponding constant functor. By Definition reference, \((\alpha/\Delta)\) is precisely the category of “cocones” introduced in Convention reference, while the functor \(\Pi_{\alpha/}\) maps each cocone to its vertex.

Definition. For a functor \(H: J \to I\), if \((i/H)\) is connected for every \(i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\), then \(H\) is called cofinal; if \(H\) is the inclusion functor of a subcategory, the subcategory \(J\) is called cofinal.

It is easy to verify that if \(I \to J\) and \(J \to K\) are both cofinal, then the composite functor \(I \to K\) is also cofinal. The verification is left to the reader as an exercise. The next result shows that a limit may be computed by restricting the diagram along a cofinal functor. Recall that \(H\) induces \(H^{\operatorname{op}}: J^{\operatorname{op}} \to I^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Proposition. If \(H: J \to I\) is cofinal, then:

  • for a given functor \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}\), \(\varinjlim \alpha\) exists if and only if \(\varinjlim \alpha H\) exists; in that case there is a canonical isomorphism \(\varinjlim \alpha H \simeq \varinjlim \alpha\);

  • dually, for a given functor \(\beta: I^{\operatorname{op}} \to \mathcal{C}\), \(\varprojlim \beta\) exists if and only if \(\varprojlim \beta H^{\operatorname{op}}\) exists; in that case there is a canonical isomorphism \(\varprojlim \beta H^{\operatorname{op}} \simeq \varprojlim \beta\).

Proof. We discuss only \(\varinjlim\). In the language of §reference, it suffices to prove that the functor \((\alpha/\Delta) \to (\alpha H / \Delta)\) is an equivalence. It takes a cocone with base \(\alpha\), namely \((L, (f_i)_i)\), to the cocone with base \(\alpha H\), namely \((L, (f_{Hj})_j)\).

We first prove that this functor is essentially surjective. Consider \(L \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and a family of morphisms \((g_j: \alpha H(j) \to L)_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)}\) satisfying the compatibility condition \(g_{j'} \circ \alpha H(j \to j') = g_j\). For every \(i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\), since \((i/H)\) is nonempty, we may choose \(j\) and a morphism \(i \to H(j)\). Define \(f_i := g_j \circ \alpha(i \to H(j))\). This definition is independent of the choice of comma object \((j,i \to H(j))\): indeed, if there are morphisms in \((i/H)\) as in the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-014-d005}\] then the construction immediately gives \[g_j \circ \alpha(i\to H(j)) = g_{j''} \circ \alpha(i\to H(j'')) = g_{j'} \circ \alpha(i\to H(j')).\] Since \((i/H)\) is connected, this suffices to show that \(f_i\) is well-defined. The preceding discussion also implies that \((f_i)_i\) satisfies the compatibility condition \(f_i=f_{i'}\circ\alpha(i\to i')\): for every \(i \to i'\) and \(i' \to H(j')\), we may compute \(f_i\) using the comma object \((j',i \to i' \to H(j'))\). Hence \((L, (f_i)_i) \in \operatorname{Ob}((\alpha/\Delta))\) maps to \((L, (g_j)_j)\).

We next show that the functor is full and faithful. Giving a morphism in \((\alpha/\Delta)\), namely \((L, (f_i)_i) \to (L', (f'_i)_i)\), is equivalent to giving a morphism \(\theta: L \to L'\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) such that \(\theta f_i = f'_i\) for every \(i\). It suffices to check this condition on the objects \(H(j)\) in the cofinal image of \(H\): for every \(i\), choose \(j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\) and \(i \to H(j)\); the condition then becomes \(\theta f_{H(j)} = f'_{H(j)}\), which says precisely that \(\theta\) is a morphism in \((\alpha H / \Delta)\).

Definition.

Following [Li1], a category \(I\) with \(\operatorname{Ob}(I)\neq\emptyset\) satisfying the following conditions is called filtered1.

  • For every \(i, j \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\), there is an object \(k \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\) together with morphisms \(i \rightarrow k\) and \(j \rightarrow k\).

  • For every pair of morphisms \(f, g: i \to j\) in \(I\), there is an object \(k \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\) and a morphism \(h: j \to k\) such that \(hf = hg\).

If \(I\) is a filtered category and \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}\) is a functor, the corresponding \(\varinjlim \alpha\) is called a filtered inductive limit.

Example.

One common class of filtered categories comes from filtered partially ordered sets2. Every partially ordered set \((P, \leq)\) determines a corresponding category \(\mathcal{P}\) such that \(x \leq y \iff \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{P}}(x, y) \neq \emptyset\). If \(\mathcal{P}\) is a filtered category, then \((P, \leq)\) is called a filtered partially ordered set. A partially ordered set is filtered if and only if it is nonempty and every pair of elements \(i, j\) has a common upper bound \(k\). Every nonempty totally ordered set is plainly filtered.

Proposition. Let \(I\) be a filtered category. A full subcategory \(J\subset I\) is cofinal if and only if, for every \(i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\), there are \(j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\) and a morphism \(i \to j\); in that case \(J\) is also filtered.

Proof. The “only if” direction is clear. For the converse, given \(j \leftarrow i \to j'\), with \(j, j' \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\), filteredness of \(I\) together with the hypothesis ensures the existence of a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-014-d006}\] with \(k \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\). This shows that \(J\) is cofinal.

To prove that \(J\) is filtered, take arbitrary \(i, j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\). Since \(I\) is filtered, there are \(k_0 \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\) and morphisms \(i\to k_0\) and \(j\to k_0\); also choose \(k \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\) and a morphism \(k_0 \to k\). Composing these morphisms yields morphisms \(i \rightarrow k \leftarrow j\) in \(J\).3 This proves the first condition for a filtered category. The second is proved by the same idea.

Example. Define \(\mathrm{OFin}_I := \left\{ \text{full subcategories}\; J \subset I: \operatorname{Ob}(J) \;\text{is finite} \right\}\). Ordered by \(\subset\), this is a filtered partially ordered set: for any \(J, K \in \mathrm{OFin}_I\), the subcategory obtained by taking the union of their sets of objects is a common upper bound for \(J\) and \(K\).

To see the usefulness of this construction, consider an arbitrary functor \(\alpha: I \to \mathcal{C}\) (or \(\beta: I^{\operatorname{op}} \to \mathcal{C}\)). Its restriction to a full subcategory \(J\) gives \(\alpha|_J\) (or \(\beta|_{J^{\operatorname{op}}}\)). If \(J \subset K\), there is a natural morphism \(\varinjlim \alpha|_J \to \varinjlim \alpha|_K\) (or \(\varprojlim \beta|_{K^{\operatorname{op}}} \to \varprojlim \beta|_{J^{\operatorname{op}}}\)), provided these limits exist. The next result explains how an arbitrary limit can be approximated “in a filtered manner” by limits over subcategories having only finitely many objects.

Proposition. In the situation above, there is a canonical isomorphism \[\varinjlim_{\substack{J \in \mathrm{OFin}_I \\ \subset}} \varinjlim \alpha|_J \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\varinjlim \alpha\] (or \(\varprojlim \beta \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \varprojlim_{J \in \mathrm{OFin}_I^{\operatorname{op}}} \varprojlim \beta|_{J^{\operatorname{op}}}\)), provided that the iterated limit on the left (or on the right) exists.4

Proof. Consider the case of \(\varinjlim\). The universal property gives canonical bijections \[\begin{aligned} \operatorname{Hom}\left( \varinjlim_{J\in\mathrm{OFin}_I} \varinjlim \alpha|_J, S \right) &\simeq \varprojlim_{J\in\mathrm{OFin}_I^{\operatorname{op}}} \operatorname{Hom}\left( \varinjlim \alpha|_J, S \right) \\ &\simeq \varprojlim_{J\in\mathrm{OFin}_I^{\operatorname{op}}} \varprojlim \operatorname{Hom}(\alpha|_J, S) . \end{aligned}\] for arbitrary \(S \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), while the right-hand side is an iterated \(\varprojlim\) of sets. It remains to check that, for a family of sets \((X_i)_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)}\) together with a compatible family of maps \(\left( f_{i \to j}: X_j \to X_i \right)_{[i \to j] \in \operatorname{Mor}(I)}\), there is a bijection \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-014-d007}\]

For every \(J\), the concrete construction of the \(\varprojlim\) of sets is \[\varprojlim_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)} X_j = \left\{ (x_j)_j \in \prod_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)} X_j : \forall [i \to j] \in \operatorname{Mor}(J), \; f_{i \to j}(x_j) = x_i \right\},\] so the bijection is clear: every piece of data defining \(\varprojlim_i X_i\), whether a coordinate \(x_i\) or a compatibility condition \(f_{i \to j}(x_j) = x_i\), is contained in some \(J \in \mathrm{OFin}_I\).

Recall that the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) has all small \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\). Small filtered inductive limits have a particularly simple description.

Proposition. Let \(I\) be a small filtered category and \(\alpha: I \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) a functor. Define the following binary relation on the set \(\bigsqcup_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)} \alpha(i)\): for \(x \in \alpha(i)\) and \(y \in \alpha(j)\), the relation \(x \sim y\) means that there is an object \(k\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\) together with morphisms \(i\rightarrow k\) and \(j\rightarrow k\) such that \(\alpha(i \to k)(x) = \alpha(j \to k)(y)\). Then \(\sim\) is an equivalence relation, and \[\varinjlim \alpha = \left( \bigsqcup_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)} \alpha(i) \right) \big/ \sim .\]

Proof. See the discussion following [Li1].

An element of the preceding \(\varinjlim \alpha\) will henceforth be written \([x_{i_0}]\), where \(i_0 \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)\) and \([x_{i_0}]\) is the equivalence class containing \(x_{i_0} \in \alpha(i_0)\). On the other hand, for a general small category \(J\) and functor \(\beta: J^{\operatorname{op}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), we write an element of \(\varprojlim \beta\) as \((y_j)_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)}\), where \(y_j \in \beta(j)\) satisfies the compatibility condition \(\beta(j' \to j)(y_j) = y_{j'}\). Next consider a functor of the form \(\alpha: I \times J^{\operatorname{op}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), with \(I, J\) small categories; one may take \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\) in the variables \(I\) and \(J\), respectively. For every \((i_0, j_0) \in \operatorname{Ob}(I \times J)\), there is a composite of natural maps \[\varprojlim_j \alpha(i_0, j) \to \alpha(i_0, j_0) \to \varinjlim_i \alpha(i, j_0);\] this composite is natural in \(i_0\) and \(j_0\). Varying \(j_0\) gives a canonical map \(\varprojlim_j \alpha(i_0, j) \to \varprojlim_j \varinjlim_i \alpha(i, j)\); then varying \(i_0\) gives a canonical map \[\begin{equation} e: \varinjlim_i \varprojlim_j \alpha(i, j) \to \varprojlim_j \varinjlim_i \alpha(i, j). \end{equation}\] In terms of representatives, \(e\) maps \(\left[ (x_{i_0, j})_j \right]\) to \(\left( [ x_{i_0, j}] \right)_j\). If \(\operatorname{Mor}(J)\) is a finite set, the category \(J\) is called finite; equivalently, its object set is finite and every morphism set between two objects is finite. The next result will be used in §1.9.

Proposition. Let \(I\) be a small filtered category, \(J\) a finite category, and \(\alpha: I \times J^{\operatorname{op}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) a functor. Then the map \(e\) in equation is a bijection.

Proof. We first show that \(e\) is surjective. Given \((b_j)_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)} \in \varprojlim_j \varinjlim_i \alpha(i, j)\), write each \(b_j\) as \([x_{i_j, j}]\). Since \(I\) is filtered and \(J\) is finite, we may choose a common target object \(i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\) for all \(i_j\), and replace each representative by its image along a morphism \(i_j\to i\). Thus all representatives may be written \(x_{i,j}\) with the same index \(i\). For every morphism \(j \to j'\) in \(J\), we have \[\left[ \alpha(i, j \to j') (x_{i, j'}) \right] = \left[ x_{i, j} \right].\] Since \(\operatorname{Mor}(J)\) is finite and \(I\) is filtered, we may choose one morphism \(i\to i_1\) that equalizes all these pairs, replace all representatives by their images at index \(i_1\), and then rename \(i_1\) as \(i\). Thus \(\alpha(i, j \to j') (x_{i, j'}) = x_{i, j}\) holds for every \([j \to j'] \in \operatorname{Mor}(J)\). Consequently, \(e\left( [(x_{i, j})_j] \right) = (b_j)_j\).

We next show that \(e\) is injective. Suppose \(e(x) = e(y)\). Since \(I\) is filtered, we may replace representatives of \(x\) and \(y\) by their images at one common index \(i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\), so that they have representatives \((x_{i,j})_j\) and \((y_{i,j})_j\). Thus \([x_{i,j}]=[y_{i,j}]\) for every \(j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)\). Since \(I\) is filtered and \(J\) is finite, we may choose one common later index, replace all components by their images there, and rename it \(i\), so that \(x_{i,j}=y_{i,j}\) for every \(j\). Hence \(x=y\).


  1. Translator’s note: the source does not state the condition \(\operatorname{Ob}(I)\neq\emptyset\), so the empty category would satisfy both items vacuously; in the second item, the source also calls \(k\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\) a morphism. The target adds the nonemptiness condition and corrects the type of \(k\) to an object (O014-C010 and O014-C011).↩︎

  2. When used to index limits, a filtered category can often be replaced by a filtered partially ordered set; see Remark A.2.3 and the explanations for the exercises in Appendix A.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note: the source calls \(i\rightarrow k_0\leftarrow j\) morphisms in \(J\), although \(k_0\) is only known to lie in \(I\). The target uses the composites into \(k\in\operatorname{Ob}(J)\) (O014-C012).↩︎

  4. Translator’s note: in the dual formula, the source writes an outer inductive limit. For \(J\subset K\), however, the transition morphism goes from the \(K\)-term to the \(J\)-term, so the terms form a diagram on \(\mathrm{OFin}_I^{\operatorname{op}}\) and the outer construction is a projective limit (O014-C013).↩︎

Kan Extensions

This section begins with the problem of extending a functor. Consider categories \(\mathcal{C}\), \(\mathcal{D}\), \(\mathcal{E}\) and functors \(K\) and \(F\) as in the following diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d001}\] In the basic spirit of category theory, we would like to find a functor \(L\) indicated by the dashed arrow, together with a natural isomorphism \(F \simeq LK\). This problem generally has no solution: for example, there may be \(f \in \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) such that \(Kf\) is an isomorphism while \(Ff\) is not. Failing that, we may at least ask whether there is a best approximation. The answer is characterized by a universal property, with left and right versions.

Definition (D. Kan).

Consider categories \(\mathcal{C}\), \(\mathcal{D}\), \(\mathcal{E}\) and functors \(K: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}\) and \(F: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{E}\).

  • A left Kan extension of the functor \(F\) along \(K\) is the following data \((\operatorname{Lan}_K F, \eta)\):

    • \(\operatorname{Lan}_K F: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\) is a functor;

    • \(\eta: F \to (\operatorname{Lan}_K F) K\) is a natural transformation.

    These data must satisfy the following universal property: for every \(L: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\) and \(\xi: F \to LK\), there is a unique natural transformation \(\chi: \operatorname{Lan}_K F \to L\) such that \(\xi = (\chi K) \eta\) (using vertical and horizontal composition of natural transformations), or, in \(2\)-cell diagrams: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d002} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d003}.\]

  • A right Kan extension of the functor \(F\) along \(K\) is the following data \((\operatorname{Ran}_K F, \varepsilon)\):

    • \(\operatorname{Ran}_K F: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\) is a functor;

    • \(\varepsilon: (\operatorname{Ran}_K F)K \to F\) is a natural transformation.

    These data must satisfy the following universal property: for every \(R: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\) and \(\delta: RK \to F\), there is a unique natural transformation \(\theta: R \to \operatorname{Ran}_K F\) such that \(\delta = \varepsilon (\theta K)\), or, in \(2\)-cell diagrams: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d004} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d005}.\]

If \(\mathcal{C}\), \(\mathcal{D}\), and \(\mathcal{E}\) in the definition are replaced respectively by \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\), \(\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}}\), and \(\mathcal{E}^{\operatorname{op}}\), the pattern of directions of the functors remains the same, while the natural transformations reverse direction. Thus left and right Kan extensions are dual notions. Using the functor categories \(\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}}\) and \(\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}}\), the universal properties of left and right Kan extensions state, respectively, the bijections \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}}}\left( \operatorname{Lan}_K F, L \right) & \xrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}}}\left( F, LK \right) \\ \chi & \longmapsto (\chi K)\eta , \\ \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}}}\left( R, \operatorname{Ran}_K F \right) & \xrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}}}\left( RK, F \right) \\ \theta & \longmapsto \varepsilon (\theta K); \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] their inverses are the maps \((L, \xi) \mapsto \chi\) and \((R, \delta) \mapsto \theta\), respectively, from Definition reference.

Proposition. Given categories \(\mathcal{C}\), \(\mathcal{D}\), \(\mathcal{E}\) and functors \(K: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}\) and \(F: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{E}\), consider the pullback (that is, precomposition) functor \(K^*: \mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}} \to \mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}}\) between the functor categories.

  1. If it exists, a left Kan extension \((\operatorname{Lan}_K F, \eta)\) is unique up to a unique isomorphism in \(\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}}\); the same holds for a right Kan extension.

  2. If the left Kan extension (or right Kan extension) along \(K\) exists for every \(F\), these extensions assemble into a left adjoint to \(K^*\), \(\operatorname{Lan}_K: \mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}} \to \mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}}\) (or a right adjoint \(\operatorname{Ran}_K: \mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}} \to \mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}}\)); the family of natural transformations assembled from \(\eta\) (or \(\varepsilon\)) in Definition reference is exactly the unit (or counit) of this adjunction.

Proof. For (i), simply apply the universal property in Definition reference in the usual way.

For (ii), observe that \(LK = K^*(L)\) and \(RK = K^*(R)\); the desired adjunction is precisely the content of equation. The assertion about the unit or counit follows similarly; see [Li1].

By convention, the data \(\eta\) or \(\varepsilon\) in a Kan extension are often omitted from the notation. If the left Kan extension (or right Kan extension) along \(K\) exists for every \(F\), the functor \(\operatorname{Lan}_K\) (or \(\operatorname{Ran}_K\)) obtained in (ii) also has the corresponding uniqueness property, by uniqueness of adjoints [Li1].

Remark. Since the definition of a Kan extension involves only composition of \(2\)-cells, it extends to general \(2\)-categories; the present situation is the special case of the \(2\)-category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\). See [Li1] for details.

For every category \(\mathcal{C}\), denote the unique functor \(\mathcal{C} \to \mathbf{1}\) by \(!\); specifying a functor \(\mathbf{1} \to \mathcal{C}\) is equivalent to specifying an object of \(\mathcal{C}\). For every category \(\mathcal{E}\) and object \(X\) in it, write \(\Delta(X): \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{E}\) for the composite \(\mathcal{C} \xrightarrow{!} \mathbf{1} \xrightarrow{\text{constant}\; X} \mathcal{E}\); this is the constant functor that sends every object to \(X\) and every morphism to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\).

Example (Limits as Kan extensions). Let \(F: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{E}\) be a functor. Consider the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d006}\] Then \(\operatorname{Lan}_! F\) (or \(\operatorname{Ran}_! F\)) exists if and only if \(\varinjlim F\) (or \(\varprojlim F\)) exists in \(\mathcal{E}\), and in that case the Kan extension is precisely the limit in question.

For example, consider \((\operatorname{Lan}_! F, \eta)\). The functor \(\operatorname{Lan}_! F: \mathbf{1} \to \mathcal{E}\) may be viewed as an object of \(\mathcal{E}\), while \(\eta\) is a natural transformation \(F \to \Delta(\operatorname{Lan}_! F)\) in \(\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}}\). Its universal property is equivalent to the assertion that the data \((\operatorname{Lan}_! F, \eta)\) give an initial object of the category \((F/\Delta)\); this is precisely the description of \(\varinjlim F\) in §reference.

Example (Adjunctions as Kan extensions). Consider a pair of functors: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d007}\] If \((F, G)\) is equipped with the structure of an adjunction with unit \(\eta: \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}} \to GF\) and counit \(\varepsilon: FG \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\), then \((G, \eta)\) gives \(\operatorname{Lan}_F (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}})\) and \((F, \varepsilon)\) gives \(\operatorname{Ran}_G (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}})\).

To explain this, first we show that the following pullback functors \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d008}\] themselves form a natural adjoint pair. Observe that \(\eta\) induces \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}^* = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{C}}} \to F^* G^* = (GF)^*\), and similarly \(\varepsilon\) induces \(G^* F^* \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{D}}}\); we continue to denote both by \(\eta\) and \(\varepsilon\). We must check the triangle identities characterizing the adjunction \((G^*, F^*, \eta, \varepsilon)\). In brief, these identities follow formally by applying pullback \((-)^*\) in functor categories to the triangle identities for \((F, G, \eta, \varepsilon)\); the details are left to the reader.

This adjunction gives a canonical bijection \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{D}}}(\underbracket{G^* \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}}_{= G}, L) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{C}}}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}} , \underbracket{F^* L}_{=LF})\), for arbitrary \(L: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{C}\); when \(L = G\), \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\) maps to \(\eta\). Writing the universal property of \(\operatorname{Lan}_F (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}})\) as the bijection in equation, one sees at once that \((G, \eta)\) gives \(\operatorname{Lan}_F (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}})\). The argument for \(\operatorname{Ran}_G (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}})\) is entirely similar.1

In practice, some situations require a further strengthening of the notion of Kan extension2, especially in the later treatment of derived functors.

Definition. Consider categories \(\mathcal{C}\), \(\mathcal{D}\), \(\mathcal{E}\), \(\mathcal{F}\) and functors \(K: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}\) and \(F: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{E}\).3

  • Suppose the right Kan extension \((\operatorname{Ran}_K F, \varepsilon)\) exists. A functor \(M: \mathcal{E} \to \mathcal{F}\) is said to preserve \(\operatorname{Ran}_K F\) if the composite \(2\)-cell \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d009} =: \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d010}\] gives a right Kan extension of \(MF\) along \(K\).

  • Suppose the left Kan extension \((\operatorname{Lan}_K F, \eta)\) exists. A functor \(M: \mathcal{E} \to \mathcal{F}\) is said to preserve \(\operatorname{Lan}_K F\) if the composite \(2\)-cell \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d011} =: \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d012}\] gives a left Kan extension of \(MF\) along \(K\).

  • If a left Kan extension \((\operatorname{Lan}_K F, \eta)\) (or a right Kan extension \((\operatorname{Ran}_K F, \varepsilon)\)) is preserved by every functor whose domain is \(\mathcal{E}\), the Kan extension is called absolute.

The next step is to explain the relationship between adjunctions and absolute Kan extensions. The result is extremely useful in the later study of derived functors; studying its proof also helps one become accustomed to Kan extensions and the manipulation of \(2\)-cells. Consider a pair of adjoint functors \(\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-diagram-013}\), specified by a unit \(\eta: \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}} \to GF\) and a counit \(\varepsilon: FG \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}'}\). Also given are functors \[K: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}, \quad K': \mathcal{C}' \to \mathcal{D}'.\] We shall now use \(2\)-cell diagrams systematically to represent functors, natural transformations between them, and their composites, making the argument more concise. In manipulating \(2\)-cells, we interchange vertical and horizontal composition without further comment; this is valid, as explained in [Li1].

Theorem (G. Maltsiniotis [Ma07).] Suppose \(K'F\) has an absolute right Kan extension along \(K\), denoted \(\mathrm{L}F\), while \(KG\) has an absolute left Kan extension along \(K'\), denoted \(\mathrm{R}G\). The associated data are displayed in the following diagrams: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d013} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d014}\] In this situation, there are unique transformations \(\underline{\eta}: \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}} \to \mathrm{R}G \circ \mathrm{L}F\) and \(\underline{\varepsilon}: \mathrm{L}F \circ \mathrm{R}G \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}'}\) such that the following equations of composite \(2\)-cells hold: \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d015} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d016} \\ \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d017} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d018} \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] Moreover, \(\underline{\eta}\) and \(\underline{\varepsilon}\) make \((\mathrm{L}F, \mathrm{R}G)\) an adjunction.

Proof.

The first task is to prove the existence and uniqueness of \(\underline{\eta}\) and \(\underline{\varepsilon}\). Since \(\mathrm{R}G\) is an absolute left Kan extension, the \(2\)-cell \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d019} = (\mathrm{L}F)\beta : \mathrm{L}F \circ K \circ G \to \mathrm{L}F \circ \mathrm{R}G \circ K'\] makes \(\mathrm{L}F \circ \mathrm{R}G\) a left Kan extension of \(\mathrm{L}F \circ K \circ G\) along \(K'\). On the other hand, we also have \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d020} = \varepsilon(\alpha G) : \mathrm{L}F \circ K \circ G \to K' \circ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}'} = K' .\] Thus the universal property of the left Kan extension determines a unique \(\underline{\varepsilon}\) satisfying the equation of composite \(2\)-cells in the statement of the theorem.

The case of \(\underline{\eta}\) is dual. It suffices to observe that \((\mathrm{R}G)\alpha: \mathrm{R}G \circ \mathrm{L}F \circ K \to \mathrm{R}G \circ K' \circ F\) also makes \(\mathrm{R}G \circ \mathrm{L}F\) a right Kan extension, because \(\mathrm{L}F\) is an absolute right Kan extension.

It remains to verify the triangle identities for the unit \(\underline{\eta}\) and counit \(\underline{\varepsilon}\), namely the following equations of composite \(2\)-cells: \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d021} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d022} , \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d023} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d024}, \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] where unambiguous arrow labels have been omitted. We prove the first equation. By the universal property of \((\mathrm{R}G, \beta)\) as a left Kan extension, it suffices to show that the \(2\)-cells obtained by composing both sides with \(\beta\) are equal. For the left side of the first equation, begin with \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d025} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d026}\] where we used the characterization of \(\underline{\varepsilon}\). Next, using the characterization of \(\underline{\eta}\) and the triangle identities satisfied by \(\eta\) and \(\varepsilon\), the right-hand side above becomes \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d027} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d028} = \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-015-d029}\] This is the first triangle identity. The proof of the second is dual.


  1. Translator’s note: the source writes \(\operatorname{Ran}_F(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}})\) in the final sentence, contrary to the preceding assertion concerning \((F,\varepsilon)\). The target corrects this to \(\operatorname{Ran}_G(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}})\) (O014-C014).↩︎

  2. One common strengthening is called a pointwise Kan extension; it is not discussed here.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note: the source does not include the category \(\mathcal{F}\) in the initial list, even though it is used as the codomain of \(M\). The target adds it (O014-C015).↩︎

Constructing Kan Extensions by Limits

As in §reference, throughout this section we continue to consider functors \(K: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}\) and \(F: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{E}\), with the aim of studying the existence of \(\operatorname{Lan}_K F\) and \(\operatorname{Ran}_K F\). Recall the discussion at the beginning of §reference. The motivation for Kan extensions is to seek a functor \(G: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\) such that \(F \simeq GK\), or at least to find the best approximation to one. How should \(Gd\) be defined for \(d \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\)? The only clue is that when \(d=Kc\), the object \(Gd\) ought to be \(Fc\), up to isomorphism. This suggests approximating \(Gd\) by a colimit \(\varinjlim\) (or a limit \(\varprojlim\)) of the objects \(Fc\), indexed by all \(c \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and morphisms \(Kc \to d\) (or \(d \to Kc\)). These two constructions have dual universal properties. We now make the construction precise. Given \(d \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), define the categories \((K/d)\) and \((d/K)\) as in Definition reference, together with the projection functors \[\Pi_{/d}: (K/d) \to \mathcal{C}, \quad \Pi_{d/}: (d/K) \to \mathcal{C}.\] Our focus will be on the composite functors \(F\Pi_{/d}: (K/d) \to \mathcal{E}\) and \(F\Pi_{d/}: (d/K) \to \mathcal{E}\), which send the objects \((c,Kc \to d)\) and \((c,d \to Kc)\), respectively, to \(Fc\). Assuming that the limits under discussion exist, we first record a few observations.

  • Every morphism \(d \to d'\) induces a canonical morphism \(\varinjlim F\Pi_{/d} \to \varinjlim F\Pi_{/d'}\); it is characterized by requiring the diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-016-d001} \end{equation}\] to commute for every \((c,Kc \to d) \in \operatorname{Ob}((K/d))\) (which induces an object \((c,Kc \to d') \in \operatorname{Ob}((K/d'))\)), where the vertical arrows are the structure morphisms of the colimits. This is an instance of the functoriality of colimits; see [Li1]1 and its proof.

  • Considering \((c,Kc \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} Kc) \in \operatorname{Ob}(K/Kc)\) gives a canonical morphism \(\eta_c: Fc \to \varinjlim F\Pi_{/Kc}\).

  • Every morphism \(c \to c'\) induces a canonical morphism \(\varinjlim F\Pi_{/Kc} \to \varinjlim F\Pi_{/Kc'}\) that makes the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-016-d002}\]

By duality, \(\varprojlim F\Pi_{d/}\) has the corresponding properties, including a canonical morphism \(\varepsilon_c: \varprojlim F\Pi_{Kc/} \to Fc\). The next theorem is based on this functoriality.

Theorem. Consider functors \(K: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}\) and \(F: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{E}\).

  1. Suppose that for every \(d \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), the colimit \(\varinjlim(F\Pi_{/d})\) exists in \(\mathcal{E}\). Then \((\operatorname{Lan}_K F)(d) := \varinjlim(F\Pi_{/d})\), together with the functoriality given by equation, determines the left Kan extension \(\operatorname{Lan}_K F: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\). The associated natural transformation \(\eta: F \to (\operatorname{Lan}_K F)\circ K\) comes from the family \((\eta_c)_{c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\) discussed above.

  2. Suppose that for every \(d \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), the limit \(\varprojlim(F\Pi_{d/})\) exists in \(\mathcal{E}\). Then \((\operatorname{Ran}_K F)(d) := \varprojlim(F\Pi_{d/})\), together with the dual of equation, determines the right Kan extension \(\operatorname{Ran}_K F: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\). The associated natural transformation \(\varepsilon: (\operatorname{Ran}_K F)\circ K \to F\) comes from the family \((\varepsilon_c)_{c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\) discussed above.

  3. If \(K: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}\) is fully faithful, then the \(\eta\) constructed in (i) (or the \(\varepsilon\) constructed in (ii)) is an isomorphism.

Proof. By duality, we treat only the case of \(\operatorname{Lan}_K F\). For (i), we verify the universal property in Definition reference step by step. Let \(L: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\) be a functor and let \(\xi: F \to LK\). For every \(d \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), every object \((c,Kc \to d)\) of \((K/d)\), and every morphism in \((K/d)\) determined by \(f:c\to c'\), namely \((c,Kc\to d)\to(c',Kc'\to d)\), there is a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-016-d003}\] The universal property of \(\varinjlim\) therefore gives \(\chi_d:(\operatorname{Lan}_K F)(d)\to Ld\), characterized by requiring the diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-016-d004} \end{equation}\] to commute for all \((c,Kc\to d)\in\operatorname{Ob}((K/d))\); the arrow in the first row is the structure morphism of the colimit. We now prove that \((\chi_d)_{d\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})}\) defines a natural transformation \(\chi:\operatorname{Lan}_K F\to L\). Given \(d\to d'\), take \((c,Kc\to d)\) and its image \((c,Kc\to d')\). Comparing equation with equation, the question reduces to proving that the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-016-d005}\] commutes, which is immediate. The next step is to verify \[\begin{equation} \forall c \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \quad \xi_c = \chi_{Kc} \eta_c: Fc \to LKc. \end{equation}\] Since \(\eta_c\) is the canonical morphism from \(Fc=F\Pi_{/Kc}(c,Kc\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}Kc)\) to \((\operatorname{Lan}_K F)(Kc)\), equation equation is simply a special case of equation. Finally, we show that a natural transformation \(\chi:\operatorname{Lan}_K F\to L\) satisfying equation is unique. Fix \(d\) and consider any object \((c,Kc\to d)\) of \((K/d)\) and the associated diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-016-d006}\] where \(Fc\to(\operatorname{Lan}_K F)(d)\) is the morphism appearing in equation. The square commutes by the naturality of \(\chi\), while the triangle commutes by equation. Since \(\chi_{Kc}\eta_c=\xi_c\), the composite \(Fc\to(\operatorname{Lan}_K F)(d)\xrightarrow{\chi_d}Ld\) equals \(L(Kc\to d)\xi_c\). As \((c,Kc\to d)\) varies, this family of equalities uniquely determines \(\chi_d\). Thus \(\left(\operatorname{Lan}_K F,\eta\right)\) is indeed a left Kan extension. Now consider (iii), and fix \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). Since \(K\) is fully faithful, it is easy to see that \((K/Kc)\) has the terminal object \((c,Kc\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}Kc)\). The morphism \(\eta_c:Fc\to\varinjlim F\Pi_{/Kc}\) comes from this terminal object and is therefore an isomorphism.

Remark. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is a small category, then \((K/d)\) and \((d/K)\) are also small categories for every \(d\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\). Consequently, when \(\mathcal{E}\) is cocomplete (or complete), Theorem reference and Proposition reference show that \(K^*: \mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}} \to \mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}}\) has a left adjoint \(\operatorname{Lan}_K\) (or a right adjoint \(\operatorname{Ran}_K\)).

Example (Inverse image of presheaves).

Take \(\mathcal{E}:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), which is both complete and cocomplete. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a continuous map of topological spaces. Let \(\mathcal{C}:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_Y\) be the category whose objects are the open subsets of \(Y\) and whose morphisms are inclusions of open subsets; similarly, let \(\mathcal{D}:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_X\). Now define a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_Y\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_X\) that sends an open subset \(V\subset Y\) to \(f^{-1}V\), and regard it below as a functor \(K:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_Y^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_X^{\operatorname{op}}\). Readers familiar with sheaf theory will recognize that the objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_Y^\wedge:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_Y^{\operatorname{op}}}\) are, by definition, precisely the presheaves on \(Y\), while \(K^*:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_X^\wedge\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_Y^\wedge\) is the direct-image functor between the presheaf categories: it sends a presheaf \(\mathcal{F}\) on \(X\) to the presheaf on \(Y\) given by \(V\mapsto\mathcal{F}(f^{-1}V)\). In this situation, the left adjoint of the direct image is \(\operatorname{Lan}_K\), given by Theorem reference; it sends a presheaf \(\mathcal{G}\) on \(Y\) to \[\begin{gather*} U \mapsto \varinjlim_{\substack{V \subset Y: \text{open subset} \\ \text{such that}\; U \subset f^{-1} V }} \mathcal{G}(V), \quad U \subset X: \text{open subset}, \\ U \subset f^{-1}V \;\xleftrightarrow{\text{corresponds to}}\; \text{a morphism}\; K(V) \to U \;\text{in}\; \ensuremath{\mathsf{Open}}_X^{\operatorname{op}}. \end{gather*}\] Unsurprisingly, this is precisely the inverse image of \(\mathcal{G}\) in sheaf theory.


  1. Translator’s note: the source gives the locator as Lemma 2.7,4; it has been corrected to Lemma 2.7.4 here (O014-C016).↩︎

Gabriel–Zisman Localization

Gabriel–Zisman localization, henceforth simply called localization, is the most economical way to adjoin inverses to a family of morphisms in a category. The theory originates in [GZ67] and is characterized by a universal property.

Definition (P. Gabriel, M. Zisman).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a category and let \(S\) be a subset of \(\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) that contains all identity morphisms and is closed under composition. A localization of \(\mathcal{C}\) at \(S\) means a category \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) (which may be a “large” category), together with a functor \(Q:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\), called the localization functor, satisfying the following conditions.

  • For every \(s\in S\), its image \(Q(s)\) is an isomorphism in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\).

  • For every category \(\mathcal{D}\) (again possibly “large”) and functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\), if \(F\) sends every morphism in \(S\) to an isomorphism, then there is a unique functor \(F[S^{-1}]:\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\to\mathcal{D}\) such that \(F=F[S^{-1}]Q\).

By convention, we often omit \(Q\) from the data. Some sources, such as [KS06], give a somewhat weaker universal property for localization1. We next show that localization is unique up to a unique isomorphism.

Proposition. If \((\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}],Q)\) and \((\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]',Q')\) are both localizations of \(\mathcal{C}\) at \(S\), then there is a unique pair of functors \(\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-diagram-001}\) such that \(GQ=Q'\), \(G'Q'=Q\), and \(G'G=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}\), \(GG'=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]'}\).

Proof. Since \(Q'\) sends \(S\) to isomorphisms, the universal property gives a unique \(G\) such that \(GQ=Q'\). Similarly, there is a unique \(G'\) such that \(G'Q'=Q\). Since \(G'GQ=Q\), taking \(\mathcal{D}=\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) and \(F=Q\) in the universal property gives \(G'G=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}\). Likewise, \(GG'=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]'}\)2.

Proposition. Suppose that the localization \((\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}],Q)\) exists. Let \(S^{\operatorname{op}}\) denote the corresponding image of \(S\) in \(\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})\). Then there is an equivalence of categories, compatible with \(Q\), \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^{\operatorname{op}}\leftrightarrows \mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}[(S^{\operatorname{op}})^{-1}]\).

Proof. By the uniqueness of localization, it suffices to apply \((-)^{\operatorname{op}}\) to all the categories and functors in Definition reference, since this operation does not reverse the direction of a functor.

The problem is thus reduced to the existence and construction of localization. For general \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(S\), one can construct \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) by formally adjoining inverses to \(\mathcal{C}\), much as in the construction of a free group. More concretely, \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}])=\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), while morphisms in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) are represented formally by finite zigzags \[\cdots b t^{-1} a s^{-1} \cdots = \left( \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d001}\right)\] with \(a,b,\ldots\in\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) and \(s,t,\ldots\in S\). Composition and \(Q\) are defined in the evident way, but one must quotient by the equivalence relation generated by \[s^{-1}t^{-1}=(ts)^{-1}, \quad ss^{-1}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}, \quad s^{-1}s=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\] and so on; see the sketch in [GZ67]. Localization may therefore be viewed as a kind of calculus of fractions for morphisms. This construction is completely general, but its drawbacks are equally clear, chiefly because the equivalence relation is hard to work with. For example, it is difficult to characterize those \(f,g\in\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) for which \(Qf=Qg\). Fortunately, in practice \(S\) is often a left (or right) multiplicative system, to be introduced in Definition reference. In that case the description of \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) can be simplified: the zigzags above can be straightened, so that every morphism can be written in the form \(as^{-1}\) (or \(s^{-1}a\)). Before introducing multiplicative systems, we record a simple property of the construction above.

Proposition. The localization functor \(Q:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) is essentially surjective. Moreover, for every category \(\mathcal{D}\) and functors \(A,B:\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\to\mathcal{D}\), the evident map \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}}(A,B) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}}\left(AQ,BQ\right)\] is a bijection. In other words, \(Q^*:\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}\to\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}\) is a fully faithful functor.

Proof. We may realize the localization concretely as above. Write the map induced by \(Q\) on objects as \(X\mapsto\underline{X}\). It is a bijection, hence \(Q\) is essentially surjective. It follows at once that the map \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}}(A,B)\to \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}}(AQ,BQ)\) is injective.

For surjectivity, let \(\varphi=(\varphi_X)_{X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\in \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}}(AQ,BQ)\). For each \(\underline{X}=QX\), define a morphism \(\tilde{\varphi}_{\underline{X}}:A\underline{X}\to B\underline{X}\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) to be \(\varphi_X\). It remains to show that \(\tilde{\varphi}:=(\tilde{\varphi}_{\underline{X}})_{\underline{X}}\) lies in \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}}(A,B)\). In other words, for every morphism \(f:\underline{X}\to\underline{Y}\) in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\), we must verify that the following diagram commutes in \(\mathcal{D}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d002}\] By the zigzag construction of morphisms, \(f\) decomposes into a string of morphisms of the form \(Qa\) or \((Qs)^{-1}\), with \(a\in\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) and \(s\in S\). The commutativity of the diagram therefore reduces to the corresponding property of \(\varphi\).

Definition.

A subset \(S\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) satisfying the following properties is called a left multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}\).

  1. For every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), one has \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\in S\).

  2. For all \(f,g\in S\), if the composite \(gf\) is defined, then \(gf\in S\).

  3. Given morphisms \(X\xrightarrow{s\in S}Z\xleftarrow{f}Y\), there are morphisms in \(\mathcal{C}\), \(X\xleftarrow{f'}W\xrightarrow{s'\in S}Y\), such that \(sf'=fs'\), depicted by the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-diagram-004} \quad \text{commutative}.\]

  4. Let \(f,g:X\to Y\) be morphisms in \(\mathcal{C}\) and let \(s:Y\to W\) belong to \(S\). If \(sf=sg\), then there is a morphism \(t:Z\to X\) in \(S\) such that \(ft=gt\). Diagrammatically, \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d003}\]

The dashed parts of these diagrams are the morphisms whose existence is asserted.

If the image \(S^{\operatorname{op}}\) of \(S\) in \(\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})\) is a left multiplicative system, then \(S\) is called a right multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}\). Equivalently, reverse all arrows in conditions (S3) and (S4). A subset \(S\) that is both a left and a right multiplicative system is called a multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}\).

Convention. For a given left or right multiplicative system \(S\), from now on arrows belonging to \(S\) will always be drawn as \(\rightarrowtail\) in commutative diagrams, to distinguish them from the other arrows.

Fix \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). In accordance with this convention, define the category \(S_{/X}\) (or \(S_{X/}\)) for a left (or right) multiplicative system \(S\) as follows.

\[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Ob}\left(S_{/X}\right) &:= \left\{\text{morphisms}\;X\leftarrowtail Z\right\}, & \operatorname{Mor}(S_{/X}) &:= \left\{\text{commutative diagrams}\; {\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d004}}\right\}, \\ \operatorname{Ob}\left(S_{X/}\right) &:= \left\{\text{morphisms}\;X\rightarrowtail Z\right\}, & \operatorname{Mor}(S_{X/}) &:= \left\{\text{commutative diagrams}\; {\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d005}}\right\}. \end{align*}\] Note that if \(S\) is a left multiplicative system, then \(\left(S^{\operatorname{op}}\right)_{X/}=(S_{/X})^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Lemma. If \(S\) is a left (or right) multiplicative system, then \(S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}}\) (or \(S_{X/}\)) is a filtered category.

Proof. By the duality observed above, we need only discuss the case of a right multiplicative system. For any objects \(i:X\to Z\) and \(j:X\to Z'\) of \(S_{X/}\), use the corresponding version of (S3) to construct a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d006}\] Then \(k:=i'j\in S\) gives an object of \(S_{X/}\), together with morphisms \(i\xrightarrow{j'}k\xleftarrow{i'}j\) in \(S_{X/}\).

Let \(i,j\) be as above. For any pair of morphisms in \(S_{X/}\), \(\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d007}\) (a commutative diagram), the corresponding version of (S4) gives \(h:Z'\rightarrowtail W\) such that \(hf=hg\). Put \(k:=hj:X\rightarrowtail W\) and regard this as an object of \(S_{X/}\). We then obtain the commutative diagram in \(S_{X/}\) \(\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-diagram-010}\). These are exactly the defining conditions for a filtered category.

Let \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). We now define sets \(M_{X,Y}^l\) and \(M_{X,Y}^r\) for left and right multiplicative systems, respectively. Note that they need not be small sets.

  • Let \(S\) be a left multiplicative system. Abbreviate a diagram in \(\mathcal{C}\) of the form \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-diagram-011}\] by \((Z;s,a)\). These data form the set \(M_{X,Y}^l\).

  • Let \(S\) be a right multiplicative system. Abbreviate a diagram in \(\mathcal{C}\) of the form \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-diagram-012}\] by \((Z;a,s)\). These data form the set \(M_{X,Y}^r\).

Define a binary relation \(\sim\) as follows: \((Z;s,a)\sim(Z';s',a')\) (or \((Z;a,s)\sim(Z';a',s')\)) if and only if there is a commutative diagram of the form \[\begin{equation} \begin{array}{cc} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d008} & \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d009} \\ \text{(left multiplicative system)} & \text{(right multiplicative system)} \end{array} \end{equation}\] For every \(f:X\to Y\), condition (S1) implies \((X;\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X,f)\in M_{X,Y}^l\) and \((X;f,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y)\in M_{X,Y}^r\). The two definitions are plainly dual.

Lemma. For a left (or right) multiplicative system \(S\) and arbitrary \(X,Y\), the relation \(\sim\) defined above is an equivalence relation on \(M_{X,Y}^l\) (or \(M_{X,Y}^r\)). In fact, there are bijections \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d010} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d011}\] where \([Z;s,a]\) (or \([Z;a,s]\)) denotes the equivalence class containing \((Z;s,a)\) (or \((Z;a,s)\)).

Proof. Consider the functor \(\alpha:S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) sending an object \(X\leftarrowtail Z\) to \(\operatorname{Hom}(Z,Y)\). By definition, \[M_{X, Y}^l = \bigsqcup_{X \leftarrowtail Z} \alpha(X \leftarrowtail Z),\] and since \(S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is filtered (Lemma reference), it is easy to check that the binary relation \(\sim\) on \(M_{X,Y}^l\) arising from equation translates into the equivalence relation in Proposition reference. This also proves the bijection with \(\varinjlim\). The argument for the \(M_{X,Y}^r\) version is identical.

When discussing filtered colimits of sets, §reference assumes that the indexing category is small, so that the resulting colimit still lies in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). Here \(S_{/X}\) and \(S_{Y/}\) need not be small categories. The assertion itself, however, does not depend on set size, and the argument can be formulated so as not to depend on a choice of Grothendieck universe.

The equivalence class \([Z;s,a]\) (or \([Z;a,s]\)) should be understood as the morphism \(as^{-1}\) (or \(s^{-1}a\)) in the category \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) to be constructed.

Definition–Proposition. Let \(S\) be a left multiplicative system, let \(X,Y\) be arbitrary, and take \((U;s,a)\in M_{X,Y}^l\) and \((V;t,b)\in M_{Y,Z}^l\). Use (S3) to extend them to the following commutative diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d012}\] Then \([V;t,b]\circ[U;s,a]:=[W;sr,bc]\in M_{X,Z}^l/\sim\) depends only on \([U;s,a]\) and \([V;t,b]\). The dual statement holds for right multiplicative systems.

Proof. First fix \((V;t,b)\) and vary \((U;s,a)\) within its equivalence class. In view of equation, it suffices, for a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d013}\] to prove \((W;sr,bc)\sim(W';s'r',bc')\). Apply (S3) to obtain an object \(Q\) and morphisms \(q,k\) such that \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d014} \quad \text{commutes}.\]

Combining this with the preceding diagram gives \(tc'k=a'r'k=axr'k=arq=tcq\). By (S4), there is a \(w:P\rightarrowtail Q\) such that \(c'kw=cqw\). It is then easy to verify that \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d015} \quad \text{commutes, that is,}\; (W;sr,bc)\sim(W';s'r',bc').\]

The case in which \((U;s,a)\) is fixed and \((V;t,b)\) varies within its equivalence class is similar.

Definition–Theorem. Let \(S\) be a left multiplicative system in a category \(\mathcal{C}\).

  1. There is a category \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) (possibly a large category) whose object set is \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and whose \(\operatorname{Hom}\) set between two objects \(X,Y\) is \(M_{X,Y}^l/\sim\). The identity morphism of \(X\) is \([X;\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X]\), and composition is given by the binary operation in Definition–Proposition reference.

  2. There is a functor \(Q^l:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) that is the identity on objects and sends a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) to \([X;\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X,f]\).

The dual statement holds for a right multiplicative system \(S\); the corresponding data are denoted \(Q^r:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^r\).

Proof. By duality, we need only consider a left multiplicative system.

For (i), it suffices to verify the properties of composition in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\). The operation in Definition–Proposition reference plainly makes \([X;\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X]\) an identity morphism, so only associativity remains. Take \((A;s,a)\in M_{X,Y}^l\), \((B;t,b)\in M_{Y,Z}^l\), and \((C;u,c)\in M_{Z,W}^l\). Applying (S3) three times gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d016}\] The whole diagram gives an element of \(M_{X,W}^l\); its lower-left part gives a representative of \([B;t,b]\circ[A;s,a]\), and its lower-right part gives a representative of \([C;u,c]\circ[B;t,b]\). This proves associativity: \[[C;u,c]\circ([B;t,b]\circ[A;s,a])=([C;u,c]\circ[B;t,b])\circ[A;s,a].\]

For (ii), it remains to check that \(Q^l\) respects identities and composition. It preserves identities because \([X;\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X]\) has the required identity property. Now consider morphisms \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\) in \(\mathcal{C}\). The diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d017}\] shows that \(Q^l(gf)=Q^l(g)Q^l(f)\).

Theorem (P. Gabriel, M. Zisman). Let \(S\) be a left (or right) multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}\). Then \(\left(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l,Q^l\right)\) (or \(\left(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^r,Q^r\right)\)) is a localization of \(\mathcal{C}\) at \(S\).

Proof. By duality, we only verify the conditions of Definition reference for a left multiplicative system. Write \(Q=Q^l\). If \(f:X\to Y\) belongs to \(S\), the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d018}\] shows that \([X;f,f]=[Y;\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y]\). Hence the following diagrams show that \([X;f,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X]=[X;\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X,f]^{-1}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d019} \quad \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d020}\] Thus \(Q\) does send the elements of \(S\) to isomorphisms.

Now let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor sending \(S\) to isomorphisms. Define \(F[S^{-1}]:\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\to\mathcal{D}\) as follows: on objects it sends \(X\) to \(FX\), and on morphisms it sends \([U;s,a]\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l}(X,Y)\) to \((Fa)(Fs)^{-1}\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(FX,FY)\)3. Clearly, \(F[S^{-1}]\) sends identity morphisms in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) to identity morphisms in \(\mathcal{D}\). Apply \(F\) to the diagram in Definition–Proposition reference and invert the arrows in \(F(S)\); it follows at once that \(F[S^{-1}]\) preserves composition. The equality \(F[S^{-1}]Q=F\) is also clear. Since every morphism in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) has the form \((Qa)(Qs)^{-1}\), no other definition of \(F[S^{-1}]\) is possible.

Convention. If \(S\) is a multiplicative system, Proposition reference shows that the two localizations can be identified; we write the resulting functor as \(Q:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\).

Corollary. Let \(S\) be a left (or right) multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}\). Morphisms \(f,g:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) satisfy \(Q^lf=Q^lg\) (or \(Q^rf=Q^rg\)) if and only if there exists \(s\in S\) such that \(fs=gs\) (or \(sf=sg\)).

Proof. It suffices to check the “only if” direction for a left multiplicative system \(S\). If \(Q^lf=Q^lg\), the construction of \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) gives a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-017-d021}\] from which \(fs=a=gs\).

Corollary. Let \(S\) be a left (or right) multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}\). Then \(Q^l\) (or \(Q^r\)) sends monomorphisms to monomorphisms (or epimorphisms to epimorphisms).

Proof. We prove only the case of a left multiplicative system. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a monomorphism in \(\mathcal{C}\). Take \(\alpha,\beta:Q^lW\rightrightarrows Q^lX\) such that \((Q^lf)\alpha=(Q^lf)\beta\). Conditions (S2) and (S3) allow us to represent \(\alpha\) and \(\beta\) by elements \((U;s,a)\) and \((U;s,b)\), respectively, of \(M^l_{W,X}\); the details are left to the reader as an exercise. The given equality then implies \(Q^l(fa)=Q^l(fb)\). By Corollary reference, there is a \(t\in S\) such that \(fat=fbt\). Hence \(at=bt\), and therefore \(\alpha=\beta\).

Remark.

In the basic operations of category theory, we want to avoid large categories whenever possible. Definition–Theorem reference says that \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) (or \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^r\)) may be a large category. The reason is that the \(\varinjlim\) in Lemma reference need not be small, so its value need not lie in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). This is a somewhat delicate issue.

If \(S\) satisfies the following condition, however, then \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) (or \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^r\)) is not large: assume that \(S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}}\) (or \(S_{X/}\)) has a small cofinal subcategory (Definition reference) for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). By Proposition reference, the colimit in question may be restricted to that subcategory, yielding an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). If \(\mathcal{C}\) itself is small, this condition holds automatically.

Lemma. Let \(S\) be a left (or right) multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}\). Then the localization functor \(Q^l\) (or \(Q^r\)) preserves finite \(\varprojlim\) (or finite \(\varinjlim\)).

Proof. We discuss only the case of a left multiplicative system. Let \(J\) be a finite category, and suppose that the limit associated with a functor \(\beta:J^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\) exists. By Lemma reference, for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) there are canonical bijections \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l}\left(Q^lX,Q^l\varprojlim\beta\right) \simeq \varinjlim_{X\leftarrowtail Z}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\left(Z,\varprojlim\beta\right) \\ \simeq \varinjlim_{X\leftarrowtail Z}\varprojlim_{j\in\operatorname{Ob}(J)} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\left(Z,\beta(j)\right). \end{multline*}\]

Applying Lemma reference and Proposition reference to the last term transforms it further into \[\varprojlim_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)} \varinjlim_{X \leftarrowtail Z} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\left( Z, \beta(j) \right) \simeq \varprojlim_{j \in \operatorname{Ob}(J)} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l} \left(Q^l X, Q^l \beta(j) \right).\] Strictly speaking, §reference works in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), whereas the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets here need not lie in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). This is only a minor technical issue; see the related discussion in the proof of Lemma reference.

Theorem. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category and let \(S\) be a left (or right) multiplicative system in it.

  1. The category \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) (or \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^r\)) has a canonical \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category structure making \(Q^l\) (or \(Q^r\)) an additive, essentially surjective functor.

  2. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is an additive category and \(S\) is a multiplicative system, then \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) is also an additive category.

  3. The preceding statements remain true if \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-categories are replaced by \(\Bbbk\)-linear categories, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring. If \(F\) in the universal property of Definition reference is \(\Bbbk\)-linear, then so is the associated functor \(F[S^{-1}]\).

Proof. For (i), it suffices to treat a left multiplicative system. We must define addition on the morphism sets of \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\). Let \[f,g\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l}(X,Y).\] Since \(S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is filtered (Lemma reference), there are a morphism \(s:U\rightarrowtail X\) and morphisms \(a_1,a_2:U\to Y\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) such that \(f=[U;s,a_1]\) and \(g=[U;s,a_2]\). Define \[f+g:=[U;s,a_1+a_2]\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}(X,Y).\] In particular, a zero morphism can be written \([U;s,0]\), and \(-[U;s,a]=[U;s,-a]\). One must still prove that \(f+g\) is independent of the choice of representatives; this too follows from the filteredness of \(S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}}\), and the routine details are omitted. Once this operation is known to be well defined, the axioms for an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category and the additivity of \(Q\) are easy to verify.

Statement (ii) follows from (i), the definition of an additive category (Definition reference), and Lemma reference.

For (iii), if \(\mathcal{C}\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear, define scalar multiplication on \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}\) by \(t\cdot[U;s,a]=[U;s,ta]\) for \(t\in\Bbbk\). The required properties are immediate.

Example (Localization of rings). Giving a ring \(R\) is equivalent to giving an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category \(\mathcal{C}\) with a single object \(\star\) such that \(R=\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{C}}(\star)\). If \(R\) is commutative, the conditions that \(S\subset R=\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) be a left or a right multiplicative system coincide. In this case, the ring corresponding to the \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) is precisely the localization \(R[S^{-1}]\) of \(R\); see [Li1]. For a general ring \(R\), the theory in this section provides a construction of noncommutative localizations. The related theory is also a branch of noncommutative ring theory; see [Lam99] for a detailed account.

Example (Central localization). Write the center of an additive category \(\mathcal{C}\) as \(Z(\mathcal{C})\); this is a commutative ring. See the discussion preceding Proposition reference. For any multiplicative subset \(S\) of \(Z(\mathcal{C})\), it is easy to check that the set of morphisms \[\{s_X \in \operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{C}}(X): s \in S, \; X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}) \}\] is a multiplicative system. The corresponding category \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) can of course be constructed using the calculus of fractions above, but a shorter construction is \[\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]) := \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \quad \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}(X, Y) := \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \ensuremath{\underset{Z(\mathcal{C})}{\otimes}} Z(\mathcal{C})[S^{-1}],\] with composition defined in the usual way. The relevant checks are left as an exercise for this chapter.

Remark.

For general \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(S\), the case in which the localization functor \(Q:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) has a fully faithful right adjoint is especially interesting and important. A localization with this property is called a reflective localization. The Gabriel–Popescu theorem to be introduced in Appendix § A.3 is a typical example.

Remark (Localization of product categories). Finally, let \(\mathcal{C}_i\) be categories equipped with left (or right) multiplicative systems \(S_i\), for \(i=1,2\), and write their localization functors as \(Q_i:\mathcal{C}_i\to\mathcal{C}_i[S_i^{-1}]\). Clearly, \(S_1\times S_2\) is also a left (or right) multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}_1\times\mathcal{C}_2\). From the construction in Definition–Theorem reference, one readily checks that \[(Q_1, Q_2): \mathcal{C}_1 \times \mathcal{C}_2 \to \mathcal{C}_1[S_1^{-1}] \times \mathcal{C}_2[S_2^{-1}]\] is the corresponding localization. This statement generalizes to products of arbitrary families of categories.


  1. From the perspective of \(2\)-categories, the more natural universal property is this: for every \(\mathcal{D}\), the functor \(Q^*:\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}\to\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}\) is fully faithful, and \(G\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}})\) is isomorphic to some \(Q^*(F)=FQ\) if and only if \(G\) sends the elements of \(S\) to isomorphisms. The functor \(Q\) in Definition reference automatically has this property—the fully faithful part is Proposition reference, and the rest is easy.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note: the source has \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}\) for this last identity. Since \(GG'\) is an endofunctor of \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]'\), the prime has been added to the target localization here (O014-C017).↩︎

  3. Translator’s note: the source has \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(X,Y)\). Since \((Fa)(Fs)^{-1}:FX\to FY\), the source and target objects have been corrected to \(FX\) and \(FY\) here (O014-C018).↩︎

Kan Extensions Along Localization

Suppose that the localization of \(\mathcal{C}\) at \(S\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\), namely \(Q:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\), exists. This section investigates the problem of extending functors: given a category \(\mathcal{E}\) and a functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{E}\), can one obtain the following commutative diagram? \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-018-d001}\] Since \(F\) need not send the morphisms in \(S\) to isomorphisms, the functor indicated by the dashed arrow need not exist. Nevertheless, we may still seek the best possible approximations to such an extension: the left Kan extension \((\operatorname{Lan}_QF,\eta)\) and the right Kan extension \((\operatorname{Ran}_QF,\varepsilon)\). We will omit \(\eta\) and \(\varepsilon\) from the notation from now on. The aim of this section is to give sufficient conditions, for fixed \(\mathcal{C}\), \(S\), and \(F\), under which \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\) and \(\operatorname{Ran}_QF\) exist; once they do, Proposition reference guarantees their uniqueness. These results will be used in the study of derived functors; see § 4.6. The idea is to choose a suitable subcategory of \(\mathcal{C}\). We retain the convention of §reference: morphisms belonging to \(S\) are marked by \(\rightarrowtail\). The arguments in this section make no assumptions about set size.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{I}\) be a full subcategory of \(\mathcal{C}\), let \(S\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) be a left (or right) multiplicative system, and set \(T:=S\cap\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I})\).

  1. If \(T\) is assumed to be a left (or right) multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{I}\), these data induce a functor \(\mathcal{I}[T^{-1}]^l\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) (or \(\mathcal{I}[T^{-1}]^r\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^r\)1).

  2. Assume the following condition: for every morphism \(s:W\to Y\) (or \(s:Y\to W\)) in \(S\) with \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\), there is a morphism \(g:V\to W\) such that \(sg\in T\) (or \(g:W\to V\) such that \(gs\in T\)). Then \(T\) is a left (or right) multiplicative system, and the functor in (i) is fully faithful.

Proof. By duality, it suffices to consider a left multiplicative system. The functor in (i) comes from the universal property of localization; on morphisms it sends every equivalence class \([U;s,a]\) relative to \(T\) to the same class \([U;s,a]\) relative to \(S\).

For (ii), first verify that \(T\) is a left multiplicative system. Conditions (S1) and (S2) of Definition reference are immediate. For (S3), given \(X\stackrel{t}{\rightarrowtail}Z\stackrel{f}{\leftarrow}Y\), construct in \(\mathcal{C}\) the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-018-d002}\] then choose \(g:V\to W\) such that \(s'g\in T\). The morphisms \(s'g\) and \(f'g\) meet the requirements of (S3). The argument for (S4) is the same.

Let \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\). For a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) represented by \(X\leftarrowtail U\to Y\), the condition allows us to choose \(V\to U\) so that the composite \(V\to U\to X\) belongs to \(T\). Thus \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{I}[T^{-1}]^l}(X,Y)\to \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l}(X,Y)\) is surjective. A similar argument shows that every equivalence \(\sim\) in \(M_{X,Y}^l\) can be realized inside \(\mathcal{I}\), proving that the same map is injective.

The following lemma is stated only for a right multiplicative system \(S\); the case of a left multiplicative system is dual.

Lemma. Let \(S\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) be a right multiplicative system. For a given \(\underline{X}:=QX\in \operatorname{Ob}\left(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\right)\), define the category \((Q/\underline{X})\) as in Definition reference. We shall represent an object \((Y,QY\to\underline{X})\) of \((Q/\underline{X})\), nonuniquely, by a diagram \(Y\xrightarrow{a}U\stackrel{s}{\leftarrowtail}X\) in \(\mathcal{C}\).

Define \(S_{X/}\) as in §reference. The functor \(S_{X/}\to(Q/\underline{X})\) that sends an object \([X\stackrel{t}{\rightarrowtail}V]\) to the diagram \(V=V\stackrel{t}{\leftarrowtail}X\), which determines \((V,QV\to\underline{X})\), is cofinal (Definition reference).

Proof. For \([X\stackrel{t}{\rightarrowtail}V]\) as in the statement, specifying a morphism from \((Y,QY\to\underline{X})\) to the corresponding \((V,QV\to\underline{X})\) amounts to specifying a morphism \(b:Y\to V\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) such that the diagram \(Y\xrightarrow{b}V\stackrel{t}{\leftarrowtail}X\) represents the morphism \(QY\to\underline{X}\) in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\).

Given \(Y\xrightarrow{a}U\stackrel{s}{\leftarrowtail}X\), the following diagram maps \((Y,QY\to\underline{X})\) to an object coming from \(S_{X/}\): \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-018-d003} \end{equation*}\]

Next, consider objects \([X\stackrel{t_i}{\rightarrowtail}V_i]\) of \(S_{X/}\) and morphisms from \((Y,QY\to\underline{X})\) to their images, determined by \(b_i:Y\to V_i\) for \(i=1,2\). Using the right-hand diagram in equation, choose a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-018-d004}\] Thus \(u_i:[X\rightarrowtail V_i]\to [X\stackrel{u}{\rightarrowtail}W]\), while \(b\) also determines a morphism from \((Y,QY\to\underline{X})\) to the object \((W,QW\to\underline{X})\) corresponding to \(u\). All the conditions needed for cofinality now follow readily.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{I}\) be a full subcategory of \(\mathcal{C}\), let \(S\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) be a left (or right) multiplicative system, and put \(T:=S\cap\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I})\). Assume the following “resolution condition”: for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), there is a morphism \(s:U\to X\) (or \(s:X\to U\)), where \(U\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\) and \(s\in S\).

  1. Then \(T\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I})\) is a left (or right) multiplicative system, and \(\mathcal{I}[T^{-1}]\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) is an equivalence.

  2. Suppose further that a functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{E}\) sends the elements of \(T\) to isomorphisms. Then \(\operatorname{Ran}_QF\) (or \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\)) exists, and the following diagram commutes up to isomorphism: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-018-d005}\] Here \(\mathcal{I}[T^{-1}]\to\mathcal{E}\) is determined by the universal property of localization.

  3. For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), define the categories \(S_{/X}\) and \(S_{X/}\) as in §reference. Under the assumptions of (ii), there are canonical isomorphisms2 \[\begin{align*} \left(\operatorname{Ran}_Q F\right)(QX) &\simeq \varprojlim_{[X \leftarrowtail Y] \in \operatorname{Ob}(S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}})} FY, \\ \left(\operatorname{Lan}_Q F\right)(QX) &\simeq \varinjlim_{[X \rightarrowtail Y] \in \operatorname{Ob}(S_{X/})} FY. \end{align*}\]

The canonical morphism of the Kan extension \(\varepsilon:(\operatorname{Ran}_QF)Q\to F\) (or \(\eta:F\to(\operatorname{Lan}_QF)Q\)) is, in the situation of (iii), determined by the term \(FX\) corresponding to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\in\operatorname{Ob}(S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}})\) (or \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\in\operatorname{Ob}(S_{X/})\)).

Proof. It suffices to discuss a right multiplicative system. The condition in Proposition reference(ii) plainly holds, so \(T\) is a right multiplicative system. Denote its localization by \(Q':\mathcal{I}\to\mathcal{I}[T^{-1}]\), and denote the fully faithful functor \(\mathcal{I}[T^{-1}]\to\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) of Proposition reference(ii) by \(\iota_Q\). The resolution condition also ensures that \(\iota_Q\) is essentially surjective, hence an equivalence. This proves (i).

Now consider (ii). Write \(\iota:\mathcal{I}\to\mathcal{C}\) for the inclusion functor. By the universal property, there is a functor \(F':\mathcal{I}[T^{-1}]\to\mathcal{E}\) making the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-018-d006}\]

Choose any quasi-inverse \(\iota_Q^{-1}\) to \(\iota_Q\). We will show that \(F'\circ\iota_Q^{-1}\) gives the left Kan extension \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\); equivalently, \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\) exists and \(F'\simeq(\operatorname{Lan}_QF)\circ\iota_Q\).

To prove the existence of \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\), define \(\Pi_{/\underline{X}}:(Q/\underline{X})\to\mathcal{C}\) as in Definition reference, where \(\underline{X}:=QX\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}])\). In view of Theorem reference(i), it is enough to show that \(\varinjlim F\Pi_{/\underline{X}}\) exists for every \(\underline{X}\).

Apply the cofinal functor \(S_{X/}\to(Q/\underline{X})\) of Lemma reference and Proposition reference. This reduces \(\varinjlim F\Pi_{/\underline{X}}\) to \(\varinjlim_{[X\rightarrowtail U]}FU\), with the colimit taken over \(S_{X/}\).

Since \(S_{X/}\) is filtered (Lemma reference), the resolution condition together with Proposition reference ensures that the objects \([X\rightarrowtail U]\) with \(U\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\) form a cofinal full subcategory of \(S_{X/}\). Another application of Proposition reference therefore lets us restrict the colimit to \(U\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\).

We seek to prove that \(\varinjlim F\Pi_{/\underline{X}}\), or equivalently \(\varinjlim_{[X\rightarrowtail U]}FU\), exists. The original problem depends only on the isomorphism class of \(\underline{X}\), so (i) reduces it to the case \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\). But the following diagram gives a morphism in \(S_{X/}\): \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-018-d007} \quad \text{where} \quad U \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}) \end{equation*}\] All arrows marked \(\rightarrowtail\) become isomorphisms under \(F\). Thus in this case \(\varinjlim FU\) not only exists but is isomorphic to \(FX\). This also proves \(F'\simeq(\operatorname{Lan}_QF)\circ\iota_Q\). Statement (ii) follows.

Finally consider (iii). For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), the preceding argument shows that \(\varinjlim_{[X\rightarrowtail Y]\in\operatorname{Ob}(S_{X/})}FY\) exists and gives \((\operatorname{Lan}_QF)(QX)\). Under this correspondence, the canonical morphism \(\eta_X\) of the left Kan extension is naturally determined by the term corresponding to \([X\stackrel{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}{\rightarrowtail}X]\); see the construction in §reference.

Proposition. Under the hypotheses of Proposition reference, \(\operatorname{Ran}_QF\) (or \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\)) is the absolute right (or left) Kan extension of \(F\) along \(Q\); see Definition reference.

Proof. The first condition in Proposition reference concerns only the left (or right) multiplicative system \(S\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) and the subcategory \(\mathcal{I}\), not \(F\); the second only requires \(F\) to send \(T:=S\cap\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I})\) to isomorphisms. In particular, for any functor \(M:\mathcal{E}\to\mathcal{F}\), the condition on \(F\) is inherited at once by \(MF:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{F}\).

We discuss only \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\). With the notation from the proof of Proposition reference, \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\) is concretely taken to be the composite \[\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}] \xrightarrow{\iota_Q^{-1}} \mathcal{I}[T^{-1}] \xrightarrow{F'} \mathcal{E}\] Here \(\iota_Q\) and \(F'\) both come from the universal property of localization. Hence \(M(\operatorname{Lan}_QF)=MF'\iota_Q^{-1}\). The commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-018-d008}\] shows that \(MF'\) is also induced by the universal property of localization. Apply the construction of Proposition reference to \(\mathcal{C}\xrightarrow{MF}\mathcal{F}\); it yields \(\operatorname{Lan}_Q(MF)=MF'\iota_Q^{-1}\). In other words, \(\operatorname{Lan}_QF\) is preserved by \(M\).


  1. Translator’s note: in the right-hand case, the source gives the target as \(\mathcal{C}[T^{-1}]^r\). It has been corrected to \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^r\), since \(T\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I})\) whereas \(S\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) (O014-C019).↩︎

  2. The limit in the first formula is indexed by \(\operatorname{Ob}(S_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}})\) because we use \(\varprojlim_i\beta(i)\) to denote the limit of a functor \(\beta:I^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\).↩︎

Adjoint Functor Theorems

Functors often occur in adjoint pairs. Consider categories \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) and a pair of functors \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d001}\] such that \((F,G)\) is an adjoint pair. Then \(F\) preserves \(\varinjlim\) and \(G\) preserves \(\varprojlim\), whenever the limits in question exist. Conversely, one naturally asks: if \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) preserves colimits, what ensures that it has a right adjoint? If \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) preserves limits, what ensures that it has a left adjoint? In many cases the adjoint can be written down explicitly, but sometimes an abstract existence result is needed. Such results are collectively called adjoint functor theorems. Their hypotheses fall roughly into two classes. First, to use preservation of colimits (or limits), one assumes that \(\mathcal{C}\) (or \(\mathcal{D}\)) is cocomplete (or complete). Second, one needs conditions closely related to set size.

Our first task is to reformulate the existence of an adjoint appropriately. By duality, we state only the case of a left adjoint. For a functor \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) and \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), Definition reference gives a category \((c/G)\) whose objects are data \((d,c\xrightarrow{f}Gd)\).

Lemma. A functor \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) has a left adjoint if and only if \((c/G)\) has an initial object for every \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\).

Proof. Fix \(c\). Specifying a morphism \((d_0,c\xrightarrow{\beta_0}Gd_0)\to(d,c\xrightarrow{\beta}Gd)\) in \((c/G)\) amounts to specifying \(\alpha:d_0\to d\) such that \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d002}\] commutes. Thus \((d_0,\beta_0)\) is initial in \((c/G)\) if and only if \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d003} \end{equation}\] is a bijection for every \(d\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\). This is the basis of the argument.

Suppose that \(G\) has a left adjoint \(F\), and let \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). We claim that \(Fc\), together with the unit \(\eta_c:c\to G(Fc)\), is initial in \((c/G)\). For any \((d,c\xrightarrow{\beta}Gd)\), the map in equation, \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(Fc,d)\to\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(c,Gd)\), sends \(\alpha\) to \((G\alpha)\eta_c\). This is exactly the bijection on \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets supplied by the adjunction, so \((Fc,\eta_c)\) is initial.

Conversely, suppose that \((c/G)\) has an initial object for every \(c\), and write it as \((Fc,\eta_c:c\to G(Fc))\). Since initial objects are unique up to unique isomorphism, these objects form a functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\), and \((\eta_c)_{c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\) gives \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\to GF\). For every \((c,d)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\times\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), define the bijection from equation: \[\begin{align*} \varphi_{c, d}: \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(Fc, d) & \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(c, Gd) \\ \alpha & \mapsto (G\alpha) \eta_c. \end{align*}\] These bijections are plainly functorial in \(c\) and \(d\). Hence \((F,G,\varphi)\) is an adjoint pair with unit \(\eta\).

Definition. Let \(\mathcal{E}\) be a category. A nonempty small subset \(\Gamma\) of \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\) is called a weakly initial family if, for every \(e'\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\), there is an \(e\in\Gamma\) such that \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}}(e,e')\) is nonempty.1 If \(e\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\) and \(\{e\}\) is weakly initial, then \(e\) itself is called a weakly initial object.

Every initial object is weakly initial. Weakly terminal families and weakly terminal objects are defined similarly.

Lemma. If \(\Gamma\) is a weakly initial family in \(\mathcal{E}\) and \(e:=\prod_{x\in\Gamma}x\) exists, then \(e\) is weakly initial.

Proof. For every \(e'\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\), there are \(y\in\Gamma\) and a morphism \(y\to e'\). Take the composite \(e\xrightarrow{\text{projection}}y\to e'\).

Return to adjoint functor theorems. To apply Lemma reference, we must study the projection functor \(\Pi_{c/}:(c/G)\to\mathcal{D}\) from Definition reference.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be complete, let \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) preserve all small limits, and fix \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\).

  1. The functor \(\Pi_{c/}\) is conservative (Definition reference) and creates all small limits (Definition reference).

  2. The category \((c/G)\) is complete.

  3. The functor \(\Pi_{c/}\) sends monomorphisms to monomorphisms.

Proof. For (i), conservativity is clear. The key point is that, given \(\beta:J\to(c/G)\) sending \(j\in\operatorname{Ob}(J)\) to \((d_j,c\xrightarrow{f_j}Gd_j)\), one can lift \(\varprojlim_jd_j\) and its projection morphisms to \((\varprojlim_jd_j,c\xrightarrow{f}G(\varprojlim_jd_j))\) and show that it is \(\varprojlim\beta\). Explicitly, take \(f\) to be the composite in the first row of the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d004} \quad j' \in \operatorname{Ob}(J).\] The remaining checks are routine and are omitted; compare the examples in §reference.

Statement (ii) follows from the completeness of \(\mathcal{D}\) and (i).

For (iii), first observe that for every morphism \(f:a\to b\) in any category, a direct manipulation of the definitions gives \[f \;\text{is monic} \iff \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d005} \;\text{is a pullback diagram}.\]

Now consider a monomorphism in \((c/G)\) from \((d',c\to Gd')\) to \((d,c\to Gd)\), determined by \(\iota:d'\to d\) in \(\mathcal{D}\). By (i), \[(d', c \to Gd') \ensuremath{\underset{(d, c \to Gd)}{\times}} (d', c \to Gd') = \left( d' \ensuremath{\underset{d}{\times}} d' , \; c \to G\left( d' \ensuremath{\underset{d}{\times}} d' \right) \right) .\] The left-hand side identifies with \((d',c\to Gd')\), with both projections corresponding to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{d'}\). Thus \(d'\ensuremath{\underset{d}{\times}}d'\) identifies with \(d'\) in the same way. In other words, \(\iota\) is monic.

Lemma. If a complete category \(\mathcal{E}\) has a weakly initial family \(\Gamma\), then \(\mathcal{E}\) has an initial object.

Proof. Completeness and Lemma reference ensure that \(\mathcal{E}\) has a weakly initial object \(e\). Let \(I\) be the full subcategory of \(\mathcal{E}\) with \(\operatorname{Ob}(I)=\{e\}\); it is small. Completeness gives a limit \(x\) of the inclusion \(I\to\mathcal{E}\), with canonical morphism \(i:x\to e\). Its universal property says \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d006} \end{equation}\] for arbitrary \(t\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\). This immediately shows that \(i\) is monic.

We show that \(x\) is initial. Given \(y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\), choose any morphism \(e\to y\) and call the composite \(x\xrightarrow{i}e\to y\) by \(f\). For any \(g:x\to y\), consider the equalizer \(j:\operatorname{ker}(f,g)\hookrightarrow x\). There is a morphism \(k:e\to\operatorname{ker}(f,g)\), hence \(ijk:e\to e\). Taking \(\psi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_x\) in equation gives \((ijk)i=(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_e)i=i\). Cancelling the monomorphism \(i\) on the left gives \(jki=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_x\), and consequently \(f=fjki=gjki=g\). This proves the claim.

The following result is due to P. Freyd and is also known as the General Adjoint Functor Theorem.

Theorem (P. Freyd’s Adjoint Functor Theorem).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) be categories.

  1. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be complete and let \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) preserve all small limits. Then \(G\) has a left adjoint if and only if the following solution set condition holds: for every \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), there is a family of morphisms \((f_i:c\to Gd_i)_{i\in I}\), indexed by a small set \(I\), such that for every \(f:c\to Gd\) there are \(i\in I\) and \(\alpha:d_i\to d\) for which \(f\) factors as \(c\xrightarrow{f_i}Gd_i\xrightarrow{G\alpha}Gd\).

  2. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be cocomplete and let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) preserve all small colimits. Then \(F\) has a right adjoint if and only if the following cosolution set condition holds: for every \(d\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), there is a family of morphisms \((g_i:Fc_i\to d)_{i\in I}\), indexed by a small set \(I\), such that for every \(g:Fc\to d\) there are \(i\in I\) and \(\beta:c\to c_i\) for which \(g\) factors as \(Fc\xrightarrow{F\beta}Fc_i\xrightarrow{g_i}d\).

Proof. We prove only (i). Fix \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). By Lemma reference, \(G\) has a left adjoint if and only if \((c/G)\) has an initial object. The solution set condition says exactly that \((c/G)\) has the weakly initial family \(\{(d_i,c\to Gd_i):i\in I\}\), where \(I\) is small. Since every initial object is weakly initial, the “only if” direction is clear. In the other direction, Lemma reference reduces the problem to the completeness of \((c/G)\), which is precisely Proposition reference(ii).

Example. Consider the category of groups \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) and the forgetful functor \(U:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) is complete and \(U\) preserves all small limits. To deduce from Theorem reference that \(U\) has the left adjoint \(\mathrm{F}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\), which constructs the free group on a set, the key is to verify the solution set condition for every small set \(c\).

Take any \(d\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}})\) and map \(f:c\to Ud\). Factor \(f\) as \(c\to Us\xrightarrow{U\iota}Ud\), where \(s\) is the subgroup of \(d\) generated by \(f(c)\) and \(\iota:s\to d\) is the inclusion. Presenting \(s\) by the generating set \(f(c)\) and relations shows that the isomorphism classes of all such data \((s,c\to Us)\) form a small set \(I\). This establishes the solution set condition.

The same procedure works for other algebraic structures, such as \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) and \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), again giving left adjoints to the forgetful functors; see the latter part of [ML98]. Likewise, for any commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), taking the multiplicative monoid of a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra gives a forgetful functor \(U:\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Alg}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mon}}\). The same technique shows that \(U\) has a left adjoint sending a monoid \(M\) to \(\Bbbk[M]\); see [Li1].

The approach through the Adjoint Functor Theorem reference not only applies uniformly to many algebraic structures; in the free-group case it is also shorter than the classical construction in [Li1].

The Special Adjoint Functor Theorem reference, to be introduced shortly, replaces the solution set condition by conditions on generators and subobjects. We pause to define generators and cogenerators in a category; these notions will also be used in the later section on Grothendieck categories, among other places.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{E}\) be a category and let \(\Sigma\) be a nonempty small subset of \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\).

  • The set \(\Sigma\) is called a generating family if the following holds: given any pair \(f,g:x\to y\) in \(\mathcal{E}\), if \(f\epsilon=g\epsilon\) for every \(s\in\Sigma\) and every \(\epsilon:s\to x\), then \(f=g\). If \(\{s\}\) is a generating family for \(\mathcal{E}\), then \(s\) is called a generator of \(\mathcal{E}\).

  • The set \(\Sigma\) is called a cogenerating family if the following holds: given any pair \(f,g:x\to y\) in \(\mathcal{E}\), if \(\delta f=\delta g\) for every \(s\in\Sigma\) and every \(\delta:y\to s\), then \(f=g\). If \(\{s\}\) is a cogenerating family for \(\mathcal{E}\), then \(s\) is called a cogenerator of \(\mathcal{E}\).

The two notions are plainly dual.

Lemma. Let \(\Sigma\) be a small subset of \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). If every object of \(\mathcal{C}\) can be expressed as a colimit (or limit) of elements of \(\Sigma\), then \(\Sigma\) is a generating (or cogenerating) family.

Proof. For colimits, a morphism \(\varinjlim\alpha=:x\to y\) is uniquely determined by its composites with all \(\alpha(i)\xrightarrow{\iota_i}\varinjlim\alpha\).

Example. Here are some basic examples of generators and cogenerators.

  • In \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), the singleton \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) is a generator: for maps \(f,g:X\to Y\), specifying \(\epsilon:\{\mathrm{pt}\}\to X\) amounts to specifying \(x\in X\), so \(f\epsilon=g\epsilon\) for every \(\epsilon\) is equivalent to pointwise equality of \(f\) and \(g\). The set \(\{0,1\}\) is a cogenerator, because if \(f(x)\ne g(x)\) for some \(x\in X\), one can choose \(\delta:Y\to\{0,1\}\) such that \(\delta(f(x))\ne\delta(g(x))\).

  • Let \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\) be the category of compact Hausdorff spaces and continuous maps. The singleton \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) is again a generator, while \([0,1]\) is a cogenerator: for every compact Hausdorff space \(Y\) and distinct \(a,b\in Y\), Urysohn’s lemma [Xiong] gives a continuous map \(\delta:Y\to[0,1]\) with \(\delta(a)=0\) and \(\delta(b)=1\).

  • Let \(R\) be a ring. In \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), the module \(R\) is a generator because specifying an \(R\)-module homomorphism \(R\to M\) amounts to specifying an element of \(M\). Taking coproducts shows that every nonzero free \(R\)-module is also a generator.

  • Consider the Yoneda embedding \(h_{\mathcal{E}}:\mathcal{E}\to\mathcal{E}^\wedge\) of a small category \(\mathcal{E}\). Then \(h_{\mathcal{E}}(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E}))\) is a generating family for \(\mathcal{E}^\wedge\). This follows immediately from the density theorem for the Yoneda embedding in Appendix § A.1 and Lemma reference.

The Special Adjoint Functor Theorem involves one more set-theoretic notion. Recall the posets \((\mathrm{Sub}_e,\subset)\) and \((\mathrm{Quot}_e,\twoheadleftarrow)\) introduced in Definition reference, where \(e\) is an object of a category \(\mathcal{E}\).

Definition.

A category \(\mathcal{E}\) is called well-powered (or well-copowered) if \(\mathrm{Sub}_e\) (or \(\mathrm{Quot}_e\)) is a small set for every \(e\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\).

In this section, well-poweredness will be paired with completeness. Choose a representative \(s\hookrightarrow e\) of every element of \(\mathrm{Sub}_e\). Thus for any subset \(S\subset\mathrm{Sub}_e\) it makes sense, independently of the representatives chosen, to ask whether the fiber product \(\prod_{s\in S}(s\hookrightarrow e)\) exists. Dually, for a subset \(S\subset\mathrm{Quot}_e\), one may ask whether the fiber coproduct \(\coprod_{s\in S}(e\twoheadrightarrow s)\) exists.

  • If \(\mathcal{E}\) is complete, then well-poweredness implies that for every \(e\), all subsets \(S\subset\mathrm{Sub}_e\) have fiber products.

  • If \(\mathcal{E}\) is cocomplete, then well-copoweredness implies that for every \(e\), all subsets \(S\subset\mathrm{Quot}_e\) have fiber coproducts.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{E}\) be complete and well-powered. If there is a cogenerating family \(\Sigma\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{E})\), then \(\mathcal{E}\) has an initial object.

Proof. Take \(e:=\prod_{s\in\Sigma}s\), and let \(x\) be the fiber product of all elements of \(\mathrm{Sub}_e\); only here is well-poweredness used. We show that \(x\) is initial in \(\mathcal{E}\).

By construction, \(x\hookrightarrow e\) is the infimum of the poset \((\mathrm{Sub}_e,\subset)\); in particular, \(\mathrm{Sub}_x=\{x\}\). For any object \(y\) and \(f,g\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}}(x,y)\), the equalizer \(\operatorname{ker}(f,g)\) must therefore be \(x\) itself, so \(f=g\). It remains to show that \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}}(x,y)\) is nonempty for every \(y\).

Form in \(\mathcal{E}\) the product \(\prod_{s\in\Sigma}s^{\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}}(y,s)}\). Define \(i:y\to\prod_{s\in\Sigma}s^{\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}}(y,s)}\) so that its projection onto the component corresponding to \(s\in\Sigma\) and \(\delta\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}}(y,s)\) is exactly \(\delta\). Since \(\Sigma\) is cogenerating, \(i\) is easily seen to be monic. For every \(s\in\Sigma\), take the diagonal morphism \(d_s:s\to s^{\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}}(y,s)}\), and form the pullback \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d007}\] Lemma reference ensures that \(j\) is also monic, giving a subobject of \(e\). Since \(x\) is the infimum of \(\mathrm{Sub}_e\), there is a morphism \(x\hookrightarrow z\). The composite \(x\hookrightarrow z\to y\) is the required morphism.

Theorem (Special Adjoint Functor Theorem).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) be categories.

  1. A functor \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) has a left adjoint if it satisfies the following conditions.

    • \(\mathcal{D}\) is complete and well-powered, and \(G\) preserves all small limits;

    • there is a cogenerating family \(\Sigma\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\).

  2. A functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) has a right adjoint if it satisfies the following conditions.

    • \(\mathcal{C}\) is cocomplete and well-copowered, and \(F\) preserves all small colimits;

    • there is a generating family \(\Sigma\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\).

Proof. By duality, it suffices to prove (i). Lemma reference again reduces the problem to showing that \((c/G)\) has an initial object for \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\); the strategy is to apply Lemma reference.

Proposition reference(ii) shows that \((c/G)\) is complete. Moreover, Definition reference and the definition of \((c/G)\) show at once that all data \((d,c\to Gd)\) with \(d\in\Sigma\) form a cogenerating family for \((c/G)\). Since \(\Sigma\) is small, this is a small set.

Let \(e=(d,c\to Gd)\in\operatorname{Ob}((c/G))\). Subobjects are isomorphism classes of monomorphisms. By Proposition reference, the projection \(\Pi_{c/}:(c/G)\to\mathcal{D}\) is conservative and preserves monomorphisms, so it induces an order-preserving embedding \(\mathrm{Sub}_e\hookrightarrow\mathrm{Sub}_d\). Thus \((c/G)\) is well-powered.

Corollary. If a complete well-powered category \(\mathcal{D}\) has a cogenerating family \(\Sigma\), then \(\mathcal{D}\) is cocomplete.

Dually, if a cocomplete well-copowered category \(\mathcal{C}\) has a generating family \(\Sigma\), then \(\mathcal{C}\) is complete.

Proof. It suffices to prove the assertion for \(\mathcal{D}\). Let \(I\) be a small category. By Example reference, it is enough to show that \((\alpha/\Delta)\) has an initial object for every \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{D}\). By Lemma reference, this is equivalent to saying that the diagonal functor \(\Delta\) has a left adjoint. Clearly \(\Delta\) preserves all small limits and colimits, so Theorem reference applies.

Example. Let \(\iota:\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) be the inclusion of compact Hausdorff spaces into topological spaces. Example reference showed that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\) has the cogenerator \([0,1]\). By the Tychonoff theorem [Xiong], \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\) is readily seen to be complete, and \(\iota\) preserves all small limits; details are left to the reader. Furthermore, the power set of a small set is small, so \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\) is well-powered. Theorem reference(i) therefore gives a left adjoint \(C:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\) to \(\iota\). In point-set topology, \(C(X)\) is called the Stone–Čech compactification of \(X\); the unit gives a canonical morphism \(\eta_X:X\to\iota C(X)\). The constructions in Lemma reference and Theorem reference agree with the classical construction of the Stone–Čech compactification.

Adjoint functor theorems provide sufficient conditions for representability. For representable functors, see [Li1] or the definition of a representable functor in Appendix § A.1. The key observation is this: if \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) has a left adjoint \(F\), then \(G\) is representable. Indeed, consider the singleton \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) and put \(r_G:=F(\{\mathrm{pt}\})\). The canonical bijections \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}\left( r_G, d \right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}}\left( \{\mathrm{pt}\}, Gd \right) \simeq Gd , \quad d \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\] imply \(G\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(r_G,\cdot)\).

Corollary. If a complete well-powered category \(\mathcal{D}\) has a cogenerating family \(\Sigma\), then a functor \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is representable if and only if it preserves all small limits.

Proof. The “only if” direction is a general property of representable functors. For the converse, Theorem reference ensures that \(G\) has a left adjoint \(F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\to\mathcal{D}\); now apply the observation above.

Exercises

Consider the category of groups \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\). Prove that a group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\) is a monomorphism (or epimorphism) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) if and only if its underlying map is injective (or surjective). Some references, including [Li1], do not adequately explain this fact. Hint. It suffices to prove the “only if” direction. For monomorphisms, consider homomorphisms from \(\operatorname{ker}\varphi\) to \(H\). For epimorphisms, one must show that if \(\varphi(H)\ne G\), then there are distinct group homomorphisms \(f,g:G\rightrightarrows K\) whose restrictions to \(\varphi(H)\) agree. One approach is to take \(K\) to be the amalgamated free product defined by two copies of the embedding \(\varphi(H)\hookrightarrow G\) in [Li1], and to take \(f\) and \(g\) as the embeddings of \(G\) into the two copies. Uniqueness of reduced expressions [Li1] implies \(f\ne g\).

Show that in the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\), the image of \(f:X\to Y\) is \(f(X)\) with the subspace topology from \(Y\), while its coimage is \(f(X)\) with the quotient topology from \(X\). Give the corresponding topological interpretations of strict monomorphisms and strict epimorphisms.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) have finite limits and finite colimits. Prove that the following statements about a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) are equivalent.

  1. The morphism \(f\) is a strict epimorphism.

  2. The canonical morphism \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to Y\) is an isomorphism.

  3. \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}}X\rightrightarrows X\xrightarrow{f}Y\) is a coequalizer diagram.

  4. The morphism \(f:X\to Y\) is the coequalizer of some pair \(a,b:W\rightrightarrows X\).

Hint. Recall that being epic is equivalent to \(\operatorname{im}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y\) (Lemma reference), and use Proposition reference. It is easy to prove (i) \(\iff\) (ii) \(\iff\) (iii) \(\implies\) (iv). For (iv) \(\implies\) (ii), consider the solid part of the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-diagram-008}\] The universal property of the coequalizer gives the dashed arrow and shows that it and \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to Y\) are inverse to each other.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) have finite limits and finite colimits. Prove that if a morphism \(f\) has a right inverse (or left inverse), then \(f\) is a strict epimorphism (or strict monomorphism). Hint. If \(fg=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\), then \(f\) is the coequalizer of \(gf\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\).

Prove that an additive-category structure on any category, if it exists, is unique. Hint. Apply Proposition reference.

Compare Example reference. Let \(U\) be the forgetful functor from compact Hausdorff spaces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CHaus}}\) to sets \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). Prove that \(U\) creates all small limits. Show that it does not create all small colimits.

Let \(\mathcal{I}\) be the category of all finite sets and surjective maps. Prove that \(\mathcal{I}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is not filtered in the sense of §reference.

In Definition reference, prove that every morphism \(F\to F'\) induces canonical morphisms \(\operatorname{Lan}_KF\to\operatorname{Lan}_KF'\) and \(\operatorname{Ran}_KF\to\operatorname{Ran}_KF'\), provided these Kan extensions exist. Characterize the induced morphisms.

Let \(K\) and \(F\) be as in §reference. Prove that if \(M:\mathcal{E}\to\mathcal{F}\) has a left adjoint (or right adjoint), then \(M\) preserves \(\operatorname{Ran}_KF\) (or \(\operatorname{Lan}_KF\)). Hint. By duality, suppose that \(M\) has a right adjoint \(N\), with unit \(\eta':\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\to NM\) and counit \(\varepsilon':MN\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). For any functor \(L:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{F}\), there are canonical bijections \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{F}^{\mathcal{D}}} \left( M (\operatorname{Lan}_K F) , L \right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}}} \left( \operatorname{Lan}_K F, N L \right) \\ \stackrel{\text{\href{#eqn:Kan-univ}{equation}}}{\simeq} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{C}}} \left( F, NLK \right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{F}^{\mathcal{C}}} \left( MF, LK \right). \end{multline*}\]

Using the general properties of \(\eta'\) and \(\varepsilon'\), verify that when \(L=M(\operatorname{Lan}_KF)\) this bijection sends \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) to \(M\eta\), where \(\eta\) is the morphism belonging to \(\operatorname{Lan}_KF\).

For general \(L\), use the familiar technique from the proof of the Yoneda lemma to verify that an arbitrary morphism \[\varphi:M(\operatorname{Lan}_KF)\to L\] corresponds to the composite \[\begin{aligned} (\varphi K)(M\eta):\quad MF &\xrightarrow{M\eta} M(\operatorname{Lan}_K F)K, \\ M(\operatorname{Lan}_K F)K &\xrightarrow{\varphi K} LK . \end{aligned}\]

Consider the diagram of functors \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d008}\] where \(EF\) is left adjoint to \(G\), with counit \(\varepsilon:EFG\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}'}\). Prove that if, for every category \(\mathcal{X}\), the functor \(F^*:\mathcal{X}^{\mathcal{D}}\to\mathcal{X}^{\mathcal{C}}\) is fully faithful, then \(E\) can also be realized as a left adjoint to \(FG\), with the same counit \(\varepsilon\). Hint. The following argument is from [GZ67]. Let \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\to GEF\) be the unit of \((EF,G)\). Taking \(\mathcal{X}=\mathcal{D}\) gives \(\eta':\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\to FGE\) such that \(\eta'F=F\eta\). Check the triangle identities for \((E,FG)\) with \(\eta'\) and \(\varepsilon\). First, \((FG\varepsilon)(\eta'FG)=(FG\varepsilon)(F\eta G)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{FG}\). On the other hand, taking \(\mathcal{X}=\mathcal{D}'\) shows that \((\varepsilon E)(E\eta')=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_E\) is equivalent to \((\varepsilon EF)(E\eta'F)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{EF}\); but \((\varepsilon EF)(E\eta'F)=(\varepsilon EF)(EF\eta)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{EF}\).

Consider an adjoint pair \(\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d009}\), and put \[S := \left\{ s \in \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C}): Fs \;\text{is invertible} \right\};\] this factors \(F\) uniquely as \(\mathcal{C}\xrightarrow{Q}\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\xrightarrow{H}\mathcal{D}\). Prove that the following statements are equivalent.

  1. The functor \(G\) is fully faithful.

  2. The counit \(\varepsilon:FG\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\) is an isomorphism.

  3. The functor \(H\) is an equivalence of categories, with \(QG\) as a quasi-inverse.

  4. For every category \(\mathcal{X}\), the functor \(F^*:\mathcal{X}^{\mathcal{D}}\to\mathcal{X}^{\mathcal{C}}\) is fully faithful.

Also state the dual version of this result. Hint. The following argument is from [GZ67]. First, (i) \(\iff\) (ii) is fairly easy; see the hint in [Li1].

For (ii) \(\implies\) (iii), one must prove \(QGH\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]}\). Proposition reference reduces this to \(QGHQ\simeq Q\). Consider the unit \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\to GF\). Since \((\varepsilon F)(F\eta)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_F\), the morphism \(F\eta\) is an isomorphism, hence \(Q\eta:Q\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}QGF=QGHQ\).

For (iii) \(\implies\) (iv), the fact that \(H\) is an equivalence implies that \(H^*\) is fully faithful, while Proposition reference applies to \(Q^*\).

For (iv) \(\implies\) (ii), put \(E=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\) in the preceding exercise. Then \(FG\) is a right adjoint to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\), with counit \(\varepsilon\). Since right adjoints to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\) are unique up to isomorphism, \(\varepsilon\) is an isomorphism.

Let \(S\) be a left multiplicative system in \(\mathcal{C}\). Prove that every commutative diagram in \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]^l\) of the form \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d010}\]

arises from a commutative diagram in \(\mathcal{C}\) of the form

\[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d011}\] where \(f,g\in\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) are given and, as usual, \(\rightarrowtail\) denotes a morphism in \(S\). State the corresponding version for a right multiplicative system. Hint. Represent \(\alpha\) and \(\beta\) by \((U^\dagger;s,a)\) and \((U';t,b)\), respectively. Apply (S3) to obtain \(W,h,r\) and a commutative diagram in \(\mathcal{C}\) \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d012}\] This shows that the upper square in the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d013}\] For the lower square, first show that it commutes after applying \(Q^l\); then use Corollary reference to choose \(U\rightarrowtail W\) and adjust it to the required commutative diagram.

Verify the details of central localization in Example reference. Prove that the category \(\mathcal{C}[S^{-1}]\) defined there and the localization supplied by Theorem reference are equivalent as \(Z(\mathcal{C})[S^{-1}]\)-linear categories.

Complete the details in the proof of Proposition reference(i).

Use the Adjoint Functor Theorem reference to construct the free product \(G\star H\) of any two groups \(G\) and \(H\); see [Li1].

Let \(\mathrm{F}(X)\) be the free group on a set \(X\). Prove that the canonical map \(\iota:X\to U(\mathrm{F}(X))\) is injective, where \(U\) is the forgetful functor from groups to sets. Hint. For distinct \(x,y\in X\), there is a group \(H\) and a map of sets \(f:X\to U(H)\) such that \(f(x)\ne f(y)\).

(P. Freyd) Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be complete and let \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) preserve all small limits and satisfy the following solution set condition: there is a small subset \(\Gamma\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) such that for every \(d\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) and \(p\in Gd\), there are \(x\in\Gamma\), \(q\in Gx\), and \(f:x\to d\) with \((Gf)(q)=p\). Prove that \(G\) is representable. Hint. Write an object of \(\left(\{\mathrm{pt}\}/G\right)\) as \((d,p)\), where \(d\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) and \(p\in Gd\). The condition says exactly that \(\Gamma^\natural:=\{(x,q):x\in\Gamma,\;q\in Gx\}\) is a weakly initial family for \(\left(\{\mathrm{pt}\}/G\right)\). Show that this category has an initial object \((r_G,u_G)\). Following the argument for equation, show that for every \(d\) there is a bijection \[\text{Diagram chapter1-unit-019-d014}\]


  1. Translator’s note: the source has the subscript \(\mathcal{C}\); it has been corrected to \(\mathcal{E}\), the category introduced in this definition (O014-C020).↩︎

Abelian Categories

An abelian category is an additive category with kernels and cokernels in which every morphism is strict. Abelian categories generalize the category \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) of left modules or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) of right modules over a ring \(R\), and support the study of such notions as injective and projective objects, complexes, homology and cohomology, and exact sequences. Module categories are the prototype of abelian categories, but do not exhaust their substance. There are two reasons for this.

  1. In a general abelian category, objects have no elements and morphisms are not maps. Diagram-chasing methods from module categories are therefore no longer available; the most basic exact sequences must instead be derived by operations on objects and functors. Prominent examples are the snake lemma and the five lemma discussed in §reference, whose proofs use a substitute for diagram chasing (Lemma reference). Even so, the arguments are considerably more involved than their module-category counterparts.

  2. Even when one starts with a module category or one of its abelian subcategories, abstract abelian categories arise when studying functor categories, localizations, or Serre quotients. In geometry and topology, sheaf theory naturally leads to such constructions.

The Freyd–Mitchell embedding theorem reference states that every small abelian category admits a fully faithful embedding into some \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\), and that the embedding functor preserves exact sequences. Once this result is accepted, many assertions about exact sequences reduce readily to the case of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\). This reduction keeps diagram chasing available, but its chief benefit may be psychological reassurance: on the one hand it sidesteps the essence of abelian categories, and on the other hand any proof of the embedding theorem must still establish several core facts about abelian categories from scratch. This chapter does not depend on the embedding theorem, nor logically on module theory, but readers are expected to have a basic knowledge of homological algebra in module categories. Diagram-chasing skills remain useful and may even be indispensable in the natural order of study; readers are encouraged to consult [Li1] or the relevant parts of another textbook. Appendix §reference derives the embedding theorem as an application of the Ind construction. A cocomplete abelian category with a generator in which filtered small colimits are exact is called a Grothendieck category. Such categories are the subject of the final section, §reference; these conditions are directly related to assumptions on set size. Grothendieck categories occur frequently in geometry and enjoy better properties, such as completeness (Corollary reference) and the existence of canonical injective resolutions (Theorem reference). They are a closer analogue of module categories than general abelian categories; the precise meaning of this statement is explained by the Gabriel–Popescu theorem reference in the appendix. The basic isomorphism theorems of module theory remain valid for general abelian categories. The same is true of such fundamental notions as subobjects, quotient objects, direct-sum decompositions, indecomposable objects, simple objects, and composition series, all central concerns of algebra. They will be treated in §§referencereference. For example, the Krull–Remak–Schmidt theorem on direct-sum decompositions has an abstract generalization (Theorem reference). The language of lattice theory is useful here; see §reference. It should be stressed that statements involving infinite direct sums often hold only in Grothendieck categories. Section reference begins with the definition and characterization of abelian subcategories, and then introduces quotients of an abelian category by a certain kind of abelian subcategory, called a Serre subcategory; the result is a Serre quotient. These quotients are characterized by a universal property and can be constructed by the localization introduced in §reference. The section also introduces the group \(\mathrm{K}_0\) of an abelian category and its basic properties, including the Euler–Poincaré principle (Theorem reference) and the exact sequence for \(\mathrm{K}_0\) of a Serre quotient (Proposition reference). These techniques are common in applications. The construction of \(\mathrm{K}_0\) applies to a broader class of structures than abelian categories, called exact categories; see [Bu10] for the theory. Moreover, \(\mathrm{K}_0\) is only the beginning of a sequence of abelian groups \(\mathrm{K}_n\) for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). A satisfactory interpretation of the higher K-groups requires homotopy-theoretic ideas, especially the notion of a “spectrum”, and lies beyond the scope of this book.

Reading Guide. As noted above, readers should have some familiarity with concrete operations in module categories. For the basic theory of complexes and their cohomology, the material in §§referencereference is essential. Apart from the treatment of abelian subcategories, the material in §reference is used less often later, but it remains standard knowledge and is related to several definitions in the discussion of derived categories. Section reference on Grothendieck categories is supplementary; it requires relatively involved arguments and material from the appendices, and may be skipped on a first reading.

A complex written as data \((X^n,d^n)_n\), where \(d^n:X^n\to X^{n+1}\), is also called a cochain complex. If instead one uses subscripts, writing \((X_n,d_n)_n\) with \(d_n:X_n\to X_{n-1}\), it is called a chain complex. Except in Chapter 8, this book primarily uses cochain notation.

Definition of an Abelian Category

Section reference introduced \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-categories and additive categories. The abelian categories studied in this chapter form a special class of additive categories.

Definition (Abelian category).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category. If every morphism in \(\mathcal{A}\) has a kernel and a cokernel, and every morphism is strict (Definition reference), then \(\mathcal{A}\) is called an abelian category.

If \(\mathcal{A}\) is also a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category (Definition reference), it is called a \(\Bbbk\)-linear abelian category.

Remark. An abelian category has all finite limits and colimits. Indeed, finite products and coproducts exist (both are biproducts), as do equalizers and coequalizers (Remark reference); these suffice to construct all finite limits and colimits. See [Li1].

By Example reference, \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is an abelian category for every ring \(R\). Replacing \(R\) by \(R^{\text{op}}\) shows the same for the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) of right modules; the special case \(R=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) shows that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is abelian. By contrast, the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ban}}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}}\) from the same example is not abelian, since it has nonstrict morphisms.

Proposition. If an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\) is abelian, then so is \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Proof. Kernels and cokernels are dual, while Remark reference shows that the morphism \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to\operatorname{im}(f)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) is exactly the morphism \(\operatorname{coim}(f^{\operatorname{op}})\to\operatorname{im}(f^{\operatorname{op}})\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\).

One abstract way to construct new abelian categories from existing ones is to form functor categories. First note that if \(\mathcal{A}\) is an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category, then for every category \(I\)1, the functor category \(\mathcal{A}^I\) is naturally an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category: for functors \(F,G:I\rightrightarrows\mathcal{A}\), addition in \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}^I}(F,G)\) is defined objectwise by \((\varphi_i)_i+(\psi_i)_i:=(\varphi_i+\psi_i)_i\).

Proposition. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, then \(\mathcal{A}^I\) is an abelian category for every category \(I\).

Proof. By Proposition reference, finite products and coproducts, and kernels and cokernels, are constructed objectwise in \(\mathcal{A}^I\). The image and coimage of a morphism, and hence the canonical morphism \(\operatorname{coim}\to\operatorname{im}\), are likewise constructed objectwise. Thus every abelian category axiom for \(\mathcal{A}^I\) reduces to the corresponding axiom for \(\mathcal{A}\).

Every morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in an abelian category has a unique epi–mono factorization (Proposition reference), concretely \(X\twoheadrightarrow(\operatorname{coim}(f)\simeq\operatorname{im}(f))\hookrightarrow Y\). Lemma reference(iii) therefore gives immediately \[\operatorname{ker}(f) = \operatorname{ker}[X \to \operatorname{im}(f)], \quad \operatorname{coker}(f) = \operatorname{coker}[\operatorname{im}(f) \to Y].\]

Remark. For morphisms \(X\xrightarrow{f}Z\xleftarrow{g}Y\) in an abelian category, the construction of the fiber product (see Remark reference) shows that \(X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}Y\) is the equalizer of \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-021-diagram-001}\), that is, \(\operatorname{ker}[X\oplus Y\xrightarrow{(f,-g)}Z]\). The morphisms \(X\leftarrow X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}Y\rightarrow Y\) carried by the fiber product come from the projections \(X\xleftarrow{p_1}X\oplus Y\xrightarrow{p_2}Y\).

For \(X'\xleftarrow{f'}Z'\xrightarrow{g'}Y'\), the fiber coproduct construction realizes \(X'\ensuremath{\underset{Z'}{\sqcup}}Y'\) as \(\operatorname{coker}[Z'\xrightarrow{(-f',g')}X'\oplus Y']\), and the morphisms \(X'\rightarrow X'\ensuremath{\underset{Z'}{\sqcup}}Y'\leftarrow Y'\) come from \(X'\xrightarrow{\iota_1}X'\oplus Y'\xleftarrow{\iota_2}Y'\). These properties are of course evident for modules.

The following result will be used repeatedly.

Proposition. Suppose that a diagram in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-021-d001}\] is a pullback (or pushout), and that \(g\) is epic (or \(f\) is monic). Then the diagram is also a pushout (or pullback), and \(f\) is epic (or \(g\) is monic).

Proof. It suffices to treat the pullback case. We claim that

  • \(X\xrightarrow{(a,f)}X'\oplus Y\) gives \(\operatorname{ker}[X'\oplus Y\xrightarrow{(g,-b)}Y']\);

  • \((g,-b):X'\oplus Y\to Y'\) is epic.

The assertion about the kernel follows from the description of \(X\simeq X'\ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\times}}Y\) as a kernel in Remark reference. Since \(g=(g,-b)\iota_1\), the fact that \(g\) is epic implies that \((g,-b)\) is epic as well.

Consequently, \(Y'=\operatorname{im}((g,-b))\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\operatorname{coker}[X\xrightarrow{(a,f)}X'\oplus Y]\). Viewing this from the other direction and applying the description of a fiber coproduct as a cokernel in Remark reference shows at once that \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-021-d002}\] is a pushout. Composing the two columns with the automorphisms \(-\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) and \(-\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\), respectively, recovers the original diagram, which is therefore also a pushout. In the pushout case we already know that \(\operatorname{coker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{coker}(g)\) (Proposition reference); hence \(f\) is epic (Lemma reference).

Corollary. A subquotient in an abelian category can equivalently be defined as a quotient object of a subobject or as a subobject of a quotient object.

Proof. Proposition reference shows that Proposition reference applies to every abelian category.

For the category \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) of left modules over any ring \(R\), all the results above are of course familiar; the same holds for right modules.


  1. If one does not want \(\mathcal{A}^I\) to be large, one should assume that \(I\) is small. This does not affect the substance here.↩︎

A First Look at Complexes

The starting point of this section is a pair of morphisms in an abelian category satisfying \(gf=0\), namely \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z\). The composite \(\operatorname{ker}(g) \hookrightarrow Y \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{coker}(f)\) gives a morphism \(\operatorname{ker}(g) \to \operatorname{coker}(f)\); what interests us is its epi–mono factorization. There are two mutually dual points of view.

Lemma. Let \(f:X\to Y\) and \(g:Y\to Z\) be morphisms in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) such that \(gf=0\).

  1. There are unique morphisms \(\varphi\) and \(\psi\) that make the following diagrams commute: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d001} \qquad \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d002} \end{equation}\] Moreover, \(\varphi\) is a monomorphism and \(\psi\) is an epimorphism.

  2. The morphism \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\to\operatorname{coker}(f)\) has the two epi–mono factorizations displayed in the following diagram; they are connected by a unique isomorphism \(\operatorname{coker}(\varphi)\simeq\operatorname{ker}(\psi)\): \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d003}\]

Proof. First consider (i). The two diagrams are dual to one another (Remark reference and Proposition reference): the diagram on the right is equivalent to considering in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\) the sequence \(Z \xrightarrow{g^{\operatorname{op}}} Y \xrightarrow{f^{\operatorname{op}}} X\). Thus, for equation, it suffices to consider \(\varphi\).

The condition \(gf=0\) says precisely that \(f\) factors through \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\hookrightarrow Y\). Applying Lemma reference on coimages to this factorization gives \(\varphi\). Next, because \(X\to\operatorname{coim}(f)\) is an epimorphism, the factorization of \(f\) as \(X \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{coim}(f) \xrightarrow{\overline{f}} Y\) is unique. Here \(\overline{f}\) may be taken either as the composite \(\operatorname{coim}(f) \xrightarrow{\varphi} \operatorname{ker}(g) \hookrightarrow Y\) or as the composite \(\operatorname{coim}(f) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f) \hookrightarrow Y\). The latter composite is a monomorphism, and hence so is \(\varphi\).

To obtain (ii), we show that there is a unique monomorphism \(\operatorname{coker}(\varphi)\hookrightarrow\operatorname{coker}(f)\) (or epimorphism \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(\psi)\)) that makes the following diagram commute: \[ \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d004} \quad \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d005}\] Once this is proved, the two epi–mono factorizations in (ii) can be read directly from the outer frames of the diagrams. The isomorphism along the middle path is then uniquely determined by Proposition reference.

It remains to construct the diagrams above. Since the two diagrams are dual, it suffices to discuss the one on the left. Lemma reference (iii) shows that \(\operatorname{coker}(\varphi)\) can also be identified with the cokernel of the composite \(X\to\operatorname{ker}(g)\). The desired morphism therefore comes from the functoriality of cokernels and is characterized by equation. Why is this morphism a monomorphism? Proposition reference expresses the cokernel of a composite morphism as the pushout of the original cokernel; explicitly, the diagram is \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d006} \quad \text{(pushout diagram)}\] with all morphisms canonical. Proposition reference then shows that the morphism in the second row is a monomorphism.

In the situation of Lemma reference, write

\[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{H}\left[ X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \right] & := \operatorname{coker}\left[ \operatorname{im}(f) \xrightarrow{\varphi} \operatorname{ker}(g) \right] \\ & \simeq \operatorname{ker}\left[ \operatorname{coker}(f) \xrightarrow{\psi} \operatorname{im}(g) \right] ; \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] this object can also be characterized as the middle term in the epi–mono factorization of \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\to\operatorname{coker}(f)\). As expected, equation is functorial.

Proposition. Given a commutative diagram in an abelian category \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d007} \qquad g'f' = 0, \quad gf = 0,\] there is a unique morphism \(\Phi: \operatorname{H}[X \to Y \to Z] \to \operatorname{H}[X' \to Y' \to Z']\) that makes the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d008}\] The two outer vertical arrows come from the functoriality of kernels and cokernels, while the horizontal arrows are those of Lemma reference.

Proof. As in the argument of Lemma reference, if \(\Phi\) exists then it is unique, and it suffices to check that \(\Phi\) makes the right-hand square commute. Here is the construction. Since \(\operatorname{im}(g)=\operatorname{ker}[Z\to\operatorname{coker}(g)]\) and \(\operatorname{im}(g')=\operatorname{ker}[Z'\to\operatorname{coker}(g')]\), the functoriality of kernels gives a unique morphism \(\operatorname{im}(g)\to\operatorname{im}(g')\) that makes the right half of the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d009}\] The pattern of Lemma reference shows that the left half also commutes. The morphism \(\operatorname{ker}(\psi)\to\operatorname{ker}(\psi')\) induced by it is the desired morphism.

Proposition. Given morphisms satisfying \(gf=0\) and \(g'f'=0\), there is a canonical isomorphism \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{H}\left[ X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \right] \oplus \operatorname{H}\left[ X' \xrightarrow{f'} Y' \xrightarrow{g'} Z' \right] \\ \simeq \operatorname{H}\left[ X \oplus X' \xrightarrow{f \oplus f'} Y \oplus Y' \xrightarrow{g \oplus g'} Z \oplus Z' \right]. \end{multline*}\]

Proof. Use the morphisms \(\iota\), \(p\), and so forth associated with biproducts, as in equation. By the functoriality in Proposition reference, these morphisms also induce \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-022-d010}\]

The characterization of the induced morphism \(\Phi\) in Proposition reference also tells us that \((a,b,c)\mapsto\Phi\) is compatible with composition, preserves addition, sends \(0\) to \(0\), and sends \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). Hence the morphisms induced at the level of \(\operatorname{H}[\cdots]\) also satisfy the biproduct identities equation.

Notice that the preceding statement need not hold for infinite coproducts or infinite products in a general abelian category.

Definition (Complexes).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category. Consider a sequence of morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[\cdots \to X^n \xrightarrow{d^n} X^{n+1} \xrightarrow{d^{n+1}} X^{n+2} \to \cdots.\] The sequence may have finitely many terms, extend infinitely in one or both directions, or form a cycle. If \(d^{n+1}d^n=0\) for every \(n\), the data \((X^n,d^n)_n\) are called a complex; the customary notation is \((X^\bullet,d^\bullet)\), \(X^\bullet\), or \(X\). The term \(X^n\) is conventionally called the degree-\(n\) term of the complex \(X\).

This chapter is chiefly concerned with abelian categories, where the cohomology and exactness of complexes can be studied.

Definition (Cohomology and exact sequences).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category.

  • For a complex \(X\), in accordance with equation, its cohomology at any non-end term \(X^n\) is defined by \[\operatorname{H}^n(X) = \operatorname{H}^n(X^\bullet, d^\bullet) := \operatorname{H}\left[ X^{n-1} \xrightarrow{d^{n-1}} X^n \xrightarrow{d^n} X^{n+1} \right].\]

  • If \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)=0\), the complex \(X\) is said to be exact at \(X^n\); this is equivalent to \(\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})=\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\). A complex that is exact at every term is called an exact sequence; an exact complex is also called acyclic.

The properties of cohomology are one of the main themes of this book and will be studied further in §reference.

Remark (Homology of chain complexes).

In Definition reference, choose decreasing indices and use subscripts, namely \[\cdots \to X_n \xrightarrow{d_n} X_{n-1} \to \cdots, \quad d_{n-1} d_n = 0,\] and all the preceding definitions apply unchanged. By conventions originating in topology, the version with increasing indices \((X^\bullet,d^\bullet)\) is usually called a cochain complex, while the version with decreasing indices \((X_\bullet,d_\bullet)\) is called a chain complex. For a chain complex \(X\) in an abelian category, the homology object at \(X_n\) is defined as the following object of \(\mathcal{A}\): \[\operatorname{H}_n(X) = \operatorname{H}_n(X_\bullet, d_\bullet) := \operatorname{H}\left[ X_{n+1} \xrightarrow{d_{n+1}} X_n \xrightarrow{d_n} X_{n-1} \right].\]

In algebra, complexes (that is, cochain complexes) and chain complexes differ only in notation, and passing between them is straightforward. For an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\), one way to remain entirely within the same category is to reflect the indices by setting \[X^n := X_{-n}, \quad d^n := d_{-n}.\] Another way is to reverse the arrows, which involves the opposite category. If a complex in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[\cdots \to X^n \xrightarrow{d^n} X^{n+1} \to \cdots\] is viewed in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\), it becomes the chain complex \[\begin{gather*} \cdots \leftarrow X_n \xleftarrow{d_{n+1}} X_{n+1} \leftarrow \cdots, \\ X_n := X^n, \quad d_{n+1} := d^{n, \operatorname{op}}. \end{gather*}\]

If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category and the chain complex \((X_\bullet,d_\bullet)\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is defined by reversing the arrows, there is a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(X^\bullet)\simeq\operatorname{H}_n(X_\bullet)\). In particular, \(X^\bullet\) is exact if and only if \(X_\bullet\) is exact. To see this, it suffices to note that \(\operatorname{H}[X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z]\) can be characterized as the middle term in the epi–mono factorization of \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\to\operatorname{coker}(f)\). Viewed in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\), the same object is also the middle term in the epi–mono factorization of \(\operatorname{ker}(f^{\operatorname{op}})\to\operatorname{coker}(g^{\operatorname{op}})\).

Exactness of a complex can be checked term by term. The following standard forms will henceforth be used without further explanation.

  • Monomorphism.The complex \(0\to X'\xrightarrow{f}X\) is exact if and only if \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=0\), that is, if and only if \(f\) is a monomorphism (Lemma reference). This is also equivalent to \(X'\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{coim}(f)\) (Lemma reference).

  • Epimorphism.Dually, the complex \(X\xrightarrow{g}X''\to0\) is exact if and only if \(g\) is an epimorphism, and this is also equivalent to \(\operatorname{im}(g)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X''\).

  • Kernel.Consider the complex \(0\to X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\). In accordance with equation, factor \(f\) through \(X'\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{im}(f)\hookrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(g)\). The claim is that \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\) is exact if and only if \(X'\to\operatorname{ker}(g)\) is an isomorphism. In other words, up to isomorphism, an exact sequence of this form is always \(0\to\operatorname{ker}(g)\to X\xrightarrow{g}X''\) and is given by the kernel of a morphism.

    The argument is easy. Consider equation. The complex is exact at \(X\) if and only if \(\operatorname{im}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}(g)\), while exactness at \(X'\) is equivalent to \(X'\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f)\). Now apply Proposition reference to \(X'\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{im}(f)\hookrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(g)\).

  • Cokernel.Dually, the complex \(X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\to0\) induces a morphism \(\operatorname{coker}(f)\to X''\) through equation. This complex is exact if and only if \(\operatorname{coker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X''\). Thus, up to isomorphism, an exact sequence of this form arises from a cokernel.

  • Short exact sequence.An exact sequence of the form \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) is called a short exact sequence. The two preceding items together give two equivalent, mutually dual characterizations of exactness:

    • \(X'\to X\) is a monomorphism and \(X''=\operatorname{coker}[X'\hookrightarrow X]\);

    • \(X\to X''\) is an epimorphism and \(X'=\operatorname{ker}[X\twoheadrightarrow X'']\).

As an application, every morphism \(f:X\to Y\) gives short exact sequences \[0 \to \operatorname{ker}(f) \to X \to \operatorname{im}(f) \to 0, \quad 0 \to \operatorname{im}(f) \to Y \to \operatorname{coker}(f) \to 0,\] which can be spliced into the exact sequence \(0\to\operatorname{ker}(f)\to X\xrightarrow{f}Y\to\operatorname{coker}(f)\to0\). Next, suppose that \(f\) can be embedded in an exact sequence of the form \[L' \xrightarrow{\lambda} L \to X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to R \xrightarrow{\rho} R''\] with both \(\lambda\) and \(\rho\) isomorphisms. Exactness then forces both \(L\to X\) and \(Y\to R\) to be zero, so \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=0\) and \(\operatorname{im}(f)=Y\); in other words, \(f\) is an isomorphism. This is a commonly used technique for testing whether a morphism is an isomorphism. The biproducts considered in §reference give a very simple class of short exact sequences; Proposition reference will characterize them.

Proposition. Let \(X_1,X_2\) be objects of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\). Then \(0\to X_1\xrightarrow{\iota_1}X_1\oplus X_2\xrightarrow{p_2}X_2\to0\) is a short exact sequence.

Proof. Take the short exact sequences \(0\to X_1\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}X_1\to0\to0\) and \(0\to0\to X_2\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}X_2\to0\). Proposition reference shows that their direct sum is still exact.

Some Diagram Lemmas

The arguments in this section follow [KS06]. We begin with a criterion for exactness that may be viewed as a substitute for diagram chasing [Li1] in general abelian categories. Throughout this section, fix an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\).

Lemma. Let \(X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\) be a complex. This complex is exact if and only if, for every morphism \(S\xrightarrow{h}X\) satisfying \(gh=0\), there are a morphism \(S'\to X'\) and an epimorphism \(S'\twoheadrightarrow S\) that make the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d001}\]

Proof. First consider the “only if” direction. The morphisms \(f\) and \(h\) both factor through \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\). On the basis of these factorizations, take \(S':=S\ensuremath{\underset{\operatorname{ker}(g)}{\times}}X'\), and take \(S'\to S\) and \(S'\to X'\) to be the natural morphisms from the fiber product. Exactness implies that \(X'\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(g)\), so Proposition reference implies that \(S'\to S\) is also an epimorphism.

Now consider the “if” direction. For \(S:=\operatorname{ker}(g)\) with its natural morphism \(h:S\hookrightarrow X\), the hypothesis supplies the solid part of the following diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d002}\] The dashed part, namely \(\alpha\), comes from the factorization of \(f\) given by \(gf=0\). We show that the diagram commutes. The outer frame and the lower-right triangle are already known to commute. Thus the two morphisms in the upper-left triangle become equal after composition with \(h\). Since \(h\) is a monomorphism, the upper-left triangle also commutes, proving the claim. Finally, the diagram shows that the composite \(S'\to X'\xrightarrow{\alpha}S\) is an epimorphism, and hence \(\alpha\) is an epimorphism. Thus \(f\) has an epi–mono factorization \(X'\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(g)\hookrightarrow X\), which gives \(\operatorname{im}(f)=\operatorname{ker}(g)\). The complex is therefore exact.

For another approach that replaces diagram chasing in general abelian categories, see [stacks]. We now discuss the Snake Lemma, which is indispensable in applications. Consider the diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d003} \end{equation}\] subject to the following assumptions:

  • \(X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\to0\) and \(0\to Y'\xrightarrow{u}Y\xrightarrow{v}Y''\) are given exact sequences;

  • \(\operatorname{ker}':=\operatorname{ker}[X'\to Y']\hookrightarrow X'\), with \(\operatorname{ker}\) and \(\operatorname{ker}''\) defined in the same way;

  • \(Y'\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{coker}':=\operatorname{coker}[X'\to Y']\), with \(\operatorname{coker}\) and \(\operatorname{coker}''\) defined in the same way;

  • the morphisms \(\operatorname{ker}'\to\operatorname{ker}\), \(\operatorname{coker}'\to\operatorname{coker}\), and so forth come from the functoriality of kernels and cokernels in equation.

Thus equation is a commutative diagram; every column and both middle rows are exact. We now explain how to construct the dashed connecting morphism \(\delta:\operatorname{ker}''\to\operatorname{coker}'\).

The first step is to derive the following commutative diagram from equation; all its rows are exact: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d004} \end{equation}\] Here the following points apply:

  • \(\Box\) and \(\boxplus\) indicate that the corresponding squares are, respectively, a pullback and a pushout diagram. Pullbacks preserve kernels, while pushouts preserve cokernels; this explains the upper-left and lower-right squares in the diagram;

  • Proposition reference applies to the \(\Box\) and \(\boxplus\) parts of equation. This explains why \(X\ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}''\to\operatorname{ker}''\) is an epimorphism and \(\operatorname{coker}'\to\operatorname{coker}'\ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}}Y\) is a monomorphism;

  • the dashed arrow \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\dashrightarrow Y'\) is none other than the natural morphism \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\to\operatorname{ker}(v)\) coming from the functoriality of kernels in equation;

  • similarly, the functoriality of cokernels gives the dashed arrow \(X''\simeq\operatorname{coker}(f)\to\operatorname{coker}(u)\).

Notice that the composite \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\dashrightarrow Y'\to\operatorname{coker}'\) in equation is zero, because it becomes zero after precomposition with \(X'\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{im}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}(g)\). Similarly, the composite \(\operatorname{ker}''\to X''\dashrightarrow\operatorname{coker}(u)\) is zero, because its further composite with \(\operatorname{coker}(u)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(v)\hookrightarrow Y''\) is zero. Denote the composite along the middle path in equation by \(\delta_0:X\ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}''\to\operatorname{coker}'\ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}}Y\). The preceding observation immediately gives \[\delta_0 s = 0, \quad t \delta_0 = 0.\] Consequently, \(\delta_0\) has a unique factorization \[X \ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}} \operatorname{ker}'' \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{coker}(s) \xrightarrow{\exists!} \operatorname{ker}(t) \hookrightarrow \operatorname{coker}' \ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}} Y .\]

The horizontal morphisms in the upper-right and lower-left corners of equation are known to be an epimorphism and a monomorphism, respectively. Hence \(\operatorname{coker}(s)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}''\) and \(\operatorname{coker}'\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}(t)\). We have therefore obtained the desired canonical morphism \(\delta:\operatorname{ker}''\to\operatorname{coker}'\).

Remark. The canonical nature of the connecting morphism can be stated more explicitly as follows. Consider the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d005}\] with every row exact. The diagram gives rise to \(\operatorname{ker}'\), \(\underline{\operatorname{ker}'}\), and so forth. The corresponding connecting morphisms \(\delta\) and \(\underline{\delta}\) fit into the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d006}\] By definition, to prove this it suffices to show that \(\delta_0\) and \(\underline{\delta_0}\) also fit into the corresponding commutative square. Everything follows from the functoriality of kernels, cokernels, products, and coproducts. The details are left to the reader.

The following two observations will be used in the proof below.

  • The construction of the connecting morphism is self-dual: when equation is viewed in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\), all arrows are reversed, while the roles of \(\operatorname{ker}'\) and \(\operatorname{coker}'\), and so forth, are interchanged. The resulting diagram in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\) still resembles equation, except that it is rotated through half a turn. When the corresponding connecting morphism is viewed back in \(\mathcal{A}\), it still runs from \(\operatorname{ker}''\) to \(\operatorname{coker}'\), and it agrees with the \(\delta\) constructed above.

  • The morphism \(\operatorname{ker}\to\operatorname{ker}''\) factors as \(\operatorname{ker}\to X\ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}''\to\operatorname{ker}''\). Inspection of equation shows that the two composites \[\operatorname{ker}\to \operatorname{ker}'' \xrightarrow{\delta} \operatorname{coker}' \hookrightarrow \operatorname{coker}' \ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}} Y, \qquad \operatorname{ker}\to X \ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}} \operatorname{ker}'' \xrightarrow{\delta_0} \operatorname{coker}' \ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}} Y\] are equal. But the second composite is also equal to \(\operatorname{ker}\to X\to Y\to\operatorname{coker}'\ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}}Y\), which is zero. We therefore obtain \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{ker}\to \operatorname{ker}'' \xrightarrow{\delta} \operatorname{coker}' \quad \text{has composite}\; 0. \end{equation}\]

Theorem (Snake Lemma). Consider diagram equation in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\). Then \(\operatorname{ker}'\to\operatorname{ker}\to\operatorname{ker}''\xrightarrow{\delta}\operatorname{coker}'\to\operatorname{coker}\to\operatorname{coker}''\) is an exact sequence. If \(f:X'\to X\) in the diagram is a monomorphism (or \(v:Y\to Y''\) is an epimorphism), then \(\operatorname{ker}'\to\operatorname{ker}\) is also a monomorphism (or \(\operatorname{coker}\to\operatorname{coker}''\) is also an epimorphism).

Proof. The last assertion is easy to prove: if \(f\) is a monomorphism, then the composite \(\operatorname{ker}'\hookrightarrow X'\xrightarrow{f}X\) is also a monomorphism. Since equation commutes, this implies that \(\operatorname{ker}'\to\operatorname{ker}\) is a monomorphism. The case in which \(v\) is an epimorphism is obtained by reversing all arrows.

The main part of the proof is the exactness of the first sequence. By the duality observed above, it suffices to prove that \(\operatorname{ker}'\to\operatorname{ker}\to\operatorname{ker}''\to\operatorname{coker}'\) is exact.

First, \(\operatorname{ker}'\to\operatorname{ker}\to\operatorname{ker}''\) is a complex. Indeed, it is induced by \(X'\to X\to X''\), whose composite is zero. We now use Lemma reference to prove exactness. Suppose that a morphism \(\psi:S\to\operatorname{ker}\) makes the composite \(S\xrightarrow{\psi}\operatorname{ker}\to\operatorname{ker}''\) zero. We must construct a commutative diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-diagram-007} \end{equation}\] where \(\operatorname{ker}'\leftarrow S'\xrightarrow{h}S\) remains to be constructed. To do so, first apply Lemma reference to the composite \(S\xrightarrow{\psi}\operatorname{ker}\to X\) to obtain the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d007}\] Thus the composite \(S'\to X'\to Y'\xrightarrow{u}Y\) is equal to the composite \(S'\xrightarrow{\psi h}\operatorname{ker}\to X\to Y\), namely zero. Since \(u\) is a monomorphism, the composite \(S'\to X'\to Y'\) is also zero. Hence \(S'\to X'\) factors through \(\operatorname{ker}'\), giving all the arrows in equation.

Now consider the left part of equation: the outer frame and the lower square commute. The familiar Lemma reference shows that the upper square also commutes. Therefore \(\operatorname{ker}'\to\operatorname{ker}\to\operatorname{ker}''\) is exact.

Next consider \(\operatorname{ker}\to\operatorname{ker}''\xrightarrow{\delta}\operatorname{coker}'\). Equation equation first shows that this sequence is a complex. To prove its exactness, we again use Lemma reference. Suppose that a morphism \(\psi:S\to\operatorname{ker}''\) satisfies \(\delta\psi=0\). We must construct a commutative diagram of the form \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d008} \end{equation}\] The construction of \(\delta\) showed that \(X\ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}''\to\operatorname{ker}''\to0\) is exact. Hence there is a commutative diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d009} \end{equation}\]

Consider the composite \(S_1\to X\ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}''\to X\to Y\xrightarrow{v}Y''\). Comparing the diagram above with equation and equation, we see that this composite is zero. Hence \(S_1\to X\ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}''\to X\to Y\) factors as \(S_1\xrightarrow{\xi}Y'\xrightarrow{u}Y\). We now prove that the composite \(S_1\xrightarrow{\xi}Y'\to\operatorname{coker}'\) is zero. Begin with the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d010}\]

The composite along the first row is \(\delta\psi=0\), so the composite along the second row is also zero. Consequently, the composite \(S_1\xrightarrow{\xi}Y'\xrightarrow{u}Y\to\operatorname{coker}'\ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}}Y\) is zero. On the other hand, the composite \(Y'\xrightarrow{u}Y\to\operatorname{coker}'\ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}}Y\) equals \(Y'\to\operatorname{coker}'\to\operatorname{coker}'\ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}}Y\). In the construction of \(\delta\) we proved that \(\operatorname{coker}'\to\operatorname{coker}'\ensuremath{\underset{Y'}{\sqcup}}Y\) is a monomorphism. Thus the composite \(S_1\xrightarrow{\xi}Y'\to\operatorname{coker}'\) is indeed zero.

The next step is to apply Lemma reference to the exact sequence \(X'\to Y'\to\operatorname{coker}'\). This gives a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d011}\]

Write \(\lambda\) for the composite \(S_0\twoheadrightarrow S_1\to X\ensuremath{\underset{X''}{\times}}\operatorname{ker}''\to X\). Also write the morphisms \(X'\to Y'\) and \(X\to Y\) as \(a\) and \(b\), respectively. The preceding discussion gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d012}\] Both squares in this diagram are known to commute; commutativity of the triangle comes from the definition of \(\lambda\), while commutativity of the trapezoid on the right comes from the preceding discussion of \(\xi\).

It follows at once that \(b\lambda=bfk\), so \(\lambda-fk:S_0\to X\) factors through \(\operatorname{ker}=\operatorname{ker}(b)\hookrightarrow X\). Finally, consider the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d013}\] To obtain the diagram in equation, it suffices to show that its upper square commutes. The lower square and the curved part are known to commute; the usual argument reduces the problem to commutativity of the outer frame. Since \(g(\lambda-fk)=g\lambda\), this in turn reduces to the known commutative diagram (see equation): \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d014}\] All the required conditions are therefore satisfied.

The connecting homomorphism \(\delta\) and Theorem reference are much simpler in the category \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) of \(R\)-modules; see [Li1].

Proposition (Five Lemma).

Consider a commutative diagram with exact rows in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d015}\]

  1. If \(f_1\) is an epimorphism and \(f_2,f_4\) are monomorphisms, then \(f_3\) is a monomorphism (only the first four columns are involved);

  2. if \(f_5\) is a monomorphism and \(f_2,f_4\) are epimorphisms, then \(f_3\) is an epimorphism (only the last four columns are involved);

  3. if \(f_1\) is an epimorphism, \(f_5\) is a monomorphism, and \(f_2,f_4\) are both isomorphisms, then \(f_3\) is an isomorphism.

Proof. Clearly (i) and (ii) are dual to each other, while (iii) follows from (i)–(ii) and Proposition reference. It therefore suffices to prove (i).

Suppose that a morphism \(h:S\to X_3\) satisfies \(f_3h=0\); we must prove that \(h=0\). The composite \(S\xrightarrow{h}X_3\to X_4\xrightarrow{f_4}Y_4\) is zero, and therefore so is \(S\xrightarrow{h}X_3\to X_4\). Applying Lemma reference to the exact sequence \(X_2\to X_3\to X_4\) gives a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d016}\]

We now construct a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-diagram-018}\] Here is how. Since \(f_3h=0\), the composite \(S'\to X_2\xrightarrow{f_2}Y_2\to Y_3\) is zero. Applying Lemma reference to \(S'\to Y_2\) and the exact sequence \(Y_1\to Y_2\to Y_3\) gives the right-hand part of the diagram. Applying Lemma reference to \(S''\to Y_1\) and the exact sequence \(X_1\xrightarrow{f_1}Y_1\to0\) gives the left-hand part.

Take the composite \(S'''\to S'\) and consider the following diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d017}\] We show that this diagram commutes. The only issue is the upper-left square. Compose the two paths Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d018 and Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d019 in that square with \(f_2\) on the right. Since the two squares \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d020}\) and \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-023-d021}\) commute and \(f_2\) is a monomorphism, the upper-left square also commutes.

Thus the composite \(S'''\twoheadrightarrow S'\twoheadrightarrow S\xrightarrow{h}X_3\) is zero, and hence \(h=0\). This proves the result.

This section has introduced only two of the most commonly used diagram lemmas. Using the language of double complexes, G. Bergman found the comprehensive Salamander Lemma, which subsumes the Snake Lemma and several classical diagram lemmas of homological algebra. Interested readers may consult [Be12].

A Glimpse of Lattice Theory

This section gives a brief introduction to a class of partially ordered structures called lattices. The discussion will help clarify the structure of abelian categories. Throughout this section we consider various partially ordered sets \((P,\leq)\); the corresponding category is denoted by \(\mathcal{P}\). For every subset \(S\) of a partially ordered set \((P,\leq)\), there are notions of upper and lower bounds, a supremum \(\sup S\), and an infimum \(\inf S\). A subset \(S\subset P\) has a supremum (or infimum) if and only if the coproduct (or product) of all the objects in \(S\) exists in the category \(\mathcal{P}\); in that case the supremum (or infimum) is precisely that coproduct (or product).

Definition.

If every two elements \(a,b\) of a partially ordered set \((P,\leq)\) have a supremum \(a\vee b\) and an infimum \(a\wedge b\), then \((P,\leq)\) is called a lattice. If, in addition, \((P,\leq)\) itself has an upper bound and a lower bound, they are both unique and are denoted by \(1\) and \(0\), respectively; in this case \(P\) is called a bounded lattice.

If \(a,b\) are elements of a partially ordered set \((P,\leq)\) and \(a\leq b\), then \([a,b]:=\left\{x\in P:a\leq x\leq b\right\}\) is also a partially ordered set under \(\leq\) and is called the interval determined by \(a,b\).

If \(P\) is a lattice, every interval in \(P\) is closed under \(\vee\) and \(\wedge\) and is a bounded lattice. If \(P\) is a bounded lattice, then \(P=[0,1]\), and for every \(x\in P\) one has \(x\wedge0=0\), \(x\vee0=x=x\wedge1\), and \(x\vee1=1\). From the categorical point of view, \(a\wedge b\), \(a\vee b\), \(1\), and \(0\) correspond, respectively, to the product of two objects, the coproduct of two objects, a terminal object (that is, an empty product), and an initial object (that is, an empty coproduct) in the category; this can be checked directly. As an illustration of the operations \(\wedge\) and \(\vee\), prove the following fact. If \(a^\flat,a,b\in P\) satisfy \(a^\flat\leq a\), then \[\begin{equation} a^\flat \vee (a \wedge b) \leq (a^\flat \vee b) \wedge a. \end{equation}\] By the definition of a supremum, it first suffices to prove \(a^\flat\leq(a^\flat\vee b)\wedge a\) and \((a\wedge b)\leq(a^\flat\vee b)\wedge a\). By the definition of an infimum, it then suffices to prove, respectively, the inequalities \[a^\flat \leq a^\flat \vee b, \quad a^\flat \leq a, \quad a \wedge b \leq a^\flat \vee b, \quad a \wedge b \leq a;\] the third follows from \(a\wedge b\leq b\leq a^\flat\vee b\), and the others are clear.

Definition.

Let \(P\) be a lattice.

  • \(P\) is called a modular lattice if the following property holds: whenever \(a^\flat,a,b\in P\) satisfy \(a^\flat\leq a\), then \[a^\flat \vee (a \wedge b) = (a^\flat \vee b) \wedge a.\]

  • Suppose that \(P\) is a bounded lattice. If \(x,c\in P\) satisfy \(x\vee c=1\) and \(x\wedge c=0\), then \(c\) is called a complement of \(x\) in \(P\).

We now consider some basic examples of lattices.

  • The set of positive integers \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\) is a lattice under divisibility (\(x\mid y\iff x\leq y\)): \(x\vee y=\mathrm{lcm}(x,y)\) and \(x\wedge y=\mathrm{gcd}(x,y)\). The reader can check that this lattice is modular, has lower bound \(1\), but has no upper bound.

  • Let \(R\) be a ring and \(M\) a left \(R\)-module. Its set of submodules \(\mathrm{Sub}_M\) is a bounded modular lattice under \(\subset\): \(x\vee y=x+y\) and \(x\wedge y=x\cap y\); its upper bound is \(M\) and its lower bound is \(\{0\}\). This is the origin of the term “modular lattice.”

  • All closed subspaces of a Hilbert space \(H\) form a bounded lattice under \(\subset\): \(x\vee y:=\overline{x+y}\) and \(x\wedge y=x\cap y\). One can prove that this lattice is not modular when \(H\) is infinite-dimensional (Birkhoff–von Neumann).

Remark. The definition of a lattice also contains a duality. Given the partial order \(\leq\) on a set \(P\), we may consider the opposite partial order \(\leq^{\operatorname{op}}\): \(x\leq^{\operatorname{op}}y\iff x\geq y\); this is equivalent to replacing \(\mathcal{P}\) by \(\mathcal{P}^{\operatorname{op}}\). If \((P,\leq)\) is a lattice (or a bounded lattice), then so is \((P,\leq^{\operatorname{op}})\). Moreover, \(\wedge,\vee,0,1\) in \((P,\leq)\) correspond, respectively, to \(\vee,\wedge,1,0\) in \((P,\leq^{\operatorname{op}})\).

Lemma. Let \(P\) be a lattice. Then \(P\) is modular if and only if the following property holds for every interval \(I\) in \(P\): if \(c^\flat,c\) are both complements of \(x\in I\) in \(I\) and \(c^\flat\leq c\), then \(c^\flat=c\).

Proof. If \(P\) is a modular lattice, then every interval \(I\) is also a modular lattice. Without loss of generality, assume \(I=P\); for the \(x,c^\flat,c\) in the statement, we have \[c = c \wedge 1 = c \wedge (x \vee c^\flat) = c^\flat \vee (x \wedge c) = c^\flat \vee 0 = c^\flat .\]

Conversely, assume that the condition on complements holds for every interval. Let \(a^\flat,a,b\in P\) satisfy \(a^\flat\leq a\). Set \[b \wedge a \leq c_1 := a^\flat \vee (b \wedge a) \underset{\because \href{#eqn:modular-inequality}{equation}}{\leq} a \wedge (b \vee a^\flat) =: c_2 \leq b \vee a^\flat.\] We prove that \(c_1,c_2\) are both complements of \(b\) in \(\left[b\wedge a,\;b\vee a^\flat\right]\), so that \(c_1=c_2\). First, the definition immediately gives \(c_1\leq a\); therefore \[b \wedge a \geq b \wedge c_1 = (a^\flat \vee (b \wedge a)) \wedge b \underset{\because \href{#eqn:modular-inequality}{equation}}{\geq} (a^\flat \wedge b) \vee (b \wedge a) = b \wedge a ,\] so \(b\wedge c_1=b\wedge a\). On the other hand, \(b\vee c_1=a^\flat\vee(b\wedge a)\vee b=a^\flat\vee b\). Thus \(c_1\) is indeed a complement of \(b\) in \(\left[b\wedge a,\;b\vee a^\flat\right]\).

Lattice duality (Remark reference) reverses the order relation between \(a^\flat,a\), interchanges \(\wedge\) and \(\vee\), and interchanges the roles of \(c_1\) and \(c_2\). Thus the preceding argument, carried out in \((P,\leq^{\operatorname{op}})\), shows that \(c_2\) is a complement of \(b\) in \(\left[b\wedge a,\;b\vee a^\flat\right]\).

Proposition.

Let \(a,b\) be elements of a modular lattice \((P,\leq)\). Then there is an isomorphism of partially ordered sets \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-024-d001}\] called the standard isomorphism.

Proof. The two maps are clearly well defined and order-preserving. For \(x\in[a\wedge b,a]\), the definition of a modular lattice gives \((x\vee b)\wedge a=(a\wedge b)\vee x\), whose right-hand side is \(x\). Dually, \(y\in[b,a\vee b]\) implies \((y\wedge a)\vee b=y\) (Remark reference); thus the two maps are mutually inverse.

The Zassenhaus lemma of elementary algebra (see [Li1], especially its module-theoretic version) and its consequences can be distilled using lattice theory.

Theorem (Zassenhaus Lemma for Modular Lattices).

Let \((P,\leq)\) be a modular lattice. For given elements \(u^\flat\leq u\) and \(v^\flat\leq v\), there is a diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-024-d002}\] meaning that its elements satisfy the following patterns: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-024-d003} \qquad \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-024-d004} \quad \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-024-d005} . \end{equation}\] Moreover, there are standard isomorphisms between the intervals \[\begin{multline*} \left[ u^\flat \vee (u \wedge v^\flat), \; u^\flat \vee (u \wedge v) \right] \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\left[ (u^\flat \wedge v) \vee (u \wedge v^\flat), \; u \wedge v \right] \\ \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\left[ (u^\flat \wedge v) \vee v^\flat, \; (u \wedge v) \vee v^\flat \right], \end{multline*}\] realized by the maps \(x\vee u^\flat\vee(u\wedge v^\flat)\mapsfrom x\mapsto x\vee(u^\flat\wedge v)\vee v^\flat\) in Proposition reference.

Proof. The isomorphisms in the last part are obtained by applying Proposition reference to the two parallelograms in the diagram; what remains to be checked are the relations in equation. Notice that the diagram is left–right symmetric under \(u\leftrightarrow v\) and \(u^\flat\leftrightarrow v^\flat\); it therefore suffices to check its left half. The partial-order relations among its elements are immediate. For the \(\wedge\) case, the definition of a modular lattice gives \[\begin{equation*} \left( u^\flat \vee (u \wedge v^\flat)\right) \wedge (u \wedge v) = \left( u^\flat \wedge (u \wedge v) \right) \vee (u \wedge v^\flat) = (u^\flat \wedge v) \vee (u \wedge v^\flat). \end{equation*}\] For the \(\vee\) case, the inequality \(u\wedge v^\flat\leq u\wedge v\) immediately gives \[\begin{equation*} u^\flat \vee (u \wedge v^\flat) \vee (u \wedge v) = u^\flat \vee (u \wedge v). \end{equation*}\] This proves equation.

Next consider a finite descending chain in a lattice, written \(x_0\geq x_1\geq\cdots\geq x_r\) (\(r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\)). A descending chain obtained by inserting finitely many intermediate elements is called a refinement of the original descending chain; if the inserted elements include some \(y\notin\{x_0,\ldots,x_r\}\), it is called a proper refinement.

Definition. Two descending chains of the same length in a modular lattice, \(x_0\geq\cdots\geq x_r\) and \(x'_0\geq\cdots\geq x'_r\), are called equivalent if the following condition holds: there is a bijection \(\sigma\) from \(\{0,\ldots,r-1\}\) to itself (that is, a permutation)1 such that, for every \(0\leq i<r\), there is an isomorphism of partially ordered sets \[\tau_i: \left[ x_{i+1}, x_i \right] \simeq \left[ x'_{\sigma(i) + 1}, x'_{\sigma(i)} \right],\] and \(\tau_i\) decomposes into a finite composite of standard isomorphisms (Proposition reference) or their inverses.

Theorem (Schreier Refinement Theorem for Modular Lattices).

Consider descending chains \[x_0 \geq \cdots \geq x_r, \quad y_0 \geq \cdots \geq y_s,\] in a modular lattice \((P,\leq)\) such that \(x_0=y_0\) and \(x_r=y_s\), with \(r,s\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Then each chain has a refinement, and the two refinements are equivalent.

Proof. The argument is the same as in the case of groups [Li1]; both are based on Theorem reference. We give the outline. Define \[x_{i, j} := x_{i+1} \vee (x_i \wedge y_j), \quad y_{j, i} := (x_i \wedge y_j) \vee y_{j+1},\] with \(0\leq i<r\) and \(0\leq j\leq s\) for \(x_{i,j}\), and with \(0\leq i\leq r\) and \(0\leq j<s\) for \(y_{j,i}\). Then \(x_{i,j+1}\leq x_{i,j}\), \(x_{i,0}=x_i\), and \(x_{i,s}=x_{i+1}\), so \(\left(x_{i,j}\right)_{i,j}\), in that order, refines \(x_0\geq\cdots\geq x_r\). Similarly, \(\left(y_{j,i}\right)_{j,i}\) refines \(y_0\geq\cdots\geq y_s\). Taking \(u^\flat=x_{i+1}\), \(u=x_i\), \(v^\flat=y_{j+1}\), and \(v=y_j\) in Theorem reference, we obtain \[\left[ x_{i, j+1}, x_{i,j} \right] \simeq \left[ y_{j, i+1}, y_{j, i} \right],\] and this isomorphism decomposes into standard isomorphisms and their inverses. The assertion follows.

From now on, we consider only strictly ascending or strictly descending chains.

Definition. Fix a partially ordered set \(P\) and elements \(a\leq b\) in it.2 If a descending chain \(b=x_0>\cdots>x_r=a\) in \(P\) has no proper refinement, it is called a composition series of \([a,b]\).

The length of this composition series is defined to be \(r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\); notice that \(r=0\) if and only if \(a=b\).

Theorem (Jordan–Hölder Theorem for Modular Lattices).

Let \(a<b\) be elements of a modular lattice \((P,\leq)\). Then any two composition series of \([a,b]\) have the same length and are equivalent in the sense of Definition reference.

Proof. This follows immediately from Theorem reference.

The next important question is to determine which intervals in a partially ordered set have composition series. As in the familiar theory of modules, their existence can be guaranteed by ascending- and descending-chain conditions.

Definition.

Let \((P,\leq)\) be a partially ordered set. If there is no infinite ascending chain \(x_1<x_2<x_3<\cdots\) in \(P\), then \(P\) is called Noetherian; if there is no infinite descending chain \(x_1>x_2>x_3>\cdots\), then \(P\) is called Artinian. A partially ordered set that is both Artinian and Noetherian is said to have finite length.

If \((P,\leq)\) is Noetherian (or Artinian, or of finite length), then every subset of it has the same property. It is easy to prove that the Noetherian (or Artinian) condition is equivalent to the assertion that every nonempty subset of \(P\) has a maximal (or minimal) element with respect to \(\leq\). In this chapter these notions will be applied chiefly to partially ordered sets of subobjects; see Definition reference.

Definition.

Fix a category \(\mathcal{C}\). An object \(X\) of \(\mathcal{C}\) is called Noetherian (or Artinian, or of finite length) if its partially ordered set of subobjects \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\) is Noetherian (or Artinian, or of finite length).

We now return to general partially ordered sets.

Lemma. Let \(a\leq b\) be elements of a partially ordered set \((P,\leq)\).

  1. If \([a,b]\) has finite length, then every chain in it can be refined to a composition series; in particular, \([a,b]\) has a composition series.

  2. If \([a,b]\) is a modular lattice and has a composition series, then \([a,b]\) has finite length.

Proof. Without loss of generality, assume \(a<b\). For (i), given a chain \(y_0>\cdots>y_r\), it suffices to show that every \([y_{i+1},y_i]\) has a composition series.3 Without loss of generality, assume \(y_{i+1}=a\) and \(y_i=b\). The Artinian condition guarantees a minimal element \(x^0\in[a,b]\) with \(x^0>a\). Similarly, if \(x^0\neq b\), there is a minimal element \(x^1\in[a,b]\) with \(x^1>x^0\), and so on. By the Noetherian condition, this process must stop after finitely many steps, producing a chain \(b>\cdots>x^0>a\) with no proper refinement.

For (ii), choose a composition series \(b=x_0>\cdots>x_r=a\). Theorem reference shows that every finite chain \(\cdots>y_i>y_{i+1}>\cdots\) has a refinement equivalent to the composition series above; hence the length of that chain cannot exceed the length of the composition series. Thus \([a,b]\) is a partially ordered set of finite length.

Definition. Let \((P,\leq)\) be a bounded modular lattice of finite length. Choose any composition series \(1=x_0>\cdots>x_r=0\) of \(P\). The number \(r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) is called the length of \((P,\leq)\).

Theorem reference shows that this length is well defined and does not depend on the chosen composition series; the length of \((P,\leq)\) is \(0\) if and only if \(P\) is a one-point set.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C021): the source has \(\{0,\ldots,r\}\), but the successive factors being paired are indexed by \(0\leq i<r\); the index \(i=r\) would leave \(x_{i+1}\) undefined.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C022): the source has \(a<b\), but the next sentence explicitly includes the case \(a=b\) and \(r=0\); the target uses the weaker hypothesis consistent with that case.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C023): the source has \([y_i,y_{i+1}]\) and then sets \(y_i=a\), \(y_{i+1}=b\). Since \(y_i>y_{i+1}\), both orders are reversed; the target uses the interval \([y_{i+1},y_i]\) and the well-typed assignment.↩︎

Direct-Sum Decompositions

We begin by discussing how morphisms between direct sums are represented by matrices. The argument is exactly the same as in the module-theoretic case [Li1]; only a brief review is given here. Fix an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\). Consider objects \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\) and \(X'_1,\ldots,X'_m\) of \(\mathcal{A}\). The direct sum \(\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\) introduced in Definition reference comes with a family of morphisms \(X_j\xrightarrow{\iota_j}\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\xrightarrow{p_j}X_j\). Likewise, \(\bigoplus_{i=1}^mX'_i\) has morphisms \(p'_j,\iota'_j\), and so on. The universal properties of products and coproducts give \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}\left( \bigoplus_{j=1}^n X_j, \bigoplus_{i=1}^m X'_i \right) & \xrightarrow[\sim]{\phi \mapsto (p'_i \phi)_i } \prod_{i=1}^m \operatorname{Hom}\left(\bigoplus_{j=1}^n X_j , X'_i \right) \\ & \xrightarrow[\sim]{(p'_i \phi)_i \mapsto (p'_i \phi \iota_j)_{i, j}} \prod_{j=1}^n \prod_{i=1}^m \operatorname{Hom}(X_j, X'_i). \end{align*}\] Thus every morphism \(\phi:\bigoplus_{j=1}^nX_j\to\bigoplus_{i=1}^mX'_i\) corresponds to the matrix \[\mathcal{M}(\phi) = (\phi_{ij})_{\substack{1 \leq i \leq m \\ 1 \leq j \leq n}} = \begin{pmatrix} \phi_{11} & \cdots & \phi_{1n} \\ \vdots & \ddots & \vdots \\ \phi_{m1} & \cdots & \phi_{mn} \end{pmatrix}, \quad \phi_{ij} := p'_i \phi \iota_j: X_j \to X'_i.\] Conversely, every matrix \(\mathcal{M}=(\phi_{ij})_{\substack{1\leq i\leq m\\1\leq j\leq n}}\) formed from morphisms \(\phi_{ij}:X_j\to X'_i\) uniquely determines a morphism \(\phi\) such that \(\mathcal{M}=\mathcal{M}(\phi)\). Composition of morphisms agrees with matrix multiplication: \[\mathcal{M}(\psi\phi) = \mathcal{M}(\psi) \mathcal{M}(\phi)\] where multiplication of matrix entries is given by composition \(\operatorname{Hom}(X'_j,X''_i)\times\operatorname{Hom}(X_k,X'_j)\to\operatorname{Hom}(X_k,X''_i)\).

Lemma. Given a family of morphisms \(\phi_i:X_i\to X'_i\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), \(i=1,\ldots,n\), set \(\phi:=(\phi_1,\ldots,\phi_n):\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\to \bigoplus_{i=1}^nX'_i\). Then \(\phi\) is an isomorphism if and only if each \(\phi_i\) is an isomorphism.

Proof. The implication \(\impliedby\) is clear. For \(\implies\), write write the matrix \(\mathcal{M}(\phi^{-1})\) as \((\psi_{ij})_{i,j}\). Then \[\mathcal{M}(\phi^{-1}) \mathcal{M}(\phi) = \begin{pmatrix} \psi_{11} \phi_1 & \cdots & \psi_{1n} \phi_n \\ \vdots & \ddots & \vdots \\ \psi_{n1} \phi_1 & \cdots & \psi_{nn} \phi_n \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_1} & & \\ & \ddots & \\ & & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_n} \end{pmatrix}\] so \(\phi_1,\ldots,\phi_n\) all have left inverses. The same argument shows that they all have right inverses.

Continue to consider a direct-sum decomposition \(X\simeq\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\), where \(n\geq1\) and \(X_i\neq0\) for every \(i\). It gives morphisms \(\iota_i:X_i\to X\) and \(p_i:X\to X_i\). For each \(1\leq i\leq n\), set \(e_i:=\iota_ip_i\in\operatorname{End}(X)\). These morphisms have the following properties. Recall that an idempotent in the ring \(\operatorname{End}(X)\) is an element \(e\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) satisfying \(e^2=e\); when no confusion can arise, we also call \(e\) an idempotent in \(\mathcal{A}\).

  1. Every \(e_i\) is idempotent: \(e_i^2=(\iota_ip_i)(\iota_ip_i)=\iota_i(p_i\iota_i)p_i=\iota_ip_i\).

  2. Orthogonality: \(i\neq j\implies e_ie_j=\iota_ip_i\iota_jp_j=0\).

  3. The equality \(\sum_{i=1}^ne_i=1\) holds in the ring \(\operatorname{End}(X)\).

From now on we regard the direct summands \(X_i\) as subobjects of \(X\) and write the decomposition as an equality \(X=\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\). Conversely, if \(\mathcal{A}\) is abelian, a family of idempotents \(e_1,\ldots,e_n\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) satisfying (E1)–(E3) determines subobjects of \(X\) by \[X_i := \operatorname{ker}\left( \sum_{j \neq i} e_j \right) = \operatorname{im}(e_i), \quad i=1, \ldots, n.\] On the one hand they come with monomorphisms \(X_i\xrightarrow{\iota_i}X\); on the other, \(e_i:X\to X\) factors uniquely as \(X\xrightarrow{p_i}X_i\xrightarrow{\iota_i}X\). This is precisely the data required for a direct sum. Passing from the idempotents \(e_1,\ldots,e_n\) to the direct summands \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\) does not require all the properties of an abelian category. It is enough to assume that \(\mathcal{A}\) is an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category with a zero object in which every idempotent has a kernel. Such a category is called a Karoubian category or a pseudo-abelian category. The exercises of this chapter discuss this further.

Proposition. Let \(X\neq0\) be an object of an abelian category (or, more generally, a Karoubian category) \(\mathcal{A}\), and let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\). The constructions above give a bijection \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-025-d001}\] Reordering the direct summands \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\) corresponds to reordering the idempotents \(e_1,\ldots,e_n\).

Proof. See [Li1].

In the special case \(n=2\), direct-sum decompositions are related to a special class of short exact sequences, called split short exact sequences.

Proposition.

For a short exact sequence \(0\to X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\to0\) in an abelian category, the following statements are equivalent.

  1. There is an \(s:X''\to X\) such that \(gs=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X''}\).

  2. There is an \(r:X\to X'\) such that \(rf=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X'}\).

  3. There is a diagram \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-025-diagram-002}\) for which \(X\simeq X'\oplus X''\); see the review of biproducts in §reference.

  4. The map \(g_*:\operatorname{Hom}(S,X)\to\operatorname{Hom}(S,X'')\), sending \(\varphi\) to \(g\varphi\), is surjective for every object \(S\).

  5. The map \(f^*:\operatorname{Hom}(X,S)\to\operatorname{Hom}(X',S)\), sending \(\psi\) to \(\psi f\), is surjective for every object \(S\).

If any of these conditions holds, the short exact sequence \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) is called split. The morphism \(s:X''\to X\) in (i), the morphism \(r:X\to X'\) in (ii), 1 and the isomorphism \(X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X'\oplus X''\) in (iii), denoted by \(\Phi\), correspond as follows:

  • from \(\Phi\) to \(s\), take the composite \(X''\xrightarrow{\iota_2}X'\oplus X''\xrightarrow{\Phi^{-1}}X\);

  • from \(s\) to \(r\), factor \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X-sg:X\to X\) uniquely as \(X\xrightarrow{r}X'\xrightarrow{f}X\); this is the desired \(r\);

  • from \(r\) to \(\Phi\), take \((r,g):X\to X'\oplus X''\), which is an isomorphism.

Moreover, for a given \(s\) or its corresponding \(r\), the orthogonal idempotents corresponding to the direct-sum decomposition in (iii) are \[e' := fr = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X - sg, \quad e'' := sg = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X - fr.\]

Proof. For modules, see [Li1]. Its proof uses only algebraic operations in \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets and the characterization of biproducts, all of which also hold in an abelian category, so the argument carries over without change. We omit the details.

In the setting of Proposition reference, given \(f:X'\to X\) and \(g:X\to X''\), an \(s\) satisfying \(gs=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X''}\) is called a section of \(g\), while an \(r\) satisfying \(rf=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X'}\) is called a retraction of \(f\); these terms come from topology. The existence of a section or retraction implies, respectively, that \(g\) is an epimorphism or \(f\) is a monomorphism, but the converses do not hold.

Notice also that the five statements (i)–(v) of the proposition are collectively self-dual.

Definition. Let \(S\) be a nonzero object of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\). If \(S=S'\oplus S''\) implies \(S'=0\) or \(S''=0\), then \(S\) is called indecomposable.

Corollary. A nonzero object \(X\) of an abelian category is indecomposable if and only if \[\forall e \in \operatorname{End}(X), \quad e^2 = e \iff (e = 0 \;\vee\; e = 1).\]

Proof. Apply Proposition reference.

We wish to study decompositions \(X=X_1\oplus\cdots\oplus X_n\), where \(X\neq0\) and every \(X_i\) is indecomposable. There are two questions: existence and uniqueness. For modules this is the content of the Krull–Remak–Schmidt theorem; see [Li1]. For a general abelian category, some preparation is needed. We follow the approach of [Kr15].

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be any category. A bi-chain in \(\mathcal{A}\) is data \((X_n,\alpha_n,\beta_n)_{n=0}^\infty\), where the \(X_n\) are objects and \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-025-diagram-003}\) are morphisms between them, with \(\alpha_n\) an epimorphism and \(\beta_n\) a monomorphism for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). An object \(X\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) is said to satisfy the bi-chain condition if, for every bi-chain \((X_n,\alpha_n,\beta_n)_{n=0}^\infty\) with \(X_0=X\), both \(\alpha_n\) and \(\beta_n\) are isomorphisms for \(n\gg0\).

The following result generalizes [Li1].

Lemma (Fitting’s lemma in an abelian category). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category, let \(X\) be a nonzero object satisfying the bi-chain condition, and let \(f\in\operatorname{End}(X)\).

  1. For \(n\gg0\), \(\operatorname{ker}(f^n)\) and \(\operatorname{im}(f^n)\) are independent of \(n\); denote them by \(\operatorname{ker}(f^\infty)\) and \(\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)\), respectively. Then \(X=\operatorname{ker}(f^\infty)\oplus\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)\).

  2. If \(X\) is indecomposable, then \(f\) is either invertible or nilpotent in the ring \(\operatorname{End}(X)\).

Proof. For \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), define \(X_n:=\operatorname{im}(f^n)\), so \(X_0=X\). Proposition reference and \(\operatorname{coim}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}\) give an epimorphism \(\alpha_n:X_n\to X_{n+1}\) induced by \(f\) and a monomorphism \(\beta_n:X_{n+1}\to X_n\). Thus we obtain a bi-chain \((X_n,\alpha_n,\beta_n)_{n=0}^\infty\).

For \(n\gg0\), \(\alpha_n\) and \(\beta_n\) are isomorphisms. Hence the subobject \(\operatorname{im}(f^\infty):=\operatorname{im}(f^n)\) of \(X\), for \(n\gg0\), is well defined; write its monomorphism as \(\iota:\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)\hookrightarrow X\). Likewise, \(\operatorname{ker}(f^n)=\operatorname{ker}[X\to\operatorname{im}(f^n)]\) is a subobject \(\operatorname{ker}(f^\infty)\) independent of \(n\) for \(n\gg0\).

For \(n\gg0\), the morphism \(\alpha_{2n-1}\cdots\alpha_n:X_n\to X_{2n}\) is invertible. Denote its inverse by \(\psi:\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)\) and set \[p := \psi f^n: X \to \operatorname{im}(f^\infty), \quad \operatorname{ker}(p) = \operatorname{ker}(f^\infty) \qquad (n \gg 0).\] Since \(p\iota=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)}\), the endomorphism \(e:=\iota p\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) is idempotent, with \(\operatorname{im}(e)=\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)\) and \(\operatorname{ker}(e)=\operatorname{ker}(f^\infty)\). Proposition reference gives the decomposition in (i).

If \(X\) is indecomposable, then either \(\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)=0\) and \(\operatorname{ker}(f^\infty)=X\), in which case \(f\) is nilpotent, or \(\operatorname{im}(f^\infty)=X\) and \(\operatorname{ker}(f^\infty)=0\), in which case \(f\) is invertible. This proves (ii).

Recall from [Li1] that if \(S\) is a ring and \(S\smallsetminus S^\times\) is a two-sided ideal, then \(S\) is called local.

Corollary. Let \(X\) be a nonzero object in an abelian category satisfying the bi-chain condition. Then \(X\) is indecomposable if and only if \(\operatorname{End}(X)\) is a local ring.

Proof. Lemma reference shows that if \(X\) is indecomposable, every element of \(\operatorname{End}(X)\) is either nilpotent or invertible. The remainder of the argument concerns only the ring structure of \(\operatorname{End}(X)\) and is the same as [Li1].

We can now state the version of the Krull–Remak–Schmidt theorem for abelian categories.

Theorem (M. Atiyah).

Let \(X\) be a nonzero object of an abelian category.

  1. If \(X\) satisfies the bi-chain condition, then there exist \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\) and indecomposable subobjects \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\) such that \(X=\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\), and every \(\operatorname{End}(X_i)\) is a local ring.

  2. Suppose that \(X\) has decompositions \(\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\) and \(\bigoplus_{j=1}^mX'_j\), where every \(X_i\) and \(X'_j\) is indecomposable and every \(\operatorname{End}(X_i)\) and \(\operatorname{End}(X'_j)\) is local. Then \(n=m\), and there is a bijection \(\sigma\) of \(\{1,\ldots,n\}\) such that \(X_i\simeq X'_{\sigma(i)}\) for every \(i\).

Proof. The main point is to prove that an \(X\) satisfying the bi-chain condition has a decomposition as in (i). Everything else involves only algebraic operations in the rings \(\operatorname{End}\) and is the same as [Li1]. We therefore assume the bi-chain condition in what follows.

If \(X=Y\oplus Z\) with \(Y\neq0\), then \(Y\) also satisfies the bi-chain condition. Indeed, given a bi-chain \((Y_n,\alpha_n,\beta_n)_{n=0}^\infty\) with \(Y_0=Y\), take \(X_n:=Y_n\oplus Z\), \(\tilde{\alpha}_n:=\alpha_n\oplus\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Z\), and \(\tilde{\beta}_n:=\beta_n\oplus\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Z\). This gives a bi-chain with \(X_0=X\), while Lemma reference shows that \(\tilde{\alpha}_n\) (or \(\tilde{\beta}_n\)) is an isomorphism if and only if \(\alpha_n\) (or \(\beta_n\)) is.

If \(X\) is already indecomposable, Corollary reference shows that \(\operatorname{End}(X)\) is local, proving (i). If (i) were false for \(X\), there would be nonzero subobjects \(X_1,Y_1\) such that \(X=X_1\oplus Y_1\) and (i) remained false for \(X_1\). Repeating the process on \(X_1\) gives \(X_1=X_2\oplus Y_2\), and iteration produces a bi-chain \((X_n,\alpha_n,\beta_n)_{n=0}^\infty\), where \(\alpha_n:X_n\twoheadrightarrow X_{n+1}\) and \(\beta_n:X_{n+1}\hookrightarrow X_n\) arise from \(X_n=X_{n+1}\oplus Y_{n+1}\). None is an isomorphism, and \(X_0:=X\), contradicting the bi-chain condition. This proves the assertion.

In applications, the key issue is knowing when the bi-chain condition holds. Here is one sufficient condition.

Proposition. Let \(X\) be an object of finite length in an abelian category (Definition reference). Then \(X\) satisfies the bi-chain condition.

Proof. Let \((X_n,\alpha_n,\beta_n)_{n=0}^\infty\) be a bi-chain with \(X_0=X\). Then \[\left(\operatorname{im}(\beta_0\cdots\beta_n)\right)_{n=0}^\infty\] is a descending chain in the partially ordered set \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\). Since all \(\beta_n\) are monomorphisms, for \(n\gg0\) the Artinian condition gives a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-025-d002}\] and \(\beta_n\) is an isomorphism. Similarly, apply the Noetherian condition to the ascending chain \(\left(\operatorname{ker}(\alpha_n\cdots\alpha_0)\right)_{n=0}^\infty\) and use the fact that every \(\alpha_n\) is an epimorphism. For \(n\gg0\) this gives a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-025-d003}\] and \(\alpha_n\) is an isomorphism.

The exercises introduce further ways to deduce the bi-chain condition.


  1. Editorial correction (O014-C024): the source writes \(r:X'\to X\) here, but (ii), the equality \(rf=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X'}\), and the subsequent construction all require \(r:X\to X'\). The type-correct direction is used here.↩︎

Subobjects and the Isomorphism Theorems

Throughout this section, let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. For every object \(X\) of \(\mathcal{A}\), the partially ordered set of its subobjects is denoted by \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\), following the convention of §reference. The results of this section are familiar when \(\mathcal{A}=R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), where \(R\) is any ring, but different arguments are required for an abelian category.

Definition.

Let \(X\) be an object of \(\mathcal{A}\).

  • For a subobject \(X'\) of \(X\), the corresponding quotient is defined by \(X/X':=\operatorname{coker}[X'\to X]\); it is naturally a quotient object of \(X\). Every epimorphism \(f:X\twoheadrightarrow X''\) may be viewed as the quotient of \(X\) by \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\).

  • For subobjects \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\) of \(X\), their intersection and sum are respectively defined by \[\begin{align*} X_1 \cap \cdots \cap X_n & := X_1 \ensuremath{\underset{X}{\times}} \cdots \ensuremath{\underset{X}{\times}} X_n, \\ X_1 + \cdots + X_n & := \operatorname{im}\left[ X_1 \oplus \cdots \oplus X_n \xrightarrow{\sigma} X \right]. \end{align*}\] Here \(\sigma\) is induced by the morphisms \(X_i\hookrightarrow X\) and may be viewed as summation. Both are naturally subobjects of \(X\): the case of \(X_1\cap\cdots\cap X_n\) follows from Lemma reference, while the case of \(X_1+\cdots+X_n\) follows directly from the definition.

For example, the definition of cohomology can be rewritten using a quotient: \[\operatorname{H}^n(X) := \operatorname{ker}(d_X^n)/\operatorname{im}(d_X^{n-1}).\] More generally, let \(I\) be any set and let \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) be a family of subobjects of \(X\). The same method gives a well-defined \(\bigcap_{i\in I}X_i\) (respectively, \(\sum_{i\in I}X_i\)), provided that their fiber product over \(X\) (respectively, their coproduct \(\bigsqcup_{i\in I}X_i\) in \(\mathcal{A}\)) exists. The role of this definition is clarified by the following fact.

Proposition. Let \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) be a family of subobjects of \(X\). If their fiber product over \(X\) (respectively, their coproduct \(\bigsqcup\) in \(\mathcal{A}\)) exists, it gives the infimum (respectively, supremum) of \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) in the partially ordered set \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\).

Proof. By construction, \(\bigcap_{j\in I}X_j\subset X_i\subset\sum_{j\in I}X_j\) for every \(i\).

Now consider a subobject \(Y\hookrightarrow X\). For the intersection, suppose that \(\forall i\in I,\;Y\subset X_i\), that is, that there is a family of commutative diagrams \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-diagram-001}\). The universal property of the fiber product gives a morphism \(Y\to\bigcap_{i\in I}X_i\), and hence \(Y\subset\bigcap_{i\in I}X_i\). For the sum, suppose instead that \(\forall i\in I,\;X_i\subset Y\). The universal property of the coproduct gives a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d001}\]

By Lemma reference, the morphism \(\bigsqcup_{i\in I}X_i\to Y\) factors uniquely through \(\operatorname{coim}(\sigma)\simeq\operatorname{im}(\sigma)\), compatibly with the morphism to \(X\). Thus \(\sum_{i\in I}X_i:=\operatorname{im}(\sigma)\subset Y\).

Convention.

In view of Proposition reference, we may also dispense with fiber products or coproducts and define the intersection \(\bigcap_iX_i\) (respectively, the sum \(\sum_iX_i\)) of a family of subobjects \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) directly as their infimum (respectively, supremum) in \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\), whenever it exists. The indexing set \(I\) is always assumed to be small. If \(I\) has a filtered partial order and \(i\leq j\implies X_i\subset X_j\), the supremum \(\sum_{i\in I}X_i\) may equally well be denoted by the increasing union \(\bigcup_{i\in I}X_i\).

Corollary. For every object \(X\), the partially ordered set \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\) is a bounded lattice in the sense of Definition reference.

Proof. The supremum of two subobjects \(Y,Z\) is \(Y+Z\), and their infimum is \(Y\cap Z\); the greatest element of \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) is \(X\), and the least is \(0\).

This section focuses on \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\), but the version in terms of quotient objects \((\mathrm{Quot}_X,\twoheadleftarrow)\) is entirely equivalent. Indeed, there is an evident order-reversing bijection \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\simeq\mathrm{Quot}_X\): a subobject \(X'\) and a quotient object \(X''\) correspond if and only if they can be placed in a short exact sequence \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\). We shall therefore not discuss the quotient version separately.

Definition.

Given a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) and subobjects \(X'\hookrightarrow X\) and \(Y'\hookrightarrow Y\), write \[f^{-1}(Y') := X \ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\times}} Y', \quad f(X') := \operatorname{im}\left[ X' \hookrightarrow X \xrightarrow{f} Y \right];\] the first is the preimage of \(Y'\) and a subobject of \(X\), while the second is the image of \(X'\) and a subobject of \(Y\). These constructions give order-preserving maps in both directions: \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-diagram-003}\).

Lemma. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be as above.

  1. For every \(X'\in\mathrm{Sub}_X\) and \(Y'\in\mathrm{Sub}_Y\), \[X' \subset f^{-1}(Y') \iff f(X') \subset Y'.\]

  2. For a family \((X'_i)_{i\in I}\) in \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) (respectively, \((Y'_i)_{i\in I}\) in \(\mathrm{Sub}_Y\)), 1 we have \[f\left( \sum_{i \in I} X'_i \right) = \sum_{i \in I} f(X'_i), \quad f^{-1}\left( \bigcap_{i \in I} Y'_i \right) = \bigcap_{i \in I} f^{-1}(Y'_i),\] provided the intersections and sums in question exist.

Proof. For (i), by definition \(X'\subset f^{-1}(Y')\) is equivalent to the existence of a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d002}\] Since \(f(X')\) is the image of \(X'\hookrightarrow X\xrightarrow{f}Y\), 2 Lemma reference shows that such diagrams correspond bijectively to \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d003}\] which proves (i). If the partially ordered sets are regarded as categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Sub}}_X\), and so on, (i) says that \(f(\cdot):\ensuremath{\mathsf{Sub}}_X\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Sub}}_Y\) is left adjoint to \(f^{-1}(\cdot):\ensuremath{\mathsf{Sub}}_Y\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Sub}}_X\). Since products (respectively, coproducts) correspond to infima (respectively, suprema), (ii) follows from [Li1].

Proposition. Consider subobjects \(i:A\hookrightarrow X\) and \(j:B\hookrightarrow X\). The morphism \((i,j):A\oplus B\to X\) is an isomorphism if and only if \[A \cap B = 0, \quad A + B = X.\] Moreover, the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d004}\] is both a pushout and a pullback; here \(\delta_1\) and \(\delta_2\) are the canonical morphisms.

Proof. Define the diagonal morphism \(\Delta:A\cap B\to A\oplus B\) by \(p_i\Delta=\delta_i\) for \(i=1,2\). Also define the antidiagonal morphism \(\Delta^-:A\cap B\to A\oplus B\) by \(p_1\Delta^-=-\delta_1\) and \(p_2\Delta^-=\delta_2\).

Remark reference says that \(\Delta\) gives an isomorphism \(A\cap B:=A\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\times}}B\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{ker}\left[A\oplus B\xrightarrow{(i,-j)}X\right]\). Replacing \((i,-j)\) by \((i,j)\) leaves the image of \(A\oplus B\to X\) equal to \(A+B\), while the kernel morphism changes from \(\Delta\) to \(\Delta^-\). We therefore obtain a commutative diagram with an exact row \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d005}\] Thus \((i,j):A\oplus B\to X\) is an isomorphism if and only if \(A+B=X\) and \(A\cap B=0\).

Remark reference also identifies \(A\ensuremath{\underset{A\cap B}{\sqcup}}B\) with \((A\oplus B)/\operatorname{im}(\Delta^-)\). Hence we have a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d006}\] whose upper-left square is a pushout; its outer frame is therefore also a pushout. Since \(\delta_1\) is a monomorphism, Proposition reference shows that the outer frame is also a pullback.

In other words, \(B\) is a complement of \(A\) in the lattice \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) (Definition reference) if and only if \((i,j):A\oplus B\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X\); the latter is often written as \(A\oplus B=X\). Starting from this fact, one can recursively use lattice-theoretic language to determine whether \(X\) is a direct sum of finitely many prescribed subobjects \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\); the result is analogous to the module case. For an infinite family of subobjects one generally needs to work in a Grothendieck category; see r@sec:Grothendieck-cat§reference§2.10. The related material is left to the exercises. Module theory rests on several basic isomorphism theorems; see [Li1]. We now extend them to an arbitrary abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\).

Theorem. Fix an object \(X\).

  1. For every morphism \(f:X\to Y\), there is a canonical isomorphism \(X/\operatorname{ker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f)\) making the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d007} \quad \text{commutative}.\]

  2. Fix a subobject \(Z\hookrightarrow X\), and denote the natural morphism \(X\twoheadrightarrow\overline{X}:=X/Z\) by \(\pi\). There is an order-preserving bijection \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d008}\] with notation as in Definition reference. If \(Y\supset Z\), there is a canonical isomorphism \(X/Y\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\overline{X}/\overline{Y}\) making the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d009}\] commutative. Moreover, \(\overline{Y_1\cap Y_2}=\overline{Y_1}\cap\overline{Y_2}\) and \(\overline{Y_1+Y_2}=\overline{Y_1}+\overline{Y_2}\).

  3. For \(Y,Z\in\mathrm{Sub}_X\), there is a canonical isomorphism \(Y/(Y\cap Z)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(Y+Z)/Z\) making the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d010} \quad \text{commutative}.\]

Proof. In view of the short exact sequence \(0\to\operatorname{ker}(f)\to X\to\operatorname{im}(f)\to0\), assertion (i) merely restates the definition.

For (ii), given \(Y\), first form the following commutative diagram with exact rows: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d011}\] The dashed arrow comes from functoriality of cokernels equation. Theorem reference immediately gives \(\operatorname{ker}[Y/Z\to\overline{X}]=0\) and \(X/Y\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{coker}[Y/Z\to\overline{X}]\). In particular, \[Y/Z = \operatorname{im}[Y \to \overline{X}] = \pi(Y) \;\in \mathrm{Sub}_{\overline{X}}, \quad X/Y \simeq \overline{X}/\pi(Y).\]

We have already observed that both maps in (ii) preserve order. We now show that they are inverse. Given \(Y\), the monomorphism \(\overline{Y}\hookrightarrow\overline{X}\) is the kernel of \(\overline{X}\to\overline{X}/\overline{Y}\). Hence Proposition reference says that \(\pi^{-1}(\overline{Y}):=X\ensuremath{\underset{\overline{X}}{\times}}\overline{Y}\hookrightarrow X\) is the kernel of the composite \(X\to\overline{X}\to\overline{X}/\overline{Y}\). By the preceding isomorphism, this is also the kernel of \(X\to X/Y\), identifying \(\pi^{-1}(\overline{Y})\) with \(Y\).

Conversely, given \(\overline{Y}\), set \(Y:=X\ensuremath{\underset{\overline{X}}{\times}}\overline{Y}=\pi^{-1}(\overline{Y})\) and consider the pullback diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d012}\] Since \(\pi\) in the lower row is an epimorphism, Proposition reference says that the morphism in the upper row is also an epimorphism. Thus \(\overline{Y}=\pi(Y)\).

Finally, the equalities \(\overline{Y_1\cap Y_2}=\overline{Y_1}\cap\overline{Y_2}\) and \(\overline{Y_1+Y_2}=\overline{Y_1}+\overline{Y_2}\) follow immediately from the order-preserving bijection \(Y\leftrightarrow\overline{Y}\).

For (iii), consider the commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d013}\] where \(\theta\) comes from functoriality of cokernels. Proposition reference says that the left square is a pushout. Pushouts preserve cokernels (Proposition reference), so \(\theta\) is an isomorphism.

Corollary. Consider a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d014}\] where \(k,c\) are the morphisms characterized by functoriality equation. If the middle square is a pullback (respectively, a pushout), then \(c\) is a monomorphism (respectively, \(k\) is an epimorphism).

Proof. It is enough to handle the pullback case. Since pullback along \(f\) can be performed in stages, it suffices to consider two cases: \(f\) is an epimorphism or \(f\) is a monomorphism. If \(f\) is an epimorphism, Proposition reference says that the middle square is also a pushout, and then \(c\) is an isomorphism. If \(f\) is a monomorphism, factor the pullback along \(g\) into stages as \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d015}\] Proposition reference says that \(W\to\operatorname{im}(g)\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}Y\) is an epimorphism, so \(\operatorname{coker}(g')=\operatorname{coker}(g'')\). It remains to consider the case in which both \(f\) and \(g\) are monomorphisms. Then \(W=Y\cap X\), and \(c\) factors as \(Y/(Y\cap X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(Y+X)/X\hookrightarrow Z/X\).

Theorem. For every object \(X\), the partially ordered set \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\) is a bounded modular lattice in the sense of Definition reference.

Proof. We already know that \((\mathrm{Sub}_X,\subset)\) is a bounded lattice. Consider any interval \([Y_1,Y_2]\) in \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\). Lemma reference reduces the problem to the following assertion: for all \(A,B,C\in[Y_1,Y_2]\), \[\begin{equation} \left( A, B \;\text{are both complements of}\; C, \; A \subset B \right) \implies A = B. \end{equation}\]

First, the order-preserving bijection in Theorem reference(ii) reduces equation to the case \(Y_1=0\) and \(Y_2=X\). By Proposition reference, the hypothesis about complements becomes \(A\oplus C\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}B\oplus C\), where the two isomorphisms are induced by the monomorphisms \(\iota_A,\iota_B,\iota_C\) from \(A,B,C\) to \(X\). By hypothesis, there is an \(\alpha:A\to B\) such that \(\iota_A=\iota_B\alpha\). Hence the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-026-d016}\] is commutative. Thus \((\alpha,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_C)\) is an isomorphism, and Lemma reference then implies that \(\alpha\) is an isomorphism. This proves equation.

Modularity of the subobject lattice is an important bridge for transporting standard arguments from module theory to abelian categories.


  1. Editorial correction (O014-C025): the source introduces the families \((X_i)\) and \((Y_i)\) without primes, while the two formulas that follow use \(X'_i\) and \(Y'_i\). Primes are added to the declaration to match the formulas.↩︎

  2. Editorial correction (O014-C026): the source calls \(f(X')\) the coimage, but Definition reference defines it as \(\operatorname{im}[X'\to X\to Y]\), namely the image and a subobject of \(Y\). The term consistent with that object is used here.↩︎

Simple and Semisimple Objects

Throughout this section, let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category.

Convention.

By convention, the coproduct \(\coprod_{i \in I} X_i\) of a family of objects \((X_i)_{i \in I}\) in an abelian category, whenever it exists, is written \(\bigoplus_{i \in I} X_i\) and called their direct sum. If \(I\) is finite, all the conventions of Definition reference apply.

Definition. A nonzero object \(X\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) is called simple if \(\mathrm{Sub}_X=\left\{0,X\right\}\).

Simplicity of \(X\) means that for every short exact sequence \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\), exactly one of \(X'=0\) and \(X'\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X\) holds; equivalently, exactly one of \(X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X''\) and \(X''=0\) holds. Consequently, \(X\) is simple in \(\mathcal{A}\) if and only if it is simple in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\). Notice that \(X\neq0\) if and only if \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\neq0\), and this is also equivalent to \(\operatorname{End}(X)\) being a nonzero ring.

Lemma (Schur’s lemma). Let \(X,Y\) be objects. If \(X\) (respectively, \(Y\)) is simple, then every nonzero morphism in \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\) is a monomorphism (respectively, an epimorphism). Consequently, if \(X\) is simple, then \(\operatorname{End}(X)\) is a division ring.

Proof. Suppose that \(X\) is simple and that \(f:X\to Y\) is nonzero. Then necessarily \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=0\). The case in which \(Y\) is simple follows by duality. A morphism that is both a monomorphism and an epimorphism is an isomorphism (Proposition reference); taking \(X=Y\) therefore shows that \(\operatorname{End}(X)\) is a division ring.

We know that \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) is a bounded modular lattice (Theorem reference). Lemma reference shows that \(X\) has finite length if and only if the partially ordered set \([0,X]\) has a composition series; such a series is also called a composition series of \(X\). For an object \(X\) of finite length, its length is defined by

\[\ell(X) := \text{the length of }\mathrm{Sub}_X\;\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0};\] see Definition reference. Notice that \(\ell(X)=0\iff X=0\). By convention, \(Y\subsetneq Z\) means \(Y\subset Z\) and \(Y\neq Z\).

Definition–Theorem (Jordan–Hölder theorem).

Let \(X\) be an object of finite length, and choose a composition series \(X=X_0\supsetneq\cdots\supsetneq X_r=0\). The objects \(X_i/X_{i+1}\), considered up to isomorphism, are called the composition factors of \(X\). They are simple. Their multiset, with multiplicities, is denoted \(\mathrm{JH}(X)\) and is independent of the chosen composition series.

Proof. The composition factors must be simple, for otherwise \(X_0\supsetneq\cdots\supsetneq X_r\) would admit a proper refinement. Let \(X=X'_0\supsetneq\cdots\supsetneq X'_s\) be another composition series. Theorem reference says that it is equivalent to \(X_0\supsetneq\cdots\supsetneq X_r\). In particular, there is a bijection \(i\leftrightarrow j\) between their index sets such that the intervals \(\left[X_{i+1},X_i\right]\) and \(\left[X'_{j+1},X'_j\right]\) can be linked by standard isomorphisms \([a\wedge b,a]\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}[b,a\vee b]\) in a modular lattice; see Proposition reference.

So far everything has been phrased in lattice-theoretic language. However, Theorem reference(iii) shows that such interval isomorphisms correspond to isomorphisms of quotient objects in \(\mathcal{A}\), \[X_i/X_{i+1} \simeq X'_j/X'_{j+1}.\] As \(i\leftrightarrow j\) varies, this proves that the composition factors are independent of the chosen composition series, up to isomorphism and reordering.

The number of elements of \(\mathrm{JH}(X)\), counted with multiplicity, is exactly \(\ell(X)\). Multisets also have a union operation, which adds multiplicities; it will again be denoted by \(\cup\).

Lemma. Given a short exact sequence \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\), the object \(X\) has finite length if and only if both \(X'\) and \(X''\) do. In that case, \(\mathrm{JH}(X)=\mathrm{JH}(X')\cup\mathrm{JH}(X'')\), and hence \(\ell(X)=\ell(X')+\ell(X'')\).

Proof. Theorem reference(ii) identifies \(\mathrm{Sub}_{X'}\) and \(\mathrm{Sub}_{X''}\) with the intervals \([0,X']\) and \([X',X]\) in \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\), respectively. Thus finite length of \(X\) implies finite length of \(X'\) and \(X''\). Conversely, suppose that \(X'\) and \(X''\) have finite length, and choose composition series \[X'=X'_0\supsetneq\cdots\supsetneq X'_r=0,\quad X''=X''_0\supsetneq\cdots\supsetneq X''_s=0.\] By Theorem reference(ii), lift every \(X''_i\) to a subobject \(Y_i\) of \(X\) satisfying \(Y_i\supset X'\). In particular, \(Y_0=X\) and \(Y_s=X'\), so \[X=Y_0\supsetneq\cdots\supsetneq Y_s\supsetneq X'_1\supsetneq\cdots \supsetneq X'_r=0\] is a composition series whose subquotients form \(\mathrm{JH}(X')\cup\mathrm{JH}(X'')\).

Definition.

An object \(X\) is called

  • semisimple if \(X=\bigoplus_{i\in I}X_i\) for some family of simple objects \((X_i)_{i\in I}\);

  • split if every short exact sequence \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) splits.

If every object of \(\mathcal{A}\) is semisimple (respectively, split), then \(\mathcal{A}\) is called a semisimple (respectively, split) abelian category.1

Many sources require \(I\) to be finite in the definition of a semisimple object.

Lemma. If \(X=\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\), where \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\) are simple, then \(X\) has finite length, \(\mathrm{JH}(X)=\left\{X_1,\ldots,X_n\right\}\), counted with multiplicity, and \(\ell(X)=n\).

Proof. Consider the composition series \(\bigoplus_{i=1}^nX_i\supsetneq\bigoplus_{i=1}^{n-1}X_i\supsetneq\cdots \supsetneq0\).

Remark. For a general semisimple object \(X=\bigoplus_{i\in I}X_i\), the Noetherian, Artinian, and finite-length properties of \(X\) are all equivalent to finiteness of \(I\). Indeed, by adding (or removing) direct summands indexed by \(I\), one can readily construct a strictly ascending (or strictly descending) chain in \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\).

We wish to understand the relation between split and semisimple objects. The argument is similar to the module case [Li1].

Proposition. Let \(X\) be a split object. Then every subobject and every quotient object of \(X\) is split. If, in addition, \(X\) is Artinian, then \(X\) is a semisimple object of finite length.

Proof. Given a short exact sequence \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\), the hypothesis implies \(X\simeq X'\oplus X''\), so \(X''\) embeds as a subobject of \(X\). It is therefore enough to show that every subobject \(X'\) of \(X\) is split. Given \(X'_0\subset X'\), there is a \(Y\subset X\) such that \(X=X'_0\oplus Y\). It remains to prove \[X'=X'_0\oplus(Y\cap X').\] This follows from Proposition reference. On the one hand, \(X'_0\cap(Y\cap X')\subset X'_0\cap Y=0\). On the other hand, \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) is modular, and hence \(X'_0+(Y\cap X')=X'\cap(Y+X'_0)=X'\cap X=X'\). This proves the displayed decomposition.

Now suppose also that \(X\) is Artinian. If \(X\neq0\), it has a minimal nonzero subobject \(X_1\), which must be simple, and there is a direct-sum decomposition \(X=X_1\oplus Y_1\). The object \(Y_1\) is still Artinian and split. If \(Y_1\neq0\), continue by writing \(Y_1=X_2\oplus Y_2\), and so on. The Artinian condition ensures that the strictly descending chain \(X\supsetneq Y_1\supsetneq Y_2\cdots\) terminates after finitely many steps, giving the required decomposition \(X=X_1\oplus\cdots\oplus X_n\).

We may ask conversely whether semisimple objects are split. For a general abelian category, a finiteness assumption is again needed.

Proposition. For an object \(X\), consider the following properties.

  1. \(X=\sum_{Y\in\mathcal{F}}Y\), where \(\mathcal{F}\) is a finite subset of \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) and every \(Y\in\mathcal{F}\) is simple;

  2. \(X=\bigoplus_{Y\in\mathcal{F}}Y\), where \(\mathcal{F}\) is a finite subset of \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) and every \(Y\in\mathcal{F}\) is simple;

  3. \(X\) is split.

Then (i) \(\implies\) (ii) \(\implies\) (iii).

Proof. Repeat the proof of (i) \(\implies\) (ii) \(\implies\) (iii) in [Li1].

Remark. To extend Proposition reference to an infinite subset \(\mathcal{F}\subset\mathrm{Sub}_X\), one must require \(\mathcal{A}\) to be a Grothendieck category, as introduced in § 2.10. Every semisimple object in a Grothendieck category is then split, and every semisimple Grothendieck category is automatically split. Once the relevant definitions are in place, the argument is similar to the module case and is left as an exercise in this chapter.


  1. Terminology in the literature is not uniform; some authors call what is termed a split abelian category here a semisimple abelian category.↩︎

Exact Functors, Injective Objects, and Projective Objects

Given a functor \(F: \mathcal{A} \to \mathcal{B}\), one may ask whether it preserves \(\varinjlim\) or \(\varprojlim\); see [Li1] or the discussion in §reference. This section focuses on the case in which \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{B}\) are abelian categories and \(F\) is an additive functor. Taking the special instances of \(\varprojlim\) (or \(\varinjlim\)) given by \(\operatorname{ker}\) (or \(\operatorname{coker}\)), every morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) yields a canonical morphism \(F\operatorname{ker}(f)\to\operatorname{ker}F(f)\) and its dual \(\operatorname{coker}F(f)\to F\operatorname{coker}(f)\); they make the following diagrams commute. \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d001} \quad \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d002}\]

  • If \(F\operatorname{ker}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}F(f)\) for every \(f\), we say that \(F\) preserves kernels;

  • if \(\operatorname{coker}F(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}F\operatorname{coker}(f)\) for every \(f\), we say that \(F\) preserves cokernels.

If \((X^\bullet,d^\bullet)\) is a complex in an abelian category, then \((FX^\bullet,Fd^\bullet)\) is also a complex; the issue to be examined is exactness.

Proposition. For an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) between abelian categories, the following statements are equivalent:

  1. \(F\) preserves kernels;

  2. if \(0\to X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\) is exact in \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(0\to F(X')\xrightarrow{Ff}F(X)\xrightarrow{Fg}F(X'')\) is exact in \(\mathcal{B}\);

  3. \(F\) preserves all finite \(\varprojlim\).

Dually, the following statements are also equivalent:

  1. \(F\) preserves cokernels;

  2. if \(X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\to0\) is exact in \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(F(X')\xrightarrow{Ff}F(X)\xrightarrow{Fg}F(X'')\to0\) is exact in \(\mathcal{B}\);

  3. \(F\) preserves all finite \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. By duality, it suffices to discuss (L1)–(L3).

(L1) \(\implies\) (L2). An exact sequence of the form \(0\to\bullet\to\bullet\to\bullet\) is precisely a kernel diagram of a morphism; see the explanation at the end of §reference.

(L2) \(\implies\) (L3). Every finite \(\varprojlim\) can be constructed from finite products and equalizers. We already know that additive functors preserve biproducts; since \(F\) preserves \(\operatorname{ker}\), it preserves all equalizers (Remark reference). Thus \(F\) preserves all finite \(\varprojlim\).

(L3) \(\implies\) (L1) is immediate.

For an additive functor \(F\) as above, if every exact sequence \((X^\bullet,d^\bullet)\) gives an exact sequence \((FX^\bullet,Fd^\bullet)\), we say that \(F\) preserves exact sequences. Likewise, one may ask whether \(F\) preserves short exact sequences; these two properties turn out to be equivalent.

Proposition. For an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) between abelian categories, the following statements are equivalent:

  1. \(F\) preserves short exact sequences;

  2. \(F\) preserves exact sequences;

  3. \(F\) preserves all finite \(\varprojlim\) and finite \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. (E1) \(\implies\) (E2). Take an exact sequence \((X^\bullet,d^\bullet)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) and decompose the complex into short exact sequences \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d003}\] where the morphism \(\mathbf{d}^n\) is characterized by \(d^n=\iota^{n+1}\mathbf{d}^n\); the index \(n\) may be arbitrary, except that \(X^n\) cannot be the rightmost term of the exact sequence.

By assumption, the sequence \(0\to F(\operatorname{ker}(d^n))\xrightarrow{F\iota^n}F(X^n) \xrightarrow{F\mathbf{d}^n}F(\operatorname{ker}(d^{n+1}))\to0\) remains exact, and \(Fd^n=F\iota^{n+1}F\mathbf{d}^n\). The short exact sequences can therefore be reassembled into the exact sequence \((FX^\bullet,Fd^\bullet)\) in \(\mathcal{B}\).

(E2) \(\implies\) (E3). If \(F\) preserves exact sequences, it satisfies conditions (L2) and (R2) of Proposition reference.

(E3) \(\implies\) (E1). Suppose that \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) is exact in \(\mathcal{A}\). Applying Proposition reference once more, we see that \(0\to F(X')\to F(X)\to F(X'')\) and \(F(X')\to F(X)\to F(X'')\to0\) are both exact; hence \(0\to F(X')\to F(X)\to F(X'')\to0\) is exact.

Notice that (E3) \(\iff\) (L3) \(\wedge\) (R3).

Definition (Exact functors).

For an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) between abelian categories, consider conditions (L1)–(L3), (R1)–(R3) of Proposition reference, and conditions (E1)–(E3) of Proposition reference.

  • If any of (L1)–(L3) holds, then \(F\) is called left exact.

  • If any of (R1)–(R3) holds, then \(F\) is called right exact.

  • If any of (E1)–(E3) holds, then \(F\) is called exact; this is equivalent to saying that \(F\) is both left exact and right exact.

For example, every equivalence between abelian categories is of course an exact functor. Another extreme example is the zero functor: it sends every object to a zero object and every morphism to a zero morphism; this functor is also exact. By Lemma reference, a left exact functor preserves monomorphisms, while a right exact functor preserves epimorphisms.

Remark. In view of (E1), if \(F\) is known to be left exact (or right exact), then \(F\) is exact if and only if \(F\) preserves epimorphisms (or monomorphisms).

A standard way to check left or right exactness is by means of adjoint functors.

Theorem. Consider a pair of additive functors between abelian categories \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{B}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d004}\] Suppose that \(F\) and \(G\) can be equipped as an adjoint pair \((F,G,\varphi)\). Then \(F\) is right exact and \(G\) is left exact; indeed, \(F\) preserves \(\varinjlim\) and \(G\) preserves \(\varprojlim\).

Proof. Apply [Li1] and conditions (L3), (R3) of Proposition reference.

Example (Left/right exactness of limits). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category, let \(I\) be any category, and suppose that every functor \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{A}\) has a \(\varinjlim\) (or a \(\varprojlim\)). Endow \(\mathcal{A}^I\) with the abelian-category structure of Proposition reference. We shall show that the functor \(\varinjlim:\mathcal{A}^I\to\mathcal{A}\) (or \(\varprojlim\)) is right exact (or left exact).

It suffices to discuss \(\varinjlim\). By Theorem reference, one strategy is to show that \(\varinjlim\) has a right adjoint. Define the diagonal functor \(\Delta:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}^I\), which sends \(L\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) to the constant functor \(\operatorname{Ob}(I)\ni i\mapsto L\). We have an adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d005}\] This follows immediately from the universal property of \(\varinjlim\): in \(\mathcal{A}^I\), giving a morphism from a functor \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{A}\) to \(\Delta(L)\) is equivalent to giving a compatible family of morphisms \(f_i:\alpha(i)\to L\); in other words, a cone with base \(\alpha\) and vertex \(L\). See the related review in §reference.

Example. Let \(f:R\to S\) be a ring homomorphism. Consider the following functors between categories of left modules: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d006}\] Here the forgetful functor \({}_{R\to S}\mathcal{F}\) is simply the operation of regarding an \(S\)-module as an \(R\)-module via \(f\). The functors \(S\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}_R({}_R S,\cdot)\) are discussed in [Li1]; here \({}_R S\) means \(S\) regarded as a left \(R\)-module. According to [Li1], \[\left(S\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}-,\;{}_{R\to S}\mathcal{F}\right) \quad\text{and}\quad \left({}_{R\to S}\mathcal{F},\;\operatorname{Hom}_R({}_R S,-)\right)\] are adjoint pairs. Theorem reference then implies \[S\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\ \text{is right exact},\quad \operatorname{Hom}({}_R S,\cdot)\ \text{is left exact},\quad {}_{R\to S}\mathcal{F}\ \text{is exact}.\] This exactness can also be checked directly by algebraic means. For example, for the forgetful functor \({}_{R\to S}\mathcal{F}\), whether a sequence of module homomorphisms \(\cdots\to M^n\xrightarrow{d^n}M^{n+1}\to\cdots\) is a complex (that is, \(d^{n+1}d^n=0\)), or is exact (that is, \(\operatorname{im}(d^n)=\operatorname{ker}(d^{n+1})\)), depends only on the additive-group structure of \(M^n\), not on multiplication in \(R\) or \(S\). In other words, \({}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to S}\mathcal{F}:S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is already an exact functor. Alternatively, one can check directly that \({}_{R\to S}\mathcal{F}\) preserves all limits; this follows directly from the construction in [Li1].

An exact functor automatically preserves the \(\operatorname{im}\simeq\operatorname{coim}\) of a morphism (Definition reference, Proposition reference); it also preserves cohomology.

Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be an exact functor between abelian categories. For every complex \((X^\bullet,d^\bullet)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), there is a canonical isomorphism in \(\mathcal{B}\) \[F\operatorname{H}^n(X^\bullet,d^\bullet)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{H}^n(FX^\bullet,Fd^\bullet),\qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\]

Proof. It suffices to consider a three-term complex \(X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\). Returning to definition equation, \[\begin{multline*} F\left(\operatorname{H}\left[X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\right]\right) =F\operatorname{coker}\left[\operatorname{im}(f)\to\operatorname{ker}(g)\right]\\ \simeq\operatorname{coker}\left[F\operatorname{im}(f)\to F\operatorname{ker}(g)\right]\\ \simeq\operatorname{coker}\left[\operatorname{im}(Ff)\to\operatorname{ker}(Fg)\right] =\operatorname{H}\left[FX'\xrightarrow{Ff}FX\xrightarrow{Fg}FX''\right], \end{multline*}\] and all the isomorphisms that occur are canonical.

Faithful exact functors have particularly useful properties.

Proposition. For an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) between abelian categories, the following statements are equivalent:

  1. \(F\) is exact and faithful;

  2. \(F\) is exact, and \(FX=0\iff X=0\) for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\);

  3. \(X'\to X\to X''\) is exact in \(\mathcal{A}\) if and only if \(FX'\to FX\to FX''\) is exact in \(\mathcal{B}\).

Proof. (i) \(\implies\) (ii): If \(FX=0\), then \(F(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{FX}=0\), whence \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X=0\) and \(X=0\).

(ii) \(\implies\) (iii): Apply Proposition reference to the cohomology.

(iii) \(\implies\) (i): This condition immediately implies that \(F\) is exact. Suppose that \(u:X\to Y\) satisfies \(Fu=0\). Since \[X\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}X\xrightarrow{u}Y\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}Y,\] the image of this sequence under \(F\) is exact; hence the sequence itself is exact and \(u=0\).

Localization (see §reference) provides an important example of an exact functor.

Proposition (Exactness of localization). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and let \(S\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{A})\) be a multiplicative family (Definition reference). Then the category \(\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\) supplied by Theorem reference has a canonical abelian-category structure, and the localization functor \(Q:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\) is exact.

Proof. Theorem reference gives \(\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\) a canonical additive-category structure under which \(Q\) is an additive functor. We shall show that every morphism \(f\) in \(\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\) has a kernel and cokernel and is strict. By the construction of \(\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\), after composing \(f\) with an isomorphism from \(S\), we may assume that \(f\) is the image under \(Q\) of a morphism in \(\mathcal{A}\); this does not change the property to be proved. Lemma reference says that \(Q\) preserves all finite \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\). In particular, \(Q\) sends \(\operatorname{ker}\), \(\operatorname{coker}\), \(\operatorname{im}\), and \(\operatorname{coim}\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) to the corresponding constructions in \(\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\), and therefore also preserves diagram equation. This shows that \(\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\) is an abelian category; condition (E3) of Proposition reference shows that \(Q\) is exact.

If, in addition, \(\mathcal{A}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear abelian category, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, then \(Q\) is a functor between \(\Bbbk\)-linear abelian categories. This too is part of Theorem reference. Another extremely important example is the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) functor. If \(T\) is an object of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,\cdot)\) defines a functor \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), while \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,T)\) defines a functor \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\); on morphisms, they send \(f:X\to Y\) to \(f_*\) and \(f^*\) on \(\operatorname{Hom}\), respectively. Both are plainly additive functors. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear abelian category, the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) functors may take values in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and become \(\Bbbk\)-linear. This extension has little effect on the discussion below, so we do not treat it separately.

Proposition (Left exactness of \(\operatorname{Hom}\)). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and let \(T\) be an object of \(\mathcal{A}\). Then \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,\cdot):\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,T):\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) are both left exact functors.

Proof. By duality (replacing \(\mathcal{A}\) by \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\)), it suffices to treat \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,\cdot)\). The point is to show that \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,\cdot)\) preserves \(\operatorname{ker}\). Since \(\operatorname{ker}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is simply the kernel from group theory, this follows immediately from the universal property of \(\operatorname{ker}\).

Definition.

Let \(X\) be an object of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\). If \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,\cdot):\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is an exact functor, then \(X\) is called a projective object; if \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X):\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is an exact functor, then \(X\) is called an injective object.

By Remark reference and Proposition reference, to decide whether an object \(X\) is projective (or injective), it suffices to check whether the functor \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,\cdot)\) (or \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X)\)) preserves epimorphisms. Consequently:

  • An object \(P\) is projective if and only if, for every exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) of the form \(Y\xrightarrow{g}X\to0\) and every morphism \(P\to X\), there exists a \(P\to Y\) making the following diagram commute. \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d007}\] (Equivalently, \(g_*:\operatorname{Hom}(P,Y)\to\operatorname{Hom}(P,X)\) is surjective.)

  • An object \(I\) is injective if and only if, for every exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) of the form \(0\to X\xrightarrow{f}Y\) and every morphism \(X\to I\), there exists a \(Y\to I\) making the following diagram commute. \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d008}\] (Equivalently, \(f^*:\operatorname{Hom}(Y,I)\to\operatorname{Hom}(X,I)\) is surjective.)

Lemma. Consider a short exact sequence \(0\to X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\to0\) in an abelian category. If \(X'\) is injective or \(X''\) is projective, then this short exact sequence splits.

Proof. By duality, we may assume without loss of generality that \(X'\) is injective. Apply the characterization above to the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d009}\] The relation \(rf=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X'}\) then satisfies the condition of Proposition reference.

Lemma. Consider a family of objects \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\). If the coproduct \(\coprod_{i\in I}X_i\) (or the product \(\prod_{i\in I}X_i\)) exists in \(\mathcal{A}\), then the coproduct is projective (or the product is injective) if and only if every \(X_i\) is so.

Proof. By duality, it suffices to consider the coproduct \(\coprod_{i\in I}X_i\). The universal property gives an isomorphism of functors \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left(\coprod_{i\in I}X_i,-\right) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\prod_{i\in I}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left(X_i,-\right): \mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}.\] It remains only to use the following elementary observation: for a family of maps \((f_i:A_i\to B_i)_{i\in I}\), where \(A_i,B_i\) are sets, the induced map \((f_i)_{i\in I}:\prod_{i\in I}A_i\to\prod_{i\in I}B_i\) is surjective if and only if every \(f_i\) is surjective.

For example, let \(R\) be a ring. Every free \(R\)-module is a projective object of \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Indeed, it suffices to show that \(R\) itself is projective; but \(\operatorname{Hom}(R,\cdot):R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is isomorphic to the forgetful functor \(\mathcal{F}:R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) via the isomorphism that sends a homomorphism \(\varphi:R\to X\) to \(\varphi(1)\in X\). Thus \(\operatorname{Hom}(R,\cdot)\) is exact. Free modules are also generators for \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\); see Definition reference and Example reference. An injective object that is also a cogenerator (or a projective object that is also a generator) is very useful. Here is a simple characterization.

Proposition (Injective cogenerators and projective generators). In an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), an injective (or projective) object \(X\) is a cogenerator (or generator) if and only if \(\operatorname{Hom}(T,X)\neq0\) (or \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,T)\neq0\)) for every \(T\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) with \(T\neq0\).

Equivalently, \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X)\) (or \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,\cdot)\)) is a faithful exact functor.

Proof. We treat only the case in which \(X\) is injective. First suppose that \(X\) is a cogenerator. Apply the definition of cogenerator to \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d010}\] There is then a \(\delta\in\operatorname{Hom}(T,X)\) such that \(\delta=\delta\circ\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T\neq\delta\circ0=0\).

Conversely, we wish to show that if \(h:S\to T\) is nonzero, then there is a \(\delta\in\operatorname{Hom}(T,X)\) such that \(\delta h\neq0\). Observe that there is a \(\delta'\in\operatorname{Hom}(\operatorname{im}(h),X)\) with \(\delta'\neq0\). Since \(S\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{im}(h)\) is an epimorphism, the composite \(S\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{im}(h)\xrightarrow{\delta'}X\) is nonzero. Now use the injectivity of \(X\) (see the discussion following Definition reference) to extend \(\delta'\) to \(\delta:T\to X\).

The assertion about faithful exact functors is an immediate application of Proposition reference.

To do homological algebra in an abelian category, one often needs enough injective or projective objects.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category.

  • If, for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), there are an injective object \(I\) and a monomorphism \(X\hookrightarrow I\), then \(\mathcal{A}\) is said to have enough injectives.

  • If, for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), there are a projective object \(P\) and an epimorphism \(P\twoheadrightarrow X\), then \(\mathcal{A}\) is said to have enough projectives.

These two notions are dual to each other. A standard way to construct injective or projective objects is to use adjoints of exact functors; here are the details.

Proposition. Consider a pair of functors between abelian categories \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d011}\] and suppose that \(F\) is exact.

  • If \(G\) is a left adjoint of \(F\), then \(G\) sends projective objects in \(\mathcal{B}\) to projective objects in \(\mathcal{A}\);

  • if \(G\) is a right adjoint of \(F\), then \(G\) sends injective objects in \(\mathcal{B}\) to injective objects in \(\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. By duality, it suffices to consider the case in which \(G\) is a left adjoint. In this case \(G\) is necessarily additive (Corollary reference). Let \(P\) be a projective object of \(\mathcal{B}\). For every exact sequence \((X^\bullet,d^\bullet)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), there is an isomorphism of complexes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(GP,X^\bullet)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{B}}(P,FX^\bullet).\] Since \(F\) is exact, \((FX^\bullet,Fd^\bullet)\) is an exact sequence, and hence the right-hand side is exact in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Therefore \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(GP,\cdot):\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is an exact functor.

For example, consider a ring \(R\) and the forgetful functor \(\mathcal{F}:R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). By Example reference, \(\mathcal{F}\) is exact and has the right adjoint \(G:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}}(R,\cdot)\). Proposition reference shows that \(G\) sends injective objects in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) to injective objects in \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Injective objects in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) are easy to characterize: they are precisely the divisible \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-modules. This is the standard way to construct injective \(R\)-modules in module theory and to show that \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has enough injectives; see [Li1]. On the other hand, \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) also has enough projectives: for every \(R\)-module \(X\), choose a set of generators \(A\subset X\); then \(R^{\oplus A}\twoheadrightarrow X\).

Example. The following combined exercise involves an abstract abelian category and will be used in §3.12 to study long exact sequences of derived functors. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. Consider the category \(\mathbf{2}\) (whose diagram is \(0\to1\); see the book’s introduction on categories). The functor category \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\) is again abelian (Proposition reference); it is the arrow category: its objects are morphisms \(X_0\to X_1\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), and its morphisms are commutative squares in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d012}\] For \(i\in\{0,1\}\), the evaluation functor \(\mathrm{ev}_i:\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\to\mathcal{A}\) sends an object \(X_0\to X_1\) to \(X_i\). In addition, define additive functors from \(\mathcal{A}\) to \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\) by 1 \[L_0:X\mapsto[X\to0],\quad L_1:X\mapsto[0\to X],\quad H:X\mapsto[X\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X}X],\] for \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\); the definitions on morphisms are clear. We shall prove the following assertions.

  1. The functors \(\mathrm{ev}_0\) and \(\mathrm{ev}_1\) are both exact and both send injective (or projective) objects of \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\) to injective (or projective) objects of \(\mathcal{A}\). Moreover, \(H\), \(L_0\), and \(L_1\) are all exact.

  2. The functors \(L_0,H\) (or \(H,L_1\)) send injective (or projective) objects of \(\mathcal{A}\) to injective (or projective) objects of \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\).

  3. If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives (or projectives), then so does \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\).

Since \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\) are constructed objectwise, the functors \(\mathrm{ev}_0,\mathrm{ev}_1\) and \(H,L_0,L_1\) are indeed exact. The remainder of (i) and (ii) follows from the adjoint relations satisfied by \(\mathrm{ev}_i\); the diagrams are as follows, and verification is a simple exercise: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d013} \quad \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d014}\] For (iii), first consider injective objects. Take an object \([X_0\xrightarrow{f}X_1]\) of \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\), and choose monomorphisms \(\epsilon_i:X_i\hookrightarrow I_i\), where \(I_i\) is injective, \(i\in\{0,1\}\). These give two morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\), which may be written as the commutative diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d015} \quad \text{and} \quad \text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d016}\] The two framed columns are \(L_0(I_0)\) and \(H(I_1)\), respectively. By (ii), both are injective objects in \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\), and so is their direct sum (Lemma reference). Hence the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-028-d017}\] embeds \([X_0\xrightarrow{f}X_1]\) into an injective object. For projective objects, use the functors \(H\) and \(L_1\).

The discussion in Example reference extends from \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\) to a general functor category \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\); the argument presents no essentially new difficulty. The exercises in this chapter give the details.


  1. Editorial correction (O014-C027): the source writes \(H:X\to[X\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X}X]\), whereas the context defines the object map of the functor \(H\), in parallel with \(L_0\) and \(L_1\). The assignment arrow \(\mapsto\) is used here.↩︎

Serre Subcategories and \(\mathrm{K}_0\) Groups

A full subcategory of an abelian category automatically inherits the structure of an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category, so one may ask whether the full subcategory is an additive category or an abelian category.

Definition. If \(\mathcal{B}\) is a full subcategory of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), \(\mathcal{B}\) is itself abelian, and the inclusion functor \(\iota:\mathcal{B}\to\mathcal{A}\) is exact (Definition reference), then \(\mathcal{B}\) is called an abelian subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\).

Proposition. A full subcategory \(\mathcal{B}\) of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian subcategory if and only if the following conditions hold.

  • \(0\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\);

  • if \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\), then \(X\oplus Y\) may also be chosen as an object of \(\mathcal{B}\);

  • for every morphism \(f:X\to Y\), if \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\), then \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\) and \(\operatorname{coker}(f)\) may also be chosen as objects of \(\mathcal{B}\).

Proof. Notice that these conditions are self-dual. The “only if” direction is clear. Now suppose that the conditions hold. Then \(\mathcal{B}\) is an additive category and \(\iota:\mathcal{B}\to\mathcal{A}\) is an additive functor. We next show that \(\iota\) preserves all finite \(\varprojlim\) and \(\varinjlim\). First, \(\iota\) preserves \(0\) and finite direct sums. Moreover, equalizers can be expressed as \(\operatorname{ker}\) (Remark reference), while the stated condition says that \(\mathcal{B}\) is closed under taking \(\operatorname{ker}\). Thus \(\iota\) preserves all finite \(\varprojlim\); the case of \(\varinjlim\) is dual.

Recalling the definitions of \(\operatorname{im}\) and \(\operatorname{coim}\) in Definition reference and using the preceding step, we see that \(\mathcal{B}\) is closed under both constructions. For every morphism \(f\) in \(\mathcal{B}\), the canonical morphism \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f)\) in diagram equation is an isomorphism in \(\mathcal{A}\), hence also in \(\mathcal{B}\). Therefore \(\mathcal{B}\) is an abelian subcategory.

Definition (J.-P. Serre).

A full subcategory \(\mathcal{T}\) of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) is called a Serre subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\) if it satisfies the following conditions.

  • \(0\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\);

  • for every short exact sequence \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), one has \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\) if and only if \(X',X''\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\).

If the last condition is weakened as follows: for every exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[W\to X'\to X\to X''\to Y,\] if \(W,X',X'',Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\), then \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\), then \(\mathcal{T}\) is called a weak Serre subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\) 1.

For example, if \(R\) is a commutative ring, all Noetherian (or Artinian) modules form a Serre subcategory of \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). This is a standard fact in module theory [Li1]. If \(\mathcal{T}\) is a Serre subcategory (or weak Serre subcategory) of \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(\mathcal{T}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is a Serre subcategory (or weak Serre subcategory) of \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\). A weak Serre subcategory \(\mathcal{T}\) has the following saturation property: if \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is isomorphic to an object of \(\mathcal{T}\), then \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\). This follows by applying the last condition to the exact sequence \(0\to0\to X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y\to0\).

Corollary. If \(\mathcal{T}\) is a weak Serre subcategory of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(\mathcal{T}\) is an abelian subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. It suffices to verify the conditions of Proposition reference. First, \(0\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\). Next, insert the following exact sequences into the definition of a weak Serre subcategory: \[\begin{gather*} 0\to X\to X\oplus Y\to Y\to0 \quad\text{(Proposition~\href{#prop:biproduct-ses}{reference})},\\ 0\to0\to\operatorname{ker}(f)\to X\xrightarrow{f}Y,\quad X\xrightarrow{f}Y\to\operatorname{coker}(f)\to0\to0, \end{gather*}\] which shows that \(\mathcal{T}\) is closed under direct sums, \(\operatorname{ker}\), and \(\operatorname{coker}\).

Example. If \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) is an exact functor between abelian categories, then the objects satisfying \(FX=0\) form a Serre subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\), denoted by \(\operatorname{ker}(F)\).

Theorem (Serre quotient).

Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be a Serre subcategory of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\). Then there is an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}\) (which may be a large category), together with an exact, essentially surjective functor \(Q:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}\), such that \(\operatorname{ker}(Q)=\mathcal{T}\) and with the following universal property: for every abelian category \(\mathcal{B}\) and every exact functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) with \(\operatorname{ker}(F)\supset\mathcal{T}\), there is a unique exact functor \(G:\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}\to\mathcal{B}\) such that \(F=GQ\).

In this universal property, \(G\) is faithful if and only if \(\operatorname{ker}(F)=\mathcal{T}\).

Proof. Define \(S:=\left\{f\in\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{A}):\operatorname{ker}(f),\operatorname{coker}(f)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\right\}\). We shall show that \(S\) is a multiplicative system in the sense of Definition reference.

Clearly \(S\) contains all identity morphisms, so (S1) holds. Let \(f:X\to Y\) and \(g:Y\to Z\) belong to \(S\). The mutually dual exact sequences \[\begin{gather*} 0\to\operatorname{ker}(f)\to\operatorname{ker}(gf)\xrightarrow{f}\operatorname{ker}(g),\\ \operatorname{coker}(f)\xrightarrow{g}\operatorname{coker}(gf)\to\operatorname{coker}(g)\to0, \end{gather*}\] immediately give \(gf\in S\), so (S2) holds. Next consider morphisms \(X\xrightarrow{s\in S}Z\xleftarrow{f}Y\). Define \(W:=X\ensuremath{\underset{Z}{\times}}Y\), with morphism \(s':W\to Y\). Observe that \(\operatorname{ker}(s')\simeq\operatorname{ker}(s)\) (Proposition reference), and \(f\) induces \(\operatorname{coker}(s')\hookrightarrow\operatorname{coker}(s)\) (Corollary reference); hence \(s'\in S\). Thus (S3) holds. Finally, consider morphisms \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-029-diagram-001}\), with \(sf=sg\). Since \(\operatorname{im}(f-g)\hookrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(s)\), we have \(\operatorname{im}(f-g)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\); therefore \(Z:=\operatorname{ker}(f-g)\hookrightarrow X\) is a morphism in \(S\), proving (S4).

Thus \(S\) is a left multiplicative system. All the conditions are self-dual, so \(S\) is also a right multiplicative system. Now take the localization functor \(Q:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}:=\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\). Proposition reference says that \(Q\) is essentially surjective (indeed, \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})=\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T})\)), while Proposition reference says that \(Q\) is an exact functor between abelian categories. Notice that \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{QX}=Q(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\) equals \(0\) if and only if there is a \(U\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) such that \(U\xrightarrow{0}X\) lies in \(S\) (this can be checked directly using Corollary reference); this implies \(X=\operatorname{coker}[U\xrightarrow{0}X]\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\). Conversely, if \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\), we may take \(U=X\). Hence \(\operatorname{ker}(Q)=\mathcal{T}\).

We next verify the universal property. If \(\operatorname{ker}(F)\supset\mathcal{T}\), then the exact sequence \(\operatorname{ker}(s)\to X\xrightarrow{s\in S}Y\to\operatorname{coker}(s)\) shows that \(F\) sends every element of \(S\) to an isomorphism, and the universal property of localization determines the required \(G\).

It remains to verify that \(G\) is exact. Theorem reference first ensures that \(G\) is additive. Since every morphism in \(\mathcal{A}[S^{-1}]\) can, after composition with an isomorphism arising from \(S\), be represented by a morphism in \(\mathcal{A}\), checking that \(G\) preserves kernels reduces to the exactness of \(F\) and \(Q\). The same applies to cokernels. Since \(Q\) is essentially surjective and \(\operatorname{ker}(Q)=\mathcal{T}\), the characterization of faithfulness reduces to statement (ii) of Proposition reference.

Notice that \(\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}\) is constructed as a localization and may therefore be a “large category.” The exercises give another description of \(\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}\) that controls the size of the Serre quotient under the assumption that \(\mathcal{A}\) is a well-powered category (Definition reference).

Example. Let \(S\) be a multiplicative subset of a commutative ring \(R\). Define a full subcategory \(\mathcal{T}\) of \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) by declaring that \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\) if and only if, for every \(m\in M\), there is an \(s\in S\) such that \(sm=0\). It is easy to verify that \(\mathcal{T}\) is a Serre subcategory. We now show that \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}/\mathcal{T}\) is equivalent to \(R[S^{-1}]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

The assignment \(M\mapsto M[S^{-1}]:=M\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}R[S^{-1}]\) defines an exact functor \(F:R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to R[S^{-1}]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) that sends \(\mathcal{T}\) to zero, so the universal property gives an exact functor \(G:R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}/\mathcal{T}\to R[S^{-1}]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Clearly \(\operatorname{ker}(F)=\mathcal{T}\), so \(G\) is faithful. Moreover, \(G\) is essentially surjective: regard any \(R[S^{-1}]\)-module \(N\) as an \(R\)-module; one checks directly that there is an isomorphism of \(R[S^{-1}]\)-modules \(N\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}R[S^{-1}]\simeq N\).

It remains to prove that \(G\) is full and faithful. Given an \(R[S^{-1}]\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:M_1[S^{-1}]\to M_2[S^{-1}]\), form the fiber product 2 \(M_0:=M_1\ensuremath{\underset{M_2[S^{-1}]}{\times}}M_2\), where the map \(M_1\to M_2[S^{-1}]\) is the composite \(M_1\to M_1[S^{-1}]\xrightarrow{\varphi}M_2[S^{-1}]\). Write its projections as \(p_1:M_0\to M_1\) and \(p_2:M_0\to M_2\). The kernel and cokernel of \(p_1\) are \(S\)-torsion modules, so \(p_1\) lies in the multiplicative system defining the Serre quotient. Hence the roof \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-029-diagram-002}\) defines a morphism in \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}/\mathcal{T}\) that is sent to \(\varphi\). This proves the claim.

We now introduce an important construction closely related to Serre subcategories.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. Define the commutative group \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\) as follows, writing the group operation additively. Take the free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module \(F\) with basis \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), and write the element corresponding to \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) as \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\in F\). Let \(R\subset F\) be the submodule generated by the elements \[\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}-\ensuremath{\left\langle X' \right\rangle}-\ensuremath{\left\langle X'' \right\rangle},\quad 0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0:\ \text{a short exact sequence in }\mathcal{A},\] and call \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A}):=F/R\) the \(\mathrm{K}_0\) group of \(\mathcal{A}\). We henceforth denote the image of \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) in \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\) by \([X]\).

Lemma. For every abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), the following equalities hold in \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\).

  1. \([0]=0\);

  2. if \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(X\simeq Y\), then \([X]=[Y]\);

  3. \([X\oplus Y]=[X]+[Y]\);

  4. if \(0\to X^1\xrightarrow{f^1}\cdots\xrightarrow{f^{n-1}}X^n\to0\) is an exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(\sum_{i=1}^{n}(-1)^i[X^i]=0\);

  5. in the notation of §reference, for a family of subobjects \(X=X_0\supset\cdots\supset X_r=0\), one has \[[X]=\sum_{i=0}^{r-1}[X_i/X_{i+1}].\]

Proof. Take the short exact sequence \(0\to0\to0\to0\to0\); this gives (i). If \(X\simeq Y\), then \(0\to X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y\to0\to0\), together with (i), gives (ii). The short exact sequence of Proposition reference gives (iii).

For (iv), append zero terms and extend the exact sequence infinitely in both directions. Consider the short exact sequences \[0\to\operatorname{ker}(f^i)\to X^i\to\operatorname{im}(f^i)\to0,\quad i=1,\ldots,n.\] Then \(\left[X^i\right]=\left[\operatorname{ker}(f^i)\right]+\left[\operatorname{im}(f^i)\right] =\left[\operatorname{ker}(f^i)\right]+\left[\operatorname{ker}(f^{i+1})\right]\); now take the alternating sum.

Finally, (v) follows by induction on \(r\), using the short exact sequence \(0\to X_1\to X_0\to X_0/X_1\to0\).

Remark.

Since this book requires groups to be realized on small sets, and in view of Lemma reference (ii), a fully precise formulation of \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\) should require \(\mathcal{A}\) to have a small skeleton [Li1]. This issue has little effect here.

Theorem (Euler–Poincaré principle). Let \(\cdots\to X^i\xrightarrow{d_X^i}X^{i+1}\to\cdots\) be a complex in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) with only finitely many nonzero terms. Then the equality \[\sum_i(-1)^i\left[\operatorname{H}^i(X)\right] =\sum_i(-1)^i\left[X^i\right],\quad \operatorname{H}^i(X):=\operatorname{H}\left[X^{i-1}\xrightarrow{d_X^{i-1}}X^i \xrightarrow{d_X^i}X^{i+1}\right]\] holds in \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\).

Proof. For every \(i\) there is an exact sequence \[0\to\operatorname{ker}\left(d_X^{i-1}\right)\to X^{i-1} \xrightarrow{d_X^{i-1}}\operatorname{ker}\left(d_X^i\right) \to\operatorname{H}^i(X)\to0,\] and all terms are \(0\) for \(|i|\gg0\). Apply Lemma reference (iv) and sum in \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\) to obtain \[\sum_i(-1)^i \left(\left[X^{i-1}\right]+\left[\operatorname{H}^i(X)\right]\right) =\sum_i(-1)^i \left(\left[\operatorname{ker}\left(d_X^{i-1}\right)\right] +\left[\operatorname{ker}\left(d_X^i\right)\right]\right).\] The terms on the right-hand side cancel in pairs; rearranging gives \(\sum_i(-1)^i[\operatorname{H}^i(X)]=\sum_i(-1)^i[X^i]\).

Example. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be the abelian category of finite-dimensional vector spaces over a division ring \(D\). Since every vector space has a basis, \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\cdot[D]\). On the other hand, the assignment \([X]\mapsto\dim_D X\) defines a group homomorphism \(\dim:\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) sending \([D]\) to \(1\). Thus \(\dim:\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

If infinite-dimensional vector spaces are allowed, the \(\mathrm{K}_0\) group becomes trivial. Indeed, for every \(D\)-vector space \(V\), a cardinality argument gives a \(D\)-vector space \(W\) such that \(V\oplus W\simeq W\) and \(\dim_D W=\max\{\dim_D V,\aleph_0\}\); consequently, \([V]=0\).

For an exact functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) between abelian categories, since \(F\) preserves short exact sequences, the assignment \([X]\mapsto[FX]\) defines a group homomorphism 3 \(\mathrm{K}_0(F):\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A}) \to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{B})\). Therefore, if \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian subcategory of \(\mathcal{B}\), there is a natural homomorphism \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{B})\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be a Serre subcategory of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), and write its Serre quotient as \(\mathcal{B}:=\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}\). Then the exact functors \(\mathcal{T}\to\mathcal{A}\xrightarrow{Q}\mathcal{B}\) induce an exact sequence of additive groups \[\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{T})\to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A}) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{K}_0(Q)}\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{B})\to0.\]

Proof. First, \(Q:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) is essentially surjective, so \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{B})\) is surjective. The composite \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{T})\to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A}) \to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{B})\) is plainly \(0\). It remains to prove \(\operatorname{ker}(\mathrm{K}_0(Q))\subset \operatorname{im}\left[\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{T})\to \mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\right]\).

Let \(\sum_{i=1}^n a_i[X_i]\in\operatorname{ker}(\mathrm{K}_0(Q))\), where \(a_1,\ldots,a_n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). This is equivalent to the existence of a family of short exact sequences in \(\mathcal{B}\), \(0\to Y'_j\xrightarrow{f_j}Y_j\xrightarrow{g_j}Y''_j\to0\), and integers \(b_j\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) for \(j=1,\ldots,m\), such that \[\begin{equation} \sum_{i=1}^n a_i\ensuremath{\left\langle QX_i \right\rangle} =\sum_{j=1}^m b_j \left(\ensuremath{\left\langle Y_j \right\rangle}-\ensuremath{\left\langle Y'_j \right\rangle}-\ensuremath{\left\langle Y''_j \right\rangle}\right) \end{equation}\] in the free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module with basis \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\). Since \(Q:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) is constructed by localization in Theorem reference, that theorem together with §reference gives:

  • \(Q\) identifies \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) with \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\), so equation gives the equality in \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\) \[\begin{equation} \sum_{i=1}^n a_i[X_i] =\sum_{j=1}^m b_j\left([Y_j]-[Y'_j]-[Y''_j]\right); \end{equation}\]

  • moreover, after replacing \(Y_j\), \(Y'_j\), \(Y''_j\), and \(f_j\) and \(g_j\) by isomorphic objects and morphisms in \(\mathcal{B}\) arising from \(S\), we may arrange that there are morphisms \(u_j\) and \(v_j\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) such that \(f_j=Q(u_j)\) and \(g_j=Q(v_j)\). From \(Q(v_ju_j)=g_jf_j=0\) and Corollary reference, a further adjustment by members of \(S\) lets us arrange that \(v_ju_j=0\).

Thus, for every \(1\leq j\leq m\), there are exact sequences in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[\begin{gather*} 0\to\operatorname{ker}(v_j)\to Y_j\xrightarrow{v_j}Y''_j \to\operatorname{coker}(v_j)\to0,\\ 0\to\operatorname{ker}(u_j)\to Y'_j\xrightarrow{u_j}\operatorname{ker}(v_j) \to\frac{\operatorname{ker}(v_j)}{\operatorname{im}(u_j)}\to0. \end{gather*}\] Since \(Q\) is exact, \(\operatorname{coker}(v_j)\), \(\operatorname{ker}(u_j)\), and \(\frac{\operatorname{ker}(v_j)}{\operatorname{im}(u_j)}\) all belong to \(\mathcal{T}=\operatorname{ker}(Q)\). Therefore, in \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\), \[[Y_j]-[Y'_j]-[Y''_j]\in \operatorname{im}\left[\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{T}) \to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\right].\] Substituting these relations into equation gives \(\operatorname{ker}(\mathrm{K}_0(Q))\subset \operatorname{im}\left[\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{T}) \to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\right]\).

For an exact sequence such as the one in Proposition reference, a strategy that invariably succeeds is to try to extend it to the left: seek a family of higher K-groups \(\mathrm{K}_i(\cdot)\) for \(i\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) together with a canonical exact sequence \[\cdots\to\mathrm{K}_{i+1}(\mathcal{B}) \to\mathrm{K}_i(\mathcal{T})\to\mathrm{K}_i(\mathcal{A}) \to\mathrm{K}_i(\mathcal{B})\to\cdots\] One also hopes that the family \((\mathrm{K}_i(\mathcal{A}))_{i\geq0}\) contains deep information about \(\mathcal{A}\) and is, at least to some extent, computable. This is the subject of K-theory, whose applications also encompass exact categories, which are more general than abelian categories. Because the relevant constructions are based on the viewpoint of homotopy theory, this book cannot treat them in detail; interested readers may consult [Lai19], or the summary in [Bu10].


  1. This somewhat abrupt definition is designed specifically for derived categories; see §4.4.↩︎

  2. Editorial correction (O014-C029): the source defines \(M_0\) as the set of elements \(m\in M_1\) whose images “come from” \(M_2\), and then uses a restriction \(\varphi|_{M_0}:M_0\to M_2\). A preimage in \(M_2\) is not canonical when \(M_2\to M_2[S^{-1}]\) has an \(S\)-torsion kernel, so that morphism is not well-defined. We use instead the canonical fiber product and its two projections.↩︎

  3. Editorial correction (O014-C028): the source prints \(\mathrm{K}_0(f)\), but this homomorphism is induced by the functor \(F\); we use \(\mathrm{K}_0(F)\).↩︎

Grothendieck Categories

All the main statements in this section are formulated relative to a chosen Grothendieck universe, rather than in terms of unqualified “large” categories. Recall the notions of small limits, completeness, and generators (Definition reference).

Definition (Grothendieck category [Gr57).]

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. It is called a Grothendieck category if the following conditions hold.

  • \(\mathcal{A}\) is cocomplete; in other words, it has all small \(\varinjlim\);

  • \(\mathcal{A}\) has a generator;

  • for every small filtered category \(I\) (see §reference), the functor \(\varinjlim:\mathcal{A}^I\to\mathcal{A}\) is exact. Equivalently, for every diagram \(\alpha\to\beta\to\gamma\) in \(\mathcal{A}^I\), \[\begin{multline*} \forall i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I),\quad 0\to\alpha(i)\to\beta(i)\to\gamma(i)\to0 \quad\text{is exact} \\ \implies 0\to\varinjlim\alpha\to\varinjlim\beta \to\varinjlim\gamma\to0\quad\text{is exact}. \end{multline*}\]

Example reference has already shown that \(\varinjlim\) preserves cokernels. Therefore, by Remark reference, the last condition is also equivalent to saying that every small filtered \(\varinjlim\) preserves monomorphisms. The following argument illustrates the usefulness of this condition.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category. For every small set \(I\), taking direct sums (that is, coproducts) gives an exact functor \(\bigoplus_I:\mathcal{A}^I\to\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. The finite case is clear, while Proposition reference expresses \(\bigoplus_I\) as a filtered \(\varinjlim\) of finite direct sums.

We next obtain a seemingly simple but very useful property; it too rests on the exactness of filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Proposition. Fix a small filtered partially ordered set \((I,\leq)\). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category, or more generally suppose that \(\varinjlim:\mathcal{A}^{(I,\leq)}\to\mathcal{A}\) exists and is exact. For every

  • \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and subobject \(Y\subset X\),

  • family of subobjects \(\left(X_i\right)_{i\in I}\) of \(X\) satisfying \(i\leq j\implies X_i\subset X_j\),

with the notation of Convention reference, one has \[\begin{gather*} \varinjlim_{i\in I}X_i\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\bigcup_{i\in I}X_i\subset X,\\ Y\cap\left(\bigcup_{i\in I}X_i\right) =\bigcup_{i\in I}(Y\cap X_i)\;\in\mathrm{Sub}_X. \end{gather*}\]

Proof. Since \(\varinjlim_i\) is exact, the canonical morphism \(\iota:\varinjlim_iX_i\to X\) determined by all the maps \(X_i\hookrightarrow X\) and the universal property of \(\varinjlim\) remains a monomorphism. If all \(X_i\hookrightarrow X\) factor through a subobject \(Z\subset X\), that universal property gives a factorization of \(\iota\) as \(\varinjlim_iX_i\to Z\subset X\). Thus \(\iota:\varinjlim_iX_i\hookrightarrow X\) indeed gives the supremum of \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) in \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\). This proves the first equality.

Next write the quotient morphism \(X\to X/Y\) as \(q\). Then \(Y=\operatorname{ker}(q)\) and \(Y\cap X_i=\operatorname{ker}(q|_{X_i})\). Consider the compatible family of morphisms \(q|_{X_i}:X_i\to X/Y\). Since taking \(\varinjlim_i\) preserves kernels, the preceding paragraph gives \(Y\cap\left(\bigcup_{i\in I}X_i\right)= \bigcup_{i\in I}(Y\cap X_i)\).

Example (Module categories). Let \(R\) be a ring. Then \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a Grothendieck category. Indeed, its cocompleteness is already known [Li1], while exactness of filtered \(\varinjlim\) is given by [Li1]. In the special case \(R=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is a Grothendieck category.

To develop the theory further, we need some preparation concerning generators.

Definition. Let \(s\) be a generator of a category \(\mathcal{C}\). If, for every monomorphism \(i:S_1\hookrightarrow S_2\) in \(\mathcal{C}\), the associated map \(i_*:\operatorname{Hom}(s,S_1)\hookrightarrow\operatorname{Hom}(s,S_2)\) is bijective if and only if \(i\) is an isomorphism, then \(s\) is called a strong generator of \(\mathcal{C}\).

Proposition. Let \(s\) be a strong generator of a category \(\mathcal{C}\) and suppose that, for every object \(X\) and monomorphisms \(S_i\hookrightarrow X\) with \(i=1,2\), the fiber product \(S_1\cap S_2:=S_1\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\times}}S_2\) exists. If \(\kappa:=|\operatorname{Hom}(s,X)|\), then \(|\mathrm{Sub}_X|\leq2^\kappa\).

Proof. Let \(s\) be a strong generator and \(X\) any object. We shall show that \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{Sub}_X&\longrightarrow \left\{\text{subsets of }\operatorname{Hom}(s,X)\right\}\\ S&\longmapsto\operatorname{Hom}(s,S) \end{align*}\] is injective, which gives the desired inequality.

Take \(S_1,S_2\in\mathrm{Sub}_X\) such that \(\operatorname{Hom}(s,S_1)=\operatorname{Hom}(s,S_2)\). If \(S_1\subset S_2\), the definition of a strong generator immediately gives \(S_1=S_2\). In general, \(S_1\cap S_2\subset S_i\) for \(i=1,2\) (see Definition reference), and as subsets of \(\operatorname{Hom}(s,X)\), \[\operatorname{Hom}\left(s,S_1\cap S_2\right) =\operatorname{Hom}(s,S_1)\cap\operatorname{Hom}(s,S_2)=\operatorname{Hom}(s,S_i),\qquad i=1,2.\] The preceding step gives \(S_1=S_1\cap S_2=S_2\), as claimed.

Proposition. Every generator in an abelian category is automatically a strong generator.

Proof. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and let \(s\) be a generator. Given a monomorphism \(i:S_1\hookrightarrow S_2\), consider the pair of morphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-d001}\] If \(i\) is not an isomorphism, then \(q\neq0\). Thus, by the definition of a generator, there is an \(\epsilon\in\operatorname{Hom}(s,S_2)\) such that \(q\epsilon\neq0\epsilon=0\); this morphism \(\epsilon\) cannot factor through \(S_1=\operatorname{ker}(q)\).

Corollary. Every Grothendieck category is both well-powered and co-well-powered (Definition reference).

Proof. An abelian category has all finite fiber products, while every \(\operatorname{Hom}\) set is small by assumption. Thus well-poweredness follows from Proposition reference and Proposition reference. Moreover, in an abelian category \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) and \(\mathrm{Quot}_X\) always have the same cardinality.

Corollary. Every Grothendieck category \(\mathcal{A}\) is complete; in other words, it has all small \(\varprojlim\).

Proof. The category \(\mathcal{A}\) is cocomplete and co-well-powered. Apply Corollary reference.

Thus a Grothendieck category has all small direct sums and small direct products. The exercises in this chapter show that the canonical morphism \(\delta:\bigoplus_{i\in I}X_i\to\prod_{i\in I}X_i\) in equation is a monomorphism; for module categories this is of course already clear.

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category. A functor \(G:\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is representable if and only if \(G\) preserves all small \(\varprojlim\); more concretely, \(G\) turns every small \(\varinjlim\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) into a small \(\varprojlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\).

Proof. Apply Corollary reference to \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Although the definition of a Grothendieck category is not self-dual, the dual version of the preceding result still holds; see Corollary reference. We shall now show that Grothendieck categories have enough injectives. In fact, not only does a monomorphism \(X\hookrightarrow I\) as in Definition reference exist, but \(I\) can also be chosen functorially in \(X\).

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category and let \(s\) be a generator. An object \(I\) is injective if and only if, for every monomorphism \(X\hookrightarrow s\), every morphism \(X\to I\) extends to a morphism \(s\to I\); in other words, the data can be completed to a commutative diagram \(\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-diagram-002}\).

Proof. Injectivity is equivalent to the following statement: for every monomorphism \(A\hookrightarrow B\), every morphism \(f:A\to I\) extends to a morphism \(B\to I\). Thus the “only if” direction is clear.

We now prove the converse. Recall that \(\mathcal{A}\) is well-powered. Given data \(I\xleftarrow{f}A\hookrightarrow B\) as above, consider the small set \[\mathcal{S}:=\left\{\begin{array}{r|l} (A',f')&A\subset A'\subset B\quad\text{(as subobjects)},\\ &f':A'\to I\quad\text{extends }f \end{array}\right\},\] partially ordered by extension. By exactness of filtered \(\varinjlim\), every totally ordered subset \(\mathcal{T}\) of \(\mathcal{S}\) has an upper bound \[\widetilde{A}:=\varinjlim_{(A',f')\in\mathcal{T}}A',\qquad \widetilde{f}:=\varinjlim_{(A',f')\in\mathcal{T}}f':\widetilde{A}\to I.\] Zorn’s lemma shows that \(\mathcal{S}\) has a maximal element \((A',f')\). We claim that \(A'=B\). Otherwise, because \(s\) is a strong generator, there is a \(g:s\to B\) that does not factor through \(A'\hookrightarrow B\). We shall show that \(f'\) extends to \(A'+g(s)\to I\), contradicting the maximality of \((A',f')\).

Set \(Y:=A'\cap g(s)\). Consider the solid part of the following commutative diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-d002}\] By assumption, a \(\varphi\) as shown by the dashed arrow exists and makes the triangular part commute. Since \(\varphi\) vanishes on \(\operatorname{ker}(g)\), there is also an \(f''\) as shown by the dashed arrow such that \(\varphi=f''g\). Pulling back along \(g^{-1}(Y)\twoheadrightarrow Y\) (an epimorphism by Proposition reference), we find that the restrictions of \(f'\) and \(f''\) to \(Y\) agree. By the universal property of the fibered coproduct, they can therefore be glued to a morphism \(A'+g(s)\to I\). This proves the claim.

We now introduce a variant of the so-called “small object argument.” The reader should briefly review Definition A.2.7 and the related discussion of regular cardinals; what follows uses their basic operations and properties.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a category with all small filtered \(\varinjlim\), let \(I\subset\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\) be a subset, and let \(\alpha\) be a small regular cardinal.

  1. An object \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) is called \(\alpha\)-small relative to \(I\) if the following condition holds. Let \(\widetilde{\alpha}\) be a small regular cardinal with \(\widetilde{\alpha}\geq\alpha\). For every functor \(\beta\mapsto Y_\beta\) from the ordinal \(\widetilde{\alpha}\), regarded as a small filtered category, to \(\mathcal{C}\), if \(Y_\beta\to Y_{\beta'}\) belongs to \(I\) whenever \(\beta\leq\beta'\), then the canonical map \[\varinjlim_\beta\operatorname{Hom}\left(X,Y_\beta\right) \longrightarrow\operatorname{Hom}\left(X,\varinjlim_\beta Y_\beta\right)\] (see Equation A.2.1) is a bijection.

  2. If \(X\) is \(\alpha\)-small relative to \(\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\), then \(X\) is called an \(\alpha\)-small object.

Relative to the chosen \(I\), if \(\alpha\leq\alpha'\), then \(\alpha\)-smallness implies \(\alpha'\)-smallness.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category, let \(X\) be an object of \(\mathcal{A}\), and let \(\alpha\) be a small regular cardinal. If \(\alpha>\kappa:=|\mathrm{Sub}_X|\), then \(X\) is \(\alpha\)-small relative to all monomorphisms (Definition reference).

Proof. Consider data \(\beta\mapsto Y_\beta\) from Definition reference (i), with the condition that \(Y_\beta\to Y_{\beta'}\) is a monomorphism whenever \(\beta\leq\beta'\). We may take \(\alpha=\widetilde{\alpha}\) in that definition without loss of generality.

Since filtered \(\varinjlim\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) is exact, every \(Y_\beta\to\varinjlim_\gamma Y_\gamma\) remains a monomorphism. Exactness of filtered \(\varinjlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) also implies that the map \[\varinjlim_{\gamma<\alpha}\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y_\gamma) \longrightarrow\operatorname{Hom}\left(X,\varinjlim_{\gamma<\alpha}Y_\gamma\right)\] is injective; it therefore remains to prove surjectivity. We henceforth regard each \(Y_\beta\) as a subobject of \(\varinjlim_\gamma Y_\gamma\).

For a morphism \(f:X\to\varinjlim_\gamma Y_\gamma\), every \(\beta<\alpha\) determines a subobject \(f^{-1}(Y_\beta)\) of \(X\). We may assume that \(f^{-1}(Y_\beta)\neq X\) for every \(\beta\), since otherwise there is nothing left to prove. Recall that \(f^{-1}\) is given by a fiber product. Using exactness of filtered \(\varinjlim\) once more, we obtain a natural isomorphism \[\varinjlim_\beta f^{-1}(Y_\beta) \simeq f^{-1}\left(\varinjlim_\beta Y_\beta\right)=X.\] There are at most \(\kappa\) subobjects \(f^{-1}(Y_\beta)\), so there is a subset \(S\) of \(\alpha\) with \(|S|\leq\kappa\) such that the left-hand side may be replaced by \(\varinjlim_{\beta\in S}\).

Consider the ordinal \(\sigma:=\sup S\leq\alpha\). We claim that \(\sigma<\alpha\). Otherwise, \(|S|\leq\kappa<\alpha\) and \(|S|\geq\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\) (Proposition A.2.8 (ii)) would give \(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)<\alpha\), contradicting the regularity of \(\alpha\). This claim ensures that \(f^{-1}(Y_\beta)\) is a subobject of \(f^{-1}(Y_\sigma)\) for every \(\beta\in S\). Consequently, \(f^{-1}(Y_\sigma)=X\), so \(f\) factors through \(Y_\sigma\).

Theorem (A. Grothendieck). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category. Write \(\mathcal{I}\) for the full subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\) consisting of injective objects, and write its inclusion functor as \(\iota:\mathcal{I}\to\mathcal{A}\). There are a functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{I}\) and a natural transformation \(\varphi:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\to\iota F\) such that every \[\varphi_X:X\to F(X),\qquad X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\] is a monomorphism in \(\mathcal{A}\). In particular, \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives.

Proof. Choose a generator \(s\). Let \(F_0\) be the identity functor \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\). The first step is to form, for every object \(X\), the pushout diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-d003}\] Proposition reference ensures that \(\varphi(0,1)_X:X\to F_1(X)\) in this diagram is a monomorphism. As \(X\) varies, the assignment \(X\mapsto F_1(X)\) becomes an endofunctor of \(\mathcal{A}\), and \(\varphi(0,1):F_0\to F_1\) becomes a natural transformation.

More generally, for every small ordinal \(\alpha\) we shall construct a functor \(F_\alpha:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}\) together with a family of natural transformations \(\varphi(\beta,\alpha):F_\beta\to F_\alpha\) for \(\beta\leq\alpha\), having the following properties.

  • \(\varphi(\alpha,\alpha)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{F_\alpha}\);

  • \(\varphi(\beta,\alpha)_X:F_\beta(X)\to F_\alpha(X)\) is a monomorphism for every \(X\);

  • if \(\gamma\leq\beta\leq\alpha\), then \(\varphi(\beta,\alpha)\varphi(\gamma,\beta)=\varphi(\gamma,\alpha)\).

The construction proceeds by transfinite recursion [Li1]. Starting with \(\alpha=0\), suppose that \(F_\beta\) and the family of transformations \(\varphi(\beta',\beta)\) have been defined for every ordinal \(\beta<\alpha\). Set \[F_\alpha(X) := \begin{cases} F_1(F_\beta(X)), & \alpha = \beta + 1:\ \text{a successor ordinal}, \\ \varinjlim_{\beta < \alpha} F_\beta(X), & \alpha: \text{a limit ordinal}, \end{cases}\] where the \(\varinjlim\) is formed with respect to \((\varphi(\beta',\beta))_{\beta'\leq\beta<\alpha}\). The properties of \(F_1\) and the fact that filtered \(\varinjlim\) preserves monomorphisms determine the evident choices of \(\varphi(\beta,\alpha)\).

By Lemma A.2.10, choose a small regular cardinal \(\alpha\) such that \(\alpha>|\mathrm{Sub}_s|\). We show that \(F_\alpha X\) is injective for every \(X\). Given \(Y\hookrightarrow s\) and \(f:Y\to F_\alpha X\), the definition of a regular cardinal A.2.7 implies that \(\alpha\) is a limit ordinal. The construction of \(F_\alpha\), the inclusion \(\mathrm{Sub}_Y\subset\mathrm{Sub}_s\), and Lemma reference show that \(f\) factors through some \(\varphi:Y\to F_\beta X\) with \(\beta+1<\alpha\). Consider the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-d004}\] This diagram shows directly that \(f\) extends to a morphism \(s\to F_\alpha X\). Lemma reference then implies that \(F_\alpha X\) is injective. Finally, take \(F:=F_\alpha:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{I}\) and \(\varphi:=\varphi(0,\alpha)\).

Corollary. Every Grothendieck category has an injective cogenerator.

Proof. Choose a generator \(s\) of the Grothendieck category \(\mathcal{A}\). The set \(\mathrm{Quot}_s\) is known to be small. Choose an injective object \(I\) and a monomorphism \(\bigoplus_{Q\in\mathrm{Quot}_s}Q\hookrightarrow I\). We use the criterion in Proposition reference to show that \(I\) is a cogenerator.

Let \(T\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) be nonzero. There is a nonzero morphism \(s\to T\), which factors as \(s\twoheadrightarrow Q'\hookrightarrow T\). Consequently there is a \[Q' \stackrel{\text{evident}}{\hookrightarrow} \bigoplus_{Q \in \mathrm{Quot}_s} Q \hookrightarrow I.\] By the definition of an injective object, this composite extends to a morphism \(T\to I\), and the extension is plainly nonzero. This proves the claim.

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category. A functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is representable if and only if it preserves all small \(\varprojlim\).

Proof. The category \(\mathcal{A}\) has a cogenerator; apply Corollary reference.

Another characterization of Grothendieck categories is given by the Gabriel–Popescu–Kuhn theorem A.3.2 in the appendix to this book.

Exercises

Show that the full additive subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) formed by free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-modules is not an abelian category.

Let \(X\) be an object of an abelian category and let \(Y,Z\in\mathrm{Sub}_X\). Consider the isomorphisms of partially ordered sets \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-d005}\] where the vertical arrows come from Theorem reference (ii), the lower horizontal arrow comes from the isomorphism \(Y/(Y\cap Z)\simeq(Y+Z)/Z\) in Theorem reference (iii), and the upper horizontal arrow is the map \(W\mapsto W+Z\) of Proposition reference. Show that the diagram commutes.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \(\mathcal{A}\) a \(\Bbbk\)-linear abelian category. Prove that if \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,X)\) is an Artinian \(\Bbbk\)-module for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), then \(\mathcal{A}\) satisfies the bi-chain condition of Definition reference. Hint. For a bi-chain \((X_n,\alpha_n,\beta_n)_{n=0}^\infty\), the assignment \(f\mapsto\beta_n f\alpha_n\) defines a sequence of monomorphisms of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \(\operatorname{Hom}(X_{n+1},X_{n+1})\hookrightarrow\operatorname{Hom}(X_n,X_n)\). Show that this morphism is an isomorphism if and only if both \(\alpha_n\) and \(\beta_n\) are isomorphisms.

Let \(\mathcal{K}\) be an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category with a zero object. If \(\operatorname{ker}(e)\) exists for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{K})\) and every idempotent \(e\in\operatorname{End}(X)\), then \(\mathcal{K}\) is called a Karoubian category.

  1. Prove that every idempotent \(e\) in a Karoubian category has a cokernel, and that there is a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{ker}(e)\simeq\operatorname{coker}(e)\).

  2. For every \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category \(\mathcal{C}\) with a zero object, canonically construct a Karoubian category \(\mathrm{kar}(\mathcal{C})\) together with a fully faithful additive functor \(\varphi_{\mathcal{C}}:\mathcal{C}\to\mathrm{kar}(\mathcal{C})\) such that, for every Karoubian category \(\mathcal{K}\), the functor \[\varphi_{\mathcal{C}}^*: \mathcal{K}^{\mathrm{kar}(\mathcal{C})}\to \mathcal{K}^{\mathcal{C}},\quad F\mapsto F\varphi_{\mathcal{C}}\] is an equivalence. Here \(\mathcal{K}^{\mathcal{C}}\) denotes the functor category whose objects are all additive functors \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{K}\), and similarly for the other notation.

  3. If \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring and \(\mathcal{C}\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear, then \(\mathrm{kar}(\mathcal{C})\) also carries a natural \(\Bbbk\)-linear structure.

The category \(\mathrm{kar}(\mathcal{C})\) is usually called the Karoubi envelope of \(\mathcal{C}\); it is obtained by formally adjoining all direct summands to \(\mathcal{C}\). Hint. Take the objects of \(\mathrm{kar}(\mathcal{C})\) to be pairs \((X,e)\), where \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and \(e\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) is idempotent. A morphism \((X,p)\to(Y,q)\) is a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) satisfying \(qf=f=fp\), while \(\varphi_{\mathcal{C}}(X)=(X,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\).

For a ring \(R\), verify that all projective \(R\)-modules form a Karoubian category that is not abelian.

Let the abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) have all small direct sums \(\bigoplus_{i\in I}\) (respectively, all small products \(\prod_{i\in I}\)). Prove that a small set \(\Sigma\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is a family of generators (respectively, a family of cogenerators) if and only if, for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), there is a small direct sum (respectively, small product) \(S\) of members of \(\Sigma\), together with an epimorphism \(S\twoheadrightarrow X\) (respectively, a monomorphism \(X\hookrightarrow S\)). Hint. For a family of generators, the “if” direction is easy. For the “only if” direction, take the evident morphism \[f: \bigoplus_{s \in \Sigma} \bigoplus_{\varphi \in \operatorname{Hom}(s, X)} s \to X;\] every morphism \(\varphi\) factors through \(f\). Hence every composite \(s\xrightarrow{\varphi'}X\to\operatorname{coker}(f)\) is \(0\); conclude that \(\operatorname{coker}(f)=0\).

Let \(A,B,C\) be subobjects of an object \(X\) in an abelian category, and suppose that \(A\cap(B+C)=0=B\cap C\). Prove that \(A\cap B=0\) and \((A+B)\cap C=0\). Hint. Construct a monomorphism \((A+B)\cap C\to A\), then show that it factors through \(A\cap(B+C)\). You may first try the case of a module category.

Prove that the abelian category of finitely generated \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-modules has enough projective objects but does not have enough injective objects.

(Schanuel’s lemma) Let \(P,Q\) be projective objects in an abelian category and consider the short exact sequences \[\begin{gather*} 0 \to K \to P \xrightarrow{\phi} M \to 0, \\ 0 \to L \to Q \xrightarrow{\psi} M \to 0. \end{gather*}\] From these data, form the pullback diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-d006}\] Show that there are short exact sequences \(0\to L\to X\xrightarrow{\psi'}P\to0\) and \(0\to K\to X\xrightarrow{\phi'}Q\to0\), and then prove that there is an isomorphism \(K\oplus Q\simeq L\oplus P\). Hint.Apply Propositions reference and reference.

Prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Q}}/\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) is an injective cogenerator for \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\).

Verify in detail the adjunctions in Example reference.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a nonempty category and \(\mathcal{A}\) an abelian category. For every \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), the evaluation functor \(\mathrm{ev}_c:\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\to\mathcal{A}\) sends \(F\) to \(Fc\).

  1. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has all direct sums of the forms \(\bigoplus_{c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\) and \(\bigoplus_{f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(c,c')}\). For every \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), define a functor \(\mathcal{L}_c:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\) on objects by \((\mathcal{L}_cX)(c')=\bigoplus_{\operatorname{Hom}(c,c')}X\). Complete its definition on morphisms so that \(\mathcal{L}_c\) is left adjoint to \(\mathrm{ev}_c\).

  2. Under the preceding assumptions, prove that if \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects, then so does \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\).

  3. Investigate the dual version. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has all products of the forms \(\prod_{c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\) and \(\prod_{f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(c',c)}\). Define a functor \(\mathcal{R}_c:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\) by \((\mathcal{R}_cX)(c')=\prod_{\operatorname{Hom}(c',c)}X\) that is right adjoint to \(\mathrm{ev}_c\). Then prove that if \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects, so does \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\).

  4. Investigate the relation of these constructions to Example reference when \(\mathcal{C}=\mathbf{2}\).

With the notation of the preceding exercise, let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a small category. Prove that if \(s\) is a generator (respectively, cogenerator) for \(\mathcal{A}\), then all the \(\mathcal{L}_c(s)\) (respectively, \(\mathcal{R}_c(s)\)), as \(c\) ranges over \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), form a family of generators (respectively, cogenerators) for \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\), provided the required direct sums (respectively, direct products) exist. Hint. For the generator case, for every \(c\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and every morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\) there is a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-d007}\] The condition for a family to be a family of generators is equivalent to saying that, as \(c\) ranges over \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), all the maps \(f_*\) in the second column determine \(f\) uniquely.

(Direct construction of the Serre quotient) For a Serre subcategory \(\mathcal{T}\) of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), define a new category whose set of objects is \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), and whose set of morphisms from \(X\) to \(Y\) is \[\varinjlim_{X' \subset X, Y' \subset Y} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X', Y/Y'), \quad \text{where}\; X/X',\;Y'\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T}).\]

  1. Complete the definition of composition of morphisms and show that this category is equivalent to the Serre quotient \(\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}\) of Theorem reference. Hint.

    Verify that this category has the universal property stated in Theorem reference.

  2. Use this construction to show that if \(\mathcal{A}\) is well-powered (Definition reference), then \(\mathcal{A}/\mathcal{T}\) is also a \(\mathcal{U}\)-category, where \(\mathcal{U}\) is the chosen Grothendieck universe.

Let \(\mathcal{B}\) be an abelian subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\), and suppose that for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) there is a sequence of subobjects \(0=X_0\subset\cdots\subset X_n=X\) such that \(X_i/X_{i-1}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\). Prove that the inclusion functor \(\mathcal{B}\to\mathcal{A}\) induces an isomorphism of groups \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{B})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\). Hint. Use the Schreier refinement theorem reference to show that \([X]\mapsto\sum_{i=1}^n[X_i/X_{i-1}]\) gives an inverse map independent of the choice of the sequence of subobjects.

Let \(\mathrm{isom}\) be the set of isomorphism classes of all objects in an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\). Write \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\) for the image of the isomorphism class of an object \(X\) in the free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^{\oplus\mathrm{isom}}\). Define the direct-sum version of the \(\mathrm{K}_0\) group by \[\mathrm{K}_{\oplus}(\mathcal{A}) := \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^{\oplus \mathrm{isom}} \big/ \text{the submodule generated by all}\; \ensuremath{\left\langle X \oplus Y \right\rangle} - \ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle} - \ensuremath{\left\langle Y \right\rangle}.\]

Let \(\mathrm{ind}\) be the set of isomorphism classes of indecomposable objects. Prove that if \(\mathcal{A}\) is Karoubian and every nonzero object has a finite direct-sum decomposition \(X\simeq X_1\oplus\cdots\oplus X_k\), with \(X_i\neq0\) and \(\operatorname{End}(X_i)\) a local ring (see the discussion before Corollary reference), then there is a canonical isomorphism \[\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^{\oplus \mathrm{ind}} \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{K}_{\oplus}(\mathcal{A}).\] Hint. Recall that if \(\operatorname{End}(X_i)\) is a local ring, then \(X_i\) is indecomposable; prove this directly or see [Li1]. Then use [Li1] to obtain uniqueness of the decomposition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category and \((X_i)_{i\in I}\) a family of objects indexed by a small set \(I\). Prove that the canonical morphism \(\delta:\bigoplus_{i\in I}X_i\to\prod_{i\in I}X_i\) in equation is a monomorphism. Hint. For every finite subset \(F\subset I\), consider the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter2-unit-030-d008}\] Take the filtered \(\varinjlim\) of \(\iota_F\delta_F\) over all finite \(F\subset I\), and conclude that \(\delta\) is a monomorphism; see Proposition reference.

Prove that if \(\mathcal{A}\) is a Grothendieck category, then the category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) (see §3.1) and the functor category \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\) are both Grothendieck categories, where \(\mathcal{C}\) is any small category.

(Characterization of direct sums) Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Grothendieck category. Consider \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and a family of subobjects \((X_i)_{i\in I}\), where \(I\) is a small set. The restriction of the canonical morphism \(\bigoplus_{i\in I}X_i\to X\) to each \(X_i\) is the inclusion \(X_i\hookrightarrow X\). Prove that \(\bigoplus_{i\in I}X_i\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X\) if and only if the following properties hold.

  1. \(X=\sum_{i\in I}X_i\);

  2. for every \(i\in I\) one has \(X_i\cap\sum_{\substack{j\in I\\j\neq i}}X_j=0\).

Observe that condition (ii) need only be checked on finite subsets of \(I\). If \(I\) itself is finite, the preceding statement holds in any abelian category. Hint. Property (i) is equivalent to the canonical morphism being an epimorphism, while (ii) is equivalent to its being a monomorphism. The first is immediate; for the second, use filtered \(\varinjlim\) to reduce to the case of finite \(I\).

Consider an object \(X\) in a Grothendieck category \(\mathcal{A}\).

  1. Supply a detailed proof of Remark reference. Hint. Use the preceding exercise to handle infinite direct sums.

  2. Under the following hypothesis, prove that if \(X\) is split, then \(X\) is semisimple: for every nonzero \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), there is a nonzero subobject \(Y_0\subset Y\) such that every chain in the partially ordered set \(\mathrm{Sub}_{Y_0}\smallsetminus\{Y_0\}\) has an upper bound. Verify this hypothesis for \(\mathcal{A}=R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Hint. You may follow the implication (iii) \(\implies\) (i) in the proof of [Li1], together with the proof of [Li1].

Complexes

The notion of a complex was introduced briefly in § reference. For a complex \(X=(X^n,d^n)_n\) in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), the cohomology \(\operatorname{H}^n(X):=\operatorname{ker}(d^n)/\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})\) 1 extracts important invariants from \(X\). Conversely, 2 a complex whose cohomology vanishes in every degree is an exact sequence, also called an acyclic complex. Much of §§ 3.23.5 does not involve cohomology and applies to an arbitrary additive category \(\mathcal{A}\). The category of complexes over \(\mathcal{A}\) is denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Unless stated otherwise, all complexes in this chapter are cochain complexes in the sense of Remark reference; whenever \(\Bbbk\) occurs, it denotes an arbitrary commutative ring. For complexes \(X\) and \(Y\) over an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\), homotopy is an equivalence relation on \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\). It can also be understood through the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)\), studied in § 3.2. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is abelian, homotopic morphisms induce the same maps on cohomology. The mapping cone \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) introduced in § 3.3 will subsequently play a major role in the study of derived categories. Mapping cones are closely related to homotopy, and both have direct topological interpretations. A double complex \(X=(X^{p,q},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,q})_{p,q}\) may be viewed as a complex with two independent directions, or equivalently as a “complex of complexes.” A double complex \(X\) can be flattened by direct sums (respectively, direct products) into a complex \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}X\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}X\)), called a total complex of \(X\). The precise definitions involve several signs; these details are the subject of § 3.5. One of the basic techniques of homological algebra is to derive a long exact sequence in cohomology from a short exact sequence of complexes \(0\to X'\xrightarrow{f}X\xrightarrow{g}X''\to0\): \[\cdots \to \operatorname{H}^n(X') \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(f)} \operatorname{H}^n(X) \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(g)} \operatorname{H}^n(X'') \xrightarrow{\text{connecting morphism}} \operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X') \to \cdots .\] Long exact sequences can also be understood from the viewpoint of mapping cones, although this requires a nontrivial argument. These topics are treated in §§ 3.63.7. To help the reader become familiar with the basic operations on complexes, § 3.8 offers an integrated exercise based on the Hochschild homology \(\operatorname{HH}_n(M)\) and Hochschild cohomology \(\operatorname{HH}^n(M)\) of an \((R,R)\)-bimodule \(M\). Hochschild homology and cohomology have many uses throughout mathematics. This chapter gives only a brief pedagogical introduction; both will reappear as examples in later chapters. Using the truncation functors introduced in § 3.9, we shall relate the vertical or horizontal cohomology of a double complex to the cohomology of its total complex in § 3.10. Certain boundedness conditions on the double complex are needed. Some textbooks treat these properties with spectral sequences; following [KS06], this book takes a somewhat indirect route and proves them directly. For an object \(X\) of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), a resolution of \(X\) has left and right versions, concretely given by exact sequences 3 \[0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to I^2\to\cdots \quad\text{or}\quad \cdots\to P_1\to P_0\to X\to0 .\] Equivalently, one replaces \(X\) by a complex with better properties through a quasi-isomorphism \(X\to I:=(I^n)_n\) or \(P:=(P_n)_n\to X\), where \(P\) is a chain complex. A quasi-isomorphism is a morphism inducing isomorphisms on cohomology or homology. If every \(I^n\) (respectively, \(P_n\)) is required to be injective (respectively, projective), the construction is called an injective (respectively, projective) resolution of \(X\). Resolutions are studied in depth in § 3.11. They are also functorial and unique up to homotopy in the following sense. For the injective version, suppose the solid part of the following diagram lies in \(\mathcal{A}\). \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-031-d001}\] Assume that both rows are exact and that every \((I')^n\) is injective. There are dashed arrows \(\beta^0,\beta^1,\ldots\) making the entire diagram commutative, and the morphism of complexes \(\beta:I\to I'\) is unique up to homotopy. This is a joint application of Theorem in § 3.11 and Lemma in § 3.11, both special cases of broader statements. In fact, § 3.11 treats not only resolutions of objects \(X\) of \(\mathcal{A}\), but also resolutions of complexes. Its results include the useful Cartan–Eilenberg resolution (Theorem in § 3.11). Some arguments for complexes inevitably become lengthy, even though their underlying idea remains clear. Replacing objects of \(\mathcal{A}\) by injective (respectively, projective) resolutions, applying a left exact (respectively, right exact) functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) termwise, and then taking \(\operatorname{H}^n\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{H}_n=\operatorname{H}^{-n}\)) leads to the classical definition of the right derived functors \(\mathrm{R}^nF\) (respectively, the left derived functors \(\mathrm{L}_nF\)). Short exact sequences in \(\mathcal{A}\) then induce long exact sequences of derived functors; see § 3.12. Resolutions of complexes also allow derived functors to be evaluated on bounded-below or bounded-above complexes; in the classical literature these constructions are called hyperderived functors. Right (respectively, left) derived functors and their long exact sequences naturally give rise to cohomological (respectively, homological) \(\delta\)-functors, among which derived functors are “universal.” Proposition in § 3.12 characterizes universal \(\delta\)-functors by the erasability (respectively, co-erasability) condition of Definition in § 3.12. This result is due to Grothendieck. The associated collection of techniques forms the core of classical homological algebra. Another important construction consists of the right (respectively, left) derived functors of a bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) such that \(F\) is left exact (respectively, right exact) in both variables. Standard examples are the \(\operatorname{Ext}\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}\) functors of § 3.14; the former necessarily involves complexes over an opposite category. Theorem in § 3.14 studies a class of bifunctors called balanced and shows that deriving in either variable gives the same result. Its proof rests on basic properties of the cohomology of double complexes. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has exact countable products. The construction \(\lim^1\) discussed in § 3.13 is another example of a right derived functor: it is the first right derived functor of \(\varprojlim\), while all higher right derived functors vanish (Theorem in § 3.13). To obtain practical criteria ensuring \(\lim^1=0\), we shall introduce the Mittag–Leffler condition in Definition in § 3.13. Finally, in § 3.15 we study K-injective and K-projective complexes and define K-injective and K-projective resolutions. These are natural generalizations of injective and projective resolutions to unbounded complexes. Because K-injectivity and K-projectivity are properties of an entire complex, their definitions are more concise and natural than the termwise definitions of injective and projective resolutions. They extend the definition of derived functors to unbounded complexes. The issue is existence: Theorems in § 3.15 and in § 3.15 give partial results. Their proofs are comparatively intricate and require some properties of \(\lim^1\).

Reading Guide. Experience with complexes of \(\Bbbk\)-modules, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, helps one understand this chapter more quickly but is not strictly necessary. After Chapter reference, working with abelian categories more general than module categories presents no fundamental difficulty.

Readers who want to reach the classical definition of derived functors quickly and are not interested in its topological motivation may first skip the material on mapping cones and mapping cylinders in § 3.3, § 3.4, and § 3.7. In addition, § 3.4 relates \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\). Some of the signs there require care, but they do not greatly affect the main ideas. On a first reading, one may study only the statements and skip the proofs.

Since the later material does not depend on Hochschild homology or cohomology, readers may decide whether to skip it according to their time and interests. It is not difficult and will recur as examples and remarks in subsequent chapters.

Similarly, the material of § 3.13 appears only as examples later, except in § 3.15. The material of § 3.15 is cited only in § 4.11 and § 4.12. Readers who are not particularly interested in unbounded derived functors may first study the definitions and Example in § 3.15, then omit the remainder.


  1. Editorial correction (O014-C032): the source prints \(\operatorname{im}(d^{n+1})\). Under the cochain convention \(X^{n-1}\xrightarrow{d^{n-1}}X^n\xrightarrow{d^n}X^{n+1}\), the subobject contained in \(\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\) is \(\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})\); the corrected index agrees with the book’s earlier definition.↩︎

  2. Editorial correction (O014-C030): the source has a full stop followed by a stray character before the clause about the vanishing of all cohomology, leaving the transition ungrammatical. The context gives the converse direction, restored here without changing the mathematical claim.↩︎

  3. Editorial correction (O014-C031): the source prints \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^2\to\cdots\), omitting \(I^1\). The diagram immediately following uses \(I^0,I^1,I^2\) in order; the missing term \(I^1\) is restored here.↩︎

Complexes over Additive Categories

Definition reference briefly introduced complexes and their usual notation. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category, and consider unbounded complexes over it, that is, complexes without endpoint terms, \(X=(X^n,d^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\). The morphism \(d^n\) is often denoted by \(d_X^n\). For historical reasons, the morphisms \(d_X^n\) are also called “differentials.”

Definition.

A morphism from a complex \(X\) to a complex \(Y\) is defined to be data \((f^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\), also abbreviated to \(f\), where \(f^n\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X^n,Y^n)\) satisfies \[d_Y^n f^n=f^{n+1}d_X^n,\quad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\]

All complexes and their morphisms form a category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). The identity morphism of a complex \(X\) is determined by \((\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)^n:=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n}\), and composition is defined by \((gf)^n=g^nf^n\). Addition \(f+g:=(f^n+g^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) makes \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\) an abelian group.

If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category in the sense of Definition reference, for a fixed commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), then \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\) is also a \(\Bbbk\)-module under termwise scalar multiplication. In every result of this section, “additive” may be replaced by the more general term “\(\Bbbk\)-linear.” For brevity, only the additive version will be stated. The key property in the definition of a complex is \(d^{n+1}d^n=0\). It can also be recast in the language of differential graded objects. 1

Definition (Graded objects).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an arbitrary category. Recall the construction of the product category \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\):

  • its objects are of the form \(X=(X^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\), where \(X^n\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\);

  • its morphisms are of the form \(f=(f^n:X^n\to Y^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\), with no further condition, and composition is performed termwise (or degreewise), so that \((gf)^n=g^nf^n\);

  • define an automorphism \(T\) of \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) by the following “shift” functor: \((TX)^n=X^{n+1}\) and \((Tf)^n=f^{n+1}\).

An object \(X=(X^n)_n\) is also called a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded object over \(\mathcal{A}\), or simply a graded object.

More generally, objects of \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^m}\) are called \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^m\)-graded objects and are written \((X^{n_1,\ldots,n_m})_{n_1,\ldots,n_m}\); their morphisms are written \((f^{n_1,\ldots,n_m})_{n_1,\ldots,n_m}\). This category carries a family of mutually commuting shift functors \(T_1,\ldots,T_m\). The special case \(m=2\) is also called a bigraded object.

If \(\mathcal{A}\) is additive, then so is \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^m}\): addition of morphisms, direct sums of objects, and all other operations are performed degreewise.

Definition (Differential graded objects).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category. A differential graded object over \(\mathcal{A}\) is data \((X,d)\), where \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}})\) and \(d:X\to TX\) satisfies \((Td)d=0\). A morphism \((X,d_X)\to(Y,d_Y)\) is a morphism \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}}(X,Y)\) satisfying \((Tf)d_X=d_Yf\).

Writing \(d\) in a differential graded object \((X,d)\) concretely as a family of morphisms \(d_X^n:X^n\to X^{n+1}\), the condition on \(d\) is \(d_X^{n+1}d_X^n=0\), while the condition on a morphism is \(f^{n+1}d_X^n=d_Y^nf^n\). We have thus recovered Definition reference. Hence the category of differential graded objects over \(\mathcal{A}\) is isomorphic to the category of complexes. We shall pass between these two viewpoints without further comment. The first step in studying complexes is to understand the various limits in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). The version for the product category \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) is straightforward: limits can be formed at each \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), that is, termwise or degreewise in \(\mathcal{A}\). We now explain how to lift this construction to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Write \(U:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) for the forgetful functor sending a differential graded object \((X,d)\) to its underlying graded object \(X\).

Lemma (Termwise construction of limits). For any functor \(\alpha:I\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), write \(\overline{\alpha}:=U\alpha\). Suppose that \(\varinjlim\overline{\alpha}\) exists. It admits a unique structure as an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) for which it is \(\varinjlim\alpha\). The corresponding statement holds for \(\varprojlim\).

In the language of Definition reference, this says that the forgetful functor \(U\) creates \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\).

Proof. Suppose that \(\alpha:I\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) sends \(i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\) to the differential graded object \(\alpha(i)=(\overline{\alpha}(i),d_i)\). If \(\varinjlim\overline{\alpha}\) exists, the morphisms \(d_i\) determine \(d:\varinjlim\overline{\alpha}\to (T\varinjlim\overline{\alpha}\simeq \varinjlim T\overline{\alpha})\); here the automorphism \(T\) automatically preserves \(\varinjlim\). This morphism is characterized by the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-032-d001} \qquad (i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)) .\]

The relations \((Td_i)d_i=0\) imply \((Td)d=0\), so \((\varinjlim\overline{\alpha},d)\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). The diagram also shows that this is the unique choice making all maps \((\overline{\alpha}(i),d_i)\to (\varinjlim\overline{\alpha},d)\) morphisms.

We verify its universal property as \(\varinjlim\alpha\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Suppose a compatible family of morphisms \(f_i:\alpha(i)\to L\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is given. Forgetting the differentials gives \(f_i:\overline{\alpha}(i)\to U(L)\), which determines a unique \(f:\varinjlim\overline{\alpha}\to U(L)\). The key point is to show that \(f\) is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Although this is to be expected, we write the diagram explicitly: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-032-d002} \qquad (i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)).\] Commutativity of every part follows directly from the definitions or the construction. Thus the composites of \(d_Lf\) and \((Tf)d\) with every map \(\overline{\alpha}(i)\to\varinjlim\overline{\alpha}\) agree. Therefore \(d_Lf=(Tf)d\), as required.

Proposition. The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is additive. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is complete (respectively, cocomplete), then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is also complete (respectively, cocomplete).

Proof. Use Lemma reference to reduce every required limit to a degreewise limit in \(\mathcal{A}\).

Definition (Translation functors).

Let \(X\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Define the complex \(X[n]\) as follows: 2 \[\left(X[n]\right)^k:=X^{k+n},\quad d_{X[n]}^k:=(-1)^nd_X^{k+n}.\] This construction gives an additive functor \([n]:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). If \(f:X\to Y\) is a morphism of complexes, then \(f[n]:X[n]\to Y[n]\) is given by \(f[n]^k:=f^{n+k}\).

It is clear that \(X[n]\) is again a complex, so the functor is well defined. The following properties are also immediate.

  • \([0]=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}\).

  • \([n][m]=[n+m]\). Thus \([n]\) is an automorphism of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), with inverse \([-n]\).

  • The family \((d_X^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) gives a morphism of complexes \(d_X:X\to X[1]\) (Hint: \(d_X^{n+1}d_X^n=0\)).

Convention. Every object \(S\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) may be regarded as a complex \((S^n,d_S^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) with \(S^0:=S\), every other term equal to \(0\), and every \(d_S^n\) the zero morphism. This identification gives a fully faithful additive functor \(\mathcal{A}\hookrightarrow\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). More generally, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \(S[-n]\) is the complex concentrated in degree \(n\): it places \(S\) in degree \(n\) and \(0\) in every other degree.

The following result is immediate.

Proposition.

For an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\), the assignment \((X^n,d_X^n)_n\mapsto(FX^n,Fd_X^n)_n\) defines a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}')\). It commutes with translation functors: \([m]\circ\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F=\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F\circ[m]\) for every \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Remark.

Every result in this section also applies to the chain complexes \((X_\bullet,d_\bullet)\) mentioned in Remark reference. The translation functor on the category of chain complexes is defined by \[X[n]_k:=X_{k+n},\quad d^{X[n]}_k=(-1)^nd^X_{n+k}\] If one passes between the two conventions via \(X_n=X^{-n}\) and \(d_n=d^{-n}\), then the translation \([1]\) for chain complexes corresponds to the translation \([-1]\) for cochain complexes.


  1. The related discussion continues in § 5.2.↩︎

  2. Inserting \((-1)^n\) in the definition of \(d_{X[n]}\) is useful. This version is also isomorphic to the signless version \(X[n]^\circ:=\left(X^{n+k},d_X^{k+n}\right)_k\). For \(n=1\), define \(X[1]\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X[1]^\circ\) using the sign pattern \(\cdots,+,-,+,\cdots\).↩︎

\(\operatorname{Hom}\) Complexes and Homotopy

We previously defined \(\operatorname{Hom}\) between two complexes. This section explains how to promote it to a complex and how to promote composition of morphisms to a kind of multiplication on complexes. We continue to let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category. If \(\Bbbk\) is any commutative ring and \(\mathcal{A}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category, every statement in this section has an evident \(\Bbbk\)-linear version. Recall that taking \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets gives a functor \(\operatorname{Hom}:\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). The notation \(\operatorname{Hom}\) without a superscript refers to the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) set in \(\mathcal{A}\) or in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\); when necessary, a subscript distinguishes the category.

Definition (\(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex).

Let \(X,Y\) be objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define \[\operatorname{Hom}^n\left(X, Y \right) := \prod_{k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( X^k, Y^{k+n} \right);\] termwise composition of morphisms gives \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{Hom}^n \left(Y, Z \right) \times \operatorname{Hom}^m\left( X, Y \right) & \longrightarrow \operatorname{Hom}^{n+m}\left(X , Z \right) \\ (g, f) & \longmapsto gf := \left( g^{k+m} f^k \right)_{k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}. \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] Notice that \(d_X=(d_X^k)_k\in\operatorname{Hom}^1(X,X)\), and similarly for \(d_Y\). Accordingly, define \[\begin{align*} d^n = d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y)}^n: \operatorname{Hom}^n\left(X, Y \right) & \longrightarrow \operatorname{Hom}^{n+1}\left(X, Y \right) \\ f & \longmapsto d_Y f - (-1)^n f d_X. \end{align*}\]

The operation equation is plainly associative and distributive over addition. Given morphisms \(u:\underline{X}\to X\) and \(v:Y\to\underline{Y}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), regard them respectively as elements of \(\operatorname{Hom}^0(\underline{X},X)\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}^0(Y,\underline{Y})\). For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) there is then a homomorphism \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{Hom}^n(u, v): \operatorname{Hom}^n\left( X, Y\right) & \longrightarrow \operatorname{Hom}^n\left(\underline{X}, \underline{Y}\right) \\ f & \longmapsto vfu. \end{aligned} \end{equation}\]

Definition–Proposition.

The data \(\left(\operatorname{Hom}^n(X,Y),d^n\right)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) above form an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\), called the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex. As \(X\) and \(Y\) vary, this construction together with equation gives an additive functor \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet: \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}} \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}).\]

Proof. First verify that \(d^{n+1}d^n=0\). Since \(d_Y^2=0=d_X^2\), a direct calculation gives \[\begin{align*} d^{n+1} \left( d^n f \right) & = d_Y \left( d_Y f - (-1)^n f d_X \right) - (-1)^{n+1} \left( d_Y f - (-1)^n f d_X \right) d_X \\ & = (-1)^{n+1} d_Y f d_X - (-1)^{n+1} d_Y f d_X = 0. \end{align*}\]

Next consider functoriality. Place the map \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(u,v)\) defined in equation into the diagram 1 \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-033-d001}\] Because \(d_Xu=ud_{\underline{X}}\) and \(vd_Y=d_{\underline{Y}}v\), this diagram is plainly commutative.

The differential \(d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)}\) is also compatible with shifts. Its proof is much easier than its statement.

Lemma. Let \(n,m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}^n(X,Y)\). Identify \(f\) with the element \(\underline{f}=(f^k)_k\) of \(\operatorname{Hom}^{n-m}(X,Y[m])\), or with the element \(\overline{f}=(f^{k-m})_k\) of \(\operatorname{Hom}^{n-m}(X[-m],Y)\). Then \[\begin{align*} d^{n-m}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y[m])} \underline{f} & \xlongequal{\text{under the identification}} (-1)^m d^n_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y)} f, \\ d^{n-m}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X[-m], Y)} \overline{f} & \xlongequal{\text{under the identification}} d^n_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y)} f. \end{align*}\] Consequently, \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y[m])=\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)[m]\simeq \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X[-m],Y)\).

Proof. For example, for the first equality, \[(d^{n-m}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y[m])} \underline{f})^k = d_{Y[m]}^{k+n-m} \underline{f}^k - (-1)^{n-m} \underline{f}^{k+1} d_X^k : X^k \to Y^{k+n+1},\] which also equals \((-1)^m\left(d_Y^{k+n}f^k-(-1)^nf^{k+1}d_X^k\right)\). The argument for \(\overline{f}\) is similar: although the case of \(\overline{f}\) has no factor \((-1)^m\), there is still an isomorphism of \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes; see the footnote to Definition reference.

The multiplication defined in equation also obeys the Leibniz rule.

Lemma. Let \(X,Y,Z\) be complexes and \((g,f)\in\operatorname{Hom}^n(Y,Z)\times\operatorname{Hom}^m(X,Y)\). With respect to the multiplication in equation, the following equality holds: \[\begin{aligned} d^{n+m}(gf) &= (d^n g)f \\ &\quad + (-1)^n g(d^m f) \end{aligned}\] in \(\operatorname{Hom}^{n+m+1}(X,Z)\).

Proof. This is a direct calculation, left to the reader.

Lemma. Let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}^n(X,Y)\). Then \(d^nf=0\) if and only if \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y[n])\).

Proof. Via Lemma reference, identify \(f\) with an element of \(\operatorname{Hom}^0(X,Y[n])\), reducing the question to the case \(n=0\). Clearly, \(d^0f=0\iff d_Yf=fd_X\).

Definition.

Let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Regard \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y[n])\) as a subset of \(\operatorname{Hom}^n(X,Y)\).

  • If \(f,g\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y[n])\) and \(h\in\operatorname{Hom}^{n-1}(X,Y)\) (equivalently, \(h\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X,Y[n])\)) 2 satisfies \(g-f=d^{n-1}h\), then \(h\) is called a homotopy from \(f\) to \(g\).

  • For \(f,g\) as above, if there exists a homotopy from \(f\) to \(g\), then \(f\) and \(g\) are called homotopic. A morphism \(f\) homotopic to the zero morphism is called null-homotopic.

As the special case \(n=0\), a morphism \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\) is null-homotopic if and only if there is a family of morphisms \(h^m:X^m\to Y^{m-1}\) such that \[\forall m \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, \quad f^m = d_Y^{m-1} h^m + h^{m+1} d_X^m .\]

Homotopy is an equivalence relation. Lemma reference gives the key equality in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) (or \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)): \[\operatorname{H}^n\left(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y), d^\bullet \right) = \operatorname{Hom}\left(X, Y[n]\right) \big/ \{\text{null-homotopic morphisms} \}.\] The next result shows that null-homotopic morphisms are not merely closed under addition but form an ideal.

Lemma. Let \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y[m]\) and \(Y\xrightarrow{g}Z[n]\) be morphisms of complexes. If \(f\) or \(g\) is null-homotopic, then \(g[m]\circ f:X\to Z[n+m]\) is null-homotopic.

Proof. We suppress the superscripts on \(d\). Suppose \(f=dh\), where \(h\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X,Y[m])\). Interpreting composition inside \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\), we may abbreviate \(g[m]\circ f\) as \(gf\). Lemma reference gives \(d(gh)=(dg)h+(-1)^ng(dh)=(-1)^ngf\), so \(gf\) is null-homotopic. The case \(g=dh\) is similar.

Suppressing the subscript on \(d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet}\), Lemmas reference and reference show that the multiplication on \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\) in equation induces \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{H}^n\left(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y, Z) \right) \times \operatorname{H}^m\left(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y) \right) \to \operatorname{H}^{n+m}\left( \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Z) \right) , \end{equation}\] and the binary operation equation inherits associativity and distributivity over addition from equation.

Definition.

Define the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) by setting \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Ob}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}) \right) & := \operatorname{Ob}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}) \right), \\ \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}\left( X, Y \right) & := \operatorname{H}^0\left( \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( X, Y \right), d^\bullet_{\operatorname{Hom}} \right), \end{align*}\] with composition determined by equation for \(n=m=0\).

Observe that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) is an additive category: addition on morphism sets is clear, the zero object comes from the zero object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), and the existence of products (or coproducts) follows from the more general property that there are natural isomorphisms \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}\left( X, \prod_{i \in I} Y_i \right) & \simeq \prod_{i \in I} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y_i) \\ \text{or}\quad \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}\left( \coprod_{i \in I} X_i, Y \right) & \simeq \prod_{i \in I} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X_i, Y), \end{align*}\] where \(I\) is any set, provided \(\prod_{i\in I}Y_i\) (or \(\coprod_iX_i\)) exists at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Since taking products and taking \(\operatorname{H}^0\) commute in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\), everything reduces to the evident isomorphisms of \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left(X, \prod_i Y_i\right) & \simeq \prod_i \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y_i) \\ \text{or}\quad \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left(\coprod_i X_i, Y\right) & \simeq \prod_i \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X_i, Y). \end{align*}\] The shift functor \([n]\) induces an automorphism of the additive category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), still denoted by \([n]\). The additive functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) is the identity on objects and the quotient map on morphism sets. The following universal property is immediate.

Proposition. If \(\mathcal{B}\) is an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category and the additive functor \(F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{B}\) sends every null-homotopic morphism to the zero morphism, then \(F\) factors uniquely through \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

The exercises in the next chapter will show that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) is generally not an abelian category.

Remark. For chain complexes (Remark reference) there is a corresponding \(\operatorname{Hom}_\bullet\): \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{Hom}_n(X, Y) := \prod_{k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \operatorname{Hom}\left(X_k, Y_{k+n} \right), \\ d_n f = d_Y f - (-1)^n f d_X, \quad f \in \operatorname{Hom}_n(X, Y). \end{gather*}\] Indeed, use the convention in Remark reference, setting \(X^n=X_{-n}\), \(d^n=d_{-n}\), and so on. Then \(\left(\operatorname{Hom}_n(X,Y),d_n\right)_n\) is precisely the chain complex corresponding to \(\left(\operatorname{Hom}^n(X,Y),d^n\right)_n\): \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_n\left(X, Y \right) & = \prod_{k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \operatorname{Hom}\left( X_k, Y_{n+k} \right) \xlongequal{h = -k} \prod_{h \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \operatorname{Hom}\left(X^h, Y^{h-n} \right) \\ & = \operatorname{Hom}^{-n} \left(X, Y\right), \end{align*}\] and the relation between \(d_n\) and \(d^{-n}\) is similar. Of course, chain complexes have a corresponding version of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) as well.

Given an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) between additive categories and any \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), applying \(F\) termwise gives a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\) \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left(X, Y\right) & \to \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(X), \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(Y) \right) \\ (f^k)_{k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\in\operatorname{Hom}^r(X,Y) & \mapsto (F(f^k))_{k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\in \operatorname{Hom}^r\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(X),\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(Y)\right) \qquad (r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}). \end{align*}\] Taking \(\operatorname{H}^0\) on both sides gives \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\longrightarrow \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})} \bigl(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(X),\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(Y)\bigr).\] Thus we obtain a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})\) that makes the following diagram commute: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-033-diagram-002} \end{equation}\] The top row is the functor in Proposition reference. These constructions are compatible with adjoint pairs.

Proposition. Consider an adjoint pair \((F,G,\varphi)\), where \(\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-033-d002}\) are additive functors between additive categories. Then \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-033-d003}\] naturally forms an adjoint pair as well.

Proof. The adjunction data \(\varphi\) are a family of bijections \(\varphi_{A,B}:\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{B}}(FA,B)\simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(A,GB)\), functorial in \(A\) and \(B\). Proposition reference ensures that these bijections are linear, and hence they induce a canonical isomorphism of complexes \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(X), Y \right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( X, \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}G(Y) \right).\] In degree \(r\), this isomorphism sends \[(f^k)_{k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\in\operatorname{Hom}^r(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(X),Y) \longmapsto (\varphi_{X^k,Y^{k+r}}(f^k))_{k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \in\operatorname{Hom}^r(X,\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}G(Y)).\] 3 By equation, taking \(\operatorname{H}^0\) on both sides makes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F\) left adjoint to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}G\).


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C033): the source labels both horizontal arrows \(\operatorname{Hom}^{n+1}(u,v)\). Since the upper arrow connects terms of degree \(n\), this translation restores its label to \(\operatorname{Hom}^n(u,v)\); the lower arrow retains the label \(\operatorname{Hom}^{n+1}(u,v)\).↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C034): the source does not state the degree of \(h\), although \(d^{n-1}h\) requires \(h\in\operatorname{Hom}^{n-1}(X,Y)\). This translation makes its type explicit.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C035): the source writes the component as \(\varphi_{A,B}(f^n)\) without tying \(A\) and \(B\) to the source and target of the relevant graded component. This translation uses \(r\) for the complex degree and \(k\) for the family index, so the component is typed as \(\varphi_{X^k,Y^{k+r}}(f^k)\).↩︎

Mapping Cones

We continue to let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category, with its associated category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Definition.

Given a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), its mapping cone \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) is defined to be the following complex: \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Cone}(f)^n & := X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n, \\ d^n_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)} & := \;\text{in matrix notation}\; \textbf{Diagram chapter3-unit-034-d001} \\ & : X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n \to X^{n+2} \oplus Y^{n+1} , \end{align*}\] for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Since \(d_{X[1]}^n=-d_X^{n+1}\), there is also the more concise notation \[\operatorname{Cone}(f) := \left( X[1] \oplus Y , \; \begin{pmatrix} d_{X[1]} & 0 \\ f[1] & d_Y \end{pmatrix} \right) .\]

It is easy to prove that \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) is indeed a complex, as the following matrix calculation shows: \[\begin{pmatrix} -d_X^{n+1} & 0 \\ f^{n+1} & d_Y^n \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} -d_X^n & 0 \\ f^n & d_Y^{n-1} \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} d_X^{n+1} d_X^n & 0 \\ - f^{n+1} d_X^n + d_Y^n f^n & d_Y^n d_Y^{n-1} \end{pmatrix}.\]

Example. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\mathcal{A}\). Regard \(X,Y\) as objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) concentrated in degree \(0\). Then \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) is precisely the complex \([X\xrightarrow{f}Y]\), in degrees \(-1,0\), with all other terms equal to \(0\).

The following two functoriality properties follow immediately from the definition.

Proposition. Given a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-034-d002}\] the matrix \(\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix} \varphi[1] & 0 \\ 0 & \psi \end{smallmatrix}\bigr)\) defines a morphism \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to\operatorname{Cone}(f')\).

Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\) be an additive functor and let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). The associated functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}')\) satisfies the following canonical isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}')\): \[(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F)(\operatorname{Cone}(f)) \simeq \operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(f)).\]

The mapping cone can be placed in the following “triangle,” which underlies all the theory to come.

Definition.

Consider a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). It gives the following canonical morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[Y \xrightarrow{\alpha(f)} \operatorname{Cone}(f) \xrightarrow{\beta(f)} X[1] ,\] explicitly expressed in matrix notation as \[\begin{align*} \alpha(f)^n & := \text{inclusion}\; \begin{pmatrix} 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^n} \end{pmatrix}: Y^n \to X[1]^n \oplus Y^n , \\ \beta(f)^n & := \text{projection}\; \begin{pmatrix} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X[1]^n} & 0 \end{pmatrix}: X[1]^n \oplus Y^n \to X[1]^n . \end{align*}\] It is clear that these are indeed morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

We next collect several homotopy properties of mapping cones. First we show that a mapping cone may be regarded as a “homotopy cokernel” or a “homotopy kernel” of a morphism. This is the realization, at the level of complexes, of a basic idea in homotopy theory.

Proposition. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). There are canonical bijections \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-034-d003}\] where \(T\) is any object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}\). More explicitly,

  • the image \((u,h)\) of \(\tilde{u}:\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to T\) satisfies \(u=\tilde{u}\circ\alpha(f)\);

  • the image \((v,k)\) of \(\tilde{v}:T\to\operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1]\) satisfies \(v=\beta(f)[-1]\circ\tilde{v}\).

Proof. First consider \(\operatorname{Hom}(\operatorname{Cone}(f),T)\). A morphism \(\tilde{u}:\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to T\) is equivalent to families of morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}\), \(h^n:X^{n+1}\to T^n\) and \(u^n:Y^n\to T^n\), for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), satisfying the matrix equation \[\begin{pmatrix} h^{n+1} & u^{n+1} \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} -d_X^{n+1} & 0 \\ f^{n+1} & d_Y^n \end{pmatrix} = d_T^n \begin{pmatrix} h^n & u^n \end{pmatrix}.\] Expanding it shows that this equation is equivalent to saying that \(u=(u^n)_n:Y\to T\) is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and that \(h:=(h^{n-1})_n\) satisfies \(d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,T)}^{-1}h=uf\). This is the required bijection; the equality \(u=\tilde{u}\circ\alpha(f)\) follows immediately from the definition of \(\alpha(f)\).

Next consider a morphism \(\tilde{v}:T\to\operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1]\). It is equivalent to families of morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}\), \(v^n:T^n\to X^n\) and \(\underline{k}^n:T^n\to Y^{n-1}\), satisfying \[\begin{pmatrix} d_X^n & 0 \\ -f^n & -d_Y^{n-1} \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} v^n \\ \underline{k}^n \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} v^{n+1} \\ \underline{k}^{n+1} \end{pmatrix} d_T^n \quad (n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}).\] This equation is equivalent to saying that \(v=(v^n)_n:T\to X\) is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and that \(k:=(-\underline{k}^n)_n\) satisfies \(d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(T,Y)}^{-1}k=fv\). The equality \(v=\beta(f)[-1]\circ\tilde{v}\) also follows immediately from the definition of \(\beta(f)\).

Remark (Homotopy cokernel and homotopy kernel).

Proposition reference shows that a morphism \(u:Y\to T\) (or \(v:T\to X\)) has \(uf\) (or \(fv\)) null-homotopic if and only if it factors through \(\alpha(f):Y\to\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) (or through \(\beta(f)[-1]:\operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1]\to X\)). This naturally recalls the universal property of a cokernel (or kernel), with the following differences:

  • the requirement that \(uf\) (or \(fv\)) be null-homotopic replaces the strict equality \(=0\);

  • the factorization \(\tilde{u}\) (or \(\tilde{v}\)) supplied by the proposition not only witnesses the fact that \(uf\) (or \(fv\)) is null-homotopic but also records how it is homotoped to \(0\); this is data one level higher.

These properties cannot simply be handled in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) using elementary category-theoretic notions; in fact, kernels and cokernels seldom exist in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). For this reason, \(Y\to\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) is also called the homotopy cokernel of \(f\), while \(\beta(f)[-1]:\operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1]\to X\) is called the homotopy kernel of \(f\). Remarkably, the mapping cone \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) and its shifts play both the “cokernel” and “kernel” roles in this sense.

A morphism \(f\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is said to be canonically homotopic to \(g\) if there is a canonical \(h\) such that \(g-f=d^{-1}h\); if \(f\) is canonically homotopic to \(0\), it is called canonically null-homotopic.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category.

  1. If \(f:X\to Y\) is an isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), then \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}\) is canonically null-homotopic.

  2. For any morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), the morphisms in Definition reference satisfy \[\beta(f) \circ \alpha(f) = 0,\] while \(\alpha(f)\circ f\) and \(f[1]\circ\beta(f)\) are both canonically null-homotopic.

Proof. First consider (i). By functoriality of mapping cones (Proposition reference), it suffices to consider \(f=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\). Define \[s^n := \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n} \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix} : X^{n+1} \oplus X^n \to X^n \oplus X^{n-1}, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] A direct calculation gives \[\begin{multline*} d^{n-1}_{\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)} s^n + s^{n+1} d^n_{\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)} = \\ \begin{pmatrix} -d_X^n & 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n} & d_X^{n-1} \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n} \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix} + \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^{n+1}} \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} -d_X^{n+1} & 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^{n+1}} & d_X^n \end{pmatrix} = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^{n+1} \oplus X^n}, \end{multline*}\] so \(s=(s^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) makes \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)}\) null-homotopic.

Next consider (ii). Clearly \(\beta(f)\circ\alpha(f)=0\). The remaining homotopies come from Proposition reference: take \(T=\operatorname{Cone}(f)\), so that \(\tilde{u}:=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}\in\operatorname{Hom}(\operatorname{Cone}(f),T)\) makes \(\alpha(f)\circ f\) null-homotopic; take \(T=\operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1]\), so that \(\tilde{v}:=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1]}\in\operatorname{Hom}(T,\operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1])\) makes \(f\circ\beta(f)[-1]\) null-homotopic, and hence also makes \(f[1]\circ\beta(f)\) null-homotopic.

Definition reference produces two new morphisms \(\alpha(f)\) and \(\beta(f)\) from \(f\). Up to homotopy, the mapping cones of these two morphisms produce no new objects. We begin with \(\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))\). First observe that \[\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))^n = Y^{n+1} \oplus \operatorname{Cone}(f)^n = Y^{n+1} \oplus X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n.\] In matrix notation, \[\begin{align*} \alpha(\alpha(f)) & = \begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X[1]} & 0 \\ 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y \end{pmatrix} : \operatorname{Cone}(f) \to \operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f)) , \\ \beta(\alpha(f)) & = \begin{pmatrix} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y[1]} & 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix} : \operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f)) \to Y[1]. \end{align*}\]

Lemma. For a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), matrix notation defines a pair of morphisms \[\begin{pmatrix} -f[1] \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X[1]} \\ 0 \end{pmatrix} : \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-034-d004} : \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X[1]} & 0 \end{pmatrix}.\] They satisfy \(\psi\circ\phi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X[1]}\) and make the following diagram commute in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-034-d005}\] Moreover, \(\phi\) and \(\psi\) are inverse to each other in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proof. By the preceding description of \(\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))\), its differential \(d_{\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))}^n\) is, in matrix notation, \[\begin{pmatrix} -d_Y^{n+1} & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & -d_X^{n+1} & 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^{n+1}} & f^{n+1} & d_Y^n \end{pmatrix} : Y^{n+1} \oplus X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n \to Y^{n+2} \oplus X^{n+2} \oplus Y^{n+1}.\] It suffices to verify the following statements in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\):

  • \(\phi:=(\phi^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) and \(\psi:=(\psi^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) are both morphisms of complexes;

  • \(\psi\circ\phi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X[1]}\);

  • \(\psi\circ\alpha(\alpha(f))=\beta(f)\);

  • \(\beta(\alpha(f))\circ\phi=-f[1]\);

  • there is an \(s=(s^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}\left(\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f)), \operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))\right)\) such that \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))}-\phi\circ\psi =d^{-1}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet}(s)\).

The first four statements are elementary. For the last, take, in matrix notation, \[s^n := \begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^n} \\ 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}: \operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))^n \to \operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))^{n-1}\] and verify it directly.

For the case of \(\beta(f)\), we make a slight modification and consider the mapping cone of \(-\beta(f)[-1]:\operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1]\to X\).

Definition.

For a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), its mapping cylinder is defined by \[\operatorname{Cyl}(f) := \operatorname{Cone}\left( \operatorname{Cone}(f)[-1] \xrightarrow{-\beta(f)[-1]} X \right).\] It is equipped with canonical morphisms \(X\to\operatorname{Cyl}(f)\to\operatorname{Cone}(f)\).

The mapping cylinder has functoriality of the same form as that of the mapping cone (Proposition reference). In view of Remark reference, \(\operatorname{Cyl}(f)\) can be compared with a coimage in an additive category—roughly speaking, it is a “cokernel of a kernel” (Proposition reference)—and may therefore be viewed as the homotopy coimage of \(f\). More explicitly, \(\operatorname{Cyl}(f)^n=\operatorname{Cone}(f)^n\oplus X^n=X^{n+1}\oplus Y^n\oplus X^n\). The morphism \(X\to\mathrm{Cyl}(f)\) (or \(\mathrm{Cyl}(f)\to\operatorname{Cone}(f)\)) is the inclusion into the third direct summand (or the projection onto the first two), and \[d_{\operatorname{Cyl}(f)}^n = \begin{pmatrix} d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}^n & 0 \\ -\beta(f)^n & d_X^n \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} -d_X^{n+1} & 0 & 0 \\ f^{n+1} & d_Y^n & 0 \\ -\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^{n+1}} & 0 & d_X^n \end{pmatrix} .\]

Lemma. For a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), one can define a pair of morphisms \[\begin{pmatrix} 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y \\ 0 \end{pmatrix} : \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-034-d006} : \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y & f \end{pmatrix}.\] They satisfy \(\psi\circ\phi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\) and make the following diagram commute in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-034-d007}\] Moreover, \(\phi\) and \(\psi\) are inverse to each other in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). In addition, \(f\) factors as the composite \(X\to\operatorname{Cyl}(f)\xrightarrow{\psi}Y\).

Proof. The reader may verify directly from the definition that \(\phi\) and \(\psi\) are morphisms of complexes. Then \(\psi\circ\phi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\) is immediate. To prove that \(\phi\) and \(\psi\) are inverse in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), as in Lemma reference, take \[\begin{align*} s^n & := \begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 & -\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n} \\ 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}: X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n \oplus X^n \to X^n \oplus Y^{n-1} \oplus X^{n-1}, \\ s & := (s^n)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}, \end{align*}\] and verify \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{Cyl}(f)}-\phi\circ\psi=d^{-1}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet}(s)\).

The right-hand square in the diagram already commutes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). For the left-hand square, simply observe that the composite \(X\to\mathrm{Cyl}(f)\xrightarrow{\psi}Y\) equals \(f\).

Lemmas reference and reference show that, up to isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), any morphism \(f:X\to Y\) can be replaced by the much simpler projection \(\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))[-1]\to Y\) (or by the inclusion \(X\to\operatorname{Cyl}(f)\)), and this construction is functorial in \(f\). This is an important idea in homological algebra and homotopy theory. The special case \(f=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) of the mapping cylinder has another use: it can be used to interpret homotopy. For readers familiar with homology theory, all of this has a topological interpretation, but here we discuss only the algebraic version.

Proposition.

Let \(X\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and set \(\mathrm{Cyl}_X:=\mathrm{Cyl}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\). Notice that \(\mathrm{Cyl}_X^n=X^{n+1}\oplus X^n\oplus X^n\).

  1. In \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) there are morphisms \(\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-034-diagram-008}\), defined in matrix notation, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), by \[\begin{equation*} i_0^n := \begin{pmatrix} 0 \\ 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n} \end{pmatrix} , \quad i_1^n := \begin{pmatrix} 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n} \\ 0 \end{pmatrix} , \quad j^n := \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n} & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n} \end{pmatrix}. \end{equation*}\] These morphisms satisfy \(ji_0=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X=ji_1\), and the image of \(j\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) is an isomorphism.

  2. For every object \(Y\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), there is a bijection \[\begin{align*} \left\{\begin{array}{r|l} (f, g, h) & f, g \in \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y) \\ & h \in \operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X, Y) \\ & g - f = d^{-1}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y)} h \end{array}\right\} & \xrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}\left( \mathrm{Cyl}_X, Y \right) \\ (f, g, h) & \longmapsto \tilde{h} = (\tilde{h}^n)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}, \; \tilde{h}^n := \begin{pmatrix} h^n & g^n & f^n \end{pmatrix}. \end{align*}\] In particular, \(f=\tilde{h}i_0\) and \(g=\tilde{h}i_1\).

Proof. For (i), note that \(i_0\) is precisely the canonical morphism \(X\to\mathrm{Cyl}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\) in Definition reference, while \(i_1\) is the morphism \(\phi:X\to\mathrm{Cyl}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\) in Lemma reference. The commutative diagram in Lemma reference shows that they give the same isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

For \(j\), it is easy to verify that \(j^{n+1}d_{\operatorname{Cyl}_X}^n=\bigl(0\;d_X^n\;d_X^n\bigr)=d_X^nj^n\). Thus \(j\) is indeed a morphism, while \(ji_0=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X=ji_1\) is immediate. Since \(i_0\) and \(i_1\) are isomorphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), so is \(j\).

For (ii), write any element \(\tilde{h}\) of \(\operatorname{Hom}^0(\mathrm{Cyl}_X,Y)\) as \[\tilde{h}=\left((h^n,g^n,f^n)\right)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},\] where \[h^n: X^{n+1} \to Y^n, \quad f^n: X^n \to Y^n, \quad g^n: X^n \to Y^n\] are morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}\). Suppressing superscripts and using matrix notation, calculate \[\begin{align*} \tilde{h} \; d_{\mathrm{Cyl}_X} & = \begin{pmatrix} h & g & f \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} -d_X & 0 & 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X & d_X & 0 \\ -\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X & 0 & d_X \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} -hd_X + g - f & g d_X & f d_X \end{pmatrix} , \\ d_Y \; \tilde{h} & = \begin{pmatrix} d_Y h & d_Y g & d_Y f \end{pmatrix}. \end{align*}\] Therefore \(\tilde{h}\) is a morphism of complexes if and only if \(f,g\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\) and \(g-f=hd_X+d_Yh\).

Remark.

Mapping cones and mapping cylinders of course have versions for chain complexes (see Remark reference). Given a morphism of chain complexes \(f:X\to Y\), define \[\begin{array}{rlrl} \operatorname{Cone}(f)_n & :=(X[-1] \oplus Y)_n, & \operatorname{Cyl}(f)_n & := (X[-1] \oplus Y \oplus X)_n, \\ d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)} & := \begin{pmatrix} d_{X[-1]} & 0 \\ f[-1] & d_Y \end{pmatrix}, & d_{\operatorname{Cyl}(f)} & := \begin{pmatrix} d_{X[-1]} & 0 & 0 \\ f[-1] & d_Y & 0 \\ -\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X[-1]} & 0 & d_X \end{pmatrix}. \end{array}\]

Every statement in this section carries over to chain complexes. In particular, there are canonical morphisms \[X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{\alpha(f)} \operatorname{Cone}(f) \xrightarrow{\beta(f)} X[-1], \quad X \to \operatorname{Cyl}(f) \to \operatorname{Cone}(f).\]

Complexes on the Opposite Category

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category. This section relates complexes on \(\mathcal{A}\) and on \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\). Since functors involving \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\), such as the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) functor, occur frequently, this procedure is simple but necessary; some of the signs involved also require a little care. Beginning readers are advised to skip this section or merely skim it on a first reading. The discussion has three aspects: complexes, homotopy, and mapping cones. The derived-category version considered later (Proposition in the later discussion of derived categories) is a direct application of these results. Recall that if \(f:X\to Y\) is a morphism in \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(f^{\operatorname{op}}\) denotes the corresponding morphism \(Y\to X\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Definition–Proposition.

The isomorphism of additive categories \(\sigma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\) is defined as follows. For an object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\), define in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[(\sigma X)^n := X^{-n}, \quad d_{\sigma X}^n = (-1)^{n+1} \left[ d_X^{-n-1, \operatorname{op}}: (\sigma X)^n \to (\sigma X)^{n+1} \right], \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] For a morphism \(f=\left(f^n:X^n\to Y^n\right)_n\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\), take its image \(\sigma f\) to be the following morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[(\sigma f)^n := \left(f^{-n} \right)^{\operatorname{op}} : (\sigma Y)^n \to (\sigma X)^n,\] that is, a morphism \(\sigma X\to\sigma Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\). For every \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there is a natural isomorphism \[s_m: \sigma \circ [m] \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}[-m] \circ \sigma,\] where \([-m]\) is regarded as a functor from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\) to itself (strictly speaking, it should be written \([-m]^{\operatorname{op}}\)).

Proof. The general case of \(s_m\) reduces step by step to the case \(m=1\). Define \(s_1=(s_{1,X})_X\) as follows. For every \(n\), take \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-035-d001} \end{equation}\] The entire verification reduces to \(s_{1, X}^{n+1} d^n_{\sigma(X[1])} = -d_{X[1]}^{-n-1, \operatorname{op}} = d_X^{-n, \operatorname{op}} = (-1)^n d_{\sigma X}^{n-1} = d^n_{(\sigma X)[-1]} s_{1,X}^n\).

If the construction \(\sigma\) with coefficient \((-1)^{n+1}\) is applied in both directions, \(\sigma^2X\) is naturally isomorphic to \(X\) through the isomorphism whose degree-\(n\) component is \((-1)^n\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n}\). To obtain an inverse, define the reverse construction by the same formulas on objects and morphisms, but use the coefficient \((-1)^n\) on the differential. The composites in both orders are then exactly the identity functor, so \(\sigma\) is indeed an isomorphism of categories. 1

Remark. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, the signs on \(d_{\sigma X}^\bullet\) do not change the cohomology introduced in Definition reference; thus \(\operatorname{H}^{-n}(\sigma X)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) corresponds to \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\).

We next examine the relation between \(\sigma\) and homotopy.

Proposition. The functor \(\sigma\) defined above induces an equivalence of additive categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Proof. Let \(X,Y\) be objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\). For \(f=(f^k)_k\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})}(X,Y)\), use the following table to define the corresponding \(\sigma f\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(\sigma Y,\sigma X)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\): \[\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|} \hline \text{Category} & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\text{Morphism}} \\ \hline \mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}} & X^k \xrightarrow{(-1)^{k+1} f^k} Y^{k-1} & d_Y^{k-1} f^k + f^{k+1} d_X^k & (d^{-1}f)^k \\ \mathcal{A} & (\sigma Y)^{-k+1} \xrightarrow{(\sigma f)^{-k+1}} (\sigma X)^{-k} & (\sigma f)^{-k+1} d_{\sigma Y}^{-k} + d_{\sigma X}^{-k-1} (\sigma f)^{-k} & d^{-1} (\sigma f)^{-k} \\ \hline \end{array}\] This suffices to show \[\begin{aligned} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})}(X, Y) &\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(\sigma Y, \sigma X) \\ &= \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}}(\sigma X, \sigma Y). \end{aligned}\]

Finally, using \(\sigma\) and the family of isomorphisms \((s_m)_m\) constructed above, we compare mapping cones in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\). The details are somewhat routine.

Proposition.

For every morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\), there is a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) 2: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-035-d002}\] where \(\theta\) is a canonical isomorphism and \(s_{1,X}\) is the isomorphism supplied by Definition–Proposition reference.

Proof. If \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) were replaced by \(X[1]\oplus Y\), the statement would be easy and the required isomorphism would simply be \((s_{1,X},\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\sigma Y})\). The complication is that the matrix \(d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}\) has the off-diagonal entry \(f[1]\). Nevertheless, we follow the same method: using equation, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) define the isomorphism \[\begin{multline*} \theta^n: \sigma\left(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\right)^n = \sigma\left(X[1]\right)^n \oplus (\sigma Y)^n \\ \xrightarrow[\sim]{(s_{1,X}, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})^n = ((-1)^{n-1} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}) } (\sigma X)[-1]^n \oplus (\sigma Y)^n \xlongequal{\text{interchange}} \left( (\sigma Y) \oplus (\sigma X)[-1] \right)^n . \end{multline*}\] Under this identification, the morphism \(d_{\sigma(\operatorname{Cone}(f))}^n\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) corresponds to \[\begin{pmatrix} d_{\sigma Y}^n & 0 \\ * & d_{(\sigma X)[-1]}^n \end{pmatrix} : \left( (\sigma Y) \oplus (\sigma X)[-1] \right)^n \to \left( (\sigma Y) \oplus (\sigma X)[-1] \right)^{n+1} .\] As noted at the start of the proof, the diagonal entries pose no problem; we need only determine the lower-left entry. By Definition–Proposition reference, this entry is \((-1)^{n+1}\) times the following composite in \(\mathcal{A}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-035-d003}\] Thus the result is \(-\sigma(f)^n\). It follows that \[\theta := (\theta^n)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}: \sigma(\operatorname{Cone}(f)) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Cone}(\sigma(f))[-1]\] is indeed an isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Once this is established, verifying commutativity presents no essential difficulty.

Of course, the results of this section also apply to chain complexes and extend to the case in which \(\mathcal{A}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C036): arguing from \(n(n+1)\equiv0\pmod{2}\), the source states that applying \(\sigma\) twice returns \(X\) strictly. Using the same formula in both directions instead gives the differential \(-d_X\), not \(d_X\). The signed natural isomorphism and the corrected inverse construction are recorded above.↩︎

  2. Here \(\alpha(\cdot)\) and \(\beta(\cdot)\) are both defined relative to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). If the diagram is viewed in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\), all its arrows must be reversed.↩︎

Double Complexes

Throughout this section, \(\mathcal{A}\) remains an additive category. Roughly speaking, a double complex may be thought of as a two-dimensional version of a complex, with differentials in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Definition (Double complex).

A double complex on an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\) consists of a family of objects \(\left(X^{p,q}\right)_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\) of \(\mathcal{A}\), together with morphisms \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q}:X^{p,q}\to X^{p+1,q}\) and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,q}:X^{p,q}\to X^{p,q+1}\) satisfying \[\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p+1,q} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q} = 0, \quad \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p, q+1} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,q} = 0, \quad \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p, q+1} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,q} = \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p+1, q} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q}.\] These data are usually abbreviated as \((X^{\bullet,\bullet},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d})\), \(X^{\bullet,\bullet}\), or \(X\).

The conditions on \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\) may be abbreviated as \[\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^2 = 0, \quad \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^2 = 0, \quad \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}= \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}.\]

Definition. Given an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\), a morphism from a double complex \(X\) to a double complex \(Y\) is a family of morphisms \[f = \left( f^{p,q}: X^{p, q} \to Y^{p, q} \right)_{(p, q) \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2},\] such that, for all \(p,q\), \[\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_Y^{p, q} f^{p, q} = f^{p+1, q} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_X^{p, q}, \quad \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_Y^{p, q} f^{p, q} = f^{p, q+1} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_X^{p, q}.\] These relations may be abbreviated as \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_Yf=f\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_X\) and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_Yf=f\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_X\).

As in Proposition reference, these definitions make all double complexes on \(\mathcal{A}\) into an additive category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\).

Visually, a double complex \(X\) is displayed as \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d001}\] Every row \(\left(X^{\bullet,q},d^{\bullet,q}\right)\) and every column \(\left(X^{p,\bullet},d^{p,\bullet}\right)\) is a complex. Thus a double complex can be assembled by columns or by rows.

Definition.

Define the additive functor \(F_{\mathrm{I}}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) as follows: for a double complex \(X\), set \((F_{\mathrm{I}}X)^p=X^{p,\bullet}\) and \(d_{F_{\mathrm{I}}X}^p=\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,\bullet}:(F_{\mathrm{I}}X)^p\to (F_{\mathrm{I}}X)^{p+1}\). Similarly, the formulas \((F_{\mathrm{II}}X)^q=X^{\bullet,q}\) and \(d_{F_{\mathrm{II}}X}^q=\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{\bullet,q}\) define an additive functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\). Here \(p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Definition reference implies that both \(F_{\mathrm{I}}\) and \(F_{\mathrm{II}}\) are isomorphisms of additive categories. This is depicted as follows: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d002} \end{equation}\]

Definition (Total complex).

Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has countable coproducts, denoted by the direct sum symbol \(\bigoplus\), and let \(X\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\). Define a complex \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)\) on \(\mathcal{A}\) as follows:

  • \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)^n := \bigoplus_{p+q=n} X^{p, q}\);

  • the restriction of \(d^n:\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)^n\to \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)^{n+1}\) to the summand \(X^{p,q}\) is \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q}+(-1)^p\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,q}\).

Suppressing superscripts, writing out \(d^2:X^{p,q}\to X^{p+2,q}\oplus X^{p+1,q+1}\oplus X^{p,q+2}\) gives \[d^2 = \left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^2, \; (-1)^p \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}+ (-1)^{p+1} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}, \; \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^2 \right) = (0, 0, 0).\] Replacing coproducts in the construction of \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\) by products \(\prod\) similarly gives \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), provided the required products exist. The definition of \(d^n:\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}(X)^n\to\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}(X)^{n+1}\) is analogous to the \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\) case: require that the projection of \(d^{n-1}\) to \(X^{p,q}\) be the composite \[\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}^{n-1}(X) \xrightarrow{\text{projection}} X^{p-1, q} \oplus X^{p,q-1} \xrightarrow{(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p-1, q}, (-1)^p \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p, q-1})} X^{p, q};\] the same reasoning gives \(d^2=0\). When there is no danger of confusion, both \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}X\) and \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}X\) are called the total complex of \(X\). The following property should be clear.

Proposition. Under the respective hypotheses, \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\) and \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\) are both additive functors from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

In the definition of the total complex, the superscripts \(p\) and \(q\) may at first appear asymmetric. To dispel this impression, define an additive automorphism \(\mathrm{swap}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\) such that \(\mathrm{swap}(X)^{p,q}=X^{q,p}\) and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\) and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\) are interchanged. The accompanying sign \((-1)^{pq}\) is essentially the same mechanism as the Koszul sign rule in [Li1].

Proposition. For every \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\) and every object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\), define a family of isomorphisms \[r^{p, q}_X := (-1)^{pq} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^{p,q}} : X^{p, q} \to \mathrm{swap}(X)^{q,p} .\]

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) has countable coproducts, then \((r_X^{p,q})_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\) induces an isomorphism \(r_X:\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(\mathrm{swap}(X))\).

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) has countable products, then \((r_X^{p,q})_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\) induces an isomorphism \(r_X:\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}(\mathrm{swap}(X))\).

Proof. For every \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\), the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d003}\] commutes, so \(r_X\) is indeed a morphism of complexes.

The requirement that countable coproducts (or countable products) exist in the definition of \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}X\) (or \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}X\)) can be weakened. If, for each \(n\), only finitely many pairs \((p,q)\) satisfy \(p+q=n\) and \(X^{p,q}\neq0\), then the coproduct (or product) in the definition of the total complex becomes a finite direct sum. In this case, both total complexes may be denoted uniformly by \(\operatorname{tot}(X)\). There will be further discussion after Definition in § 3.10.

Remark. By the same idea, for every \(k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\) one can define a \(k\)-fold complex as data \[\left( X^{p_1, \ldots, p_k} \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}) \right)_{p_1, \ldots, p_k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}, \quad {}^1 d, \ldots, {}^k d,\] where \({}^i d^{p_1,\ldots,p_k}:X^{p_1,\ldots,p_k}\to X^{p_1,\ldots,p_i+1,\ldots,p_k}\) and \[{}^i d^2 = 0, \quad {}^i d {}^j d = {}^j d {}^i d \quad \text{(superscripts suppressed)}.\] All \(k\)-fold complexes form an additive category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^k(\mathcal{A})\). Following Definition reference, one can also define a family of additive functors \(F_i:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^k(\mathcal{A})\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{k-1}(\mathcal{A}))\) such that every \(F_i\) is an equivalence of categories (\(k\geq2\) and \(i=1,\ldots,k\)).

In this setting, if \(\mathcal{A}\) has countable coproducts or products, the total-complex functor may be defined in the same way: \[\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} \; \text{or} \; \operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^k(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}).\] The details are the same as for double complexes and need not be repeated.

Define isomorphisms from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\) to itself by \([m]_{\mathrm{I}}:=F_{\mathrm{I}}^{-1}\circ[m]\circ F_{\mathrm{I}}\) and \([m]_{\mathrm{II}}:=F_{\mathrm{II}}^{-1}\circ[m]\circ F_{\mathrm{II}}\), corresponding respectively to horizontal and vertical shifts of double complexes. For all \(a,b\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \([a]_{\mathrm{I}}[b]_{\mathrm{II}}=[b]_{\mathrm{II}}[a]_{\mathrm{I}}\). We now examine the effect of these functors on total complexes and their relation to the automorphism \(\mathrm{swap}\).

Proposition. For all \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A}))\) and \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\), denote the standard embedding \(X^{p,q}\hookrightarrow \mathrm{tot}_{\oplus}(X)^{p+q}\) by \(\iota_{p,q}\). For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define

  • \(\theta_X^n:\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\left(X[1]_{\mathrm{I}}\right)^n\to \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)[1]^n\) so that its restriction to \(X[1]_{\mathrm{I}}^{p,q}=X^{p+1,q}\) is \(\iota_{p+1,q}\);

  • \((\theta'_X)^n:\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\left(X[1]_{\mathrm{II}}\right)^n \to\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)[1]^n\) so that its restriction to \(X[1]_{\mathrm{II}}^{p,q}=X^{p,q+1}\) is \((-1)^p\iota_{p,q+1}\).

These define canonical isomorphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\begin{align*} \theta_X & = (\theta_X^n)_n: \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} \left( X[1]_{\mathrm{I}} \right) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} \left(X\right)[1], \\ \theta'_X & = ((\theta'_X)^n)_n: \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} \left( X[1]_{\mathrm{II}} \right) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} \left(X\right)[1], \end{align*}\] together with the anticommutative diagram (that is, its two composites differ by a minus sign) \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d004}\] and the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d005}\] where \(r\) is as defined in Proposition reference. If \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\) is replaced by \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\), one obtains the same \(\theta_X,\theta'_X\) and the corresponding anticommutative diagram.

Proof. Direct verification from the definition of the total complex (Definition reference) and the definition of the shift functor (Definition reference) shows that \(\theta_X\) and \(\theta'_X\) are morphisms of complexes; the details are lengthy but not difficult. Anticommutativity reduces to the observation that the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d006}\] is anticommutative.

Now consider the assertion about the commutative diagram. Let \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\) and compare the restrictions of the two composites to \((X[1]_{\mathrm{I}}[1]_{\mathrm{II}})^{p,q}\). As explained above, \(\theta\) followed by \(\theta'\) (for \(X\)) and \(\theta'\) followed by \(\theta\) (for \(\mathrm{swap}(X)\)) give respectively \[(-1)^{p+1}, \; (-1)^q \; \in \operatorname{Aut}(X^{p+1, q+1}) \quad \text{($\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}$ suppressed)}.\] On the other hand, the restrictions of \(r_{X[1]_{\mathrm{I}}[1]_{\mathrm{II}}}\) and \(r_X[2]\) to \(X^{p+1,q+1}\) are respectively \((-1)^{pq}\) and \((-1)^{(p+1)(q+1)}\). But \((p+1)(q+1)-pq\equiv(p+1)-q\pmod{2}\). This proves the claim.

As a simple generalization of the anticommutative diagram above, the reader is asked to prove that, for all \(a,b\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the two morphisms \[\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X[a]_{\mathrm{I}}[b]_{\mathrm{II}}) \rightrightarrows \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)[a+b]\] defined in the two orders (\(\theta\) then \(\theta'\), and \(\theta'\) then \(\theta\)) differ by the sign \((-1)^{ab}\); on the other hand, the commutative diagram above remains valid for \(X[a]_{\mathrm{I}}[b]_{\mathrm{II}}\). The same statements hold with \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\) in place of \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\). One of the main uses of double complexes is the study of bifunctors. What is a bifunctor?

Convention.

A functor of the form \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) is called a bifunctor. Once objects \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}_i)\) are fixed, we obtain one-variable functors \(F(X_1,\cdot):\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) and \(F(\cdot,X_2):\mathcal{A}_1\to\mathcal{B}\). We can therefore discuss additivity, exactness, and many other notions in each variable of \(F\).

Definition–Proposition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}_1,\mathcal{A}_2,\mathcal{B}\) be additive categories and let \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) be a bifunctor additive in each variable. There is an associated functor \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d007}\]

Consequently, if \(\mathcal{B}\) has countable coproducts or countable products, one can define respectively \[\begin{gather*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus} F := \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} \circ \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2 F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}_1) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}_2) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{B}), \\ \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi} F := \operatorname{tot}_{\Pi} \circ \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2 F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}_1) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}_2) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{B}). \end{gather*}\] If the totalizations under discussion involve only finite direct sums, then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F=\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi}F\). 1

Proof. The double-complex condition \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}=\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\) follows directly from the definition of a bifunctor; the rest is clear.

The category of double complexes also has a notion of homotopy. Let \(f,g:X\to Y\) be morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\). A homotopy from \(f\) to \(g\) is a pair of families of morphisms satisfying the following conditions. \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d008} \qquad (p,q) \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2 , \\ \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p-1, q} h^{p, q} = h^{p, q+1} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p, q}, \qquad \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p, q-1} k^{p,q} = k^{p+1, q} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q}, \\ g^{p,q} - f^{p, q} = \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p-1, q} h^{p,q} + h^{p+1, q} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q} + \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p, q-1} k^{p,q} + k^{p, q+1} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,q}. \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] This is reasonable: from \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}h=h\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\), \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}k=k\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\), and the definition of a double complex, it is easy to check that \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}h+h\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}+\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}k+k\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\) always defines a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\). Homotopies of double complexes are reflected by total complexes. More precisely, given \((h^{p,q},k^{p,q})_{p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\), one can define \(\hat{h}\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}\left(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X),\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(Y)\right)\) so that the restriction of \(\hat{h}\) to the direct summand \(X^{p,q}\) is \[\left( h^{p,q}, (-1)^p k^{p,q} \right): X^{p,q} \to Y^{p-1, q} \oplus Y^{p, q-1},\] which makes \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(g)-\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(f)=d^{-1}\hat{h}\); the case of \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\) is handled in the same way. Thus the homotopy relation on double complexes defines \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^2(\mathcal{A})\) together with a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^2(\mathcal{A})\). If countable coproducts (or products) exist, the functor \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\) (or \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\)) descends to a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^2(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Return to a bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) between additive categories, assumed additive in each variable. The following is the bifunctor version of equation.

Proposition.

Let \(F\) be as above. Then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F\) factors through \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^2F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_1)\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_2)\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^2(\mathcal{B})\).

Similarly, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi}F\) factors through \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_1)\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_2)\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})\) and is denoted respectively by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F\), provided the functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi}F\) is defined.

Proof. Take \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F\) as an example. We must show that, for a null-homotopic morphism \(f_1=d^{-1}g:X_1\to Y_1\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}_1)\) and an arbitrary morphism \(f_2:X_2\to Y_2\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}_2)\), the corresponding morphism \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F)(f_1,f_2):\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F(X_1,X_2)\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F(Y_1,Y_2)\) is null-homotopic. The evident choice is \(h^{p,q}:=F(g^p,f_2^q)\) and \(k^{p,q}:=0\). Since \(f_2\) is a morphism, \(h\) indeed commutes with \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}=F(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}},d)\). The second variable is handled similarly.

Proposition reference gives canonical isomorphisms \[\begin{gather*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus} F(X[1], Y) \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F(X, Y)[1] \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F(X, Y[1]), \\ \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus} F(X[1], Y) \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F(X, Y)[1] \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F(X, Y[1]). \end{gather*}\] The same statements hold with \(\Pi\) in place of \(\oplus\).

Example (\(\operatorname{Hom}\) double complex).

Consider the bifunctor \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,\cdot):\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), which sends a pair of objects \((S,T)\) to \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(S,T)\). We will show that the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)\) is canonically isomorphic to the value at \((X,Y)\) of the composite functor \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}} \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}) \xrightarrow{(\sigma^{-1}, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi} \operatorname{Hom}(\cdot, \cdot)} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}),\] where \(\sigma\) is as in Definition–Proposition reference.

To this end, first consider the bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{A}\times\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) defined by \(F(T,S)=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(S,T)\), and the composite functor \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}} \xrightarrow{(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}, \sigma^{-1})} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2 F} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}).\] Let \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\). The image of \((Y,X)\) under the composite functor above is called the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) double complex and is denoted by \(\operatorname{Hom}^{\bullet,\bullet}(X,Y)\). In view of the evident commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d009}\] and Proposition reference, it suffices to prove that there is a canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\operatorname{Hom}^{\bullet,\bullet}(X,Y) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y).\]

Inspecting the definitions gives \[\begin{equation*} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{Hom}^{p, q}(X, Y) & = \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( X^{-q}, Y^p \right), \\ \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p, q} & = (d_Y^p)_* : \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( X^{-q}, Y^p \right) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( X^{-q}, Y^{p+1} \right), \\ \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p, q} & = (-1)^q (d_X^{-q-1})^* : \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( X^{-q}, Y^p \right) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( X^{-q-1}, Y^p \right). \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\] 2 Now determine \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\operatorname{Hom}^{\bullet,\bullet}(X,Y)\). First, \[\left(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi} \operatorname{Hom}^{\bullet, \bullet}(X, Y)\right)^n = \prod_{p+q=n} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( X^{-q}, Y^p \right) = \prod_{k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \operatorname{Hom}\left( X^k, Y^{k+n} \right)\] under the substitution \(k=-q\), which is precisely \(\operatorname{Hom}^n(X,Y)\). Next describe \(d_{\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\operatorname{Hom}^{\bullet,\bullet}(X,Y)}^n\): its \((p,q)\)-coordinate in \(\operatorname{Hom}^{n+1}(X,Y)\), where \(p+q=n+1\), comes from \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-036-d010}\] The horizontal arrow is \((d_Y^{p-1})_*\), while the vertical arrow is \((-1)^{p+q-1}(d_X^{-q})^*=(-1)^n(d_X^{-q})^*\). The isomorphism that multiplies the factor \(\operatorname{Hom}^{p,q}(X,Y)\) by \((-1)^q\) changes the sign of the vertical term. Comparing with Definition reference gives the canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\operatorname{Hom}^{\bullet,\bullet}(X,Y)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)\), as required.

Finally, if \(\mathcal{A}\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear, then \(\operatorname{Hom}^{\bullet,\bullet}(X,Y)\) naturally becomes a functor with values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\).


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C038): the source omits \(F\) from this equality and from the rightmost term of each of the two isomorphisms below. Since the functors being defined are \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi}F\), this translation restores \(F\) in all three places.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C039): the source uses the coefficient \((-1)^{q+1}\), which corresponds to reusing the formula for \(\sigma\) but not to the strict inverse \(\sigma^{-1}\) obtained from the sign correction in the preceding section. This translation uses the inverse coefficient \((-1)^q\); consequently, the totalization is identified with the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex by component signs \((-1)^q\), rather than by literal equality.↩︎

Complexes on an Abelian Category

In this section, \(\mathcal{A}\) is assumed to be an abelian category. As usual, all statements about additivity in this section also extend to the case in which \(\mathcal{A}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category. For a complex \(X\) on an abelian category, we can discuss its cohomology (Definition reference). Recall that \([n]\) not only shifts the superscripts of a complex but also multiplies \(d_X^\bullet\) by the sign \((-1)^n\). This sign change does not alter the kernel or image of any \(d_X\). Thus \[\operatorname{H}^k\left( X[n] \right) = \operatorname{H}^{n+k} \left(X \right), \quad k, n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] Proposition reference has already shown that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is an additive category. We now show that it is also abelian.

Proposition. The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is abelian. More precisely, for all \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), \(X \oplus Y = (X^n \oplus Y^n, (d_X^n, d_Y^n))_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\), and for every morphism \(f:X\to Y\) one may take \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{ker}(f) = \left( \operatorname{ker}(f^n) \right)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}, \quad \operatorname{coker}(f) = \left( \operatorname{coker}(f^n) \right)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}, \\ \operatorname{im}(f) = \left( \operatorname{im}(f^n) \right)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}, \quad \operatorname{coim}(f) = \left( \operatorname{coim}(f^n) \right)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}. \end{gather*}\] 1

Suppose morphisms \(f\) and \(g\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) are composable and \(gf=0\). Then \(H:=\operatorname{H}\left[X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\right]\) is the following complex:

  • its degree-\(n\) term is \(H^n:=\operatorname{H}\left[X^n\xrightarrow{f^n}Y^n\xrightarrow{g^n}Z^n\right]\);

  • the morphism \(d_H^n:H^n\to H^{n+1}\) is determined by \(d_X^n\), \(d_Y^n\), and \(d_Z^n\), together with the functoriality of \(\operatorname{H}[\cdots]\) (Proposition reference). 2

Consequently, \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\) is exact if and only if \(X^n\xrightarrow{f^n}Y^n\xrightarrow{g^n}Z^n\) is exact for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Proof. Proposition reference explained how to use the forgetful functor from complexes to graded objects, \(U:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\), to reduce the required \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\) to degreewise constructions in \(\mathcal{A}\). The point is that \(U\) creates \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\) (Lemma reference). This gives degreewise constructions of \(X\oplus Y\), \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\), \(\operatorname{coker}(f)\), and so forth.

In particular, by the characterization equation, the canonical morphism \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to\operatorname{im}(f)\) is given by the morphisms \(\operatorname{coim}(f^n)\to\operatorname{im}(f^n)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\). A degreewise isomorphism is an isomorphism of complexes. Thus every morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is strict. Therefore \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is an abelian category. 3 The description of \(\operatorname{H}[X\to Y\to Z]\) follows in the same way.

Remark. The same method proves that the category of double complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\), and even the category of \(k\)-fold complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^k(\mathcal{A})\), remains abelian for \(k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\); see Remark reference.

Next consider a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), Proposition reference uniquely determines \(\operatorname{H}^n(f):\operatorname{H}^n(X)\to\operatorname{H}^n(Y)\) so that the following diagram commutes: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-037-d001} \end{equation}\] For composable morphisms \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\), this characterization immediately gives \(\operatorname{H}^n(gf)=\operatorname{H}^n(g)\operatorname{H}^n(f)\); moreover, \(\operatorname{H}^n(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{H}^n(X)}\).

Proposition (Cohomology as a functor).

For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the definition above gives an additive functor \(\operatorname{H}^n:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. The properties \(\operatorname{H}^n(gf)=\operatorname{H}^n(g)\operatorname{H}^n(f)\) and \(\operatorname{H}^n(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) follow directly from the characterization equation. In the same way one obtains \(\operatorname{H}^n(f_1+f_2)=\operatorname{H}^n(f_1)+\operatorname{H}^n(f_2)\) and \(\operatorname{H}^n(tf)=t\operatorname{H}^n(f)\) when \(\mathcal{A}\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear and \(t\in\Bbbk\).

A short exact sequence of complexes automatically induces a long exact sequence in cohomology. This is the most elementary form of a long exact sequence in homology theory.

Proposition (A short exact sequence induces a long exact sequence).

Let \(0\to X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\to0\) be a short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Then Theorem reference gives the following canonical exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\): \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-037-d002} \end{equation*}\]

This sequence has the following functoriality. If there is a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) whose rows are exact, \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-037-d003}\] then one obtains a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-037-d004}\]

Proof. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) there is an exact sequence \(\operatorname{coker}(d_X^{n-1})\to\operatorname{coker}(d_Y^{n-1})\to\operatorname{coker}(d_Z^{n-1})\to0\). Indeed, take the \(\operatorname{coker}\) part of the exact sequence in Theorem reference applied to the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-037-d005}\] 4 Similarly, there is an exact sequence \(0\to\operatorname{ker}(d_X^n)\to\operatorname{ker}(d_Y^n)\to\operatorname{ker}(d_Z^n)\). The two sequences fit into the following commutative diagram with exact rows: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-037-d006} \end{equation}\] The vertical arrows are induced respectively by \(d_X^{n-1}\), \(d_Y^{n-1}\), and \(d_Z^{n-1}\) and have epi–mono factorizations of the form \(\operatorname{coker}(d^{n-2})\stackrel{d^{n-1}}{\twoheadrightarrow} \operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})\hookrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\), with subscripts suppressed.

By Lemma reference (iii), the epimorphism \(\operatorname{coker}(d^{n-2})\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})\) determines the kernels of the vertical arrows in equation; then equation gives in turn \(\operatorname{H}^{n-1}(X)\), \(\operatorname{H}^{n-1}(Y)\), and \(\operatorname{H}^{n-1}(Z)\). Likewise, the monomorphism \(\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})\hookrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\) determines their cokernels, giving in turn \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)\), \(\operatorname{H}^n(Y)\), and \(\operatorname{H}^n(Z)\). Applying Theorem reference now yields the connecting morphism \(\delta^{n-1}:\operatorname{H}^{n-1}(Z)\to\operatorname{H}^n(X)\) and the portion of the long exact sequence containing the terms \(\operatorname{H}^n\) and \(\operatorname{H}^{n-1}\). Its functoriality follows from Remark reference.

Definition (Quasi-isomorphism).

Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). If \(\operatorname{H}^n(f)\) is an isomorphism for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), then \(f\) is called a quasi-isomorphism.

Proposition. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). If \(f\) is null-homotopic, then \(\operatorname{H}^n(f)=0\).

Proof. Choose \(h\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X,Y)\) such that \(f=d_Yh+hd_X\). The composite \(\operatorname{ker}(d_X^n)\hookrightarrow X^n\xrightarrow{h^{n+1}d_X^n}Y^n\) is zero. On the other hand, \(d_Y^{n-1}h^n\) factors through \(\operatorname{im}(d_Y^{n-1})\). Together these facts give \(\operatorname{H}^n(f)=0\).

Corollary. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the cohomology functor \(\operatorname{H}^n:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\) factors uniquely through \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). The notion of quasi-isomorphism therefore extends to morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). If \(f:X\to Y\) is an isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), then \(f\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

Proof. Combine Propositions reference and reference.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C040): the source writes \(\operatorname{ker}(f)^n\), \(\operatorname{coker}(f)^n\), \(\operatorname{im}(f)^n\), and \(\operatorname{coim}(f)^n\) on the left but equates each with an entire family indexed by \(n\) on the right. This translation removes the superscript \(n\) on the left so that all four are identities of complexes; their degree-\(n\) components remain exactly those shown on the right.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C041): the source mentions only \(d_X^n\) and \(d_Y^n\). This translation adds \(d_Z^n\), which is needed to give a morphism between the two three-term diagrams and hence to induce \(d_H^n\).↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C042): the closing sentence of the source names \(\mathcal{A}\), although that category was already assumed abelian; the category just proved abelian is \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). This translation corrects the category name.↩︎

  4. Translator’s note (O014-C043): the source states the sequence \(\operatorname{coker}(d_X^n)\to\operatorname{coker}(d_Y^n)\to\operatorname{coker}(d_Z^n)\to0\), while the vertical arrows in the diagram immediately following it are \(d_X^{n-1}\), \(d_Y^{n-1}\), and \(d_Z^{n-1}\). This translation aligns the cokernel indices with the diagram; renaming the index then gives the row indexed by \(n-2\) used below.↩︎

Mapping Cones and Long Exact Sequences

Long exact sequences are a principal tool of homological algebra. This section compares three ways of constructing a long exact sequence from a short exact sequence. Up to certain signs, all three give the same result. Throughout the section, \(\mathcal{A}\) is assumed to be an abelian category.

Proposition. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Take \(\alpha(f)\) and \(\beta(f)\) as in Definition reference. Then \[0 \to Y \xrightarrow{\alpha(f)} \operatorname{Cone}(f) \xrightarrow{\beta(f)} X[1] \to 0\] is an exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proof. Recall the definitions of \(\alpha(f)\) and \(\beta(f)\). Since exactness can be checked degreewise (Proposition reference), it suffices to prove the exactness of \[0 \to Y^n \xrightarrow{(0, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})} X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n \xrightarrow{\text{projection}} X^{n+1} \to 0,\] for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). This is Proposition reference.

Given a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), the short exact sequence in Proposition reference, together with Proposition reference, gives the following long exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\): \[\begin{equation} \cdots \to \operatorname{H}^n(Y) \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(\alpha(f))} \operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Cone}(f)) \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(\beta(f))} \underbracket{\operatorname{H}^n(X[1])}_{= \operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X)} \xrightarrow{\xi^n} \operatorname{H}^{n+1}(Y) \to \cdots \end{equation}\] The morphism labeled \(\xi^n\) is the connecting morphism induced by this short exact sequence. Corollary reference will prove that \(\xi^n\) is precisely \(\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(f):\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X)\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(Y)\). Thus every part of the mapping-cone long exact sequence equation is explicit and comes from \(f\), \(\alpha(f)\), and \(\beta(f)\). The next result goes in the opposite direction: every short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) also has a natural relation with a mapping cone. This relation can be constructed in two ways.

Lemma. Given a short exact sequence \(0\to X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\to0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), the two morphisms \[\Phi := (0, g): \operatorname{Cone}(f) \to Z, \quad \Phi' := (f[1], 0): X[1] \to \operatorname{Cone}(g)\] are quasi-isomorphisms of complexes and have the following properties:

  1. \(\Phi \circ \alpha(f) = g\) and \(\beta(g) \circ \Phi' = f[1]\);

  2. \(\alpha(g)\Phi + \Phi'\beta(f):\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to\operatorname{Cone}(g)\) is canonically null-homotopic.

Proof. Consider the following commutative diagrams in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d001} \quad \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d002}\] Every row is exact. Hence functoriality of mapping cones (Proposition reference) gives morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) arranged as \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d003} \end{equation}\] Checking degree by degree and using the diagrams above and the definition of a mapping cone shows that both rows of equation are exact. It is also easy to see that \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to\operatorname{Cone}(0\to Z)\simeq Z\) (or \(X[1]\simeq\operatorname{Cone}(X\to0)\to\operatorname{Cone}(g)\)) is exactly \(\Phi\) (or \(\Phi'\)). Once they are known to be morphisms of complexes, the equalities in (i) are immediate.

Applying Proposition reference to equation gives, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), exact sequences \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{H}^n\left( \operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X) \right) \to \operatorname{H}^n \left( \operatorname{Cone}(f) \right) \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(\Phi)} \operatorname{H}^n(Z) \to \operatorname{H}^{n+1} \left( \operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X) \right), \\ \operatorname{H}^{n-1}\left( \operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Z) \right) \to \operatorname{H}^n(X[1]) \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(\Phi')} \operatorname{H}^n\left( \operatorname{Cone}(g) \right) \to \operatorname{H}^n\left( \operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Z) \right). \end{gather*}\] Lemma reference (i) and Proposition reference show that the terms at both ends are all \(0\). Thus \(\Phi\) and \(\Phi'\) are quasi-isomorphisms.

Finally, verify (ii). Using \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)^n=X^{n+1}\oplus Y^n\) and \(\operatorname{Cone}(g)^n=Y^{n+1}\oplus Z^n\), write the morphisms as matrices: \[\begin{gather*} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d004}, \quad \alpha(g) \Phi + \Phi' \beta(f) = \begin{pmatrix} f[1] & 0 \\ 0 & g \end{pmatrix}. \end{gather*}\] On the other hand, take \(s=(s^n)_n\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}\left(\operatorname{Cone}(f),\operatorname{Cone}(g)\right)\) with \[s^n := \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^n} \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}: X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n \to Y^n \oplus Z^{n-1} ,\] which is also the only natural choice. A direct matrix calculation shows that \(d_{\operatorname{Cone}(g)}^{n-1}s^n+s^{n+1}d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}^n\) equals \[\begin{pmatrix} -d_Y^n & 0 \\ g^n & d_Z^{n-1} \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^n} \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix} + \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^{n+1}} \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} -d_X^{n+1} & 0 \\ f^{n+1} & d_Y^n \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} f^{n+1} & 0 \\ 0 & g^n \end{pmatrix}.\] Thus \(\alpha(g)\Phi+\Phi'\beta(f)\) is indeed null-homotopic.

In summary, a short exact sequence \(0\to X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\to0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) gives three ways to obtain the following long exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d005}\]

  1. Applying Proposition reference directly gives the long exact sequence \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d006}\]

  2. Use the quasi-isomorphism \(\Phi:\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to Z\) from Lemma reference together with equation to obtain the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d007}\] where

    • \(\eta^n := \operatorname{H}^n(\beta(f)) \operatorname{H}^n(\Phi)^{-1}\);

    • \(\xi^n\) is the connecting morphism in equation, of the form \[\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X)=\operatorname{H}^n(X[1])\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(Y).\]

    Since the first row is known to be exact, the second is exact as well.

  3. Proceed similarly, now using the quasi-isomorphism \(\Phi':X[1]\to\operatorname{Cone}(g)\) from Lemma reference. This gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d008}\] where

    • \((\eta')^n := \operatorname{H}^n(\Phi')^{-1} \operatorname{H}^n(\alpha(g))\);

    • \((\xi')^n\) comes from the connecting morphism \(\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(Y)=\operatorname{H}^n(Y[1])\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(Z)\) in equation, with \(g\) in place of \(f\).

    Since the first row is known to be exact, the second is exact as well.

How are these three long exact sequences alike, and how do they differ? We first state the conclusions.

  • Constructions (A) and (B) differ only by certain minus signs: Proposition reference will show that \(\eta^n=-\delta^n\), while Corollary reference implies \(\xi^n=\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(f)\).

  • Constructions (A) and (C) give the same result: Corollary reference, based on the result for (B), will show that \((\eta')^n=\delta^n\), while Corollary reference implies \((\xi')^n=\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(g)\).

  • Thus (B) and (C) differ only by a sign in the connecting morphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(Z)\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X)\). This can be explained by the rotation axiom (TR3) for triangulated categories; see Proposition in the discussion of derived categories in Chapter 4.

We now prove these relations.

Proposition. In the situation above, \(\eta^n=-\delta^n\) for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Proof. The following argument is taken from [KS06]. Because it is rather intricate, readers are encouraged first to try the concrete case \(\mathcal{A}=R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), with \(R\) a ring; the diagram-chasing method of [Li1] gives a direct proof in that case.

For a general abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), fix \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and take the fiber product \[S := \operatorname{coker}(d_Y^{n-1}) \ensuremath{\underset{\operatorname{coker}(d_Z^{n-1})}{\times}} \operatorname{H}^n(Z).\] How is the connecting morphism \(\delta^n\) constructed? It is obtained by applying equation to the diagram in equation, \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d009}\] here rearranged into the form \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d010} \end{equation}\] All rows and columns here are exact. The arrow \(a\) is induced by \(d_Y^n\), the arrow \(b\) is induced by \(f^{n+1}\), and the existence and uniqueness of \(u\) follow because commutativity of the right-hand part implies \(cav=0\). Inspecting the construction in equation shows that the diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d011} \quad \text{commutes}; \end{equation}\] since \(w\) is known to be an epimorphism, this diagram also uniquely determines \(\delta^n\).

To compare it with the mapping cone, verify directly from the definitions that the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d012}\] The definitions of the horizontal arrows should be clear. Since the fan-shaped part of equation commutes, the diagram above implies that the composite \[\begin{multlined} S \xrightarrow{(-u, v)} \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^{n+1} \right) \oplus \operatorname{coker}\left( d_Y^{n-1} \right) \\ {}\xrightarrow[\text{top row}]{\text{of the diagram above}} \operatorname{coker}\left( d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}^{n-1} \right) \xrightarrow{d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}^n} \operatorname{ker}\left( d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}^{n+1} \right) \end{multlined}\] is \(0\). Therefore \(S \xrightarrow{(-u, v)} \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^{n+1} \right) \oplus \operatorname{coker}\left( d_Y^{n-1} \right) \to \operatorname{coker}\left( d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}^{n-1} \right)\) factors uniquely as \(S \to \operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Cone}(f)) \hookrightarrow \operatorname{coker}\left( d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}^{n-1} \right)\). We claim that the following diagram commutes: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d013} \end{equation}\] Indeed, commutativity of each square is routine to verify. By the upper-right square in equation and \(\Phi=(0,g)\), the part \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d014}\] of diagram equation also commutes. Moreover, because \(\operatorname{H}^n(Z)\to\operatorname{coker}(d_Z^{n-1})\) is a monomorphism, composing with this arrow shows that the remaining curved left-hand part of equation commutes as well.

Notice that the two composites \[\begin{aligned} \operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Cone}(f)) &\hookrightarrow \operatorname{coker}\left( d_{\operatorname{Cone}(f)}^{n-1} \right) \to \operatorname{coker}(d_X^n), \\ \operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Cone}(f)) &\xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(\beta(f))} \operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X) \hookrightarrow \operatorname{coker}(d_X^n) \end{aligned}\] are equal, since both are induced by projection onto \(X^{n+1}\). Hence equation gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d015}\] By equation, this implies that the composites \(S\xrightarrow{w}\operatorname{H}^n(Z)\xrightarrow{\delta^n}\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X)\) and \(S\xrightarrow{w}\operatorname{H}^n(Z)\xrightarrow{\eta^n}\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X)\) differ by a minus sign. Since \(w\) is an epimorphism, \(\eta^n=-\delta^n\), as required.

Corollary. In the situation above, \((\eta')^n=\delta^n\) for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Proof. Use the notation of Lemma reference. By Proposition reference, it suffices to prove that \((\eta')^n+\eta^n=0\). This equality follows immediately from the fact that \(\alpha(g)\Phi+\Phi'\beta(f):\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to\operatorname{Cone}(g)\) is null-homotopic (Lemma reference (ii)).

Corollary. For any morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), the connecting morphism \(\xi^n:\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(X)\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(X[1])\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(Y)\) in the long exact sequence equation equals \(\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(f)\).

Proof. Apply Lemma reference to the short exact sequence \(0\to Y\to\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to X[1]\to0\). This gives the quasi-isomorphism \((0,\beta(f))\) and the following commutative diagram with exact rows: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-038-d016}\] The morphism \(\psi:\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))\to X[1]\) discussed in Lemma reference is precisely \((0,\beta(f))\) here: its degree-\(n\) component is the projection from \(Y^{n+1}\oplus\operatorname{Cone}(f)^n=Y^{n+1}\oplus X^{n+1}\oplus Y^n\) onto \(X^{n+1}\). The commutative diagram in that lemma therefore gives \[\begin{equation} \text{in $\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})$} \quad f[1] \circ (0, \beta(f)) + \beta(\alpha(f)) = 0 . \end{equation}\]

Now recall that \[\xi^n:\operatorname{H}^n(X[1])\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(Y)\] is the connecting morphism of the short exact sequence \[0 \to Y \xrightarrow{\alpha(f)} \operatorname{Cone}(f) \xrightarrow{\beta(f)} X[1] \to 0,\] and applying Proposition reference to this sequence shows immediately that the composite \[\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha(f))) \xrightarrow[\sim]{\operatorname{H}^n((0, \beta(f)))} \operatorname{H}^n(X[1]) \xrightarrow{\xi^n} \operatorname{H}^{n+1}(Y)\] equals \(-\operatorname{H}^n(\beta(\alpha(f)))\). But equation implies \(\operatorname{H}^n(\beta(\alpha(f)))=-\operatorname{H}^n(f[1])\circ \operatorname{H}^n((0,\beta(f)))\). Thus \(\xi^n=\operatorname{H}^n(f[1])=\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(f)\).

Corollary. With the notation above, \(f\) is a quasi-isomorphism if and only if \(\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Cone}(f))=0\) for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Proof. Substitute Corollary reference into the long exact sequence equation; the conclusion follows at once.

Exercises: Hochschild Homology and Cohomology

This section returns to concrete mathematics. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. Tensor products \(\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}\) of \(\Bbbk\)-modules will be abbreviated to \(\otimes\), the \(n\)-th tensor power of a \(\Bbbk\)-module \(M\) will be written \(M^{\otimes n}\), and we set \(M^{\otimes 0}:=\Bbbk\). For a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(R\), as usual, the left and right actions of \(\Bbbk\) on every \((R,R)\)-bimodule are assumed to agree. Thus an \((R,R)\)-bimodule is also identified with a left \(R\otimes R^{\operatorname{op}}\)-module.

Definition (Bar complex).

Let \(R\) be a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}\), define the \((R,R)\)-bimodule \[\begin{gather*} \mathsf{B}_n R := R \otimes R^{\otimes n} \otimes R = R^{\otimes (n+2)}, \\ r(r_0 \otimes \cdots \otimes r_{n+1})r' = rr_0 \otimes \cdots \otimes r_{n+1} r', \end{gather*}\] where \(r,r',r_0,\ldots,r_{n+1}\in R\). For every \(n\geq1\), define the bimodule homomorphism \[\begin{equation*} \begin{split} b_n: \mathsf{B}_n R & \to \mathsf{B}_{n-1} R, \\ b_n \left( r_0 \otimes \cdots \otimes r_{n+1} \right) & := \sum_{k=0}^n (-1)^k \cdots \otimes r_k r_{k+1} \otimes \cdots . \end{split} \end{equation*}\] We call \(\mathsf{B}R:=\left(\mathsf{B}_nR,b_n\right)_{n\geq0}\) the bar complex of \(R\); it is a chain complex in the sense of Remark reference.

The classical notation for \(r_0\otimes\cdots\otimes r_{n+1}\in\mathsf{B}_nR\) is \((r_0|\cdots|r_{n+1})\); this is the origin of the name “bar.” The homomorphism \(b\) acts by deleting one separator in every possible way and then summing the results with alternating signs. From this it is easy to see that \(b^2=0\). Indeed, \(b^2(r_0|\cdots|r_{n+1})\) is a linear combination of elements of the form \[\begin{gather*} (\cdots |r_{h-1} r_h| \cdots |r_{k-1} r_k| \cdots ) \quad \text{or} \quad ( \cdots | r_{h-1} r_h r_{h+1} | \cdots ). \end{gather*}\] There are exactly two ways to obtain any such term from \((\cdots|r_{h-1}|\cdots|r_k|\cdots)\) by deleting separators, and their signs cancel. Thus \(\mathsf{B}R\) is indeed a chain complex. Now augment the bar complex as in the following diagram and denote the result by \(\mathsf{B}'R\). The morphism \(b_0\) in the diagram is also called the augmentation homomorphism. \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d001}\]

Lemma. The augmented chain complex \(\mathsf{B}'R\) is exact. More precisely, if \(\mathsf{B}'R\) is regarded as a chain complex of \(\Bbbk\)-modules, then \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathsf{B}'R}\) is null-homotopic.

Proof. We construct a family of \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphisms \(h_n:\mathsf{B}'_nR\to\mathsf{B}'_{n+1}R\), for \(n\geq-1\), such that \(b_{n+1}h_n+h_{n-1}b_n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathsf{B}'_nR}\) (with, of course, the conventions \(h_{-2}=0\) and \(b_{-1}=0\)). This will prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathsf{B}'R}\) is null-homotopic. Concretely, take \[h_n(r_0 | \cdots | r_{n+1}) = (1_R | r_0 | \cdots | r_{n+1}),\] and extend linearly on \(\mathsf{B}'_nR\). For every \(n\geq0\) and \(r_0,\ldots,r_{n+1}\in R\), we obtain \[\begin{align*} b_{n+1} h_n \left(r_0 | \cdots | r_{n+1} \right) & = (r_0 | \cdots | r_{n+1}) + \sum_{k=0}^n (-1)^{k+1} (1_R | \cdots | r_k r_{k+1} | \cdots), \\ h_{n-1} b_n \left(r_0 | \cdots | r_{n+1} \right) & = \sum_{k=0}^n (-1)^k (1_R | \cdots | r_k r_{k+1} | \cdots). \end{align*}\] It follows immediately that \[(b_{n+1} h_n + h_{n-1} b_n)(r_0 | \cdots | r_{n+1}) = (r_0 | \cdots | r_{n+1}).\] Since \(b_0h_{-1}(r)=b_0(1_R|r)=r\), the equality also holds directly for \(n=-1\).

At first sight, the definitions of \(\mathsf{B}R\) and \(\mathsf{B}'R\) may seem like unexpected inventions. Example in the discussion of Chapter 8 will later view these chain complexes from the perspective of comonads and give a natural explanation.

Convention.

Define \(R^e:=R\otimes R^{\operatorname{op}}\). For every \((R,R)\)-bimodule \(M\), including the special case \(M=R\), henceforth:

  • regard \(M\) as a left \(R^e\)-module through \((r\otimes r')m=rmr'\);

  • regard \(M\) as a right \(R^e\)-module through \(m(r\otimes r'):=r'mr\).

With this convention, for every \(M\) we can define the chain complex of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \(M\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}\mathsf{B}R\) and the complex \(\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}\left(\mathsf{B}R,M\right)\).

Definition (G. Hochschild).

For every \(n\), define the \(\Bbbk\)-linear functors \(\operatorname{HH}_n,\operatorname{HH}^n:(R,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\rightrightarrows\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) as follows: \[\begin{array}{cl} \text{Hochschild homology} & \operatorname{HH}_n(M) := \operatorname{H}_n\left(M\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}\mathsf{B}R\right), \\ \text{Hochschild cohomology} & \operatorname{HH}^n(M) := \operatorname{H}^n\left(\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}(\mathsf{B}R,M)\right). \end{array}\] In the special case \(M=R\), these objects are called respectively the Hochschild homology \(\operatorname{HH}_n(R)\) and Hochschild cohomology \(\operatorname{HH}^n(R)\) of \(R\).

To simplify the descriptions of \(\operatorname{HH}_n(M)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^n(M)\), introduce the following two Hochschild complexes: \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} C_\bullet(R,M) & := \left[ \cdots \to M \otimes R^{\otimes n} \xrightarrow{d_n} \cdots \xrightarrow{d_2} M \otimes R \xrightarrow{d_1} M \right], \\ C^\bullet(R,M) & := \left[ M \xrightarrow{d^0} \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(R, M) \xrightarrow{d^1} \cdots \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(R^{\otimes n}, M) \xrightarrow{d^n} \cdots \right]. \end{aligned} \end{equation}\]

Their degrees are respectively \(\ldots,2,1,0\) and \(0,1,2,\ldots\); all other terms are set equal to \(0\). The homomorphisms \(d_n\) and \(d^n\) are defined as follows.

  1. In bar notation, continue to write an element \(m\otimes r_1\otimes\cdots\otimes r_n\) of \(M\otimes R^{\otimes n}\) as \((m|r_1|\cdots|r_n)\). Define \[\begin{multline} d_n(m|r_1|\cdots|r_n)=\\ \underbracket{(mr_1|r_2|\cdots|r_n) +\sum_{k=1}^{n-1}(-1)^k (m|\cdots|r_kr_{k+1}|\cdots)}_{=:d'_n(m|r_1|\cdots|r_n)} +(-1)^n(r_nm|r_1|\cdots|r_{n-1}). \end{multline}\]

  2. Identify an element of \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(R^{\otimes n},M)\) with a \(\Bbbk\)-multilinear map \(R^n\to M\) (see [Li1]). Define \[\begin{multline*} (d^nf)(r_1,\ldots,r_{n+1})=\\ r_1f(r_2,\ldots,r_{n+1}) +\sum_{k=1}^n(-1)^kf(\ldots,r_kr_{k+1},\ldots) +(-1)^{n+1}f(r_1,\ldots,r_n)r_{n+1}. \end{multline*}\]

For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), there are isomorphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d002}\] 1 and \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d003}\] A short calculation shows that, through these isomorphisms, \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\otimes b_n\) corresponds to \(d_n\), while \(b_{n+1}^*\) corresponds to \(d^n\).2 Thus the isomorphisms above are isomorphisms of complexes and give the following result. To display the parameter \(R\) explicitly once again, write \(\operatorname{HH}_n(R,M):=\operatorname{HH}_n(M)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^n(R,M):=\operatorname{HH}^n(M)\). 3 With this notation, \[\operatorname{HH}^n(R, M) \simeq \operatorname{H}^n(C^\bullet(R, M)), \quad \operatorname{HH}_n(R, M) \simeq \operatorname{H}_n(C_\bullet(R, M)).\] Readers new to the subject are encouraged to check the calculation in detail.

Remark. Suppose that \(R\) is commutative. Every \(R\)-module \(M\) becomes an \((R,R)\)-bimodule by \(rmr':=rr'm\). In this case, the complex \(C_\bullet(R,M)\) (or \(C^\bullet(R,M)\))4 is a complex of \(R\)-modules if we set \[r\cdot(m|r_1|\cdots|r_n)=(rm|r_1|\cdots|r_n) \quad\text{or}\quad (r\cdot f)(r_1,\ldots,r_n)=rf(r_1,\ldots,r_n).\] Consequently, \(\operatorname{HH}_n(M)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^n(M)\) both acquire \(R\)-module structures. This can of course also be proved at the level of the bar complex.

Example. Take \(M=R=\Bbbk\). It follows immediately from the construction above that \(d_1,d_2,\ldots\) are successively \(0,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}},0,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}},\ldots\). Thus \(\operatorname{HH}_0(\Bbbk)=\Bbbk\) and \(\operatorname{HH}_{\geq1}(\Bbbk)=0\). A similar argument gives \(\operatorname{HH}^0(\Bbbk)=\Bbbk\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^{\geq1}(\Bbbk)=0\).

In higher degrees \(n\), computing \(\operatorname{HH}^n(M)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}_n(M)\) from the original definition is generally difficult. Example in § 3.14 and in § 3.14 will later show respectively that \[\operatorname{HH}_n(M) \simeq \operatorname{Tor}^{R^e}_n(M, R), \quad \operatorname{HH}^n(M) \simeq \operatorname{Ext}_{R^e}^n(R, M),\] provided that \(R\), as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, is respectively flat and projective. At that point, some special cases of \(\operatorname{HH}_n\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^n\) can be computed with simpler complexes. For general \(R\), in the exercises of Chapter 8 we will explain \(\operatorname{HH}_n\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^n\) as relative \(\operatorname{Tor}\) and relative \(\operatorname{Ext}\).

Example (Degree zero: center and cocenter).

First consider \(\operatorname{HH}^0(M)\). By definition, \(d^0:M=C^0(R,M)\to C^1(R,M)=\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(R,M)\) maps \(m\) to \([r\mapsto rm-mr]\). Therefore \[\operatorname{HH}^0(M)=\left\{m\in M:\forall r\in R,\;rm=mr\right\}.\] The right-hand side may naturally be called the center of \(M\); when \(M=R\), this is precisely the center in the sense of ring theory.

Next consider \(\operatorname{HH}_0(M)\). Write \([M,R]\) for the \(\Bbbk\)-submodule of \(M\) generated by all elements of the form \(mr-rm\), with \(m\in M\) and \(r\in R\). Since \(d_1(m|r)=mr-rm\), we obtain \[\operatorname{im}\left[d_1:M\otimes R\to M\right]=[M,R], \quad \operatorname{HH}_0(M)=M/[M,R].\] In particular, the case \(M=R\) gives the submodule \([R,R]\) of \(R\) generated by all \([r',r]:=r'r-rr'\). The corresponding \(\Bbbk\)-module \(R/[R,R]\) is called the cocenter of \(R\). Every \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:R\to N\) satisfying \(\varphi(rr')=\varphi(r'r)\), that is, having a “trace-like” property, factors uniquely through \(R/[R,R]=\operatorname{HH}_0(R)\).

Example (Degree one: derivations).

Now consider \(\operatorname{HH}^1(M)\). Write \([r,m]:=rm-mr\). Then \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{ker}(d^1) &=\left\{D\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(R,M): \forall r_1,r_2\in R,\; r_1D(r_2)-D(r_1r_2)+D(r_1)r_2=0\right\},\\ \operatorname{im}(d^0) &=\left\{[\mathord{\cdot},m]\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(R,M):m\in M\right\}. \end{align*}\] The condition defining \(\operatorname{ker}(d^1)\) may be rewritten as the Leibniz rule \(D(r_1r_2)=r_1D(r_2)+D(r_1)r_2\). A \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(D\) with this property is regarded as a derivation on \(R\) with values in \(M\). The \(\Bbbk\)-module formed by these homomorphisms is denoted by \(\operatorname{Der}_{\Bbbk}(R,M)\), while the elements of the form \([\mathord{\cdot},m]\) form the submodule \(\mathrm{Inn}_{\Bbbk}(R,M)\). Thus the quotient module \[\operatorname{HH}^1(M)=\operatorname{Der}_{\Bbbk}(R,M)/\mathrm{Inn}_{\Bbbk}(R,M)\] classifies all derivations on \(R\) with values in \(M\), modulo \(\mathrm{Inn}_{\Bbbk}(R,M)\).

Now suppose that \(R\) is commutative, in order to interpret \(\operatorname{HH}_1(M)\). We need a little preparation. Define the free \(R\)-module \(\bigoplus_{r\in R}R\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r}\) with basis the symbols \(\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r}\), and define the submodule \(N\) generated by the following elements: \[\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}(r+r')}-\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r}-\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r'}, \quad \widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}tr}-t\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r}, \quad \widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}rr'}-r\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r'}-r'\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r},\] where \(r,r'\in R\) and \(t\in\Bbbk\). Thus define the \(R\)-module \[\begin{align*} \Omega_{R|\Bbbk} &:=\bigoplus_{r\in R}R\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r}\bigg/N\\ &=\sum_{r\in R}R\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r,\qquad \mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r:=\text{the image of }\widetilde{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r}. \end{align*}\]

This is called the module of Kähler differentials of the \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(R\) and is characterized by the following universal property: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d004} \qquad M:\text{an $R$-module}.\] The reader is asked to verify this directly. This isomorphism shows that \(R\to\Omega_{R|\Bbbk}\) given by \(r\mapsto\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}r\) (corresponding to \(\varphi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\)) is a “universal derivation.” Topics related to this properly belong to the theory of commutative rings; we merely record the result here.

Return to \(\operatorname{HH}_1(M)\), still assuming that \(R\) is commutative. Let \(M\) be an \(R\)-module made into an \((R,R)\)-bimodule by \(rmr':=(rr')m\). It is immediate that \(d_1:M\otimes R\to M\) is \(0\), while the image of \(d_2:M\otimes R^{\otimes2}\to M\otimes R\) is generated by elements of the form \((rm|r')-(m|rr')+(r'm|r)\). We therefore obtain homomorphisms of \(\Bbbk\)-modules in both directions \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d005}\] From the descriptions of \(\operatorname{im}(d_2)\) and \(\Omega_{R|\Bbbk}\), a routine check shows that these homomorphisms are well defined and mutually inverse. In fact, both are isomorphisms of \(R\)-modules. Thus, when \(R\) is commutative, we obtain \(\operatorname{HH}_1(M)\simeq M\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}\Omega_{R|\Bbbk}\). In particular, \(\operatorname{HH}_1(R)\simeq\Omega_{R|\Bbbk}\).

Hochschild homology and cohomology contain a wealth of information; their connection with derivations and differential forms is no accident. The exercises will give further interpretations of Hochschild cohomology. Return to the Hochschild chain complex. Keeping the actions of \(R^e\) on \(\mathsf{B}_nR\) and on \(M\) in mind, the intuitive idea is to arrange an element \((m|r_1|\cdots|r_n)\) of \(C_n(R,M)\) in a circle:

Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d006

Thus \(d_n(m|r_1|\cdots|r_n)\) is obtained by deleting a separator in \(n+1\) ways and summing the results with alternating signs. In the special case \(M=R\), the picture has an evident rotational symmetry. Algebraically, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) define the \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d007}\] then \(t_n^{n+1}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). This homomorphism realizes the symmetry. Rotational symmetry leads to the theory of cyclic homology. Historically, there have been at least two motivations for studying cyclic homology. The first is to seek an analogue of de Rham theory in the noncommutative setting. The second is to study and apply K-theory, including various generalizations of the index theorem. This section uses Hochschild homology and cohomology and cyclic homology only as a light vehicle for familiarizing the reader with operations on complexes; the treatment is merely introductory. Readers wishing to go further may consult monographs such as [Lo98, Wi19]. All complexes (or double complexes) mentioned below are understood to be chain complexes (or chain double complexes). For every \(n\geq0\), define \(N_n:=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}+t_n+\cdots+(t_n)^n \in\operatorname{End}_{\Bbbk}(R^{\otimes(n+1)})\). Define the cyclic double complex \(\mathrm{CC}(R)=(\mathrm{CC}(R)_{p,q})_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\) to be the following double complex.

\[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d008}\] All its terms are \(\Bbbk\)-modules, and all terms with \(q<0\) are defined to be \(0\). The morphisms \(d_q\) and \(d'_q\) are defined in equation. Notice that:

  • the even columns are the Hochschild chain complex \(C_\bullet(R,R)\) of equation;

  • it is easy to prove that the odd columns are the augmented bar complex \(\mathsf{B}'R\), with the indices shifted so that it begins in degree \(0\). Hence Lemma reference implies that all odd columns are exact; in fact, they are \(0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\).

To show that \(\mathrm{CC}(R)\) is indeed a double complex, we need the following observation. Its proof is elementary and interesting, with no essential difficulty, so it is left as an exercise in this chapter.

Lemma. Let \(R\) be a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. For every \(q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\), the following equalities hold in \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}\left(R^{\otimes(q+1)},R^{\otimes q}\right)\): \[d_q(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}-t_q)=(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}-t_{q-1})d'_q, \quad d'_qN_q=N_{q-1}d_q.\]

For every double complex \(C=(C_{i,j})_{(i,j)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\) and \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define its horizontal shift5 \(C_{\mathrm{I}}[m]\) to be the double complex \((C_{m+i,j})_{i,j}\). For every \(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define the horizontal brutal truncation functor \(\sigma_{\mathrm{I},\leq p}C\) (or \(\sigma_{\mathrm{I},\geq p}C\)) by replacing with \(0\) every \(C_{i,j}\) for which \(i>p\) (or \(i<p\)) and leaving all other terms unchanged. This gives a short exact sequence of double complexes (note the order): \[\begin{equation} 0 \to \sigma_{\mathrm{I}, \leq p} C \to C \to \sigma_{\mathrm{I}, \geq p+1} C \to 0. \end{equation}\] Moreover, for every \(a\leq b\), define \(\sigma_{\mathrm{I},[a,b]}:= \sigma_{\mathrm{I},\leq b}\sigma_{\mathrm{I},\geq a} =\sigma_{\mathrm{I},\geq a}\sigma_{\mathrm{I},\leq b}\). Apply these functors to \(\mathrm{CC}(R)\) and then take the total complex \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\) (Definition reference); this leads to the following definition.

Definition (B. Feigin, B. Tsygan; A. Connes).

For a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(R\) and every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{HP}_n(R) &:=\operatorname{H}_n\left(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}(\mathrm{CC}(R))\right) &\text{(periodic cyclic homology)},\\ \mathrm{HC}_n(R) &:=\operatorname{H}_n\left( \operatorname{tot}\left(\sigma_{\mathrm{I},\geq0}\mathrm{CC}(R)\right)\right) &\text{(cyclic homology)}. \end{align*}\] Both are functors \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Alg}}\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

Since \(\sigma_{\mathrm{I},\geq0}\mathrm{CC}(R)\) lies in the first quadrant, its total complex involves only the finite direct sums \(\bigoplus_{\substack{p+q=n\\p,q\geq0}}\mathrm{CC}_{p,q}(R)\). The subscript on \(\operatorname{tot}\) is therefore unnecessary. The definition immediately gives \(\mathrm{HC}_{<0}(R)=0\), while \(\mathrm{HC}_0(R)\) is the quotient of \(R\) by \(\operatorname{im}[d_1:R^{\otimes2}\to R]\) and \(\operatorname{im}[\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}-t_0]=0\), namely \(R/[R,R]\). The exercises will give computations in more special cases. The cyclic complex has the periodicity \(\mathrm{CC}(R)=\mathrm{CC}(R)_{\mathrm{I}}[-2]\), which yields an isomorphism \(\mathrm{HP}_n(R)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{HP}_{n-2}(R)\). For cyclic homology, the corresponding construction is the epimorphism “shift two columns to the left” \[\begin{align*} \sigma_{\mathrm{I},\geq0}\mathrm{CC}(R) &\to\left(\sigma_{\mathrm{I},\geq0}\mathrm{CC}(R)\right)_{\mathrm{I}}[-2]\\ \mathrm{CC}(R)_{p,q} &\to\begin{cases} \mathrm{CC}(R)_{p-2,q}\;\text{(identity)},&p\geq2,\\ 0,&0\leq p<2. \end{cases} \end{align*}\] Its kernel is given by columns \(0\) and \(1\) of \(\mathrm{CC}(R)\), namely the sub-double-complex \(\sigma_{\mathrm{I},[0,1]}\mathrm{CC}(R)\). This defines Connes’s periodicity operator \(S:\mathrm{HC}_n(R)\to\mathrm{HC}_{n-2}(R)\) on cyclic homology.

Theorem (A. Connes). Let \(R\) be a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. There is a canonical long exact sequence \[\cdots \xrightarrow{S} \mathrm{HC}_{n-1}(R) \xrightarrow{B} \operatorname{HH}_n(R) \xrightarrow{I} \mathrm{HC}_n(R) \xrightarrow{S} \mathrm{HC}_{n-2}(R) \to \cdots,\] where \(S\) is Connes’s periodicity operator and \(I\) is induced by the inclusion \[C_\bullet(R,R)\xrightarrow{\text{column $0$}} \sigma_{\mathrm{I},\geq0}\mathrm{CC}(R).\] The map \(B\) is the corresponding connecting homomorphism.

Proof. The first step is to apply equation to obtain the short exact sequence of double complexes \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d009}\] Taking total complexes involves only finite direct sums. Checking degree by degree shows that the result remains a short exact sequence \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d010}\] We already know that \(\mathsf{B}'R\) is exact. Applying the long exact sequence of Proposition reference shows that \(C_\bullet(R,R)\to \operatorname{tot}\left(\sigma_{\mathrm{I},[0,1]}\mathrm{CC}(R)\right)\) is a quasi-isomorphism of complexes.

Next consider the short exact sequence mentioned when defining \(S\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-039-d011}\] After taking total complexes, this remains a short exact sequence. By the preceding step, the degree-\(n\) homology groups of the three total complexes are identified respectively with \(\operatorname{HH}_n(R)\), \(\mathrm{HC}_n(R)\), and \(\mathrm{HC}_{n-2}(R)\).6 This proves the theorem.

Remark.

Define the cyclic double complex in the cochain sense, \(\mathrm{CC}'(R)\), by \(\mathrm{CC}'(R)^{p,q}:= \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}\left(\mathrm{CC}(R)_{p,q},\Bbbk\right)\). In analogy with Definition reference, define \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{HP}^n(R) &:=\operatorname{H}^n\left(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(\mathrm{CC}'(R))\right) &\text{(periodic cyclic cohomology)},\\ \mathrm{HC}^n(R) &:=\operatorname{H}^n\left( \operatorname{tot}\left(\sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq0}\mathrm{CC}'(R)\right)\right) &\text{(cyclic cohomology)} \end{align*}\] and so forth, where \(\sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq0}\) still denotes the horizontal brutal-truncation functor.

Write \(R^\vee:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(R,\Bbbk)\) and make it an \((R,R)\)-bimodule by \[(r\varphi r')(x):=\varphi(r'xr).\] By currying, the \(\Bbbk\)-linear dual of the Hochschild column is identified with \(C^\bullet(R,R^\vee)\); this identification requires no finiteness hypothesis. Consequently, the long exact sequence in Theorem reference has a cohomological version \[\cdots \xrightarrow{S} \mathrm{HC}^{n+1}(R) \xrightarrow{I} \operatorname{HH}^{n+1}(R,R^\vee) \xrightarrow{B} \mathrm{HC}^n(R) \xrightarrow{S} \mathrm{HC}^{n+2}(R) \to \cdots.\] 7 The corresponding Connes periodicity operator \(S\) comes from the monomorphism “shift two columns to the right,” namely \[\sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq0}\mathrm{CC}'(R) \to\left(\sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq0}\mathrm{CC}'(R)\right)_{\mathrm{I}}[2].\]

As our toolkit grows, we will return repeatedly to Hochschild homology and cohomology and to cyclic homology and cohomology.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C044): the source appends a final \(|1_R\) to the image in the middle row, even though the codomain is \(M\otimes R^{\otimes n}\); that surplus component is removed here.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C045): the source writes \(b_n^*\), which starts at \(\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}(\mathsf{B}_{n-1}R,M)\); the degree-\(n\) differential comes from \(b_{n+1}:\mathsf{B}_{n+1}R\to\mathsf{B}_nR\).↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C046): in the formula below, the source switches to two-argument notation without defining it; these two abbreviations make that transition explicit.↩︎

  4. Translator’s note (O014-C047): the source reverses the two arguments as \(C_\bullet(M,R)\) and \(C^\bullet(M,R)\) in this sentence; the notation here is aligned with the preceding definitions.↩︎

  5. This book’s convention uses the subscript \(\mathrm{I}\) for horizontal operations and \(\mathrm{II}\) for vertical operations.↩︎

  6. Translator’s note (O014-C048): the source says “degree-\(n\) cohomology” in this sentence, but all three objects are chain complexes and the formulas use homological subscripts; “homology” is used here.↩︎

  7. Translator’s note (O014-C049): the source prints \(\operatorname{HH}^{n+1}(R)=\operatorname{HH}^{n+1}(R,R)\) as the middle term. However, the \(\Bbbk\)-linear dual of \(C_\bullet(R,R)\) has coefficients in \(R^\vee\), not in the regular bimodule \(R\), unless an additional identification \(R^\vee\simeq R\) is supplied.↩︎

Truncation Functors

At the beginning of this section, let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category.

Definition.

For a complex \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), use the following terms and corresponding full subcategories:

Term bounded bounded below bounded above
Condition \(|n| \gg 0 \implies X^n = 0\) \(n \ll 0 \implies X^n = 0\) \(n \gg 0 \implies X^n = 0\)
Full subcategory \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\) \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\)

More generally, for \(-\infty \leq s \leq t \leq +\infty\), let \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[s,t]}(\mathcal{A})\) denote the full subcategory consisting of complexes satisfying \(n \notin [s, t] \implies X^n = 0\), and define \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq s}(\mathcal{A}) := \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[s, +\infty]}(\mathcal{A}), \quad \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq t}(\mathcal{A}) := \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[-\infty, t]}(\mathcal{A}).\]

All these full subcategories are additive categories. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\), and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}) = \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}) \cap \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\) are abelian subcategories.1 The shift functor \([n]\) preserves \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\), and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\), but maps \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[a,b]}(\mathcal{A})\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[a-n, b-n]}(\mathcal{A})\). Moreover, \(\mathcal{A}\) is naturally identified with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A}) \cap \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq 0}(\mathcal{A})\). For every \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), the notion of homotopy between morphisms (Definition reference) restricts to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A})\). Thus Definition reference has the following variant.

Definition.

For \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) has a full additive subcategory \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) that is closed under the shift functors.

From now on, we require \(\mathcal{A}\) to be an abelian category. We study how to truncate the part of a complex \(X\) in degrees \(<n\) (or \(>n\)). The naive idea is to replace every term in that part by \(0\). Although simple, this disrupts cohomology, so we introduce a more refined version.

Definition (Truncation functors).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and let \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). For a complex \(X\), define \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-040-d001}\] The omitted terms are clear, and in the vertical direction only morphisms other than \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) and \(0\) are marked. We thus obtain morphisms between the complexes listed on the left; in this notation, every \(\operatorname{coim}(d^i)\) is identified with \(\operatorname{im}(d^i)\) through the canonical comparison isomorphism.

It is clear that \(\tau^{\leq n}\), \(\tilde{\tau}^{\leq n}\), \(\tau^{\geq n}\), and \(\tilde{\tau}^{\geq n}\) are all additive functors. We have \(\tau^{\leq n} = [-n] \circ \tau^{\leq 0} \circ [n]\); the same holds for \(\tilde{\tau}^{\leq n}\), \(\tau^{\geq n}\), and \(\tilde{\tau}^{\geq n}\). Moreover, if \(m \leq n\), there are evident epimorphisms \(\tau^{\geq m} X \twoheadrightarrow \tau^{\geq n} X\) and \(\tilde{\tau}^{\geq m} X \twoheadrightarrow \tilde{\tau}^{\geq n} X\), and evident monomorphisms \(\tau^{\leq m} X \hookrightarrow \tau^{\leq n} X\) and \(\tilde{\tau}^{\leq m} X \hookrightarrow \tilde{\tau}^{\leq n} X\).

Lemma. For every \(k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the comparison morphisms \(\tau^{\leq n}X \to \tilde{\tau}^{\leq n}X\) and \(\tilde{\tau}^{\geq n}X \to \tau^{\geq n}X\) in the diagram above induce the following isomorphisms in \(\mathcal{A}\)2 \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{H}^k\left( \tau^{\leq n} X\right) & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^k\left( \tilde{\tau}^{\leq n} X\right) \simeq \begin{cases} \operatorname{H}^k(X), & k \leq n \\ 0, & k > n \end{cases}, \\ \operatorname{H}^k\left( \tilde{\tau}^{\geq n} X\right) & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^k\left( \tau^{\geq n} X\right) \simeq \begin{cases} \operatorname{H}^k(X), & k \geq n \\ 0, & k < n \end{cases}, \end{align*}\] and the following short exact sequences in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} 0 \to \tilde{\tau}^{\leq n-1} X \to \tau^{\leq n} X \to \operatorname{H}^n(X)[-n] \to 0, \\ 0 \to \operatorname{H}^n(X)[-n] \to \tau^{\geq n} X \to \tilde{\tau}^{\geq n+1} X \to 0, \\ 0 \to \tau^{\leq n} X \to X \to \tilde{\tau}^{\geq n+1} X \to 0, \\ 0 \to \tilde{\tau}^{\leq n-1} X \to X \to \tau^{\geq n} X \to 0, \\ 0 \to \tau^{\leq n} X \to \tilde{\tau}^{\leq n} X \to \operatorname{Cone}\left(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{im}(d_X^n) [-n-1]} \right) \to 0. \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] Here \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)[-n]\) is understood according to Convention reference. All these morphisms are functorial in \(X\).

Proof. The degree-\(n\) component of the morphism \(\tilde{\tau}^{\leq n-1} X \to \tau^{\leq n} X\) is \(\operatorname{coim}(d^{n-1}) \xrightarrow{\sim} \operatorname{im}(d^{n-1}) \hookrightarrow \operatorname{ker}(d^n)\),3 and every other component is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). The degree-\(n\) component of the morphism \(\tau^{\leq n} X \to \operatorname{H}^n(X)[-n]\) is \[\operatorname{ker}(d^n) \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{ker}(d^n)/\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1}) = \operatorname{H}^n(X).\]

The degree-\(n\) component of the morphism \(\tau^{\geq n} X \to \tilde{\tau}^{\geq n+1} X\) is the epimorphism induced by \(d^n\), \(\operatorname{coker}(d^{n-1}) \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{im}(d^n)\), and every other component is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). The degree-\(n\) component of the morphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)[-n] \to \tau^{\geq n} X\) is \[\operatorname{ker}(d^n)/\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1}) \hookrightarrow X^n/\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1}) = \operatorname{coker}(d^{n-1}).\]

All remaining verifications are routine and are left to the reader as exercises.

Thus \(\tau^{\leq n}\) and \(\tilde{\tau}^{\leq n}\) (or \(\tau^{\geq n}\) and \(\tilde{\tau}^{\geq n}\)) do indeed truncate cohomology in degrees \(>n\) (or \(<n\)).

Remark. For a complex \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), applying the functor \(\sigma\) of Definition–Proposition reference gives \[\sigma X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})) = \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})^{\operatorname{op}}).\] Ignoring some \(\pm\) signs that have no effect in this context, this operation amounts to reversing the arrows in the complex and then reversing the degree indices. By the duality between \(\operatorname{ker}\) and \(\operatorname{coker}\), under this operation \(\tau^{\geq n}(X)\) corresponds to \(\tau^{\leq -n}(\sigma X) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}))\), and so forth. Similarly, because \(\operatorname{im}\) and \(\operatorname{coim}\) are dual to each other, \(\tilde{\tau}^{\geq n}(X) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) corresponds to \(\tilde{\tau}^{\leq -n}(\sigma X) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}))\).

Compared with \(\tilde{\tau}^{\leq n}\) and \(\tilde{\tau}^{\geq n}\), the functors \(\tau^{\leq n}\) and \(\tau^{\geq n}\) have some properties that are easier to use. The first is adjunction.

Proposition. For every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there are the following adjunctions: \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq n}(\mathcal{A})}\left(X, \tau^{\leq n} Y \right), \quad X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq n}(\mathcal{A})) \\ \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq n}(\mathcal{A})}\left(\tau^{\geq n} X, Y \right), \quad Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq n}(\mathcal{A})). \end{gather*}\]

Proof. This is clear from the definition of truncation. The reader may write down the corresponding unit and counit morphisms: they are the morphisms shown in Definition reference, or \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

Next, \(\tau^{\leq n}\) and \(\tau^{\geq n}\) descend to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Definition–Proposition.

For every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the functor \(\tau^{\leq n}\) (or \(\tau^{\geq n}\)) naturally induces a functor from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) to itself, still denoted by \(\tau^{\leq n}\) (or \(\tau^{\geq n}\)).

Proof. Let \(h \in \operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X, Y)\). For the case of \(\tau^{\leq n}\), define \(\overline{h}^n := h^n \circ \bigl(\operatorname{ker}(d_X^n) \hookrightarrow X^n\bigr)\). Define \(\overline{h} \in \operatorname{Hom}^{-1}\left( \tau^{\leq n} X, \tau^{\leq n} Y \right)\) by the following diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-040-d002}\] It is easy to see that \(\tau^{\leq n}\left( d^{-1} h \right) = d^{-1} \overline{h}\).

For the case of \(\tau^{\geq n}\), instead define \(\underline{h}^{n+1} := \bigl(Y^n \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{coker}(d_Y^{n-1})\bigr) \circ h^{n+1}\) and use this to define \(\underline{h} \in \operatorname{Hom}^{-1}\left( \tau^{\geq n} X, \tau^{\geq n} Y \right)\); the remainder is similar. The two cases are of course dual.

The following simple but important property follows immediately from Definition reference.

Proposition. For all integers \(a<b\) and \(n\), and \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), we have4 \[\begin{gather*} \tau^{\leq a} \tau^{\geq b}(X) = 0 = \tau^{\geq b} \tau^{\leq a}(X), \\ \tau^{\leq n }\tau^{\geq n}(X) \simeq \operatorname{H}^n(X)[-n] \simeq \tau^{\geq n} \tau^{\leq n}(X) \quad \text{(canonical isomorphisms).} \end{gather*}\]


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C050): the source states the second assertion without requiring \(\mathcal{A}\) to be abelian, although at this point \(\mathcal{A}\) has only been assumed additive. The assertion is made conditional here.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C051): the source refers to “the morphisms above,” which could be read as the transition morphisms for \(m\leq n\) in the immediately preceding paragraph; only the two comparison morphisms displayed here induce these cohomology isomorphisms.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C052): the source writes \(\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})\) directly as the degree-\(n\) term of \(\tilde{\tau}^{\leq n-1}X\); that term is actually \(\operatorname{coim}(d^{n-1})\), canonically identified with its image.↩︎

  4. Translator’s note (O014-C053): the source writes \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), but the truncation functors and \(\operatorname{H}^n\) in this proposition act on complexes.↩︎

Cohomology of double complexes

This section examines the cohomology of a double complex \(X\) in the horizontal and vertical directions, and its relationship with the cohomology of the total complex. The results will be used to study derived functors of bifunctors; the argument follows [KS06]. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. As always, when \(\mathcal{A}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear abelian category, all the results have corresponding generalizations. Recall that Definition reference (or the more explicit diagram equation) introduced a pair of invertible additive functors \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-041-d001}\] Using them, define for every double complex \(X\) (with \(p,q,n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) below) \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^p(X) & := (\operatorname{H}^p \circ F_{\mathrm{I}})(X) = \text{the complex}\; \left[ \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-041-d002}\right] \quad \text{(see Proposition~\href{#prop:abelian-cat-cplx}{reference})}, \\ \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}^q(X) & := (\operatorname{H}^q \circ F_{\mathrm{II}})(X) \\ & = \text{the complex}\; \left[ \cdots \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}} \operatorname{H}^q(X^{p, \bullet}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}} \operatorname{H}^q(X^{p+1, \bullet}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}} \cdots \right] , \\ \tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq n} & := (F_{\mathrm{I}})^{-1} \circ \tau^{\leq n} \circ F_{\mathrm{I}}, \\ \tau_{\mathrm{II}}^{\leq n} & := (F_{\mathrm{II}})^{-1} \circ \tau^{\leq n} \circ F_{\mathrm{II}}, \end{align*}\] 1 There are likewise functors \(\tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq n}\), \(\tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq n}\), \(\tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq n}\) and \(\tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{II}}^{\leq n}\), \(\tau_{\mathrm{II}}^{\geq n}\), \(\tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{II}}^{\geq n}\). Thus there are still morphisms of functors \[\begin{gather*} \tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq n} \to \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq n} \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})} \to \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq n} \to \tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq n}, \\ \tau_{\mathrm{II}}^{\leq n} \to \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{II}}^{\leq n} \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})} \to \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{II}}^{\geq n} \to \tau_{\mathrm{II}}^{\geq n}. \end{gather*}\]

Definition.

For a double complex \(X\), write \(\operatorname{Supp}(X) := \left\{ (p,q) \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2 : X^{p,q} \neq 0 \right\}\). Let \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\) be the full subcategory consisting of those objects \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\) for which the set \(\{(p,q)\in\operatorname{Supp}(X):p+q=n\}\) is finite for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Example. If \(\operatorname{Supp}(X)\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}^2\) (the first quadrant), if \(\operatorname{Supp}(X)\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\leq 0}^2\) (the third quadrant), or if \(\operatorname{Supp}(X)\) is the union of finitely many rows or columns, then \(X\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\).

The total complexes \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)\) and \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}(X)\) are defined for every object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\), with no additional assumption on \(\mathcal{A}\). Moreover, \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}(X)=\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}(X)\) in this case. We therefore obtain an additive functor \(\operatorname{tot}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). We now make a simple but necessary observation. Given an object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there is a finite subset \(S\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\) such that \(\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{tot}(X))\) is completely determined by the data \(\left(X^{p,q},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,q}\right)_{(p,q)\in S}\).

Lemma. The total-complex functor \(\operatorname{tot}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is exact (Definition reference).

Proof. Let \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\) be an exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\). Recalling the relevant definitions, such as Proposition reference, it suffices to show that for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) the sequence \[\bigoplus_{p+q=n} X^{p,q} \xrightarrow{\bigoplus_{p+q=n} f^{p,q}} \bigoplus_{p+q=n} Y^{p,q} \xrightarrow{\bigoplus_{p+q=n} g^{p,q}} \bigoplus_{p+q=n} Z^{p,q}\] is exact in \(\mathcal{A}\). Since these direct sums are finite, this reduces to the exactness of \(X^{p,q}\xrightarrow{f^{p,q}}Y^{p,q}\xrightarrow{g^{p,q}}Z^{p,q}\).

Although the next lemma may look complicated, it is merely an exercise in the definitions and applies to every additive category \(\mathcal{A}\).

Lemma. Let \(h\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and let \(Y\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Form

  • the object \(Y[-h]\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\);

  • the object \(Y_{\mathrm{I}}[-h]\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), whose term in degree \(h\) is \(Y\) and whose other terms are \(0\).

There are then canonical isomorphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\begin{gather*} (\operatorname{tot}\circ F_{\mathrm{I}}^{-1}) \operatorname{Cone}\left( \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y_{\mathrm{I}}[-h]} \right) \simeq \operatorname{Cone}\left( \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y[-h]} \right), \\ (\operatorname{tot}\circ F_{\mathrm{I}}^{-1}) \left( Y_{\mathrm{I}}[-h] \right) \simeq Y[-h]. \end{gather*}\]

Proof. By definition, \(\operatorname{Cone}\left(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y_{\mathrm{I}}[-h]}\right)\) is the object \(Y\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y}Y\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[h-1,h]}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), concentrated in degrees \(h-1\) and \(h\). Hence \(Z:=F_{\mathrm{I}}^{-1}\operatorname{Cone}\left(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y_{\mathrm{I}}[-h]}\right)\) is the double complex shown below: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-041-d003}\] All columns corresponding to \(p\notin\{h-1,h\}\) are zero. The definition of the total complex (Definition reference) now gives at once \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{tot}(Z)^n & = Y^{n-h+1} \oplus Y^{n-h} = Y[-h]^{n+1} \oplus Y[-h]^n \\ & = \operatorname{Cone}\left( \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y[-h]} \right)^n , \\ d_{\operatorname{tot}(Z)}^n & = \begin{pmatrix} (-1)^{h-1} d_Y^{n-h+1} & 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^{n-h+1}} & (-1)^{h} d_Y^{n-h} \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} - d_{Y[-h]}^{n+1} & 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y[-h]^{n+1}} & d_{Y[-h]}^n \end{pmatrix} \\ & = d_{\operatorname{Cone}\left( \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y[-h]} \right)}^n . \end{align*}\] The second isomorphism can be checked similarly, but more easily, and is left to the reader.

Lemma. Let \(X\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\) and let \(q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

  1. The natural morphism \(\operatorname{tot}\left(\tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q}X\right)\to \operatorname{tot}\left(\tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q}X\right)\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

  2. There is a canonical short exact sequence \[0 \to \operatorname{tot}\left( \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q-1} (X) \right) \to \operatorname{tot}\left( \tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q}(X) \right) \to \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^q(X)[-q] \to 0.\]

Proof. Apply Lemma reference in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) to obtain the short exact sequences \[\begin{gather*} 0 \to \tau^{\leq q} F_{\mathrm{I}} (X) \to \tilde{\tau}^{\leq q} F_{\mathrm{I}} (X) \to \operatorname{Cone}\left( \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{im}\left( d^q_{F_{\mathrm{I}} X} \right)_{\mathrm{I}} [-q-1]} \right) \to 0, \\ 0 \to \tilde{\tau}^{\leq q-1} F_{\mathrm{I}}(X) \to \tau^{\leq q} F_{\mathrm{I}}(X) \to \operatorname{H}^q_{\mathrm{I}}(X)_{\mathrm{I}}[-q] \to 0. \end{gather*}\] The notation \((\cdots)_{\mathrm{I}}[\cdots]\) has the meaning specified in Lemma reference. Apply \(\operatorname{tot}\circ F_{\mathrm{I}}^{-1}\) to these short exact sequences. Lemma reference says that \(\operatorname{tot}\) is exact, and \(F_{\mathrm{I}}^{-1}\) is of course exact as well. Substitution from Lemma reference gives short exact sequences in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\begin{gather*} 0 \to \operatorname{tot}\left(\tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q} X\right) \to \operatorname{tot}\left( \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q} X \right) \to \operatorname{Cone}\left( \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{im}( d_{F_{\mathrm{I}} X}^q )[-q-1]} \right) \to 0, \\ 0 \to \operatorname{tot}\left( \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q-1} X \right) \to \operatorname{tot}\left( \tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q}X \right) \to \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^q(X)[-q] \to 0. \end{gather*}\] The second is precisely (ii). Part (i) follows from the first together with Propositions reference and reference (i).

For any object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\), let \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\) denote the following double complexes (\(p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)):

\[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \left( \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)^{p, \bullet}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_{\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)}^{p, \bullet} \right) & := \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^p(X), & \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_{\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)}^{\bullet, \bullet} := 0, \\ \left( \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)^{\bullet, q}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_{\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)}^{\bullet, q} \right) & := \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}^q(X), & \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_{\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)}^{\bullet, \bullet} := 0, \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] In other words, \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)\) (respectively \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\)) is obtained by taking the cohomology of \(X\) in the \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\)-direction (respectively the \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\)-direction). Both are endofunctors of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\). We may then define \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\); both satisfy \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}=0=\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\).

Theorem. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\). If the induced morphism \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)\to \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(Y)\) is an isomorphism, then \(\operatorname{tot}(f):\operatorname{tot}(X)\to\operatorname{tot}(Y)\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

The same conclusion holds if instead the induced morphism \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\to \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(Y)\) is assumed to be an isomorphism.

Proof. The condition is equivalent to saying that the morphism \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^n(f):\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^n(X)\to \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^n(Y)\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is a quasi-isomorphism for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The first step is to reduce to the case in which \[\begin{equation} q \ll 0 \implies \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q}(X) = 0 = \tilde{\tau}_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq q}(Y). \end{equation}\] Indeed, let \(r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Functorial truncation as in Lemma reference shows that the original condition implies that \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^n(\tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq r}f): \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^n(\tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq r}X)\to \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^n(\tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq r}Y)\) is also a quasi-isomorphism for every \(n\). For a fixed \(n\), however, the definition of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\) shows that when \(r\ll0\) there is a commutative diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-041-d004} \end{equation}\] The double complexes in the second row satisfy equation. We may therefore replace \(f\) by \(\tau_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq r}f\) from now on and assume equation. Our goal is to prove that \(\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{tot}(f))\) is an isomorphism for the chosen \(n\).

For every \(q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), Lemma reference (ii) gives a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-041-d005}\] 2 The right-hand vertical arrow is a quasi-isomorphism, and all the vertical arrows come from \(f\). We shall prove that both \(\alpha_q\) and \(\beta_q\) are quasi-isomorphisms. If \(\alpha_{q-1}\) is a quasi-isomorphism, then functoriality of the associated long exact sequences (Proposition reference), together with Proposition reference, implies that \(\beta_q\) is also a quasi-isomorphism. On the other hand, Lemma reference (i) gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-041-d006}\] Thus, if \(\beta_q\) is a quasi-isomorphism, then so is \(\alpha_q\). Since \(\alpha_q\) is simply \(0\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}0\) when \(q\ll0\), recursion shows that \(\alpha_q\) and \(\beta_q\) are quasi-isomorphisms for all \(q\).

Recall that \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) has been fixed. By an argument similar to that for equation, when \(q\gg0\) there is a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-041-d007}\] Hence \(\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{tot}(f))\) is indeed an isomorphism.

Finally, the same argument applies when \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(Y)\). Alternatively, one may use Proposition reference to interchange \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\) and \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\).

The proof above is rather involved. Example in § 5.6 will give another proof based on spectral sequences.

Corollary. Let \(X\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_f^2(\mathcal{A})\). If \(X\) is row-exact, that is, if \(\left(X^{\bullet,q},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\right)\) is exact for every \(q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), then \(\operatorname{tot}(X)\) is exact. Likewise, if \(X\) is column-exact, then \(\operatorname{tot}(X)\) is exact.

Proof. If \(X\) is row-exact, then \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)=0\). Theorem reference therefore implies that \(\operatorname{tot}(X)\to\operatorname{tot}(0)=0\) is a quasi-isomorphism; in other words, \(\operatorname{tot}(X)\) is exact.

The argument in the column-exact case is identical. Alternatively, the two cases can be deduced from one another by Proposition reference.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C054): in the first two definitions the source prints only the composite functors \(\operatorname{H}^p\circ F_{\mathrm{I}}\) and \(\operatorname{H}^q\circ F_{\mathrm{II}}\) on the right, although the left-hand sides are their values on the double complex \(X\). The argument \(X\) has been restored.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C055): the source labels the right-hand vertical arrow only by \(\simeq\). The theorem’s hypothesis says that this morphism is the quasi-isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}^q(f)[-q]\), not necessarily an isomorphism of complexes; the morphism has therefore been named and its precise property stated.↩︎

Resolutions

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category, and consider a complex \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\). If \(X^n\) is an injective object (respectively a projective object) of \(\mathcal{A}\) for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), we say that \(X\) consists of injective objects (respectively projective objects). Recall the trivial fact that \(0\) is both injective and projective.

Definition.

Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\).

  • If \(X\to I\) is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), where \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of injective objects, then \(X\to I\) is called an injective resolution of \(X\).

  • If \(P\to X\) is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), where \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of projective objects, then \(P\to X\) is called a projective resolution of \(X\).

Replacing \(\mathcal{A}\) by \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\), that is, reversing all arrows, shows that injective and projective resolutions are dual notions.

Example. As the most elementary and classical special case, consider an injective resolution \(X\to I\) of \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). The definition requires only \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\), but we would like to take \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\). This is possible: use the truncation \[X \to I \to \tau^{\geq 0} I .\] To see that the composite is an injective resolution, two properties must be checked. First, Lemma reference shows that it remains a quasi-isomorphism. Second, \(\tau^{\geq0}I\) still consists of injective objects. Indeed, consider the short exact sequence \(0\to\operatorname{im}(d_I^{n-1})\to I^n\to\operatorname{coker}(d_I^{n-1})\to0\). Since \(d_I^{n-1}=0\) when \(n\ll0\), while \(\operatorname{coker}(d_I^{n-1})\simeq\operatorname{im}(d_I^n)\) when \(n<0\), Lemmas reference and reference show recursively that for \(n\leq0\) \[I^n \simeq \operatorname{im}\left(d_I^{n-1} \right) \oplus \operatorname{coker}\left( d_I^{n-1} \right) , \quad \text{and hence}\; \operatorname{coker}\left(d_I^{n-1} \right) \;\text{is injective};\] the recursion starts at \(n\ll0\), where this formula becomes \(0=0\oplus0\). Taking \(n=0\) shows that \(\operatorname{coker}(d_I^{-1})\) is injective, so \(\tau^{\geq0}I\) consists of injective objects.

In practice one is interested in resolutions that extend sufficiently far. The observation above shows that we may replace \(X\to I\) by \(X\to\tau^{\geq0}I\), so that the injective resolution has the form \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d001}\] This can also be flattened and viewed as the exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[0 \to X \to I^0 \to I^1 \to \cdots, \quad \text{every $I^n$ is injective, $n \geq 0$}.\]

Similarly, for a projective resolution \(P\to X\), replace it by the composite \(\tau^{\leq0}P\to P\to X\). We may thus assume that it comes from the exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[\cdots \to P^{-1} \to P^0 \to X \to 0, \quad \text{every $P^n$ is projective, $n \leq 0$.}\] This is usually written in chain-complex notation as \(\cdots\to P_1\to P_0\to X\to0\), where \(P_n:=P^{-n}\).

The question is whether injective or projective resolutions exist. By duality, it is enough to discuss the construction of injective resolutions first. The simplest case is again \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). Assume that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives; see Definition reference. Choose a monomorphism \(X\to I^0\) with \(I^0\) injective. Suppose recursively that an exact sequence \[0 \to X \to I^0 \to \cdots \to I^n, \quad n \geq 0,\] has been constructed with \(I^0,\ldots,I^n\) injective. At the initial step \(n=0\), use the cokernel \(\operatorname{coker}[X\to I^0]\); for \(n\geq1\), use \(\operatorname{coker}[I^{n-1}\to I^n]\). In either case choose an injective object \(I^{n+1}\) and a monomorphism from that cokernel to \(I^{n+1}\). Composition gives \(I^n\to I^{n+1}\) such that \(0\to X\to\cdots\to I^{n+1}\) is still exact. Repeating the construction yields an injective resolution of \(X\). 1 If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projectives, the construction of a projective resolution \(\cdots\to P^0\to X\to0\) for \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is entirely dual. These constructions extend to complexes, subject to boundedness conditions, as follows.

Theorem. Let \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) be an additive full subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\), and suppose that for every object \(A\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) there is a monomorphism \(A\hookrightarrow B\) (respectively an epimorphism \(B\twoheadrightarrow A\)) with \(B\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\). Then:

  1. For every object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) (respectively \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\)), there is a quasi-isomorphism \[f: X \to I \quad \text{(respectively $f: P \to X$)},\] where \(f\) is a monomorphism (respectively an epimorphism), and \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\flat))\) (respectively \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A}^\flat))\)).

  2. More precisely, if \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq m}(\mathcal{A}))\) (respectively \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq m}(\mathcal{A}))\)), then one may take \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq m}(\mathcal{A}))\) (respectively \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq m}(\mathcal{A}))\)).

Consequently, if \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives (respectively enough projectives), then every such \(X\) has an injective resolution \(X\hookrightarrow I\) (respectively a projective resolution \(P\twoheadrightarrow X\)).

Proof. By duality, we treat only the version in which \(X\) belongs to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\). For (i), suppose recursively that we have a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d002}\] where the second row is a complex of objects of \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\), \(m\ll0\implies I^m=0\), every \(f^m\) is a monomorphism for \(m\leq n\), and for \(m\leq n-1\) the morphism \(f^m\) induces an isomorphism \(\operatorname{ker}(d_X^m)/\operatorname{im}(d_X^{m-1})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{ker}(d_I^m)/\operatorname{im}(d_I^{m-1})\).

We wish to extend the second row to the right. First suppose that \[\begin{equation} f^n\left( \operatorname{im}\left(d_X^{n-1} \right) \right) = \operatorname{im}\left( d^{n-1}_I \right) \cap f^n\left( \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^n \right) \right) = \operatorname{im}\left( d^{n-1}_I \right) \cap f^n(X^n) ; \end{equation}\] note that the inclusions \(\cdots\subset\cdots\subset\cdots\) always hold. The pushout construction gives the diagram \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d003} \end{equation*}\] Since \(f^n\) is a monomorphism and equation implies \[\begin{multline*} \left( f^n\left( \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^n \right) \right) + \operatorname{im}\left( d_I^{n-1}\right) \right) \cap f^n(X^n) \\ \xlongequal{\text{Theorem \href{#prop:subobject-modularity}{reference}}} f^n\left( \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^n \right) \right) + \left( \operatorname{im}\left( d_I^{n-1}\right) \cap f^n(X^n) \right) \\ = f^n\left( \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^n \right) \right) + f^n\left(\operatorname{im}\left(d_X^{n-1} \right) \right) = f^n\left( \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^n \right) \right), \end{multline*}\] the basic operations discussed in §reference show that \(\alpha\) is also a monomorphism.

Applying Proposition reference twice shows that \(\beta\) and \(\eta\) in the pushout diagram are monomorphisms as well. Choose a monomorphism \(T\hookrightarrow I^{n+1}\) with \(I^{n+1}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\). This gives the composite morphisms \[\begin{gather*} d_I^n: I^n \twoheadrightarrow I^n / \left( f^n \left( \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^n \right) \right) + \operatorname{im}\left( d_I^{n-1}\right) \right) \xrightarrow{\eta} T \hookrightarrow I^{n+1}, \\ f^{n+1}: X^{n+1} \xrightarrow{\beta} T \hookrightarrow I^{n+1}. \end{gather*}\] Clearly \(d_I^nd_I^{n-1}=0\), \(f^{n+1}\) is a monomorphism, and \(d_I^nf^n=f^{n+1}d_X^n\). On cohomology, the monomorphism \(f^n\) induces \[\begin{align*} \frac{\operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^n \right)}{\operatorname{im}\left( d_X^{n-1} \right)} \longrightarrow \frac{\operatorname{ker}\left( d_I^n \right)}{\operatorname{im}\left( d_I^{n-1} \right)} & = \frac{ f^n\left(\operatorname{ker}d_X^n \right) + \operatorname{im}\left( d_I^{n-1} \right)}{ \operatorname{im}\left(d_I^{n-1}\right) } \\ \text{($\because$ Theorem \href{#prop:Abel-cat-isom-thm}{reference} (iii))} \quad & \simeq \frac{ f^n\left(\operatorname{ker}d_X^n \right) }{ f^n\left(\operatorname{ker}d_X^n \right) \cap \operatorname{im}\left(d_I^{n-1}\right) }; \end{align*}\] by equation and the monicity of \(f^n\), this is plainly an isomorphism. The extension to the right is complete.

We now explain how, in general, to modify \(I^n\) so as to reduce to the case where equation holds. Consider the canonical morphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d004}\] Choose \(J\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) and a monomorphism \(j:I^n\oplus(X^n/\operatorname{im}(d_X^{n-1}))\hookrightarrow J\). Define the composite morphisms \[\begin{gather*} f' : X^n \xrightarrow{(f^n, q)} I^n \oplus \left( X^n / \operatorname{im}\left( d_X^{n-1} \right) \right) \xrightarrow{j} J, \\ d': I^{n-1} \xrightarrow{d_I^{n-1}} I^n \xrightarrow{\iota_1} I^n \oplus \left( X^n / \operatorname{im}\left( d_X^{n-1} \right) \right) \xrightarrow{j} J. \end{gather*}\] It is easy to see that \(f'\) is a monomorphism, \(\operatorname{ker}(d')=\operatorname{ker}(d_I^{n-1})\), and \(f'd_X^{n-1}=d'f^{n-1}\).

Moreover, working in \(I^n\oplus(X^n/\operatorname{im}(d_X^{n-1}))\) shows that \[f'(X^n) \cap \operatorname{im}(d') = f'\left( \operatorname{im}\left( d_X^{n-1} \right) \right).\] Thus replacing \(d_I^{n-1}:I^{n-1}\to I^n\) (respectively \(f^n:X^n\to I^n\)) by \(d':I^{n-1}\to J\) (respectively \(f':X^n\to J\)) ensures equation.

Finally consider (ii). In the construction above set \(\cdots=I^{m-2}=I^{m-1}=0\). Equation equation plainly holds for \(n=m-1\) (all its terms are zero), so extending the diagram to the right produces no nonzero terms in degrees below \(m\). This proves the claim.

Corollary. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives (respectively enough projectives). Then \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) has an injective resolution \(X\to I\) (respectively a projective resolution \(P\to X\)) if and only if \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)=0\) for \(n\ll0\) (respectively \(n\gg0\)).

Proof. Consider the injective case. The quasi-isomorphism condition in the definition of a resolution gives the “only if” direction. Conversely, for \(m\ll0\) the truncation functor gives a quasi-isomorphism \(X\to\tau^{\geq m}X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\), reducing the “if” direction to Proposition reference.

The theoretical value of injective and projective resolutions is illustrated by the following fundamental result, which also implies their uniqueness up to homotopy.

Theorem. Fix a quasi-isomorphism \(\alpha:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

  • Given a morphism \(\gamma:X\to I\), where \(I\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) consisting of injective objects, there is a unique morphism \(\beta\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) making the diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d005}\]

  • Given a morphism \(\gamma:P\to Y\), where \(P\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\) consisting of projective objects, there is a unique morphism \(\beta\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) making the diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d006}\]

The two assertions are of course dual. A concise treatment will be given after Theorem reference. When \(\alpha\) is a monomorphism (respectively an epimorphism), one can moreover choose \(\beta\) so that the first (respectively second) diagram commutes already in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\); this is the content of Lemma reference below and its dual. In fact, the exercises for this chapter give a direct proof of Theorem reference based on that lemma, with a hint, and the reader is encouraged to try it. Whichever approach one takes, the following property is indispensable.

Lemma. Let \(X\) be an acyclic object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

  • If an object \(I\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) consists of injective objects, then \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,I)=0\).

  • If an object \(P\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\) consists of projective objects, then \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(P,X)=0\).

Proof. It is enough to treat the case of \(I\). Fix \(\alpha\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,I)\). We seek morphisms \(h^n:X^n\to I^{n-1}\) such that \[\begin{equation} \alpha^n = d_I^{n-1} h^n + h^{n+1} d_X^n , \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}. \end{equation}\]

Suppose recursively that \(\ldots,h^{n-1},h^n\) have been found so that equation holds for \(\ldots,\alpha^{n-2},\alpha^{n-1}\). This is legitimate because all these \(h\)’s may be taken to be zero when \(n\ll0\). We seek the dashed morphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d007}\] 2 that make the whole diagram commute. First, \[\left( \alpha^n - d_I^{n-1} h^n \right) d_X^{n-1} = d_I^{n-1} \alpha^{n-1} - d_I^{n-1} \left( \alpha^{n-1} - d_I^{n-2} h^{n-1} \right) = 0.\] Since \(X\) is acyclic, this induces the displayed morphism \(\beta\). Since \(I^n\) is injective, \(\beta\) extends to a morphism \(h^{n+1}:X^{n+1}\to I^n\), as required.

From the perspective of derived categories, Theorems reference and reference already provide enough information to begin studying derived functors. The kinds of resolutions introduced next are better suited for use with spectral sequences; see §reference. We state the injective versions and first make some preparations.

Lemma. Let \(\alpha:X\to Y\) be a quasi-isomorphism and a monomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Given a morphism \(\gamma:X\to I\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), where \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of injective objects, there is a morphism \(\beta:Y\to I\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) such that \(\gamma=\beta\alpha\).

Proof. Using \(\alpha^n\), regard each \(X^n\) as a subobject of \(Y^n\), and omit \(\alpha^n\) from the notation. We construct \(\beta^n\) step by step, taking \(\beta^n=0\) when \(n\ll0\). Suppose suitable morphisms \(\ldots,\beta^{n-2},\beta^{n-1}\) have been found. The desired morphism \(\beta^n:Y^n\to I^n\) can and must be defined on the subobjects \(X^n\) and \(\operatorname{im}(d_Y^{n-1})\) as follows.

  • On \(X^n\), the morphism \(\beta^n\) equals \(\gamma^n\).

  • On \(\operatorname{im}(d_Y^{n-1})\), it is induced by the composite \(Y^{n-1}\xrightarrow{\beta^{n-1}}I^{n-1} \xrightarrow{d_I^{n-1}}I^n\). For this to make sense, we claim that \(d_I^{n-1}\beta^{n-1}\) restricts to zero on \(\operatorname{ker}(d_Y^{n-1})\). Consider the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d008}\] The inductive hypothesis on \(\ldots,\beta^{n-2},\beta^{n-1}\) and the equality \(d_I^{n-1}d_I^{n-2}=0\) show that the composite along the second row is zero. Since \(\gamma\) is a morphism of complexes, the composite \(\operatorname{ker}(d_X^{n-1})\to\cdots\to I^n\) is also zero. We obtain a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d009}\] But the quasi-isomorphism condition says \(\operatorname{H}^{n-1}(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^{n-1}(Y)\), proving the claim.

If we can prove the equality of subobjects \[X^n \cap \operatorname{im}\left(d_Y^{n-1} \right) = \operatorname{im}\left( d_X^{n-1} \right),\] then the pushout diagram of Proposition reference and the universal property of the pushout extend the morphism to \(X^n+\operatorname{im}(d_Y^{n-1})\); injectivity of \(I^n\) then extends it to \(\beta^n:Y^n\to I^n\). The inclusion \(\supset\) is clear.

The point is to show that any morphism \(\phi:T\to Y^n\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) which factors through \(X^n\cap\operatorname{im}(d_Y^{n-1})\) automatically factors through \(\operatorname{im}(d_X^{n-1})\). Such a \(\phi\) induces a morphism \(T\to\operatorname{ker}(d_X^n)=X^n\cap\operatorname{ker}(d_Y^n)\). Composing along the second row of the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d010}\] gives zero. Since \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^n(Y)\), the composite along the first row is zero as well. Thus \(\phi\) factors through \(\operatorname{im}(d_X^{n-1})\).

By construction, \(\beta=(\beta^n)_n\) is a morphism \(Y\to I\), and \(\gamma=\beta\alpha\) follows from the construction too.

Lemma. Let \(A,C\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\). For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define \(B^n:=A^n\oplus C^n\), with its evident morphisms \(A^n\xrightarrow{i^n}B^n\xrightarrow{p^n}C^n\). There is a bijection \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(C, A[1]) \xrightarrow{1:1} \left\{\begin{array}{r|l} \text{families of morphisms}\; (d_B^n)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} & \text{such that}\; (B^n, d_B^n)_n \;\text{is a complex and} \\ & 0 \to A \xrightarrow{(i^n)_n} B \xrightarrow{(p^n)_n} C \to 0 \;\text{is exact} \end{array}\right\},\] explicitly sending \(\delta:C\to A[1]\) to the differential given in matrix form by \[d_B^n = \begin{pmatrix} d_A^n & \delta^n \\ 0 & d_C^n \end{pmatrix}: B^n \to B^{n+1}.\]

Proof. Once \((B^n,d_B^n)_n\) is known to be a complex and \((i^n)_n\) and \((p^n)_n\) are morphisms of complexes, exactness of \(0\to A\to B\to C\to0\) follows by checking it termwise.

The equalities \(d_B^ni^n=i^{n+1}d_A^n\) and \(d_C^np^n=p^{n+1}d_B^n\) hold for all \(n\) if and only if there are morphisms \(\delta^n:C^n\to A^{n+1}\) for which \(d_B^n\) has the upper-triangular matrix in the statement. It remains to characterize the families \((\delta^n)_n\) for which \(d_B^{n+1}d_B^n=0\). A routine calculation gives the necessary and sufficient condition \(d_A^{n+1}\delta^n+\delta^{n+1}d_C^n=0\), equivalently \(d_{A[1]}^n\delta^n=\delta^{n+1}d_C^n\).

Proposition (Horseshoe Lemma).

Let \(0\to A\to B\to C\to0\) be a short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), with \(A,B,C\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\). Choose injective resolutions \(\epsilon:A\to I\) and \(\eta:C\to K\) with the properties stated in Theorem reference. These data extend to a commutative diagram with exact rows in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d011}\] such that \(\kappa:B\to J\) is also an injective resolution and is a monomorphism.

The reader may wish to give a relatively simple proof of the special case \(A,B,C\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proof. Construct the pushout diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d012}\] Here we use two facts:

  • a pushout preserves the cokernel \(C\);

  • Proposition reference and monicity of \(A\to B\) imply that \(I\to L\) is also a monomorphism.

Thus the diagram still has exact rows, and \(L\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\). Another application of Proposition reference, now using the monicity of \(\epsilon\), shows that \(B\to L\) is a monomorphism too.

Because \(I^n\) is injective, Lemma reference implies that \(0\to I^n\to L^n\to C^n\to0\) splits for every \(n\), giving an isomorphism \(\Phi^n:L^n\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}I^n\oplus C^n\). Lemma reference then determines \(\delta:C\to I[1]\) so that \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-042-d013} \quad \text{always commutes, where}\; e^n := \begin{pmatrix} d_I^n & \delta^n \\ 0 & d_C^n \end{pmatrix}. \end{equation}\]

Likewise, Lemma reference constructs from any \(\theta:K\to I[1]\) a complex \(J\) such that \[J^n := I^n \oplus K^n, \quad d_J^n := \begin{pmatrix} d_I^n & \theta^n \\ 0 & d_K^n \end{pmatrix}, \quad 0 \to I \to J \to K \to 0 \;\text{is exact}.\] We want to choose \(\theta\) so that the composite \(L^n\xrightarrow[\sim]{\Phi^n}I^n\oplus C^n \xrightarrow{(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}},\eta^n)}J^n\) defines a morphism \(L\to J\). If it does, then \(L\to J\) is a monomorphism. Let \(\kappa\) be the composite \(B\to L\to J\); it remains a monomorphism, and the diagram in the statement is readily checked to commute. Since \(\epsilon\) and \(\eta\) are quasi-isomorphisms, functoriality of the long exact sequences in Proposition reference, together with the Five Lemma (Proposition reference), shows that \(\kappa\) is a quasi-isomorphism as well, and hence is the desired injective resolution.

How should \(\theta\) be chosen? By equation, the displayed maps \(L^n\to J^n\) form a morphism of complexes if and only if \[\begin{pmatrix} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{I^{n+1}} & 0 \\ 0 & \eta^{n+1} \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} d_I^n & \delta^n \\ 0 & d_C^n \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} d_I^n & \theta^n \\ 0 & d_K^n \\ \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{I^n} & 0 \\ 0 & \eta^n \end{pmatrix}, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}};\] 3 in other words, \(\delta=\theta\eta\). Since the quasi-isomorphism \(\eta\) is a monomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(I[1]\) consists of injective objects, Lemma reference gives such a \(\theta:K\to I[1]\).

To state the next result, for a given complex \(X\) and every \(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) define \[B^p := \operatorname{im}\left( d_X^{p-1} \right), \quad Z^p := \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^p \right), \quad H^p := Z^p/B^p = \operatorname{H}^p(X) ,\] thereby decomposing \(X\) into the short exact sequences \[0 \to Z^p \to X^p \xrightarrow{d_X^p} B^{p+1} \to 0, \quad 0 \to B^p \to Z^p \to H^p \to 0.\] The Cartan–Eilenberg resolution introduced next may be viewed as a simultaneous resolution of these short exact sequences.

Theorem (H. Cartan, S. Eilenberg).

Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives. For every object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\), there is a double complex \(I\) satisfying the following conditions, together with a morphism \(\epsilon:X\to(I^{\bullet,0},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{\bullet,0})\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), where \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\) and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\) come from the double-complex structure on \(I\) (Definition reference):

  1. For all \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\), one has \(q<0\implies I^{p,q}=0\).

  2. Choose \(N\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) such that \(n<N\implies X^n=0\). Then, for all \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\), one has \(p<N\implies I^{p,q}=0\).

  3. For every \(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there is an injective resolution of \(X^p\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) \[0 \to X^p \xrightarrow{\epsilon^p} I^{p, 0} \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p, 0}} I^{p, 1} \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,1}} \cdots .\]

  4. The preceding morphisms induce an injective resolution of \(Z^p:=\operatorname{ker}(d_X^p)\) \[0 \to \operatorname{ker}\left( d_X^p \right) \to \operatorname{ker}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p, 0} \right) \to \operatorname{ker}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p, 1} \right) \to \cdots .\]

  5. Likewise, \(B^{p+1}:=\operatorname{im}(d_X^p)\) has an injective resolution \[0 \to \operatorname{im}\left( d_X^p \right) \to \operatorname{im}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p, 0} \right) \to \operatorname{im}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p, 1} \right) \to \cdots .\]

  6. Likewise, \(H^p:=\operatorname{H}^p(X)\) has an injective resolution \[0 \to \operatorname{H}^p\left(X\right) \to \underbracket{\operatorname{H}^p\left( I^{\bullet, 0}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\right) \to \operatorname{H}^p\left( I^{\bullet, 1}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\right) \to \cdots}_{= \operatorname{H}^p_{\mathrm{I}}\left( I \right), \;\text{see \S\href{#sec:double-cplx-coh}{reference}} } .\]

Data \((I,\epsilon)\) with these properties are called a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution of \(X\).

Proof. Choose \(N\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) such that \(n<N\implies X^n=0\). We have already defined the short exact sequences \[\begin{align*} 0 \to Z^N \to X^N \to B^{N+1} \to 0, & & 0 \to B^{N+1} \to Z^{N+1} \to H^{N+1} \to 0, \\ 0 \to Z^{N+1} \to X^{N+1} \to B^{N+2} \to 0, & & 0 \to B^{N+2} \to Z^{N+2} \to H^{N+2} \to 0, \\ \vdots & & \end{align*}\] For every \(H^n\) (respectively \(B^n\)), choose an injective resolution as in Example reference; when \(n<N\) (respectively \(n\leq N\)), take it to be \(0\to0\).

  • Note that \(Z^N=H^N\). Proposition reference extends the injective resolutions of \(Z^N\) and \(B^{N+1}\) simultaneously to an injective resolution \(I^{N,\bullet}\) of \(X^N\), compatible with the first short exact sequence.

  • Next use Proposition reference to extend the injective resolutions of \(B^{N+1}\) and \(H^{N+1}\) simultaneously to an injective resolution of \(Z^{N+1}\), compatible with the second short exact sequence.

  • Repeat the same operation to obtain an injective resolution \(I^{N+1,\bullet}\) of \(X^{N+1}\) together with an injective resolution of \(Z^{N+2}\), compatible with the third and fourth short exact sequences, respectively.

Continuing in this way gives, for every \(n\), an injective resolution \(X^n\to I^{n,0}\to I^{n,1}\to\cdots\); put \(I^{n,\bullet}:=0\) when \(n<N\). The construction also specifies maps \(I^{n,m}\to I^{n+1,m}\) so as to form a double complex \((I,\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d})\). One must check \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^2=0\), but there is no substantive difficulty. 4

One may also regard \(\epsilon\) as a morphism of double complexes \(X\to I\), provided \(X\) is identified with the double complex concentrated in row \(0\) (the horizontal axis \(q=0\)).

Remark. For all \(p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), consider the short exact sequences occurring in the Cartan–Eilenberg resolution \[\begin{gather*} 0 \to \operatorname{ker}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q} \right) \to I^{p,q} \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q}} \operatorname{im}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q} \right) \to 0, \\ 0 \to \operatorname{im}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p-1,q} \right) \to \operatorname{ker}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p,q} \right) \to \underbracket{\operatorname{H}^p\left( I^{\bullet, q}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\right)}_{=: \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(I)^{p,q}} \to 0, \\ 0 \to \operatorname{im}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p-1,q} \right) \to I^{p, q} \to \operatorname{coker}\left( \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p-1,q} \right) \to 0. \end{gather*}\] Their leftmost terms are all injective, so Lemma reference implies that they split. Recall that every additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) preserves split short exact sequences. For fixed \(q\), the images of the displayed sequences under \(F\) give the corresponding decompositions of the complex \((F(I^{\bullet,q}),F(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}))\). In particular, \[F\operatorname{H}^p\left( I^{\bullet, q}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\right) \simeq \operatorname{H}^p\left( F(I^{\bullet, q}), F(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}) \right).\] In other words, \(F\) preserves horizontal cohomology in a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution.

Remark. A Cartan–Eilenberg resolution gives another, indirect way to construct an injective resolution of \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\). First regard \(X\) as a double complex concentrated in row \(0\). It is easy to see that \(\epsilon:X\to I\) is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\). In the notation of §reference, first take vertical cohomology \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\) of \(X\) and \(I\), and then horizontal cohomology \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\). The induced morphism \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\to \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(I)\) is an isomorphism. Hence Theorem reference shows that \[\operatorname{tot}(\epsilon): X = \operatorname{tot}(X) \to \operatorname{tot}(I)\] is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\). For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \(\operatorname{tot}^n(I)\) is a finite direct sum of injective objects. We have therefore obtained an injective resolution \(X\to\operatorname{tot}(I)\).


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C056): the source applies the formula \(\operatorname{coker}[I^{n-1}\to I^n]\) also when \(n=0\), introducing an undefined \(I^{-1}\). The initial step has been written with \(\operatorname{coker}[X\to I^0]\), and the printed formula restricted to \(n\geq1\).↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C057): the lower-left node is printed as \(X\) in the source, although \(d_X^n\), \(\alpha^n\), and \(h^n\) all have domain \(X^n\). The node has been restored to \(X^n\).↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C058): the lower-right entry of the left-hand inner matrix is printed as \(d_K^n\) in the source. For the composition to be well typed on \(I^n\oplus C^n\) and yield the displayed equality, it has been restored to \(d_C^n\).↩︎

  4. Translator’s note (O014-C059): where the horizontal differential is being constructed, the source repeats the vertical map \(I^{n,m}\to I^{n,m+1}\). The following check of \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^2=0\) determines the intended direction, \(I^{n,m}\to I^{n+1,m}\), which has been restored.↩︎

Classical derived functors

The purpose of this section is to explain, without using the language of derived categories, how to study right derived functors (respectively left derived functors) for abelian categories with enough injectives (respectively projectives). This already encompasses many cohomology theories commonly encountered in applications. The definitions use the injective resolutions (respectively projective resolutions) introduced in §reference.

Definition.

Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be an additive functor between abelian categories.

  • Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives. For every \(X\in\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\), choose an injective resolution \(X\to I\). For each \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define the value at \(X\) of the \(n\)-th right derived functor \(\mathrm{R}^nF\) by \[\mathrm{R}^n F(X) := \operatorname{H}^n(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(I)).\]

  • Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projectives. For every \(X\in\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\), choose a projective resolution \(P\to X\). For each \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define the value at \(X\) of the \(n\)-th left derived functor \(\mathrm{L}_nF\) by \[\mathrm{L}_n F(X) := \operatorname{H}^{-n}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(P)).\]

These functors all take values in \(\mathcal{B}\). By construction, they come with canonical families of morphisms \(\operatorname{H}^n(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(X))\to\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\) and \(\mathrm{L}_nF(X)\to\operatorname{H}^{-n}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(X))\).

This formulation leaves several questions. In what sense do these objects depend on the chosen resolutions? And how does one promote a definition on objects to a functor? Right and left derived functors are plainly dual, so we discuss only right derived functors below. We begin with the second question, encapsulating the basic tool in a lemma.

Lemma. Consider the solid part of the following diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d001} \qquad \begin{array}{rl} X \to I: & \text{a quasi-isomorphism}, \\ Y \to J: & \text{an injective resolution}, \\ f: & \text{an arbitrary morphism}. \end{array}\] There is a unique morphism \(\beta\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) for which the diagram commutes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proof. Apply Theorem reference to \(X\to I\) and to the composite \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\to J\).

Reversing arrows gives the projective-resolution version in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\). In fact, the exercises for this chapter show that when \(X\hookrightarrow I\), one may choose \(\beta\) so that the diagram commutes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Since this section uses only \(\operatorname{H}^n(\beta)\), the version in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) suffices. Return to derived functors. Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\), and choose injective resolutions \(X\to I\) and \(Y\to J\). Lemma reference shows that, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the morphism \[\mathrm{R}^n F(f) := \operatorname{H}^n(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F\beta): \; \operatorname{H}^n(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(I)) \to \operatorname{H}^n(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(J))\] depends only on \(f\) and the resolutions \(X\to I\), \(Y\to J\). Once the resolutions are fixed, one has \[\begin{gather*} \mathrm{R}^n F(f_1 + f_2) = \mathrm{R}^n F(f_1) + \mathrm{R}^n F(f_2), \\ \mathrm{R}^n F(gf) = \mathrm{R}^n F(g) \; \mathrm{R}^n F(f), \quad \mathrm{R}^n F(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}) = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}. \end{gather*}\] Taking \(X=Y\) and \(f=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) also shows that different injective resolutions give the same \((\mathrm{R}^nF)(X)\) up to a unique isomorphism. Thus, like objects characterized by universal properties throughout category theory, \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\) is independent of its auxiliary data (the injective resolution) up to canonical isomorphism, and \(\mathrm{R}^nF:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{B}\) is an additive functor. By construction, if \(F,G:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) are additive functors, every morphism \(F\to G\) canonically induces \(\mathrm{R}^nF\to\mathrm{R}^nG\) for all \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Once an injective resolution \(X\to I\) is fixed, the morphism \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\to\mathrm{R}^nG(X)\) is concretely determined by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(I)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}G(I)\). Similarly, it induces \(\mathrm{L}_nF\to\mathrm{L}_nG\).

Convention. Whenever we speak below of right derived functors (respectively left derived functors) of an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\), we implicitly assume that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives (respectively enough projectives).

Theorem (Long exact sequence of derived functors).

Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be an additive functor between abelian categories, and consider a short exact sequence \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

  • If \(X,Y,Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\), there are canonical morphisms \(\delta^n=\delta^n_{X,Y,Z}:\mathrm{R}^nF(Z)\to \mathrm{R}^{n+1}F(X)\) for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), and an exact sequence \[\cdots \to \mathrm{R}^{n-1} F(Z) \xrightarrow{\delta^{n-1}} \mathrm{R}^n F(X) \to \mathrm{R}^n F(Y) \to \mathrm{R}^n F(Z) \xrightarrow{\delta^n} \mathrm{R}^{n+1} F(X) \to \cdots .\]

  • If \(X,Y,Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A}))\), there are canonical morphisms \(\partial_n=\partial_n^{X,Y,Z}:\mathrm{L}_nF(Z)\to \mathrm{L}_{n-1}F(X)\) for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), and an exact sequence \[\cdots \to \mathrm{L}_{n+1} F(Z) \xrightarrow{\partial_{n+1}} \mathrm{L}_n F(X) \to \mathrm{L}_n F(Y) \to \mathrm{L}_n F(Z) \xrightarrow{\partial_n} \mathrm{L}_{n-1} F(X) \to \cdots .\]

The connecting morphisms \(\delta^n\) and \(\partial_n\) are functorial as follows. If \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d002}\] is a commutative diagram with exact rows, then, in the respective cases, the two diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d003} \quad \text{and} \quad \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d004}\] commute for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Proof. We treat only \(\mathrm{R}^nF\). Apply Proposition reference to \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\) to obtain a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d005}\] in which every column is an injective resolution. Lemma reference ensures that \(0\to I^n\to J^n\to K^n\to0\) splits. Its image under \(F\) is therefore still a split short exact sequence, so \(0\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(I)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(J)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(K)\to0\) remains exact. Proposition reference now gives the morphisms \(\delta^n\) and the long exact sequence \[\cdots \to \mathrm{R}^{n-1} F(Z) \xrightarrow{\delta^{n-1}} \mathrm{R}^n F(X) \to \mathrm{R}^n F(Y) \to \mathrm{R}^n F(Z) \xrightarrow{\delta^n} \cdots\]

Functoriality of \(\delta^n\) is more involved. We use the abelian category \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\) of Example reference. First express the given commutative diagram with exact rows as the short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\) \[0 \to [X \xrightarrow{\alpha} X'] \to [Y \xrightarrow{\beta} Y'] \to [Z \xrightarrow{\gamma} Z'] \to 0.\] Example reference says that \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}}\) has enough injectives. Choose injective resolutions \([X\to X']\hookrightarrow\mathcal{I}\) and \([Z\to Z']\hookrightarrow\mathcal{K}\), and use Proposition reference to extend them to a commutative diagram with exact rows in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\mathbf{2}})\): \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d006} \end{equation}\] such that \([Y\to Y']\to\mathcal{J}\) is also an injective resolution. Write \(\mathcal{J}^n=[J^n\to(J')^n]\), and similarly for the other terms. The evaluation functors \(\mathrm{ev}_0\) and \(\mathrm{ev}_1\) from Example reference show that \(J^n\), \((J')^n\), and the corresponding terms are injective objects of \(\mathcal{A}\), while \(Y\to J\), \(Y'\to J'\), and the corresponding maps are injective resolutions in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Thus compatible injective resolutions have been erected above the original diagram.

Now expand the first row of equation as the following commutative diagram with exact rows in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d007}\] For every \(n\), both rows split because \(I^n\) and \((I')^n\) are injective. Applying \(F\) degreewise therefore preserves their exactness. Functoriality of \(\delta^n\) now reduces to the corresponding assertion of Proposition reference.

In the classical setting, one is mainly interested in the restrictions of \(\mathrm{R}^nF\) and \(\mathrm{L}_nF\) to \(\mathcal{A}\), still written \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\) and \(\mathrm{L}_nF(X)\) for \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). They are computed by flattening an injective resolution to an exact sequence \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\) (or a projective resolution to \(\cdots\to P^1\to P^0\to X\to0\)); see Example reference. Derived functors defined on complexes were called hyper-derived functors in the early literature and are more naturally treated using derived categories or spectral sequences. We therefore focus below on the classical case \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\).

The first step is to distill the long exact sequence of Theorem reference into the notion of a \(\delta\)-functor.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{B}\) be abelian categories. A cohomological \(\delta\)-functor from \(\mathcal{A}\) to \(\mathcal{B}\) consists of the following data:

  • additive functors \(F^n:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\);

  • for each short exact sequence \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), specified morphisms \(\delta^n:F^nZ\to F^{n+1}X\), called connecting morphisms, for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). They are functorial in morphisms of short exact sequences and yield an exact sequence \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d008} \end{equation*}\]

A morphism from a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor \((F^n,\delta^n)_{n\geq0}\) to \((G^n,\eta^n)_{n\geq0}\) is a family of morphisms \(\varphi^n:F^n\to G^n\) compatible with the connecting morphisms of short exact sequences. In other words, the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d009}\] 1 must commute for all \(n\geq1\) and every short exact sequence \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\).

Dually, a homological \(\delta\)-functor from \(\mathcal{A}\) to \(\mathcal{B}\) consists of the following data:

  • additive functors \(F_n:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\);

  • for each short exact sequence \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), specified connecting morphisms \(\partial_n:F_nZ\to F_{n-1}X\) for \(n\geq1\), functorial in morphisms of short exact sequences and yielding an exact sequence \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d010} \end{equation*}\]

Morphisms of homological \(\delta\)-functors are defined analogously, with compatibility with connecting morphisms.

The long exact sequences in the definition automatically imply that \(F^0\) is left exact and \(F_0\) is right exact. We now return to derived functors.

Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be an additive functor between abelian categories. If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives, then:

  • \(n<0\implies\mathrm{R}^nF=0\);

  • if \(I\) is injective in \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(n>0\implies\mathrm{R}^nF(I)=0\);

  • \((\mathrm{R}^nF,\delta^n)_{n\geq0}\) is a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor;

  • if \(F\) is left exact, there is a canonical isomorphism \(F\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{R}^0F\).

Dually, if \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projectives, then:

  • \(n<0\implies\mathrm{L}_nF=0\);

  • if \(P\) is projective in \(\mathcal{A}\), then \(n>0\implies\mathrm{L}_nF(P)=0\);

  • \((\mathrm{L}_nF,\partial_n)_{n\geq0}\) is a homological \(\delta\)-functor;

  • if \(F\) is right exact, there is a canonical isomorphism \(\mathrm{L}_0F\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}F\).

Proof. By duality, it suffices to treat \(\mathrm{R}^nF\). Choose an injective resolution \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\) of \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). Then \[\mathrm{R}^n F(X) = \operatorname{H}^n ( \cdots \to 0 \to 0 \to \underbracket{FI^0}_{\text{term in degree $0$}} \to \underbracket{FI^1}_{\text{term in degree $1$}} \to \cdots ).\] This immediately gives \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)=0\) when \(n<0\). If \(X=I\) is injective, take the resolution \(0\to I\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}I\to0\to \cdots\), which gives \(\mathrm{R}^nF(I)=0\) for \(n>0\).

In view of this, the assertion about cohomological \(\delta\)-functors is just a restatement of Theorem reference.

Finally suppose that \(F\) is left exact. Since \(X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}[I^0\to I^1]\) and a left exact functor preserves kernels, \(\mathrm{R}^0F(X)=\operatorname{ker}[FI^0\to FI^1]\) is canonically isomorphic to \(FX\).

In general, one considers right derived functors only for left exact functors, and left derived functors only for right exact functors. Why? An elementary explanation comes from the problem of extending exact sequences. For example, if \(F\) is left exact and \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\) is a short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\), we would like to extend the exact sequence \(0\to FX\to FY\to FZ\) as far as possible to the right. Right derived functors do exactly this. For \(n\geq1\), the functors \(\mathrm{R}^nF\) and \(\mathrm{L}_nF\) are customarily called the higher derived functors of \(F\), with domain understood to be the objects of \(\mathcal{A}\) rather than complexes. As an application of extending an exact sequence, the following corollary says that higher derived functors are precisely the obstructions to exactness.

Corollary. For a left exact (respectively right exact) additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\), the following are equivalent.

  1. \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) is exact.

  2. For every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(n>0\), \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)=0\) (respectively \(\mathrm{L}_nF(X)=0\)).

  3. For every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), \(\mathrm{R}^1F(X)=0\) (respectively \(\mathrm{L}_1F(X)=0\)).

Proof. Consider the left exact case. For (i) \(\implies\) (ii), the complex \(I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\) used to compute the derived functors is exact away from its zeroth term, and therefore so is its image under \(F\). The implication (ii) \(\implies\) (iii) is trivial. For (iii) \(\implies\) (i), use \(\mathrm{R}^0F\simeq F\) and apply the exact sequence \[0 \to FX \to FY \to FZ \to \mathrm{R}^1 F(X)\] to each short exact sequence \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\) in \(\mathcal{A}\).

Convention. Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be a left exact (respectively right exact) additive functor. An object \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is called \(F\)-acyclic if all its higher right derived functors (respectively left derived functors) under \(F\) vanish. For example, when \(F\) is left exact (respectively right exact), Proposition reference implies that every injective (respectively projective) object is \(F\)-acyclic.

The following classical technique, called dimension shifting, is often used in recursive arguments with derived functors.

Proposition (Dimension shifting).

Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be a left exact (respectively right exact) additive functor, and suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives (respectively enough projectives). Let \[0 \to X \to A \to B \to 0, \quad (\text{respectively}\; 0 \to B \to A \to X \to 0 ),\] be a short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\), with \(A\) \(F\)-acyclic. Then for \(n\geq1\) there are natural isomorphisms \[\mathrm{R}^n F(X) \simeq \begin{cases} \mathrm{R}^{n-1} F(B), & n \geq 2, \\ \operatorname{coker}\left[FA \to FB \right], & n = 1, \end{cases}\] respectively \[\mathrm{L}_n F(X) \simeq \begin{cases} \mathrm{L}_{n-1} F(B), & n \geq 2, \\ \operatorname{ker}\left[ FB \to FA \right], & n = 1. \end{cases}\]

Proof. By duality, prove only the assertion about \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\). Inspect the corresponding long exact sequence \[\mathrm{R}^{n-1} F(A) \to \mathrm{R}^{n-1} F(B) \to \mathrm{R}^n F(X) \to \underbracket{\mathrm{R}^n F(A)}_{= 0}, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 1},\] and use \(\mathrm{R}^0F(A)\simeq FA\) and \(\mathrm{R}^0F(B)=FB\).

The next key result shows that \(F\)-acyclic objects may also be used to compute derived functors.

Corollary. Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be left exact (respectively right exact), and suppose there is an exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[0 \to X \to A^0 \to A^1 \to \cdots \quad (\text{respectively}\; \cdots \to A_1 \to A_0 \to X \to 0 ),\] where every \(A^n\) (respectively \(A_n\)) is \(F\)-acyclic for \(n\geq0\). In addition, set \(A^{-n}=0\) (respectively \(A_{-n}=0\)) for every \(n\geq1\).2 Then, for every \(n\geq0\), there are natural isomorphisms \[\mathrm{R}^n F(X) \simeq \operatorname{H}^n\left( FA^\bullet \right) \quad \text{or}\quad \mathrm{L}_n F(X) \simeq \operatorname{H}_n\left(FA_\bullet\right).\]

Proof. We prove only the assertion about \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\). For \(m\geq1\), put \[B^m := \operatorname{im}\left[ A^{m-1} \to A^m \right] = \operatorname{ker}\left[ A^m \to A^{m+1} \right];\] also put \(B^0:=X\). The original exact sequence then decomposes into \[0 \to B^m \to A^m \to B^{m+1} \to 0, \quad m \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}.\] When \(n=0\), the claim reduces to preservation of kernels: \(FX\simeq\operatorname{ker}[FA^0\to FA^1]\). For \(n\geq1\), repeated dimension shifting using Proposition reference gives natural isomorphisms \[\mathrm{R}^n F(X) = \mathrm{R}^n F(B^0) \simeq \cdots \simeq \mathrm{R}^1 F(B^{n-1}) \simeq \operatorname{coker}\left[ FA^{n-1} \to FB^n \right];\] and because \(F\) preserves kernels, the definition of \(B^n\) identifies \(FB^n\) with \(\operatorname{ker}[FA^n\to FA^{n+1}]\). Thus, for \(n\geq1\), \[\mathrm{R}^n F(X) \simeq \frac{\operatorname{ker}\left[ FA^n \to FA^{n+1} \right]}{\operatorname{im}\left[ FA^{n-1} \to FA^n \right]}.\]

The preceding argument relies mainly on the long exact sequence and hardly at all on the definition of derived functors. This suggests characterizing the derived functors of \(F\) among general cohomological (respectively homological) \(\delta\)-functors. The key requirement is that their positive-degree terms be effaceable (respectively co-effaceable).

Definition (A. Grothendieck).

Let \(E:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be an additive functor between abelian categories. It is called effaceable (respectively co-effaceable) if for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) there is a monomorphism \(a:X\hookrightarrow Y\) (respectively an epimorphism \(a:Y\twoheadrightarrow X\)) such that \(Ea=0\).

We shall derive the following universal property from effaceability.

Definition.

Let \((R^n,\delta^n)_{n\geq0}\) be a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor from \(\mathcal{A}\) to \(\mathcal{B}\). It is called a universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor if, for every cohomological \(\delta\)-functor \((F^n,\delta_F^n)_{n\geq0}\) from \(\mathcal{A}\) to \(\mathcal{B}\), every morphism \(\varphi^0:R^0\to F^0\) extends uniquely to a morphism \((\varphi^n)_{n\geq0}\) of \(\delta\)-functors.

Dually, let \((L_n,\partial_n)_{n\geq0}\) be a homological \(\delta\)-functor with the following property: for every homological \(\delta\)-functor \((F_n,\partial_n^F)_{n\geq0}\), every morphism \(\varphi_0:F_0\to L_0\) extends uniquely to \((\varphi_n)_{n\geq0}\). Then \((L_n,\partial_n)_{n\geq0}\) is called a universal homological \(\delta\)-functor.

Our goal is to show that, for a left exact (respectively right exact) functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\), a universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor with \(R^0=F\) (respectively a universal homological \(\delta\)-functor with \(L_0=F\)), if it exists, is unique up to a unique isomorphism.

Lemma. Let \(E:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be effaceable, let \(0\to X\xrightarrow{u}I\xrightarrow{v}B\to0\) be a short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\), and let \(f:X\to Y\) be any morphism. There is a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d011} \end{equation*}\] such that \(E\iota=0\).

Proof. Choose a monomorphism \(h:Y\hookrightarrow J_0\) such that \(Eh=0\), and form the pushout diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d012}\] where \(k\) is a monomorphism by Proposition reference. Set \(\iota=kh:Y\to J\) and \(C:=\operatorname{coker}(\iota)\). This gives the left-hand square of the required diagram; functoriality of cokernels gives the right-hand square.

Proposition. Let \((R^n,\delta^n)_{n\geq0}\) be a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor from \(\mathcal{A}\) to \(\mathcal{B}\). If \(R^n\) is effaceable for every \(n>0\), then \((R^n,\delta^n)_{n\geq0}\) is universal.

Dually, a homological \(\delta\)-functor whose positive-degree parts are co-effaceable is universal.

Proof. We prove only the cohomological version. Let \((F^n,\delta_F^n)_{n\geq0}\) be another cohomological \(\delta\)-functor from \(\mathcal{A}\) to \(\mathcal{B}\), and fix \(\varphi^0:R^0\to F^0\). We construct \(\varphi^n\) recursively for \(n\geq1\). Given \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), the hypothesis supplies a short exact sequence \[0 \to X \to I \to B \to 0\] such that \(R^n(X\to I)=0\). The corresponding long exact sequences give the solid part of a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d013}\] Exactness of the rows and the universal property of the cokernel give a unique dashed arrow \(\varphi_X^n\) making the whole diagram commute. This characterizes \(\varphi_X^n\), although it still appears to depend on the choice of \(X\hookrightarrow I\).

Given any morphism \(f:X\to Y\), we claim there is a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d014} \end{equation}\] such that both \(R^n(X\to I)\) and \(R^n(Y\to J)\) are zero. Indeed, first choose \(X\hookrightarrow I\), then apply Lemma reference. Substituting this into the constructions of \(\varphi_X^n\) and \(\varphi_Y^n\) yields \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d015}\] Every face except the right one commutes by construction, definition, or the induction hypothesis. Since \(R^{n-1}B\to R^nX\) is an epimorphism, the usual argument shows that the right face commutes too.

This simultaneously proves that \(\varphi_X^n\) is independent of the choice of \(X\hookrightarrow I\) (take \(f=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) and observe from the proof of Lemma reference that any two maps \(X\hookrightarrow I_i\) can be sent by pushouts into a common \(X\hookrightarrow J\)) and that it is functorial in \(X\) (take arbitrary \(f\)). This recursively completes the construction of \(\varphi^n\).

It remains to show that \((\varphi^n)_{n\geq0}\) is compatible with the connecting morphisms. Given a short exact sequence \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\), use Lemma reference to choose a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d016}\] such that \(R^n(X\to I)=0\). For each \(n\geq1\), form the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-043-d017}\] 3 By the preceding commutative diagram and the axioms of a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor, the composites along the two rows are the connecting morphisms \(F^{n-1}Z\to F^nX\) and \(R^{n-1}Z\to R^nX\) whose compatibility is at issue. The left square commutes by functoriality of \(\varphi^{n-1}\), and the right square by the construction of \(\varphi_X^n\).

Corollary (Characterization of derived functors). Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be left exact and suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives. Then \((\mathrm{R}^nF,\delta^n)_{n\geq0}\) is the universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor satisfying \(\mathrm{R}^0F\simeq F\).

Dually, if \(F\) is right exact and \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projectives, then \((\mathrm{L}_nF,\partial_n)_{n\geq0}\) is the universal homological \(\delta\)-functor satisfying \(\mathrm{L}_0F\simeq F\).

Proof. It is enough to discuss the left exact case. For \(n>0\), the functor \(\mathrm{R}^nF\) is effaceable: every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) embeds into an injective object \(I\), and Proposition reference gives \(\mathrm{R}^nF(I)=0\). The same proposition gives \(\mathrm{R}^0F\simeq F\). Apply Proposition reference.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C060): both objects in the left column are printed as \(X\) in the source. For a short exact sequence \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\), the connecting morphisms \(\delta^{n-1}\) and \(\eta^{n-1}\) have domains \(F^{n-1}(Z)\) and \(G^{n-1}(Z)\), respectively, and codomains \(F^n(X)\) and \(G^n(X)\). Both left-hand objects have therefore been restored to \(Z\).↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C062): the source gives no range for the convention \(A^{-n}=0\) (respectively \(A_{-n}=0\)). If it were applied also at \(n=0\), it would force \(A^0=0\) (respectively \(A_0=0\)), contradicting the resolution term just introduced. The intended range \(n\geq1\) has been made explicit.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C061): the source labels the two connecting arrows in this diagram \(\delta_F^n\) and \(\delta^n\). Since their domains are \(F^{n-1}B\) and \(R^{n-1}B\), and their codomains are \(F^nX\) and \(R^nX\), the well-typed indices are \(n-1\); the labels have been restored to \(\delta_F^{n-1}\) and \(\delta^{n-1}\).↩︎

Example: \(\lim\nolimits^1\)

Our first example of derived functors comes from a common class of inverse limits. Regard \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) as a category under its usual total order; then \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}^{\operatorname{op}}\) may be displayed as \(\cdots\to2\to1\to0\). For any category \(\mathcal{A}\), consider the functor category \[\begin{equation} \ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}) := \mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}^{\operatorname{op}}}. \end{equation}\] Its objects may be identified with data \((A_n,f_n)_{n\geq0}\), where \(A_n\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(f_n\in\operatorname{Hom}(A_{n+1},A_n)\). Such data are also called inverse systems in \(\mathcal{A}\). Using derived functors, this section studies their inverse limits when \(\mathcal{A}\) is abelian.

Convention.

An abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) is said to have exact countable products (respectively exact countable coproducts) if it has countable products (respectively countable coproducts, or direct sums) and the product functor \(\prod:\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\to\mathcal{A}\) (respectively the direct-sum functor \(\oplus:\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\to\mathcal{A}\)) is exact.

The product functor is always left exact. Thus, assuming countable products exist, its exactness is equivalent to preservation of epimorphisms: for every family of epimorphisms \((g_n:A_n\to B_n)_{n\geq0}\), the corresponding map \(\prod_{n\geq0}g_n:\prod_{n\geq0}A_n\to\prod_{n\geq0}B_n\) must also be an epimorphism. The assertion for countable coproducts is dual.

Hypothesis. Throughout this section, the abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) is assumed to have exact countable products.

The category \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) of modules over any ring \(R\) has this property.

Definition.

Given an object \(A=(A_n,f_n)_n\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\), define the shift morphism \(T_A:\prod_{n\geq0}A_n\to\prod_{n\geq0}A_n\) as follows. When \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), \(T_A((a_n)_{n\geq0}):=(f_n(a_{n+1}))_{n\geq0}\); the general definition is analogous. Define further the canonical morphism \[\Delta_A := T_A - \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}: \prod_{n \geq 0} A_n \to \prod_{n \geq 0} A_n.\] As \(A\) varies, these maps give endomorphisms \(T\) and \(\Delta=T-\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) of the product functor \(\prod_{n\geq0}\).

Notice that this definition requires only that \(\mathcal{A}\) be an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category with countable products. Recall that inverse limits are generally constructed from equalizers and products. Here \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) is naturally an abelian category (Proposition reference), so the construction reduces to \(\varprojlim A=\operatorname{ker}[\Delta_A:\prod_nA_n\to\prod_nA_n]\). Moreover, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) also has exact countable products, since limits in a functor category are constructed pointwise; see §reference.

Lemma. The construction above gives a left exact additive functor \(\varprojlim:\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\). On the other hand, the product functor \(\prod_{n\geq0}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\) is exact.

Proof. Both functors are plainly additive, and left exactness follows from Example reference. By hypothesis, the functor \(\prod_{n\geq0}:(A_n,f_n)_n\mapsto\prod_nA_n\) also preserves epimorphisms, since it does so pointwise. Remark reference therefore shows that it is exact.

Definition.

Define additive functors \(\lim^n:\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\) by \[\begin{align*} \lim\nolimits^0 & := \varprojlim = \operatorname{ker}\Delta: \; A \mapsto \operatorname{ker}\Delta_A, \\ \lim\nolimits^1 & := \operatorname{coker}\Delta: \; A \mapsto \operatorname{coker}\Delta_A , \\ \lim\nolimits^n & := 0, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 2}. \end{align*}\]

Let \(0\to X\to Y\to Z\to0\) be a short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\); equivalently, it is exact pointwise. Applying the exact functor \(\prod_{n\geq0}\) and its endomorphism \(\Delta\) gives the commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-044-d001}\] The Snake Lemma (Theorem reference) gives the long exact sequence \[0 \to \lim\nolimits^0 X \to \lim\nolimits^0 Y \to \lim\nolimits^0 Z \xrightarrow[\text{connecting morphism}]{\delta^0} \lim\nolimits^1 X \to \lim\nolimits^1 Y \to \lim\nolimits^1 Z \to 0 ;\] it is functorial in short exact sequences. For \(n>0\), set \(\delta^n:=0\). We summarize this as follows.

Lemma. The data \((\lim^n,\delta^n)_{n\geq0}\) form a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) to \(\mathcal{A}\) (Definition reference), with \(\lim^0=\varprojlim\).

We now turn to the right derived functors of \(\varprojlim\). If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives, then so does \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\). Indeed, the exercises in already discuss the general functor category \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{C}}\); here \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}^{\operatorname{op}}\). We give a direct proof of the following slightly more precise result.

[Translator’s clarification: the following results are under the standing assumption that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects.]

Lemma. Under Hypothesis reference, define the additive full subcategory \(\mathcal{R}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) by \[\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{R}) = \left\{\begin{array}{l|l} R = (R_k, r_k)_{k \geq 0} & R \;\text{is injective}, \; \Delta_R \; \text{is an epimorphism}, \\ \; \in \operatorname{Ob}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}) \right) & \forall k, \; R_k \;\text{is injective in $\mathcal{A}$} \end{array}\right\}.\] For every \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}))\), there are an object \(R\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{R})\) and a monomorphism \(A\hookrightarrow R\).

Proof. For every \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), define a functor \(\mathcal{R}_m:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) by sending an object \(X\) to \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-044-d002} \end{equation}\] This is plainly right adjoint to \(\mathrm{ev}_m:(A_n,f_n)_{n\geq0}\mapsto A_m\), and hence preserves injective objects (Proposition reference). It is also straightforward to check that \(\Delta_{\mathcal{R}_mX}\) is an epimorphism; one can write down a right inverse explicitly.

Given \(A=(A_n,f_n)_{n\geq0}\), choose for each \(m\) an injective object \(I_m\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) and a monomorphism \(A_m\hookrightarrow I_m\). Then \(A\hookrightarrow\prod_{m\geq0}\mathcal{R}_m(I_m)=:R\). By Lemma reference, the object on the right is still injective; in fact, by construction every \(R_k\) is injective in \(\mathcal{A}\). Since \(\prod_m\) is exact, \(\Delta_R=\prod_m\Delta_{\mathcal{R}_m(I_m)}\) remains an epimorphism. Thus \(R\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{R})\).

We may therefore discuss \(\mathrm{R}^n\varprojlim\) for \(n\geq0\). Recall that the right derived functors of \(\varprojlim\) are characterized as a universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor (Corollary reference).

Theorem (S. Eilenberg). Under Hypothesis reference, \(\lim\nolimits^n\) is effaceable in the sense of Definition reference for every \(n>0\). Consequently there is a canonical isomorphism \(\mathrm{R}^1\varprojlim\simeq\lim^1\), while \(\mathrm{R}^n\varprojlim=0\) for \(n\notin\{0,1\}\).

Proof. Lemma reference shows that \(\lim^1\) is effaceable. Hence \((\lim^n)_{n\geq0}\) is a universal \(\delta\)-functor by Proposition reference.

Having identified \(\lim^1\) as the obstruction to exactness of \(\varprojlim\), we now study conditions that ensure \(\lim^1=0\).

Example. If an object \(A\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) satisfies \(\lim^1A=0\), then \(\lim^1Q=0\) for every quotient object \(Q\) of \(A\). Indeed, the long exact sequence induced by \(0\to K\to A\to Q\to0\) ends with \(\lim^1A\to\lim^1Q\to0\).

Example. If every \(f_n:A_{n+1}\to A_n\) has a section (a right inverse) \(s_n\), then \(\Delta_A\) also has a section \(\Sigma_A:\prod_nA_n\to\prod_nA_n\), and hence \(\Delta_A\) is an epimorphism. In element notation, one may recursively define \(\Sigma_A((b_n)_n)=(a_n)_n\) by \(a_0=0\) and \(a_{n+1}:=s_n(a_n+b_n)\). The general case is analogous.

Definition (Mittag-Leffler condition).

Suppose that every morphism in a category \(\mathcal{C}\) has an image (Definition reference), and let \(X=(X_k,f_k)_{k\geq0}\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{C})\). For \(b\geq a\), let \(f_a^b:X_b\to X_a\) be the composite \(f_a\cdots f_{b-1}\), with \(f_a^a=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). The inverse system \(X\) is called Mittag-Leffler if \[\forall k \geq 0, \; \exists N \geq k, \quad n \geq N \implies \operatorname{im}f^n_k = \operatorname{im}f^N_k.\]

For example, if every \(f_k\) is an epimorphism, then \((X_k,f_k)_{k\geq0}\) is automatically Mittag-Leffler. For a Mittag-Leffler system \((X_k,f_k)_{k\geq0}\), each \(X_k\) has a well-defined subobject \(X_k^\flat:=\operatorname{im}f_k^N\) for \(N\gg k\). It is easy to see that every morphism \[\cdots \to X^\flat_2 \xrightarrow{f^\flat_1} X^\flat_1 \xrightarrow{f^\flat_0} X^\flat_0\] in the resulting inverse system, where \(f_k^\flat:=f_k|_{X_{k+1}^\flat}\), is an epimorphism.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) or \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) for an arbitrary ring \(R\), and suppose that an object \((X_n,f_n)_{n\geq0}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{C})\) is Mittag-Leffler.

  1. The inclusions \(X_n^\flat\hookrightarrow X_n\) induce a canonical isomorphism \(\varprojlim_nX_n^\flat\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\varprojlim_nX_n\).

  2. If \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) and every \(X_n\) is nonempty, then \(\varprojlim_nX_n\neq\emptyset\).

Proof. For (i), write down the explicit construction of the inverse limit in these categories: \[\varprojlim_n X_n = \left\{ (x_n)_{n \geq 0} \in \prod_{n \geq 0} X_n : \forall n \geq 0,\; f_n(x_{n+1}) = x_n \right\};\] every \(x_n\) in this expression automatically belongs to \(\bigcap_{N\geq n}\operatorname{im}(f_n^N)\), which immediately gives \(\varprojlim_nX_n=\varprojlim_nX_n^\flat\).

For (ii), the definition shows that every \(X_n^\flat\) is nonempty. By (i), the problem reduces to the case where every \(f_n\) is surjective, when the claim is clear.

Proposition. Let \(R\) be a ring and \(\mathcal{A}:=R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). If an object \(A=(A_n,f_n)_{n\geq0}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) is Mittag-Leffler, then \(\lim^1A=0\). Equivalently, for every short exact sequence \(0\to A\to B\to C\to0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\), the sequence \(0\to\varprojlim A\to\varprojlim B\to\varprojlim C\to0\) is exact.

Proof. First prove the equivalence of the two assertions. Let \(A\in\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\). If \(\lim^1A=0\), exactness of \(0\to\varprojlim A\to\varprojlim B\to\varprojlim C\to0\) follows immediately from the long exact sequence. Conversely, suppose this sequence is always exact. Choose a monomorphism \(A\hookrightarrow B\) with \(B\) injective in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\). Dimension shifting (Proposition reference) gives \(\mathrm{R}^1\varprojlim A=0\), and Theorem reference then gives \(\lim^1A=0\).

Now prove the main assertion. Suppose that \(A\) is Mittag-Leffler in the short exact sequence \(0\to\underbracket{(A_n,f_n)_n}_{=A}\xrightarrow{\varphi} \underbracket{(B_n,g_n)_n}_{=B}\xrightarrow{\psi} \underbracket{(C_n,h_n)_n}_{=C}\to0\). 1 We must show that \(\varprojlim\psi\) is an epimorphism. By Lemma reference (ii), it is enough to show, for every \(c=(c_n)_{n\geq0}\in\varprojlim C\), that the inverse system of nonempty sets \[\cdots \to \psi_2^{-1}(c_2) \xrightarrow{g_1} \psi_1^{-1}(c_1) \xrightarrow{g_0} \psi_0^{-1}(c_0)\] is Mittag-Leffler, since this makes \((\varprojlim\psi)^{-1}(c)\) nonempty.

Given \(k\geq0\), choose \(N\geq k\) large enough that \(\operatorname{im}f_k^n=\operatorname{im}f_k^N\) for all \(n\geq N\). Fix \(b_N\in\psi_N^{-1}(c_N)\). To verify the Mittag-Leffler condition, we show that for every \(n\geq N\) there is a \(b_n\in\psi_n^{-1}(c_n)\) such that \(g_k^n(b_n)=g_k^N(b_N)\).

Choose any \(b_n'\in\psi_n^{-1}(c_n)\). Then \(\psi_N(g_N^n(b_n'))=c_N=\psi_N(b_N)\), so there is an \(a_N\) such that \(g_N^n(b_n')-b_N=\varphi_N(a_N)\). Choose \(a_n\) with \(f_k^n(a_n)=f_k^N(a_N)\). Then \(b_n:=b_n'-\varphi_n(a_n)\) has the required properties.

For a general abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) satisfying Hypothesis reference, there are counterexamples in which the Mittag-Leffler condition does not imply \(\lim^1=0\); see [Roo06] for a detailed discussion. The following elementary exercise will be used in §reference.

Corollary. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) satisfies Hypothesis reference, and let \(A\to B\to C\to D\) be an exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\). If \(\lim^1A=0\), then \[\varprojlim B \to \varprojlim C \to \varprojlim D\] is exact in \(\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. Put \(H:=\operatorname{ker}[C\to D]\) and \(X:=\operatorname{im}[A\to B]\). Since \(\varprojlim\) is left exact, there is a canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{ker}\left[ \varprojlim C \to \varprojlim D\right] \simeq \varprojlim H .\] The morphism \(B\to C\) factors as \(B\twoheadrightarrow H\hookrightarrow C\), so it remains to prove that \(\varprojlim B\to\varprojlim H\) is an epimorphism. Example reference gives \(\lim^1X=0\). Applying \(\varprojlim\) to \(0\to X\to B\to H\to0\) then shows that \(\varprojlim B\to\varprojlim H\) is an epimorphism.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C063): under the brace for \(C\), the source writes the inverse system as \((C_n,h_n)\) without its indexing subscript. Since \(C\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\), the notation has been restored to \((C_n,h_n)_n\).↩︎

Example: \(\operatorname{Ext}\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}\)

We shall study the derived functors of \(\operatorname{Hom}\) and \(\otimes\). It is useful to introduce a few auxiliary concepts first.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}_1\), \(\mathcal{A}_2\), and \(\mathcal{B}\) be abelian categories, and let the bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) (Convention reference) be left exact in both variables. If, for every injective object \(I_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}_i)\) (\(i=1,2\)), both functors \[F(I_1,\cdot):\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\quad\text{and}\quad F(\cdot,I_2):\mathcal{A}_1\to\mathcal{B}\] are exact, then \(F\) is called balanced.

Dually, if \(F\) is right exact in both variables, and if for every projective object \(P_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}_i)\) the functors \(F(P_1,\cdot)\) and \(F(\cdot,P_2)\) are both exact, then \(F\) is again called balanced.

By duality, the following theorem is stated only for bifunctors that are left exact in both variables.

Theorem.

Let \(\mathcal{A}_1\), \(\mathcal{A}_2\), and \(\mathcal{B}\) be abelian categories, and suppose that \(\mathcal{A}_1\) and \(\mathcal{A}_2\) have enough injective objects. Let the bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) be left exact in both variables. We may therefore take right derived functors in either variable. For fixed \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}_i)\), \(i=1,2\), write \[\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{I}}^n F(\cdot,X_2):\mathcal{A}_1\to\mathcal{B},\qquad \mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{II}}^n F(X_1,\cdot):\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}.\] If \(F\) is balanced, then there is a canonical isomorphism of bifunctors \[\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{I}}^nF(X_1,X_2)\simeq \mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{II}}^nF(X_1,X_2).\]

Proof. The following argument relies on the theory of double complexes; see §reference and §reference. For \(i=1,2\), choose an injective resolution \(0\to X_i\to I_i^0\to I_i^1\to\cdots\); define \(I_i^n:=0\) for \(n<0\). This defines the double complex \(F(I_1^\bullet,I_2^\bullet)\).

On the other hand, form the complexes \(F(X_1,I_2^\bullet)\) and \(F(I_1^\bullet,X_2)\). Regard them as double complexes concentrated, respectively, on the vertical axis \((0,\bullet)\) and the horizontal axis \((\bullet,0)\). Since \(X_i\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}[I_i^0\to I_i^1]\hookrightarrow I_i^0\), there are morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{B})\) \[F(X_1,I_2^\bullet)\xrightarrow{\lambda} F(I_1^\bullet,I_2^\bullet)\xleftarrow{\rho} F(I_1^\bullet,X_2).\] We shall show that \(\operatorname{tot}(\lambda)\) and \(\operatorname{tot}(\rho)\) are quasi-isomorphisms.

First consider \(\lambda\). Take horizontal cohomology \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\) on both sides; this leaves \(F(X_1,I_2^\bullet)\), which lies on the vertical axis, unchanged. Since \(F(\cdot,I_2^q)\) is exact for every \(q\), we obtain \[\left(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}F(I_1^\bullet,I_2^\bullet)\right)^{p,q} =\begin{cases} 0,&p\neq0,\\ \operatorname{ker}\left[F(I_1^0,I_2^q)\to F(I_1^1,I_2^q)\right] =F(X_1,I_2^q),&p=0. \end{cases}\] Thus \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(\lambda)\) is an isomorphism from \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}F(X_1,I_2^\bullet)\) to \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}F(I_1^\bullet,I_2^\bullet)\), so \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(\lambda)\) is also an isomorphism. Theorem reference now shows that \(\operatorname{tot}(\lambda)\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

For \(\rho\), the same argument shows that \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(\rho)\) is an isomorphism; Theorem reference then implies that \(\operatorname{tot}(\rho)\) is also a quasi-isomorphism.

The total complex of \(F(X_1,I_2^\bullet)\) is still that complex itself, and taking \(\operatorname{H}^n\) gives \(\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{II}}^nF(X_1,X_2)\). Likewise, taking \(\operatorname{H}^n\) of \(F(I_1^\bullet,X_2)\), or of its total complex, gives \(\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{I}}^nF(X_1,X_2)\). Using \(\operatorname{tot}(F(I_1^\bullet,I_2^\bullet))\) as an intermediary yields \[\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{I}}^nF(X_1,X_2)\simeq \mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{II}}^nF(X_1,X_2).\] Because every morphism \(X_i\to Y_i\) lifts to a morphism between injective resolutions, uniquely up to homotopy, what we have obtained is in fact an isomorphism of bifunctors \(\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{I}}^nF\simeq\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{II}}^nF\).

Remark. The argument actually gives a method for resolving both variables simultaneously and then deriving \(F\) in a balanced way by means of the total complex of the double complex \(F(I_1^\bullet,I_2^\bullet)\).

Now let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and consider the bifunctor \(\operatorname{Hom}=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}:\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Proposition reference says that \(\operatorname{Hom}\) is left exact in both variables. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), make the following definitions.

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects, define \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A},\mathrm{I}}(X,Y):=\mathrm{R}^n_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\), computed using a projective resolution of \(X\) in \(\mathcal{A}\).

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects, define \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A},\mathrm{II}}(X,Y):=\mathrm{R}^n_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\), computed using an injective resolution of \(Y\) in \(\mathcal{A}\).

Definition–Proposition (The \(\operatorname{Ext}\) functor).

The bifunctor \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\) is balanced. Consequently, whenever the abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective and projective objects, there is, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), a bifunctor \[\operatorname{Ext}^n=\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}:\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\] such that \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y):=\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathrm{I}}(X,Y)\simeq \operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathrm{II}}(X,Y)\) (canonically).

Proof. Balancedness is an immediate consequence of the definitions of injective and projective objects, so Theorem reference applies.

If \(R\) is a ring and \(\mathcal{A}=R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\), we write \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}\) as \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_R\). Observe that \(\operatorname{Ext}^0=\operatorname{Hom}\), while \((\operatorname{Ext}^n)_{n\geq0}\) has, in the variables \(X\) and \(Y\) respectively, long exact sequences of the form \[\begin{gather*} \cdots\to\operatorname{Ext}^{n-1}(X',Y)\xrightarrow{\delta^{n-1}}\operatorname{Ext}^n(X'',Y)\to \operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\to\operatorname{Ext}^n(X',Y)\to\cdots,\\ \cdots\to\operatorname{Ext}^{n-1}(X,Y'')\xrightarrow{\delta^{n-1}}\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y')\to \operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\to\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y'')\to\cdots, \end{gather*}\] where \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) and \(0\to Y'\to Y\to Y''\to0\) are given short exact sequences. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear abelian category, the values of \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\) may naturally be regarded as objects of \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

Remark. The symbol \(\operatorname{Ext}\) stands for “extension,” because the elements of \(\operatorname{Ext}^1(X,Y)\) correspond bijectively to the isomorphism classes of extensions \(0\to Y\to E\to X\to0\) (that is, short exact sequences); the higher \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\) have a similar interpretation. This fact is best understood through the derived category; see §4.5.

The characterization of exact functors in Corollary reference immediately gives the following.

  • An object \(I\) is injective \(\iff \operatorname{Ext}^1(\cdot,I)=0\iff \operatorname{Ext}^{\geq1}(\cdot,I)=0\).

  • An object \(P\) is projective \(\iff \operatorname{Ext}^1(P,\cdot)=0\iff \operatorname{Ext}^{\geq1}(P,\cdot)=0\).

Example (\(\operatorname{HH}^n\) as \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\)).

Return to the basic setting for Hochschild homology and cohomology from §reference: \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring and \(R\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra; now assume in addition that \(R\) is projective as a \(\Bbbk\)-module. Write \(\otimes:=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\). Since projective modules are direct summands of free modules, \(R^{\otimes n}\) is still projective as a \(\Bbbk\)-module. 1 Regard \(R\otimes R^{\otimes n}\otimes R\) as a left \(R^e\)-module, where \(R^e:=R\otimes R^{\operatorname{op}}\). Since \(R\otimes(\cdot)\otimes R:\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to R^e\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is left adjoint to the forgetful functor [Li1], it carries projective objects to projective objects (Proposition reference). Thus Lemma reference shows that the bar complex \(\mathsf{B}R\) gives a projective resolution of \(R\) as a left \(R^e\)-module, \[\begin{equation} \cdots\to\mathsf{B}_1R\to\mathsf{B}_0R\to R\to0. \end{equation}\] Now let \(M\) be an \((R,R)\)-bimodule. Substituting the original definition of Hochschild cohomology from Definition reference gives \[\operatorname{HH}^n(M)=\operatorname{H}^n\left(\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}(\mathsf{B}R,M)\right) =\operatorname{Ext}^n_{R^e}(R,M).\]

We next turn to the \(\operatorname{Tor}\) functor. Let \(R\) be a ring. The module categories \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) (and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\)) have enough projective objects2. The tensor product gives a bifunctor \[\otimes_R:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\times R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}},\] which is right exact in either variable (see [Li1]). Apply the right-exact version of the preceding theory to define the left derived functors in both variables, \(\mathrm{L}_{\mathrm{I},n}\otimes_R\) and \(\mathrm{L}_{\mathrm{II},n}\otimes_R\); these can be nonzero only for \(n\geq0\). Recall also the definition of a flat module [Li1].

Definition–Proposition (The \(\operatorname{Tor}\) functor).

For every ring \(R\), the bifunctor \(\otimes_R\) is balanced. Hence, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), one may define a bifunctor \[\operatorname{Tor}_n=\operatorname{Tor}_n^R:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\times R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\] by \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X,Y):=(\mathrm{L}_{\mathrm{I},n}\otimes_R)(X,Y)\simeq (\mathrm{L}_{\mathrm{II},n}\otimes_R)(X,Y)\) (canonically).

Proof. Balancedness follows from the fact that every projective module is flat [Li1]. Apply the left-derived-functor version of Theorem reference.

We have \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_0(X,Y)=X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\), while \((\operatorname{Tor}_n)_{n\geq0}\) has the following long exact sequences: \[\begin{gather*} \cdots\to\operatorname{Tor}^R_{n+1}(X'',Y)\xrightarrow{\partial_{n+1}}\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X',Y)\to \operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,Y)\to\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X'',Y)\to\cdots,\\ \cdots\to\operatorname{Tor}^R_{n+1}(X,Y'')\xrightarrow{\partial_{n+1}}\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,Y')\to \operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,Y)\to\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,Y'')\to\cdots, \end{gather*}\] where \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) and \(0\to Y'\to Y\to Y''\to0\) are given short exact sequences. As in the case of \(\operatorname{Ext}\), we obtain the following characterizations.

  • A right \(R\)-module \(M\) is flat \(\iff \operatorname{Tor}^R_1(M,\cdot)=0\iff \operatorname{Tor}^R_{\geq1}(M,\cdot)=0\).

  • A left \(R\)-module \(N\) is flat \(\iff \operatorname{Tor}^R_1(\cdot,N)=0\iff \operatorname{Tor}^R_{\geq1}(\cdot,N)=0\).

Let \(M\) be an \(R\)-module. In analogy with the definition of a projective resolution, a flat resolution of \(M\) is an exact sequence of the form \[\cdots\to F^2\to F^1\to F^0\to M\to0,\qquad \text{each $F^n$ is a flat $R$-module}.\] By Corollary reference and the preceding observation, \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,Y)\) can also be computed using a flat resolution of \(X\) or \(Y\). This is the practical technique for computing \(\operatorname{Tor}\), whereas projective resolutions play a chiefly theoretical role. Such computations can naturally be balanced as well. Choose arbitrary flat resolutions \(\cdots\to P_1\to P_0\to X\to0\) and \(\cdots\to Q_1\to Q_0\to Y\to0\). Form the double complex, in the sense of chain complexes, \(P_\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Q_\bullet\), and denote its total complex by \(P\otimes Q\). The homological version of Remark reference gives \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X,Y)\simeq\operatorname{H}_n(P\otimes Q)\); the only properties needed are the exactness of \(P_p\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\) and \((\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Q_q\), precisely the properties guaranteed by flatness.

Remark (Bimodule structure). Let \(A\) and \(B\) be rings, let \(X\) be an \((A,R)\)-bimodule, and let \(Y\) be an \((R,B)\)-bimodule. Since \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R\) is a bifunctor, \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X,Y)\) carries a canonical \((A,B)\)-bimodule structure. For example, consider left multiplication by \(A\): every \(a\in A\) gives an endomorphism of \(X\) as a right \(R\)-module and hence induces an endomorphism \(L_a\) of \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X,Y)\); one has \(L_aL_{a'}=L_{aa'}\) and \(L_1=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). Right multiplication by \(B\) is handled similarly in the second variable. For \(n=0\), this recovers the natural bimodule structure on \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\).

If \(Y\), as a left \(R\)-module, is supplied with a flat resolution \(\cdots\to P_0\to Y\to0\), the left \(A\)-action can be read directly from the complex \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}P_\bullet\): it comes from left multiplication by \(A\) on \(X\). Right multiplication is treated in the same way.

As a special case, if a ring homomorphism \(R\to S\) is fixed, then \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(\cdot,S)\) (or \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(S,\cdot)\)) naturally becomes a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}S\) (or \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)).

A similar argument shows that, when \(X\) is an \((R,A)\)-bimodule and \(Y\) is an \((R,B)\)-bimodule, every \(\operatorname{Ext}_R^n(X,Y)\) naturally carries an \((A,B)\)-bimodule structure.

For a commutative ring \(R\), there is no need to distinguish left from right \(R\)-modules; the corresponding category is denoted by \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Every \(R\)-module is then naturally an \((R,R)\)-bimodule, so \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R\) becomes a bifunctor \((R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})^2\to R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

Proposition. For a commutative ring \(R\), there is a canonical isomorphism of bifunctors \[\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X,Y)\simeq\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(Y,X)\] for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Proof. Choose flat resolutions \(P_\bullet\) and \(Q_\bullet\) of \(X\) and \(Y\), respectively. Write \(P\otimes Q\) for the total complex of the double complex \(P_\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Q_\bullet\), and define \(Q\otimes P\) similarly. The symmetry constraint for the tensor product [Li1] gives canonical isomorphisms \[P_p\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Q_q\simeq Q_q\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}P_p,\qquad p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] In other words, \(P_\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Q_\bullet\simeq \mathrm{swap}(Q_\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}P_\bullet)\). Apply Proposition reference to obtain a canonical isomorphism of total complexes \(P\otimes Q\simeq Q\otimes P\). This proves the assertion.

Remark. The symbol \(\operatorname{Tor}\) stands for “torsion,” as suggested by the following example. Let \(\mathfrak{a}\) be a left ideal of a ring \(R\), and let \(X\) be any right \(R\)-module. Since the free left module \(R\) is flat, apply Proposition reference to \(0\to\mathfrak{a}\to R\to R/\mathfrak{a}\to0\) to shift dimensions. This gives \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Tor}^R_1(X,R/\mathfrak{a}) &\simeq \operatorname{ker}\left[ X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}\mathfrak{a}\to X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}R\simeq X\right]\\ &\simeq \left\{\sum_i x_i\otimes a_i\in X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}\mathfrak{a}: \sum_i x_i a_i=0\right\},\\ \operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,R/\mathfrak{a})&\simeq\operatorname{Tor}^R_{n-1}(X,\mathfrak{a}),\qquad(n>1). \end{align*}\] If, moreover, \(t\in R\) is not a right zero divisor and we take \(\mathfrak{a}:=Rt\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}R\) (mapping \(r\) to \(rt\)), then \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_1(X,R/Rt)\simeq\{x\in X:xt=0\}\), the \(t\)-torsion submodule of \(X\); for \(n>1\), \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,R/Rt)=0\).

Example (\(\operatorname{HH}_n\) as \(\operatorname{Tor}_n\)).

Continue from the opening setup of Example reference, but weaken the condition on \(R\) by requiring only that \(R\) be flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module. Then \(R^{\otimes n}\) is flat as well. The associativity constraint \((\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}(R\otimes R^{\otimes n}\otimes R)\simeq (\cdot)\otimes R^{\otimes n}\) shows that \(R\otimes R^{\otimes n}\otimes R\) is a flat left \(R^e\)-module. Thus \(\mathsf{B}R\) is a flat resolution of \(R\) as a left \(R^e\)-module, as in equation.

For every \((R,R)\)-bimodule \(M\), the original definition of Hochschild homology from Definition reference gives \[\operatorname{HH}_n(M)=\operatorname{H}_n\left(M\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}\mathsf{B}R\right) =\operatorname{Tor}_n^{R^e}(M,R).\]

We can now combine Examples reference and reference to compute further examples of Hochschild homology and cohomology. First take the polynomial algebra \(R=\Bbbk[t]\) and identify \(R^e=R\otimes R^{\operatorname{op}}\) with \(\Bbbk[x,y]\). The scalar action on \(R\) as an \(R^e\)-module is \(h(x,y)\cdot f(t)=h(t,t)f(t)\), and \(R\) has the free resolution \[0\to R^e\xrightarrow{\text{multiplication by }x-y}R^e \xrightarrow{f\mapsto f(t,t)}R\to0.\] Computing \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{R^e}(R,\cdot)\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^{R^e}(\cdot,R)\) from this resolution immediately gives \(\operatorname{HH}_n(R)\simeq R\simeq\operatorname{HH}^n(R)\) for \(n\in\{0,1\}\), while \(\operatorname{HH}_n(R)=0=\operatorname{HH}^n(R)\) for \(n>1\). Next take \(R=\Bbbk[t]/(t^2)\), so that \(R^e=\Bbbk[x,y]/(x^2,y^2)\). As an \(R^e\)-module, \(R\) has a free resolution of period \(2\), \[\cdots\xrightarrow{x+y}R^e\xrightarrow{x-y}R^e\xrightarrow{x+y}R^e \xrightarrow{\text{multiplication by }x-y}R^e\xrightarrow{f\mapsto f(t,t)}R\to0,\] whose exactness is left to the reader to verify directly. For every \(R\)-module \(M\), applying \(M\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}(\cdot,M)\) gives, respectively, \[\begin{gather*} \cdots\xrightarrow{2t}M\xrightarrow{0}M\xrightarrow{2t}M\xrightarrow{0}M \to M\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}R\to0,\\ 0\to\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}(R,M)\to M\xrightarrow{0}M\xrightarrow{2t}M \xrightarrow{0}M\xrightarrow{2t}\cdots. \end{gather*}\] Thus \(\operatorname{HH}_k(M)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^k(M)\) depend only on \(k\bmod2\); this periodicity might be difficult to see from the definitions alone.

If \(\Bbbk\) is a field, \(\operatorname{HH}_n(M)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^n(M)\) can be read off from these complexes, but the answer depends on \(\mathrm{char}(\Bbbk)\). The exercises will treat the general case \(R=\Bbbk[t]/(t^n)\). The following result is often used in algebraic topology and also provides a small check on the preceding material; it concerns chain complexes and their homology (Remark reference). Let \(C=(C_\bullet,d^C_\bullet)\) (respectively, \(D=(D_\bullet,d^D_\bullet)\)) be a chain complex of right \(R\)-modules (respectively, left \(R\)-modules). Form the double chain complex \(C_\bullet\otimes D_\bullet\) and denote its total complex by \[C\otimes D:=\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\left(C_\bullet\otimes D_\bullet\right);\] the subscript \(R\) on the tensor product is omitted. Concretely, the degree-\(n\) term of the total complex \(C\otimes D\) is \(\bigoplus_{p+q=n}C_p\otimes D_q\), while the restriction of \(d_n\) to \(C_p\otimes D_q\) is \(d^C_p\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}+(-1)^p\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes d^D_q\). This gives a canonical homomorphism \[\kappa:\bigoplus_{p+q=n}\operatorname{H}_p(C)\otimes\operatorname{H}_q(D)\to \operatorname{H}_n(C\otimes D).\]

Theorem (Künneth theorem for homology).

Let \(C,D\) be chain complexes as above. If every \(C_p\) and every \(\operatorname{im}(d^C_p)\) is a flat right \(R\)-module, then there is a canonical short exact sequence \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-045-d001}\]

Proof. For every \(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define submodules of \(C_p\) by \(B_p:=\operatorname{im}(d^C_{p+1})\) and \(Z_p:=\operatorname{ker}(d^C_p)\). Regard these as chain complexes \(Z=Z_\bullet\) and \(B=B_\bullet\) by setting \(d^Z=d^B:=0\). There is then a short exact sequence of chain complexes \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-045-d002}\]

The short exact sequence \(0\to Z_p\to C_p\xrightarrow{d^C_p}B_{p-1}\to0\) and the long exact sequence for \(\operatorname{Tor}\) imply that \(Z_p\) is also flat. Since \(B_{p-1}\) is flat, the sequence \[0\to Z_p\otimes D_q\to C_p\otimes D_q\to B_{p-1}\otimes D_q\to0\] remains exact. Since direct sums of modules, including infinite direct sums, preserve exactness, we obtain a short exact sequence of chain complexes \(0\to Z\otimes D\to C\otimes D\xrightarrow{d^C\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_D} B[-1]\otimes D\to0\).

Because \(d^Z=d^{B[-1]}=0\), the associated long exact sequence in homology simplifies, by flatness, to \[\begin{multline*} \overbracket{\displaystyle\bigoplus_{p+q=n+1}B_{p-1}\otimes\operatorname{H}_q(D)}^{= \bigoplus_{p+q=n}B_p\otimes\operatorname{H}_q(D)}\xrightarrow{\partial_{n+1}} \displaystyle\bigoplus_{p+q=n}Z_p\otimes\operatorname{H}_q(D)\to\operatorname{H}_n(C\otimes D)\\ \to\underbracket{\displaystyle\bigoplus_{p+q=n}B_{p-1}\otimes\operatorname{H}_q(D)}_{= \bigoplus_{p+q=n-1}B_p\otimes\operatorname{H}_q(D)}\xrightarrow{\partial_n} \displaystyle\bigoplus_{p+q=n-1}Z_p\otimes\operatorname{H}_q(D). \end{multline*}\] It remains only to explain the connecting morphisms \(\partial_{n+1}\) and \(\partial_n\). Up to possible signs, they arise from the inclusions \(B_p\hookrightarrow Z_p\). To see this, return to the explicit construction of the long exact sequence, namely the homological version of Proposition reference; here one can use a diagram chase, as in the discussion preceding [Li1]. The details are left to the reader.

It follows that \(\operatorname{coker}(\partial_{n+1})\) may be identified with \(\bigoplus_{p+q=n}\operatorname{H}_p(C)\otimes\operatorname{H}_q(D)\), and the induced monomorphism to \(\operatorname{H}_n(C\otimes D)\) is \(\kappa\).

Finally, \(0\to B_p\to Z_p\to\operatorname{H}_p(C)\to0\) is a flat resolution of \(\operatorname{H}_p(C)\). Hence \(\operatorname{ker}(\partial_n)\simeq \bigoplus_{p+q=n-1}\operatorname{Tor}_1^R(\operatorname{H}_p(C),\operatorname{H}_q(D))\). This gives the asserted short exact sequence.

Notice that if \(R\) is a division ring, then \(\kappa\) is necessarily an isomorphism. Because \(D\) plays the role of homology coefficients in topology, the special case of Theorem reference in which \(D\) is concentrated in degree zero is also called the universal coefficient theorem. Results of this kind have many variants. Moreover, the ring structure supplies operations on \(\operatorname{Tor}\) that are absent for other derived bifunctors. These structures are better formulated in the language of derived categories or spectral sequences.


  1. Alternatively, use the tensor adjunction [Li1].↩︎

  2. Indeed, free modules are always projective; see [Li1].↩︎

K-injective and K-projective complexes

Injective and projective resolutions of complexes supplied the initial definition of derived functors in §reference. That construction requires bounded-below or bounded-above complexes, whereas applications involving unbounded complexes and their derived categories require a broader class of resolutions. The theory of K-injective and K-projective resolutions originates with [Spa88]. This section provides some preparation for that theory; the arguments follow [stacks], and the reader may also consult [KS06] or [BN93].

Definition (N. Spaltenstein).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category.

  • A complex \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is called a K-injective complex1 if, for every acyclic complex \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), the complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,I)\) is also acyclic.

    If \(f:A\to I\) is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(I\) is K-injective, then \(f\) is called a K-injective resolution of \(A\).

  • A complex \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is called a K-projective complex if, for every acyclic complex \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), the complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(P,X)\) is also acyclic.

    If \(f:P\to A\) is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(P\) is K-projective, then \(f\) is called a K-projective resolution of \(A\).

If every object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) has a K-injective resolution (respectively, a K-projective resolution), then \(\mathcal{A}\) is said to have enough K-injective complexes (respectively, enough K-projective complexes).

The two sets of definitions are plainly dual. In practice, the following criterion is often easier to use.

Lemma. A complex \(I\) (respectively, \(P\)) is K-injective (respectively, K-projective) if and only if, for every acyclic complex \(X\), \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,I)=0\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(P,X)=0\)).

Proof. Let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Lemma reference gives \[\operatorname{H}^n \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, I) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X[-n], I), \quad \operatorname{H}^n \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(P, X) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(P, X[n]);\] but \(X\) is acyclic if and only if \(X[-n]\) is acyclic, and this is also equivalent to \(X[n]\) being acyclic.

Example. Lemma reference can immediately be restated as follows.

  • If \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of injective objects, then \(I\) is K-injective.

  • If \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of projective objects, then \(P\) is K-projective.

Thus an injective (respectively, projective) resolution is a special case of a K-injective (respectively, K-projective) resolution.

Example (A. Dold). The one-sided boundedness condition in Example reference is essential. For example, take \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and consider the acyclic complex \(Q\) in it: \[\cdots \xrightarrow{2} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\xrightarrow{2} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}} \xrightarrow{2} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\xrightarrow{2} \cdots.\] Every term is a free module. On the other hand, the termwise tensor product \(Q\ensuremath{\underset{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}{\otimes}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) is the complex \[\cdots \xrightarrow{0} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\xrightarrow{0} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}} \xrightarrow{0} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\xrightarrow{0} \cdots.\] Therefore \(Q\) is not K-projective. Indeed, if \(Q\) were K-projective, then \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Q\) would be homotopic to \(0\), and hence so would \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Q\otimes\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\), contradicting \(\operatorname{H}^n(Q\ensuremath{\underset{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}{\otimes}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

From another point of view, this example also shows that an unbounded complex consisting of projective objects need not be an appropriate resolution: \(0\to Q\) and \(0\to0\) are both quasi-isomorphisms, but the preceding paragraph shows that \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Q\) is not homotopic to \(0\). Thus \(Q\) and \(0\) are not isomorphic in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), and Theorem reference cannot simply be extended to the unbounded case.

The following result is the natural generalization of Theorem reference; its proof is likewise postponed until the discussion following Theorem in § 4.4.

Theorem. Let \(\alpha:X\to Y\) be a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

  • Given a morphism \(\gamma:X\to I\), where \(I\) is a K-injective complex, there is a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d001}\]

  • Given a morphism \(\gamma:P\to Y\), where \(P\) is a K-projective complex, there is a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d002}\]

In both cases, \(\beta\) is unique as a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proposition. The equivalence \(\sigma\) of Definition–Proposition reference has the following property: \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}))\) is K-injective (respectively, K-projective) if and only if \(\sigma X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}) =\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is K-projective (respectively, K-injective).

Proof. The functor \(\sigma\) preserves acyclic complexes and induces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\) (Proposition reference); hence \(\sigma\) preserves the criterion of Lemma reference.

Next consider adjoint functors. Proposition reference has a corresponding version in this setting.

Proposition. Consider a pair of functors between abelian categories \(\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-diagram-003}\), and suppose that \(F\) is exact.

  • If \(G\) is left adjoint to \(F\), then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}G:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) carries K-projective complexes to K-projective complexes.

  • If \(G\) is right adjoint to \(F\), then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}G:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) carries K-injective complexes to K-injective complexes.

Proof. By duality it suffices to consider the case in which \(G\) is a left adjoint. In this case \(G\) is automatically additive (Corollary reference). Let \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{B}))\) be K-projective. For every acyclic complex \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), Proposition reference gives an isomorphism \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}G(P), X) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})}(P, \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(X)).\] Since \(F\) is exact, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(X)\) is acyclic, so the right-hand side is \(0\). Apply Lemma reference.

The next task in this section is to investigate the existence of K-injective or K-projective resolutions. The argument is somewhat intricate; we begin with the K-injective case.

Lemma. Consider a sequence of complexes over \(\mathcal{A}\), \(\cdots\to I_2\to I_1\to I_0\). Suppose that:

  • every \(I_k\) is K-injective;

  • for every \(k\) and \(n\), the morphism \(I_{k+1}^n\to I_k^n\) is an epimorphism admitting a section (in other words, it has a right inverse; see the discussion after Proposition reference);

  • for every \(n\), the object \(I^n:=\varprojlim_k I_k^n\) exists in \(\mathcal{A}\).

Then the induced differentials \(d_I^n:=\varprojlim_k d_{I_k}^n:I^n\to I^{n+1}\) make \(I:=(I^n,d_I^n)_n\) a K-injective complex.

Proof. Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) be acyclic. For each \(k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), take the following portion of the complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,I_k)\): \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d003} \end{equation}\] This sequence is exact because \(I_k\) is K-injective. Now consider the homomorphism induced by \(I_{k+1}\to I_k\), \[\operatorname{Hom}\left(X^n,I_{k+1}^{n-2}\right)\to \operatorname{Hom}\left(X^n,I_k^{n-2}\right).\] Since there is a section \(I_k^{n-2}\to I_{k+1}^{n-2}\), this homomorphism is an epimorphism. The same remains true after taking \(\prod_n\). Thus, as \(k\) varies, the leftmost term in equation satisfies the Mittag–Leffler condition (Definition reference).

Now let \(k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) vary in equation. Corollary reference gives an exact sequence \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d004}\] Interchanging \(\varprojlim_k\) and \(\prod_n\) now gives an exact sequence2 \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d005}\] This too is a portion of \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,I)\), and its cohomology at the middle term is precisely \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,I)\). Hence \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,I)=0\). Apply Lemma reference to finish the proof.

Lemma. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects. For every \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), there is a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d006}\] with \(\tau^{\geq k}A\) and the arrows between them as in Definition reference, such that:

  • every \(I_k\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) consisting of injective objects;

  • every vertical arrow \(f_k\) is both a monomorphism and a quasi-isomorphism;

  • for every \(k\) and \(n\), the morphism \(I_{k+1}^n\to I_k^n\) is an epimorphism admitting a section.

Proof. We construct the diagram from right to left. All injective resolutions discussed below are implicitly monomorphisms.

First apply Theorem reference to \(\tau^{\geq0}A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) to obtain an injective resolution \(f_0:\tau^{\geq0}A\to I_0\).

Next, the definitions directly show that \(\tau^{\geq-k-1}A\to\tau^{\geq-k}A\) is an epimorphism in every degree, and hence an epimorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\). Suppose that the required quasi-isomorphisms \[\tau^{\geq0}A\xrightarrow{f_0}I_0,\quad\ldots,\quad \tau^{\geq-k}A\xrightarrow{f_k}I_k\] and the corresponding commutative diagram have been constructed. Choose an injective resolution \(H\xrightarrow{g}J\) of \(H:=\operatorname{ker}[\tau^{\geq-k-1}A\to\tau^{\geq-k}A]\) by Theorem reference. The Horseshoe Lemma, Proposition reference, then gives a commutative diagram with exact rows in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d007}\] such that \(f_{k+1}\) is an injective resolution. Exactness of the first row is equivalent to exactness of \(0\to J^n\to I_{k+1}^n\to I_k^n\to0\) for every \(n\). Since all its terms are injective objects of \(\mathcal{A}\), Lemma reference shows that \(I_{k+1}^n\to I_k^n\) admits a section. This proves the result.

The following discussion uses notation from §reference. Take \(A\) as above. As \(k\geq0\) varies, the complexes \(\tau^{\geq-k}A\) form an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), which we denote by \(\tau A\). The definition of the truncation functors gives a family of canonical morphisms \(A\to\tau^{\geq-k}A\). Considering the complexes \(\tau^{\geq-k}A\) degree by degree shows that their \(\varprojlim_k\) exists and that these canonical morphisms induce an isomorphism \[\begin{equation} A \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\varprojlim_{k \geq 0} \left( \tau^{\geq -k} A \right). \end{equation}\] Now consider the \(I_k\). Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has countable products; then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) also has countable products, constructed degree by degree. For \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), consider the diagram in Lemma reference. It follows that \[I:=\varprojlim_k I_k \quad \text{exists}.\] More concretely, Definition reference and the discussion following it place \(I\) and \(A\) in exact sequences \[\begin{gather*} 0 \to I \to \prod_k I_k \xrightarrow{\Delta_I} \prod_k I_k, \\ 0 \to A \to \prod_k \tau^{\geq -k} A \xrightarrow{\Delta_{\tau A}} \prod_k \tau^{\geq -k} A, \end{gather*}\] where \(\Delta_I\) and \(\Delta_{\tau A}\) are as in that definition. We obtain commutative diagrams \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d008} \quad \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d009} \end{equation}\] The two vertical arrows are defined by inclusion into the first coordinate of the mapping cone; the reader may check this directly. Another explanation, though more elaborate than necessary, can be given using the universal property of the homotopy kernel (Proposition reference). On the other hand, \((f_k)_{k\geq0}\) and the universal property of \(\varprojlim\) give a morphism \[f:A\simeq\varprojlim_k(\tau^{\geq-k}A)\to\varprojlim_k I_k=I,\] which makes the following diagram commute: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d010} \end{equation}\] Lemmas reference and reference show that \(I\) is a K-injective complex. If \(f\) is a quasi-isomorphism, then \(f\) is a K-injective resolution of \(A\). This last step requires an additional hypothesis.

Lemma. In the situation above, suppose in addition that \(\mathcal{A}\) has exact countable products (Convention reference). Then \(f\) is a quasi-isomorphism if and only if \(A\to\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_{\tau A})[-1]\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

Proof. Consider the natural commutative diagram3 \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d011}\] Taking the long exact sequences of the mapping cones equation gives a commutative diagram with exact rows: \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d012}\] Every \(f_k\) is a quasi-isomorphism, and exactness of countable products ensures that \(\prod_k f_k\) remains a quasi-isomorphism. Applying Proposition reference shows that \(\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_{\tau A})\to\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_I)\)4 is also a quasi-isomorphism.

Next we prove that \(I\to\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_I)[-1]\) is a quasi-isomorphism. First, \(\Delta_I\) is an epimorphism; this can be checked degree by degree. Indeed, \(\Delta_{I^n}:\prod_k I_k^n\to\prod_k I_k^n\) is an epimorphism because \(I_{k+1}^n\to I_k^n\) admits a section; see Example reference. Compare the short exact sequence \(0\to I\to\prod_k I_k\xrightarrow{\Delta_I}\prod_k I_k\to0\) with Lemma reference. It follows that the previously defined morphism \(I\to\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_I)[-1]\) is indeed a quasi-isomorphism.

Insert these results into the commutative diagram equation and then take cohomology. This gives the desired necessary and sufficient condition.

Theorem. An abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) satisfying the following two conditions has enough K-injective complexes:

  • \(\mathcal{A}\) has exact countable products;

  • \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects.

Proof. Lemma reference shows that it suffices to prove that \(A\to\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_{\tau A})[-1]\) is a quasi-isomorphism for every \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\). Let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Since countable products are exact, Lemma reference gives canonical isomorphisms \[\operatorname{H}^n\left( \prod_k \tau^{\geq -k} A \right) \simeq \prod_k \operatorname{H}^n\left( \tau^{\geq -k} A \right) \simeq \prod_{k \geq -n} \operatorname{H}^n(A).\] If elementwise reasoning is available in \(\mathcal{A}\), then after taking \(\operatorname{H}^n\), the morphism \(\Delta_{\tau A}\) has the form \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d013}\] Clearly \(\nabla^n\) is an epimorphism (a section can be written down explicitly), while \(\operatorname{ker}(\nabla^n)=\{(a)_{k\geq-n}:a\in\operatorname{H}^n(A)\}\) is the diagonal subobject. This argument readily translates to a general category \(\mathcal{A}\). Now consider the long exact sequence of the mapping cone \[\cdots \to \operatorname{H}^n \operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_{\tau A})[-1] \to \prod_{k \geq -n} \operatorname{H}^n(A) \xrightarrow[\text{epi}]{\nabla^n} \prod_{k \geq -n} \operatorname{H}^n(A) \to \operatorname{H}^n \operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_{\tau A}) \cdots\] This sequence identifies the morphism \(\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_{\tau A})[-1]\to \prod_{k\geq-n}\operatorname{H}^n(A)\) with the inclusion of \(\operatorname{ker}(\nabla^n)\). Moreover, equation gives a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-046-d014}\] Thus, for every \(n\), the morphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(A)\to\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_{\tau A})[-1])\) is an isomorphism.

Reversing the arrows by means of Proposition reference gives the dual version of Theorem reference.

Theorem. An abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) satisfying the following two conditions has enough K-projective complexes:

  • \(\mathcal{A}\) has exact countable coproducts;

  • \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects.

Corollary. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a Grothendieck category with enough projective objects (Definition reference), then \(\mathcal{A}\) also has enough K-projective complexes.

Proof. By definition, a Grothendieck category \(\mathcal{A}\) has countable coproducts. Proposition reference says that those countable coproducts are exact. Apply Theorem reference.

Example. Let \(R\) be a ring. Theorem reference and Corollary reference show that \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has enough K-injective and K-projective complexes.

In fact, every complex in a Grothendieck category has a K-injective resolution, and these K-injective resolutions can be made functorial, as in Theorem reference. This is the main theorem of [Serp03]; see also [stacks]. That result covers many situations arising in geometry that are not covered by Theorem reference.


  1. A perhaps more natural term would be homotopically injective complex, and similarly homotopically projective complex.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C064): in the third term the source omits the subscript \(k\) on \(\varprojlim_k\). This sentence explicitly interchanges \(\varprojlim_k\) with \(\prod_n\), and the vertical isomorphism below identifies the limit with \(I^{n+1}\), so the target restores that subscript.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C065): in the source, the first lower horizontal arrow is labelled \(\Delta_A\). The lower row belongs to the inverse system \(\tau A\), and the right side of that row already uses \(\alpha(\Delta_{\tau A})\) and \(\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_{\tau A})\); the target therefore restores the label \(\Delta_{\tau A}\).↩︎

  4. Translator’s note (O014-C066): the source writes \(\Delta_{\tau_A}\) at this occurrence, although the inverse-system object that was defined is \(\tau A\) and all surrounding notation uses \(\Delta_{\tau A}\). The target makes this consistent with the defined notation.↩︎

Exercises

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. Thus \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) are naturally \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-categories in the sense of Definition reference. Prove that, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and every object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), there are canonical isomorphisms of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\operatorname{H}^n(X) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})}(\Bbbk,X[n]) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})}(\Bbbk[-n],X).\] On the right, \(\Bbbk\) is regarded as a complex concentrated in degree \(0\).

This exercise relates homotopies between morphisms to isomorphisms between their mapping cones. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category and take any pair of morphisms \(f,g\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\). Construct a bijection \[\left\{ \begin{array}{c} s\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X,Y): \\ d^{-1}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)}(s)=f-g \end{array} \right\} \xrightarrow{1:1} \left\{ \begin{array}{c} h:\operatorname{Cone}(f)\to\operatorname{Cone}(g),\\ \text{a morphism of complexes making}\\ \text{the following diagram commute} \end{array} \right\},\] \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter3-unit-047-d001} \end{equation*}\] and prove that every such morphism \(h\) is an isomorphism of complexes. In particular, \(f\) and \(g\) are homotopic if and only if such an \(h\) exists. Hint. Commutativity of the diagram in degree \(n\) is equivalent to the matrix equation \[h^n= \begin{pmatrix} \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^{n+1}}&0\\ s^{n+1}&\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^n} \end{pmatrix}, \quad\text{where}\quad s^{n+1}:X^{n+1}\to Y^n.\]

(Split exactness) Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category and \(X\) a complex over it. Prove that the following statements are equivalent.

  1. \(X\) is equal to \(0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\);

  2. \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) is null-homotopic;

  3. \(X\) is acyclic and there exists \((s^n)_n\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X,X)\) such that \(d^ns^{n+1}d^n=d^n\) for every \(n\);

  4. there is a family of objects \((Y^n)_n\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) and an isomorphism of complexes \(\Phi:X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(Y^n\oplus Y^{n+1},\overline d^{\,n})_n\), where \(\overline d\) is represented by the matrix \(\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr)\).

A complex satisfying any of these conditions is also called split exact.1 For \(X=[\cdots\,0\to A\to B\to C\to0\,\cdots]\), prove that this condition is equivalent to \(X\) being a split short exact sequence.

Hint. It suffices to prove (iii) \(\implies\) (iv). The condition implies that \(d^{n-1}s^n\in\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(X^n)\) is idempotent. This gives a decomposition \(X^n=Y^n\oplus Z^n\) with \(Y^n=\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1}s^n)\). Prove that \(Y^n=\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})\) and that the restriction of \(d^n\) gives an isomorphism \(Z^n\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(d^n)\); then take \(\Phi\) corresponding to \(\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}ds\\d\end{smallmatrix}\bigr)\).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category. Prove that \(X\) is an injective object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) if and only if every term of \(X\) is injective in \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(X\) is equal to \(0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). State the version for projective objects. Hint. For the only-if direction, observe that the short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \(0\to X\to\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\to X[1]\to0\) splits. Proposition reference then shows that \(X\) is acyclic. Choose a section \(X[1]\to\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\) and write it as \(\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}1\\-\theta\end{smallmatrix}\bigr)\), where \(\theta^n:X^{n+1}\to X^n\). Verify that \(d_X^{n-1}\theta^{n-1}+\theta^nd_X^n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^n}\) to prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) is null-homotopic.

Fix \(n\). By the preceding exercise, decompose \(X^n=Y^n\oplus Y^{n+1}\); it remains to prove that \(Y^n\) is injective. For any morphism \(f:A\to Y^n\) and monomorphism \(g:A\hookrightarrow B\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), consider the commutative diagram with exact row in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-047-d002}\] where \(\Psi^n=\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}f\\0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr)\). Use this diagram to verify the injectivity criterion for \(Y^n\).

For the if direction, again write \(X^n=Y^n\oplus Y^{n+1}\) and describe explicitly all possible morphisms \(f:Z\to X\).

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and let \(R\) be a unital \(\Bbbk\)-algebra, in accordance with the convention of this book. Write down the canonical isomorphisms \(\operatorname{HH}_0(M_n(R))\simeq\operatorname{HH}_0(R)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^0(M_n(R))\simeq\operatorname{HH}^0(R)\), where \(M_n(R)\) is the \(\Bbbk\)-algebra of \(n\times n\) matrices over \(R\). In fact, analogous isomorphisms hold in every degree \(m\), for both \(\operatorname{HH}_m\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^m\); see [Lo98].

In the setting of §reference, define the sub-bimodule \(\mathrm{Triv}_nR\) of \(\mathsf{B}_nR\), for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), by \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{Triv}_nR &:=\sum_{h=1}^n R\otimes (\cdots\otimes \underbracket{\;\Bbbk\;}_{\text{$h$-th factor}} \otimes\cdots)\otimes R, \qquad \mathrm{Triv}_0R=0. \end{align*}\]

  1. Verify that this defines a subcomplex \(\mathrm{Triv}R\) of \(\mathsf{B}R\), and that \(\mathrm{Triv}R\) is exact. Hint. Restrict \((h^n)_n\) from the proof of Lemma reference to \(\mathrm{Triv}R\).

  2. Write \(\overline R:=R/\Bbbk\) as a \(\Bbbk\)-module and define the reduced bar complex of \(R\) to be the quotient \[\overline{\mathsf{B}}R :=\mathsf{B}R/\mathrm{Triv}R =\left(R\otimes\overline R^{\otimes n}\otimes R,b_n\right)_{n\geq0}.\] Following the pattern of equation, simplify \(M\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}\overline{\mathsf{B}}R\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}(\overline{\mathsf{B}}R,M)\).

  3. Give canonical isomorphisms \(\operatorname{H}_n(M\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}\overline{\mathsf{B}}R)\simeq\operatorname{HH}_n(M)\) and \(\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}(\overline{\mathsf{B}}R,M))\simeq\operatorname{HH}^n(M)\). Hint. In general, this follows from the theorem on normalized complexes in the Dold–Kan correspondence, in § 8.5, provided that \(\mathsf{B}R\) is understood from the viewpoint of the Example in § 8.7.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring, and let \(\widetilde R\) and \(R\) be unital \(\Bbbk\)-algebras, in accordance with the convention of this book. Suppose there is a split short exact sequence of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-047-d003}\] where \(M\) is a two-sided ideal of \(\widetilde R\), \(ps=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_R\), and \(M^2=\{0\}\). Use \(s\) to identify \(\widetilde R\) with \(R\oplus M\).

  1. For \(m\in M\) and \(r\in R\), choose any \(\widetilde r\in p^{-1}(r)\). Prove that \(\widetilde rm\) and \(m\widetilde r\) depend only on \(m\) and \(r\), and that these operations make \(M\) an \((R,R)\)-bimodule.

  2. Prove that there is a bilinear map \(f:R^2\to M\) such that multiplication in \(\widetilde R\) is given by \[(r_1,m_1)(r_2,m_2) =(r_1r_2,r_1m_2+m_1r_2+f(r_1,r_2)), \quad r_1,r_2\in R,\quad m_1,m_2\in M.\]

  3. Such data \((R,\widetilde R,M)\) are called a square-zero extension of \(R\) by \(M\). Prove that, up to the appropriate notion of isomorphism, square-zero extensions are classified by \(\operatorname{HH}^2(M)\), with the zero element corresponding to the trivial extension \(R\times M\). Hint. Compute \(\operatorname{HH}^2(M)\) using the reduced bar complex from the preceding exercise.

Complete the proof of Lemma reference.

In the setting of Definition reference, verify for the special case \(R=\Bbbk\) that:

  1. if \(n\) is odd, then \(\mathrm{HP}_n(\Bbbk)=\mathrm{HC}_n(\Bbbk)=0\);

  2. if \(n\) is even (or nonnegative even), then \(\mathrm{HP}_n(\Bbbk)\) (or \(\mathrm{HC}_n(\Bbbk)\)) is isomorphic to \(\Bbbk\).

In the setting of Definition reference and Theorem reference, take the polynomial ring \(R=\Bbbk[t]\).

  1. Prove that \(\Omega_{R\mid\Bbbk}\) in Example reference is a free \(R\)-module of rank \(1\), with basis \(\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}t\).

  2. Describe the connecting morphism \(B:\mathrm{HC}_0(R)\to\mathrm{HH}_1(R)\); note that both sides are isomorphic to \(R\).

  3. Describe all the \(\mathrm{HC}_n(R)\) as explicitly as possible. For \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), prove that \(\mathrm{HC}_1(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[t])=\bigoplus_{n\geq2}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/n\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Hint. Use the long exact sequence of Theorem reference and the calculation of \(\operatorname{HH}_n(\Bbbk[t])\) in high degrees in Example reference.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category and let \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\) be an exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Regard \(I=[I^0\to I^1\to\cdots]\) as a double complex, with \(I^{p,q}:=(I^p)^q\). Assuming that \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A}))\), prove that the evident morphism \(X\to\operatorname{tot}(I)\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A}))\), where \(\mathcal{A}\) is an Abelian category. Prove that, if the \(i\)-th column \(\left(X^{i,\bullet},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\right)\) and the \(j\)-th row \(\left(X^{\bullet,j},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}\right)\) are exact for every \(i,j\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\smallsetminus\{0\}\), then for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) there is a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(X^{0,\bullet},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d})\simeq \operatorname{H}^n(X^{\bullet,0},\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d})\). Hint. Define the brutal truncation functor \(\sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq n}\) (respectively \(\sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq n}\)) from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\) to itself by replacing the terms \((X^{i,j})_{(i,j)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\) for \(i>n\) (respectively \(i<n\)) by \(0\) and leaving all other terms unchanged. Use Theorem reference to prove that both morphisms in \[\text{$0$-th column} =\sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\leq0}\sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq0}(X) \twoheadleftarrow \sigma_{\mathrm{I}}^{\geq0}X \hookrightarrow X\] induce quasi-isomorphisms on total complexes. Do the same after interchanging the roles of rows and columns.

Use Lemma reference to prove the existence part for \(\beta\) in Theorem reference. Hint. It suffices to treat the first case. The mapping-cylinder lemma, reference, factors \(X\xrightarrow{\alpha}Y\) as \(X\xrightarrow{\alpha'}\operatorname{Cyl}(\alpha)\xrightarrow{\psi}Y\), where \(\alpha'\) is a monomorphism and \(\psi\) is invertible in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

With the notation of the preceding exercise, prove the uniqueness part for \(\beta\) in Theorem reference. Hint. It suffices to treat the first case. Use the mapping cylinder again to reduce to the case in which every \(\alpha^n:X^n\hookrightarrow Y^n\) is the inclusion of a direct summand. Suppose the morphisms \(\beta_i:Y\to I\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), for \(i=1,2\), satisfy \(\gamma-\beta_i\alpha=d^{-1}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,I)}h_i\), where \(h_i\in\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X,I)\). Let \(C:=\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\) be the acyclic complex and define \(h^n:Y^n\simeq X^n\oplus C^n\to I^{n-1}\) so that its restriction to \(X^n\) (respectively \(C^n\)) is \(h_1^n-h_2^n\) (respectively \(0\)). Verify that \[\beta_1-\beta_2-d^{-1}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y,I)}h:Y\to I\] becomes \(0\) after composition with \(\alpha\). Thus, up to homotopy, \(\beta_1-\beta_2\) factors as \(Y\twoheadrightarrow C\to I\); apply Lemma reference to the second morphism.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category. Prove that \((\operatorname{H}^n)_{n\geq0}\) is a universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor from the Abelian category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\) (see Definition reference) to \(\mathcal{A}\). Hint. To show that \(\operatorname{H}^n\) is effaceable when \(n>0\), take \(\alpha(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X):X\hookrightarrow\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\). This morphism factors through the brutal truncation \(\sigma^{\geq0}\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\). Use Proposition reference (i).

(Complex version of the Milnor exact sequence) Let \(R\) be any ring and let \((X_k,f_k)_{k\geq0}\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}))\). Suppose \((X_k^n,f_k^n)_{k\geq0}\) satisfies the Mittag–Leffler condition for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The notation \(f_k\) will henceforth be suppressed. Follow these steps to construct a short exact sequence \[0\to\lim\nolimits^1_k\operatorname{H}^{n-1}(X_k) \to\operatorname{H}^n(\varprojlim_kX_k) \to\varprojlim_k\operatorname{H}^n(X_k)\to0.\]

  1. As in Theorem reference, define \(B_k^n\subset Z_k^n\subset X_k^n\) and \(H_k^n\), and make \(B_k\subset Z_k\subset X_k\) and \(H_k\) complexes with \(d_{B_k}=d_{Z_k}=d_{H_k}=0\). Prove that \((B_k^n)_{k\geq0}\) satisfies the Mittag–Leffler condition for every \(n\).

  2. Prove that \(0\to\varprojlim_kZ_k\to\varprojlim_kX_k \xrightarrow{d}(\varprojlim_kX_k)[1]\) is exact.

  3. Define \(B^n:=\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1}:\varprojlim_kX_k^{n-1}\to \varprojlim_kX_k^n)\)2, and make \(B\) a complex with \(d_B=0\). Prove that there is a short exact sequence \(0\to B[1]\to\varprojlim_kB_k[1]\to\lim\nolimits^1_kZ_k\to0\). Hint. Use the short exact sequence \(0\to Z_k\to X_k\xrightarrow{d}B_k[1]\to0\) and the Mittag–Leffler condition on \((X_k^n)_{k\geq0}\).

  4. Deduce the isomorphism \(\lim\nolimits^1_kZ_k\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\lim\nolimits^1_kH_k\) and the short exact sequence \(0\to\varprojlim_kB_k\to\varprojlim_kZ_k \to\varprojlim_kH_k\to0\). Hint. Use the short exact sequence \(0\to B_k\to Z_k\to H_k\to0\) and the Mittag–Leffler condition on \((B_k^n)_{k\geq0}\).

  5. Take the appropriate inclusions \(B\subset\varprojlim_kB_k\subset\varprojlim_kZ_k\) and consider the corresponding quotients to obtain the required short exact sequence.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field. Define objects \(A\) and \(B\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) by \(A_k:=X^k\Bbbk\llbracket X\rrbracket\) and \(B_k:=X^k\Bbbk[X]\), taking the transition morphisms to be the inclusions. Neither satisfies the Mittag–Leffler condition. Prove that \(\lim\nolimits^1A=0\), whereas \(\lim\nolimits^1B\simeq \Bbbk\llbracket X\rrbracket/\Bbbk[X]\). Hint. Embed these systems of ideals into systems of rings, and use the dimension-shifting technique of Proposition reference to compute \(\lim\nolimits^1\).

Let \(D\) be a division ring. Prove that \(\operatorname{Ext}_D^n\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^D\) vanish for \(n>0\).

For every ring \(R\), formulate precisely and prove the canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X,Y)\simeq\operatorname{Tor}_n^{R^{\operatorname{op}}}(Y,X)\).

Let the integral domain \(R\) be a principal ideal domain. For all finitely generated \(R\)-modules \(M,N\) and every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), describe \(\operatorname{Ext}_R^n(M,N)\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(M,N)\) explicitly.

Let \(M\) be a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module. Prove that \(\operatorname{Tor}_1^\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Q}}/\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},M)\) is the subgroup of \(M\) consisting of all its torsion elements.

(Universal coefficient theorem for cohomology) Let \(R\) be a ring and let \(C=(C_\bullet,d^C_\bullet)\) be a chain complex of left \(R\)-modules. For any left \(R\)-module \(M\), applying \(\operatorname{Hom}_R(\cdot,M)\) termwise gives a cochain complex \(C^\bullet:=\operatorname{Hom}(C_\bullet,M)\); denote its degree-\(n\) cohomology by \(\operatorname{H}^n(C,M)\). Suppose that \(B_n:=\operatorname{im}(d_{n+1})\) and \(Z_n:=\operatorname{ker}(d_n)\) are projective modules for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), and define \(H_n:=Z_n/B_n=\operatorname{H}_n(C)\). Prove that, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there is a canonical short exact sequence \[0\to\operatorname{Ext}_R^1(\operatorname{H}_{n-1}(C),M) \to\operatorname{H}^n(C,M) \to\operatorname{Hom}_R(\operatorname{H}_n(C),M)\to0.\] Prove also that, if \(R\) is a principal ideal domain and every \(C_n\) is free, then these hypotheses always hold.

Hint. Define the functor \(D(\cdot):=\operatorname{Hom}_R(\cdot,M)\) from \((R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})^{\operatorname{op}}\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Use the short exact sequence \(0\to H_n\to C_n/B_n\to B_{n-1}\to0\) and the hypotheses to obtain a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter3-unit-047-d004}\] Prove that \(d_{D(C)}^{n-1}\) factors as \(D(C_{n-1})\twoheadrightarrow D(Z_{n-1}) \xrightarrow{D(d^C_n)}D(C_n/B_n)\hookrightarrow D(C_n)\) and that \(D(C_n/B_n)\simeq\operatorname{ker}(d_C^n)\). Thus the cokernel of the middle morphism in the diagram is \(\operatorname{H}^n(C,M)\). On the other hand, the sequence \(0\to B_{n-1}\to Z_{n-1}\to H_{n-1}\to0\) shows that the cokernel of the left morphism is \(\operatorname{Ext}_R^1(\operatorname{H}_{n-1}(C),M)\). Apply the snake lemma, Theorem reference.

In the setting of §reference, take \(R=\Bbbk[t]/(t^n)\), where \(t\) is a polynomial variable and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\), so that \(R^e=\Bbbk[x,y]/(x^n,y^n)\).3

  1. Prove that the following chain complex is exact: \[\cdots\xrightarrow{v}R^e\xrightarrow{u}R^e \xrightarrow{v}R^e\xrightarrow{u}R^e\to R\to0,\] where \(R^e\to R\) maps \(f(x,y)\) to \(f(t,t)\) and \[u:=x-y,\qquad v:=\sum_{\substack{a+b=n-1\\a,b\geq0}}x^ay^b.\] Deduce that, for every \(R\)-module \(M\), \(\operatorname{HH}_{k+2}(M)\simeq\operatorname{HH}_k(M)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^{k+2}(M)\simeq\operatorname{HH}^k(M)\).

  2. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field. Describe \(\operatorname{HH}_k(M)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^k(M)\), distinguishing the cases \(k\geq1\) and whether \(\mathrm{char}(\Bbbk)\) is relatively prime to \(n\).

For any ring \(R\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), prove that \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^R\) commutes with small filtered inductive limits; that is, \[\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(\varinjlim_iX_i,Y) \simeq\varinjlim_i\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X_i,Y), \qquad \operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X,\varinjlim_iY_i) \simeq\varinjlim_i\operatorname{Tor}_n^R(X,Y_i).\] Discuss whether there is an analogous statement for the \(\operatorname{Ext}\) functors.

Prove that an object \(I\) of an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) is injective if and only if, regarded as a complex, \(I\) is K-injective. State the dual version. Hint. One direction follows from Example reference. For the converse, regard a short exact sequence \(0\to A\to B\to C\to0\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) as an acyclic complex, and construct a morphism from that complex to \(I\) from the given morphism \(A\to I\).

(N. Nitsure) Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be a left exact functor between Abelian categories. Suppose \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). Take an injective resolution \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\) and an \(F\)-acyclic resolution \(0\to X\to A^0\to A^1\to\cdots\). Write \[I=[\cdots\to0\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots], \qquad A=[\cdots\to0\to A^0\to A^1\to\cdots].\]

  • Lemma reference determines a unique morphism \(\beta:A\to I\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) compatible with \(A\leftarrow X\rightarrow I\). After applying \(F\), this morphism gives4 \[c^n:=\operatorname{H}^n(F(\beta)): \operatorname{H}^n(F(A))\to\operatorname{H}^n(F(I))=\mathrm{R}^nF(X).\]

  • On the other hand, Corollary reference gives, by dimension shifting, an isomorphism \[d^n:\operatorname{H}^n(F(A))\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{R}^nF(X).\]

Prove that \(d^n=(-1)^{n(n+1)/2}c^n\) for every \(n\geq0\). Hint. This is the content of [Ni09].


  1. More generally, let \(X\) be a complex over an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\). If there are two families of objects \((Y^n)_n\) and \((H^n)_n\) such that \(X^n\simeq Y^n\oplus H^n\oplus Y^{n+1}\) and \(d\) is identified with \(\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}0&0&1\\0&0&0\\0&0&0\end{smallmatrix}\bigr)\), then \(X\) is called split.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C067): the source omits the subscript \(k\) from the limit in the codomain, even though the domain, the system under discussion, and the subsequent exact sequence all use \(\varprojlim_k\). The target restores that subscript.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note (O014-C068): the source gives the coefficient ring as \(R[x,y]\). However, for \(R=\Bbbk[t]/(t^n)\), the ring \(R^e=R\otimes_{\Bbbk}R^{\operatorname{op}}\) is canonically \(\Bbbk[x,y]/(x^n,y^n)\). The target restores the required coefficient ring \(\Bbbk\).↩︎

  4. Translator’s note (O014-C069): the source writes \(\operatorname{H}^n(\beta):\operatorname{H}^n(A)\to\operatorname{H}^n(I)\) and, in the following item, \(\operatorname{H}^n(A)\). Since \(F\)-acyclicity is being used to compute the derived functors of \(F\), the morphism and complexes whose cohomology must be taken are \(F(\beta)\), \(F(A)\), and \(F(I)\). The target restores the application of \(F\).↩︎

Triangulated Categories and Derived Categories

Derived categories were pioneered by A. Grothendieck and J.-L. Verdier in the 1960s to study duality theorems in algebraic geometry. Subsequent developments have shown that they provide a convenient and powerful language in geometry, topology, and representation theory alike. The information recorded by the derived category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) of an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) lies between a complex and its cohomology. It is expressed precisely in the language of triangulated categories introduced in §§ 4.14.2: \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is equipped with the translation autoequivalence \(X\mapsto X[1]\) and a class of sequences of morphisms called distinguished triangles (also called exact triangles), \[X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{h} X[1], \quad \text{or, for short,}\quad X\to Y\to Z\xrightarrow{+1} .\] These triangles satisfy axioms (TR0)–(TR5). For example, a distinguished triangle can be rotated into \[Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{h} X[1] \xrightarrow{-f[1]} Y[1] \quad\text{or}\quad Z[-1] \xrightarrow{-h[-1]} X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z .\] Distinguished triangles replace short exact sequences in the category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), though the more accurate analogy is with cofiber sequences in homotopy theory. Cohomological functors from a triangulated category to an Abelian category provide a mechanism for producing long exact sequences from distinguished triangles. The passage from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is the subject of § 4.4 and proceeds in two steps.

  1. The first step passes from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). The latter is equipped with the translation functor \(X\mapsto X[1]\) and the structure of a triangulated category. For every morphism \(f:X\to Y\), its mapping cone together with the canonical morphisms \[X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{\alpha(f)} \operatorname{Cone}(f) \xrightarrow{\beta(f)} X[1]\] forms the corresponding distinguished triangle, up to isomorphism. The tools needed for this step were prepared in the first half of .

  2. The second step formally adjoins inverses to all quasi-isomorphisms, or equivalently, formally makes every acyclic complex zero, by localization. The result is \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), which has the same collection of objects as \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and inherits its triangulated structure from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). This step rests on the general theory of Verdier localization in § 4.3. It is here that the octahedral axiom (TR5), the most intricate axiom in the definition of a triangulated category, plays its role.

Taking cohomology of complexes gives the cohomological functor \(\operatorname{H}^0:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\) at the level of the derived category, with \(\operatorname{H}^n(X):=\operatorname{H}^0(X[n])\). Starting instead from the category of bounded-below (or bounded-above, or bounded) complexes, the same procedure gives the triangulated category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) (or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A})\), or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\)). These may also be regarded as full triangulated subcategories of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), characterized respectively by \(n\ll0\) (or \(n\gg0\), or \(|n|\gg0\)) \(\implies\operatorname{H}^n(X)=0\). More generally, cohomology-vanishing conditions can be used to define the full subcategories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), and the truncation functors on complexes can still be defined on the derived category. The canonical functor \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is fully faithful and identifies \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\cap\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective or projective objects, then \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])\simeq \operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y)\), where \(X\) and \(Y\) are objects of \(\mathcal{A}\) viewed as complexes concentrated in degree zero. 1 The definition of \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}\) is given in § reference, and all these matters are treated in § 4.5. For a left exact functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\), its classical right derived functor is realized at the level of bounded-below derived categories as \(\mathrm{R}F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}')\). It can be characterized as a left Kan extension; the relevant data are expressed by the following \(2\)-cell diagram. \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-048-d001}\]

Here \(Q\) and \(Q'\) denote the localization functors, while \(\mathrm{R}F\) must also be equipped with a triangulated-functor structure. The classical \(\mathrm{R}^nF\) is obtained by restricting \(\mathrm{R}F\) to \(\mathcal{A}\) and then taking \(\operatorname{H}^n\). If instead \(F\) is right exact, the lift of the classical left derived functor \(\mathrm{L}_nF\) is represented as follows. 2 \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-048-d002}\] As in the classical theory, the existence of derived functors and the detailed structure of derived categories depend on resolutions of complexes. Resolutions provide the scaffolding needed to work concretely with derived categories. Details appear in §§ 4.64.8. The unbounded version \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}')\) has a similar formulation and will be discussed in § 4.11. By considering the amplitude of a derived functor, that is, the “shift” it produces at the level of cohomology, one can discuss the dimension of a derived functor (Definition–Proposition in § 4.7). Under suitable conditions, taking derived functors is also compatible with composition (Theorem in § 4.8). This provides a uniform explanation for several spectral sequences in the classical theory, called Grothendieck spectral sequences and described in Theorem in § 4.8. The general theory of spectral sequences is deferred to Chapter 5. All these constructions can be formulated for general triangulated categories and their Verdier localizations. It is worth noting that applications often involve triangulated categories that do not arise directly from Abelian categories, or cohomological functors other than \(\operatorname{H}^n\). In this general setting, the roles of truncation functors and of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}\) are taken by a \(t\)-structure on the triangulated category, but this book does not treat that topic. The derived functors discussed concretely in this chapter are limited to examples arising in algebra. The first is the functor \(\operatorname{RHom}\) in § 4.9. This is the derived-category version of the \(\operatorname{Ext}\) functor and involves the theory of derived bifunctors. Several adjunctions will also be lifted to derived categories, following the principle of replacing \(\operatorname{Hom}\) by \(\operatorname{RHom}\). Next, § 4.10 treats products and coproducts in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) and then introduces the lift of \(\lim^n\), denoted \(\mathrm{R}\lim\). Like \(\lim^n\), this functor has a concise description in terms of the homotopy limit (Definition in § 4.10), though at the level of derived categories the description can only be given in a coarse form. Then § 4.12 introduces the derived-category version of the \(\operatorname{Tor}\) functor, namely the derived tensor product \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\), a triangulated bifunctor. That section also proves many facts, including the associativity constraint (Proposition in § 4.12) and the \(\operatorname{RHom}\) version of the adjunction (Theorem in § 4.12). As in the classical theory, \(\operatorname{RHom}\) and \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) are the two fundamental examples of derived functors. A complete and clean description requires unbounded derived categories and the derived functors between them. This in turn requires the theory of § 4.11, especially the notions of K-projective and K-flat resolutions. In the module-theoretic setting considered here, the existence of these resolutions poses no problem. Finally, several shortcomings of the derived category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) should be noted.

  1. Among the axioms of a triangulated category, (TR2) says that every morphism can be placed in a distinguished triangle. Such a triangle is unique up to isomorphism, but not “up to unique isomorphism” in the sense familiar from algebra.

  2. Triangulated categories usually have neither kernels nor cokernels, making the operations \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\) extremely difficult to carry out. Mapping cones provide substitutes in the homotopical sense, but, as already noted, their uniqueness in the derived category is problematic.

  3. Although derived functors at the level of derived categories have a clear definition, unlike universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functors they are difficult to characterize simply by effaceability; see Proposition reference.

The root of the problem is that the homotopy relation is erased too crudely when \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is constructed. These shortcomings must be remedied by a construction that is higher than the derived category and perhaps also more natural; the derived category should be only the shadow cast by that construction.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C071): the source describes \(X\) and \(Y\) as complexes over \(\mathcal{A}\). The fully faithful embedding \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) in the preceding sentence and the definition of \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}\) in § reference, however, give this formula for objects of \(\mathcal{A}\) viewed as degree-zero complexes; the intended scope has been restored here.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note (O014-C070): in the following diagram, the source labels the right vertical arrow \(Q\), even though its source and target are \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A}')\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A}')\), respectively. In accord with the preceding diagram and the names used in the prose, the label \(Q'\) has been restored here.↩︎

Definition of a Triangulated Category

A triangulated category is an additive category with translation, equipped with a class of distinguished triangles. We begin by explaining what a category with translation is.

Definition.

A category with translation is data \((\mathcal{D},T)\) consisting of a category \(\mathcal{D}\) and an equivalence \(T:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{D}\). 1 The equivalence \(T\) is called the translation functor of \(\mathcal{D}\). In addition, choose a quasi-inverse \(T^{-1}\) of \(T\) and isomorphisms \(T^{-1}T\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal D}\simeq TT^{-1}\) so that these data form an adjoint equivalence in the sense of [Li1].

  • A functor from \((\mathcal{D},T)\) to \((\mathcal{D}',T')\) is a functor \(F:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{D}'\) together with a chosen isomorphism \(FT\simeq T'F\). By convention, the isomorphism is suppressed and these data are abbreviated as \(F:(\mathcal{D},T)\to(\mathcal{D}',T')\).

  • A morphism between two functors \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-diagram-001}\) is a morphism \(\varphi:F\to F'\) that makes the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-d001}\]

  • A subcategory of a category with translation \((\mathcal{D},T)\) is a subcategory \(\mathcal{D}'\) of \(\mathcal{D}\) that is closed under \(T\) and for which \(T':=T|_{\mathcal{D}'}\) makes \((\mathcal{D}',T')\) a category with translation.

If \(\mathcal{D}\) is additive and \(T\) is an additive functor (as it is automatically; see Corollary reference), then \((\mathcal{D},T)\) is called an additive category with translation; functors between such categories are also required to be additive. After fixing a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), the same definition applies in the \(\Bbbk\)-linear setting.

If \((\mathcal{D},T)\) is a category with translation, then so is \((\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}},T^{-1})\). By convention, the data \((\mathcal{D},T)\) are often abbreviated to \(\mathcal{D}\). The following notion is particularly useful.

Definition (Morphisms with degree).

A morphism of degree \(m\) in a category with translation \((\mathcal{D},T)\) is a morphism of the form \(f:X\to T^mY\), also written \(f:X\xrightarrow{+m}Y\). Given \(X\xrightarrow[f]{+m}Y\xrightarrow[g]{+n}Z\), their composite \(gf\) is defined to be the morphism of degree \(m+n\) given by \(T^m(g)f\). Commutative diagrams can likewise be considered for morphisms of this kind.

In the multivariable setting, suppose that \(\mathcal{D}\) is equipped with strictly commuting automorphisms \(T_1,\ldots,T_n\), so that \(T_iT_j=T_jT_i\). A morphism of degree \((m_1,\ldots,m_n)\) is defined to be a morphism of the form \(X\to T_1^{m_1}\cdots T_n^{m_n}Y\). It is written \(X\xrightarrow{+(m_1,\ldots,m_n)}Y\).

For example, given a category \(\mathcal{A}\), the category \((\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},T)\) of graded objects from Definition reference is a category with translation. More generally, one can consider the category \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^n}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^n\)-graded objects, together with a translation functor \(T_1,\ldots,T_n\) in each variable, and then discuss morphisms with degree between \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^n\)-graded objects. The multivariable case, however, is not a focus of this chapter.

Example. The category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) over an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\), together with the translation functor \(T:X\mapsto X[1]\) from Definition reference, is an additive category with translation. The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) from Definition reference inherits the translation functor from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), which is still denoted by \(T\). The canonical functor \(F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) plainly satisfies \(FT=TF\). The same applies, for every \(\star\in\{+,-,\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), to the categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A})\) (or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A})\)) introduced in Definition reference (or Definition reference).

In this chapter we mainly consider additive categories with translation.

Definition.

Let \((\mathcal{D},T)\) be an additive category with translation. A triangle in it is a sequence of morphisms in \(\mathcal{D}\) of the form \[X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\xrightarrow{h}TX.\] A morphism between two triangles is a commutative diagram of the form \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-d002}\] The two rows are the given triangles. Such a morphism is also abbreviated to \((X,Y,Z)\to(X',Y',Z')\). Isomorphisms between triangles are defined in the same way. The same notion is available if the additive category is replaced by a more general \(\Bbbk\)-linear category, where \(\Bbbk\) is any commutative ring.

Clearly, triangles in \((\mathcal{D},T)\) are the same as triangles in \((\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}},T^{-1})\).

Remark. Consider a triangle \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\xrightarrow{h}TX\) in a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category with translation \((\mathcal{D},T)\), and let \(\epsilon,\zeta,\eta\in\Bbbk^\times\). If \(\epsilon\zeta\eta=1\), then the original triangle is isomorphic to \(X\xrightarrow{\epsilon f}Y\xrightarrow{\zeta g}Z \xrightarrow{\eta h}TX\), as shown by the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-d003}\]

In the notation of Definition reference, a triangle can also be written \(X\to Y\to Z\xrightarrow{+1}\), or more pictorially as \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-diagram-005}\). Thus a triangle may be pictured as an upward-spiraling chain, while a morphism between triangles resembles the structure of deoxyribonucleic acid: the arrows \(\alpha\), \(\beta\), \(\gamma\), and so forth can be compared to the hydrogen bonds between bases.

Definition ( and ).

A triangulated category is an additive category with translation \((\mathcal{D},T)\) equipped with a class \(\mathcal{H}\) of triangles, called distinguished triangles, satisfying the following axioms.

  1. Every triangle isomorphic to a distinguished triangle is distinguished.

  2. For every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), the triangle \(X\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X}X\to0\to TX\) is distinguished.

  3. Every morphism \(f:X\to Y\) can be extended to a distinguished triangle of the form \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\to Z\to TX\), where \(Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\).

  4. A triangle \(X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\xrightarrow{h}TX\) is distinguished if and only if its “counterclockwise rotation” \[Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\xrightarrow{h}TX\xrightarrow{-Tf}TY\] is distinguished. The sign pattern may equivalently be chosen as \((-++)\), \((+-+)\), or \((---)\); see Remark reference.

  5. Suppose the solid part of the following diagram is commutative: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-d004}\] If both rows are distinguished triangles, there exists a morphism \(\gamma:Z\to Z'\) as indicated by the dashed arrow such that the whole diagram containing \(\alpha\), \(\beta\), \(\gamma\), and \(T\alpha\) commutes. Thus one obtains a morphism of triangles.

  6. Suppose that distinguished triangles \[\begin{gather*} X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{h}Z'\to TX,\\ Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\xrightarrow{k}X'\to TY,\\ X\xrightarrow{gf}Z\xrightarrow{m}Y'\to TX \end{gather*}\] are given. There exists a distinguished triangle \[Z'\xrightarrow{u}Y'\xrightarrow{v}X'\xrightarrow{w}TZ'\] such that the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-d005}\]

Data \((\mathcal{D},T,\mathcal{H})\) satisfying only (TR0)–(TR4) are called a pretriangulated category. The data \(T\) and \(\mathcal{H}\) are often omitted from the notation. A triangulated functor from \(\mathcal{D}\) to \(\mathcal{D}'\) is a functor \(F:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{D}'\) between additive categories with translation that maps distinguished triangles to distinguished triangles. Morphisms between triangulated functors are the same as the morphisms in Definition reference; this also defines a quasi-inverse of a triangulated functor. If two triangulated functors \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-diagram-008}\) are quasi-inverse to one another, they are said to form an equivalence between \(\mathcal{D}\) and \(\mathcal{D}'\).

If \((\mathcal{D},T)\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear, all the definitions above have corresponding extensions.

Remark. In the notation of Definition reference, axiom (TR5) can be rewritten as the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-049-d006}\] The dashed part represents the morphisms whose existence is asserted by the axiom. Four faces of this octahedron are distinguished triangles, and the other four faces are commutative; the details are left to the reader. For this reason, (TR5) is also called the octahedral axiom.

Remark (Duality). Let \((\mathcal{D},T,\mathcal{H})\) be a pretriangulated (or triangulated) category. Regard \(T^{-1}\) as an endofunctor of \(\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}}\) and denote it by \(S\). Define a class of triangles \(\mathcal{K}\) on \((\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}},S)\) as follows. If \[[X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z\xrightarrow{h}TX] \;\in\mathcal{H},\] then its clockwise rotation \([T^{-1}Z\xrightarrow{-T^{-1}h}X\xrightarrow{f}Y\xrightarrow{g}Z] \in\mathcal{H}\) may be regarded as the following triangle in \(\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}}\): \[\begin{equation} Z\xrightarrow{g^{\operatorname{op}}}Y\xrightarrow{f^{\operatorname{op}}}X \xrightarrow{-(T^{-1}h)^{\operatorname{op}}}SZ. \end{equation}\] Define \(\mathcal{K}\) to be the class of all triangles of the form equation. It is straightforward to verify that \((\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}},S,\mathcal{K})\) is a pretriangulated (or triangulated) category. It is also clear that applying this procedure twice recovers the original \((\mathcal{D},T,\mathcal{H})\).

The notions of pretriangulated subcategory and triangulated subcategory will be introduced in Definition–Proposition in § 4.2; we postpone their discussion until then.


  1. Many references require \(T\) to be an automorphism. In that case one may choose an inverse functor \(T^{-1}\) satisfying \(T^{-1}T=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal D}=TT^{-1}\). This condition covers every situation treated in this book and avoids possible subtleties from \(2\)-category theory, so the reader may harmlessly make the same assumption. The study of stable model categories or stable \(\infty\)-categories, however, cannot avoid the case in which the equivalence is not an isomorphism, especially in topology.↩︎

Lemma. If \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) is a distinguished triangle in a pretriangulated category, then \(gf=0\).

Proof. Axioms (TR1) and (TR4) give the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-050-d001}\] from which \(gf=0\) is immediate.

Definition (Cohomological functor).

Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be a pretriangulated category and \(\mathcal{A}\) an Abelian category. An additive functor \(H: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{A}\) is called a cohomological functor if it has the following property: for every distinguished triangle \(X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}\), the corresponding sequence \(HX \to HY \to HZ\) is exact in \(\mathcal{A}\).

Remark (Long exact sequence of a cohomological functor).

For a cohomological functor \(H\) and any distinguished triangle \(X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}\), repeated rotation by (TR3) extends the exact sequence in Definition reference to the long exact sequence \[\cdots \to HT^{-1}Z \to HX \to HY \to HZ \to HTX \to HTY \to \cdots .\] Rotating the triangle introduces some minus signs, but these do not affect the exactness of the sequence above.

The basic examples of cohomological functors are the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) functors.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be a pretriangulated category and let \(S\) be an object of \(\mathcal{D}\). Then both \(\operatorname{Hom}(S, \cdot): \mathcal{D} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot, S): \mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) are cohomological functors.

If \((\mathcal{D}, T)\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear, the corresponding assertion holds with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) replaced by \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

Proof. By duality it suffices to prove the assertion for \(\operatorname{Hom}(S, \cdot)\). Consider a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) and the corresponding sequence \[\operatorname{Hom}(S, X) \xrightarrow{f_*} \operatorname{Hom}(S, Y) \xrightarrow{g_*} \operatorname{Hom}(S, Z).\] Lemma reference implies \(g_* f_* = (gf)_* = 0\). Conversely, suppose that \(h \in \operatorname{Hom}(S, Y)\) satisfies \(g_*(h) = gh = 0\), and consider the following diagram, whose solid part is commutative. 1 \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-050-d002}\] If a morphism \(k: S \to X\) can be found as indicated by the dashed arrow so that the entire diagram commutes, then \(f_*(k) = h\). Axiom (TR1) ensures that both rows are distinguished triangles. After applying suitable rotations (TR3), the existence of \(k\) follows from (TR4).

Corollary. In a pretriangulated category, if a triangle has the form \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to 0 \xrightarrow{+1}\), then \(f\) must be an isomorphism.

Proof. For every object \(S\), Proposition reference gives an exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) \[\underbracket{\operatorname{Hom}(S, T^{-1} 0)}_{= 0} \to \operatorname{Hom}(S, X) \xrightarrow{f_*} \operatorname{Hom}(S, Y) \to \underbracket{\operatorname{Hom}(S, 0)}_{= 0},\] so \(f_*\) is an isomorphism. Since \(S\) is arbitrary, \(f\) is an isomorphism.


  1. Translator’s note (O014-C072): at the vertex \(TS\), the source draws two coincident dashed arrows to \(TX\), one unlabeled and one labeled \(Tk\). A morphism of triangles has only the single component \(Tk\) in this position; the redundant unlabeled arrow has been removed here.↩︎

Basic Properties

The preceding section gave only the definitions and initial properties of triangulated categories and cohomological functors. This section develops their structure further.

Proposition. Consider the following commutative diagram in a pretriangulated category \(\mathcal{D}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d001}\] If each row is a distinguished triangle and any two of \(\alpha\), \(\beta\), and \(\gamma\) are isomorphisms, then the remaining morphism is also an isomorphism.

Proof. After suitable rotations (TR3), we may assume without loss of generality that \(\alpha\) and \(\gamma\) are isomorphisms. To show that \(\beta\) is an isomorphism, it suffices to prove, for every object \(S\), that \(\operatorname{Hom}(S, Y) \xrightarrow{\beta_*} \operatorname{Hom}(S, Y')\) is an isomorphism. Proposition reference gives the following commutative diagram with exact rows: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d002}\] Now apply Proposition reference.

In the argument above, \(\operatorname{Hom}(S, \cdot)\) may also be replaced by \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot, S)\).

Remark. For the moment, call a triangle \(X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) a special triangle (or a cospecial triangle) if, for every \(S \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), the sequence \[\cdots \to \operatorname{Hom}(S, X) \to \operatorname{Hom}(S, Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}(S, Z) \to \operatorname{Hom}(S, TX) \to \cdots\] (or the corresponding version with \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot, S)\)) is exact. If \(X_i \to Y_i \to Z_i \xrightarrow{+1}\) is a family of distinguished triangles (\(i \in I\)), then \(\prod_i X_i \to \prod_i Y_i \to \prod_i Z_i \xrightarrow{+1}\) (or \(\coprod_i X_i \to \coprod_i Y_i \to \coprod_i Z_i \xrightarrow{+1}\)) is a special triangle (or a cospecial triangle), provided the products (or coproducts) in question exist. This follows simply from the universal properties of products and coproducts together with [Li1]. Notice that because \(T: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{D}\) is an equivalence, it necessarily preserves products and coproducts. Proposition reference extends to the case in which both rows are special (or cospecial) triangles.

Corollary. For every morphism \(f: X \to Y\) in a pretriangulated category \(\mathcal{D}\), the distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in axiom (TR2) is unique up to isomorphism.

Proof. Given distinguished triangles \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) and \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z' \xrightarrow{+1}\), axiom (TR4) gives a morphism \(\gamma\) that makes the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d003}\] commute. Proposition reference then implies that \(\gamma\) is an isomorphism.

It must be emphasized that the isomorphism in Corollary reference is not canonical.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be a pretriangulated category and let \(X_i \xrightarrow{f_i} Y_i \xrightarrow{g_i} Z_i \xrightarrow{h_i} TX_i\) be a family of distinguished triangles. Suppose that \(\prod_i X_i\), \(\prod_i Y_i\), and \(\prod_i Z_i\) all exist. Then \[\prod_{i \in I} X_i \xrightarrow{\prod_i f_i } \prod_{i \in I} Y_i \xrightarrow{\prod_i g_i} \prod_{i \in I} Z_i \xrightarrow{\prod_i h_i} \underbracket{\prod_{i \in I} TX_i}_{\simeq T(\prod_{i \in I} X_i)}\] is also a distinguished triangle. The corresponding assertion holds with \(\prod_{i \in I}\) replaced by \(\coprod_{i \in I}\).

Proof. By duality, we need only treat the case of \(\prod_{i \in I}\). From now on we always identify \(\prod_i TX_i\) with \(T(\prod_i X_i)\). By (TR2), choose a distinguished triangle \(\prod_i X_i \xrightarrow{\prod_i f_i} \prod_i Y_i \to Q \xrightarrow{h} \prod_i TX_i\). For every \(i \in I\), apply (TR4) to obtain a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d004}\] in which all vertical morphisms other than \(\gamma_i\) are the canonical projections. The universal property of the product then gives a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d005}\] The second row is a special triangle in the sense of Remark reference. The extended version of Proposition reference now implies that \(\prod_{i \in I} \gamma_i\) is an isomorphism.

Corollary. In every pretriangulated category, a triangle of the form \(X \xrightarrow{\iota_1} X \oplus Y \xrightarrow{p_2} Y \xrightarrow{0} TX\) is always distinguished; here \(\iota_i\) and \(p_j\) are defined as in §reference.

Proof. Apply Lemma reference to the distinguished triangles \(X \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X} X \to 0 \to TX\) and \(0 \to Y \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y} Y \to 0\).

Conversely, if one morphism in a distinguished triangle is \(0\), then the triangle comes from a direct sum. This fact can be verified by rotating the triangle into the following form.

Proposition. In every pretriangulated category, a distinguished triangle of the form \(X \to M \to Y \xrightarrow{0} TX\) must be isomorphic to the triangle \(X \to X \oplus Y \to Y \xrightarrow{0} TX\) from Corollary reference.

Proof. A suitably rotated version of (TR4) shows that there is a morphism \(\alpha: X \oplus Y \to M\) such that the following diagram is a morphism of distinguished triangles: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d006}\] Proposition reference implies that \(\alpha\) is an isomorphism.

The next result shows that additivity in the definition of a triangulated functor is actually redundant.

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) and \(\mathcal{D}'\) be pretriangulated categories, with both translation functors denoted by \(T\). Let \(F: (\mathcal{D}, T) \to (\mathcal{D}', T)\) be a functor between categories with translation. If \(F\) maps distinguished triangles to distinguished triangles, then \(F\) is additive and hence is automatically a triangulated functor.

Proof. The distinguished triangle \(0 \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} 0 \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} 0 \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} 0\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) gives the distinguished triangle \(F(0) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} F(0) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} F(0) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} F(0)\) in \(\mathcal{D}'\). Lemma reference then gives \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{F(0)} = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{F(0)} \circ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{F(0)} = 0\), so \(F(0) \simeq 0\). This also implies that \(F\) maps zero morphisms to zero morphisms.

Next consider the distinguished triangle in \(\mathcal{D}\) supplied by Corollary reference, namely \(X \xrightarrow{\iota_1} X \oplus Y \xrightarrow{p_2} Y \xrightarrow{0} TX\). The corresponding triangle \[FX \xrightarrow{F\iota_1} F(X \oplus Y) \xrightarrow{Fp_2} FY \xrightarrow{0} TFX\] is distinguished in \(\mathcal{D}'\). Take \(M := F(X \oplus Y)\) in Proposition reference. The morphism \(\alpha\) in the proof of that proposition can clearly be taken to be the canonical morphism \(FX \oplus FY \to F(X \oplus Y)\) determined by the universal property of the direct sum. Thus \(\alpha\) is an isomorphism. By Corollary reference (iii), \(F\) is additive.

The next two results show that, in an equivalence of pretriangulated categories (Definition reference), it is enough to assume that the functor in one direction is triangulated. This is another application of Proposition reference.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) and \(\mathcal{D}'\) be pretriangulated categories, and consider functors \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-diagram-007}\) such that \((F, G)\) is an adjunction. Then \(F\) is a triangulated functor if and only if \(G\) is a triangulated functor. In this case the unit \(\eta: \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}} \to GF\) and counit \(\varepsilon: FG \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}'}\) of the adjunction are compatible with the translation functors; see Definition reference.

Proof. By duality, it suffices to consider the case in which \(F\) is a triangulated functor. Corollary reference shows that \(G\) is additive. Denote both translation functors on \(\mathcal{D}\) and \(\mathcal{D}'\) by \(T\). Transporting the structure gives a new adjunction \[\hat{F} := T F T^{-1}, \quad \hat{G} := T G T^{-1}, \quad \hat{\eta} := T\eta T^{-1}, \quad \hat{\varepsilon} := T \varepsilon T^{-1}.\] Since \(\hat{F} \simeq F\), uniqueness of right adjoints [Li1] gives a corresponding isomorphism \(\hat{G} \simeq G\) and commutative diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d007} \quad \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d008}\] In particular, \(GT \simeq TG\) and \(FGT \simeq FTG \simeq TFG\). After composing the commutative diagram for \(\hat{\varepsilon}\) and \(\varepsilon\) on the right with \(T\), it can be rewritten as \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d009} \end{equation}\] This equation and its dual version for \(\eta\) show that \(\eta\) and \(\varepsilon\) are compatible with the translation functors.

We now show that \(G\) preserves distinguished triangles. Consider a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}'\). Choose a distinguished triangle \(GX \xrightarrow{Gf} GY \xrightarrow{h} A \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}\), apply \(F\) to it, and then use (TR3) to obtain the commutative diagram \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d010} \end{equation*}\]

Apply the adjunction to this diagram, and adjust the rightmost square using equation and \(GT \simeq TG\). One readily obtains a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d011}\] whose first row is a distinguished triangle. For every \(B \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), apply \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(B, \cdot)\) to obtain a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d012}\] Proposition reference shows that the first row is exact. On the other hand, by \(TG \simeq GT\) and the adjunction, the second row is isomorphic to the sequence induced by the distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{+1}\), namely \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d013}\] and hence is also exact. Since \(B\) is arbitrary, Proposition reference implies that \(A \to GZ\) is an isomorphism. Thus \(GX \xrightarrow{Gf} GY \xrightarrow{Gg} GZ \to TGX\) is indeed a distinguished triangle in \(\mathcal{D}\).

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) and \(\mathcal{D}'\) be pretriangulated categories and let the functors \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-diagram-015}\) be quasi-inverse to one another. Then:

  1. \(F\) is a triangulated functor if and only if \(G\) is a triangulated functor;

  2. if \(F\) is a triangulated functor, then \(F\) and \(G\) give an equivalence of the pretriangulated categories.

Proof. Use [Li1] to realize \((F, G)\) and \((G, F)\) as adjunctions, and then apply Proposition reference.

Definition–Proposition (Pretriangulated subcategories).

Let \(\mathcal{D}'\) be a full additive subcategory of a pretriangulated category \(\mathcal{D}\) that is closed under the translation functor \(T\). Denote the inclusion functor by \(\iota: \mathcal{D}' \to \mathcal{D}\).

  1. If a pretriangulated structure on \(\mathcal{D}'\) making \(\iota\) a triangulated functor exists, it is unique. In this case, a triangle \(X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}'\) is distinguished if and only if it is distinguished in \(\mathcal{D}\).

  2. This pretriangulated structure exists if and only if the following condition holds: whenever \(X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) is a distinguished triangle in \(\mathcal{D}\) and any two of its terms belong to \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}')\), the remaining term is isomorphic to an object of \(\mathcal{D}'\).

  3. If, in addition, \(\mathcal{D}\) is assumed to be triangulated, then \(\mathcal{D}'\) is also triangulated.

Such a pretriangulated (or triangulated) category \(\mathcal{D}'\) is called a pretriangulated subcategory (or triangulated subcategory) of \(\mathcal{D}\).

Proof. First consider (i). Suppose that \(\iota\) is triangulated. Every distinguished triangle in \(\mathcal{D}'\) is of course distinguished in \(\mathcal{D}\). Conversely, suppose that a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) satisfies \(X, Y, Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}')\). Choose any distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z' \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}'\). Applying Corollary reference in \(\mathcal{D}\) shows that the two triangles are isomorphic. Since \(\mathcal{D}'\) is full, (TR0) implies that \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) is also distinguished in \(\mathcal{D}'\). This is precisely the pretriangulated structure asserted in (i).

If this pretriangulated structure exists, then Corollary reference shows that the condition in (ii) is necessary, since after rotation we may always assume that \(X, Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}')\). Conversely, assume the condition in (ii) and define the distinguished triangles in \(\mathcal{D}'\) as stated in (i). Axioms (TR0), (TR1), (TR3), and (TR4) for \(\mathcal{D}'\) are inherited directly from \(\mathcal{D}\). For (TR2), given a morphism \(f: X \to Y\) in \(\mathcal{D}'\), choose a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}\). The condition says that \(Z\) is isomorphic to an object of \(\mathcal{D}'\); we may therefore assume that \(Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}')\) and thus obtain a distinguished triangle in \(\mathcal{D}'\). This proves that \(\mathcal{D}'\) is pretriangulated and establishes sufficiency.

For (iii), the point is to verify (TR5) for \(\mathcal{D}'\). Indeed, the triangle \(Z' \to Y' \to X' \xrightarrow{+1}\) obtained by applying (TR5) in \(\mathcal{D}\) is automatically distinguished in \(\mathcal{D}'\) by (i).

Convention.

Fix a category \(\mathcal{C}\). A subcategory \(\mathcal{C}'\) is called a saturated subcategory if it is closed under isomorphisms, that is, \[\forall X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}'), \; \forall Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \quad X \simeq Y \implies Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}') .\] For every nonempty family of full subcategories \((\mathcal{C}_i)_{i \in I}\), their intersection \(\bigcap_{i \in I} \mathcal{C}_i\) is by definition the full subcategory of \(\mathcal{C}\) satisfying \(\operatorname{Ob}\left( \bigcap_{i \in I} \mathcal{C}_i \right) = \bigcap_{i \in I} \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}_i)\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be a pretriangulated (or triangulated) category, and let \((\mathcal{D}_i)_{i \in I}\) be a family of saturated pretriangulated (or saturated triangulated) subcategories, with \(I \neq \emptyset\). Then \(\bigcap_{i \in I} \mathcal{D}_i\) is also a saturated pretriangulated (or saturated triangulated) subcategory.

Proof. An intersection of saturated subcategories plainly preserves the condition in Definition–Proposition reference (ii).

A common technique is to cut out a saturated pretriangulated (or triangulated) subcategory using a cohomological functor.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be a pretriangulated (or triangulated) category, \(H: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{A}\) a cohomological functor, and \(\mathcal{T}\) a weak Serre subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\) (Definition reference). Define a full subcategory \(\mathcal{D}_{H, \mathcal{T}}\) of \(\mathcal{D}\) by \[X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}_{H, \mathcal{T}}) \iff \forall n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, \; H(T^n X) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T}).\] Then \(\mathcal{D}_{H, \mathcal{T}}\) is a saturated pretriangulated (or saturated triangulated) subcategory of \(\mathcal{D}\).

Proof. It suffices to verify the condition in Definition–Proposition reference (ii). Recall that a weak Serre subcategory is saturated. Hence saturation and \(T\)-invariance of \(\mathcal{D}_{H, \mathcal{T}}\) are clear. Now consider a distinguished triangle \(X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}\), two of whose terms lie in \(\mathcal{D}_{H, \mathcal{T}}\). After rotation, we may assume without loss of generality that \(X, Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}_{H, \mathcal{T}})\). For every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there is an exact sequence \[H(T^{n-1} Z) \to H(T^n X) \to H(T^n Y) \to H(T^n Z) \to H(T^{n+1} X).\] The definition of a weak Serre subcategory immediately gives \(H(T^n Y) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\).

Example.

Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be a pretriangulated (or triangulated) category and let \(H: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{A}\) be a cohomological functor. Define \(\mathcal{N}_H\) to be the full subcategory whose objects satisfy \(H(T^n X) = 0\) for every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). This is the case of Proposition reference in which \(\mathcal{T}\) is the subcategory consisting of zero objects. Thus \(\mathcal{N}_H\) is a pretriangulated (or triangulated) subcategory.

The following technical result will be used later in § 4.3; it depends on the octahedral axiom (TR5).

Lemma (J.-L. Verdier). Every commutative diagram in a triangulated category \(\mathcal{D}\) \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d014}\] can be extended to a diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d015}\] such that every row and column is a distinguished triangle, the square marked \(\star\) is anticommutative (that is, \((To) h'' = -(Th') q\)), and every other square is commutative.

Proof. We construct the required distinguished triangles step by step and then prove their commutativity and anticommutativity properties. First apply (TR2) separately to \(u\), \(v\), \(f\), and \(f'\) to obtain the portion \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d016}\] of the diagram, with every row and column distinguished. Next apply (TR2) to \(fu = vf' : X' \to Y\) to obtain a distinguished triangle \(X' \to Y \xrightarrow{m} A \xrightarrow{n} TX'\). The following construction is based on (TR5).

  1. Apply (TR5) to the three distinguished triangles containing \(f'\), \(v\), and \(vf'\) to obtain the following morphism of distinguished triangles: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d017} \end{equation}\] The last row is a newly constructed distinguished triangle.

  2. Apply (TR5) to the three distinguished triangles containing \(u\), \(f\), and \(fu\) to obtain the following morphism of distinguished triangles: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d018} \end{equation}\] The last row is a newly constructed distinguished triangle.

  3. Apply (TR2) to \(f'' := ja: X'' \to Y''\) to obtain a distinguished triangle \(X'' \xrightarrow{f''} Y'' \xrightarrow{g''} Z'' \xrightarrow{h''} TX''\).

  4. Consider the following distinguished triangles obtained from the preceding steps and rotations (TR3): \[\begin{gather*} X'' \xrightarrow{a} A \xrightarrow{b} Z \xrightarrow{c} TX'', \quad A \xrightarrow{j} Y'' \xrightarrow{k} TZ' \xrightarrow{-Ti} TA, \\ X'' \xrightarrow{f'' = ja} Y'' \xrightarrow{g''} Z'' \xrightarrow{h''} TX'' . \end{gather*}\] Applying (TR5) then gives a morphism of distinguished triangles \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d019} \end{equation}\] The last row is a newly constructed distinguished triangle. Set \(w := bi\). Commutativity of equation implies \(l = -Tw\); rotation therefore gives the distinguished triangle \[Z' \xrightarrow{w} Z \xrightarrow{t} Z'' \xrightarrow{q} TZ' .\]

The operations above give the second row and third column of the required diagram. The remaining first row (or fourth column) is obtained by rotating the fourth row (or first column) according to (TR3), and is therefore also a distinguished triangle (see Remark reference).

We now verify the commutativity and anticommutativity properties. From \(w = bi\) and \(s = jm\), as implied by equation, it follows that \((u, v, w)\) and \((r, s, t)\) are respectively the composites \[\begin{gather*} (X', Y', Z') \xrightarrow[\href{#eqn:triangulated-9-diag-aux-0}{equation}]{(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}, v, i)} (X', Y, A) \xrightarrow[\href{#eqn:triangulated-9-diag-aux-1}{equation}]{(u, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}, b)} (X, Y, Z), \\ (X, Y, Z) \xrightarrow[\href{#eqn:triangulated-9-diag-aux-1}{equation}]{(r, m, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})} (X'', A, Z) \xrightarrow[\href{#eqn:triangulated-9-diag-aux-2}{equation}]{(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}, j, t)} (X'', Y'', Z''), \end{gather*}\] so both are morphisms of triangles. Finally, consider the morphism \((o, p, q, -To)\) in the diagram. It remains to prove that the following diagram is commutative: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-051-d020}\] Indeed, equation implies \(o = na\), so both wings commute. Since the three squares on the right of equation commute, the upper part also commutes; commutativity of the lower part follows from equation. This proves the assertion.

Except for Proposition reference, every assertion in this section also holds for \(\Bbbk\)-linear categories, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring.

Remark.

Generators and compact objects in triangulated categories are important topics not treated in this book. Although the ideas resemble the versions in Definition reference and A.2.2, these notions require different definitions in a triangulated category. This leads to an important form of the Brown Representability Theorem for triangulated categories: if \(\mathcal{D}\) is a “compactly generated” triangulated category with small \(\coprod\), and a cohomological functor \(H: \mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) maps small \(\coprod\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) to \(\prod\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), then \(H\) is representable. Readers who need this result are advised to consult [stacks].

Notice the family resemblance between the Brown Representability Theorem and the various representability and adjoint-functor theorems in §reference, §reference, and § A.2.

Localization of Triangulated Categories

This section examines the relation between triangulated categories and Gabriel–Zisman localization. More precisely,

  • the construction of categorical localization in §reference formally adjoins inverses to the morphisms in a multiplicative system, and our first task is to show that this construction preserves the (pre)triangulated structure;

  • for a triangulated category, localization can also be viewed as formally making a triangulated subcategory zero; this idea is analogous to the construction of Serre quotients in §reference.

Throughout what follows, \((\mathcal{D}, T)\) is assumed to be a pretriangulated category. If one passes from additive categories to the \(\Bbbk\)-linear setting, where \(\Bbbk\) is any commutative ring, every result in this section has a corresponding generalization; we omit the details.

Definition.

Let \(S \subset \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{D})\) be a multiplicative system as in Definition reference. We say that \(S\) is compatible with triangulation if the following conditions hold.

  1. For \(s \in \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{D})\), one has \(s \in S\) if and only if \(Ts \in S\).

  2. Consider the following diagram, in which the solid part is given: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-052-d001}\] If \(\alpha, \beta \in S\), then there is a morphism \(\gamma\), as indicated by the dashed arrow, such that the entire diagram commutes and \(\gamma \in S\).

Notice that (ST2) is a strengthening of (TR4) for \(S\).

Proposition. Let \(S \subset \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{D})\) be a multiplicative system compatible with triangulation. Then the localization \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\) has a unique pretriangulated-category structure for which \(Q: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\) is a triangulated functor. Up to isomorphism, the distinguished triangles in \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\) are precisely the images of distinguished triangles in \(\mathcal{D}\). If \(\mathcal{D}\) is triangulated, then so is \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\).

Proof. Theorem reference shows that \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\) is an additive category. Moreover, (ST1) and the universal property of localization give a unique pair of endofunctors of \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\) that make the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-052-d002}\] The universal property also shows that the two functors in the second row are mutually inverse. To simplify notation, we continue to write them as \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-052-diagram-003}\). Thus \((\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}], T)\) is an additive category with translation.

We first prove uniqueness of the pretriangulated structure. By definition, the triangulated functor \(Q\) must preserve distinguished triangles. Conversely, let \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) be a distinguished triangle in \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\). After replacing it by an isomorphic triangle, we may assume that \(f: X \to Y\) comes from a morphism in \(\mathcal{D}\), which we denote by \(f_0: X_0 \to Y_0\) to avoid ambiguity. By (TR2), extend \(f_0\) to a distinguished triangle \(X_0 \xrightarrow{f_0} Y_0 \to Z_0 \xrightarrow{+1}\). Corollary reference then guarantees that its image under \(Q\) is isomorphic to the original triangle.

We now prove existence of the pretriangulated structure. Define the distinguished triangles in \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\) as stated in the proposition. Axiom (TR0) is immediate, while (TR1) and (TR3) are inherited directly from \(\mathcal{D}\). For (TR2), consider a morphism \(f: X \to Y\) in \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\). As usual, after replacing its objects by isomorphic ones using morphisms from \(S\), we may assume that \(f\) comes from \(\mathcal{D}\); thus (TR2) reduces to the assertion in \(\mathcal{D}\).

For (TR4), consider the following commutative diagram in \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\); the dashed part will be dealt with below. \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-052-d003} \end{equation}\] Here each row is a distinguished triangle and all horizontal arrows come from \(\mathcal{D}\). From the construction in §reference, one can show that there are objects \(A, B \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), a morphism \([A \to B] \in \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{D})\), and \(s, t \in S\) such that \(\alpha = as^{-1}\) and \(\beta = bt^{-1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\), and such that the solid part of the following diagram commutes in \(\mathcal{D}\). The dashed part and the object \(C\) will be discussed presently. \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-052-d004}\] The explicit construction is somewhat cumbersome and appears as a guided exercise in .

Apply (TR2) to \(A \to B\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) to obtain a distinguished triangle \(A \to B \to C \xrightarrow{+1}\) as the second row. Then apply (ST2) to obtain \(C \xrightarrow{u \in S} Z\), and apply (TR4) to obtain \(C \xrightarrow{c} Z'\), so that the entire diagram commutes in \(\mathcal{D}\). In \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\), set \(\gamma := c u^{-1}\). With this choice the whole diagram equation commutes. This verifies (TR4).

If \(\mathcal{D}\) is triangulated, verification of (TR5) for \(\mathcal{D}[S^{-1}]\) likewise reduces to verification in \(\mathcal{D}\).

Proposition.

Let \(\mathcal{N}\) be a saturated triangulated subcategory of a triangulated category \(\mathcal{D}\) (Definition–Proposition reference, Convention reference). Then \[S\mathcal{N} := \left\{\begin{array}{r|l} s \in \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{D}) & \exists \;\text{a distinguished triangle}\; X \xrightarrow{s} Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1} \\ & \text{such that}\; Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}) \end{array}\right\}\] is a multiplicative system compatible with triangulation.

Proof. Since \(\mathcal{N}\) is closed under translation, rotating triangles shows that \(S\mathcal{N}\) satisfies (ST1). Next consider the commutative diagram in (ST2), and suppose that \(\alpha, \beta \in S\mathcal{N}\). Lemma reference gives a diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-053-d001}\] in which every row and column is a distinguished triangle, all squares commute, and \((\alpha, \beta, \gamma)\) is a morphism of triangles. Using the saturation of \(\mathcal{N}\), the fact that \(\alpha, \beta \in S\), and Corollary reference, we see that \(X'', Y'' \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\). The definition of a saturated triangulated subcategory then implies \(Z'' \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\), hence \(\gamma \in S\). This verifies (ST2).

We next verify the axioms for a multiplicative system (Definition reference). Since \(0 \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\), axiom (S1) follows from (TR1).

To verify (S2), let \(f, g \in S\mathcal{N}\). Choose distinguished triangles \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to Z' \xrightarrow{+1}\) and \(Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \to X' \xrightarrow{+1}\) with \(Z', X' \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\), and use (TR2) to choose a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{gf} Z \to Y' \xrightarrow{+1}\). Applying (TR5) gives a distinguished triangle \(Z' \to Y' \to X' \xrightarrow{+1}\). The saturated triangulated-subcategory property therefore implies \(Y' \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\), that is, \(gf \in S\mathcal{N}\).

To verify (S3), consider morphisms \(X \xrightarrow{s \in S\mathcal{N}} Z \xleftarrow{f} Y\). Choose a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{s} Z \xrightarrow{h} N \xrightarrow{+1}\) with \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\), and use (TR2) to choose a triangle \(Y \xrightarrow{hf} N \to U \xrightarrow{+1}\). Apply (TR4) to the solid part of the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-053-d002}\] to obtain the morphisms indicated by the dashed arrows, and hence a morphism of distinguished triangles. After rotation, this yields an element \(s': W := T^{-1} U \to Y\) of \(S\mathcal{N}\), a corresponding morphism \(f': W \to X\), and the commutative diagram required in (S3): \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-053-d003}\]

To verify (S4), replace \((f, g)\) in that axiom by \((f-g, 0)\). It suffices to prove the following assertion: for a morphism \(f: X \to Y\), if there is an \(s: Y \to W\) with \(s \in S\mathcal{N}\) and \(sf = 0\), then there is a \(t: Z \to X\) with \(t \in S\mathcal{N}\) and \(ft = 0\). To prove this, choose a distinguished triangle \(N \to Y \xrightarrow{s} W \xrightarrow{+1}\) with \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\). Since \(\operatorname{Hom}(X, \cdot)\) is cohomological and \(sf=0\), there is an \(h \in \operatorname{Hom}(X, N)\) such that \(f\) factors as \(X \xrightarrow{h} N \to Y\). Choose a distinguished triangle \(Z \xrightarrow{t} X \xrightarrow{h} N \xrightarrow{+1}\); then \(t \in S\mathcal{N}\). On the other hand, \(ht=0\) (Lemma reference) implies \(ft = 0\). Thus (S4) holds.

The arguments for the dual versions of (S3) and (S4) are identical.

Theorem (Verdier localization).

Let \(\mathcal{N}\) be a saturated triangulated subcategory of \(\mathcal{D}\). Define \(\mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N} := \mathcal{D}\left[ (S\mathcal{N})^{-1}\right]\) (which is allowed to be a “large” category), equipped with the triangulated structure from Proposition reference. Then the localization functor \(Q: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}\) has the following properties.

  1. For every morphism \(f: X \to Y\) in \(\mathcal{D}\), one has \(Qf = 0\) if and only if \(f\) factors as \(X \to N \to Y\) with \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\); in particular, \(Q\) maps \(\mathcal{N}\) to \(0\).

  2. For every pretriangulated category \(\mathcal{E}\) and every triangulated functor \(F: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}\), if \(F\) maps \(\mathcal{N}\) to \(0\), then \(F\) factors uniquely as \(\mathcal{D} \xrightarrow{Q} \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N} \xrightarrow{\overline{F}} \mathcal{E}\), where \(\overline{F}\) is a triangulated functor.

  3. For every Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) and every cohomological functor \(H: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{A}\), if \(H\) maps \(\mathcal{N}\) to \(0\), then \(H\) factors uniquely as \(\mathcal{D} \xrightarrow{Q} \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N} \xrightarrow{\overline{H}} \mathcal{A}\), where \(\overline{H}\) is a cohomological functor.

Proof. For (i), if \(f\) factors as \(X \to N \to Y\), then \(Qf = 0\). Indeed, the rotation \(N \to 0 \to TN \xrightarrow{+1}\) of the distinguished triangle \(N \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_N} N \to 0 \xrightarrow{+1}\) shows that \(N \to 0\) is mapped to an isomorphism in \(\mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}\). Conversely, if \(Qf = 0\), there is a morphism \(s: M \to X\) with \(s \in S\mathcal{N}\) and \(fs = 0\) (Corollary reference). By the definition of \(S\mathcal{N}\), there is a commutative diagram whose rows are distinguished triangles (the solid part): \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-053-d004} \quad (N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})),\] By (TR4), the morphisms indicated by the dashed arrows can be supplied so that the entire diagram commutes. This diagram factors \(f\) as \(X \to N \to Y\).

Consider the situation in (ii). Put \(s \in S\mathcal{N}\) into a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{s} Y \to N \xrightarrow{+1}\) with \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\). Then \(FX \xrightarrow{Fs} FY \to 0 \xrightarrow{+1}\) is a distinguished triangle in \(\mathcal{E}\). Corollary reference shows that \(Fs\) is an isomorphism. The universal property then gives a unique factorization \(H = \overline{F} \circ Q\), where \(\overline{F}\) is an additive functor. In view of the description of the triangulated structure on \(\mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}\) (Proposition reference), it is straightforward to verify that \(\overline{F}\) preserves translations and triangles; the details are left to the reader.

Consider the situation in (iii). Again put \(s \in S\mathcal{N}\) into a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{s} Y \to N \xrightarrow{+1}\). Applying \(H\) gives the exact sequence \(\underbracket{HT^{-1} N}_{=0} \to HX \xrightarrow{Hs} HY \to \underbracket{HN}_{=0}\), so \(Hs\) is an isomorphism. The universal property then gives a unique factorization \(H = \overline{H} \circ Q\), where \(\overline{H}\) is additive. To verify that \(\overline{H}\) is cohomological, recall that the distinguished triangles in \(\mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}\) are isomorphic to images of distinguished triangles in \(\mathcal{D}\).

Example.

Cohomological functors give an important class of multiplicative systems compatible with triangulation. Let \(H: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{A}\) be a cohomological functor. A morphism \(f: X \to Y\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) is called an \(H\)-quasi-isomorphism if \(H(T^n f)\) is an isomorphism in \(\mathcal{A}\) for every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). All \(H\)-quasi-isomorphisms form a subset \(S_H \subset \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{D})\). It plainly satisfies (ST1), while (ST2) follows from the long exact sequence of a cohomological functor (Remark reference) together with Proposition reference.

On the other hand, define \(\mathcal{N}_H\) as in Example reference. It is a saturated triangulated subcategory, so \(S\mathcal{N}_H\) is defined. The two are related as follows.

Proposition. Let \(H: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{A}\) be a cohomological functor. Then \(S\mathcal{N}_H = S_H\).

Proof. Let \(f: X \to Y\) be a morphism in \(\mathcal{D}\). Extend \(f\) to a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to N \xrightarrow{+1}\). Recall that \(N\) is unique up to isomorphism. The long exact sequence of a cohomological functor therefore implies \[f \;\text{is an $H$-quasi-isomorphism} \iff \forall n, \; H(T^n N) = 0,\] and the right-hand side is equivalent to \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}_H)\). This proves the assertion.

Thus there are at least two ways to localize at \(S_H\): adjoin inverses to the elements of \(S_H\), or make \(\mathcal{N}_H\) zero. These give two universal properties of the Verdier localization \(Q: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}_H = \mathcal{D}[S_H^{-1}]\). Finally, we discuss the relation between localization and subcategories. Let \(\mathcal{N}\) and \(\mathcal{I}\) be triangulated subcategories of a triangulated category \(\mathcal{D}\), with \(\mathcal{N}\) saturated. Then \(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I}\) is also a saturated triangulated subcategory of \(\mathcal{I}\). The universal property of Verdier localization determines a triangulated functor \(i: \mathcal{I}/(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I}) \to \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}\). Note the following simple fact. The system \(S(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I})\), defined relative to \(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I} \subset \mathcal{I}\), satisfies \[\begin{equation} S(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I}) = S\mathcal{N} \cap \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I}). \end{equation}\] The inclusion \(\subset\) is clear. For \(\supset\), suppose that a morphism \(f: X \to Y\) in \(\mathcal{I}\) can be placed in a distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to N \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) with \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\). Corollary reference shows that \(N\) is isomorphic to an object in \(\mathcal{I}\). Since \(\mathcal{N}\) is saturated, we may take \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I})\), and hence \(f \in S(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I})\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{N}\), \(\mathcal{D}\), and \(\mathcal{I}\) be as above, and assume the following “resolution condition”: for every \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), there exist \(U \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\) and a morphism \(U \to X\) belonging to \(S\mathcal{N}\). Then \(i: \mathcal{I}/(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I}) \to \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}\) is an equivalence of triangulated categories.

The same conclusion holds if the resolution condition is replaced by: for every \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), there exist \(U \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\) and a morphism \(X \to U\) belonging to \(S\mathcal{N}\).

Proof. Proposition reference implies that \(i\) is an equivalence, and Corollary reference shows that the equivalence is triangulated.

The result above will be used in the study of derived functors.

Derived Categories

The first half of this section considers an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\); when derived categories are defined later, \(\mathcal{A}\) will be required to be Abelian. Example reference has already shown that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) are additive categories with translation; the translation functor in both is denoted by \(X \mapsto X[1]\). Consider a morphism \(f: X \to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and its mapping cone \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\). Definition reference gives the following triangle in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d001} \end{equation}\] Passing to the quotient gives a triangle in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Theorem. Regard \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) as an additive category with translation \(T: X \mapsto X[1]\). Call a triangle \(X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) distinguished if it is isomorphic to a triangle of the form equation. These distinguished triangles form a set \(\mathcal{H}\) for which \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}), T, \mathcal{H})\) is a triangulated category.

Proof. We verify the axioms in Definition reference one by one. Axioms (TR0) and (TR2) are immediate from the definition, while (TR3) follows from the commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) supplied by Lemma reference: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d002}\]

For (TR1), given \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}))\), consider the mapping-cone triangle of the zero morphism \(0 \to X \to X \xrightarrow{+1}\). Rotating it by (TR3) gives the distinguished triangle \(X \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X} X \to 0 \xrightarrow{+1}\).

For (TR4), consider the following commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) (the solid part): \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d003} \end{equation}\] Commutativity of the left square is equivalent to the existence of a family of morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}\), \(h^n: X^n \to (Y')^{n-1}\), such that \[\beta^n f^n - (f')^n \alpha^n = h^{n+1} d_X^n + d_{Y'}^{n-1} h^n , \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] In matrix notation, define for every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) the morphism \[\gamma^n = \begin{pmatrix} \alpha^{n+1} & 0 \\ h^{n+1} & \beta^n \end{pmatrix} : X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n \to (X')^{n+1} \oplus (Y')^n .\] Check that \[\begin{pmatrix} \alpha^{n+1} & 0 \\ h^{n+1} & \beta^n \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} -d_X^n & 0 \\ f^n & d_Y^{n-1} \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} -d_{X'}^n & 0 \\ (f')^n & d_{Y'}^{n-1} \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} \alpha^n & 0 \\ h^n & \beta^{n-1} \end{pmatrix},\] so these matrices determine a morphism \(\gamma: \operatorname{Cone}(f) \to \operatorname{Cone}(f')\). It is clear that the two right-hand squares in equation commute in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Notice that the homotopy \((h^n)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) can be chosen in several ways, so \(\gamma\) is not unique.

It remains to verify (TR5). In the statement of that axiom, without loss of generality take \(Z' = \operatorname{Cone}(f)\), \(X' = \operatorname{Cone}(g)\), and \(Y' = \operatorname{Cone}(gf)\), while \(h\), \(k\), and \(m\) are respectively \(\alpha(f)\), \(\alpha(g)\), and \(\alpha(gf)\); the corresponding morphisms of degree \(+1\) have the form \(\beta(\cdot)\). Functoriality of the mapping cone (Proposition reference), or a direct check, gives morphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d004}\] By functoriality of the mapping cone, every square in diagram (TR5) not involving \(w\) commutes. For the remaining part, namely the lower-right square in (TR5), to commute as well, the morphism \(w: X' \to TZ'\) must, and can only, be the composite \[X' \xrightarrow{\beta(g)} TY \xrightarrow{T(\alpha(f))} T Z' .\]

It therefore remains to prove that \(Z' \xrightarrow{u} Y' \xrightarrow{v} X' \xrightarrow{w} TZ'\) is a distinguished triangle. Notice that for every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Cone}(u)^n & = \operatorname{Cone}(f)^{n+1} \oplus \operatorname{Cone}(gf)^n = X^{n+2} \oplus Y^{n+1} \oplus X^{n+1} \oplus Z^n , \\ (X')^n & = \operatorname{Cone}(g)^n = Y^{n+1} \oplus Z^n . \end{align*}\] In matrix notation, define \[\begin{align*} \varphi^n & := \begin{pmatrix} 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^{n+1}} & f^{n+1} & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Z^n} \end{pmatrix} : \operatorname{Cone}(u)^n \to (X')^n , \\ \psi^n & := \begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Y^{n+1}} & 0 \\ 0 & 0 \\ 0 & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{Z^n} \end{pmatrix} : (X')^n \to \operatorname{Cone}(u)^n . \end{align*}\] A direct check shows that these define morphisms \(\varphi: \operatorname{Cone}(u) \leftrightarrows X' : \psi\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) satisfying \(\varphi \circ \psi = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X'}\), as well as \(\varphi \circ \alpha(u) = v\) and \(\beta(u) \circ \psi = w\). Next consider the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d005}\] It suffices to show that this diagram commutes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) and that \(\psi\) and \(\varphi\) are inverse in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). The only point still to be proved is that \(\psi \circ \varphi\) is homotopic to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{Cone}(u)}\). Let \(h^n : \operatorname{Cone}(u)^n \to \operatorname{Cone}(u)^{n-1}\) be the evident composite \[X^{n+2} \oplus Y^{n+1} \oplus X^{n+1} \oplus Z^n \twoheadrightarrow X^{n+1} \hookrightarrow X^{n+1} \oplus Y^n \oplus X^n \oplus Z^{n-1}.\] A routine verification gives \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{Cone}(u)^n} - \psi^n \varphi^n = h^{n+1} d_{\operatorname{Cone}(u)}^n + d_{\operatorname{Cone}(u)}^{n-1} h^n\). This proves the assertion.

Homotopy equivalence is indispensable in the proof. If one works at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), mapping cones cannot produce a triangulated category.

Proof (Proof of Theorems reference and reference). We can now complete the previously deferred part of the proof of Theorem reference. By duality, it suffices to consider the situation \(Y \xleftarrow{\alpha} X \xrightarrow{\gamma} I\), where \(\alpha\) is a quasi-isomorphism and \(I \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of injective objects. The cohomological functor \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(\cdot, I)\) (Proposition reference) gives a long exact sequence \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}\left( \operatorname{Cone}(\alpha), I \right) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(Y, I) \\ \xrightarrow{\alpha^*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, I) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha)[-1], I); \end{multline*}\] but \(\operatorname{Cone}(\alpha)\) is acyclic (Corollary reference), so Lemma reference implies that \(\alpha^*\) is an isomorphism.

The argument for Theorem reference, concerning K-injective or K-projective complexes, is entirely similar.

Corollary. For \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) introduced in Definition reference is a triangulated subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) (Definition–Proposition reference).

Proof. Clearly \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) is closed under the translation functor. Moreover, for a mapping-cone triangle \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \to \operatorname{Cone}(f) \xrightarrow{+1}\), it is clear that \(X,Y\) belong to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) if and only if \(\operatorname{Cone}(f) \in \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\). This proves that condition (ii) in Definition–Proposition reference holds.

Proposition.

Let \(F: \mathcal{A}_1 \to \mathcal{A}_2\) be an additive functor between additive categories. Then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_1) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_2)\) is a triangulated functor. The same assertion holds with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\cdot)\) in place of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\cdot)\), for \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\).

Proof. This follows from Proposition reference (for translation) and Proposition reference (for mapping cones).

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal{A}'\) be a full additive subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\). Then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}')\) embeds as a triangulated subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). The same assertion holds with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\cdot)\) in place of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\cdot)\), for \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category. For every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the functor \(\operatorname{H}^n: \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \mathcal{A}\) is cohomological in the sense of Definition reference. The same assertion holds with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) in place of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), for \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\).

Proof. Consider the distinguished mapping-cone triangle in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{\alpha(f)} \operatorname{Cone}(f) \xrightarrow{+1}\). By the long exact sequence equation and Corollary reference (the heart of §reference), the sequence \[\operatorname{H}^n(X) \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(f)} \operatorname{H}^n(Y) \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(\alpha(f))} \operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Cone}(f))\] is indeed exact.

The definition of the derived category will involve Verdier localization. In the notation of Example reference, the cohomological functor \(\operatorname{H}^0: \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \mathcal{A}\) determines a multiplicative system compatible with triangulation,

\[\mathrm{qis} := S_{\operatorname{H}^0} \subset \operatorname{Mor}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})),\] whose elements are precisely the quasi-isomorphisms. Another way to understand \(\mathrm{qis}\) is to consider the saturated triangulated subcategory \(\mathcal{N} := \mathcal{N}_{\operatorname{H}^0}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), consisting of the acyclic complexes. Proposition reference implies \(S\mathcal{N} = \mathrm{qis}\). For \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), we similarly define the multiplicative system compatible with triangulation \(\mathrm{qis}^\star := \mathrm{qis} \cap \operatorname{Mor}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A}))\) and the subcategory \(\mathcal{N}^\star := \mathcal{N} \cap \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\); they still satisfy \(S\mathcal{N}^\star = \mathrm{qis}^\star\).

Definition.

The derived category of an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) is defined to be the triangulated category \[\begin{align*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}) & := \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\left[ \mathrm{qis}^{-1} \right] \\ & = \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})/\mathcal{N}. \end{align*}\] Likewise, for \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), define the triangulated category \[\begin{align*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}) & := \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\left[ (\mathrm{qis}^\star)^{-1} \right] \\ & = \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})/\mathcal{N}^\star . \end{align*}\] We call \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}(\mathcal{A})\)) the bounded-below (respectively, bounded-above and bounded) derived category of \(\mathcal{A}\).

An issue that is difficult to avoid is controlling the size of a derived category in the set-theoretic sense, since we do not want \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) to be a “large” category; see the related discussion in Remark reference. We defer this issue until Corollary reference.

Proposition. Every short exact sequence \(0 \to X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \to 0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) extends canonically to a distinguished triangle \(X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\). More precisely, there is a canonical commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d006}\] in which the first and third rows are distinguished triangles, and both \(\Phi\) and \(\Phi'\) are quasi-isomorphisms.

Proof. The commutative diagram is simply a restatement of Lemma reference. The first row is the distinguished mapping-cone triangle of \(f\), while the third row is a rotation of the mapping-cone triangle of \(g\).

Thus short exact sequences in the category of complexes are reflected in the triangulated structure on the derived category. Conversely, it is very rare for an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) to have the property that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is Abelian; the exercises in this chapter will characterize such categories. The exercises in this chapter will also introduce the group \(\mathrm{K}_0(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}))\) and relate it to \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\) from Definition reference; the reader is encouraged to work this out. By the characterization of \(\mathcal{N}\) and Theorem reference, the cohomological functor \(\operatorname{H}^n: \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \mathcal{A}\) factors through the derived category as \[\begin{equation*} \operatorname{H}^n: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \mathcal{A}, \quad \operatorname{H}^n(X) = \operatorname{H}^0(X[n]), \end{equation*}\] where \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The same applies to \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A})\). The universal property determines triangulated functors \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\pm}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) that commute with the cohomology functor \(\operatorname{H}^0\). We want to regard these functors as embeddings of triangulated subcategories; for this we need the following abstract result.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{N}\) and \(\mathcal{I}\) be triangulated subcategories of a triangulated category \(\mathcal{D}\), with \(\mathcal{N}\) saturated. If either of the following conditions holds in \(\mathcal{D}\), then the functor \(i: \mathcal{I}/(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I}) \to \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}\) is fully faithful:

  1. every morphism \(Y \to N\) factors as \(Y \to Y' \to N\);

  2. every morphism \(N \to Y\) factors as \(N \to Y' \to Y\);

here \(Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\) and \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\) are given, and \(Y' \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I})\).

Proof. By duality, it suffices to consider the case in which (i) holds. Recall that equation guarantees \(S(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I}) = S\mathcal{N} \cap \operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I})\). We wish to apply the criterion in Proposition reference (ii). Thus it suffices to prove the following: suppose \(s: W \to Y\) belongs to the multiplicative system \(S\mathcal{N}\) and \(Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\). Then there is a \(g: V \to W\) such that \(V \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\) and \(sg \in S\mathcal{N}\).

There is clearly a distinguished triangle \(W \xrightarrow{-s} Y \to N \xrightarrow{+1}\) with \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\). Factor \(Y \to N\) as \(Y \xrightarrow{\alpha} Y' \xrightarrow{\beta} N\), with \(Y' \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N} \cap \mathcal{I})\). Extend \(\alpha\) to a distinguished triangle \(V \to Y \xrightarrow{\alpha} Y' \xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\mathcal{I}\) to obtain the following diagram, whose solid part is determined: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d007}\] each row being a distinguished triangle. Use (TR4) to choose \(Tg: TV \to TW\) so that the entire diagram commutes. Notice that \(V \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\) and \(TV \to TY\) belongs to \(S\mathcal{N}\); therefore \(sg: V \to Y\) also belongs to \(S\mathcal{N}\). This proves the assertion.

Proposition. For every \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), the functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is fully faithful. For every \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}))\), the object \(X\) is isomorphic to an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{+}(\mathcal{A})\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{-}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\)) if and only if \(n \ll 0\) (respectively, \(n \gg 0\) and \(|n| \gg 0\)) implies \(\operatorname{H}^n(X) = 0\).

Proof. The first assertion is an application of Lemma reference: take \(\mathcal{D} = \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), \(\mathcal{I} = \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\), and \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_{\operatorname{H}^0}\). For example, when \(\star = +\), we must show that for every \(Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\), \(N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\), and morphism \(N \to Y\), there is a factorization \[N \to Y' \to Y, \quad Y' \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}^+).\] This holds because, for \(n \ll 0\), the morphism \(N \to Y\) naturally factors as \(N \to \tau^{\geq n} N \to \tau^{\geq n} Y = Y\), where \(\tau^{\geq n}\) is the truncation functor from Definition reference and \(\tau^{\geq n} N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}^+)\).

Next, if \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) satisfies \(n \ll 0 \implies \operatorname{H}^n(X) = 0\), then for \(n \ll 0\) the morphism \(X \to \tau^{\geq n} X\) is a quasi-isomorphism and hence an isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\). This characterizes, up to isomorphism, the image of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\).

The argument for \(\star = -\) is dual. In the same way, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\pm(\mathcal{A})\) induces a fully faithful functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\pm(\mathcal{A})\), whose image is also characterized by \(\operatorname{H}^n\). This gives the case of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Corollary. Every functor in the sequence \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\pm}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is an embedding of a triangulated subcategory.

Proof. Use the long exact sequence of \(\operatorname{H}^n\) to verify, for \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\), as a full additive subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), satisfies condition (ii) in Definition–Proposition reference. It is therefore a triangulated subcategory; the case \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\pm}(\mathcal{A})\) is also clear.

Definition.

For \(-\infty \leq s \leq t \leq +\infty\), let \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[s,t]}(\mathcal{A})\) (or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^{[s, t]}(\mathcal{A})\)) denote the full subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) (or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\)) defined by the condition \[n \notin [s, t] \implies \operatorname{H}^n(X) = 0 .\] In addition, set \[\begin{align*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq s}(\mathcal{A}) & := \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[s, +\infty]}(\mathcal{A}), & \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq t}(\mathcal{A}) & := \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[-\infty, t]}(\mathcal{A}), \\ \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^{\geq s}(\mathcal{A}) & := \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^{[s, +\infty]}(\mathcal{A}), & \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^{\leq t}(\mathcal{A}) & := \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^{[-\infty, t]}(\mathcal{A}). \end{align*}\]

There are natural additive functors \(\mathcal{A} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) that regard each object as a complex concentrated in degree zero. Theorem reference will show that under this identification \(\mathcal{A}\) is equivalent to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq 0}(\mathcal{A}) \cap \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A})\).

Remark. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\), and so on, as well as the embeddings between them, are also \(\Bbbk\)-linear; see Theorem reference (iii).

Since the truncation functors \(\tau^{\leq n}\) and \(\tau^{\geq n}\) from Definition–Proposition reference preserve acyclic complexes, they induce functors \(\tau^{\leq n}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq n}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\tau^{\geq n}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq n}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proposition. For every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there are canonical adjoint pairs and a distinguished triangle \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered}\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d008} \\ \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-054-d009} \\ \tau^{\leq n} X \to X \to \tau^{\geq n+1} X \xrightarrow{+1}, \quad X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})). \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\]

Proof. It suffices to discuss the first adjoint pair. Let \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq n}(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}))\). The unit and counit of the proposed adjunction are respectively \(\eta_X: X \to \tau^{\leq n} X\) and \(\varepsilon_Y: \tau^{\leq n} Y \to Y\). The morphism \(\varepsilon_Y\) is the canonical morphism already defined at the level of complexes, while \(\eta_X\) is the inverse of the quasi-isomorphism \(\tau^{\leq n} X \to X\). It remains to verify the triangle identities. After truncating at the level of complexes, it suffices to check them when \(X\) comes from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq n}(\mathcal{A})\); in that case \(\eta_X = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\). The required triangle identities then follow from the complex-level version in Proposition reference.

For the distinguished triangle, recall that at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) there is a short exact sequence \(0 \to \tau^{\leq n} X \to X \to \tilde{\tau}^{\geq n+1} X \to 0\) and a quasi-isomorphism \(\tilde{\tau}^{\geq n+1} X \to \tau^{\geq n+1} X\) (Lemma reference).

Remark (Direct construction of the derived category). Let \(\mathrm{Qis} \subset \operatorname{Mor}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) denote the set of all quasi-isomorphisms. Suppose that, in defining \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), instead of first passing to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), we directly adjoin inverses to quasi-isomorphisms to obtain \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})[\mathrm{Qis}^{-1}]\). Is the result equivalent to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\)? The answer is yes. A little thought about the universal property shows that the key is to verify the following property for every category \(\mathcal{D}\) and functor \(G: \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \mathcal{D}\): suppose \(G\) maps \(\mathrm{Qis}\) to isomorphisms and \(f, g \in \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y)\) are homotopic. Then \(Gf = Gg\).

The key is to use the mapping cylinder. Let \(h\) be a homotopy from \(f\) to \(g\). As in Proposition reference (ii), this homotopy determines a morphism \(\tilde{h}: \operatorname{Cyl}_X \to Y\) such that \(f = \tilde{h} i_0\) and \(g = \tilde{h} i_1\). Part (i) of that proposition, however, states that \(j i_0 = j i_1\), where \(j: \operatorname{Cyl}_X \to X\) is a quasi-isomorphism. Hence \(Gj\) is an isomorphism, which in turn implies \(G i_0 = G i_1\). This proves the property.

Although \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) can be constructed directly as \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})[\mathrm{Qis}^{-1}]\), the advantage of passing through \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) is that the latter has a triangulated structure; another reason is that \(\mathrm{Qis}\) is not a multiplicative system. The same assertion holds for \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\), with \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\).

Another important kind of triangulated subcategory is one defined by cohomology.

Definition (Triangulated subcategories defined by cohomology).

Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be a weak Serre subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\) (Definition reference). Define the full subcategory \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A})\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) by \[X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A})) \iff \forall n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, \; \operatorname{H}^n(X) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T}).\] By Proposition reference, this is a saturated triangulated subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\).

For \(\star \in \{+, -, \ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\), define the saturated triangulated subcategory \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A}) := \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A}) \cap \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\).

Finally, there is a simple relation between the derived categories of \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\). Equip the opposite of a triangulated category with the triangulated structure described in Remark reference.

Proposition. The equivalence \(\sigma: \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\) from Definition–Proposition reference induces equivalences of triangulated categories \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}, \quad \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\pm(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\mp(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}, \quad \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}.\] Moreover, for every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \(\tau^{\leq n} \circ \sigma = \sigma \circ \tau^{\geq -n}\) and \(\tau^{\geq n} \circ \sigma = \sigma \circ \tau^{\leq -n}\).

Proof. Proposition reference shows that \(\sigma\) induces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\). This functor preserves distinguished triangles (compare carefully the diagram in Proposition reference with Remark reference: after reversing the first row of the former diagram, it is the image of a distinguished triangle; the second row is distinguished in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) and, after reversal, becomes distinguished in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\)). It also preserves cohomology (Remark reference), and therefore induces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\). The assertions about the truncation functors follow from Remark reference.

Morphisms and Extensions

Throughout this section, \(\mathcal{A}\) is an Abelian category. Without further comment, we identify \(\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), \(\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}))\), and \(\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}))\); when necessary, we distinguish the morphism sets in these categories by writing \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}\), \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}\), \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}\), and \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\). Readers not yet familiar with K-injective and K-projective complexes may skip the statements concerning them.

Proposition. Suppose \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of injective objects, or, more generally, suppose \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is a K-injective complex as in Definition reference. Then \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(\cdot, X) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(\cdot, X)\).

Dually, suppose \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of projective objects, or suppose \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is a K-projective complex. Then \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, \cdot) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, \cdot)\).

Proof. By duality, it suffices to treat \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(\cdot, X)\). Lemma reference gives \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(T, X) \simeq \varinjlim_{\substack{\alpha: S \to T \\ \text{quasi-isomorphism in }\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(S, X), \quad T \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})). \end{equation}\]

Suppose \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of injective objects. For a quasi-isomorphism \(\alpha \in \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(S, T)\), Theorem reference shows that \(\alpha^*: \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(T, X) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(S, X)\). Hence the \(\varinjlim\) in equation is equal to \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(T, X)\).

If \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is K-injective, use Theorem reference instead.

One immediate application of the preceding proposition is to control the size of a derived category. Here we again use the chosen Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal{U}\), together with the terminology of \(\mathcal{U}\)-categories (that is, “categories” in the standard convention of this book) and small \(\mathcal{U}\)-categories.

Corollary. Use the notation above. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a \(\mathcal{U}\)-category.

  1. If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects (respectively projective objects), then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) (respectively \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A})\)) is also a \(\mathcal{U}\)-category.

  2. If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-injective or K-projective complexes (Definition reference), then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is also a \(\mathcal{U}\)-category.

  3. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a small \(\mathcal{U}\)-category, then so is \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proof. It suffices to verify that \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\) is a small \(\mathcal{U}\)-set. Notice that the \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}\) version is easy to handle, since it is straightforward to prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is a \(\mathcal{U}\)-category.

Suppose \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects and \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\). Without loss of generality, we may assume that \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of injective objects; (i) then follows from Proposition reference. If \(X\) has a K-injective resolution (respectively \(Y\) has a K-projective resolution), without loss of generality we may assume that \(X\) is K-injective (respectively \(Y\) is K-projective); the same argument gives (ii).

For (iii), observe that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) is then a small \(\mathcal{U}\)-category. Apply this observation to Remark reference.

Proposition (Orthogonality). Let \(a,b,n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), with \(a<b\).

  1. If \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq a}(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq b}(\mathcal{A}))\), then \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)=0\).

  2. If \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq n}(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq n}(\mathcal{A}))\), then \(\operatorname{H}^n\) induces a canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( \operatorname{H}^n(X), \operatorname{H}^n(Y) \right).\]

Proof. Let \(a\leq b\). Represent a morphism \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\) by a diagram \(X\xleftarrow{s}Z\xrightarrow{g}Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), where \(s\) is a quasi-isomorphism. Replacing \(f\) by \(g\), we may reduce to the case in which \(f\) comes from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Next replace \(f\) by the composite \(\tau^{\leq a}X\to X\xrightarrow{f}Y\to\tau^{\geq b}Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). The two morphisms at the ends of this composite are quasi-isomorphisms. We may therefore reduce further to the case \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq a}(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq b}(\mathcal{A}))\).

If \(a<b\), every morphism \(X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) must be zero. This proves (i).

Now take \(X\) and \(Y\) as above, but set \(a=n=b\) to treat (ii). Consider the canonical morphisms \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( \operatorname{H}^n(X), \operatorname{H}^n(Y) \right) \xleftarrow{\operatorname{H}^n} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y). \end{equation}\]

  • The first morphism \(\operatorname{H}^n\) is an isomorphism: because \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq n}(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq n}(\mathcal{A}))\), any \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\) can be nonzero only in degree \(n\), and the only conditions on \(f^n\) are \[f^n\left( \operatorname{im}(d_X^{n-1}) \right) = 0 , \quad f\left(X^n\right) \subset \operatorname{ker}\left( d_Y^n \right).\] But \(X^n/\operatorname{im}(d_X^{n-1})=\operatorname{H}^n(X)\) and \(\operatorname{ker}(d_Y^n)=\operatorname{H}^n(Y)\).

  • The second morphism is also an isomorphism, since the conditions on \(X,Y\) imply \(\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(X,Y)=\{0\}\).

Thus, to prove (ii), it remains to show that the last morphism in equation is an isomorphism. Applying Lemma reference gives \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y) \simeq \varinjlim_{[Y \rightarrowtail Z] \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathrm{qis}_{Y/}) } \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Z).\] If \(Y\to Z\) is a quasi-isomorphism, then both morphisms in \(Y\to Z\to\tau^{\geq n}Z\) are quasi-isomorphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). This shows that the quasi-isomorphisms \(Y\to Z\) with \(Z\) coming from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq n}(\mathcal{A})\) form a cofinal full subcategory of the filtered category \(\mathrm{qis}_{Y/}\) (Definition reference and Proposition reference). By Proposition reference, we may henceforth restrict the \(\varinjlim\) to this subcategory.

We already know that the first two morphisms in equation are canonical isomorphisms. Take \(Y\to Z\) as above. This gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d001}\] which shows that \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Z)\). Hence the preceding \(\varinjlim\) is constant with value \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\). The last morphism in equation is therefore an isomorphism.

Theorem. Regarding the objects of \(\mathcal{A}\) as complexes concentrated in degree zero gives an equivalence of additive categories \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\cap \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\), with quasi-inverse given by \(\operatorname{H}^0\).

Proof. It is clear that the objects of \(\mathcal{A}\) give objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\cap\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). Thus we obtain an additive functor \(\Phi:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\cap \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). Proposition reference (ii) implies that \(\Phi\) is fully faithful.

We next show that \(\Phi\) is essentially surjective. Let \(X\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\cap\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). Applying the truncation functors to the complex \(X\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), we see that every morphism in \(X\to\tau^{\geq0}X\leftarrow\tau^{\leq0}\tau^{\geq0}X\) is a quasi-isomorphism, while Proposition reference gives \(\tau^{\leq0}\tau^{\geq0}X\simeq\operatorname{H}^0(X)\). Hence \(\Phi\) is an equivalence and \(\operatorname{H}^0\) is its quasi-inverse.

More generally, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the functor \(S\mapsto S[-n]\) gives an additive equivalence from \(\mathcal{A}\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq n}(\mathcal{A})\cap\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq n}(\mathcal{A})\), with \(\operatorname{H}^n\) as quasi-inverse. This is simply the shifted version of the result above. Henceforth, without further comment, we identify \(\mathcal{A}\) with the full additive subcategory \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\cap\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Definition.

Let \(\star\in\{+,-,\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}},\hspace{0.8em}\}\) (where \(\star=\hspace{0.8em}\) means that there is no superscript), and let \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{A}'\) be Abelian categories. If a triangulated functor \(R:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}')\) restricts to \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[a,b]}(\mathcal{A}')\), where \(-\infty\leq a\leq b\leq+\infty\), then \(R\) is said to have amplitude contained in \([a,b]\).

Here is a simple observation: if \(X'\to X\to X''\xrightarrow{+1}\) is a distinguished triangle in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(X',X''\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[a,b]}(\mathcal{A}))\), then \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[a,b]}(\mathcal{A}))\). This follows immediately from the long exact sequence for \(\operatorname{H}^n\).

Lemma. If the amplitude of \(R\) is contained in \([a,b]\), then for every \(-\infty<c\leq d<+\infty\) one has \[R\;\text{restricts to}\;\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[c,d]}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[c+a,d+b]}(\mathcal{A}').\]

Proof. The case \(c=d\) is immediate. If \(c<d\), then for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[c,d]}(\mathcal{A}))\), take the distinguished triangle from Proposition reference \[\tau^{\leq d-1}X\to X\to\tau^{\geq d}X\xrightarrow{+1},\quad \tau^{\geq d}X\simeq\operatorname{H}^d(X)[-d]\] and apply the preceding observation to its image under \(R\) to carry out the induction.

Consequently, if \(R\) has finite amplitude, then it restricts to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}')\). We next give a related result explaining how a triangulated functor is determined by its values on \(\mathcal{A}\).

Proposition (Way-out Lemma [Har66).]

Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be a weak Serre subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\) and let \(\star\in\{\hspace{0.8em},+,\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\). Consider triangulated functors \(F,G:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\star}_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A})\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}')\) and a morphism \(\eta:F\to G\) between them such that \(\eta_X:FX\to GX\) is an isomorphism for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\). Then \(\eta\) is also an isomorphism if one of the following conditions holds:

  1. \(\star=\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\);

  2. \(\star=+\), and there exists \(k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) such that \(F,G\) restrict to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A})\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq k}(\mathcal{A}')\);

  3. \(\star=\hspace{0.8em}\), and there exist \(k,\ell\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) such that \(F,G\) respectively restrict to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A})\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq k}(\mathcal{A}')\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A})\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq\ell}(\mathcal{A}')\).

In addition, let \(\mathfrak{I}\) be a subset of \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\) such that for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\) there exist \(I\in\mathfrak{I}\) and a monomorphism \(X\hookrightarrow I\). If the condition on \(\eta_X\) is replaced by the condition that \(\eta_I\) be an isomorphism for every \(I\in\mathfrak{I}\), then \(\eta\) is still an isomorphism under assumption (i) or (ii).

Of course, (ii) also has a dual version for \(\star=-\), which we do not write out.

Proof. For (i), simply repeat the argument of Lemma reference; use the distinguished triangle \(\tau^{\leq d}X\to X\to\tau^{\geq d+1}X\xrightarrow{+1}\) and Proposition reference inductively to reduce to the case \(X\simeq\operatorname{H}^{d+1}(X)[-d-1]\).

For (ii), the goal is to prove that \(\operatorname{H}^j(FX)\to\operatorname{H}^j(GX)\) is an isomorphism for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(j\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Consider the distinguished triangle above once more, but take \(d\gg0\) so that \(F\tau^{\geq d+1}X\) and \(G\tau^{\geq d+1}X\) both lie in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq j+1}(\mathcal{A}')\). We obtain a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d002}\] But \(\tau^{\leq d}X\in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}_{\mathcal{T}}(\mathcal{A}))\), so this case follows from (i).

For (iii), choose any \(d\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Using \(\tau^{\leq d}X\to X\to\tau^{\geq d+1}X\xrightarrow{+1}\) and Proposition reference, this case follows from (ii) and its dual.

Now consider the final assertion. Since (ii) has been proved, it suffices to show that \(\eta_X\) is an isomorphism for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\). Take an exact sequence \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\) with every \(I^n\in\mathfrak{I}\). Write this sequence as a quasi-isomorphism of complexes \(X\to I\); it remains to prove that \(\eta_I\) is an isomorphism. To do this, define the brutal truncation \(\sigma^{\leq d}I\) of the complex, which agrees with \(I\) in degrees \(\leq d\) and has zero terms in all other degrees; define \(\sigma^{\geq d+1}I\) similarly. We can now follow the arguments for (i) and (ii), using instead the canonical short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[0\to\sigma^{\geq d+1}I\to I\to\sigma^{\leq d}I\to0\] and its corresponding distinguished triangle. The details are left to the reader.

Recall Theorem reference. Its key ingredient is the full faithfulness \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y)\). What information do we obtain when the degrees of \(X\) and \(Y\) are shifted relative to one another? This is our next topic.

Definition (\(\operatorname{Ext}\) functors: General case).

For \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y):= \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}\left(X,Y[n]\right)\). The functor \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}:\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{A}\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is additive in each variable.

The notation \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y)\) already appeared in Definition–Proposition reference. The discussion of \(\operatorname{RHom}\) will reconcile the two definitions; see Corollary reference. Here we do not assume that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective or projective objects. As for \(\operatorname{Hom}\), functoriality of \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\) in its two variables is still called pullback and pushout, respectively. When no confusion can arise, \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A}}\) is also abbreviated to \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\). We now show that its properties resemble those of the \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\) defined in §reference.

Proposition. Below, \(X,Y\) are arbitrary objects of \(\mathcal{A}\). The family of bifunctors \((\operatorname{Ext}^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) has the following properties.

  1. If \(n<0\), then \(\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)=0\).

  2. There is a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{Ext}^0(X,Y)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y)\).

  3. Short exact sequences \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) and \(0\to Y'\to Y\to Y''\to0\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) induce the respective long exact sequences \[\begin{gather*} \cdots \to \operatorname{Ext}^{n-1}(X', Y) \xrightarrow{\delta^{n-1}} \operatorname{Ext}^n(X'', Y) \to \operatorname{Ext}^n(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Ext}^n(X', Y) \to \cdots , \\ \cdots \to \operatorname{Ext}^{n-1}(X, Y'') \xrightarrow{\delta^{n-1}} \operatorname{Ext}^n(X, Y') \to \operatorname{Ext}^n(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Ext}^n(X, Y'') \to \cdots , \end{gather*}\] with every connecting morphism \(\delta^n\) functorial in the short exact sequence.

  4. If \(\operatorname{Ext}^1(X,\cdot)=0\) (respectively \(\operatorname{Ext}^1(\cdot,Y)=0\)), then \(X\) (respectively \(Y\)) is a projective (respectively injective) object of \(\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. Assertions (i) and (ii) follow immediately from Proposition reference.

For (iii), first use Proposition reference to turn the short exact sequences canonically into distinguished triangles \(X'\to X\to X''\xrightarrow{+1}\) and \(Y'\to Y\to Y''\xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\). Then use the fact that \(\operatorname{Hom}\) is a cohomological functor in each variable (Proposition reference).

Finally, (iv) follows by applying (i) and (ii) to the long exact sequences in (iii).

Since \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\) is given by \(\operatorname{Hom}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), for \(f\in\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\) and \(g\in\operatorname{Ext}^n(X',Y')\) there is an evident direct sum \(f\oplus g\in\operatorname{Ext}^n(X\oplus X',Y\oplus Y')\). On the other hand, \(\operatorname{Ext}\) has a composition operation, \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d003} \end{equation}\] where \(m,n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). It is easy to see that this operation is associative and bilinear. Consequently, the Abelian group \[\operatorname{Ext}(X):=\bigoplus_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,X)\] has a natural ring structure, with \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A\in\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(A)\) as multiplicative identity, while \(\operatorname{Ext}(X,Y):=\bigoplus_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\) becomes an \((\operatorname{Ext}(Y),\operatorname{Ext}(X))\)-bimodule. More generally, if \(\mathcal{A}\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, then the functors \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\) take values in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), while \(\operatorname{Ext}(X)\) becomes a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. The definition of multiplication in equation shows that \(\operatorname{Ext}(X)\) is in fact a graded \(\Bbbk\)-algebra; see [Li1]. Such constructions are extremely useful in representation theory.

Definition. Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). The graded algebra \(\operatorname{Ext}(X)\) defined above is called the \(\operatorname{Ext}\)-algebra of the object \(X\).

The notation \(\operatorname{Ext}\) abbreviates “extension.” To explain the concrete connection, we first define what an extension means.

Definition.

Let \(X\) and \(Y\) be objects of \(\mathcal{A}\) and let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\). An exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) of the form \[\mathcal{E}:\quad 0\to Y\to E^1\to\cdots\to E^n\to X\to0\] is called an \(n\)-extension of \(X\) by \(Y\). For fixed \(X,Y\), consider the following binary relation on the set of all \(n\)-extensions: \[\begin{multline*} \mathcal{E} \sim_0 \mathcal{E}' \iff \text{there is a commutative diagram} \\ \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d004} \end{multline*}\] This binary relation generates an equivalence relation \(\sim\).1 The equivalence classes of \(n\)-extensions form the set \(\operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y)\).

Proposition reference implies that equivalence of \(1\)-extensions is the same as isomorphism of short exact sequences \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d005}\]

Convention. Henceforth a \(1\)-extension is simply called an extension, and equivalence between such extensions is called isomorphism. A split short exact sequence (Proposition reference) is also called a split extension; all such extensions are isomorphic.

The following operations are available on \(n\)-extensions.

  • Composition.For \([\mathcal{E}_1]\in\operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(Y,Z)\) and \([\mathcal{E}_2]\in\operatorname{Ext}^{m,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y)\), define \([\mathcal{E}_1]\circ[\mathcal{E}_2]\in \operatorname{Ext}^{n+m,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Z)\) by splicing the two exact sequences end-to-end at \(Y\). This operation is also called the Yoneda product.

  • Pullback.For a morphism \(f:X'\to X\), the corresponding map \(f^*:\operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y)\to \operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X',Y)\) is obtained as follows. Given \([\mathcal{E}]\in\operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y)\), consider the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d006}\] The square marked \(\Box\) is a pullback square, while \(E^{n-1}\to E^n\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\times}}X'\) is determined by \(E^{n-1}\to E^n\) and \(E^{n-1}\xrightarrow{0}X'\). Pullback preserves kernels, and \(E^n\ensuremath{\underset{X}{\times}}X'\to X'\) is still an epimorphism (Proposition reference); from this one checks that the first row remains exact. Its equivalence class is \(f^*[\mathcal{E}]\).

  • Pushout.For a morphism \(g:Y\to Y'\), the corresponding map \(g_*:\operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y)\to \operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y')\) is obtained as follows. Given \([\mathcal{E}]\in\operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y)\), pushout gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d007}\] Here \(E^1\ensuremath{\underset{Y}{\sqcup}}Y'\to E^2\) is determined by \(E^1\to E^2\) and \(Y'\xrightarrow{0}E^2\). Dually, one checks that the second row remains exact. Its equivalence class is \(g_*[\mathcal{E}]\).

  • Direct sum.Take the termwise direct sum of two extensions, \(\mathcal{E}\oplus\mathcal{E}'\), and then take its equivalence class. This gives a map \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d008}\]

  • Baer sum.This is the following map:

    \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d009}\] It is defined by pulling \([\mathcal{E}_1]\oplus[\mathcal{E}_2]\) back along \(X\hookrightarrow X\times X\), then pushing it out along \(Y\oplus Y\twoheadrightarrow Y\) (these morphisms come from Convention reference). The result is \([\mathcal{E}_1]\dot{+}[\mathcal{E}_2]\in \operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y)\).

One checks that pullback and pushout commute: \(g_*f^*=f^*g_*\), while the Baer sum \(\dot{+}\) is commutative. These properties also follow from those of \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\) by the following theorem.

Theorem (Nobuo Yoneda). For all \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\), there is a canonical bijection \[\operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y) \xrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y),\] which sends the equivalence class of an \(n\)-extension \(0\to Y\to E^1\to\cdots\to E^n\to X\to0\) to \(as^{-1}\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])\), where \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d010}\] and all omitted terms are zero. Under this bijection, composition, direct sum, pullback, and pushout of \(n\)-extensions correspond to the respective operations on \(\operatorname{Ext}^n\), while the Baer sum \(\dot{+}\) corresponds to the additive group law on \(\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\).

Proof. An equivalence of extensions \(\mathcal{E}\sim\mathcal{E}'\) is reflected by a quasi-isomorphism between the corresponding complexes \(Z\) and \(Z'\). Thus the displayed map is well defined. It remains to prove that it is surjective and injective. We begin with surjectivity.

Every \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])\) is represented by a diagram \(X\xleftarrow{s}Z\xrightarrow{a}Y[n]\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), where \(s\) is a quasi-isomorphism. After precomposing with the quasi-isomorphism \(\tau^{\leq0}Z\to Z\), we may assume that \(Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A}))\). Next, the adjunction in Proposition reference factors \(s\) and \(a\) through the quasi-isomorphism \(Z\twoheadrightarrow\tau^{\geq-n}Z\). Hence we may assume that \(Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[-n,0]}(\mathcal{A}))\).

Since \(Z\) is exact outside degree \(0\), imitate the definition of the pushout of an extension above and define a complex \(Z'\) to be the second row of the following diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d011}\] The vertical morphisms give a quasi-isomorphism \(Z\to Z'\), and \(a\) factors as \(Z\to Z'\xrightarrow{a'}Y[n]\).

Moreover, \(Z\xrightarrow{s}X\) also factors canonically as \(Z\to Z'\xrightarrow{s'}X\). This is immediate when \(n>1\); when \(n=1\), the morphism \((s')^0:Z^0\ensuremath{\underset{Z^{-1}}{\sqcup}}Y\to X\) is determined by \(s^0:Z^0\to X\) and \(Y\xrightarrow{0}X\).

In short, we have reduced to the case in which \(X\xleftarrow{s}Z\xrightarrow{a}Y[n]\) has the form \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d012}\] Flattening this diagram, however, gives the \(n\)-extension \(0\to Y\to Z^{-n+1}\to\cdots\to Z^0\to X\to0\). This proves surjectivity.

We now prove injectivity. In view of equation, the starting point is a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d013} \quad \begin{array}{l} W \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})), \quad s_i,t:\;\text{quasi-isomorphisms}, \\ (Z_i;s_i,a_i)\;\text{is a reduced \(n\)-extension},\\ (i=1,2). \end{array}\] We wish to show that this diagram gives an equivalence of \(n\)-extensions. As before, first precompose with \(\tau^{\leq0}W\to W\) to reduce to \(W\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A}))\). Next, use the truncation adjunction to factor all the morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) through \(W\twoheadrightarrow\tau^{\geq-n}W\). Let \(K\) be the kernel of \(W\twoheadrightarrow\tau^{\geq-n}W\). Since \(\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(K,V)=0\) for every \(V\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[-n,0]}(\mathcal{A}))\), the homotopies between these morphisms factor in the same way. This operation therefore does not change the commutativity of the diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). We have reduced to the case \(W\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{[-n,0]}(\mathcal{A}))\).

Similarly, \(\operatorname{Hom}^{-1}(W,X)=0\), so the left half of the diagram already commutes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). For the right half, since \(a_i^{-n}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\), we may modify the morphisms \(W\to Z_i\) by suitable homotopies so that the right half also commutes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Now repeat the pushout operation from the surjectivity proof to reduce to \(W^{-n}=Y\) and \(b^{-n}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\), without changing the commutativity of the left half, as one verifies directly. Thus \((W;t,b)\) also corresponds to an \(n\)-extension, and the commutative diagram witnesses the equivalence relation \(\sim\) in Definition reference. This proves injectivity.

Compatibility of composition, direct sum, pullback, and pushout with this bijection is a routine verification. For the Baer sum \(\dot{+}\), Proposition reference realizes the sum \(f+g\) in \(\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y):=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])\) as the composite \(X\to X\oplus X\xrightarrow{f\oplus g}(Y\oplus Y)[n]\to Y[n]\), which agrees exactly with the definition of \(\dot{+}\).

Dually, an element of \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])\) can also be represented by a diagram of the form \(X\xrightarrow{b}Z\xleftarrow{t}Y[n]\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), where \(t\) is a quasi-isomorphism. The exercises for this chapter compare these two constructions.

Proposition. Consider an extension \(0\to Y\xrightarrow{f}E\xrightarrow{g}X\to0\). In the exact sequence from Proposition reference (iii), \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,E) \xrightarrow{g_*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,X) \to \operatorname{Ext}^1(X,Y), \end{gather*}\] the element of \(\operatorname{Ext}^1(X,Y)\) determined by this extension is the image of \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\).

Proof. The connecting homomorphism \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,X)\to\operatorname{Ext}^1(X,Y)\) is precisely \(e_*\), where \(e\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[1])\) is determined by the diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-055-d014}\] as in Proposition reference. But \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) is the complex \(Y\xrightarrow{f}E\) concentrated in degrees \(-1\) and \(0\). Comparison with Theorem reference immediately shows that \(e\) comes from the extension \(0\to Y\xrightarrow{f}E\xrightarrow{g}X\to0\).

Proposition. The zero element of the additive group \(\left(\operatorname{Ext}^{n,\text{Yoneda}}(X,Y),\dot{+}\right)\) is represented by the following extensions:

\(n = 1\) The split extension \(0 \to Y \to X \oplus Y \to X \to 0\)
\(n = 2\) \(0 \to Y \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y} Y \xrightarrow{0} X \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X} X \to 0\)
\(n \geq 3\) \(0 \to Y \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y} Y \to 0 \to \cdots \to 0 \to X \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X} X \to 0\) .

Proof. For \(n=1\), suppose that the short exact sequence \(0\to Y\xrightarrow{f}E\xrightarrow{g}X\to0\) corresponds to the zero element. The exact sequence in Proposition reference shows that there is an \(s\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,E)\) such that \(gs=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\); hence the short exact sequence splits.

Next consider \(n=2\). Both \(\operatorname{Ext}^1(0,Y)\) and \(\operatorname{Ext}^1(X,0)\) are plainly zero groups; corresponding extensions may be taken to be \(0\to Y\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}Y\to0\to0\) and \(0\to0\to X\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}X\to0\). Since \(\operatorname{Ext}^1\times\operatorname{Ext}^1\to\operatorname{Ext}^2\) is bilinear, splicing these two extensions gives the zero element of \(\operatorname{Ext}^2(X,Y)\). For \(n\geq3\), consider the \((n-1)\)-extension \(0\to\cdots\to0\to X\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}X\to0\); the same argument gives the zero element of \(\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\).


  1. In other words, \(\mathcal{E}_1\sim\mathcal{E}_2\) if and only if they can be connected by a chain of commutative diagrams of this kind.↩︎

Triangulated Functors and Localization

Fix a triangulated category \(\mathcal{D}\) and a saturated triangulated subcategory \(\mathcal{N}\), and denote the corresponding Verdier localization by \(Q: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N}\). Likewise, consider a triangulated category \(\mathcal{D}'\) and \(Q': \mathcal{D}' \to \mathcal{D}'/\mathcal{N}'\). Let \(F: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{D}'\) be a triangulated functor. Consider the diagram whose solid part is given: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d001} \end{equation}\] The naive hope is to complete the dashed part so that the entire diagram commutes. If \(F\left(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\right) \subset \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}')\), then \(Q'F\) annihilates \(\mathcal{N}\), and the universal property in Theorem reference induces the dashed functor. In practice, however, \(F\) rarely has this property. We therefore settle for less and turn to the Kan extensions introduced in §reference.

Definition (Derived functors of a triangulated functor).

Let \(F: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{D}'\) be as above.

  • If \(\operatorname{Lan}_Q(Q' F)\) exists and is a triangulated functor, denote it by \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}} F: \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N} \to \mathcal{D}'/\mathcal{N}'\);

  • if \(\operatorname{Ran}_Q(Q' F)\) exists and is a triangulated functor, denote it by \(\mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}} F: \mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N} \to \mathcal{D}'/\mathcal{N}'\).

We call \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}} F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}} F\)) the right derived functor (respectively, left derived functor) of the triangulated functor \(F\). Its uniqueness up to unique isomorphism follows from the uniqueness of Kan extensions.

By Definition reference of Kan extensions, these data fit into the \(2\)-cell diagrams \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d002} \quad \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d003} \end{equation}\] The universal property says that every way of filling equation with a \(2\)-cell is obtained uniquely by “pushing out” the diagram for \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\), or uniquely by “pulling into” the diagram for \(\mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\), according to the direction of the filling. As an illustration, we explain how the universal property of the \(2\)-cell derives a canonical morphism \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F \to \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}G\) from a morphism of functors \(F \to G\), assuming that these derived functors exist. Examine the diagram on the left: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d004} \xlongequal{\text{vertical composition}} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d005}\] By the universal property of equation, the vertical composite in the left-hand diagram is uniquely the pushout of the diagram corresponding to \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\), as shown on the right. This “push” is the desired canonical morphism. The case of left derived functors is of course dual. The next remark shows that these canonical morphisms are compatible with translation.

Remark. Suppose that \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\)) exists. If \((L,\xi)\) (respectively, \((R,\delta)\)) in the universal property of the Kan extension is taken to consist of a triangulated functor and a morphism compatible with translation (see Definition reference), then the determined morphism \(\chi: \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F \to L\) (respectively, \(\theta: R \to \mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\)) is automatically compatible with translation as well. This follows immediately from uniqueness.

Definition reference raises two questions. First, how can the existence of \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\) (or \(\mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\)) be guaranteed? Second, how do these functors relate to composition of functors? We address the two questions in order.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{N}\), \(\mathcal{N}'\), and \(F: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{D}'\) be as above, and let \(\mathcal{I}\) be a triangulated subcategory of \(\mathcal{D}\). If the following conditions hold,

  • Resolution condition.for every \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) there is a morphism \(X \to Y\) (respectively, \(Y \to X\)) in \(S\mathcal{N}\) with \(Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\);

  • \(\mathcal{N}\)-preservation condition. \(F\left(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}\cap\mathcal{I})\right) \subset \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}')\),

then \(\mathcal{I}\) is called \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective).

For example, if \(F\left(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N})\right) \subset \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}')\), then \(\mathcal{D}\) itself is both \(F\)-injective and \(F\)-projective. The condition \(F\left(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}\cap\mathcal{I})\right)\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}')\), together with the universal property of Verdier localization, gives a triangulated functor \(F^\flat: \mathcal{I}/(\mathcal{I}\cap\mathcal{N}) \to \mathcal{D}'/\mathcal{N}'\).

Proposition. If \(\mathcal{I}\) is an \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) triangulated subcategory, then \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\)) exists, and the following diagram commutes up to isomorphism: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d006}\]

Proof. Consider the case of \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\). The existence of the left Kan extension \(\operatorname{Lan}_Q(Q'F)\) follows from Proposition reference (ii). The only point requiring verification is that \(Q'F\) sends \(S\mathcal{N}\cap\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I}) \xlongequal{\href{#eqn:S-N-D}{equation}}S(\mathcal{N}\cap\mathcal{I})\) to isomorphisms. Take \(f:A\to B\) in this set and complete it to a distinguished triangle \(A\xrightarrow{f}B\to C\xrightarrow{+1}\), where \(C\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}\cap\mathcal{I})\). Then the distinguished triangle \(FA\xrightarrow{Ff}FB\to FC\xrightarrow{+1}\) has \(FC\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}')\), ensuring that \((Q'F)(f)\) is an isomorphism.

Proposition reference implies that \(i\) has a triangulated quasi-inverse \(i^{-1}\). Consequently, \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F:=F^\flat\circ i^{-1}\) gives \(\operatorname{Lan}_Q(Q'F)\) and is at the same time a triangulated functor.

Theorem. Consider triangulated categories \(\mathcal{D}\), \(\mathcal{D}'\), and \(\mathcal{D}''\), with saturated triangulated subcategories \(\mathcal{N}\), \(\mathcal{N}'\), and \(\mathcal{N}''\). Let triangulated functors \(\mathcal{D}\xrightarrow{F}\mathcal{D}'\xrightarrow{F'}\mathcal{D}''\) be given.

  1. Suppose that the right derived functors \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\), \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}'}F'\), and \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}}(F'F)\) exist. There is then a corresponding canonical morphism \[\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}} (F' F) \to \left( \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}'} F' \right) \left( \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}} F \right).\]

  2. The analogous statement holds for left derived functors, with the corresponding canonical morphism \[\left( \mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N'}} F' \right) \left( \mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}} F \right) \to \mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}} (F' F).\]

  3. Fix a triangulated subcategory \(\mathcal{I}\) of \(\mathcal{D}\) (and a triangulated subcategory \(\mathcal{I}'\) of \(\mathcal{D}'\)). If \(\mathcal{I}\) is \(F\)-injective, \(\mathcal{I}'\) is \(F'\)-injective, and \(F(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}))\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}')\), then \(\mathcal{I}\) is \(F'F\)-injective and the canonical morphism in (i) is an isomorphism.

  4. The analogous statement holds with “injective” replaced by “projective.” In this case, \(\mathcal{I}\) is \(F'F\)-projective and the canonical morphism in (ii) is an isomorphism.

Proof. Clearly, (i), (iii) are respectively dual to (ii), (iv), so it suffices to consider the former pair.

For (i), write \(R:=\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F\) and \(R':=\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}'}F'\). Consider the \(2\)-cell diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d007}\] The universal property of the left Kan extension gives \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}}(F'F)\to R'R\), characterized by \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d008} \;\text{composed with}\; = \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d009} \end{equation}\]

For (iii), the fact that \(\mathcal{I}\) is \(F'F\)-injective follows directly from Definition reference and the condition \(F(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}))\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}')\). Let \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\). The construction in Proposition reference gives \[\begin{gather*} RQY = Q'FY \in \operatorname{Ob}\left(\mathcal{I}'/(\mathcal{N}'\cap\mathcal{I}')\right), \\ (R'R)QY = R'(Q'FY) = Q'' F'FY = \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}} (F' F)(QY). \end{gather*}\]

For a general object \(QX\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}/\mathcal{N})\), with \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), there is a morphism \(X\to Y\) in \(S\mathcal{N}\) with \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I})\), so that \(QX\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}QY\). Applying the preceding step yields an isomorphism \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}}(F'F)(QX)\simeq R'R(QX)\). The interested reader may check that these isomorphisms are indeed compatible with the morphism \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}}(F'F)\to R'R\) characterized by equation.

Remark (P. Deligne’s definition).

By Proposition reference (iii), under the hypotheses of Proposition reference, the derived functors can be written as \[\begin{align*} (\mathrm{R}_{\mathcal{N}}^{\mathcal{N}'} F)(QX) & \simeq \varinjlim_{(X \to Y) \in \operatorname{Ob}(S\mathcal{N}_{X/})} (Q'F)Y, \\ (\mathrm{L}_{\mathcal{N}}^{\mathcal{N}'} F)(QX) & \simeq \varprojlim_{(Y \to X) \in \operatorname{Ob}(S\mathcal{N}_{/X}^{\operatorname{op}})} (Q'F)Y. \end{align*}\] These isomorphisms are canonical and, by means of resolutions, each limit is attained by some \(Y\). In [SGA4-3], Deligne defines \((\mathrm{R}F_{\mathcal{N}}^{\mathcal{N}'} F)(QX)\) and \((\mathrm{L}_{\mathcal{N}}^{\mathcal{N}'} F)(QX)\) respectively as the above limits, provided that the limit in question is actually attained by some \(Y\). One advantage of this definition is that it can be applied to a single object \(X\), and hence can be made “partial.”

The formulas above also describe the morphisms that come with the derived functors as Kan extensions, \(Q'F\to(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F)Q\) and \((\mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}}F)Q\to Q'F\). They correspond, respectively, to the terms \(Y=X\) in \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\).

We now turn to bifunctors. Let \(\mathcal{D}_1\), \(\mathcal{D}_2\), and \(\mathcal{D}'\) be triangulated categories, with translation functors \(T_1\), \(T_2\), and \(T'\), respectively.

Definition.

A triangulated bifunctor from \(\mathcal{D}_1\times\mathcal{D}_2\) to \(\mathcal{D}'\) consists of the following data.

  • A bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{D}_1\times\mathcal{D}_2\to\mathcal{D}'\) endowed with the structure of a triangulated functor in each variable.

  • For all \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}_1)\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}_2)\), the following diagram is anticommutative (that is, its two composites differ by a minus sign)1 \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d010}\] The arrows come from the triangulated-functor structures of \(F\) in the two variables.

In the situation above, take \(\mathcal{N}_1\), \(\mathcal{N}_2\), and \(\mathcal{N}'\) to be saturated triangulated subcategories of \(\mathcal{D}_1\), \(\mathcal{D}_2\), and \(\mathcal{D}'\), respectively. Denote the corresponding localization functors by \(Q_i:\mathcal{D}_i\to\mathcal{D}_i/\mathcal{N}_i\) (\(i=1,2\)) and \(Q':\mathcal{D}'\to\mathcal{D}'/\mathcal{N}'\). Now fix a triangulated bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{D}_1\times\mathcal{D}_2\to\mathcal{D}'\). For this bifunctor we may study the functor-extension problem in the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d011}\] Since \((Q_1,Q_2)\) is the localization at the multiplicative system \(S\mathcal{N}_1\times S\mathcal{N}_2\) (Remark reference), we can still speak of the two Kan extensions of \(Q'F\) along \((Q_1,Q_2)\).

Definition (Derived functors of a triangulated bifunctor).

For the data above, if \[\operatorname{Lan}_{(Q_1, Q_2)} (Q' F), \quad \text{(respectively, $\operatorname{Ran}_{(Q_1, Q_2)}(Q' F)$)}\] exists and is a triangulated bifunctor, denote it by \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}_1\times\mathcal{N}_2}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}_1\times\mathcal{N}_2}F\)) and call it the right derived bifunctor (respectively, left derived bifunctor) of \(F\).

Definition.

Consider a triangulated bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{D}_1\times\mathcal{D}_2\to\mathcal{D}'\), together with \(\mathcal{N}_1\), \(\mathcal{N}_2\), and \(\mathcal{N}'\) as above. Let \(\mathcal{I}_i\) be a triangulated subcategory of \(\mathcal{D}_i\). We call \((\mathcal{I}_1,\mathcal{I}_2)\) \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) if the following properties hold simultaneously:

  • for every \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_1)\), the subcategory \(\mathcal{I}_2\) is \(F(X_1,\cdot)\)-injective (respectively, projective);

  • for every \(X_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_2)\), the subcategory \(\mathcal{I}_1\) is \(F(\cdot,X_2)\)-injective (respectively, projective).

For \(\mathcal{I}_j\) as above (\(j=1,2\)), the universal property of Verdier localization gives \(i_j:\mathcal{I}_j/(\mathcal{I}_j\cap\mathcal{N}_j) \to\mathcal{D}_j/\mathcal{N}_j\). The following is the counterpart of Proposition reference.

Proposition. Suppose that \((\mathcal{I}_1,\mathcal{I}_2)\) is \(F\)-injective.

  1. The right derived bifunctor \(\mathrm{R}F:=\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}_1\times\mathcal{N}_2}F\) exists, and the following diagram commutes up to isomorphism: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d012}\] where \(F^\flat\) is determined by the universal property of localization.

  2. For \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_1)\) and \(X_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_2)\), there are canonical isomorphisms \[(\mathrm{R}F)(Q_1 X_1, \cdot) \simeq \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}_2} F(X_1, \cdot), \quad (\mathrm{R}F)(\cdot, Q_2 X_2) \simeq \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}_1} F(\cdot, X_2).\]

The corresponding statements remain valid if \(F\)-injective is replaced by \(F\)-projective and \(\mathrm{R}F\) by \(\mathrm{L}F\).

Proof. It suffices to treat the \(F\)-injective case. First, Proposition reference (i) implies that \(i\) is an equivalence. The hypotheses show that \(Q'F\) sends \(S\mathcal{N}_1\cap\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I}_1)\times S\mathcal{N}_2\cap\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{I}_2)\) to isomorphisms; this need only be checked in each variable separately. Proposition reference (ii) implies that \(Q'F\) has a left Kan extension along \((Q_1,Q_2)\), namely \(\mathrm{R}F\), which makes the diagram above commute up to isomorphism.

We next show that \(\mathrm{R}F\) is a triangulated bifunctor. By Proposition reference, the relevant properties can be transported along the equivalence \(i\) and checked for \(F\) on \(\mathcal{I}_1\times\mathcal{I}_2\). This proves (i).

For (ii), by symmetry it suffices to fix \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_1)\). In this case \(F^\flat(Q_1X_1,\cdot): \mathcal{I}_2/(\mathcal{I}_2\cap\mathcal{N}_2) \to\mathcal{D}'/\mathcal{N}'\) is determined from \(Q'F(X_1,\cdot)\) by the universal property of localization, and the following diagram of functors commutes up to isomorphism: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-056-d013}\] Since \(\mathcal{I}_2\) is \(F(X_1,\cdot)\)-injective, comparison with the construction in Proposition reference shows that \((\mathrm{R}F)(Q_1X_1,\cdot)\) is precisely \(\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}_2}F(X_1,\cdot)\).

Once \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) data \((\mathcal{I}_1,\mathcal{I}_2)\) are available, the limit formulas in Remark reference also apply to the left (respectively, right) derived bifunctor of \(F\).


  1. Compare Proposition reference.↩︎

General Theory of Derived Functors

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{A}'\) be abelian categories, and fix an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\). We now apply the theory of §reference, and in particular the setting of equation, to \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-057-d001} \qquad (\star \in \{+, -, \hspace{0.8em}\}) \end{equation*}\] Here \(Q\) and \(Q'\) are localization functors of triangulated categories, and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F\) is a triangulated functor (Proposition reference). The blank superscript \(\star=\hspace{0.8em}\) corresponds to the case of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\). Recall that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A})=\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A})/\mathcal{N}^{\star}\), where \(\mathcal{N}^{\star}\) is the saturated triangulated subcategory of acyclic complexes; likewise for \(\mathcal{A}'\). Unless \(F\) is exact, in general there is no triangulated functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\star}(\mathcal{A}')\) that makes the diagram above commute. The natural approach is to study the right and left derived functors in the sense of Definition reference, using the two kinds of Kan extension respectively.

Definition (Derived functors between derived categories).

For \(\star\in\{+,-,\hspace{0.8em}\}\), if \[\begin{align*} {}^\star \mathrm{R}F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}) & \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}'): \quad \text{the right derived functor of $\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F$}, \quad \text{or} \\ {}^\star \mathrm{L}F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}) & \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}'): \quad \text{the left derived functor of $\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F$} \end{align*}\] exists, it is called the right derived functor (respectively, left derived functor) of \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\). When the derived functor exists, define, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \[\begin{gather*} {}^\star \mathrm{R}^n F := \operatorname{H}^n \circ {}^\star \mathrm{R}F, \\ {}^\star \mathrm{L}_n F := \operatorname{H}^{-n} \circ {}^\star \mathrm{L}F. \end{gather*}\] Both are functors with values in \(\mathcal{A}'\). The subscript \(n\) is used to agree with the customary notation for chain complexes when studying left derived functors. The left superscript \(\star\) is often omitted when no confusion can arise.

Example (Deriving an exact functor). The simplest case is that in which \(F\) is exact. For every \(\star\in\{+,-,\hspace{0.8em}\}\), the derived functors \({}^\star\mathrm{R}F\) and \({}^\star\mathrm{L}F\) always exist. Indeed, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F\) preserves acyclic complexes, so its derived functor is determined directly by the universal property of localization.

Theorem (Long exact sequence of derived functors).

Fix \(\star\in\{+,-,\hspace{0.8em}\}\). If \({}^\star\mathrm{R}F\) or \({}^\star\mathrm{L}F\) exists, then every distinguished triangle \(X\to Y\to Z\xrightarrow{+1}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) gives rise to a canonical long exact sequence \[\begin{gather*} \cdots \to {}^\star \mathrm{R}^{n-1} F(Z) \to {}^\star \mathrm{R}^n F(X) \to {}^\star \mathrm{R}^n F(Y) \to {}^\star \mathrm{R}^n F(Z) \to {}^\star \mathrm{R}^{n+1} F(X) \to \cdots , \\ \cdots \to {}^\star \mathrm{L}_{n+1} F(Z) \to {}^\star \mathrm{L}_n F(X) \to {}^\star \mathrm{L}_n F(Y) \to {}^\star \mathrm{L}_n F(Z) \to {}^\star \mathrm{L}_{n-1} F(X) \to \cdots . \end{gather*}\]

Proof. By definition, both \({}^\star\mathrm{R}F\) and \({}^\star\mathrm{L}F\) are triangulated functors. Now apply the cohomology functor \(\operatorname{H}^0\).

How do we ensure that derived functors exist, and how do we compute them? Proposition reference already contains the general idea. For \(\star\in\{+,-,\hspace{0.8em}\}\), take \(\mathcal{N}^\star\) as in Definition reference. We seek a triangulated subcategory \(\mathcal{I}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) such that \({}^\star\mathrm{R}F\) or \({}^\star\mathrm{L}F\) can be defined as the composite in the diagram of functors \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}) = \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})/\mathcal{N}^\star \xleftarrow{\text{equivalence}} \mathcal{I}/\mathcal{I} \cap \mathcal{N}^\star \xrightarrow{\text{universal property of localization}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A}')/\mathcal{N}^\star = \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}') .\] How should \(\mathcal{I}\) be chosen? It should be \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) in the following sense.

Convention.

Fix \(\star\). If a triangulated subcategory \(\mathcal{I}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) is a \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F\)-injective (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F\)-projective) triangulated subcategory in the sense of Definition reference, we call \(\mathcal{I}\) an \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) subcategory for short.

If \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A})\) has an \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) subcategory \(\mathcal{I}\), Proposition reference guarantees the existence of \({}^\star\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \({}^\star\mathrm{L}F\)). Its restriction to \(\mathcal{I}\) is isomorphic to \(Q'\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F\), while the limit formulas in Remark reference make explicit the canonical morphism that accompanies the derived functor as a Kan extension: \[\begin{equation} Q' \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F \to ({}^\star \mathrm{R}F)Q \quad \text{or} \quad ({}^\star \mathrm{L}F)Q \to Q' (\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F). \end{equation}\] The entire general theory developed in §reference applies directly. For example, consider additive functors between abelian categories \[\mathcal{A} \xrightarrow{F} \mathcal{A}' \xrightarrow{F'} \mathcal{A}'' .\] Provided the derived functors in question exist, there are canonical morphisms \[{}^\star \mathrm{R}(F'F) \to ({}^* \mathrm{R}F')({}^* \mathrm{R}F), \quad \left( {}^\star \mathrm{L}F' \right) \left( {}^\star \mathrm{L}F \right) \to {}^\star \mathrm{L}(F' F),\] and Theorem reference gives sufficient conditions for these morphisms to be isomorphisms. There is also the following compatibility.

Lemma. If \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) each have an \(F\)-injective subcategory, then the restriction of \(\mathrm{R}F\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) is \({}^+\mathrm{R}F\).

The corresponding statement also holds for \(F\)-projective subcategories, \(\mathrm{L}F\), and \({}^-\mathrm{L}F\).

Proof. We first consider \(\mathrm{R}F\). Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\). Write \(\mathrm{qis}_{X/}\) for the category of all quasi-isomorphisms \(X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\), and \(\mathrm{qis}^+_{X/}\) for its version in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A})\). Remark reference gives a canonical isomorphism \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \mathrm{R}F(QX) \simeq \varinjlim_{[X \to Y] \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathrm{qis}_{X/})} (Q' \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F)(Y). \end{aligned} \end{equation}\]

For every object \(X\to Y\) of \(\mathrm{qis}_{X/}\), if \(m\ll0\) (depending only on \(X\)), then \(X\to Y\to\tau^{\geq m}Y\) is an object of \(\mathrm{qis}^+_{X/}\). Lemma reference ensures that \(\mathrm{qis}_{X/}\) is filtered, so Proposition reference ensures that the full subcategory \(\mathrm{qis}^+_{X/}\) is cofinal in it. Thus the \(\varinjlim\) in equation may be taken over \(\mathrm{qis}^+_{X/}\) (Proposition reference), and its value is precisely \({}^+\mathrm{R}F(QX)\).

For \(\mathrm{L}F\), use the left-derived-functor version of Remark reference and truncate in the opposite direction.

We next discuss the bifunctors introduced in Convention reference. The corresponding theory has also been prepared in §reference. Let \(\mathcal{A}_1\), \(\mathcal{A}_2\), and \(\mathcal{B}\) be abelian categories, and let \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) be additive in each variable. As in Definition–Proposition reference, define \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus} F & := \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} \circ \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2 F \quad \text{(if $\mathcal{B}$ has countable coproducts)}, \\ \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi} F & := \operatorname{tot}_{\Pi} \circ \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2 F \quad \text{(if $\mathcal{B}$ has countable products)}. \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] By Proposition reference, both factor through functors at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\cdot)\), denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F\).

Proposition. The functors \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F,\;\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_1)\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_2) \to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{B})\) above are triangulated bifunctors in the sense of Definition reference.

Proof. Take \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F\) as an example (assuming that \(\mathcal{B}\) has countable products). The discussion following Proposition reference shows that this functor is compatible with translation in each variable, while Proposition reference gives the anticommutative diagram required in the definition of a triangulated bifunctor. It remains to prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi}F\) preserves mapping cones in each variable. For the first variable, take a morphism \(f:X_1\to X'_1\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}_1)\) and an object \(X_2\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}_2)\). There are canonical isomorphisms in \(\mathcal{B}\) \[\begin{align*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi}F(\operatorname{Cone}(f), X_2)^n & \simeq \prod_{p+q=n} F(X_1^{p+1}, X_2^q ) \times F( (X'_1)^p, X_2^q ) \\ & \simeq \prod_{p+q=n+1} F( X_1^p, X_2^q ) \times \prod_{p+q=n} F( (X'_1)^p, X_2^q ) \\ & \simeq \operatorname{Cone}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi}(f, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_2}) \right)^n , \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}. \end{align*}\] It remains to verify that these isomorphisms form an isomorphism of complexes and are compatible with the morphisms \(\alpha(\cdot)\) and \(\beta(\cdot)\) accompanying the mapping cones. There is no essential difficulty, and the details are left to the reader.

Next, let \(Q_i:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_i)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}_i)\) and \(Q:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{B})\) be the localization functors (\(i=1,2\)). Place these data in the framework of Definition reference, taking \(\mathcal{D}_1\), \(\mathcal{D}_2\), and \(\mathcal{D}'\) to be, respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_1)\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_2)\), and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{B})\), while the acyclic complexes form \(\mathcal{N}_1^\star\), \(\mathcal{N}_2^\star\), and \((\mathcal{N}')^\star\).

Definition (Derived bifunctors).

Fix \(\star\in\{+,-,\hspace{0.8em}\}\) and consider an additive bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\).

  • Suppose that \(\mathcal{B}\) has countable products. If the right derived bifunctor of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F\) in the sense of Definition reference, \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_1)\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_2) \to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{B}),\] exists, it is called the right derived bifunctor of \(F\) and is denoted by \({}^\star\mathrm{R}F\).

  • Suppose that \(\mathcal{B}\) has countable coproducts. If the left derived bifunctor of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F\), \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_1)\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_2) \to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{B}),\] exists, it is called the left derived bifunctor of \(F\) and is denoted by \({}^\star\mathrm{L}F\).

We continue to write \({}^\star\mathrm{R}^nF:=\operatorname{H}^n\circ{}^\star\mathrm{R}F\) and \({}^\star\mathrm{L}_nF:=\operatorname{H}^{-n}\circ{}^\star\mathrm{L}F\).

Fix \(\star\in\{+,-,\hspace{0.8em}\}\), and let \(\mathcal{I}_i\) be a triangulated subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_i)\), \(i=1,2\). As usual, if \((\mathcal{I}_1,\mathcal{I}_2)\) is a pair of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star F\)-injective (respectively, projective) subcategories in the sense of Definition reference, we call the pair \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective). Proposition reference immediately gives the following conclusions, and all the isomorphisms are canonical.

  • If \((\mathcal{I}_1,\mathcal{I}_2)\) is \(F\)-injective, then \({}^\star\mathrm{R}F\) exists and \[\begin{equation} (X_1, X_2) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_1) \times \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_2) \implies {}^\star \mathrm{R}F(Q_1 X_1, Q_2 X_2) \simeq Q \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F(X_1, X_2). \end{equation}\]

  • If \((\mathcal{P}_1,\mathcal{P}_2)\) is \(F\)-projective, then \({}^*\mathrm{L}F\) exists and \[\begin{equation} (X_1, X_2) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{P}_1) \times \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{P}_2) \implies {}^\star \mathrm{L}F(Q_1 X_1, Q_2 X_2) \simeq Q \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F(X_1, X_2). \end{equation}\]

We next discuss a product on derived bifunctors. We begin with its version at the level of complexes. Keep the notation above, but now assume that \(F\) is right exact in each variable. For every complex \(X\), write \(Z^n(X):=\operatorname{ker}(d_X^n)\) and \(B^n(X):=\operatorname{im}(d_X^{n-1})\). For every \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\), there is a natural morphism \[F\left( Z^p(X_1), Z^q(X_2) \right) \to Z^{p+q}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F(X_1, X_2) \right).\] This morphism sends the images of \(F(B^p(X_1),Z^q(X_2))\) and \(F(Z^p(X_1),B^q(X_2))\) into \(B^{p+q}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F(X_1,X_2))\). Taking quotients and using the right exactness of \(F\) gives a canonical morphism \[\kappa: F\left(\operatorname{H}^p(X_1), \operatorname{H}^q(X_2)\right) \to \operatorname{H}^{p+q}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus} F(X_1, X_2) \right).\] The discussion preceding the Künneth theorem for homology, Theorem reference, is the special case of this construction with \(F=\otimes_R\). Now change the hypothesis: let \(F\) be left exact in each variable. Dualizing the construction above gives a canonical morphism \[\lambda: \operatorname{H}^{p+q}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi} F(X_1, X_2) \right) \to F\left( \operatorname{H}^p(X_1), \operatorname{H}^q(X_2) \right).\] The existence of the countable \(\oplus\) or \(\prod\) under discussion is still assumed. Since only cohomology matters here, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}\) may also be replaced by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}\).

Proposition. Suppose that \(F\) is right exact (respectively, left exact) in each variable, that \(\star\in\{+,-,\hspace{0.8em}\}\), and that there is an \(F\)-projective pair \((\mathcal{P}_1,\mathcal{P}_2)\) (respectively, an \(F\)-injective pair \((\mathcal{I}_1,\mathcal{I}_2)\)). Then there is a canonical morphism \[F\left(\operatorname{H}^p(\cdot), \operatorname{H}^q(\cdot) \right) \to \operatorname{H}^{p+q} {}^\star \mathrm{L}F \quad \text{or} \quad \operatorname{H}^{p+q} {}^\star \mathrm{R}F \to F\left(\operatorname{H}^p(\cdot), \operatorname{H}^q(\cdot) \right),\] where both sides are functors from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_1)\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_2)\) to \(\mathcal{B}\). These morphisms are characterized by the commutative diagram \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-057-d002} \end{equation*}\] or by \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-057-d003} \end{equation*}\] where \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_i))\). The arrows labeled \(\mathrm{can}\) are the canonical morphisms accompanying the derived functors as Kan extensions (after applying \(\operatorname{H}^{p+q}\)); see equation for the one-variable case.

Proof. By duality, it suffices to discuss the case involving \(\kappa\). Observe that, apart from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F(X_1,X_2)\), the other two vertices in the diagram depend only on \(Q_1X_1\) and \(Q_2X_2\).

Fix the pair \((\mathcal{P}_1,\mathcal{P}_2)\). Since all morphisms in the diagram are functorial and \(\mathcal{P}_i/(\mathcal{P}_i\cap\mathcal{N}^\star_i)\) is equivalent to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\star(\mathcal{A}_i)\), it suffices to determine the desired morphism for \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{P}_i)\); this can be checked by drawing a diagram. In this case, however, \({}^\star\mathrm{L}F(Q_1X_1,Q_2X_2)=\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F(X_1,X_2)\), so the claim is immediate.

In short, everything can be computed by taking resolutions, and the final result is independent of the choice of resolutions.

Bounded Derived Functors

This section explains how to study \({}^+\mathrm{R}F\) and \({}^-\mathrm{L}F\) by means of injective and projective resolutions. The case of unbounded derived categories is deferred to §reference.

Convention. This section focuses on \(\star\in\{+,-\}\) and adopts the following conventions.

  • For right derived functors we always take \(\star=+\) and use the abbreviation \(\mathrm{R}F:={}^+\mathrm{R}F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}')\).

  • For left derived functors we always take \(\star=-\) and use the abbreviation \(\mathrm{L}F:={}^-\mathrm{L}F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A}')\).

In view of Lemma reference, these conventions cause no confusion.

Definition–Proposition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) be a full additive subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\). We call \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) of type I relative to \(F\) if the following conditions hold; in this case \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) is an \(F\)-injective subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A})\):

  1. for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), there is a monomorphism \(X\hookrightarrow I\) with \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\);

  2. if \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) is a short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(X',X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\), then \(X''\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) and \(0\to FX'\to FX\to FX''\to0\) is exact.

Dually, we call \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) of type P relative to \(F\) if the following conditions hold; in this case \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) is an \(F\)-projective subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A})\):

  1. for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), there is an epimorphism \(P\twoheadrightarrow X\) with \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\);

  2. if \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) is a short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(X,X''\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\), then \(X'\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) and \(0\to FX'\to FX\to FX''\to0\) is exact.

Proof. It suffices to treat the type-I version. First, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) is a triangulated subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) (Corollary reference). Theorem reference shows that for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) there is a quasi-isomorphism \(X\to I\) with \(I\in\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\). This is the resolution condition for an \(F\)-injective subcategory. It remains to prove that if \(X\in\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) is acyclic, then \(FX\) is also acyclic.

For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there is a short exact sequence \(0\to\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\to X^n\xrightarrow{d^n}\operatorname{ker}(d^{n+1})\to0\). If \(n\ll0\), then \(\operatorname{ker}(d^n)=X^n=0\). Applying (I2) recursively for all \(n\) gives \(\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) together with short exact sequences in \(\mathcal{A}'\) \[0 \to F\operatorname{ker}(d^n) \to FX^n \xrightarrow{Fd^n} F\operatorname{ker}(d^{n+1}) \to 0.\] Splicing these short exact sequences shows that \(FX\) is acyclic.

The terms type I and type P are merely convenient labels. There is a complete characterization of the subcategories \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) that give \(F\)-injective or \(F\)-projective subcategories; see [KS06]. The next result shows that derived functors can be computed by taking resolutions in a full subcategory of type I or P.

Theorem. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has a full additive subcategory \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) of type I (respectively, type P) relative to the additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\). Then the derived functor \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) exists. More precisely:

  1. for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) (respectively, \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A}))\)), there is a quasi-isomorphism \(X\to I\) (respectively, \(P\to X\)) with \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\flat))\) (respectively, \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A}^\flat))\));

  2. for the quasi-isomorphism in (i), the morphism in equation gives \[\mathrm{R}F(QX) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{R}F(QI) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}Q' \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+ F(I), \quad \mathrm{L}F(QX) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\mathrm{L}F(QP) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Q' \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^- F(P);\]

  3. \(\mathrm{R}F\) restricts to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}')\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\) restricts to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A}')\));

  4. suppose that \(F\) is left exact (respectively, right exact). If \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), the morphism in equation gives an isomorphism \(FX\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{R}^0F(QX)\) (respectively, \(FX\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\mathrm{L}_0F(QX)\));

  5. if \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\), then, for \(n>0\), \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)=0\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}_nF(X)=0\)).

Proof. It suffices to consider \(\mathrm{R}F\). Since \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) is \(F\)-injective, a quasi-isomorphism \(X\to I\) always exists. The existence of \(\mathrm{R}F\) and the isomorphism \(\mathrm{R}F(QX)\simeq Q'\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+F(I)\) merely restate Proposition reference. This proves (i) and (ii).

For (iii), if \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\), we may assume that \(X\) comes from an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). Theorem reference allows us to choose a quasi-isomorphism \(X\to I\) with \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}^\flat))\). Hence \[\mathrm{R}F(QX) \simeq Q' \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+ F(I) \in \operatorname{Ob}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A}')\right).\] If, in addition, \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\), the quasi-isomorphism \(X\to I\) may be taken to be \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\). In that case \(\mathrm{R}F(QX)=Q'\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+F(X)=Q'FX\) is concentrated in degree zero. This also proves (v).

Finally, consider (iv). Suppose that \(F\) is left exact. For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), choose an exact sequence \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\), with every \(I^n\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\). Put \(I=[I^0\to I^1\to\cdots]\). By (ii) and left exactness, \(FX\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{ker}[Fd_I^0:F(I^0)\to F(I^1)] \simeq\mathrm{R}^0F(X)\), as desired.

Example (Injective and projective objects). Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects, and let \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) be the full additive subcategory of injective objects. It is of type I relative to every \(F\): condition (I1) holds by assumption, while for (I2), Lemma reference shows that the short exact sequence in that condition splits. Thus \(X'\oplus X''\) is injective, and Lemma reference implies that \(X''\) is injective as well.

Dually, if \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects, the full additive subcategory consisting of those objects is of type P relative to every \(F\).

Example reference connects this discussion with the classical definition of derived functors in §reference. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects. Consider the restriction \(\mathrm{R}^nF|_{\mathcal{A}}\) of the right derived functor. Since a short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) extends canonically to a distinguished triangle (Proposition reference), the long exact sequence immediately makes \((\mathrm{R}^nF|_{\mathcal{A}})_{n\geq0}\) a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor in the sense of Definition reference. Dually, the left derived functors form the homological \(\delta\)-functor \((\mathrm{L}_nF|_{\mathcal{A}})_{n\geq0}\).

Proposition. Suppose that \(F\) is left exact (respectively, right exact) and that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective (respectively, projective) objects. Then \(\mathrm{R}^nF:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}'\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}_nF:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}'\)) agrees with the version previously defined in Definition reference.

More generally, if there is a subcategory \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) of type I (respectively, type P), as in Definition–Proposition reference, then \((\mathrm{R}^nF|_{\mathcal{A}})_{n\geq0}\) (respectively, \((\mathrm{L}_nF|_{\mathcal{A}})_{n\geq0}\)) is a universal \(\delta\)-functor in the sense of Definition reference.

Proof. It suffices to treat the left-exact case. For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\), choose an injective resolution \(X\to I\). Theorem reference (ii) gives canonical isomorphisms \(\mathrm{R}^nF(QX)\simeq\operatorname{H}^n\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+F(I)\) for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The right-hand side is precisely the version of the derived functor from Definition reference.

More generally, suppose that \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) is of type I relative to \(F\). To prove the universality of \((\mathrm{R}^nF|_{\mathcal{A}})_{n\geq0}\), by Proposition reference it suffices to show that \(\mathrm{R}^nF|_{\mathcal{A}}\) is effaceable for \(n>0\). This follows directly from condition (I1) in Definition–Proposition reference and Theorem reference (v).

To derive a composite of functors, one often needs a larger class of objects for resolutions. We need the following concept.

Definition.

Suppose that \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) exists. An object \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is called \(F\)-acyclic if \(\mathrm{R}F(X)\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F(X)\)) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}')\cap\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq0}(\mathcal{A}') \simeq\mathcal{A}'\).

The next result shows that derived functors can be computed using \(F\)-acyclic resolutions; compare Corollary reference.

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) be a full additive subcategory of \(\mathcal{A}\) of type I (respectively, type P) relative to \(F\). Define \(\mathcal{A}^\natural\) to be the full additive subcategory consisting of all \(F\)-acyclic objects of \(\mathcal{A}\). Then:

  1. \(\mathcal{A}^\natural\supset\mathcal{A}^\flat\);

  2. \(\mathcal{A}^\natural\) is also of type I (respectively, type P);

  3. for every quasi-isomorphism \(X\to I\) (respectively, \(P\to X\)), with \(I\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\natural))\) (respectively, \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A}^\natural))\)), the morphism in equation gives \[\mathrm{R}F(QX) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{R}F(QI) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}Q' \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+ F(I), \quad \mathrm{L}F(QX) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\mathrm{L}F(QP) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Q' \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^- F(P).\]

Proof. Theorem reference (v) implies (i), so condition (I1) or (P1) also holds for \(\mathcal{A}^\natural\). For (I2), suppose that \(0\to X'\to X\to X''\to0\) is a short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\) and that \(X',X\) are \(F\)-acyclic. The long exact sequence from Theorem reference gives exact sequences \[\underbracket{\mathrm{R}^n F(X)}_{= 0} \to \mathrm{R}^n F(X'') \to \underbracket{\mathrm{R}^{n+1}F(X')}_{= 0}, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 1} ,\] so \(X''\) is \(F\)-acyclic. On the other hand, the \(n=0\) portion of the long exact sequence, together with \(\mathrm{R}^1F(X')=0\), shows that \(0\to FX'\to FX\to FX''\to0\) is exact. The proof of (P2) is dual. This proves (ii).

Finally, (iii) follows by applying Theorem reference (ii) to \(\mathcal{A}^\natural\).

We now discuss deriving a composite of functors. The basic tool is Theorem reference.

Theorem (Deriving a composite of functors). Consider additive functors between abelian categories \[\mathcal{A} \xrightarrow{F} \mathcal{A}' \xrightarrow{F'} \mathcal{A}''.\] Suppose that there are full subcategories \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) and \((\mathcal{A}')^\flat\) of \(\mathcal{A}'\), of type I relative to \(F\) and \(F'\), respectively, in the sense of Definition–Proposition reference. If \(F\) sends the objects of \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) to \(F'\)-acyclic objects of \(\mathcal{A}'\), then the canonical morphism \(\mathrm{R}(F'F)\to(\mathrm{R}F')(\mathrm{R}F)\) is an isomorphism.

There is a corresponding version for the left derived functors \(\mathrm{L}F\), \(\mathrm{L}F'\), and the canonical morphism \((\mathrm{L}F')(\mathrm{L}F)\to\mathrm{L}(F'F)\), using subcategories of type P.

Proof. It suffices to treat right derived functors. Let \((\mathcal{A}')^\natural\) be the full additive subcategory of \(F'\)-acyclic objects in \(\mathcal{A}'\). Corollary reference, together with Definition–Proposition reference, shows that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+((\mathcal{A}')^\natural)\) are, respectively, \(F\)-injective and \(F'\)-injective subcategories of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}')\). Apply Theorem reference.

Using the amplitude from Definition reference, we can define the dimensions of the right and left derived functors of \(F\).

Definition–Proposition.

Suppose that \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\) is left exact (respectively, right exact), and that the derived functor \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) exists and is determined as in Theorem reference. There is a \(d\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\sqcup\{+\infty\}\) such that the amplitude of the derived functor is contained in \([0,d]\) (respectively, \([-d,0]\)). The infimum of all such \(d\) is called the dimension of \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)).

Proof. It suffices to treat the left-exact case. Theorem reference implies that \(\mathrm{R}F\) restricts to \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}')\), so its amplitude is contained in an interval \([0,d]\).

Consequently, if \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) exists and has finite dimension, it restricts to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}')\).

Example (\(\operatorname{Tor}\)-dimension).

Let \(R\) be a ring and \(X\) a right \(R\)-module. Consider the right-exact functor from \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) that sends \(Y\mapsto X\otimes Y:=X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\). Since \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has enough projective objects, \(\mathrm{L}(X\otimes\cdot)\) exists, and \(\mathrm{L}_n(X\otimes\cdot)\) is precisely \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,\cdot)\) from Definition–Proposition reference. The dimension of \(\mathrm{L}(X\otimes\cdot)\) is called the \(\operatorname{Tor}\)-dimension of \(X\). A similar definition applies to left \(R\)-modules, and Proposition reference implies that the two agree when \(R\) is commutative. The derived tensor-product functor is discussed further in §reference.

Now fix abelian categories \(\mathcal{A}_1\), \(\mathcal{A}_2\), and \(\mathcal{B}\), and an additive bifunctor \[F: \mathcal{A}_1 \times \mathcal{A}_2 \to \mathcal{B}.\] We do not require \(\mathcal{B}\) to have countable coproducts or products, because \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F\) restricts to \[\begin{gather*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2 F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\pm}(\mathcal{A}_1) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\pm} (\mathcal{A}_2) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{B}). \end{gather*}\] On \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{B})\), the total-complex functor \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}=\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}\) is always defined; denote this functor by \(\operatorname{tot}\). Likewise, denote \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\oplus}F=\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi}F\) by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F\), and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus}F=\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F\) by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F\). To study the derived bifunctors of Definition reference, we consider triangulated subcategories \(\mathcal{I}_i\) (respectively, \(\mathcal{P}_i\)) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}_i)\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A}_i)\)). As usual, the sign is determined by whether we are considering the right or left derived bifunctor, and \(i=1,2\). How should we choose the pair \((\mathcal{I}_1,\mathcal{I}_2)\) or \((\mathcal{P}_1,\mathcal{P}_2)\)? Definition–Proposition reference and the techniques of §reference give the following answer.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{A}_i^\flat\subset\mathcal{A}_i\) be full additive subcategories, \(i=1,2\). If the following conditions hold simultaneously, then the pair \(\bigl(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}_1^\flat), \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}_2^\flat)\bigr)\) (respectively, \(\bigl(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A}_1^\flat), \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A}_2^\flat)\bigr)\)) is \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) in the sense of Definition reference:

  • for fixed \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}_1^\flat)\), \(\mathcal{A}_2^\flat\) is of type I (respectively, type P) relative to \(F(X_1,\cdot)\);

  • for fixed \(X_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}_2^\flat)\), \(\mathcal{A}_1^\flat\) is of type I (respectively, type P) relative to \(F(\cdot,X_2)\).

In particular, if \(\mathcal{A}_1\) and \(\mathcal{A}_2\) each have enough injective (respectively, projective) objects, then \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) exists.

Proof. Set \(\mathcal{I}_i:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}_i^\flat)\), \(i=1,2\). The only point to prove is that, for every \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}_1^\flat))\), the functor \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F)(X_1,\cdot):\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}_2^\flat) \to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{B})\) sends acyclic complexes to acyclic complexes; the same statement holds after interchanging the indices \(1\) and \(2\). The existence of \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) then follows directly from Proposition reference.

Take \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}_2^\flat))\). Then \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^2F)(X_1,Y)\) belongs to \(\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{B}))\). By condition (I2), each column \(F(X_1^p,Y^\bullet)\) is acyclic. Therefore Corollary reference implies that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(X_1,Y):=\operatorname{tot}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^2F(X_1,Y))\) is exact, as desired.

If \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) subcategories are available, the functor \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) can be determined by equation (respectively, equation).

Example: \(\operatorname{RHom}\)

Throughout this section, \(\mathcal{A}\) remains an abelian category. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is moreover \(\Bbbk\)-linear, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, every statement in this section can be strengthened by replacing \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) with \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). The bifunctor \(\operatorname{Hom}:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}:\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is left exact in each variable. To study its derived bifunctor in the sense of Definition reference, we need some preparation. First, the general theory of §reference gives \[\begin{align*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}\operatorname{Hom}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}) & \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}), \\ \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}\operatorname{Hom}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}) & \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}). \end{align*}\] Denote all localization functors by \(Q\). Recall the isomorphism \(\sigma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^\pm(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^{\mp}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\) of Definition–Proposition reference. The isomorphisms it induces at the level of the triangulated categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^\pm\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^\pm\) are also denoted by \(\sigma\) (Propositions reference and reference).

Definition.

If the right derived bifunctor of \(\operatorname{Hom}\) in the sense of Definition reference exists, denote it by \(\operatorname{RHom}=\operatorname{RHom}_{\mathcal{A}}\). It is a functor from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\) and, by means of \(\sigma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\pm}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\mp}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\), can also be regarded as a functor \[\operatorname{RHom}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}} \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}).\]

Lemma. Write \(\mathcal{I}_{\mathcal{A}}\) (respectively, \(\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{A}}\)) for the full subcategory of injective (respectively, projective) objects of \(\mathcal{A}\).

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects, then \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}), \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{I}_{\mathcal{A}}))\) is \(\operatorname{Hom}\)-injective.

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects, then \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{A}}^{\operatorname{op}}), \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) is \(\operatorname{Hom}\)-injective.

Proof. It suffices to treat the case of enough injectives; the projective case is entirely similar. We verify the conditions of Lemma reference.

First, fix \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). Recall that \(\mathcal{I}_{\mathcal{A}}\) is of type I for every additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) (Example reference); take the special case \(F=\operatorname{Hom}(X_1,\cdot)\).

Second, fix \(X_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_{\mathcal{A}})\). To verify that \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is of type I relative to \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X_2)\), observe that the resolution condition (I1) holds trivially. For (I2), it suffices to show that \(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X_2):\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) is exact; this is precisely the characterization of \(X_2\) as an injective object.

The following result involves the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex of Definition reference, denoted by \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\).

Theorem.

Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects or enough projective objects.

  1. The right derived bifunctor \(\operatorname{RHom}\) exists.

  2. If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects and \(X_2\to I_2\) is an injective resolution, then it induces an isomorphism \[\operatorname{RHom}(QX_1, QX_2) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Q \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X_1, I_2).\] In particular, if \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), then \(\operatorname{RHom}(QX_1,\cdot)\simeq\mathrm{R}(\operatorname{Hom}(X_1,\cdot)): \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\).

  3. If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects and \(P_1\to X_1\) is a projective resolution, then it induces an isomorphism \[\operatorname{RHom}(QX_1, QX_2) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Q \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(P_1, X_2).\] In particular, if \(X_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), then \(\operatorname{RHom}(\cdot,QX_2)\simeq\mathrm{R}(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X_2)): \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\).

  4. There is a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{RHom}(X,Y)\simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])\), where \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\). If \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), the right-hand side is precisely \(\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\) from Definition reference.

Proof. By Lemma reference and the following observations, statements (i)–(iii) all follow by applying Lemma reference:

  • at the level of complexes, Example reference gives a canonical isomorphism \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}\operatorname{Hom}(\sigma^{-1}(X_1),X_2)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X_1,X_2)\);

  • \(P_1\to X_1\) is a projective resolution in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A})\) if and only if the corresponding morphism \(\sigma^{-1}(X_1)\to\sigma^{-1}(P_1)\) is an injective resolution in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\).

For (iv), first suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects. We may assume that \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) consists of injective objects. Identifying the objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), Proposition reference gives \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y[n]) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y[n]) \simeq \operatorname{H}^n \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y) \xrightarrow[\sim]{\text{(ii)}} \operatorname{H}^n \operatorname{RHom}(X, Y).\] If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects, the argument is entirely similar.

Corollary. Let \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective (respectively, projective) objects, then \(\operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\) from Definition reference is canonically isomorphic to \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A},\mathrm{II}}(X,Y)\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\mathcal{A},\mathrm{I}}(X,Y)\)) as defined in §reference.

Proof. Apply Theorem reference (ii) and (iii) directly.

Definition.

Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). The following dimensions are dimensions of right derived functors in the sense of Definition–Proposition reference.

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects, the dimension of \(\mathrm{R}(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X)): \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\) is called the injective dimension of \(X\) and is denoted by \(\mathrm{inj.dim}(X)\).

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects, the dimension of \(\mathrm{R}(\operatorname{Hom}(X,\cdot)): \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\) is called the projective dimension of \(X\) and is denoted by \(\mathrm{proj.dim}(X)\).

For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\sqcup\{\infty\}\), an injective resolution \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\) is said to have length \(\leq n\) if \(k>n\Rightarrow I^k=0\); projective resolutions are treated in the same way. The notation \(\operatorname{Ext}^{\geq m}(Y,X)=0\) means that \(k\geq m\Rightarrow\operatorname{Ext}^k(Y,X)=0\), and similarly in the other cases.

Proposition. Let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects, then \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{inj.dim}(X) \leq n & \iff \operatorname{Ext}^{\geq n+1}(\cdot, X) = 0 \\ & \iff \operatorname{Ext}^{n+1}(\cdot, X) = 0 \iff X\;\text{has an injective resolution of length $\leq n$}. \end{align*}\]

If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects, then \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{proj.dim}(X) \leq n & \iff \operatorname{Ext}^{\geq n+1}(X, \cdot) = 0 \\ & \iff \operatorname{Ext}^{n+1}(X, \cdot) = 0 \iff X\;\text{has a projective resolution of length $\leq n$}. \end{align*}\]

Proof. It suffices to discuss injective resolutions. Suppose that \(\mathrm{inj.dim}(X)\leq n\). The definition of dimension implies that, for every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), \(\bigl(\mathrm{R}\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X)\bigr)(Y)\) lies in \(\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[0,n]}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}))\), and hence \(\operatorname{Ext}^{\geq n+1}(Y,X)=0\).

Now suppose that \(\operatorname{Ext}^{n+1}(\cdot,X)=0\). Take an injective resolution \(0\to X\to I^0\xrightarrow{d^0}\cdots\). Repeatedly applying dimension shifting from Proposition reference to the short exact sequences \[0 \to X \to I^0 \to \operatorname{im}\left(d_I^0 \right) \to 0, \quad 0 \to \operatorname{im}\left( d_I^{k-2}\right) \to I^{k-1} \to \operatorname{im}\left(d_I^{k-1} \right) \to 0\] for \(1<k\leq n\) gives \[\operatorname{Ext}^1\left(\cdot, \operatorname{im}\left(d_I^{n-1}\right) \right) \simeq \cdots \simeq \operatorname{Ext}^{n+1}\left(\cdot, X \right) = 0.\] Thus \(\operatorname{im}(d_I^{n-1})\) is injective (Corollary reference). Replacing \(I^n\) by this object gives an injective resolution of length \(\leq n\).

If \(X\) has an injective resolution of length \(\leq n\), computing the derived functor with this resolution shows that, for every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), \(\bigl(\mathrm{R}\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X)\bigr)(Y)\) lies in \(\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[0,n]}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}))\).

In keeping with Example reference, injective and projective dimension may also be viewed as two kinds of “\(\operatorname{Ext}\)-dimension,” although this terminology is not standard.

Definition–Proposition (Global dimension).

Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective and projective objects. Then \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-059-d001}\] This value is denoted by \(\mathrm{gl.dim}(\mathcal{A})\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\sqcup\{\infty\}\) and is called the global dimension, or global homological dimension, of \(\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), Proposition reference shows that \(n\geq\sup_X\mathrm{inj.dim}(X)\) is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Ext}^{\geq n+1}(\cdot,\cdot)=0\). Take the infimum over all \(n\) satisfying this condition. The case of \(\mathrm{proj.dim}\) is exactly the same, and the vertical equality is immediate.

For example, if \(R\) is a principal ideal domain, every submodule of a free \(R\)-module is again free [Li1]. Thus every \(R\)-module, say \(M\), has a free resolution of the form \(0\to F_1\to F_0\to M\to0\), which shows that \(\mathrm{gl.dim}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\leq1\). Global dimension is an upper bound for the dimensions of all derived functors.

Corollary. Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\) be a left-exact (respectively, right-exact) functor between abelian categories, and suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective and projective objects. Then the dimension of \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) is at most \(\mathrm{gl.dim}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proof. The definition of dimension involves the amplitude of \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)); see Definition reference. To control the amplitude, for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) use Proposition reference to choose an injective (respectively, projective) resolution of length at most \(\mathrm{gl.dim}(\mathcal{A})\), and compute \(\mathrm{R}F(X)\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F(X)\)) using that resolution.

We conclude this section with a result of adjunction type.

Theorem. Consider an adjoint pair of additive functors between abelian categories \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-059-diagram-002}\). Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough projective objects and \(\mathcal{A}'\) has enough injective objects. Then there is a canonical isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\) \[\operatorname{RHom}_{\mathcal{A'}}\left(\mathrm{L}F(X), Y\right) \simeq \operatorname{RHom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left(X, \mathrm{R}G(Y) \right),\] where \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}'))\). Consequently, there is a canonical isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A'})}\left(\mathrm{L}F(X), Y\right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}\left(X, \mathrm{R}G(Y) \right).\]

Proof. Choose a projective resolution \(P\to X\) and an injective resolution \(Y\to I\). Applying Theorem reference gives \[\operatorname{RHom}_{\mathcal{A}}(\mathrm{L}F(QX), QY) \simeq Q\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(P), I \right).\] But \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(P)\) is obtained by applying \(F\) degree by degree to the complex. From the definition of the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex and the adjunction, the right-hand side is isomorphic to \(Q\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(P,\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}G(I))\), which is precisely \(\operatorname{RHom}_{\mathcal{A}}(QX,\mathrm{R}G(QY))\).

Theorem reference shows that a projective resolution of \(X\) is unique up to unique isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^-(\mathcal{A})\), and every morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(\mathcal{A})\) lifts uniquely to projective resolutions (Proposition reference). The same holds for injective resolutions of \(Y\). This suffices to show that the isomorphism constructed above is functorial in \((X,Y)\).

The final assertion follows by applying \(\operatorname{H}^0\) to both sides.

Here \(\mathrm{L}F\) and \(\mathrm{R}G\) are not adjoint functors in the strict sense: the former is a functor between \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-\) categories, whereas the latter is a functor between \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+\) categories. The version for unbounded derived categories in §reference will remove this discrepancy.

Example: \(\mathrm{R}\lim\) as a Homotopy Limit

This section continues the discussion of §reference. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category.

Lemma. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has exact countable products (respectively, exact countable coproducts); see Convention reference. Then every functor in the sequence \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) preserves countable products (respectively, countable coproducts). In this case, there are canonical isomorphisms \(\operatorname{H}^n(\prod_kX_k)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\prod_k\operatorname{H}^n(X_k)\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{H}^n(\bigoplus_kX_k)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\bigoplus_k\operatorname{H}^n(X_k)\)).

Proof. It suffices to prove the product case. Exactness of countable products directly gives \(\operatorname{H}^n(\prod_kX_k)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\prod_k\operatorname{H}^n(X_k)\).

For every complex \(Y\), the definition shows that \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y,\prod_kX_k)\) is isomorphic to the product of the \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y,X_k)\) formed degree by degree in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\). Apply exactness of countable products when taking \(\operatorname{H}^0\) to obtain a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(Y,\prod_kX_k)\simeq \prod_k\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(Y,X_k)\). Thus \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) preserves \(\prod_k\).

We now prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) preserves \(\prod_k\); the localization functor \(Q\) is suppressed. Suppose we are given a family of morphisms \(f_k:Y\to X_k\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\). We wish to prove that there is a unique \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(Y,\prod_kX_k)\) satisfying \(p_hf=f_h\) for every \(h\), where \(p_h:\prod_kX_k\to X_h\) is the canonical projection in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). We may assume that each \(f_k\) is represented by a diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\begin{equation} Y \xrightarrow{b_k} Z_k \xleftarrow{s_k} X_k, \quad s_k:\; \text{a quasi-isomorphism}. \end{equation}\] The morphism \(s:=\prod_ks_k:\prod_kX_k\to\prod_kZ_k\) remains a quasi-isomorphism. The diagram \[Y \xrightarrow{b := (b_k)_k} \prod_k Z_k \xleftarrow{s} \prod_k X_k\] determines \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(Y,\prod_kX_k)\). Notice that \(f\) depends only on \((f_k)_k\), not on the choices made in equation. The commutativity of the following diagram implies that \(p_hf=f_h\) for every \(h\): \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-060-d001}\]

If \(g\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(Y,\prod_kX_k)\) also satisfies \(p_hg=f_h\) for every \(h\), there is a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-060-d002} \quad \begin{array}{l} h \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, \\ t, t_h:\;\text{quasi-isomorphisms}, \\ u := (r_k)_k t = \prod_k t_k , \end{array}\] such that the second row represents \(g\), while the \(\textbf{Diagram chapter4-unit-060-diagram-003}\) part represents \(f_h\). The square is constructed using the version of condition (S3) in Definition reference for a right multiplicative system, while commutativity of the lower part is immediate.

Exactness of \(\prod_k\) shows that \(u\) is a quasi-isomorphism. Consequently, \(g\) is also represented by the \(\textbf{Diagram chapter4-unit-060-diagram-004}\) part of the diagram. But \(Y\xrightarrow{c_k}M_k\xleftarrow{t_k}X_k\) represents \(f_k\). Comparing this with the construction of \(f\) above gives \(f=g\).

Remark. If the indexing set for the product (respectively, coproduct) is replaced by an arbitrary small set \(I\), the corresponding statement remains valid.

Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category. Consider the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{D}):=\mathcal{D}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}^{\operatorname{op}}}\) from equation. Its objects are data \(X=(X_k,f_k)_{k\geq0}\), where \(X_k\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) and \(f_k\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(X_{k+1},X_k)\). If \(\mathcal{D}\) has countable products, define the canonical morphism as in Definition reference: \[\Delta_X := T_X - \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}: \prod_k X_k \to \prod_k X_k.\]

Dually, an object of the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{DirSys}}(\mathcal{D}):=\mathcal{D}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\) consists of data \(X=(X_k,g_k)_{k\geq0}\)1, where \(X_k\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) and \(g_k\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(X_k,X_{k+1})\). Similarly, define \(\nabla_X:=T_X-\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}:\bigoplus_kX_k\to\bigoplus_kX_k\), assuming that \(\mathcal{D}\) has countable coproducts; \(T_X\) is again the analogous shift morphism. If \(\operatorname{ker}(\Delta_X)\) or \(\operatorname{coker}(\nabla_X)\) exists, there are canonical isomorphisms \[\begin{align*} X \in \operatorname{Ob}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{D}) \right) & \implies \varprojlim_k X_k \simeq \operatorname{ker}(\Delta_X), \\ X \in \operatorname{Ob}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{DirSys}}(\mathcal{D}) \right) & \implies \varinjlim_k X_k \simeq \operatorname{coker}(\nabla_X). \end{align*}\] The naive hope is to apply this to \(\mathcal{D}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\). Derived categories are rarely abelian categories. Nevertheless, Remark reference shows that mapping cones can serve as homotopical versions of kernels and cokernels. Roughly speaking, the analogous construction in a triangulated category is a distinguished triangle.

Definition (M. Bökstedt, A. Neeman [BN93).]

Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be a triangulated category.

  • If \(\mathcal{D}\) has countable products, a homotopy limit (or homotopy \(\varprojlim\)) of an object \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{D}))\) means a distinguished triangle \[\operatorname{holim}(X) \to \prod_k X_k \xrightarrow{\Delta_X} \prod_k X_k \xrightarrow{+1} .\]

  • If \(\mathcal{D}\) has countable coproducts, a homotopy colimit (or homotopy \(\varinjlim\)) of an object \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{DirSys}}(\mathcal{D}))\) means a distinguished triangle \[\bigoplus_k X_k \xrightarrow{\nabla_X} \bigoplus_k X_k \to \operatorname{hocolim}(X) \xrightarrow{+1} .\]

The distinguished triangles occurring in this definition are isomorphic to one another (Corollary reference), but the isomorphisms are not canonical. Return to complexes. Observe that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))= \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}))\); the objects of both categories are the same commutative diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-060-d003} \quad \text{with each row a complex}.\] Morphisms in the two categories are likewise the same two-level commutative diagrams. Thus, in \(\mathcal{D}:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\), we can compare \(\operatorname{holim}(X)\) with the right derived functor \(\mathrm{R}\lim(X)\) of \(\varprojlim\), provided that both exist. Also observe that the cohomology \(\operatorname{H}^m\) of an object \(X\in\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is \((\operatorname{H}^m(X_k),\operatorname{H}^m(f_k))_{k\geq0}\). Thus \(X\to Y\) is a quasi-isomorphism if and only if every \(X_k\to Y_k\) is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Theorem. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category with exact countable products and enough injective objects.

  1. The right derived functor of the left-exact functor \(\varprojlim:\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\) exists and is written \[\mathrm{R}\lim : \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\right) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\mathcal{A}) .\]

  2. For every object \(X=(X_k,f_k)_{k\geq0}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}))\), there is a distinguished triangle in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\mathrm{R}\lim(X) \to \prod_k X_k \xrightarrow{\Delta_X} \prod_k X_k \xrightarrow{+1}.\] In particular, \(\mathrm{R}\lim(X)\simeq\operatorname{holim}(X)\).

  3. The dimension of \(\mathrm{R}\lim\) in the sense of Definition–Proposition reference is at most \(1\).

Proof. Since \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) has enough injective objects, (i) holds. More precisely, take the category \(\mathcal{R}\) from Lemma reference and apply Theorem reference to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\mathcal{R}\). For every \(X=(X_k,f_k)_{k\geq0}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}))\), there is a quasi-isomorphism \(X\to Y\) with \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{R}))\). Then \(\mathrm{R}\lim(X)=\varprojlim Y\). The definition of \(\mathcal{R}\) ensures that \(\Delta_Y\) is surjective degree by degree, so there is a short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) \[0 \to \varprojlim Y \to \prod_{k \geq 0} Y_k \xrightarrow{\Delta_Y} \prod_{k \geq 0} Y_k \to 0.\] Furthermore, every \(X_k\to Y_k\) is a quasi-isomorphism, so \(\prod_{k\geq0}X_k\to\prod_{k\geq0}Y_k\) is also a quasi-isomorphism. This gives the distinguished triangle in (ii): \[\mathrm{R}\lim(X) \to \prod_{k \geq 0} X_k \xrightarrow{\Delta_X} \prod_{k \geq 0} X_k \xrightarrow{+1} .\]

For (iii), if \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}))\), then \(\Delta_X\) is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\), and \(\operatorname{holim}(X)\simeq\operatorname{Cone}(\Delta_X)[-1]\) lies in \(\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{[0,1]}(\mathcal{A}))\). This is also a restatement of Theorem reference.

There is a dual version of Theorem reference for \(\varinjlim:\ensuremath{\mathsf{DirSys}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\); we do not repeat the details. Example reference will show how to obtain \(\mathrm{R}\lim\) on the unbounded derived category so that Theorem reference (ii) remains valid.


  1. Such data are also called a direct system in \(\mathcal{D}\).↩︎

Unbounded Derived Functors

Consider an additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\) between abelian categories. This section returns to Definition reference and focuses on the versions of derived functors for unbounded derived categories, \[\mathrm{R}F, \; \mathrm{L}F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}').\] To guarantee the existence of \(\mathrm{R}F\) or \(\mathrm{L}F\) and to compute with it, we need the notions of K-injective and K-projective complexes from Definition reference, together with the corresponding resolutions.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. If \(Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is both K-injective (respectively, K-projective) and acyclic, then \(Z=0\).

Proof. Lemma reference implies that \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(Z,Z)=0\).

We first state a general result. Fix triangulated categories \(\mathcal{D}_1\), \(\mathcal{D}_2\), and \(\mathcal{D}'\), together with their saturated triangulated subcategories \(\mathcal{N}_1\), \(\mathcal{N}_2\), and \(\mathcal{N}'\).

Lemma. Given a triangulated bifunctor \(G:\mathcal{D}_1\times\mathcal{D}_2\to\mathcal{D}'\), define a full subcategory \(\mathcal{K}_2^G\) of \(\mathcal{D}_2\) by \[\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{K}_2^G) = \left\{ X_2 \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D}_2) : X_1 \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}_1) \implies G(X_1, X_2) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}') \right\}.\] Then \(\mathcal{K}_2^G\) is a saturated triangulated subcategory. After interchanging the two variables, the corresponding statement holds for \(\mathcal{K}_1^G\subset\mathcal{D}_1\).

Proof. The isomorphism \(G(X_1,X_2[1])\simeq G(X_1,X_2)[1]\) shows that \(\mathcal{K}_2^G\) is closed under translation. Similarly, suppose that \(I\to J\to K\xrightarrow{+1}\) is a distinguished triangle with \(I,K\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{K}_2^G)\). From the distinguished triangle \[G(X_1, I) \to G(X_1, J) \to G(X_1, K) \xrightarrow{+1}\] it follows immediately that \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}_1)\implies G(X_1,J)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}')\). Saturation is clear.

This result can be applied to \(\operatorname{Hom}:\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) and the corresponding triangulated bifunctor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}\operatorname{Hom}\). Example reference has shown that the latter bifunctor is essentially the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex: \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} (\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\Pi} \operatorname{Hom})(\sigma^{-1} X_1, X_2) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( X_1, X_2 \right), \\ (\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_\Pi \operatorname{Hom})(\sigma^{-1} X_1, X_2) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( X_1, X_2 \right)\; \text{viewed in $\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})$}, \end{gathered} \end{equation}\] where \(\sigma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\) are the isomorphisms from Definition–Proposition reference and Proposition reference. We shall later need the corresponding version for derived categories.

Proposition. All K-injective (respectively, K-projective) complexes form a saturated triangulated subcategory \(\mathcal{I}\) (respectively, \(\mathcal{P}\)) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\). If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-injective (respectively, K-projective) complexes, then for every additive functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\), the subcategory \(\mathcal{I}\) (respectively, \(\mathcal{P}\)) is \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective).

Proof. It suffices to treat the K-injective case. The first assertion follows by applying Lemma reference to \(G=\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}\operatorname{Hom}\), using the definition of K-injective complexes in Definition reference and equation: the subcategory \(\mathcal{K}_2^G\) there is precisely \(\mathcal{I}\) here.

Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-injective complexes. If \(I\) is an acyclic K-injective complex, Lemma reference implies that \(I=0\), so \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F)I\) is certainly acyclic. Thus all the conditions in Definition reference for an \(F\)-injective triangulated subcategory are satisfied.

Write \(Q:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(Q':\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}')\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}')\) for the localization functors.

Corollary. If \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-injective complexes, then \(F\) has a right derived functor \(\mathrm{R}F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}')\), such that \(\mathrm{R}F(QX)\simeq Q'\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(X)\) whenever \(X\) is K-injective.

Dually, if \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-projective complexes, then \(F\) has a left derived functor \(\mathrm{L}F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}')\), such that \(\mathrm{L}F(QX)\simeq Q'\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(X)\) whenever \(X\) is K-projective.

Proof. Apply Proposition reference in the general framework of Proposition reference.

Now fix abelian categories \(\mathcal{A}_1\), \(\mathcal{A}_2\), and \(\mathcal{B}\). For an additive bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\), consider the unbounded version of the derived bifunctor \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) from Definition reference. From now on, we always assume that \(\mathcal{B}\) has countable products (respectively, countable coproducts). Concretely, we wish to determine \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) using the subcategories \(\mathcal{I}_1\), \(\mathcal{I}_2\) (respectively, \(\mathcal{P}_1\), \(\mathcal{P}_2\)) above.

Lemma. For \(i=1,2\), take the triangulated subcategory \(\mathcal{I}_i\) (respectively, \(\mathcal{P}_i\)) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_i)\) from Proposition reference.

  • If \(\mathcal{A}_1\) and \(\mathcal{A}_2\) have enough K-injective complexes, then \(\mathcal{I}_1\times\mathcal{I}_2\) is \(F\)-injective.

  • If \(\mathcal{A}_1\) and \(\mathcal{A}_2\) have enough K-projective complexes, then \(\mathcal{P}_1\times\mathcal{P}_2\) is \(F\)-projective.

Proof. It suffices to treat the K-injective case. The key is to show that if \(X_1\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{I}_1)\), then \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F)(X_1,\cdot)\) sends every acyclic object \(Z\) of \(\mathcal{I}_2\) to an acyclic object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})\). But Lemma reference gives \(Z=0\), and \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi}F)(X_1,\cdot)\) is additive, so the assertion follows immediately. The corresponding result follows after interchanging the indices \(1\) and \(2\).

Write \(Q:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{B})\) and \(Q_i:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}_i)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}_i)\) for the localization functors (\(i=1,2\)).

Proposition. For \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\), suppose that \(\mathcal{A}_1\) and \(\mathcal{A}_2\) both have enough K-injective (respectively, K-projective) complexes. Then the derived bifunctor \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{L}F\)) exists. If \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is K-injective (respectively, K-projective) for \(i=1,2\), then there is a canonical isomorphism \[\mathrm{R}F(Q_1 X_1, Q_2 X_2) \simeq Q (\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\Pi} F)(X_1, X_2) \quad \text{(respectively, $\mathrm{L}F(Q_1 X_1, Q_2 X_2) \simeq Q (\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_{\oplus} F)(X_1, X_2)$) }.\]

Proof. Apply Lemma reference directly to Proposition reference.

For a particular bifunctor \(F\), one can often choose \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) subcategories larger than the subcategories of K-injective (respectively, K-projective) complexes. The \(\operatorname{RHom}\) functor to be discussed next is one example.

Theorem (Unbounded \(\operatorname{RHom}\)).

Suppose that the abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-injective or enough K-projective complexes. For simplicity, denote every localization functor by \(Q\).

  1. The bifunctor \(\operatorname{Hom}=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}:\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{A} \to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) has a right derived bifunctor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}) \to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\). Via the equivalence \(\sigma\) of Proposition reference, it can also be written as \[\operatorname{RHom}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}} \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}).\] Moreover, if \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-injective (respectively, K-projective) complexes, then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{I}\) (respectively, \(\mathcal{P}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\)) is \(\operatorname{Hom}\)-injective.

  2. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-injective complexes and that \(X_2\to I_2\) is a K-injective resolution. This resolution induces \[\operatorname{RHom}(Q X_1, Q X_2) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Q \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X_1, I_2).\] In particular, \(\operatorname{RHom}(QX_1,\cdot)\simeq \mathrm{R}\left(\operatorname{Hom}(X_1,\cdot)\right)\).

  3. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-projective complexes and that \(P_1\to X_1\) is a K-projective resolution. This resolution induces \[\operatorname{RHom}(Q X_1, Q X_2) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Q \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(P_1, X_2).\] In particular, \(\operatorname{RHom}(\cdot,QX_2)\simeq \mathrm{R}\left(\operatorname{Hom}(\cdot,X_2)\right)\).

  4. There is a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{RHom}(X,Y)\simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])=: \operatorname{Ext}^n(X,Y)\) (Definition reference).

Proof. The argument is nearly identical to that for Theorem reference. For example, suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-injective complexes. The key is to show that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{I}\) is \(\operatorname{Hom}\)-injective.

  • Fix a complex \(X_1\). The functor \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_\Pi\operatorname{Hom})(X_1,\cdot)\) sends every acyclic K-injective complex \(X_2\) to an acyclic complex, because \(X_2\) is \(0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) (Lemma reference).

  • Fix a K-injective complex \(X_2\). If \(X_1\) is acyclic, the definition of a K-injective complex implies that \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left(X_1,X_2\right)\) is acyclic. By equation, \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}_\Pi\operatorname{Hom})(X_1,X_2)\) is therefore acyclic as well.

Thus the acyclicity conditions required for the \(\operatorname{Hom}\)-injective property have been verified, while the resolution conditions hold directly.

Theorem. Consider an adjoint pair of additive functors between abelian categories \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-061-diagram-001}\). Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough K-projective complexes and \(\mathcal{A}'\) has enough K-injective complexes. Then there is a canonical isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\) \[\operatorname{RHom}_{\mathcal{A'}}\left(\mathrm{L}F(X), Y\right) \simeq \operatorname{RHom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left(X, \mathrm{R}G(Y) \right),\] where \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\right)\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}')\right)\).

Proof. The argument is the same as for Theorem reference. The only difference is that injective (respectively, projective) resolutions are replaced by K-injective (respectively, K-projective) resolutions, and Theorem reference replaces Theorem reference in the discussion of uniqueness of resolutions.

Remark. Applying \(\operatorname{H}^0\) to both sides of Theorem reference gives the adjunction \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A'})}\left(\mathrm{L}F(X), Y\right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}\left(X, \mathrm{R}G(Y) \right).\]

Since derived functors obtained through resolutions are always absolute Kan extensions in the sense of Definition reference (Proposition reference), Theorem reference also says that \((\mathrm{L}F,\mathrm{R}G)\) is an adjoint pair. The two approaches give the same adjunction isomorphism. Why? It suffices to consider the case in which \(X\) is K-projective and \(Y\) is K-injective. In this case, the adjunction isomorphism of Theorem reference is realized concretely by the unit \(\eta\) and counit \(\varepsilon\) at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\cdot)\) as \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}')}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}F(X), Y\right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}\left( X, \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}G(Y) \right). \end{align*}\] On the other hand, Theorem reference determines \(\underline{\eta}\) and \(\underline{\varepsilon}\) at the level of derived categories. The characterization given there suffices to show that they are compatible with \(\eta\) and \(\varepsilon\). The details are left to the interested reader.

Finally, another set of sufficient conditions for the existence of unbounded derived functors is based on finite dimension (Definition–Proposition reference). Although the proof technique does not go beyond the scope of this book, we state the result without proof to avoid a digression; see [stacks]. The starting point is the construction of bounded derived functors in Theorem reference.

Proposition.

Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\) be a left-exact (respectively, right-exact) functor between abelian categories. Assume that

  • relative to \(F\), there is a full additive subcategory \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) of type I (respectively, type P), as in Definition–Proposition reference;

  • the corresponding bounded derived functor \({}^+\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \({}^-\mathrm{L}F\)) has finite dimension.

Then \(\mathrm{R}F\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{L}}F\)): \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}')\) exists. Moreover, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)\) is an \(F\)-injective (respectively, \(F\)-projective) subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Example. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has exact countable products and enough injective objects. Take the left-exact functor \(F\) to be \(\varprojlim:\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}\). Theorem reference (iii) shows that the bounded version of \(\mathrm{R}\lim\) has dimension at most \(1\), while the subcategory \(\mathcal{R}\subset\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})\) is of type I relative to \(\varprojlim\). The preceding result therefore gives the unbounded derived functor \[\mathrm{R}\lim: \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A})) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}).\]

As in Theorem reference (ii), for every object \(X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{InvSys}}(\mathcal{A}))\) there is a distinguished triangle in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) \[\mathrm{R}\lim(X) \to \prod_k X_k \xrightarrow{\Delta_X} \prod_k X_k \xrightarrow{+1} .\] In particular, \(\mathrm{R}\lim(X)\simeq\operatorname{holim}(X)\). By Proposition reference, the original proof applies with no other changes: simply replace every \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\cdots)\) by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\cdots)\).

Example: K-Flat Complexes and \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\)

Throughout this section, \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring.

Convention. Let \(R\) and \(S\) be \(\Bbbk\)-algebras. By the convention of this book, every \((R,S)\)-bimodule \(M\) is tacitly assumed to satisfy \(tm=mt\) for \(t\in\Bbbk\) and \(m\in M\). In other words, \((R,S)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\simeq(R\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}S^{\operatorname{op}})\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). When \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), this condition is redundant.

From now on, the forgetful functor \((R,S)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) (respectively, \((R,S)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}S\)) is written \(M\mapsto{}_RM\) (respectively, \(M\mapsto M_S\)); the same notation applies to complexes. These forgetful functors are exact, and the triangulated functors they induce between derived categories are denoted in the same way.

Notice that, for every complex \(M\) of \((R,S)\)-bimodules, one has \[M_S \;\text{acyclic} \iff M \;\text{acyclic} \iff {}_R M \;\text{acyclic}.\] From now on, let \(R\), \(A\), and \(B\) be \(\Bbbk\)-algebras. Our starting point is the bifunctor given by the tensor product, \[\otimes_R: (A, R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \times (R, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to (A, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}},\] which is right exact in each variable. The simplest case is \(A=\Bbbk=B\); the corresponding bifunctor becomes \(\otimes_R:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\times R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{\Bbbk}}\). For convenience, if \(X\) is a complex of \((A,R)\)-bimodules and \(Y\) is a complex of \((R,B)\)-bimodules, we henceforth write the bicomplex obtained by taking tensor products term by term as \(X^\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y^\bullet\), and write its total complex as \[X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y := \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} \left( X^\bullet \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y^\bullet \right).\] Categories of bimodules have enough K-projective complexes (apply Example reference); hence Proposition reference ensures the existence of the unbounded left derived bifunctor.

Definition.

Denote the left derived bifunctor \(\mathrm{L}\left(\cdot\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}\cdot\right)\) of \(\otimes_R\) by \[\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} : \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((A, R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((R, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((A, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}).\] When no confusion can arise, \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y\) is also abbreviated to \(X\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y\).

The abstract definition above is straightforward, but to study \(\otimes_R\) further we still need to introduce a class of quasi-isomorphisms called K-flat resolutions. The reasons include the following:

  • the definition of a K-flat resolution is directly related to the tensor product and is more useful for establishing important properties and making concrete computations, as already seen in §reference;

  • in geometric settings such as sheaf theory, K-injective resolutions may be available while K-projective resolutions are not; in that situation, K-flat resolutions are the only means of studying the derived tensor product.

Definition (N. Spaltenstein [Spa88).]

Let \(X\) be a complex of right \(R\)-modules. If, for every complex \(Y\) of left \(R\)-modules, \[Y \;\text{acyclic} \implies X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y\;\text{acyclic},\] then \(X\) is called K-flat1; this property depends only on the isomorphism class of \(X\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R)\). K-flatness is defined similarly for complexes of left \(R\)-modules.

For bounded-above complexes, K-flatness follows from the familiar notion of flatness in module theory.

Proposition. Let \(X\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R)\), and suppose that every \(X^n\) is flat. Then \(X\) is K-flat. The same statement holds for objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\).

Proof. Let \(Y\) be an acyclic complex of left \(R\)-modules; we shall prove that \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) is acyclic. Using truncation functors, write \(Y\) as \(\varinjlim_m\tau^{\leq m}Y\). Degree by degree, \(\varinjlim_m\) commutes both with tensor products [Li1] and with \(\bigoplus\); it therefore suffices to consider the case in which \(Y\) is bounded above. Then \(X^\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y^\bullet\) belongs to the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) of Definition reference. Since \(X^p\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y^\bullet\) is acyclic for every \(p\), Corollary reference ensures that \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) is acyclic.

In view of this result, if the reader is interested only in bounded-above derived categories, every K-flat complex appearing in this section may be replaced by a bounded-above complex of flat modules.

Definition.

If \(P\to X\) is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) and \(P_R\) is K-flat, then this morphism is called a K-flat resolution of \(X\) relative to \(R\). If every \(X\in\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) has a K-flat resolution relative to \(R\), then \((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is said to have enough K-flat complexes relative to \(R\).

A K-flat resolution relative to \(R\) is defined similarly for \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}))\).

A natural question is how to guarantee that a category of bimodules has enough K-flat complexes relative to \(R\). What is the relation between K-flat and K-projective complexes? As expected, the bridge comes from the classical adjunction between \(\otimes\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}\) [Li1]. The first step is to lift that adjunction to the level of complexes. If \(Y\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) and \(Z\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y_B,Z_B)\) can be endowed degree by degree with an \((A,R)\)-bimodule structure, making it an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\).

Proposition (\(\operatorname{Hom}\)\(\otimes\) adjunction: complex version). Let \(X\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), let \(Y\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), and let \(Z\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\). There are canonical isomorphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y, \; Z \right) & \simeq \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( X, \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y_B, Z_B) \right) \\ & \simeq \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( Y, \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet({}_A X, {}_A Z) \right). \end{align*}\]

Consequently, taking \(\operatorname{ker}(d^0)\) gives isomorphisms of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((A, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})}\left( X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y, \; Z \right) & \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((A, R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})}\left( X, \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y_B, Z_B) \right) \\ & \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}((R, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})}\left( Y, \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet({}_A X, {}_A Z) \right). \end{align*}\]

Proof. It suffices to treat the first isomorphism. To simplify notation, write \(Y\) and \(Z\) for \(Y_B\) and \(Z_B\) below, and omit the subscript on \(\operatorname{Hom}\). Fix \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The degree-\(n\) term on the left-hand side is \[\begin{multline} \prod_k \operatorname{Hom}\left( (X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y)^k, Z^{k+n}\right) \simeq \prod_k \prod_{p+q=k} \operatorname{Hom}\left(X^p \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y^q, Z^{k+n}\right) \\ = \prod_{p, q} \operatorname{Hom}\left( X^p \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y^q, Z^{p+q+n} \right) \simeq \prod_p \prod_q \operatorname{Hom}\left( X^p, \operatorname{Hom}\left(Y^q, Z^{p+q+n}\right) \right) \\ \simeq \prod_p \operatorname{Hom}\left( X^p, \operatorname{Hom}^{p+n}(Y, Z) \right), \end{multline}\] and the last term is precisely the degree-\(n\) term on the right-hand side. Concretely, under the second isomorphism \(\simeq\), the homomorphism of \((A,B)\)-bimodules \(\varphi^{p,q}:X^p\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y^q\to Z^{p+q+n}\) corresponds to \[\left[ x \mapsto [y \mapsto \varphi^{p,q}(x \otimes y)] \right] \; \in \operatorname{Hom}\left( X^p, \operatorname{Hom}\left(Y^q, Z^{p+q+n}\right) \right).\] It remains only to verify that equation determines an isomorphism of complexes.

Take an element of the degree-\(n\) term on the left and write it as \((\varphi^{p,q})_{p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\). The \((p,q)\)-component of its image under \(d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X\otimes Y,Z)}\) sends \(x\otimes y\in X^p\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y^q\) to \[d_Z \varphi^{p,q}(x \otimes y) - (-1)^n \left( \varphi^{p+1, q}(d_X x \otimes y) + (-1)^p \varphi^{p, q+1}(x \otimes d_Y y) \right).\]

For the corresponding element of degree \(n\) on the right, the \(p\)-component of its image under \(d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y,Z))}\) sends \(x\in X^p\) to \[d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y, Z)}\left[ y \mapsto \varphi^{p,q}(x \otimes y) \right]_{q \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} - (-1)^n \left[ y \mapsto \varphi^{p+1, q}(d_X x \otimes y) \right]_{q \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}};\] expanding the definition of \(d^{p+n}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y,Z)}\) further, for the fixed pair \((p,q)\) this becomes \[y \mapsto d_Z \varphi^{p,q}(x \otimes y) - (-1)^{p+n} \varphi^{p, q+1}(x \otimes d_Y y) - (-1)^n \varphi^{p+1, q}(d_X x \otimes y).\] This proves the assertion.

We now return to the relation between K-projective and K-flat complexes.

Lemma. Let \(X\) be a K-projective complex of \((A,R)\)-bimodules. If \(A\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, then \(X_R\) is K-flat.

Let \(Y\) be a K-projective complex of \((R,B)\)-bimodules. If \(B\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, then \({}_RY\) is K-flat.

Proof. It suffices to prove the first assertion. Take an acyclic complex \(Y\) of left \(R\)-modules. Regard every left \(A\)-module \(I\) (that is, every \((A,\Bbbk)\)-bimodule) as a complex concentrated in degree zero. Proposition reference, with \(B=\Bbbk\), gives \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left(X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y, \; I\right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left(X, \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y_{\Bbbk}, I_{\Bbbk}) \right).\]

Suppose that \(I\) is an injective left \(A\)-module. Then \(I_{\Bbbk}\) is an injective \(\Bbbk\)-module, because the forgetful functor \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has the exact left adjoint \(A\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\); see Proposition reference and [Li1]. Hence the complex of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y_{\Bbbk},I_{\Bbbk})\) is acyclic. It remains acyclic as a complex of \((A,R)\)-bimodules, so the K-projectivity of \(X\) implies that \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y,I)\) is acyclic.

Because \(I\) is injective, it is easy to see that, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \[\operatorname{Hom}\left( \operatorname{H}^n\left( X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y \right), I\right) \simeq \operatorname{H}^{-n} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left( X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y, \; I \right) = 0.\]

Since every left \(A\)-module embeds into an injective module, \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) must be acyclic. This proves the assertion.

If the reader is interested only in tensor products over commutative rings, that is, in the special case \(A=R=B=\Bbbk\), or only in the case where \(\Bbbk\) is a field, all the flatness assumptions on \(A\) or \(B\) above are automatically satisfied.

Corollary. If \(A\) (respectively, \(B\)) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, then \((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) (respectively, \((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)) has enough K-flat complexes relative to \(R\).

Taking \(A=\Bbbk\) (respectively, \(B=\Bbbk\)) further shows that K-projective complexes of right (respectively, left) \(R\)-modules are always K-flat relative to \(R\), and that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) (respectively, \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)) has enough K-flat complexes. We now explain how to determine the derived functor of \(\otimes_R\) by means of K-flat resolutions. To simplify notation, all localization functors \(Q\) will henceforth be suppressed.

Proposition. Define the full subcategory \(\mathcal{F}_{A,R}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) by \[\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{F}_{A,R}) = \{ X: X_R \;\text{K-flat} \};\] and define \(\mathcal{F}_{R,B}\) similarly. Both are saturated triangulated subcategories. We now determine subcategories of \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \quad \text{that are $\otimes_R$-projective}.\]

  1. Suppose that \((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has enough K-flat complexes relative to \(R\). Then \(\left(\mathcal{F}_{A,R},\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\right)\) is an \(\otimes_R\)-projective subcategory. Consequently, if \(Y\) is a complex of \((R,B)\)-bimodules, then \(\cdot\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y\) is the left derived functor of \(\cdot\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) and can be computed using K-flat resolutions.

  2. Suppose that \((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has enough K-flat complexes relative to \(R\). Then \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}),\mathcal{F}_{R,B})\) is an \(\otimes_R\)-projective subcategory. Consequently, if \(X\) is a complex of \((A,R)\)-bimodules, then \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\cdot\) is the left derived functor of \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}\cdot\) and can be computed using K-flat resolutions.

Proof. Lemma reference shows that \(\mathcal{F}_{A,R}\) and \(\mathcal{F}_{R,B}\) are saturated triangulated subcategories. For the remaining assertions, it suffices to treat (i). Recalling the relevant definitions in §reference, the key is to verify the following properties:

  • for a complex \(X\) in \(\mathcal{F}_{A,R}\), if \(Y\) is acyclic, then \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) is acyclic;

  • for a fixed \(Y\), if \(X\) is an acyclic complex in \(\mathcal{F}_{A,R}\), then \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) is acyclic.

The first property follows directly from the definition of K-flatness. Now consider the second. Since \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) uses only the left \(R\)-action on \(Y\), we may assume that \(B=\Bbbk\). In this case, Corollary reference ensures the existence of a K-flat resolution \(Q\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\). We thus obtain \[\begin{gather*} \text{a distinguished triangle in }\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \quad Q \to Y \to N \xrightarrow{+1}, \quad N: \text{an acyclic complex}, \\ \text{a distinguished triangle in }\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \quad X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Q \to X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y \to X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} N \xrightarrow{+1}. \end{gather*}\] Since \(X\) is acyclic and \(Q\) is K-flat, \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Q\) is acyclic. On the other hand, since \(N\) is acyclic and \(X\) is K-flat relative to \(R\), \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}N\) is acyclic. Thus \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) is acyclic as well.

Finally, the assertion about \(\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) is simply a direct application of Proposition reference (ii).

Example (Change of rings and \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\)).

For a homomorphism \(R\to S\) of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras, regard \(S\) as an \((S,R)\)-bimodule. Following [Li1], consider the right-exact additive functor \[\begin{equation*} {}_{R \to S} P := S \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} (\cdot): R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} . \end{equation*}\] This functor has a left derived functor \(\mathrm{L}{}_{R\to S}P\). Taking \(A=S\) and \(B=\Bbbk\) in Corollary reference and Proposition reference (ii) shows that flatness causes no difficulty here and that \[\mathrm{L}{}_{R \to S} P \simeq S \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} (\cdot) .\]

Change of rings is also transitive: given homomorphisms \(R\to S\to T\), there is a canonical isomorphism \[\mathrm{L} {}_{S \to T} P \circ \mathrm{L} {}_{R \to S} P \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{L} {}_{R \to T} P.\] Indeed, the displayed morphism comes from Theorem reference on deriving a composite of functors. Moreover, since \[X \ensuremath{\underset{S}{\otimes}} (S \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y) \simeq X_R \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y, \quad X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}S)), \; Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})),\] the functor \({}_{R\to S}P\) preserves K-flat complexes. This ensures that the canonical morphism is an isomorphism.

In exactly the same way, one can define the left derived functor \(\mathrm{L}P_{R\to S}\) of \(P_{R\to S}=(\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}S:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}S\), which is given by \((\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}S\).

Proposition. If \(A\) or \(B\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, there is a canonical \(2\)-cell diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-062-d001}\]

Proof. Properties of this kind are usually proved with the aid of resolutions. In brief, let \(X\) be a complex of \((A,R)\)-bimodules and \(Y\) a complex of \((R,B)\)-bimodules. By Proposition reference, we may assume that \(X_R\) (respectively, \({}_RY\)) is K-flat. Then \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) computes \(\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) in both the first and second rows, giving the isomorphism \(\Rightarrow\), which we provisionally denote by \(\alpha\).

To characterize \(\alpha\) abstractly, one may take the following viewpoint. Add another layer above the diagram under consideration, written schematically as \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-062-diagram-002}\] All vertical arrows here are localization functors. We wish to fill the bottom face with \(\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-062-d002}\). The other faces of the cube are easy to handle: by the definition of a left derived bifunctor, the front and back faces have such fillings; by the universal property of localization, the left and right faces commute up to isomorphism; and the top face commutes by the definition of the tensor product. Tracing these faces gives a morphism between composite functors \[\textbf{Diagram chapter4-unit-062-d003} \;\Rightarrow \cdots \Rightarrow\; \textbf{Diagram chapter4-unit-062-d004} \; =: \beth.\]

Recall that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\cdots)\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\cdots)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\cdots)\) is absolute as a right Kan extension (Proposition reference). Therefore the composite \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \textbf{Diagram chapter4-unit-062-d005} \quad \text{is the right Kan extension of $\beth$ along} \quad \textbf{Diagram chapter4-unit-062-d006}. \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] Applying the morphism into \(\beth\) and the universal property of the right Kan extension (Definition reference) gives the desired \(\alpha\).

Once the existence of \(\alpha\) has been established, take K-flat complexes as in the first paragraph of the proof and compute all the functors in the upper layer. This proves that \(\alpha\) is an isomorphism.

From now on, arguments of this kind based on universal properties will often be omitted; instead, we shall verify statements directly using resolutions.


  1. A more reasonable name might be a homotopy-flat complex.↩︎

Corollary.

The functor \(\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) of Definition reference, under the assumption that \(A\) or \(B\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, satisfies the canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{H}^{-n}\left( X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Y \right) \simeq \operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X, Y), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},\] where \(X\) is an \((A,R)\)-bimodule, \(Y\) is an \((R,B)\)-bimodule, and \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_n\) is as in Definition–Proposition reference.

Proof. The left-hand side is obtained by composing the diagram of Proposition reference in the direction Diagram chapter4-unit-063-d001 whereas the right-hand side is obtained by composing it in the direction Diagram chapter4-unit-063-d002.

Proposition (Associativity constraint).

Let \(A\), \(B\), \(R\), and \(S\) be \(\Bbbk\)-algebras. Consider the following two functors: \[\begin{gather*} \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((R,S)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((S,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}), \\ (X, Y, Z) \mapsto (X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Y) \ensuremath{\underset{S}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Z, \\ (X, Y, Z) \mapsto X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} (Y \ensuremath{\underset{S}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Z). \end{gather*}\] If \(A\) and \(B\) are both flat as \(\Bbbk\)-modules, there is a canonical isomorphism \[a(X,Y,Z): (X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Y) \ensuremath{\underset{S}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Z \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} (Y \ensuremath{\underset{S}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Z).\]

Proof. Fix \(Y\). By Proposition reference, we may assume that \(X_R\) and \({}_R Z\) are K-flat. Then every \(\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) can be computed at the level of complexes, and the assertion reduces to the associativity constraint for tensor products [Li1].

Under these flatness assumptions, taking \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) of three or more objects in different orders yields results that are mutually isomorphic through the associativity constraint. These isomorphisms also satisfy coherence, which can be formulated by imitating the pentagon axiom for monoidal categories; see [Li1]. Again, one takes K-flat resolutions and checks the assertion at the level of complexes. To keep the discussion brief, this book presents only the special case of a commutative ring.

Example (\(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) over a commutative ring).

Let \(R\) be a commutative ring. In the definition \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}:=\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\), take every ring to be \(R\), in particular \(\Bbbk=R\). Then \((R,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}=R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), and all the preceding flatness assumptions are automatically satisfied. Consequently, \(\operatorname{H}^{-n}(X\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y)\simeq\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X,Y)\) for all \(R\)-modules \(X\) and \(Y\).

This makes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) a monoidal category with respect to \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) in the sense of [Li1]. Its unit object is \(R\) itself, and its associativity constraint comes from \(a=(a(X,Y,Z))_{X,Y,Z}\) in Proposition reference. Since \(R\) is a flat \(R\)-module, it is K-flat (Proposition reference); hence both \(R\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}(\cdot)\) and \((\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}R\) can be computed at the level of complexes, making all the monoidal-category axioms easy to prove. Furthermore, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) is a symmetric monoidal category in the sense of [Li1]. Its braiding (or commutativity constraint) \(c(X,Y):X\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X\) comes from the commutativity constraint at the level of complexes, and its axioms are also checked there. In view of Proposition reference, swapping the superscripts in the total complex causes no difficulty here.

Example (\(\operatorname{Tor}\)-algebra). Continue with the setting of Example reference, with \(R\) commutative. Identify the complexes of \(R\)-modules \(X,Y,Z,W\) with their images in the derived category. For every \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\), there is a canonical morphism \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{H}^{-p}\left( X \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y \right) \otimes \operatorname{H}^{-q}\left( Z \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}W \right) \to \operatorname{H}^{-p-q}\left( (X \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y) \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}(Z \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}W) \right) \\ \simeq \operatorname{H}^{-p-q}\left( (X \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Z) \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}(Y \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}W) \right) \to \operatorname{H}^{-p-q} \left( (X \otimes Z) \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}(Y \otimes W) \right), \end{multline*}\] where the first part applies Proposition reference (take \(F=\otimes\)), the second uses the associativity and commutativity constraints on \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}),\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}})\), and the third comes from the canonical morphism accompanying \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) as a left derived bifunctor: \[QX_1 \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}QX_2 \to Q(X_1 \otimes X_2), \quad X_1, X_2 \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})),\] For precision, the localization functor \(Q:\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) has been written explicitly again here.

  • The composite of the three canonical morphisms above gives an “external product” for the \(\operatorname{Tor}\) functor: \[\operatorname{Tor}^R_p(X, Y) \otimes \operatorname{Tor}^R_q(Z, W) \to \operatorname{Tor}^R_{p+q}(X \otimes Z, Y \otimes W).\]

  • Take \(Z=X\) and \(W=Y\) to be \(R\)-algebras (concentrated in degree \(0\)). Their multiplications give homomorphisms of \(R\)-modules \(X\otimes X\to X\) and \(Y\otimes Y\to Y\). Composing the external product with these homomorphisms gives \[\operatorname{Tor}^R_p(X, Y) \otimes \operatorname{Tor}^R_q(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Tor}^R_{p+q}(X,Y),\] called the “internal product” for the \(\operatorname{Tor}\) functor. This makes \(\bigoplus_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X, Y)\) a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded \(R\)-algebra in the sense of [Li1], called the \(\operatorname{Tor}\)-algebra. It has nonzero components only in nonnegative degrees, and its degree-zero component is the subalgebra \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_0(X,Y)=X\otimes Y\), whose definition may be found in [Li1]. The associativity required for the product can be verified by reducing it to the associativity constraint for \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) and to the associativity of multiplication on \(X\) and \(Y\) separately.

  • Suppose further that \(X\) and \(Y\) are commutative \(R\)-algebras. In this case, the \(\operatorname{Tor}\)-algebra is also an “anticommutative” \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded algebra in the sense of [Li1]1: for all \(p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \[a \in \operatorname{Tor}^R_p(X, Y), \; b \in \operatorname{Tor}^R_q(X, Y) \implies ab = (-1)^{pq} ba.\] Since both \(X\otimes X\to X\) and \(Y\otimes Y\to Y\) are commutative, where does the sign come from? Its source is the definition of the external product. Let \(C_1\) and \(C_2\) be two copies of \(X\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y\). Then \(ab\) and \(ba\) differ through the isomorphism \(C_1\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}C_2\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}C_2\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}C_1\), namely the commutativity constraint for \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\). If \(C_1\) and \(C_2\) are represented by K-flat complexes, this isomorphism of total complexes is exactly the isomorphism \(r_{C_1^\bullet \otimes C_2^\bullet}\) of Proposition reference; on the component of bidegree \((p,q)\), it produces the sign \((-1)^{pq}\).

Return to general \(\Bbbk\)-algebras. To discuss the adjunction between \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) and \(\operatorname{RHom}\), one more lemma is needed. Below, \(\operatorname{RHom}_{(A,B)}\) denotes \(\operatorname{RHom}\) in \((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\); analogous notation is used for other categories of bimodules (or of left or right modules).

Lemma. Fix \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(A\), \(B\), and \(R\). Suppose that \(B\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module. Then the forgetful functor from \((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) to \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) preserves K-injective complexes, and \(\operatorname{RHom}_A\) has a canonical lift to a functor \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}\left((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\right)^{\operatorname{op}} \times \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}\left((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\right) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}\left((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\right),\] in other words, there is a canonical \(2\)-cell diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-063-d003}\]

Likewise, if \(A\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, then \(\operatorname{RHom}_B\) has an analogous lift.

Proof. Because \(B\) is a flat \(\Bbbk\)-module, the functor \(Y\mapsto{}_A Y\) has the exact left adjoint \((\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}B\), and therefore preserves K-injective complexes.

Next take \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}))\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), with \(Y\) K-injective. By the preceding step, \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left({}_A X,{}_A Y\right)\) computes \(\operatorname{RHom}_A({}_A X,{}_A Y)\), while at the same time it is a complex of \((R,B)\)-bimodules. This completes the lift.

Theorem (Adjunction between \(\operatorname{RHom}\) and \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\)).

Let \(A\), \(B\), and \(R\) be \(\Bbbk\)-algebras. Below, \(X\), \(Y\), and \(Z\) denote objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((A,R)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((R,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), respectively. Suppose that \(B\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module. Then there is a canonical isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) \[\begin{equation*} \operatorname{RHom}_{(A,B)} \left( X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Y, Z \right) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{RHom}_{(R,B)}\left( Y, \operatorname{RHom}_A \left( {}_A X, {}_A Z \right) \right). \end{equation*}\]

If instead \(A\) is assumed flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, there is a canonical isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) \[\begin{equation*} \operatorname{RHom}_{(A,B)}\left( X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Y, Z \right) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{RHom}_{(A,R)}\left( X, \operatorname{RHom}_B\left( Y_B , Z_B \right) \right). \end{equation*}\]

Proof. Consider the first equality. Suppose that \(Y\) is K-projective and \(Z\) is K-injective. Lemma reference ensures that \({}_R Y\) is K-flat, while Lemma reference ensures that \({}_A Z\) remains K-injective. Every displayed \(\operatorname{RHom}\) and \(\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) can therefore be computed at the level of complexes. The desired isomorphism then follows from Proposition reference.

Example (Adjunction for change of rings). In the setting of Example reference (take a homomorphism \(R\to S\) of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras, \(A=S\), \(B=\Bbbk\), and \(X=S\)), the first equality in Theorem reference becomes the canonical isomorphism \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{RHom}_S\left( \mathrm{L} {}_{R \to S} P(Y), Z \right) \simeq \operatorname{RHom}_R\left( Y, {}_R Z \right), \\ Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})), \quad Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})). \end{gather*}\] The only point still requiring explanation is \(\operatorname{RHom}_S({}_S S,{}_S Z)\simeq{}_R Z\), which follows immediately from the isomorphism at the level of complexes \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\left({}_S S, \cdot\right) \simeq {}_R (\cdot) : \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}).\]

If, furthermore, both \(R\) and \(S\) are commutative rings and \(\Bbbk:=R\), then \(\operatorname{RHom}_S\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{RHom}_R\)) takes values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\)). The adjunction isomorphism can then be written as the canonical isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\): \[{}_R \operatorname{RHom}_S\left( \mathrm{L} {}_{R \to S} P(Y), Z \right) \simeq \operatorname{RHom}_R\left( Y, {}_R Z \right) .\] Everything can be verified at the level of complexes by taking K-injective and K-projective resolutions. The case of right modules is similar.

Exercises

Let \((\mathcal{D}, T, \mathcal{H})\) be a pretriangulated category (respectively, a triangulated category). Define a new family of triangles \(\mathcal{H}^-\) by \[[X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{h} TX] \in \mathcal{H} \iff [X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z \xrightarrow{-h} TX] \in \mathcal{H}^- .\]

  1. Prove that \((\mathcal{D},T,\mathcal{H}^-)\) is also a pretriangulated category (respectively, a triangulated category).

  2. Prove that \((\mathcal{D},T,\mathcal{H})\) and \((\mathcal{D},T,\mathcal{H}^-)\) are equivalent as pretriangulated categories.

Let \((\mathcal{D},T,\mathcal{H})\) be a pretriangulated category. Prove that every monomorphism (respectively, epimorphism) \(u:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) has a left inverse (respectively, a right inverse). Use this to show that a pretriangulated category that is also abelian must be split (Definition reference). Hint. Place the monomorphism \(u\) in a distinguished triangle \(X\xrightarrow{u}Y\xrightarrow{v}Z\xrightarrow{w}TX\). From \(u\circ T^{-1}w=0\), deduce that \(w=0\), and then apply Proposition reference.

Apply the preceding exercise to give an example of an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) for which neither \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) nor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is an abelian category. Hint. Consider the morphism \(f:\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/p^2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\twoheadrightarrow\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/p\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) in \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), where \(p\) is prime. If \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})\) were abelian, consider the epi–mono factorizations of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}f\) and \(\operatorname{H}^0(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}f)\), then express both as projections onto direct summands and inclusion morphisms to obtain a contradiction.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. Prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) is an abelian category if and only if \(\mathcal{A}\) is split. Hint. For the “only if” direction, embed \(\mathcal{A}\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) and apply the preceding exercises. For the “if” direction, show that when \(\mathcal{A}\) is split, taking cohomology gives an equivalence from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})\) to \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\).

It is often said that the octahedral axiom (TR5) for a triangulated category replaces the isomorphism theorem \(\dfrac{X/Z}{Y/Z}\simeq X/Y\) in an abelian category, where \(X\supset Y\supset Z\) (Theorem reference (ii)). Explain explicitly what this statement means.

(\(\mathrm{K}_0\) of a pretriangulated category) For every pretriangulated category \((\mathcal{D},T,\mathcal{H})\), define \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{D})\) to be the quotient of the free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module generated by \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) by the relations \[\text{there is a distinguished triangle}\; X \to Y \to Z \xrightarrow{+1} \implies [X] - [Y] + [Z] = 0,\] where \([X]\in\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{D})\) denotes the equivalence class containing \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\).

  1. Prove that \([0]=0\), \([TX]=-[X]\), and \([X\oplus Y]=[X]+[Y]\).

  2. Show that every triangulated functor \(F:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{D}'\) induces a canonical homomorphism \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{D})\to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{D}')\).

  3. Consider a cohomological functor \(H:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{A}\), where \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category. Suppose that, for every \(X\), \(|n|\gg_X0\implies H(T^nX)=0\). Define a natural homomorphism \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{D})\to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\). Hint. Send \([X]\) to \(\sum_n(-1)^n[H(T^nX)]\). Apply Lemma reference (iv).

  4. Consider the special case \(\mathcal{D}:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})\). Give mutually inverse homomorphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-063-d004}\] where \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), also regarded as a complex concentrated in degree \(0\). Hint. One composite is plainly the identity; the other requires truncating the complex.

Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A}))\). Prove that \[\begin{gather*} X \in \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq 0}(\mathcal{A}) \iff \forall Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq 1}(\mathcal{A})), \; \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Z) = 0, \\ X \in \ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A}) \iff \forall Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\leq -1}(\mathcal{A})), \; \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(Z, X) = 0. \end{gather*}\] Hint. Apply Proposition reference (i), together with the adjoint pairs and distinguished triangle in Proposition reference.

In the setting of Theorem reference, suppose that \(F'\) satisfies \(F'(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}'))\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{N}'')\) (regard this as a kind of “exactness”). If \(\mathcal{D}\) has an \(F\)-injective or an \(F\)-projective subcategory, prove that the canonical morphism \[\mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}} (F' F) \to \left( \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}'} F' \right) \left( \mathrm{R}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}} F \right)\] or \[\left( \mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N'}} F' \right) \left( \mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}'}_{\mathcal{N}} F \right) \to \mathrm{L}^{\mathcal{N}''}_{\mathcal{N}} (F' F)\] is an isomorphism.

In the setting of Theorem reference, show that the following diagrams of functors and morphisms between them commute (the notation \(\mathcal{N}\) and so forth is suppressed): \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-063-d005} \quad \text{Diagram chapter4-unit-063-d006}\]

For \(F=\operatorname{Hom}\), express explicitly the canonical morphism of Proposition reference in the form \(\operatorname{Ext}^{q-p}(X,Y)\to\operatorname{Hom}\left(\operatorname{H}^p(X),\operatorname{H}^q(Y)\right)\).

Reformulate the bijection in Theorem reference as follows. From an \(n\)-extension \(0\to Y\to E^1\to\cdots\to E^n\to X\to0\), construct \(t^{-1}b\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])\) as follows: \[\text{Diagram chapter4-unit-063-d007}\] This gives \(t^{-1}b\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\mathcal{A})}(X,Y[n])\). Prove that this bijection differs by the factor \((-1)^n\) from the original bijection based on \(as^{-1}\). In the special case \(n=1\), use the \(t^{-1}b\) version to derive the corresponding version of Proposition reference (the one involving the image of \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\)). Hint. Prove that \(ta+(-1)^{n-1}bs:Z\to W\) is canonically null-homotopic. For the second part, note the minus sign in Proposition reference.

Suppose that all objects \(S,T\) in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) satisfy \(\operatorname{Ext}^2_{\mathcal{A}}(S,T)=0\). Prove that every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}))\) is isomorphic to \(\bigoplus_n\operatorname{H}^n(X)[-n]\). Show that \(\mathcal{A}:=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) satisfies this condition. Hint. We may assume that \(X\) is a bounded complex. Begin with \(n\gg0\). Apply Theorem reference and Proposition reference to the \(2\)-extension \(0\to\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\to X^n\xrightarrow{d^n}X^{n+1}\to\operatorname{coker}(d^n)\to0\), then modify \(X\) step by step until \(d^\bullet=0\), throughout up to isomorphism.

Prove that if \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injective objects, \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\) is a left-exact additive functor, and \(\mathrm{R}F\) has finite dimension, then the homomorphism \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\simeq\mathrm{K}_0(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A})) \to\mathrm{K}_0(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}}(\mathcal{A}'))\simeq \mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A}')\) induced by the triangulated functor \(\mathrm{R}F\) is determined by \[[A] \mapsto \sum_n (-1)^n \left[\mathrm{R}^n F(A)\right], \quad A \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}).\]

Let \(R\) be a ring. Prove that a filtered direct limit \(\varinjlim\) of K-flat complexes in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) is again K-flat.

Let \(R\) be a ring. If a complex \(P\) of \(R\)-modules is K-flat and every \(P^n\) is a flat \(R\)-module, then \(P\) is called strongly K-flat.

  1. Prove that for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}))\) there is a strongly K-flat complex \(P\) together with a quasi-isomorphism \(P\to X\). Hint. Use the dual of the argument for the existence of K-injective resolutions; see §reference.

  2. Write \(\mathcal{SF}\) for the full subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) formed by the strongly K-flat complexes. Express \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) as the localization of \(\mathcal{SF}\) at the quasi-isomorphisms.

(P. Berthelot, A. Ogus) Let \(f\) be a non-zero-divisor in a commutative ring \(R\). For every \(R\)-module \(M\), write \(M[f]:=\{m\in M:fm=0\}\). A module \(M\) with \(M[f]=0\) is called \(f\)-torsion-free. First show that an \(f\)-torsion-free \(M\) can be embedded as a submodule of \(M[\frac{1}{f}]=M\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}R[\frac{1}{f}]\). Thus \(f^mM\) makes sense for every \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Let \(X\) be a complex of \(f\)-torsion-free \(R\)-modules. Using the observation above, define a subcomplex \(\eta_fX\) of \(X^\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}R[\frac{1}{f}]\) by \[(\eta_f X)^n := \left\{ x \in f^n X^n : d_X^n(x) \in f^{n+1} X^{n+1} \right\}, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\]

  1. Prove that multiplication degree by degree by \(f\) gives an isomorphism \(\eta_f(X[1])\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(\eta_fX)[1]\).

  2. Show that if \(f,g\in R\) are both non-zero-divisors and every \(X^n\) is \(fg\)-torsion-free, then \(\eta_f\eta_gX=\eta_{fg}X\).

  3. Give a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)/\operatorname{H}^n(X)[f]\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^n(\eta_fX)\); thus the effect of \(\eta_f\) is to correct \(f\)-torsion. Deduce that if \(X\) and \(Y\) are complexes of \(f\)-torsion-free \(R\)-modules and \(\alpha:X\to Y\) is a quasi-isomorphism, then \(\alpha\) induces a quasi-isomorphism \(\eta_f(\alpha):\eta_fX\to\eta_fY\).

  4. Prove that in this way \(\eta_f\) induces an additive functor \(\mathrm{L}\eta_f:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) whose restriction to \(\mathcal{SF}\) from the preceding exercise equals \(\eta_f\).

  5. Show that \(\mathrm{L}\eta_f\) is not a triangulated functor. Thus it is not a left derived functor in the sense of Definition reference, although it remains a right Kan extension. Hint. Take \(R=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(f=p\) prime. Verify that \(\mathrm{L}\eta_p(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/p\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})=0\), whereas \(\mathrm{L}\eta_p(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/p^2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/p\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Continuing the preceding exercise, give a canonical morphism \(\mathrm{L}\eta_f X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} \mathrm{L}\eta_f Y \to \mathrm{L}\eta_f\left( X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} Y \right)\) and show that this morphism is symmetric in \(X\) and \(Y\) in the appropriate sense. In the language of [Li1], \(\mathrm{L}\eta_f\) is in fact a right-lax monoidal functor with respect to \(\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\).


  1. The literal term is somewhat misleading, because this property is a natural manifestation of commutativity. Graded-commutative is more appropriate, as in Example reference.↩︎

Spectral Sequences

Spectral sequences are classical algebraic tools that continually find new uses, and their roots in topology run especially deep. Some textbooks and lecture notes even use them as a basic tool of homological algebra to establish some of the fundamental properties in and . Spectral sequences were introduced by J. Leray in the 1940s and gradually assumed their modern form through the work of J.-L. Koszul, H. Cartan, and others. Their chief motivation was the study of the homology groups of fiber bundles. In algebraic terms, the original problem amounts to understanding the homology (or cohomology) of a chain complex (or complex) \(X\). Let us take the case of a complex as our example. Although \(X\) itself may be difficult to grasp, it can be studied through a suitable filtration \(\cdots\supset\mathrm{F}^pX\supset\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\supset\cdots\). The filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) induces a filtration on every \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)\). Information about \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) and its subquotients can then be used to approximate, step by step, each subquotient \(\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^n(X)\) of the filtered cohomology. Spectral sequences are the art of organizing such successive approximations. A complex may also be generalized to a differential object \((X,d)\) in an abelian category (Definition reference), leading to the abstract definition of a spectral sequence in Definition reference. A spectral sequence is a sequence of differential objects \(\mathscr{E}=(E_r,d_r)_r\) such that the cohomology of each “page,” \(\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\), is the next page \(E_{r+1}\). Adding a grading and allowing the differential \(d\) to have a degree gives the notions of graded spectral sequences \(E_r^p\) and bigraded spectral sequences \(E_r^{p,q}\) (Definition reference). Concretely, the differentials in a bigraded spectral sequence have the form \[\begin{gather*} d_r^{p, q}: E_r^{p, q} \to E_r^{p+r, q-r+1}, \\ E_r = (E_r^{p, q})_{(p, q) \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}, \quad d_r = (d_r^{p, q})_{(p, q) \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}. \end{gather*}\] A filtered complex gives a filtered differential object and hence naturally produces a bigraded spectral sequence. This is the form of spectral sequence that occurs most often in applications. Every notion has a corresponding version for chain complexes and their homology. This chapter begins with W. Massey’s theory of exact couples. Exact couples are another device for producing spectral sequences, and their scope is wider than that of filtered differential objects. After introducing filtrations and graded structures in §reference, we give the general definition of a spectral sequence in §reference, together with its graded and bigraded versions and such basic terminology as degeneration, boundedness, and the limiting page. At the end of that section, Remark reference explains how to read exact sequences from the edges of a spectral sequence, an important technique. Exact couples are defined in §reference. Next, §reference explains how an exact couple produces a graded spectral sequence from a filtered differential object, and §reference goes on to explain how a filtered complex produces a bigraded spectral sequence. That section also treats the central notion of convergence and the Classical Convergence Theorem reference. Some of the verifications are slightly technical, but there is no fundamental difficulty. Readers may first work in a concrete abelian category such as \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) to simplify the arguments. A double complex gives rise to a filtered complex in two ways, according as the total complex is filtered by the horizontal or the vertical coordinate. The corresponding spectral sequences are denoted by \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\) and \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\), respectively. Their details are the subject of §reference. We also give standard applications, including the derivation of balanced bifunctors (Example reference), the spectral sequence of hyperderived functors (Example reference), and the Grothendieck spectral sequence (Theorem reference). The Cartan–Eilenberg resolutions introduced earlier (Theorem reference) play a role here. The Grothendieck spectral sequence concerns the derivation of a composite of functors and is particularly common in geometry. As an example involving right derived functors, consider left-exact additive functors between abelian categories \(\mathcal{A}\xrightarrow{F}\mathcal{A}'\xrightarrow{F'}\mathcal{A}''\), where \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{A}'\) have enough injective objects. If \(F\) sends injective objects to \(F'\)-acyclic objects (Convention reference), there is a canonical strongly convergent bigraded spectral sequence \[E_2^{p, q} = (\mathrm{R}^p F') (\mathrm{R}^q F)(X) \Rightarrow \mathrm{R}^{p+q}(F' F)(X), \quad X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}).\] The derivation of composite functors can also be handled at the level of derived categories; see Theorem reference. Besides being formally elementary and easy to compute, the spectral-sequence version can provide additional information in concrete situations, such as exact sequences in low degrees. The final section of the chapter, §reference, briefly introduces multiplicative structures on spectral sequences. This aspect has received attention since the earliest history of spectral sequences. Proposition reference shows that a filtered differential graded algebra gives rise to a spectral sequence with a canonical multiplicative structure; a deeper treatment is left to specialized monographs. As an exercise in applications, the Lyndon–Hochschild–Serre spectral sequence, which is fundamental in group cohomology, can be obtained both as an application of the Grothendieck spectral sequence and concretely from a filtered complex. The latter approach also equips it with a canonical multiplicative structure. This topic will be discussed in §reference in the future.

Filtrations and Graded Structures

We encountered graded objects in Definition reference. A \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded object in an arbitrary category \(\mathcal{A}\) is simply called a graded object; by definition, these are the objects \((X^p)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) of \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\). A \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\)-graded object is simply called a bigraded object; by definition, these are the objects \((X^{p,q})_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\) of \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\times\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\). Morphisms between graded (or bigraded) objects are written as \((f^p)_p\) (or \((f^{p,q})_{p,q}\)), as usual, and are composed degree by degree.

If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, then \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) and \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\times\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) are also abelian categories; kernels, cokernels, and all other operations are computed degree by degree. The category \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) has a shift autoequivalence \(T\) determined by \((TX)^p=X^{p+1}\) and \((Tf)^p=f^{p+1}\). More generally, \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^n}\) has a family of shift autoequivalences \(T_1,\ldots,T_n\) corresponding to shifts along the \(n\) coordinates. These shifts commute strictly: \(T_iT_j=T_jT_i\). Within the framework of this chapter, graded structures arise primarily from filtrations.

Definition.

Let \(X\) be an object of an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\).

  • A decreasing filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) is a sequence of subobjects \[\cdots \supset \mathrm{F}^p X \supset \mathrm{F}^{p+1} X \supset \cdots \quad (p \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}).\]

  • If there exist \(a\leq b\) such that \(\mathrm{F}^aX=X\) and \(\mathrm{F}^bX=0\), the filtration is called finite.

  • Increasing filtrations \(\mathrm{F}_\bullet X\) and their finiteness are defined similarly.

Decreasing and increasing filtrations can be distinguished by the position of the index \(p\). When no confusion is likely, both are simply called filtrations. Decreasing filtrations are customary in the study of complexes and cohomology, whereas increasing filtrations are customary for chain complexes and homology. This chapter mainly uses decreasing filtrations. All filtered objects \((X,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) form a category \(\mathrm{Fil}^\bullet(\mathcal{A})\). A morphism \(f:(X,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\to(Y,\mathrm{F}^\bullet Y)\) is a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) that preserves the filtrations; that is, for every \(p\), it restricts to a morphism \(\mathrm{F}^pX\to\mathrm{F}^pY\). The category \(\mathrm{Fil}_\bullet(\mathcal{A})\) is defined similarly.

For every \(X\), a decreasing filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) (or increasing filtration \(\mathrm{F}_\bullet X\)) gives a graded object \((\mathrm{F}^pX)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) (or \((\mathrm{F}_pX)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\)). This defines a functor \(\mathrm{Fil}^\bullet(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) (or \(\mathrm{Fil}_\bullet(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\)), called the Rees construction. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, there is another way to construct a graded object from a filtration.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category, and consider a filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) (or \(\mathrm{F}_\bullet X\)) on an object \(X\). Define the graded object \(\operatorname{gr}X\) by \[\operatorname{gr}^p X := \mathrm{F}^p X / \mathrm{F}^{p+1} X \quad (\text{or} \quad \operatorname{gr}_p X := \mathrm{F}_p X / \mathrm{F}_{p-1} X).\] This defines a functor \(\operatorname{gr}:\mathrm{Fil}^\bullet(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) (or \(\operatorname{gr}:\mathrm{Fil}_\bullet(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\)).

To extract information about \(X\) from \((\operatorname{gr}^pX)_p\), we need at least \(\bigcup_p\mathrm{F}^pX=X\) and \(\bigcap_p\mathrm{F}^pX=0\), using the notation of Convention reference. To make the first condition meaningful and useful, we also want \(\varinjlim_{p\to-\infty}\) to be exact in \(\mathcal{A}\), or else we may simply require that there be an \(M\) such that \(\mathrm{F}^MX=X\). We begin with some related notions.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and let \(X\) be an object with a filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\).

  • If \(\bigcap_p\mathrm{F}^pX=0\), the filtration is called separated.

  • If \(\bigcup_p\mathrm{F}^pX=X\) and either of the following conditions holds, the filtration is called exhaustive:

    1. \(\mathcal{A}\) has exact countable filtered direct limits \(\varinjlim\); more precisely, \(\varinjlim:\mathcal{A}^{(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0},\leq)}\to\mathcal{A}\) exists and is exact1;

    2. there is an \(M\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) such that \(\mathrm{F}^MX=X\).

  • If the family of canonical morphisms \(X\twoheadrightarrow X/\mathrm{F}^pX\) induces an isomorphism \(X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\varprojlim_pX/\mathrm{F}^pX\), the filtration is called complete.

Increasing filtrations \(\mathrm{F}_\bullet X\) are treated in the same way.

The notion of completeness is inspired by the case of topological groups; see [Li1]. A finite filtration is automatically separated, exhaustive, and complete; this is the principal case needed in this chapter. Observe that if there is an \(N\) such that \(\mathrm{F}^NX=0\), then \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) is separated and complete. Moreover, since the kernel of \(X\to\varprojlim_pX/\mathrm{F}^pX\) is \(\bigcap_p\mathrm{F}^pX\), completeness implies separatedness. The image of an exhaustive filtration is still exhaustive; this follows by interpreting \(\bigcup_p\) as \(\sum_p\) and then applying Lemma reference (ii). Moreover, an exhaustive filtration satisfies \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} \varinjlim_{p \to -\infty} \mathrm{F}^p X \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\bigcup_p \mathrm{F}^p X = X, \\ K = K \cap \left( \bigcup_p \mathrm{F}^p X \right) = \bigcup_p \left( K \cap \mathrm{F}^p X \right), \end{gathered} \end{equation}\] where \(K\) is any subobject of \(X\). Under condition (a) for an exhaustive filtration, these assertions follow readily from Proposition reference; under condition (b), they are immediate.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category, and let \(f:(X,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\to(Y,\mathrm{F}^\bullet Y)\) be a morphism in \(\mathrm{Fil}^\bullet(\mathcal{A})\).

  1. Suppose that \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) is separated and exhaustive. If \(\operatorname{gr}(f)\) is a monomorphism, then \(f\) is a monomorphism.

  2. Suppose that \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) is complete and exhaustive, while \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet Y\) is separated and exhaustive. If \(\operatorname{gr}(f)\) is an isomorphism, then \(f\) is also an isomorphism, and in this case \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet Y\) is complete as well.

The corresponding statements hold for increasing filtrations.

Proof. For each \(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), consider the following commutative diagram with exact rows: \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-064-d001}\] Write \(K^p\) and \(C^p\) for the kernel and cokernel of \(\mathrm{F}^pX\xrightarrow{f}\mathrm{F}^pY\).

For (i), apply Theorem reference to the diagram above. This gives \(K^{p+1}=K^p\). In particular, \(K^p\subset\bigcap_{\ell\geq p}\mathrm{F}^\ell X=0\), so the restriction of \(f\) to every \(\mathrm{F}^pX\) is a monomorphism. To prove that \(f\) itself is a monomorphism, it remains only to use \[\operatorname{ker}(f) \xlongequal{\because\; \text{\href{#eqn:exhaustion-intersection}{equation}}} \bigcup_p \left( \operatorname{ker}(f) \cap \mathrm{F}^p X \right) = 0.\]

For (ii), the diagram gives both \(K^{p+1}=K^p\) and \(C^{p+1}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}C^p\). For each \(\ell>p\), consider the commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-064-d002}\] Another application of Theorem reference gives the isomorphism induced by \(f\) \[\mathrm{F}^p X / \mathrm{F}^\ell X \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{F}^p Y / \mathrm{F}^\ell Y.\]

Taking \(\varinjlim_{p:p<\ell}\) on both sides and using equation gives \(X/\mathrm{F}^\ell X\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y/\mathrm{F}^\ell Y\). Taking \(\varprojlim_\ell\) now gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-064-d003}\] It follows that both \(f\) and \(Y\to\varprojlim_\ell Y/\mathrm{F}^\ell Y\) are isomorphisms.


  1. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a Grothendieck category, then (a) holds automatically.↩︎

General definition of spectral sequences

We begin with the general definition of a differential object. This involves an additive category with translation \((\mathcal{A},T)\) as in Definition reference, as well as morphisms with degree as in Definition reference.

Definition.

A differential object over an additive category with translation \((\mathcal{A},T)\) is data \((X,d)\), where \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(d:X\xrightarrow{+1}X\) satisfies \(d^2=0\).

  • A morphism from \((X,d)\) to \((X',d')\) is a morphism \(\alpha:X\to X'\) satisfying \(d'\alpha=\alpha d\).

  • All differential objects form a category \((\mathcal{A},T)_d\); we also write \(\mathcal{A}_d:=(\mathcal{A},\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}})_d\).

If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category (or a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring), then so is \((\mathcal{A},T)_d\). The forgetful functor \((\mathcal{A},T)_d\to\mathcal{A}\) sends \((X,d)\) to \(X\).

Proposition.

The forgetful functor \((\mathcal{A},T)_d\to\mathcal{A}\) creates all \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\) (Definition reference).

Proof. Replay the proof of Lemma reference.

It follows that if \(\mathcal{A}\) is an Abelian category, then \((\mathcal{A},T)_d\) is also Abelian and \((\mathcal{A},T)_d\to\mathcal{A}\) is exact. In the case of an Abelian category, one distinguishing feature of a differential object is that it has homology or cohomology.

Definition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category. We define the additive functor \[\operatorname{H}:(\mathcal{A},T)_d\to\mathcal{A},\qquad \operatorname{H}(X,d):=\operatorname{ker}(d)/\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d).\]

We call a triangular diagram in an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) \(\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-065-diagram-001}\) exact if \[\cdots T^{k-m}C\to T^kA\to T^kB\to T^kC\to T^{k+m}A\cdots\] is an exact sequence extending infinitely in both directions. More general triangular diagrams with degrees are treated in the same way.

Lemma. Let \((\mathcal{A},T)\) be an Abelian category with translation. If \(0\to(X',d')\to(X,d)\to(X'',d'')\to0\) is a short exact sequence in \((\mathcal{A},T)_d\), then the following diagram is exact at every vertex: \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-065-d001}\]

Proof. In \(\mathcal{A}\), consider the sequence of complexes \[0\to(T^nX',T^nd')_n\to(T^nX,T^nd)_n \to(T^nX'',T^nd'')_n\to0.\] It is exact degree by degree, hence is a short exact sequence. Apply Proposition reference to it.

Example (Complexes as differential objects).

For an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\), consider \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) together with the translation functor \(T:(X^n)_n\mapsto(X^{n+1})_n\). By the discussion in §reference, objects of \((\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},T)_d\) are also called differential graded objects, and there is an isomorphism of categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\simeq(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},T)_d\). If \(\mathcal{A}\) is Abelian, then plainly \[\operatorname{H}(X,d)=\left(\operatorname{H}^p(X)\right)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}.\]

We can now give the definition of a spectral sequence. To simplify the discussion, we first consider the case without translation, or equivalently the case of morphisms without degree; in other words, we take \(T=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

Definition (J. Leray, J.-L. Koszul).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category and \(a\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). A spectral sequence starting at \(a\) is data \(\mathscr{E}=(E_r,d_r)_{r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq a}}\) together with \((t_r)_{r\geq a+1}\), where

  • \((E_r,d_r)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}_d)\);

  • \(t_r:\operatorname{H}(E_{r-1},d_{r-1})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}E_r\) for \(r\geq a+1\).

The data \(a\) and \((t_r)_r\) are often omitted from the notation.

A morphism of spectral sequences \(\mathscr{E}\to\mathscr{E}'\) is a family of morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}_d\) \(\varphi_r:(E_r,d_r)\to(E'_r,d'_r)\) satisfying \(t_r\operatorname{H}(\varphi_{r-1})=\varphi_rt_r\) for \(r\geq a+1\).

The pair \((E_r,d_r)\) is customarily called the \(r\)-th page of the spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}\); computing \(E_{r+1}\) from \(E_r\) amounts to turning the page. Abstractly, the precise page at which a spectral sequence starts is immaterial, but in applications it depends on the particular context. If \(d_r\) in a spectral sequence is viewed as a morphism \(\operatorname{H}(E_{r-1},d_{r-1})\to\operatorname{H}(E_{r-1},d_{r-1})\), then both \(\operatorname{ker}(d_r)\) and \(\operatorname{im}(d_r)\) correspond to subobjects of \(\operatorname{ker}(d_{r-1})\) that contain \(\operatorname{im}(d_{r-1})\). For simplicity, suppose the spectral sequence starts at \(a=0\). Define \(Z_1\) (respectively \(B_1\)) to be \(\operatorname{ker}(d_0)\) (respectively \(\operatorname{im}(d_0)\)), then define \(Z_2\) (respectively \(B_2\)) as the inverse image of \(\operatorname{ker}(d_1)\) (respectively \(\operatorname{im}(d_1)\)) under \(E_0\supset Z_1\twoheadrightarrow E_1\), and so on. Iteration yields \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} 0=:B_0\subset B_1\subset B_2\subset\cdots\subset Z_2\subset Z_1 \subset Z_0=:E_0, \\ Z_r\leftrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(d_{r-1}),\quad B_r\leftrightarrow\operatorname{im}(d_{r-1}),\quad Z_r/B_r\simeq E_r. \end{gathered} \end{equation}\]

  • If \(Z_\infty:=\bigcap_rZ_r\) and \(B_\infty:=\bigcup_rB_r\) exist, the limit of the spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}\) is defined to be \(E_\infty:=Z_\infty/B_\infty\).

  • If there is an \(r\) such that \(r'\geq r\implies d_{r'}=0\), then \(\mathscr{E}\) is said to degenerate at the \(E_r\) page. In this case clearly \(Z_r=Z_{r+1}=\cdots\) and \(B_r=B_{r+1}=\cdots\), so \(Z_r=Z_\infty\) and \(B_r=B_\infty\); consequently, \(E_r=E_\infty\).

When discussing homologically graded spectral sequences, we shall instead use the notation \((E^r,d^r)_r\) and \(B^r,Z^r\).

Proposition. Let \(\varphi_r:\mathscr{E}\to\mathscr{E}'\) be a morphism of spectral sequences. If \(\varphi_r\) is an isomorphism, then \(\varphi_s\) is also an isomorphism for \(s\geq r\); if the limits exist, then \(\varphi_\infty:E_\infty\to E'_\infty\) is also an isomorphism.

Proof. The isomorphism \(\varphi_r\) induces an isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\to\operatorname{H}(E'_r,d'_r)\), which is precisely \(\varphi_{r+1}\). Without loss of generality, suppose that the spectral sequences start at \(r\). Then \((\varphi_s)_{s\geq r}\) is an isomorphism of spectral sequences, and the assertion concerning \(\varphi_\infty\) is immediate.

More generally, for an Abelian category with translation \((\mathcal{A},T)\), the definition of a spectral sequence extends to the case \((E_r,d_r)\in\operatorname{Ob}((\mathcal{A},T^{a_r})_d)\), where \(a_1,a_2,\ldots\) is a sequence of integers. The definitions of \(\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\) and \(B_r,Z_r\) above remain unchanged. In the generalization we shall need later, we may go even further and equip \(\mathcal{A}\) with a family of mutually commuting automorphisms \(T_1,\ldots,T_n\), with \[d_r:E_r\xrightarrow{+\vec{a}_r}E_r,\qquad \vec{a}_r=(a_{r,1},\ldots,a_{r,n})\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^n.\] Following this idea, we introduce the two most commonly used versions, both of which involve graded structures.

Definition (Spectral sequences: graded and bigraded versions).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category. Cohomologically graded and cohomologically bigraded spectral sequences, both written \(\mathscr{E}=(E_r,d_r)_r\), are defined as follows. \[\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|} \hline \text{Version} & E_r & d_r & \text{Degree of morphism} \\ \hline \text{Graded} & (E_r^p)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}) & (d_r^p)_p & d_r^p:E_r^p\xrightarrow{+r}E_r^{p+r} \\ \text{Bigraded} & (E_r^{p,q})_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\times\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}) & (d_r^{p,q})_{(p,q)} & d_r^{p,q}:E_r^{p,q}\xrightarrow{+(r,-r+1)}E_r^{p+r,q-r+1} \\ \hline \end{array}\] In both cases \((d_r)^2=0\) is required, with composition understood as the composition of morphisms with degrees, and the data include a specified isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}(E_{r-1},d_{r-1})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}E_r\).

Dually, a homologically graded (or bigraded) spectral sequence is defined as the following data \((E^r,d^r)_{r\geq1}\), again with \((d^r)^2=0\) and a specified isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}(E^r,d^r)\simeq E^{r+1}\): \[\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|} \hline \text{Version} & E^r & d^r & \text{Degree of morphism} \\ \hline \text{Graded} & (E^r_p)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}) & (d^r_p)_p & d^r_p:E^r_p\xrightarrow{-r}E^r_{p-r} \\ \text{Bigraded} & (E^r_{p,q})_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\times\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}) & (d^r_{p,q})_{(p,q)} & d^r_{p,q}:E^r_{p,q}\xrightarrow{+(-r,r-1)}E^r_{p-r,q+r-1} \\ \hline \end{array}\] Morphisms between these spectral sequences are defined in the usual way and must be compatible with the specified isomorphisms.

In \((p,q)\) coordinates, the directions of \(d_r\) and \(d^r\) in a bigraded spectral sequence are as follows.

Diagram chapter5-unit-065-d002 Diagram chapter5-unit-065-d003

In either version, following the preceding pattern, we may define the objects \(B_r^p\subset Z_r^p\), \(B_r^{p,q}\subset Z_r^{p,q}\), \(E_\infty^p\), \(E_\infty^{p,q}\), as well as \(B^r_p\subset Z^r_p\), \(B^r_{p,q}\subset Z^r_{p,q}\), \(E^\infty_p\), \(E^\infty_{p,q}\), and so forth.

Example (The finite-width case). In many common situations, the nonzero terms of a bigraded spectral sequence are concentrated in a horizontal (or vertical) strip of width \(s\), where \(s\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), as in the following figure: \[\textbf{Diagram chapter5-unit-065-d004} \quad \text{or} \quad \textbf{Diagram chapter5-unit-065-d005}\] Inspection of the arrow directions shows that \(r>s\) (or \(r\geq s\)) implies \(d_r^{p,q}=0\) for all \(p,q\); in this case the spectral sequence degenerates at the \(E_r\) page. The homological case is similar.

Definition.

Let \(\mathscr{E}\) be a cohomological (or homological) bigraded spectral sequence, and let \(r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). If for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) there are at most finitely many \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\) satisfying \(p+q=n\) and \(E_r^{p,q}\neq0\) (or \(E^r_{p,q}\neq0\)), then \(E_r\) (or \(E^r\)) is called bounded.

It follows from \(E_{r+1}\simeq\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\) that \(E_r^{p,q}=0\implies E_{r+1}^{p,q}=0\). In particular, if \(E_r\) is bounded, then \(E_{r+1}\) is bounded. The homological case is similar.

Proposition. Let \(\mathscr{E}\) be a cohomological (or homological) bigraded spectral sequence for which \(E_r\) (or \(E^r\)) is bounded. For every \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\), there is an \(r(p,q)\) such that, whenever \(r\geq r(p,q)\), one has \(E_r^{p,q}=E_{r+1}^{p,q}\) (or \(E^r_{p,q}=E^{r+1}_{p,q}\)). Consequently, the limit of \(\mathscr{E}\) exists and satisfies \(E_r^{p,q}=E_\infty^{p,q}\) (or \(E^r_{p,q}=E^\infty_{p,q}\)).

Proof. It suffices to discuss the case of \(E_r\). Fix \(n\). By boundedness, for all \((p,q)\) with \(p+q=n\) and all sufficiently large \(r\), we have \(E_r^{p-r,q+r-1}=0\), hence \(B_r^{p,q}=0\). Similarly, for sufficiently large \(r\), we have \(E_r^{p+r,q-r+1}=0\), hence \(Z_r^{p,q}=E_r^{p,q}\). This proves the assertion.

Definition. Let \(\mathscr{E}\) be a cohomological (or homological) bigraded spectral sequence, and let \(r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). If \(E_r^{p,q}\neq0\) (or \(E^r_{p,q}\neq0\)) implies \(p,q\geq0\), then \(E_r\) (or \(E^r\)) is said to lie in the first quadrant. The other quadrants are defined similarly.

An \(E_r\) lying in the first or third quadrant is clearly bounded. It follows from \(E_{r+1}\simeq\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\) that if \(E_r\) lies in any given quadrant, then \(E_{r+1}\) lies in the same quadrant. The homological case is similar.

Remark (Edge calculations). Spectral sequences lying in the first quadrant occur especially often. For the cohomological version, the edge terms \(E_r^{\bullet,0}\) and \(E_r^{0,\bullet}\) have special properties. Fix \(p,q\geq1\). By carefully examining the direction of \(d_r\) and recalling that \(E_{r+1}\simeq\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\), one verifies that \[\begin{equation} \begin{array}{cc} E_2^{p,0}\twoheadrightarrow E_3^{p,0}\twoheadrightarrow\cdots \twoheadrightarrow E_{p+1}^{p,0}=E_\infty^{p,0} & \text{($\because$ all outgoing $d$ are $0$)}, \\ E_\infty^{0,q}=E_{q+2}^{0,q}\hookrightarrow E_{q+1}^{0,q} \hookrightarrow\cdots\hookrightarrow E_2^{0,q}\hookrightarrow E_1^{0,q} & \text{($\because$ all incoming $d$ are $0$)}. \end{array} \end{equation}\] A first-quadrant homological bigraded spectral sequence has the corresponding properties: \[\begin{equation} \begin{array}{cc} E^\infty_{p,0}=E^{p+1}_{p,0}\hookrightarrow E^p_{p,0} \hookrightarrow\cdots\hookrightarrow E^3_{p,0}\hookrightarrow E^2_{p,0} & \text{($\because$ all incoming $d$ are $0$)}, \\ E^1_{0,q}\twoheadrightarrow E^2_{0,q}\twoheadrightarrow\cdots \twoheadrightarrow E^{q+2}_{0,q}=E^\infty_{0,q} & \text{($\because$ all outgoing $d$ are $0$)}. \end{array} \end{equation}\]

The morphisms arising from equation or equation are collectively called edge morphisms. The preceding discussion gives the following exact sequence (\(p\geq2\)): \[\begin{equation} 0\to E^{0,p-1}_\infty\to E^{0,p-1}_p\xrightarrow{d}E^{p,0}_p \to E^{p,0}_\infty\to0, \end{equation}\] in which every morphism except \(d\) is an edge morphism. There is also a homological version of this exact sequence (\(p\geq2\)): \[\begin{equation} 0\to E^\infty_{p,0}\to E^p_{p,0}\xrightarrow{d}E^p_{0,p-1} \to E^\infty_{0,p-1}\to0. \end{equation}\] Beginning readers should be sure to draw the directions of the morphisms \(d\) involving these terms, determine when they are \(0\), and thereby verify all the assertions above.

Exact couples

Several commonly used kinds of spectral sequence arise from exact couples, a discovery due to W. Massey. To grasp the essential idea, we first return to the case without degrees.

Definition (Exact couple).

An exact couple over an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) is an exact diagram in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d001}\] Morphisms between data \(\mathscr{C}:=(D,E,i,j,k)\) are defined in the evident way.

Given an exact couple \(\mathscr{C}=(D,E,i,j,k)\), set \(d:=jk:E\to E\). Then \(dj=jkj=0\) and \(kd=kjk=0\), whence \(d^2=0\). The exactness conditions readily give the following factorizations: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d002} \quad \text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d003} \end{equation}\] Also define \(E':=\operatorname{H}(E,d)\), \(D':=i(D)\), and \(i':=i|_{i(D)}:D'\to D'\).

Lemma. Given an exact couple \(\mathscr{C}=(D,E,i,j,k)\), the data constructed above, \[\mathscr{C}'=(D',E',i',j',k'):\quad \text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d004}\] also form an exact couple.

Proof. Examining equation and using the exactness conditions, one readily verifies that \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{ker}(i') &= i(D)\cap\operatorname{ker}(i)=\operatorname{ker}(j)\cap k(E) \\ &=\operatorname{im}\left[\operatorname{ker}(d)\xrightarrow{k}i(D)\right]=\operatorname{im}(k'), \\ \operatorname{ker}(j') &= i\left(j^{-1}(jk(E))\right) \\ &=i\left(k(E)+\operatorname{ker}(j)\right)=i\left(i(D)\right)=\operatorname{im}(i'), \\ \operatorname{ker}(k') &= (\operatorname{ker}(k)\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))/\operatorname{im}(d) =(j(D)\cap\operatorname{ker}(jk))/\operatorname{im}(d) \\ &=j(D)/\operatorname{im}(d)=\operatorname{im}(j'). \end{align*}\] Thus the new triangular diagram is still exact.

Iterating this procedure gives a sequence of exact couples \((\mathscr{C}_{(r)})_{r\geq1}\), with \(\mathscr{C}_{(1)}=\mathscr{C}\) and \(\mathscr{C}_{(r+1)}=\mathscr{C}_{(r)}'\) for \(r\geq1\). Writing \(\mathscr{C}_{(r)}=(D_r,E_r,i_r,j_r,k_r)\), the sequence \((E_r,d_r:=j_rk_r)_{r\geq1}\) is a spectral sequence.

Lemma. For the spectral sequence \((E_r,d_r)_{r\geq1}\) obtained from an exact couple \(\mathscr{C}=(D,E,i,j,k)\), define the family of subobjects \(\overline{B}_r\subset\overline{Z}_r\) of \(E=E_1\) according to equation. Bars are used because the indexing starts at \(r=1\); see Proposition reference below. For \(r\geq0\), \[\begin{gather*} \overline{B}_{r+1}=j\left(\operatorname{ker}(i^r)\right) \subset k^{-1}\left(\operatorname{im}(i^r)\right)=\overline{Z}_{r+1}; \\ \overline{B}_\infty=j\left(\bigcup_{r\geq2}\operatorname{ker}(i^r)\right) \subset k^{-1}\left(\bigcap_{r\geq2}\operatorname{im}(i^r)\right) =\overline{Z}_\infty, \end{gather*}\] provided that the relevant \(\bigcup_r\) and \(\bigcap_r\) exist. More precisely, the exact couple \(\mathscr{C}_{(r+1)}\) is canonically isomorphic to \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d005}\] where \(\overline{k}_{r+1}\) is induced by \(k:E\to D\), while \(\overline{j}_{r+1}\) is characterized by the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d006}\]

Proof. The description of the exact couple \(\mathscr{C}_{(r+1)}\) can be proved recursively. The case \(r=0\) is trivial (\(i^0=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\)), and the descriptions of \(\overline{B}_{r+1}\) and \(\overline{Z}_{r+1}\) are immediate consequences. Since the details are somewhat routine, they are omitted. The assertion \(\overline{B}_\infty\subset\overline{Z}_\infty\) follows from Lemma reference (ii).

We next explain how to construct an exact couple from a differential object.

Proposition. Let \(\alpha:(D,d)\to(D,d)\) be a monomorphism in \(\mathcal{A}_d\), and write \(d_\alpha\) for the morphism induced by \(d\) on \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\). Then there is an exact couple \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d007}\] Take the inverse images of \(\overline{B}_{r+1}\subset\overline{Z}_{r+1}\) in \(E_0:=\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\), and denote them by \[0=:B_0\subset B_1\subset B_2\subset\cdots\subset Z_2\subset Z_1 \subset Z_0:=\operatorname{coker}(\alpha).\] For every \(r\geq0\):

  • \(B_{r+1}\) is the image of \((\alpha^r)^{-1}(dD)\subset D\) in \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\);

  • \(Z_{r+1}\) is the image of \(d^{-1}(\alpha^{r+1}D)\subset D\) in \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\);

  • \(d_{r+1}\in\operatorname{End}(Z_{r+1}/B_{r+1})\) is induced by \(d^{-1}(\alpha^{r+1}D)\xrightarrow{d}\alpha^{r+1}D \xleftarrow[\sim]{\alpha^{r+1}}D\).

In particular, there are canonical isomorphisms \[E_{r+1}\simeq\dfrac{Z_{r+1}}{B_{r+1}} \simeq\dfrac{d^{-1}(\alpha^{r+1}D)+\alpha D} {(\alpha^r)^{-1}(dD)+\alpha D},\qquad r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}.\]

Proof. The exact couple is obtained by applying Lemma reference (with \(T=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\)) to the short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}_d\) \[0\to(D,d)\xrightarrow{\alpha}(D,d) \to(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha),d_\alpha)\to0.\] In particular, \(j\) is induced by \(D\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\), while \(k\) is essentially the connecting morphism in the long exact sequence. The description of \(B_{r+1}\) is simply the version of Lemma reference lifted to \(E_0\). For \(Z_{r+1}\), besides that lemma, the key point is the description of the connecting morphism \(k:\operatorname{H}(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha),d_\alpha)\to\operatorname{H}(D,d)\). A careful review of the constructions in equation and equation shows that this morphism is induced by the middle vertical morphism \(\overline{d}\) in the following commutative diagram with exact rows: \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d008}\] and \(\overline{d}\) itself comes from \(d:D\to D\). The remaining verifications are lengthy but straightforward; the reader may begin with the case where \(\mathcal{A}\) is a category of modules.

Thus the spectral sequence provided by a differential object can be made to start at \(0\) by setting \(E_0:=\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\) and \(d_0:=d_\alpha\). For an Abelian category with translation \((\mathcal{A},T)\), morphisms with degrees can still be composed and notions such as exactness remain available, so the theory of exact couples readily extends to the case in which \(i,j,k\) have degrees. For example, in the situation to be discussed in §reference, we can consider the exact couple \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d009} \xlongequal{\text{unrolled}} \left[ \text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-d010} \right].\] Denote this exact couple by \(\mathscr{C}\). The natural extension of Lemma reference to the case with degrees shows that \(\mathscr{C}_{(r)}\) has the form \(\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-066-diagram-011}\). Thus \(d_r=j_rk_r\) is a morphism of degree \(r\). The resulting spectral sequence is therefore graded.

The spectral sequence of a filtered differential object

Throughout this section, we work with an Abelian category with translation \((\mathcal{A},T)\).

Definition.

An object \((X,d)\in\operatorname{Ob}((\mathcal{A},T)_d)\) equipped with a filtration \(\left(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X,d_{\mathrm{F}^\bullet X}\right)\) is called a filtered differential object over \((\mathcal{A},T)\). In this case, \(\operatorname{gr}^pX\) is also naturally equipped with \(\operatorname{gr}^pd:\operatorname{gr}^pX\to T\operatorname{gr}^pX\), so that \((\operatorname{gr}^pX,\operatorname{gr}^pd)\in\operatorname{Ob}((\mathcal{A},T)_d)\).

Since \(d_{\mathrm{F}^pX}\) on the subobject \(\mathrm{F}^pX\) is best understood as the restriction of \(d:X\to TX\), we continue to denote it by \(d\). A similar definition applies to increasing filtrations, with an entirely dual formulation. We return to spectral sequences. The preceding section explained how to construct an exact couple from a differential object. Now consider a filtered differential object \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) over \(\mathcal{A}\). Write \(S:(Y^p)_p\mapsto(Y^{p+1})_p\) for the standard translation functor on \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\); it plainly commutes with \(T\), acting on each \(Y^p\). Consequently, the morphisms considered below have two kinds of degree: the “filtration degree” corresponding to \(S\) and the “internal degree” corresponding to \(T\). For the moment we focus on the former. Since the filtration is decreasing, there is a monomorphism \[\alpha:\left(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X,d\right)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \hookrightarrow S^{-1}\left(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X,d\right)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} =\left(\mathrm{F}^{p}X,d\right)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}.\] Thus \(E_0:=\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)=\left(\operatorname{gr}^pX,\operatorname{gr}^pd\right)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) and \(E_1^p=\operatorname{H}(\operatorname{gr}^pX,\operatorname{gr}^pd)\). Regard \(\alpha\) as a morphism of degree \(-1\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) (with respect to \(S\)). Applying Proposition reference gives the following exact couple with degrees over \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\): \[\mathscr{C}=\left[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-067-d001}\right],\] where the \(\nwarrow\) arrow comes from the connecting morphism induced by the short exact sequence \(0\to(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X,d)\to(\mathrm{F}^pX,d) \to(\operatorname{gr}^pX,\operatorname{gr}^pd)\to0\). The resulting sequence \(\mathscr{E}=(E_r^p,d_r^p)_{\substack{r\geq0\\p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}}\) is called the spectral sequence determined by \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\). At the end of §reference we explained that \(d_r\) is a morphism of degree \(r\) with respect to \(S\), namely \[d_r=\left(d_r^p:E_r^p\to(S^rE_r)^p=E_r^{p+r}\right)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}};\] of course, the degree of \(d_r\) can also be read from the formula in Proposition reference. In other words, a filtered differential object \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) gives a cohomologically graded spectral sequence as in Definition reference. Notice that \(d_r^p\) here may also carry an internal degree (unless \(T=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\)); this is suppressed from the notation and will be set out in detail in §reference. Following the pattern of equation, define subobjects of \(Z_0=(\operatorname{gr}^pX,\operatorname{gr}^pd)_p\) by \[B_r=(B_r^p)_p\subset(Z_r^p)_p=Z_r.\] To simplify notation, the statements below suppress the internal degree of \(d\); this amounts to considering the special case \(T=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\). The extension to the general case is routine: translation functors need only be inserted appropriately wherever \(d^{-1}(\cdots)\) or \(d(\cdots)\) occurs, so that the expressions make strict sense.

Proposition. For a filtered differential object \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\), the associated spectral sequence satisfies \[\begin{align*} Z_r^p&=\dfrac{\left(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap d^{-1}\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X\right) +\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X}{\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X}, \\ B_r^p&=\dfrac{\left(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap d\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}X\right) +\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X}{\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X}, \end{align*}\] and \(d_r^p:E_r^p\to E_r^{p+r}\) is induced by the morphism \(d^{-1}\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X\xrightarrow{d} \mathrm{F}^{p+r}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)\).

Proof. Observe that the degree-\(p\) component of \(\alpha^r\) may be identified with the inclusion \(\mathrm{F}^pX\hookrightarrow\mathrm{F}^{p-r}X\) or \(\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X\hookrightarrow\mathrm{F}^pX\). The assertion reduces to the graded version of Proposition reference.

Since \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) are taken degree by degree, \(E_\infty=(E_\infty^p)_{p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) can be written as \[\begin{equation} E_\infty^p=\dfrac{Z_\infty^p}{B_\infty^p} =\dfrac{\bigcap_r\left((\mathrm{F}^pX\cap d^{-1}\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X) +\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\right)} {\bigcup_r\left((\mathrm{F}^pX\cap d\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}X) +\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\right)}, \end{equation}\] provided the displayed \(\bigcap\) and \(\bigcup\) exist for every \(p\).

Remark. Proposition reference on the spectral sequence of a filtered differential object is the foundation for the later discussions in this chapter. It is an application of exact couples, but we could equally regard the formulas in Proposition reference as direct definitions and verify from them all the properties required of a spectral sequence.

From the preceding description, the spectral sequence \(E_r^p\) of \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) can be viewed as a process of successively approximating \(\operatorname{H}(X,d)\). To make precise what “approximating” means, we need the following concept.

Definition (Induced filtration).

For a filtered differential object \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) over \((\mathcal{A},T)\), the object \(\operatorname{H}(X,d)\) carries the induced filtration \[\mathrm{F}^p\operatorname{H}(X,d):= \operatorname{im}\left[\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)\to\operatorname{H}(X,d)\right], \qquad p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\]

Lemma. If there is an \(N\) with \(\mathrm{F}^NX=0\), then \(\mathrm{F}^N\operatorname{H}(X,d)=0\). If \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\) is an exhaustive filtration in the sense of Definition reference, then \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet\operatorname{H}(X,d)\) is exhaustive as well.

Proof. The first part is immediate; we prove the second. By Lemma reference (ii), \(\bigcup_p\mathrm{F}^p\operatorname{H}(X,d)\) is the image of \(\bigcup_p(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))\), while equation gives \[\bigcup_p\left(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)\right) =\left(\bigcup_p\mathrm{F}^pX\right)\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)=\operatorname{ker}(d).\] Moreover, if there is an \(M\) with \(\mathrm{F}^MX=X\), then of course \(\mathrm{F}^M\operatorname{H}(X,d)=\operatorname{H}(X,d)\).

We shall apply the graded version of these observations in §reference.

Lemma. For a filtered differential object \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) and every \(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there is a canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}(X,d)\simeq \dfrac{\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)} {(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)) +(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d))}.\]

Proof. Expand the definition of \(\mathrm{F}^p\operatorname{H}(X,d)/\mathrm{F}^{p+1}\operatorname{H}(X,d)\) and use the standard isomorphism theorem for Abelian categories, Proposition reference, to obtain \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}(X,d) &=\dfrac{(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d)} {(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d)} \\ &=\dfrac{(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)) +(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d)} {(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d)} \\ &\simeq\dfrac{\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)} {((\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d)) \cap(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))} \\ &=\dfrac{\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)} {(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)) +(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d))}. \end{align*}\] The last step uses the fact that \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) is a modular lattice1 (Theorem reference), together with \(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)\subset\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)\) and \(\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d)\subset\operatorname{ker}(d)\). The remaining steps are standard.

Definition–Proposition.

For a filtered differential object \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\), construct the associated cohomologically graded spectral sequence \((E_r,d_r)_r\). If the \(\bigcap_r\) and \(\bigcup_r\) in equation exist, then the limit \(E_\infty\) exists, and the \(\operatorname{gr}\operatorname{H}(X,d)\) determined by the induced filtration can be canonically realized as a subquotient of \(E_\infty\).

  • If \(\operatorname{gr}\operatorname{H}(X,d)=E_\infty\), the spectral sequence \((E_r,d_r)_r\) is called weakly convergent.

  • If \((E_r,d_r)_r\) is weakly convergent and \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet\operatorname{H}(X,d)\) is exhaustive and complete, the spectral sequence \((E_r,d_r)_r\) is called strongly convergent.

Proof. Fix \(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). In the expression for \(E_\infty^p\) in equation, the numerator contains \((\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\), while the denominator is contained in \((\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d))+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\) (recall that \(d\) is a morphism \(X\to TX\)). This gives the following subquotient of \(E_\infty^p\): \[\begin{multline*} \dfrac{(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X} {(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d))+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X} \\ \simeq\dfrac{\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)} {((\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d))+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X) \cap(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))} \\ =\dfrac{\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)} {(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d)) +(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))}. \end{multline*}\] The first isomorphism is standard. The following equality uses the fact that \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\) is a modular lattice, together with \(\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{im}(T^{-1}d) \subset\mathrm{F}^pX\cap\operatorname{ker}(d)\) and \(\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X\subset\mathrm{F}^pX\). Now apply Lemma reference.

Definitions of convergence vary slightly among references. All the statements above have corresponding versions for differential objects with increasing filtrations \((X,d,\mathrm{F}_\bullet X)\) and the associated homologically graded spectral sequences.


  1. That is, for all subobjects \(A,A^\flat,B\subset X\) with \(A^\flat\subset A\), one has \(A^\flat+(A\cap B)=(A^\flat+B)\cap A\).↩︎

The spectral sequence of a filtered complex

We continue the line of thought from §reference, still with a fixed Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\). The result of Proposition reference for filtered differential objects can be extended to allow the morphism \(d\) to have a degree. In particular, this theory applies to filtered complexes. Concretely, replace the previous \(\mathcal{A}\) by \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) and denote its translation functor by \(T\). By Example reference, an object \((X,d)\) of \((\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},T)_d\) can be identified with a complex \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\). If we further take a decreasing filtration \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\), then \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{H}(X,d)&=\left(\operatorname{H}^n(X)\right)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}, \\ \operatorname{H}\left(\mathrm{F}^pX,d\right) &=\left(\operatorname{H}^n\left(\mathrm{F}^pX\right)\right)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}, \\ \mathrm{F}^p\operatorname{H}^n(X)&:= \operatorname{im}\left[\mathrm{F}^pX^n\cap\operatorname{ker}(d_X^n)\to\operatorname{H}^n(X)\right] \quad\text{(Definition~\href{#def:induced-filtration-H}{reference}).} \end{align*}\] Thus the \(E_r\) in the spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}\) constructed above in fact takes values in \(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\times\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) and is a bigraded object. Besides the filtration degree \(p\), there is an “internal degree” \(n\) coming from the complex structure; the corresponding translation functors \(S\) and \(T\) commute strictly. We already know that \(d_r\) has degree \(r\) with respect to \(S\); we now determine its degree with respect to \(T\).

  • In the exact couple \(\mathscr{C}_{(1)}\) used to construct \(\mathscr{E}\), the morphism \(\nwarrow\) has degree \(1\) with respect to \(T\), while the other morphisms have degree zero. Indeed, \(\nwarrow\) comes from the cohomological connecting morphism and hence has degree \(1\) with respect to \(T\), while the other arrows plainly have degree zero.

  • Using the description in Lemma reference, the same statement follows recursively for \(\mathscr{C}_{(r)}\) for every \(r\).

  • Consequently, both \(d_r\) and the \(d\) in \((X,d)\) are morphisms of degree \(1\) with respect to \(T\). This is also immediate from the description in Proposition reference.

For applications, the customary convention is to use the indices \(p\) and \(q:=n-p\). Thus \[\begin{gather*} E_r=(E_r^{p,q})_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2} =\left(Z_r^{p,q}/B_r^{p,q}\right)_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}, \\ E_0^{p,q}=\left(\operatorname{gr}^pX\right)^{p+q}, \\ E_1^{p,q}=\operatorname{H}^{p+q}\left(\operatorname{gr}^pX,\operatorname{gr}^pd\right), \\ d_r=\left(d_r^{p,q}:E_r^{p,q}\to E_r^{p+r,q-r+1}\right)_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2} :E_r\xrightarrow{(r,-r+1)}E_r. \end{gather*}\] In other words, a filtered complex gives a cohomological bigraded spectral sequence as in Definition reference. Dually, a chain complex with an increasing filtration gives a homological bigraded spectral sequence.

Example. Consider a filtered complex \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\). If for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) one has \(\mathrm{F}^0X^n=X^n\) and \(\mathrm{F}^{n+1}X^n=0\), then \(E_0\) lies in the first quadrant (Definition reference). This follows immediately from \(E_0^{p,q}=(\operatorname{gr}^pX)^{p+q}\).

Proposition. For a complex \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\) with decreasing filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\), the associated spectral sequence satisfies \[\begin{align*} Z_r^{p,q}&= \dfrac{\left(\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d^{-1}\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X^{p+q+1}\right)+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}} {\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}}, \\ B_r^{p,q}&= \dfrac{\left(\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}X^{p+q-1}\right)+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}} {\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}}, \end{align*}\] and \(d_r^{p,q}:E_r^{p,q}\to E_r^{p+r,q-r+1}\) is induced by \[d^{-1}\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X^{p+q+1}\xrightarrow{d} \mathrm{F}^{p+r}X^{p+q+1}\cap\operatorname{ker}(d).\]

Proof. In Proposition reference, include the complex degree \(n=p+q\) and observe that \(d\) has degree \(1\) with respect to the complex translation functor \(T\).

Similarly, equation has the bigraded version \[\begin{equation} E_\infty^{p,q}=\dfrac{Z_\infty^{p,q}}{B_\infty^{p,q}} =\dfrac{\bigcap_r\left((\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d^{-1}\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X^{p+q+1})+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}\right)} {\bigcup_r\left((\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}X^{p+q-1})+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p,q}\right)}, \end{equation}\] provided the displayed \(\bigcup\) and \(\bigcap\) exist. In this case \(E_\infty=(E_\infty^{p,q})_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\). Definition–Proposition reference now becomes a bigraded statement: for all \(p,q\), the object \(\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X)\) can be canonically realized as a subquotient of \(E_\infty^{p,q}\). The convergence properties of the spectral sequence are correspondingly refined by the grading.

Definition.

For a filtered complex \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) over \(\mathcal{A}\), construct the associated cohomologically graded spectral sequence \((E_r,d_r)_r\). If the \(\bigcap_r\) and \(\bigcup_r\) in equation exist, then \(\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X)\) can be canonically realized as a subquotient of \(E_\infty^{p,q}\).

  • If \(\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X)=E_\infty^{p,q}\) for every \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\), then \((E_r,d_r)_r\) is called weakly convergent.

  • If the sequence is weakly convergent and, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet\operatorname{H}^n(X)\) is exhaustive and complete, then \((E_r,d_r)_r\) is called strongly convergent.

Convention.

Strong convergence of a spectral sequence is also denoted by \(E_r^{p,q}\Rightarrow\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X)\). The subscript \(r\) is usually written concretely as \(1\), \(2\), and so on, depending on which page of the spectral sequence we wish to describe.

More generally, suppose we are given a cohomological bigraded spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}\), a filtered graded object \((H,\mathrm{F}^\bullet H)\), and isomorphisms \(E_\infty^{p,q}\simeq\operatorname{gr}^pH^{p+q}\), with \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet H\) exhaustive and complete. We also denote this situation by \(E_r^{p,q}\Rightarrow H^{p+q}\). Homological bigraded spectral sequences are treated similarly; in particular, \(E^r_{p,q}\Rightarrow H_{p+q}\) entails \(E^\infty_{p,q}\simeq\operatorname{gr}_pH_{p+q}\).

The following classical convergence theorem is sufficient for initial applications. For more general convergence conditions, see [Boa99].

Theorem (Classical convergence theorem). Consider a filtered complex \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\). Suppose that for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\),

  • the filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X^n\) is exhaustive (Definition reference),

  • there is an \(N=N(n)\) such that \(\mathrm{F}^NX^n=0\).

Then the associated spectral sequence is strongly convergent (Definition–Proposition reference).

If the hypotheses are strengthened so that the filtration on every \(X^n\) is finite (Definition reference), then the induced filtration on \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)\) is also finite. In this case the associated spectral sequence is bounded (Definition reference).

Proof. By the graded version of Lemma reference, the induced filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet\operatorname{H}^n(X)\) is exhaustive and complete. It therefore remains to prove weak convergence.

We need to recall the proof of Definition–Proposition reference, which explains how to realize \(\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X)\) as a subquotient of \(E_\infty^{p,q}\) for each \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\). The key point is \[\begin{equation*} \begin{split} \bigcap_r&\left(\left(\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d^{-1}\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X^{p+q+1}\right)+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}\right) \\ &\supset(\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q},\\ \bigcup_r&\left(\left(\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}X^{p+q-1}\right)+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}\right) \\ &\subset(\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap\operatorname{im}(d))+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}. \end{split} \end{equation*}\] Proving weak convergence is equivalent to strengthening both inclusions to equalities. But when \(r\gg0\) relative to \(p,q\), the expression inside \(\bigcap_r\) in the first line is simply \((\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap\operatorname{ker}(d))+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}\), so equality holds.

For the second line, the term \(+\mathrm{F}^{p+1}X^{p+q}\) can first be moved outside \(\bigcup_r\). Recall that \(d(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X^n)\) is an exhaustive filtration of \(d(X^n)\). Hence \[\begin{multline*} \bigcup_r\left(\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}X^{p+q-1}\right)\\ \xlongequal{\because\;\text{\href{#eqn:exhaustion-intersection}{equation}}} \mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap\bigcup_r d\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}X^{p+q-1}\\ =\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d\bigcup_r \mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}X^{p+q-1} =\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap\operatorname{im}(d). \end{multline*}\]

Finally, suppose the filtration on every \(X^n\) is finite. Then \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet\operatorname{H}^n(X)\) is naturally bounded. To show that the spectral sequence is bounded, fix \(r,n\) and take \(p+q=n\). By the description in Proposition reference, when \(p\gg0\) the numerator of \(Z_r^{p,q}\) is \(0\), while when \(p\ll0\) its denominator is \(X^n\). Thus only finitely many \((p,q)\) satisfy \(E_{r+1}^{p,q}\neq0\).

The dual version is clear and will not be repeated.

Corollary (Exact sequence of low-degree terms). Let the filtered complex \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) satisfy \[\mathrm{F}^0X^n=X^n,\qquad \mathrm{F}^{n+1}X^n=0, \qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},\] as in Example reference. The associated spectral sequence gives the canonical exact sequence \[0\to E_2^{1,0}\to\operatorname{H}^1(X)\to E_2^{0,1}\xrightarrow{d}E_2^{2,0} \to\operatorname{H}^2(X).\] Dually, for a chain complex \(X\) with increasing filtration, if \(\mathrm{F}_{-1}X=0\) and \(\mathrm{F}_nX=X\), there is a canonical exact sequence \[\operatorname{H}_2(X)\to E^2_{2,0}\xrightarrow{d}E^2_{0,1}\to\operatorname{H}_1(X) \to E^2_{1,0}\to0.\]

Proof. Substitute \(p=2\) into equation to obtain the exact sequence \[0\to E_\infty^{0,1}\to E_2^{0,1}\xrightarrow{d}E_2^{2,0} \to E_\infty^{2,0}\to0.\] By the classical convergence theorem reference, \(E_\infty^{0,1}\simeq\operatorname{gr}^0\operatorname{H}^1(X)\), \(E_\infty^{1,0}\simeq\operatorname{gr}^1\operatorname{H}^1(X)\), and \(E_\infty^{2,0}\simeq\operatorname{gr}^2\operatorname{H}^2(X)\). The hypotheses give \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{gr}^2\operatorname{H}^2(X)=\mathrm{F}^2\operatorname{H}^2(X),\qquad \operatorname{gr}^1\operatorname{H}^1(X)=\mathrm{F}^1\operatorname{H}^1(X),\\ \operatorname{gr}^0\operatorname{H}^1(X)=\operatorname{H}^1(X)/\mathrm{F}^1\operatorname{H}^1(X) =\operatorname{H}^1(X)/E_\infty^{1,0}. \end{gather*}\] Moreover, substituting \(p=1\) into equation gives \(E_2^{1,0}=E_\infty^{1,0}\). Splicing these equalities together yields the asserted exact sequence. The homological version is analogous.

If \(E_r^{p,q}\) is strongly convergent, then once sufficiently many pages \((E_r,d_r)\) are known, in principle one can read \((\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X))_{p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) from \(E_\infty\). Passing from \((\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^n(X))_p\) to \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)\), however, amounts to determining a series of extensions in \(\mathcal{A}\), which is generally difficult unless \(\operatorname{H}^n(X)\) splits. If we consider only coarser properties, a spectral sequence can sometimes provide a concise answer. The following example is essentially an application of the Euler–Poincaré principle.

Lemma. Let \(\mathscr{E}=(E_r,d_r)_{r\geq1}\) be a cohomological bigraded spectral sequence, and suppose there is an \(r\) such that \[\left\{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2:E_r^{p,q}\neq0\right\} \quad\text{is a finite set}.\] Then for \(r\gg0\), \(\mathscr{E}\) degenerates at the \(E_r\) page.

Proof. By the hypothesis, for sufficiently large \(r\) all nonzero terms of \(E_r\) are concentrated in a region of finite length and width. Apply Example reference.

Proposition. Let the cohomological bigraded spectral sequence \((E_r,d_r)_r\) satisfy the following conditions:

  • there is an \(r\) such that \(\{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2:E_r^{p,q}\neq0\}\) is a finite set;

  • there is strong convergence \(E_r^{p,q}\Rightarrow H^{p+q}\) in the sense of Convention reference.

Then in the group \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\) of Definition reference, for \(r\gg0\) one has \[\sum_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(-1)^n[H^n] =\sum_{p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(-1)^{p+q}[E_r^{p,q}],\] and both sides are finite sums.

Proof. For \(r\gg0\), only finitely many terms on the right are nonzero. Moreover, \[E_{r+1}^{p,q}\simeq\operatorname{H}\left[ E_r^{p-r,q+r-1}\xrightarrow{d}E_r^{p,q} \xrightarrow{d}E_r^{p+r,q-r+1}\right].\] If degree is counted by \(n:=p+q\), then \(d\) has degree \(1\). Take the alternating sum over \(n\) in \(\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\) and apply Theorem reference to obtain \[\sum_{p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(-1)^{p+q}[E_r^{p,q}] =\sum_{p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(-1)^{p+q}[E_{r+1}^{p,q}].\]

Lemma reference shows that the spectral sequence eventually degenerates. Thus, for \(r\gg0\), \(E_r^{p,q}=E_\infty^{p,q}\) for every \((p,q)\). Consequently, \[\sum_{p,q}(-1)^{p+q}[E_r^{p,q}] =\sum_{p,q}(-1)^{p+q}[\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X)] =\sum_n(-1)^n\sum_p[\operatorname{gr}^pH^n],\] and the hypotheses ensure that all these sums are finite. By Lemma reference (v) and the properties of \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet H\), we also have \(\sum_p[\operatorname{gr}^pH^n(X)]=[\operatorname{H}^n(X)]\).

If \((E_r,d_r)_r\) comes from a filtered complex \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet)\) and the filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X^n\) on every \(X^n\) is finite, then Theorem reference ensures that the strong-convergence hypothesis \(E_r^{p,q}\Rightarrow\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X)\) in Proposition reference holds automatically. The condition on \(\{(p,q):E_r^{p,q}\neq0\}\), however, is not automatic. Filtered complexes already suffice to produce some simple but useful spectral sequences; see the exercises for this chapter. Since algebra is the subject of this book, several of the best-known spectral sequences arise from bicomplexes. We therefore turn next to the bicomplex case.

Spectral sequences of bicomplexes and their applications

Throughout this section, we assume that the Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) has the countable direct sums or countable products under consideration. Let \(X\) be a bicomplex over \(\mathcal{A}\), written \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A}))\). The total complex \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}X\) has two decreasing filtrations, \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{F}^p_{\mathrm{I}} (\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} X)^n & = \bigoplus_{\substack{i+j=n \\ i \geq p}} X^{i, j}, \\ \mathrm{F}^q_{\mathrm{II}} (\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} X)^n & = \bigoplus_{\substack{i+j=n \\ j \geq q}} X^{i, j} . \end{align*}\] Examining each \((i,j)\) component separately shows that \[\bigcap_p \mathrm{F}^p_{\mathrm{I}} = 0 = \bigcap_q \mathrm{F}^q_{\mathrm{II}}, \quad \bigcup_p \mathrm{F}^p_{\mathrm{I}} = \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} X = \bigcup_q \mathrm{F}^q_{\mathrm{II}}.\] We thus obtain two filtered complexes. The corresponding spectral sequences are denoted respectively by \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}=\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)\) and \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}=\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\), or more concretely by \(E_{\mathrm{I},r}^{p,q}\) and \(E_{\mathrm{II},r}^{p,q}\), where \(r\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). If \(X^{p,q}\neq0\implies p,q\geq0\), we say that \(X\) lies in the first quadrant. In this case, for \(\star\in\{\mathrm{I},\mathrm{II}\}\), \[\mathrm{F}_\star^0 \left(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} X \right)^n = \left(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} X\right)^n, \quad \mathrm{F}_\star^{n+1} \left(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} X \right)^n = 0 ,\] so the corresponding spectral sequences also lie in the first quadrant. For a chain bicomplex \(X\), one similarly defines two increasing filtrations, \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{I}, p} \left( \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} X \right)_n & = \bigoplus_{\substack{i+j=n \\ i \leq p}} X_{i, j}, \\ \mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{II}, q} \left( \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus} X \right)_n & = \bigoplus_{\substack{i+j=n \\ j \leq q}} X_{i, j}, \end{align*}\] together with the corresponding homological bigraded spectral sequences.

Proposition. For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A}))\), the first few pages of its two spectral sequences and their corresponding morphisms \(d\) are described as follows: \[\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|} \hline & E_0^{p,q} & d_0^{p,q} & E_1^{p,q} & d_1^{p,q} & E_2^{p,q} \\ \hline \mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}} & X^{p,q} & (-1)^p \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{p,q} & \operatorname{H}^q(X^{p, \bullet}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}) & \operatorname{H}^q(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{p, \bullet}) & \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)^{p,q} \\ \mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}} & X^{q,p} & \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}^{q,p} & \operatorname{H}^q(X^{\bullet, p}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}) & (-1)^q \operatorname{H}^q(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}^{\bullet, p}) & \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}} \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)^{q,p} \\ \hline \end{array}\] The functors \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}},\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A}) \to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2(\mathcal{A})\) are defined in §reference, especially in equation.

For chain complexes and their homology, the same method gives the following table. \[\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|} \hline & E^0_{p,q} & d^0_{p,q} & E^1_{p,q} & d^1_{p,q} & E^2_{p,q} \\ \hline \mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}} & X_{p,q} & (-1)^p \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_{p,q} & \operatorname{H}_q(X_{p, \bullet}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}) & \operatorname{H}_q(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_{p, \bullet}) & \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)_{p,q} \\ \mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}} & X_{q,p} & \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_{q,p} & \operatorname{H}_q(X_{\bullet, p}, \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}) & (-1)^q \operatorname{H}_q(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_{\bullet, p}) & \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}} \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)_{q,p} \\ \hline \end{array}\]

Proof. This follows by a direct verification from the description in Proposition reference; the sign on \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}\) comes from the definition of the total complex. We omit the details.

The same definitions and results apply to \(\operatorname{tot}_{\Pi}X\), with entirely similar properties. For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A}))\) (Definition reference), its total complex involves only finite direct sums. Thus there is no need to distinguish the \(\oplus\) and \(\Pi\) versions; both are denoted uniformly by \(\operatorname{tot}X\).

Theorem. Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A}))\). The two corresponding spectral sequences \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\) and \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\) are bounded and strongly convergent, and the two corresponding induced filtrations on \(\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{tot}X)\) are finite for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Proof. The definition of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\) shows that \(\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{I}}^\bullet\left(\operatorname{tot}X\right)^n\) and \(\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{II}}^\bullet\left(\operatorname{tot}X\right)^n\) are finite filtrations for every \(n\). Apply Theorem reference.

We now present several representative applications. Since all the filtrations and spectral sequences involved are finite, these results apply to every Abelian category1.

Example. We now reprove Theorem reference using spectral sequences: if a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\) induces \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(Y)\) (or \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(Y)\)), then \(\operatorname{tot}(f):\operatorname{tot}(X)\to\operatorname{tot}(Y)\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

First suppose that \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(Y)\). The morphism \(f\) induces a morphism of spectral sequences \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\to\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}(Y)\). This is already an isomorphism on the \(E_2\) page and hence also gives an isomorphism on the limit page \(E_\infty\) (Proposition reference).

By the convergence guaranteed by Theorem reference, the morphism \(\operatorname{gr}^p\left(\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{tot}(X)\right)\to \operatorname{gr}^p\left(\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{tot}(Y)\right)\) induced by \(\operatorname{tot}(f)\) is an isomorphism for all \(p,n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The induced filtrations on \(\operatorname{H}^n\) are known to be finite. Therefore \(\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{tot}(f):\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{tot}(X)\to\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{tot}(Y)\) is also an isomorphism (Proposition reference).

If instead we consider the spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\), the analogous argument deduces that \(\operatorname{tot}(f)\) is a quasi-isomorphism from \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}(Y)\).

Example (Deriving a bifunctor). Let the Abelian categories \(\mathcal{A}_1\) and \(\mathcal{A}_2\) have enough injective objects (or projective objects), and let the bifunctor \(F:\mathcal{A}_1\times\mathcal{A}_2\to\mathcal{B}\) be left exact (or right exact) in each variable. We discuss the left-exact case. Take \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}_i)\) and choose injective resolutions \(0\to X_i\to I_i^0\to\cdots\); define \(I_i^n:=0\) for \(n<0\) (\(i=1,2\)). These data form a first-quadrant bicomplex \[Y^{p, q} := F\left( I_1^p, I_2^q \right).\] The corresponding first-quadrant spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\) therefore satisfies \[E_1^{p,q} = \operatorname{H}^q\left( F(I_1^p, I_2^\bullet) \right) \Rightarrow \operatorname{H}^{p+q}(\operatorname{tot}(Y)), \quad p,q \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] The right-hand side \(\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(\operatorname{tot}Y)\) is the value of the right-derived bifunctor \(\mathrm{R}^{p+q}F(X_1,X_2)\); see Definition reference.

Now suppose in addition that \(F\) is balanced (Definition reference); then \(F(I_1^p,\cdot)\) is exact. This shows that \(q\neq0\implies E_1^{p,q}=0\), while \(E_1^{p,0}=F(I_1^p,X_2)\). Hence \(q\neq0\implies E_2^{p,q}=0\), and \[\begin{align*} E_2^{p,0} & = \operatorname{H}^p\left[ \cdots \to F(I_1^p, X_2) \to F(I_1^{p+1}, X_2) \to \cdots \right] \\ & = (\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{I}}^p F)(X_1, X_2), \quad \text{with the notation of Theorem~\href{#prop:balanced-primer}{reference}}. \end{align*}\] In particular, the spectral sequence degenerates at the \(E_2\) page, so \[\begin{align*} E_2^{p,q} & = E_\infty^{p,q}, \\ E_\infty^{p,q} & = \operatorname{gr}^p \operatorname{H}^{p+q}\left(\operatorname{tot}(Y)\right) = 0, \quad \text{if}\; q \neq 0, \\ E_\infty^{p,0} & = \operatorname{H}^p\left(\operatorname{tot}(Y)\right) = \mathrm{R}^p F(X_1, X_2) . \end{align*}\] Thus \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X_1,X_2)\simeq (\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{I}}^nF)(X_1,X_2)\). If instead we use \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\), the same argument gives \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X_1,X_2)\simeq (\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{II}}^nF)(X_1,X_2)\). Hence \(\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{I}}F\simeq\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{II}}F\), which is precisely the assertion of Theorem reference.

Example (The spectral sequence of hyperderived functors).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{B}\) be Abelian categories, let \(\mathcal{A}\) have enough injective objects (or projective objects), and let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be a left-exact (or right-exact) additive functor. In the first half of §reference, for a complex \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\) (or \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^-(\mathcal{A}))\)), we defined the right-derived functors \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\) (or the left-derived functors \(\mathrm{L}_nF(X)\)), where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). When \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), these are derived functors in the classical sense. By contrast, the case of a general complex is customarily called that of hyperderived functors. Spectral sequences link the two cases. We describe the case of right-derived functors; interchanging superscripts and subscripts gives the version for left-derived functors.

Take \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A}))\). Regard \(X\) as a bicomplex concentrated in row \(0\), and take the Cartan–Eilenberg resolution \(\epsilon:X\to I\) supplied by Theorem reference; this is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{A})\). By Remark reference or the result of Example reference, \(\operatorname{tot}(\epsilon):X=\operatorname{tot}(X)\to\operatorname{tot}(I)\) is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\mathcal{A})\) and hence is an injective resolution of \(X\).

From the bicomplex \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F)(I)\in \operatorname{Ob}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2_f(\mathcal{B})\right)\), construct the convergent spectral sequences \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\) and \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\). They converge to the same target, \(\operatorname{H}^{p+q}\operatorname{tot}\left((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F)I\right) =\operatorname{H}^{p+q}\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(\operatorname{tot}I)\), namely the value of the hyperderived functor \(\mathrm{R}^{p+q}F(X)\).

First consider \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\). Since \(I^{p,\bullet}\) is an injective resolution of \(X^p\), we have \(E_{\mathrm{I},1}^{p,q}=\operatorname{H}^q\left(FI^{p,\bullet}\right) \simeq\mathrm{R}^qF(X^p)\); the right-hand side is the value of the classical derived functor \(\mathrm{R}^qF\) at \(X^p\).2 Similarly, \[E_{\mathrm{I}, 2}^{p,q} = \operatorname{H}^p\left[ \cdots \to \mathrm{R}^q F(X^p) \to \mathrm{R}^q F(X^{p+1}) \to \cdots \right].\]

Perhaps more interesting is the \(E_2\) page of \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\). By the properties of a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution, taking horizontal cohomology gives \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(I)^{q,\bullet}\) as an injective resolution of \(\operatorname{H}^q(X)\), while Remark reference shows that \(F\) preserves horizontal cohomology: \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F(I))^{q,\bullet} \simeq\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F\left(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(I)^{q,\bullet}\right)\). Thus \[\begin{align*} E_{\mathrm{II},2}^{p, q} & = \textbf{Diagram chapter5-unit-069-d001} = (\mathrm{R}^p F)\left( \operatorname{H}^q(X)\right) \\ & \Rightarrow \mathrm{R}^{p+q}F(X) , \quad p, q \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}. \end{align*}\]

The Grothendieck spectral sequence introduced below concerns deriving a composition of functors. It encompasses a large class of spectral sequences in geometry and algebra, and its argument, like that in Example reference, is also based on a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution.

Theorem (Grothendieck spectral sequence).

Consider additive functors between Abelian categories \[\mathcal{A} \xrightarrow{F} \mathcal{A}' \xrightarrow{F'} \mathcal{A}''.\] Suppose both are left-exact (or right-exact) functors, \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{A}'\) have enough injective objects (or projective objects), and \(F\) sends injective objects (or projective objects) to \(F'\)-acyclic objects in the sense of Convention reference. Then for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) there is a first-quadrant cohomological (or homological) bigraded spectral sequence \[\begin{align*} E_2^{p,q} = (\mathrm{R}^p F') (\mathrm{R}^q F)(X) & \Rightarrow \mathrm{R}^{p+q} (F'F)(X), \\ \text{or} \quad E^2_{p,q} = (\mathrm{L}_p F') (\mathrm{L}_q F)(X) & \Rightarrow \mathrm{L}_{p+q}(F'F)(X). \end{align*}\] Its convergence properties are as in Theorem reference. The corresponding exact sequences of low-degree terms (Corollary reference) can respectively be written as \[\begin{equation*} \begin{split} 0 \to (\mathrm{R}^1 F')(FX) & \to \mathrm{R}^1(F'F)(X) \\ & \to F'\left( (\mathrm{R}^1 F)X \right) \to (\mathrm{R}^2 F')(FX) \to \mathrm{R}^2(F'F)(X), \end{split} \end{equation*}\] or \[\begin{equation*} \begin{split} \mathrm{L}_2(F'F)(X) \to (\mathrm{L}_2 F')(FX) & \to F'\left( (\mathrm{L}_1 F)X \right) \\ & \to \mathrm{L}_1(F'F)(X) \to (\mathrm{L}_1 F')(FX) \to 0. \end{split} \end{equation*}\]

Proof. By duality, it suffices to discuss the cohomological case. Take an injective resolution \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\) of \(X\) and define \(I^n:=0\) for \(n<0\). In \(\mathcal{A}'\), take a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(I)\to J\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(I):=(FI^p)_p\) (Theorem reference), and then consider the first-quadrant bicomplex \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F'(J)=(F'(J^{p,q}))_{p,q}\) and its corresponding convergent spectral sequences \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\) and \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\). First, \[\begin{align*} E_{\mathrm{I},2}^{p, q} & = \textbf{Diagram chapter5-unit-069-d002} \\ & = \operatorname{H}^p\left[ \cdots \to (\mathrm{R}^q F')(FI^p) \to (\mathrm{R}^q F')(FI^{p+1}) \to \cdots \right] \\ & \Rightarrow \operatorname{H}^{p+q}\operatorname{tot}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2 F'(J)\right). \end{align*}\]

Since \(F(I^p)\) is \(F'\)-acyclic by hypothesis, \(E_{\mathrm{I},2}^{p,q}=0\) when \(q\neq0\). The same argument as in Example reference then shows that \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\) degenerates at the \(E_2\) page, and \[E_{\mathrm{I}, \infty}^{p,q} = E_{\mathrm{I}, 2}^{p,q} = \begin{cases} \operatorname{H}^p\left( F'F(I^\bullet) \right) = \mathrm{R}^p (F' F)(X), & q = 0, \\ 0, & q \neq 0, \end{cases}\] while \(\operatorname{H}^p\operatorname{tot}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2F'(J)\right) =E_{\mathrm{I},\infty}^{p,0}=\mathrm{R}^p(F'F)(X)\).

Now consider \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\). The technique is similar to that in Example reference: the \(q\)-th column of horizontal cohomology, \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(J)^{q,\bullet}\), gives an injective resolution of \(\operatorname{H}^q(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}F(I))=(\mathrm{R}^qF)(X)\). Recalling also that \(F'\) preserves horizontal cohomology, we obtain \[\begin{align*} E_{\mathrm{II},2}^{p, q} & = \textbf{Diagram chapter5-unit-069-d003} = (\mathrm{R}^p F')(\mathrm{R}^q F)\left( X \right) \\ & \Rightarrow \operatorname{H}^{p+q}\operatorname{tot}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^2 F'(J)\right) = \mathrm{R}^{p+q}(F'F)(X). \end{align*}\]

Thus \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\) is the spectral sequence required in the first part. Substituting the description of \(E_{\mathrm{II},2}^{p,q}\) into the low-degree exact sequence of \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{II}}\) (Corollary reference) gives the assertion in the final part immediately.

The Grothendieck spectral sequence can be regarded as a concrete version of Theorem reference, but the information it contains is more explicit than an isomorphism in the derived category. We shall give an application in §reference.

Example (Change of rings).

Let \(R\to S\) be a ring homomorphism. Let \(X\) be a right \(S\)-module and \(Y\) a left \(R\)-module. Write \(S_R\) (or \(X_R\)) for \(S\) (or \(X\)) regarded as a right \(R\)-module. We claim that there is a first-quadrant homological bigraded spectral sequence \[\begin{gather*} E^2_{p,q} = \operatorname{Tor}^S_p\left( X, \operatorname{Tor}^R_q(S_R, Y) \right) \Rightarrow \operatorname{Tor}^R_{p+q}(X_R, Y); \end{gather*}\] Here \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_q(S_R,Y)\) is given its left \(S\)-module structure as in Remark reference. This is a direct application of Theorem reference, arising from the isomorphism of functors \[X \ensuremath{\underset{S}{\otimes}} \left( S \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} (\cdot) \right) \simeq X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} (\cdot) : R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}},\] where the inner functor \(S\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}(\cdot):R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has left-derived functors \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_\bullet(S_R,\cdot)\) taking values in \(S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). By the isomorphism above, the inner functor sends flat modules to flat modules, so the homological version of the Grothendieck spectral sequence indeed applies.

With entirely analogous notation and techniques, for a right \(R\)-module \(X\) and a left \(S\)-module \(Y\), one also has \[E^2_{p,q} = \operatorname{Tor}^S_p\left( \operatorname{Tor}^R_q(X, {}_R S), Y \right) \Rightarrow \operatorname{Tor}^R_{p+q}(X, {}_R Y).\]

Next consider the \(\operatorname{Ext}\) functor. Let \(X\) be a left \(S\)-module and \(Y\) a left \(R\)-module, and write \({}_RX\) for \(X\) regarded as a left \(R\)-module. Give \(\operatorname{Ext}_R^q({}_RS,Y)\) its left \(S\)-module structure as in Remark reference. Then there are first-quadrant cohomological bigraded spectral sequences \[\begin{align*} E_2^{p,q} = \operatorname{Ext}_S^p\left( X, \operatorname{Ext}_R^q({}_R S, Y) \right) & \Rightarrow \operatorname{Ext}_R^{p+q}({}_R X, Y), \\ E_2^{p,q} = \operatorname{Ext}_S^p\left( \operatorname{Tor}^R_q(S_R, Y), X \right) & \Rightarrow \operatorname{Ext}_R^{p+q}(Y, {}_R X). \end{align*}\] They correspond respectively to the following isomorphisms of composite functors: \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{Hom}_S\left( X, \operatorname{Hom}_R({}_R S, \cdot) \right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_R({}_R X, \cdot), \\ \operatorname{Hom}_S\left( S \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} (\cdot), X \right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_R(\cdot, {}_R X), \end{gather*}\] the adjunctions introduced in [Li1]. Mixing the right-derived functors \(\operatorname{Ext}_S^p\) and the left-derived functors \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_q\) in the second line causes no problem, because the first variable of \(\operatorname{Hom}_S\) lies in the opposite category \(S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\operatorname{op}}\).

The spectral sequences above should be compared with the derived-category versions in §reference.

Example.

For the spectral sequence \(E_2^{p,q}=\operatorname{Ext}_S^p\left(\operatorname{Tor}^R_q(S_R,Y),X\right) \Rightarrow\operatorname{Ext}_R^{p+q}(Y,{}_RX)\) from Example reference, we record a useful special case, also as an exercise. Suppose the global dimension of \(S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is at most \(1\) (Definition–Proposition reference). Consequently, the nonzero terms \(E_2^{p,q}\) are concentrated in the region \(p=0,1\). Thus, for \(n\geq0\), the decreasing filtration \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet\) on \(\operatorname{Ext}_R^n(Y,{}_RX)\) must have the form \[\operatorname{Ext}_R^n(Y, {}_R X) = \mathrm{F}^0 \underbracket{\supset}_{E_\infty^{0, n}} \mathrm{F}^1 \underbracket{\supset}_{E_\infty^{1, n-1}} \mathrm{F}^2 = \{0\}.\]

Moreover, Example reference shows that the spectral sequence degenerates at the \(E_2\) page, so \(E_2^{p,q}\simeq E_\infty^{p,q}\). Combining these facts gives the short exact sequence \[0 \to \operatorname{Ext}_S^1\left( \operatorname{Tor}^R_{n-1}(S_R, Y), X \right) \to \operatorname{Ext}_R^n(Y, {}_R X) \to \operatorname{Hom}_S\left( \operatorname{Tor}^R_n(S_R, Y), X \right) \to 0;\] by convention \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_{-1}=0\). This may be regarded as a variant of the universal coefficient theorem.

Similarly, suppose the right \(S\)-module \(X\) has \(\operatorname{Tor}\)-dimension at most \(1\) (Example reference). The spectral sequence \(E^2_{p,q}=\operatorname{Tor}^S_p(X,\operatorname{Tor}^R_q(S_R,Y)) \Rightarrow\operatorname{Tor}^R_{p+q}(X_R,Y)\) degenerates at the \(E^2\) page. Examining the corresponding increasing filtration on \(\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X_R,Y)\) gives the short exact sequence \[0 \to X \ensuremath{\underset{S}{\otimes}} \operatorname{Tor}^R_n(S_R, Y) \to \operatorname{Tor}^R_n(X_R, Y) \to \operatorname{Tor}^S_1(X, \operatorname{Tor}^R_{n-1}(S_R, Y)) \to 0.\]

If \(S\) is a principal ideal domain, both the global-dimension and \(\operatorname{Tor}\)-dimension hypotheses hold automatically.


  1. More precisely, neither the existence of the limit terms \(Z_\infty^{p,q}\), \(B_\infty^{p,q}\), \(E_\infty^{p,q}\) nor the condition on exhaustive filtrations in Definition reference causes any difficulty.↩︎

  2. Translator’s correction: the source prints \(\mathrm{R}^pF\), whereas the preceding formula and the vertical cohomological index require \(\mathrm{R}^qF\).↩︎

A glimpse of multiplicative structures

For simplicity and concreteness, in this section we take a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\) and \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\); this suffices for the classical applications. We refer to \(\Bbbk\)-modules simply as modules and to \(\Bbbk\)-algebras simply as algebras, and write \(\otimes:=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\). Let \(I\) be a commutative monoid, with its binary operation written additively. The definitions from [Li1] may be summarized as follows:

  • an \(I\)-graded module is a module with a direct-sum decomposition \(M=\bigoplus_{i\in I}M^i\); elements of \(M^i\) are called homogeneous elements of degree \(i\);

  • an \(I\)-graded algebra is a graded module equipped with a homomorphism \(\mu:A\otimes A\to A\), also written as a multiplication \(xy:=\mu(x\otimes y)\), such that \(A\) becomes a ring and \[1_A\in A^0,\qquad A^i\cdot A^j\subset A^{i+j}, \qquad i,j\in I;\] thus the multiplication \(\mu\) is completely determined by the data \(\mu^{i,j}:A^i\otimes A^j\to A^{i+j}\);

  • homomorphisms and isomorphisms between \(I\)-graded modules or algebras are defined in the usual way; \(I\)-graded subalgebras and ideals are defined similarly.

For \(k\in I\), also define a homomorphism of degree \(k\) between \(I\)-graded modules: this is a module homomorphism \(\varphi:M\to N\) satisfying \(\varphi(M^i)\subset M^{i+k}\) for every \(i\), and it is determined by the data \((\varphi^i:M^i\to M^{i+k})_{i\in I}\). Taking \(k=0\) recovers homomorphisms in the usual sense. Degrees of homomorphisms add under composition.

Definition.

Let \(I\) be a commutative monoid equipped with a homomorphism \(\epsilon:I\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). A differential \(I\)-graded algebra whose differential has degree \(k\) is an \(I\)-graded algebra \(A=\bigoplus_{p\in I}A^p\) together with an endomorphism of degree \(k\in I\), \(d=(d^p)_p:A\to A\), satisfying \(d^2=0\) and the Leibniz rule \[d(xy)=(dx)\cdot y+(-1)^{\epsilon(p)}x\cdot dy, \qquad x\in A^p,\quad y\in A^{p'},\quad p,p'\in I.\]

Observe that \(d(1_A)=d(1_A\cdot1_A)=d(1_A)+d(1_A)\), hence \(d(1_A)=0\). Clearly \(\operatorname{ker}(d)\) is an \(I\)-graded subalgebra of \(A\), while \(\operatorname{im}(d)\) is a two-sided \(I\)-graded ideal in \(\operatorname{ker}(d)\). Therefore \[\operatorname{H}(A,d):=\operatorname{ker}(d)/\operatorname{im}(d)\] is again an \(I\)-graded algebra.

Example. Take \(I=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(\epsilon(p)=p\;\bmod 2\). For any complex \(X\) over a \(\Bbbk\)-linear category \(\mathcal{B}\), the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,X)\) of Definition reference, together with \(d=d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,X)}\), becomes a differential \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded algebra whose differential has degree \(1\). These assertions are essentially the content of Lemma reference. We have \[\operatorname{H}(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,X),d)= \bigoplus_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})}(X,X[n]),\] with multiplication induced by composition of morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{B})\).

Example. Take \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}\), \(I=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), and \(\epsilon(p)=p\;\bmod2\). The \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}\)-valued differential forms of degree \(p\) on a smooth manifold \(\mathfrak{X}\) form a vector space \(A^p(\mathfrak{X})\). Set \(A(\mathfrak{X}):=\bigoplus_{p=0}^{\dim X}A^p(\mathfrak{X})\). With multiplication \(\mu(\omega\otimes\eta):=\omega\wedge\eta\) and exterior differentiation \(\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}\), this becomes a differential \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded algebra whose differential has degree \(1\). The associated algebra \(\operatorname{H}(A(\mathfrak{X}),\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d})=\bigoplus_p\operatorname{H}^p_{\mathrm{dR}}(\mathfrak{X})\) is precisely the de Rham cohomology of \(\mathfrak{X}\); the multiplication induced by \(\wedge\) gives it a graded-algebra structure. This is a fundamental object in topology and is isomorphic as a graded algebra to the singular cohomology ring of \(\mathfrak{X}\).

The multiplication on \(\operatorname{H}(A(\mathfrak{X}),\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d})\) also satisfies \(xy=(-1)^{pq}yx\), where \(x\) and \(y\) are homogeneous elements of degrees \(p\) and \(q\), respectively, because the multiplication on \(A(\mathfrak{X})\) already has this property. As a simple and beautiful example, complex projective space \(\mathfrak{X}:=\mathbb{P}^n(\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}})\) gives the graded algebra \(\operatorname{H}(A(\mathfrak{X}),\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d})\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}[t]/(t^{n+1})\), where the variable \(t\) corresponds to a homogeneous element of degree \(2\).

Returning to our main subject, in this section we consider the following cases:

Abbreviation \(I\) \(\epsilon:I\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)
Singly graded \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) \(\epsilon(p)=p\;\bmod2\)
Bigraded \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2\) \(\epsilon(p,q)=p+q\;\bmod2\)

This theory overlaps with Definition reference, but the focus of this section is the multiplication, which was not mentioned there. To lighten the notation, below we collectively call these various cases “graded”, distinguishing them mainly by the superscript \(p\) or \((p,q)\). Likewise, we refer collectively to differential \(I\)-graded algebras as differential graded algebras.

Convention. For a cohomological bigraded spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}\) in the case \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), we identify every page \(E_r\) with the graded module \(\bigoplus_{p,q}E_r^{p,q}\) and regard \(d_r=(d_r^{p,q})_{p,q}\) as an endomorphism of degree \((r,-r+1)\) of the graded module \(E_r\). The homological and singly graded cases are treated similarly.

In short, a spectral sequence with a multiplicative structure is a spectral sequence consisting of differential graded algebras.

Definition.

A multiplicative structure on a cohomological bigraded spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}\) is a family of homomorphisms \(\mu_r:E_r\otimes E_r\to E_r\) (that is, “multiplications”) such that

  • every \((E_r,\mu_r,d_r)\) is a differential graded algebra whose differential has degree \((r,-r+1)\);

  • the map \(t_{r+1}:\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}E_{r+1}\) in the spectral sequence data is an isomorphism of graded algebras.

Multiplicative structures on singly graded or homological spectral sequences are defined similarly.

The preceding discussion shows that \(Z_r=\operatorname{ker}(d_r)\) is a graded subalgebra of \(E_r\), while \(B_r=\operatorname{im}(d_r)\) is a two-sided graded ideal of \(Z_r\). Hence \(\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\) becomes a graded algebra; this is the precise meaning of Definition reference. Furthermore, if the limit exists, then \(Z_\infty=\bigoplus_{p,q}Z_\infty^{p,q}\) is also a graded subalgebra, with \(B_\infty=\bigoplus_{p,q}B_\infty^{p,q}\) as its graded ideal. Thus \(E_\infty\) is also a graded algebra.

As an example, consider differential graded algebras whose differential has degree \(1\), abbreviated as dg-algebras. Expanding the definition, this is equivalent to a complex of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \(X=(X^n,d_X^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) such that \(X\xlongequal{\text{identified}}\bigoplus_nX^n\) is equipped with a multiplication \(\mu:X\otimes X\to X\) satisfying \(X^p\cdot X^{p'}\subset X^{p+p'}\) and the Leibniz rule \[d(xy)=dx\cdot y+(-1)^px\cdot dy, \qquad x\in X^p,\quad y\in X^{p'}.\] Now suppose the data \((X,d)\) are extended to a filtered complex \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\). Recall that this already entails \(d(\mathrm{F}^pX)\subset\mathrm{F}^pX\); we further require the multiplication on \(X\) to be compatible with the filtration: \[\mathrm{F}^pX^n\cdot\mathrm{F}^{p'}X^{n'} \subset\mathrm{F}^{p+p'}X^{n+n'}.\] In this case \((X,d,\mu,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) is called a filtered differential graded algebra. For the induced filtration on \(\operatorname{H}(X,d)\), the condition above ensures that \[\operatorname{gr}\operatorname{H}(X,d)\xlongequal{\text{identified}} \bigoplus_{(p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^2}\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X,d)\] naturally becomes a graded algebra.

Proposition. Let \((X,d,\mu,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) be a filtered differential graded algebra whose differential has degree \(1\).

  1. The spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}\) of the filtered complex \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) has a canonical multiplicative structure.

  2. The isomorphisms \(E_\infty^{p,q}\simeq\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X,d)\) in the classical convergence theorem reference in fact give an isomorphism of graded algebras \(E_\infty\simeq\operatorname{gr}\operatorname{H}(X,d)\).

Proof. Take \(x\in E_r^{p,q}\) and \(y\in E_r^{p',q'}\). By the description in Proposition reference, choose lifts \[\begin{gather*} \widetilde{x}\in\mathrm{F}^pX^{p+q}\cap d^{-1}\left(\mathrm{F}^{p+r}X^{p+q+1}\right),\qquad \widetilde{y}\in\mathrm{F}^{p'}X^{p'+q'}\cap d^{-1}\left(\mathrm{F}^{p'+r}X^{p'+q'+1}\right). \end{gather*}\] By definition, \[\begin{gather*} \widetilde{x}\widetilde{y}\in \mathrm{F}^{p+p'}X^{p+q+p'+q'},\\ d(\widetilde{x}\widetilde{y}) =d\widetilde{x}\cdot\widetilde{y} +(-1)^{p+q}\widetilde{x}\cdot d\widetilde{y} \in\mathrm{F}^{p+p'+r}X^{p+q+p'+q'+1}. \end{gather*}\] Thus \(\widetilde{x}\widetilde{y}\) determines an element \(xy\in E_r^{p+p',q+q'}\). A routine calculation (please verify it) shows that \(xy\) depends only on \(x\) and \(y\).

Next, \(d_r:E_r\xrightarrow{(r,-r+1)}E_r\) is induced by the differential \(d\) on \(X\). This gives \(E_r\) the structure of a differential graded algebra; associativity, the Leibniz rule, and all other required properties reduce to checks on \((X,d)\). The same argument shows that \(\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\simeq E_{r+1}\) is an isomorphism of graded algebras.

The assertion that the canonical isomorphisms \(E_\infty^{p,q}\simeq\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(X,d)\) in the classical convergence theorem preserve multiplication likewise reduces to a check on \(X\), so we omit the details.

Remark.

Multiplicative structures are an indispensable tool in topology. Algebraic topology without multiplication is almost unimaginable, or at least insipid. Historically, when Leray first encountered spectral sequences, he already considered multiplicative structures, calling them “spectral rings”. They often greatly simplify spectral-sequence calculations in topology. This is why the present section gives a brief introduction to multiplicative structures, though it only scratches the surface.

There is an evident difficulty in applying Definition reference. The differential graded algebra structures on all the \(E_r\) must be given at once, since the definition alone provides no reason for the multiplication on one page to induce a multiplication on the next. This can indeed be done in some situations, as in Proposition reference.

For general cases, or for those that are difficult to compute by hand, spectral sequences are often constructed from simple data, such as the exact couples of §reference. It is therefore natural to ask whether there are simple conditions on an exact couple ensuring that the corresponding spectral sequence has a multiplicative structure.

The answer appears to be negative: information beyond the exact couple is required. One useful construction is the equally classical Cartan–Eilenberg system, together with its spectral product; see [Dou58]. As an application, the Serre–Atiyah–Hirzebruch spectral sequence, which is of central importance in topology, has a multiplicative structure for every multiplicative generalized cohomology theory. Since this material departs from our main line, we stop here.

Exercises

For an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), verify the following properties of the category of filtered objects \(\mathrm{Fil}^\bullet(\mathcal{A})\).

  1. It is an additive category, and every morphism has a kernel, cokernel, image, and coimage. Describe them as concretely as possible.

  2. For a morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\mathrm{Fil}^\bullet(\mathcal{A})\), if \(f(\mathrm{F}^nX)\to f(X)\cap\mathrm{F}^nY\) is an isomorphism for every \(n\), then \(f\) is called a strict morphism. Prove that this notion is equivalent to the version in Definition reference.

    Hint. This is equivalent to saying that the two natural filtrations on \(f(X)\) coincide: one is the image of \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet X\), and the other is the restriction of \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet Y\). The former corresponds to \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\) in \(\mathrm{Fil}^\bullet(\mathcal{A})\), and the latter to \(\operatorname{im}(f)\).

  3. Give an example showing that \(\mathrm{Fil}^\bullet(\mathcal{A})\) is not an Abelian category in general.

Although filtered objects do not form an Abelian category, geometry still requires the filtered derived category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{DF}}(\mathcal{A})\) in the case of finite filtrations. Its definition requires rather deeper techniques; see [stacks].

For a filtered differential object \((X,d,\mathrm{F}^\bullet X)\) over an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), prove that \(d_1^p:E_1^p\to E_1^{p+1}\) in the spectral sequence is the connecting morphism induced by the short exact sequence of differential objects \[0\to\operatorname{gr}^{p+1}X\to\mathrm{F}^pX/\mathrm{F}^{p+2}X \to\operatorname{gr}^pX\to0.\]

(Bockstein spectral sequence) Let \(f\) be a non-zero-divisor in a commutative ring \(R\). For every \(R\)-module \(M\), define \(M[f]:=\{m\in M:fm=0\}\); call \(M\) \(f\)-torsion-free if \(M[f]=\{0\}\). Let \(C\) be a chain complex and suppose every \(C_n\) is \(f\)-torsion-free. Multiplication by \(f\) gives a monomorphism of chain complexes \(\alpha:C\to C\). For the data \((C,\alpha)\), Proposition reference gives the exact couple \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-071-d001}\] and the associated homologically graded spectral sequence \((E^r_q)_{\substack{r\geq0\\q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}}\). Describe every page \((E^r,d^r)\) and \(E^\infty\) as explicitly as possible.

In the preceding problem, take \(R=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(f=p\), with \(p\) prime, and suppose every \(C_n\) is a free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module of finite rank. For every \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module \(M\), write \(M_{\mathrm{tor}}\) for the submodule of all its torsion elements and define its torsion-free quotient \(M_{\mathrm{tf}}:=M/M_{\mathrm{tor}}\). Prove that \[E^\infty_q\simeq\operatorname{H}_q(C)_{\mathrm{tf}}\ensuremath{\underset{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}{\otimes}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p, \qquad q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] Deduce that \[\dim_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p}\operatorname{H}_q\left(C\ensuremath{\underset{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}{\otimes}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p\right) \geq\dim_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p}\left(\operatorname{H}_q(C)_{\mathrm{tf}}\ensuremath{\underset{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}{\otimes}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p\right).\] Give an example in which the inequality is strict.

(Two-column and two-row spectral sequences) Let a strongly convergent spectral sequence \(E_2^{p,q}\Rightarrow H^{p+q}\) be given, in the sense of Convention reference.

  1. Prove that if \(E_2^{p,q}\) is nonzero only for \(p\in\{0,1\}\), then for every \(q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) there is a canonical short exact sequence \[0\to E_2^{1,q-1}\to H^q\to E_2^{0,q}\to0.\]

  2. Prove that if \(E_2^{p,q}\) is nonzero only for \(q\in\{0,1\}\), then for every \(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) there is a canonical exact sequence \[\cdots\to H^{p-1}\to E_2^{p-2,1}\xrightarrow{d_2}E_2^{p,0} \to H^p\to E_2^{p-1,1}\xrightarrow{d_2}E_2^{p+1,0} \to H^{p+1}\to\cdots.\]

  3. Treat the version \(E^2_{p,q}\Rightarrow H_{p+q}\). Hint. Interchange superscripts and subscripts, reverse the arrows, and leave everything else unchanged.

Consider left-exact functors \(F'\) and \(F\) satisfying the hypotheses of Theorem reference, and suppose in addition that \(\mathrm{R}F'\) and \(\mathrm{R}F\) are both of finite dimension.

  1. Prove that \(F'F\) is also of finite dimension, and give an upper bound for its dimension.

  2. Consider the homomorphism \(\chi_F:\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A})\to\mathrm{K}_0(\mathcal{A}')\) determined by the triangulated functor \(\mathrm{R}F\), and the analogous homomorphisms \(\chi_{F'}\), \(\chi_{F'F}\) determined by \(\mathrm{R}F'\), \(\mathrm{R}(F'F)\); see the exercises in . Prove that \(\chi_{F'F}=\chi_{F'}\circ\chi_F\).

These properties can also be proved using derived categories. The case of right-exact functors and \(\mathrm{L}F',\mathrm{L}F\) is of course dual.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category with enough injective objects, and let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) carry a finite filtration \(X=\mathrm{F}^0X\supset\cdots\supset\mathrm{F}^{N+1}X=0\). Let \(G:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}'\) be a left-exact additive functor. Prove that there is a strongly convergent spectral sequence \[E_1^{p,q}=\mathrm{R}^{p+q}G(\operatorname{gr}^pX) \Rightarrow\mathrm{R}^{p+q}G(X).\]

Hint. One method is to imitate the construction of a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution (Theorem reference, which uses Proposition reference). Starting from \(\mathrm{F}^NX\), choose a suitable series of injective resolutions \[\text{Diagram chapter5-unit-071-d002}\] such that applying \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}G\) to \(\mathrm{F}^\bullet(I)\) still gives a filtered complex and the associated spectral sequence has the required form.

Let \(R\) be a ring, let \(C=(C_n,d^C_n)_n\) be a chain complex of right \(R\)-modules, and let \(D\) be a left \(R\)-module. Suppose every \(C_n\) is flat and \(n\ll0\implies C_n=0\). Take a projective resolution \(\cdots\to P_1\to P_0\to D\to0\) and construct the bicomplex \(C_\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}P_\bullet\).

  1. Show that the associated homological bigraded spectral sequence \(\mathscr{E}_{\mathrm{I}}\) degenerates at the \(E_{\mathrm{I}}^2\) page.

  2. Show that \((E_{\mathrm{II}}^2)_{p,q}=\operatorname{Tor}^R_p(\operatorname{H}_q(C),D) \Rightarrow\operatorname{H}_{p+q}(C_\bullet\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}D)\).

  3. Prove that if every \(\operatorname{im}(d^C_n)\) is flat, this gives the short exact sequence in the homological Künneth theorem reference. Hint. The flat resolution \(0\to\operatorname{im}(d_C^{n+1})\to\operatorname{ker}(d_C^n)\to\operatorname{H}_n(C)\to0\) causes the nonzero terms of \(E_{\mathrm{II}}^2\) to be concentrated at \(p\in\{0,1\}\).

Let \(R,S\) be rings, let \(X\) be a right \(R\)-module, \(Y\) an \((R,S)\)-bimodule, and \(Z\) a left \(S\)-module. Construct a bicomplex such that the corresponding spectral sequences satisfy \[(E_{\mathrm{I}}^2)_{p,q} =\operatorname{Tor}^R_p\left(X,\operatorname{Tor}^S_q(Y_S,Z)\right),\qquad (E_{\mathrm{II}}^2)_{p,q} =\operatorname{Tor}^S_p\left(\operatorname{Tor}^R_q(X,{}_RY),Z\right).\] Hint. Take resolutions of \(X\) and \(Z\). Readers familiar with derived categories may compare this with Proposition reference on the associativity constraint (take \(A=\Bbbk=B\)).

Describe explicitly the canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_R(Y,{}_RX)\to\operatorname{Hom}_S(\operatorname{Tor}^R_n(S_R,Y),X)\) in the short exact sequence of Example reference.

Group Homology and Cohomology

Let \(G\) be a group and let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. A \(G\)-module means a \(\Bbbk\)-module equipped with a linear left action of \(G\), written as left multiplication; in many situations \(\Bbbk\) is usually taken to be \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). All \(G\)-modules form an Abelian category \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), isomorphic to \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), where \(\Bbbk[G]\) is the group algebra of \(G\). For a \(G\)-module \(M\), define the \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\begin{align*} \text{invariants} \quad M^G & := \left\{x \in M: \forall g \in G, \; gx=x \right\}, \\ \text{coinvariants} \quad M_G & := M / \ensuremath{\left\langle gx-x: g \in G, x \in M \right\rangle}. \end{align*}\] From the algebraic point of view, the cohomology \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) and homology \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\) of a \(G\)-module \(M\) are, respectively, the values at \(M\) of the right-derived functors of \((\cdot)^G\) and the left-derived functors of \((\cdot)_G\), where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Group homology and cohomology have a long history. Around 1935, W. Hurewicz studied path-connected topological spaces \(E\) whose higher homotopy groups satisfy \(n>1\implies\pi_n(E)=0\). He proved that their homology and cohomology groups are completely determined by the fundamental group \(\pi_1(E)\); this is perhaps the earliest documented formulation of group cohomology. As homological algebra advanced rapidly during the twentieth century, group cohomology and homology soon acquired purely algebraic formulations and were used to address problems within algebra itself. Today they are basic tools in number theory, topology, and geometry. On the other hand, \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\) can also be identified with \(\operatorname{Ext}^n(\Bbbk,M)\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}_n(\Bbbk,M)\), respectively, in \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), with \(\Bbbk\) regarded as a trivial \(G\)-module. Computing \(\operatorname{Ext}\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}\) from a projective resolution of \(\Bbbk\) gives another description of \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\). In fact, we shall give a canonical resolution \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\) of \(\Bbbk\) as a left (or right) \(\Bbbk[G]\)-module. It yields the standard cochain complex \((C^n(G,M))_n\) (or chain complex \((C_n(G,M))_n\)) representing \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) (or \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\)); see Propositions reference and reference. Later, §§referencereference will interpret these canonical resolutions from the viewpoint of simplicial theory. The preceding material constitutes the main content of §§referencereference. This chapter adopts two viewpoints at once: the classical theory of derived functors, especially universal \(\delta\)-functors and their characterization, and derived categories. The classical theory has the advantage of being operational, whereas derived categories provide finer information than the individual cohomology or homology groups and often offer a clearer line of thought. The standard cochain or chain complexes provide the most detailed and canonical information, since they operate at the level of complexes. In §reference, we shall give concrete interpretations of \(\operatorname{H}^1\) and \(\operatorname{H}^2\): they correspond, respectively, to crossed homomorphisms and equivalence classes of extensions of \(G\) by an Abelian group. The precise meaning of a group extension is given in Definition reference. In fact, if all extensions of \(G\) by \(M\) are organized into a 2-category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\), then the truncation \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{C}(G,M)\) of the normalized standard complex is exactly a linear incarnation of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\); this is the content of Remark reference. For any group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\) and any \(G\)-module \(M\), its pullback \(\varphi^*M\) can be defined as an \(H\)-module. General constructions from module theory give simple descriptions of both the right and left adjoints of \(\varphi^*\). When \(\varphi\) is the inclusion of a subgroup, \(\varphi^*\) is called the restriction functor on \(G\)-modules and is also written \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\), while its right (respectively left) adjoint is written \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) (respectively \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H\)); both are called induction functors. Their properties are the subject of §reference. In particular, we shall prove the so-called Shapiro lemma (Theorem reference): \[\operatorname{H}^n\left(G, \operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\right) \simeq \operatorname{H}^n(H, N), \quad \operatorname{H}_n\left(G, \operatorname{ind}^G_H(N)\right) \simeq \operatorname{H}_n(H, N).\] Continuing the general discussion of \(\varphi^*\), §reference will define families of canonical homomorphisms \[\operatorname{H}^n(G, M) \to \operatorname{H}^n(H, \varphi^* M), \quad \operatorname{H}_n(H, \varphi^* M) \to \operatorname{H}_n(G, M).\] These homomorphisms can be combined with the functoriality of cohomology or homology. Thus every equivariant homomorphism \(f:M\to N\) (or \(f:N\to M\)) induces the corresponding canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(f)\) (or \(\operatorname{H}_n(f)\)), where \(M\) is a \(G\)-module and \(N\) an \(H\)-module; see Definition reference. In the special case \(n=2\), §reference will interpret these canonical homomorphisms in terms of group extensions. For concrete illustrations, §reference discusses finite cyclic groups and free groups. The arguments harmoniously combine techniques from group theory and cohomology. The cohomological and homological dimensions of groups (Definition reference) will also enter at the appropriate point. The concrete flavor of group theory continues in §reference. When \((G:H)\) is finite, we shall state further properties of the restriction and induction functors; indeed, in this case \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H=\operatorname{ind}^G_H\). Definition–Proposition reference will give families of canonical homomorphisms \[\mathrm{cor}^n: \operatorname{H}^n(H, M) \to \operatorname{H}^n(G, M), \quad \mathrm{cor}_n: \operatorname{H}_n(G, M) \to \operatorname{H}_n(H, M),\] where \(M\) is a \(G\)-module and \(\operatorname{Res}^G_HM\) is abbreviated to \(M\) to save notation. These are called corestriction homomorphisms, and their direction is opposite to that of the canonical homomorphisms induced by \(H\hookrightarrow G\) (namely restriction, written \(\mathrm{res}^n\) and \(\mathrm{res}_n\)). They satisfy the fundamental identities \(\mathrm{cor}^n\mathrm{res}^n=(G:H)\) and \(\mathrm{res}_n\mathrm{cor}_n=(G:H)\) (Proposition reference), while the special case \(\mathrm{cor}_1:\operatorname{H}_1(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\to\operatorname{H}_1(H,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\) becomes the classical transfer homomorphism in group theory, \(\mathrm{Ver}_{G|H}:G_{\mathrm{ab}}\to H_{\mathrm{ab}}\). Let \(H\) be a normal subgroup of \(G\) and let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module. Then \(\operatorname{H}^q(H,M)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_q(H,M)\) become \((G/H)\)-modules. The Lyndon–Hochschild–Serre spectral sequences discussed in §reference, \[\begin{align*} E_2^{p, q} = \operatorname{H}^p(G/H, \operatorname{H}^q(H, M)) & \Rightarrow \operatorname{H}^{p+q}(G, M), \\ E^2_{p, q} = \operatorname{H}_p(G/H, \operatorname{H}_q(H, M)) & \Rightarrow \operatorname{H}_{p+q}(G, M), \end{align*}\] are indispensable advanced tools in the theory of group cohomology and homology; see Theorem reference. The information in the exact sequence of their low-degree terms is extremely useful. The Lyndon–Hochschild–Serre spectral sequence is at once an application of the Grothendieck spectral sequence and the result of a canonical filtration on the standard complex. The latter description gives finer information, such as the multiplicative structure mentioned in Remark reference. More precisely, the multiplicative operation on group cohomology is the cup product, which originates in topology. In §reference, we shall approach it from two viewpoints. First, the cup product is understood as a natural reflection of the tensor-product operation on \(G\)-modules; the language of derived categories is useful here. Second, its formula is written directly at the level of the standard complex (Definition–Proposition reference). The second description is, of course, an explicit realization of the first. The key to deriving it is to lift \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\Bbbk\otimes\Bbbk\) appropriately to a “diagonal embedding” \(\Delta:\mathsf{L}\to\mathsf{L}\otimes\mathsf{L}\); several signs in the argument require careful handling. If \(G\) is finite, the Tate cohomology \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G,M)\) introduced in §reference combines cohomology and homology. Its construction depends on the canonical homomorphism peculiar to finite groups, \[\nu: M_G \to M^G, \quad (\text{the image of }x \in M) \mapsto \sum_{g \in G} gx.\] For \(n\geq1\) (respectively \(n\leq-2\)), Tate cohomology equals \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) (respectively \(\operatorname{H}_{-n-1}(G,M)\)), while for \(n=0\) (respectively \(n=-1\)) it equals \(\operatorname{coker}(\nu)\) (respectively \(\operatorname{ker}(\nu)\)). Tate cohomology continues to satisfy such properties as long exact sequences and Shapiro’s lemma. In many respects it is even easier to work with than cohomology or homology, and it has especially prominent applications in number theory. The preceding theory concerns only discrete groups; groups equipped with a topology present a much more intricate case. Profinite groups \(G\) and smooth \(G\)-modules, discussed in §reference, form a special case that is both simple and useful; the necessary background is given in §reference. The theory remains essentially algebraic. The corresponding cohomology can be understood as a right-derived functor or, equivalently, defined as a \(\varinjlim\) of the cohomology of finite groups; the continuous version of the standard complex provides another method of calculation. In number theory, the main cases of interest are those in which \(G\) is a Galois group or an arithmetic fundamental group. Finally, §reference introduces non-Abelian group cohomology. For a non-Abelian group, usually only \(\operatorname{H}^0\) and \(\operatorname{H}^1\) can be defined, so its long exact sequence is correspondingly limited (Theorem reference). This theory is particularly well suited to classifying geometric or algebraic objects, because the symmetry groups of such objects are often non-Abelian. Several examples will be discussed later in §reference. These constructions also apply to profinite groups.

Reading Guide. The role of the coefficient ring \(\Bbbk\) in this chapter is secondary, and it is often taken to be \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\); see the explanation in Remark reference. Readers may adapt the material to their needs and skip arguments involving derived categories; doing so will not interfere with most classical applications. In particular, the cup product on cohomology may be treated entirely through the explicit operations in Definition–Proposition reference. The notion of a \(G\)-module (see §reference) occasionally appears as an example or exercise in later chapters and usually involves only the basic definitions. The exceptions are §reference and §reference, which use smooth \(G\)-modules for profinite groups and their cohomology. Readers interested in number theory should in addition master §§referencereference.

\(G\)-Modules and Their Resolutions

Unless otherwise stated, throughout this section \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring and \(G\) a group. Write the identity element of \(G\) as \(1_G\).

Definition.

A \(G\)-module with coefficients in \(\Bbbk\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-module \(M\) equipped with a left action of \(G\). The action \(G\times M\to M\) is written as multiplication and satisfies \[\begin{align*} g(m + m') & = gm + gm', \\ g(tm) & = t(gm), \end{align*}\] for all \(g\in G\), \(t\in\Bbbk\), and \(m,m'\in M\). In other words, \(M\) is equipped with a linear action of \(G\).

A homomorphism \(f:M_1\to M_2\) between two \(G\)-modules is defined to be a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism satisfying the equivariance property \(f(gm_1)=gf(m_1)\) for all \(g\in G\) and \(m_1\in M_1\).

Strictly speaking, the structure above should be called a left \(G\)-module. A right \(G\)-module is defined in an entirely similar way and is equivalent to a left \(G^{\operatorname{op}}\)-module. When there is no danger of confusion, the coefficient ring \(\Bbbk\) is suppressed from the notation, and the category of all \(G\)-modules is written \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). This category is \(\Bbbk\)-linear (Definition reference).

Example.

Equip \(\Bbbk\) with the trivial action of \(G\), namely \(gm=m\). The resulting object is called the trivial \(G\)-module and is denoted simply by \(\Bbbk\).

Definition. Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module. If a \(\Bbbk\)-submodule \(N\subset M\) is closed under the action of \(G\), then \(N\) is called a \(G\)-submodule. Equip the quotient \(\Bbbk\)-module \(M/N\) with the action \(g(m+N)=gm+N\); this is called the corresponding quotient \(G\)-module.

The group algebra \(\Bbbk[G]\) can be constructed from \(G\); see [Li1]. Each of its elements has a unique expression of the form \(\sum_{g\in G}a_gg\), with only finitely many nonzero coefficients \(a_g\in\Bbbk\). From now on, we regard \(G\) as a subset of \(\Bbbk[G]\).

Proposition. There is an isomorphism of categories \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) as follows. It preserves the underlying \(\Bbbk\)-module. If \(M\) is a \(G\)-module, its scalar multiplication as a left \(\Bbbk[G]\)-module comes from the homomorphism \[\Bbbk[G] \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} M \to M, \quad (\sum_g a_g g) \otimes m \mapsto \sum_g a_g (gm),\] while \(G\)-module homomorphisms correspond to \(\Bbbk[G]\)-module homomorphisms.

Proof. The inverse functor is determined as follows. For a left \(\Bbbk[G]\)-module \(M\), use the embedding of multiplicative monoids \(G\hookrightarrow\Bbbk[G]\) to let \(G\) act on \(M\) from the left, thereby making \(M\) a \(G\)-module. It is straightforward to verify that both directions are well defined and inverse to each other.

Consequently, \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear Abelian category, since \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is one. Properties of \(G\)-submodules and quotient \(G\)-modules translate directly into properties of \(\Bbbk[G]\)-modules.

Definition.

Write \(\operatorname{Hom}\) in \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) as \(\operatorname{Hom}_G\). Under the correspondence of Proposition reference, this is also \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk[G]}\) in \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

Several basic operations on \(\Bbbk\)-modules extend readily to \(G\)-modules:

  • Direct sums and direct products.For a family of \(G\)-modules \((M_i)_{i\in I}\), equip the \(\Bbbk\)-modules \(\prod_{i\in I}M_i\) and \(\bigoplus_{i\in I}M_i\) with the left \(G\)-action \[g (m_i)_{i \in I} := (gm_i)_{i \in I},\] called the diagonal action. With this action, \(\prod_{i\in I}M_i\) and \(\bigoplus_{i\in I}M_i\) are \(G\)-modules.

  • Tensor products.For \(G\)-modules \(M\) and \(N\), equip \(M\otimes N:=M\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}N\) with the diagonal left \(G\)-action \[g (x \otimes y) = gx \otimes gy, \quad x \in M, \quad y \in N ;\] since \((x,y)\mapsto gx\otimes gy\) is bilinear, this formula is well defined. Plainly \(x\otimes y\mapsto y\otimes x\) defines an isomorphism of \(G\)-modules \(M\otimes N\simeq N\otimes M\).

  • \(\operatorname{Hom}\) modules.For \(G\)-modules \(M\) and \(N\), the \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphisms between them form the \(\Bbbk\)-module \(\operatorname{Hom}(M,N):=\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(M,N)\). Equip \(\operatorname{Hom}(M,N)\) with the left \(G\)-action \[({}^g f)(x) = g(f(g^{-1} x)), \quad f \in \operatorname{Hom}(M, N), \quad x \in M,\] where \(g^{-1}\) and \(g\) on the right arise from the left \(G\)-actions on \(M\) and \(N\), respectively. As a composite of three \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphisms, \({}^gf\) belongs to \(\operatorname{Hom}(M,N)\). Thus \({}^gf\) can be viewed as the “conjugate” \(gfg^{-1}\), making the properties required for a \(G\)-module structure evident.

  • Contragredient modules.In the construction of the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) module, take \(N=\Bbbk\) with its trivial \(G\)-action. Then \(\operatorname{Hom}(M,\Bbbk)\) becomes a \(G\)-module, called the contragredient module of \(M\). Its \(G\)-action is given by \({}^gf=f\circ g^{-1}\).

All these constructions are functorial in \(M\) and \(N\). The definitions immediately give \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_G(M, N) & = \operatorname{Hom}(M, N)^G \\ & := \left\{f \in \operatorname{Hom}(M, N): \forall g \in G, \; {}^g f = f \right\}. \end{align*}\] Under the isomorphism of categories in Proposition reference, direct sums and direct products of \(G\)-modules are, respectively, the direct sums and direct products of \(\Bbbk[G]\)-modules. The \(G\)-module structures on tensor products and \(\operatorname{Hom}\) modules are slightly subtler; from the viewpoint of module theory, they in fact correspond to the Hopf-algebra structure on \(\Bbbk[G]\) (Example reference). Interested readers may compare the related discussions in §reference and §reference; we shall not elaborate here.

Proposition. With respect to the tensor-product operation, \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a symmetric monoidal category whose unit object is the trivial \(G\)-module \(\Bbbk\).

Proof. This follows directly from the definitions above.

Moreover, the usual canonical isomorphism in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-072-d001} \end{equation*}\] also lifts to the level of \(G\)-modules. If \(L\), \(M\), and \(N\) are \(G\)-modules and the tensor product and \(\operatorname{Hom}\) above carry the \(G\)-module structures just defined, then both directions are isomorphisms of \(G\)-modules; readers are invited to verify this carefully. Consequently, \({}^g\varphi=\varphi\) is equivalent to \({}^g\psi=\psi\), giving the adjunction \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-072-d002} \end{equation}\] where \(L\), \(M\), and \(N\) are all \(G\)-modules. Here is a simple application.

Proposition. Let \(L\) and \(M\) be \(G\)-modules, with \(L\) projective as a \(G\)-module and \(M\) projective as a \(\Bbbk\)-module. Then \(L\otimes M\) is projective as a \(G\)-module.

Proof. The adjunction equation shows that the functor \((\cdot)\otimes M:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has the exact right adjoint \(\operatorname{Hom}(M,\cdot)\). Proposition reference therefore implies that \((\cdot)\otimes M\) preserves projective objects.

Definition (Restriction and inflation).

For every group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\), there is a corresponding functor \[\varphi^*: G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}};\] for a \(G\)-module \(M\), its image under \(\varphi^*\) is the same \(\Bbbk\)-module \(M\), with the \(H\)-action given by \(hm:=\varphi(h)m\). Two important cases of the functor \(\varphi^*\) are:

  • Restriction.For a subgroup \(H\subset G\), take \(\varphi:H\hookrightarrow G\). The corresponding functor \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) restricts the group action to \(H\).

  • Inflation.For a normal subgroup \(H\lhd G\), take \(\varphi:G\twoheadrightarrow G/H\). The corresponding functor \(\mathrm{Infl}^G_{G/H}:(G/H)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) pulls the group action back to \(G\).

Notice that if there is a sequence of group homomorphisms \(H\xrightarrow{\varphi}G\xrightarrow{\psi}F\), then the corresponding functors satisfy \(\varphi^*\psi^*=(\psi\varphi)^*\). From the group-algebra viewpoint, the homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\) extends to a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra homomorphism \(\Bbbk[H]\to\Bbbk[G]\), and the corresponding functor \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\Bbbk[H]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is precisely \(\varphi^*\). This functor can also be expressed by a tensor product as \[\begin{equation} \varphi^* M \simeq \Bbbk[G] \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}} M, \quad \Bbbk[G] \;\text{regarded via $\varphi$ as a bimodule}\; (\Bbbk[H], \Bbbk[G]). \end{equation}\] The left and right adjoints of \(\varphi^*\), together with the corresponding adjunction isomorphisms, can be written explicitly.

Proposition. Use the notation above. For a group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\), any \(G\)-module \(M\), and any \(H\)-module \(N\), there are canonical isomorphisms of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-072-d003}\] Here \(\Bbbk[G]\) is regarded both as a \((\Bbbk[H],\Bbbk[G])\)-bimodule and as a \((\Bbbk[G],\Bbbk[H])\)-bimodule. In this way, \(\operatorname{Hom}_H(\Bbbk[G],N)\) and \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[H]}{\otimes}}N\) acquire \(G\)-module structures.

Proof. Expand the definitions directly to verify that both pairs of maps are well-defined \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphisms; the calculation is not difficult. Once this has been checked, it is clear that the maps are mutually inverse. Alternatively, apply the general theory in [Li1].

Since \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is an Abelian category, projective and injective resolutions of \(G\)-modules can be considered in the usual way. For the subject of this chapter, the most important are projective resolutions of the trivial \(G\)-module \(\Bbbk\). Such resolutions not only exist; they also admit a canonical, explicit choice.

Definition. Let \(G\) be a group. For each \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), define \[\mathsf{L}_n := \text{the free $\Bbbk$-module with basis $G^{n+1}$},\] whose elements are written as \(\Bbbk\)-linear combinations of \((g_0,\ldots,g_n)\in G^{n+1}\). For every \(n\geq1\), define homomorphisms \[\begin{align*} \partial_n, \partial'_n: \mathsf{L}_n & \to \mathsf{L}_{n-1}, \\ \partial_n\left( g_0, \ldots, g_n \right) & = \sum_{k=0}^n (-1)^{n-k} (\ldots, \widehat{g_k}, \ldots), \\ \partial'_n\left( g_0, \ldots, g_n \right) & = \sum_{k=0}^n (-1)^k (\ldots, \widehat{g_k}, \ldots), \end{align*}\] where \(\widehat{g_k}\) indicates that the term is omitted; thus \(\partial'_n=(-1)^n\partial_n\). Also define the homomorphism \[\partial_0 = \partial'_0: \mathsf{L}_0 \to \Bbbk, \quad (g_0) \mapsto 1.\]

Define the action \(g(g_0,\ldots,g_n)=(gg_0,\ldots,gg_n)\) (respectively \((g_0,\ldots,g_n)g=(g_0g,\ldots,g_ng)\)) so that \(\mathsf{L}_n\) becomes a left (respectively right) \(G\)-module, and equip \(\Bbbk\) with the trivial \(G\)-action. Then every \(\partial_n\) and \(\partial'_n\) is a homomorphism of left (respectively right) \(G\)-modules.

Plainly \((\mathsf{L}_n,\partial_n)_n\) and \((\mathsf{L}_n,\partial'_n)_n\) differ only by the reversal \((g_0,\ldots,g_n)\mapsto(g_n,\ldots,g_0)\). This reversal commutes with both the left and the right \(G\)-actions, so for all the properties below it suffices to treat either \(\partial_n\) or \(\partial'_n\).

Remark.

If \(\mathsf{L}_0\) is identified with \(\Bbbk[G]\), then \(\partial_0=\partial'_0:\mathsf{L}_0\to\Bbbk\) is identified with the map \[\Bbbk[G] \to \Bbbk, \quad \sum_g a_g g \mapsto \sum_g a_g;\] this is plainly also a surjective \(\Bbbk\)-algebra homomorphism. It is called the augmentation homomorphism of \(\Bbbk[G]\), and its kernel \[\mathfrak{I} := \left\{ \sum_g a_g g : \sum_g a_g = 0 \right\}\] is called the augmentation ideal of \(\Bbbk[G]\). As a \(\Bbbk\)-module, \(\mathfrak{I}\) plainly decomposes with respect to the following basis: \[\mathfrak{I} = \bigoplus_{\substack{g \in G \\ g \neq 1_G}} \Bbbk (g - 1_G).\]

Lemma. The complex \(\cdots\to\mathsf{L}_n\xrightarrow{\partial_n}\cdots \xrightarrow{\partial_0}\Bbbk\to0\) defined above is exact. Regarded as a complex of \(\Bbbk\)-modules, its identity morphism is null-homotopic. The same assertions hold when \(\partial_n\) is replaced by \(\partial'_n\).

Proof. It suffices to discuss the \(\partial'_n\) version. For every \(n\geq1\), observe that \(\partial'_{n-1}\partial'_n\) sends \((g_0,\ldots,g_n)\) to a sum of elements of the form \[\pm (\ldots, \widehat{g_p}, \ldots, \widehat{g_q}, \ldots), \quad 0 \leq p < q \leq n.\] The signs cancel in pairs, giving a complex; the elementary verification is left to the reader.

Next, for every \(n\geq0\), define a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \[s_n: \mathsf{L}_n \to \mathsf{L}_{n+1}, \quad (g_0, \ldots, g_n) \mapsto (1_G, g_0, \ldots, g_n),\] and define \(s_{-1}:\Bbbk\to\mathsf{L}_0\) by sending \(1\in\Bbbk\) to \(1_G\in\mathsf{L}_0\). It is easy to see that \[\partial'_{n+1} s_n + s_{n-1} \partial'_n = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathsf{L}_n}\] for every \(n\geq-1\), with the conventions \(\mathsf{L}_{-1}:=\Bbbk\) and \(\partial'_{-1}:=0\). This shows that \[\cdots \to \mathsf{L}_n \xrightarrow{\partial'_n} \cdots \xrightarrow{\partial'_0} \Bbbk \to 0\] has a null-homotopic identity morphism as a complex of \(\Bbbk\)-modules and is therefore exact.

Write the complex \(\cdots\to\mathsf{L}_n\xrightarrow{\partial_n}\cdots\to\mathsf{L}_0\to0\) as \(\mathsf{L}\). It may be viewed either as a complex in degrees \(\ldots,-n,\ldots,0\) or as a chain complex in degrees \(\ldots,n,\ldots,0\). In either interpretation, \(\partial_0=\partial'_0\) gives a morphism \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\). This complex and morphism can be understood either as a complex of left \(G\)-modules or as a complex of right \(G\)-modules. By symmetry, we shall mainly state the left-handed version.

Proposition. The morphism \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\) defined above gives a free resolution of the trivial \(G\)-module \(\Bbbk\).

Proof. As \((h_1,\ldots,h_n)\in G^n\) varies, \((1_G,h_1,\ldots,h_n)\) spans a basis of \(\mathsf{L}^n\) as a left \(\Bbbk[G]\)-module.

There is also a canonical free resolution of \(\Bbbk\) that is more concise and sometimes more practical than \(\mathsf{L}\).

Definition–Proposition (Normalized complex). For every \(n>0\), define \(\mathrm{Triv}_n\subset\mathsf{L}_n\) to be the \(G\)-submodule generated by the elements \[(g_0, \ldots, g_n) \in G^{n+1}, \quad \exists\, 0 \leq k < n, \; g_k = g_{k+1}.\] Also define \(\mathrm{Triv}_0=0\). With respect to either \(\partial_n\) or \(\partial'_n\), these objects form a subcomplex \(\mathrm{Triv}\) of \(\mathsf{L}\). The normalization of \(\mathsf{L}\) is then defined to be the quotient complex \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}:=\mathsf{L}/\mathrm{Triv}\). Regarded as a complex of \(\Bbbk\)-modules, the identity morphism on \(\mathrm{Triv}\) is null-homotopic.

Proof. Plainly \(\mathrm{Triv}_n\) is invariant under \((g_0,\ldots,g_n)\mapsto(g_n,\ldots,g_0)\), so the \(\partial_n\) and \(\partial'_n\) versions do not differ; it suffices to treat the latter. If \((g_0,\ldots,g_n)\) satisfies \(g_k=g_{k+1}\), then in \(\partial'_n(g_0,\ldots,g_n)= \sum_i(-1)^i(\ldots,\widehat{g_i},\ldots)\), the terms corresponding to \(i=k,k+1\) cancel, while the remaining terms lie in \(\mathrm{Triv}_{n-1}\). This proves that the objects form a subcomplex.

To show that the identity morphism of \(\mathrm{Triv}\) is null-homotopic as a complex of \(\Bbbk\)-modules, simply restrict the homotopy \(s_n:\mathsf{L}_n\to\mathsf{L}_{n+1}\) in the proof of Lemma reference to \(\mathrm{Triv}_n\), for \(n\geq0\).

By construction, \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\) vanishes on \(\mathrm{Triv}\) and hence factors through \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}\to\Bbbk\).

Proposition. The morphism \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}\to\Bbbk\) defined above gives a free resolution of the trivial \(G\)-module \(\Bbbk\).

Proof. First, every \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}_n=\mathsf{L}_n/\mathrm{Triv}_n\) is a free \(G\)-module: a basis is given by the images of \((1_G,h_1,\ldots,h_n)\in G^{n+1}\) with \(h_1\neq1_G\) and \(h_k\neq h_{k+1}\) for \(1\leq k<n\).

Second, the acyclicity of \(\mathrm{Triv}\) implies that \(\mathsf{L}\to\overline{\mathsf{L}}\) is a quasi-isomorphism. Hence Proposition reference implies that \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}\to\Bbbk\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

For later applications, it is more convenient to express the basis in the following “bar” notation. First, for integers \(a\leq b\) and a sequence of elements \((g_a,\ldots,g_b)\in G^{b-a+1}\), introduce the abbreviation \[g_{[a, b]} := g_a g_{a+1} \cdots g_b.\] As a left \(G\)-module, a basis of \(\mathsf{L}_n\) may be taken to be \[\begin{equation} (g_1 | \cdots | g_n) := \left( 1_G, g_{[1, 1]}, g_{[1, 2]}, \ldots, g_{[1, n]} \right), \quad (g_1, \ldots, g_n) \in G^n. \end{equation}\] Observe that \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \partial_n (g_1 | \ldots | g_n) & = (-1)^n \left( g_{[1, 1]}, \ldots, g_{[1, n]}\right) + (-1)^{n-1} \left(1_G, g_{[1, 2]}, \ldots, g_{[1, n]}\right) \\ & \quad + \cdots + \left( 1_G, g_{[1, 1]}, \ldots, g_{[1, n-1]}\right) \\ & = (-1)^n g_1 (g_2 | \cdots | g_n) + \sum_{k=1}^{n-1} (-1)^{n-k} (\cdots | g_k g_{k+1}| \cdots) \\ & \quad + (g_1 | \cdots |g_{n-1}), \\ \partial'_n(g_1 | \cdots | g_n) & = g_1 (g_2 | \cdots | g_n) + \sum_{k=1}^{n-1} (-1)^k (\cdots | g_k g_{k+1}| \cdots) \\ & \quad + (-1)^n (g_1 | \cdots |g_{n-1}). \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] Now consider the mirror image of equation. Take as a basis of \(\mathsf{L}_n\) as a right \(G\)-module \[\begin{equation} (g_1 | \cdots | g_n)^\dagger := \left( g_{[1, n]}, \ldots, g_{[n-1, n]} , g_{[n, n]}, 1_G \right), \quad (g_1, \ldots, g_n) \in G^n. \end{equation}\] Then \(\partial'_n(g_1|\cdots|g_n)^\dagger= (-1)^n\partial_n(g_1|\cdots|g_n)^\dagger\) equals \[\begin{multline} \left( g_{[2, n]}, \ldots, g_{[n, n]}, 1_G \right) - \left( g_{[1, n]}, g_{[3, n]}, \ldots, g_{[n, n]}, 1_G \right) + \cdots \\ + (-1)^n \left( g_{[1, n-1]}, \ldots, g_{[n-1, n-1]} \right) g_n \\ = (g_2 | \cdots | g_n)^\dagger + \sum_{k=1}^{n-1} (-1)^k (\cdots | g_k g_{k+1} | \cdots)^\dagger \\ + (-1)^n (g_1 | \cdots | g_{n-1})^\dagger g_n. \end{multline}\] The normalized complex is handled in the same way: bases of \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}_n\) as a left or right \(G\)-module may be taken, respectively, to be \[\begin{equation} (g_1| \cdots | g_n) \quad \text{or} \quad (g_1 | \cdots | g_n)^\dagger \quad \bmod \mathrm{Triv}_n, \end{equation}\] subject to \(g_k\neq1_G\) for every \(1\leq k\leq n\).

Remark. The resolutions above have a profound topological interpretation: \(\mathsf{L}\) is the chain complex supplied by the universal torsor \(\mathrm{E}G\) over the classifying space \(\mathrm{B}G\); see Examples reference and reference.

Group Homology and Cohomology

Throughout this section, the commutative ring \(\Bbbk\) and the group \(G\) remain fixed.

Definition.

For every \(G\)-module \(M\), define the \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\begin{align*} M^G & := \left\{ m \in M : \forall g \in G, \; gm = m \right\}, \\ M_G & := M \big/ \ensuremath{\left\langle gm - m : g \in G, \; m \in M \right\rangle}. \end{align*}\] We call \(M^G\) the submodule of invariants of \(M\), and \(M_G\) the quotient module of coinvariants of \(M\).

Taking invariants and coinvariants gives \(\Bbbk\)-linear functors \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Both can be characterized as adjoints to the inflation functor \(\mathrm{Infl}\) of Definition reference in the case \(H=G\).

Proposition. Consider the functor \(\mathrm{Infl}:=\mathrm{Infl}^G_{\{1\}}:\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), which sends each \(\Bbbk\)-module \(N\) to the \(G\)-module with trivial action \(gy=y\). There are two adjoint pairs \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-073-d001}\]

Proof. Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module and \(N\) a \(\Bbbk\)-module. To specify a \(G\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:\mathrm{Infl}(N)\to M\) is the same as to specify a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:N\to M\) such that \(\varphi(y)=g\varphi(y)\) always holds, and this in turn is the same as to specify a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:N\to M^G\).

On the other hand, to specify a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\psi:M_G\to N\) is the same as to specify a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:M\to N\) such that \(\varphi(gx-x)=0\) always holds. The latter condition is equivalent to \(\varphi(gx)=g\varphi(x)\), where the \(G\)-action on the right is defined by the \(G\)-module structure \(\mathrm{Infl}(N)\).

The functors \((\cdot)^G\) and \((\cdot)_G\) can also be understood from the viewpoint of \(\Bbbk[G]\)-modules. In what follows, through the augmentation homomorphism of Remark reference, we regard \(\Bbbk\) as a \((\Bbbk[G],\Bbbk[G])\)-bimodule; in other words, the action of \(G\) on either side of \(\Bbbk\) is trivial.

Proposition. Upon identifying \(G\)-modules with left \(\Bbbk[G]\)-modules, there are natural isomorphisms of functors \[\begin{gather*} (\cdot)^G \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_G(\Bbbk, \cdot), \quad (\cdot)_G \simeq \Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}} (\cdot). \end{gather*}\]

Proof. Consider a \(G\)-module \(M\). By Proposition reference, to specify a \(G\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:\Bbbk\to M\) is the same as to specify a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:\Bbbk\to M^G\). The latter is equivalent to specifying the element \(\varphi(1)\) of \(M^G\). This gives the first isomorphism.

For the second isomorphism, first identify \(\Bbbk\) with \(\Bbbk[G]/\mathfrak{I}\), where the augmentation ideal is \(\mathfrak{I}=\bigoplus_{g\neq1_G}\Bbbk(g-1_G)\). Then \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}M\simeq M/\mathfrak{I}M=M_G\), by the map sending \(t\otimes x\) to the image of \(tx\in M\) in \(M_G\). This proves the claim.

Thus the adjunctions of Proposition reference can be understood as the special case of Proposition reference obtained by taking the trivial homomorphism \(\varphi:G\twoheadrightarrow\{1\}\).

Corollary. For every group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\), there are isomorphisms of functors \[\begin{array}{rlrl} \operatorname{Hom}_H(\Bbbk[G], \cdot)^G & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(\cdot)^H, & (\cdot)_H & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(\Bbbk[G] \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[H]}{\otimes}} \cdot)_G , \\ \varphi & \mapsto \varphi(1_G), & (x \;\text{in the quotient}) & \mapsto (1_G \otimes x \;\text{in the quotient}) . \end{array}\] Both sides are functors from \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) to \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). The left-hand side involves the functor \(\operatorname{Hom}_H(\Bbbk[G],\cdot):H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) introduced in Proposition reference.

Proof. Let \(N\) be an \(H\)-module. The first isomorphism follows from the adjunction in Proposition reference: \[\operatorname{Hom}_G(\Bbbk, \operatorname{Hom}_H(\Bbbk[G], N)) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_H(\varphi^* \Bbbk, N) = \operatorname{Hom}_H(\Bbbk, N).\]

The second isomorphism follows from the associativity constraint for tensor products, \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[H]}{\otimes}}N) \simeq\Bbbk\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[H]}{\otimes}}N\). Verification of the explicit map is left to the reader. Alternatively, the assertion can be proved directly by showing that the displayed map is well defined and invertible.

The adjoint pairs in Proposition reference also ensure that \((\cdot)_G\) is right exact and \((\cdot)^G\) is left exact; these facts are also easy to verify directly.

Definition (Group homology and cohomology).

Let \(G\) be a group. Group homology with coefficients in \(\Bbbk\) is defined to be the left-derived functors of \((\cdot)_G\): \[\operatorname{H}_n(G, \cdot) := \mathrm{L}_n (\cdot)_G: G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to \Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}},\] while group cohomology is defined to be the right-derived functors of \((\cdot)^G\): \[\operatorname{H}^n(G, \cdot) := \mathrm{R}^n (\cdot)^G: G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to \Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}},\] where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Both vanish unless \(n\geq0\). Similar definitions apply to right \(G\)-modules.

Following the convention of much of the literature, when the coefficients are not specified we assume \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). In this case, a \(G\)-module is simply an additive group equipped with a left \(G\)-action that preserves addition.

Example. Consider the augmentation ideal \(\mathfrak{I}=\bigoplus_{g\neq1_G}\Bbbk(g-1_G)\) of \(\Bbbk[G]\). For every \(G\)-module \(M\), there is an isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}_0(G,M)\simeq M_G\simeq M/\mathfrak{I}M\); in particular, \(\operatorname{H}_0(G,\mathfrak{I})\simeq\mathfrak{I}/\mathfrak{I}^2\).

Now consider the short exact sequence \(0\to\mathfrak{I}\to\Bbbk[G]\to\Bbbk\to0\), whose final morphism is the augmentation homomorphism. Since \(\Bbbk[G]\) is a projective module, the dimension-shifting technique of Proposition reference gives \[\operatorname{H}_n(G, \Bbbk) \simeq \begin{cases} \operatorname{H}_{n-1}(G, \mathfrak{I}), & n \geq 2 \\ \operatorname{ker}\left[ \mathfrak{I}/\mathfrak{I}^2 \to \Bbbk[G]/\mathfrak{I} \right] = \mathfrak{I}/\mathfrak{I}^2 , & n = 1. \end{cases}\]

By the isomorphism between \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), together with Proposition reference, group homology and cohomology can also be interpreted through the functors \(\operatorname{Tor}\) and \(\operatorname{Ext}\) introduced in §reference: \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{H}_n(G, M) & \simeq \operatorname{Tor}^G_n(\Bbbk, M) := \operatorname{Tor}^{\Bbbk[G]}_n(\Bbbk, M), \\ \operatorname{H}^n(G, M) & \simeq \operatorname{Ext}_G^n(\Bbbk, M) := \operatorname{Ext}_{\Bbbk[G]}^n(\Bbbk, M). \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] This interpretation sometimes reduces the questions at hand to known results in module theory. Here is a fundamental, nontrivial example involving a spectral sequence relating \(\operatorname{Ext}\) and \(\operatorname{Tor}\).

Proposition (Universal coefficient theorem for group homology and cohomology).

Take \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Equip the \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module \(M\) with the trivial \(G\)-action, making it a \(G\)-module. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), there are canonical short exact sequences \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-073-d002}\] for \(n=0\), use the convention \(\operatorname{H}_{-1}(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})=0\).

Proof. We may assume \(n\geq1\). First consider cohomology. Once the reader is familiar with the standard cochain and chain complexes to be introduced below, the short exact sequence follows easily by applying the universal coefficient theorem for cohomology from the exercises in to the chain complex \(C:=\mathsf{L}\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and the \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module \(M\). The details are left to interested readers.

We give another argument here. In Example reference, take the ring homomorphism \(R:=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\to S:=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) to be the augmentation; also take the left \(R\)-module \(Y=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) (the trivial \(G\)-module) and the left \(S\)-module \(X=M\). The short exact sequence in that example then becomes the required one.

For homology, one may similarly apply the standard chain complex to the homological Künneth theorem reference, leaving the details to the reader, or understand the result through Example reference.

Following the constructions introduced in §reference, we may also take the relevant derived functors of a bounded-below chain complex (or a bounded-below cochain complex) \(M\). These are called group hyperhomology (or group hypercohomology). In the derived category one may further consider \[\Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} M, \quad \operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk, M) := \operatorname{RHom}_{\Bbbk[G]}(\Bbbk, M).\] By equation and the fact that \(\operatorname{Ext}\) (respectively \(\operatorname{Tor}\)) can be computed using a projective resolution in the first variable, the free resolution \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\) of Proposition reference immediately supplies a concrete complex (respectively chain complex) for computing group cohomology (respectively homology). Definition reference gives two ways to make \(\mathsf{L}\) a complex of left or right \(G\)-modules: use \(\partial_n:\mathsf{L}_n\to\mathsf{L}_{n-1}\) or use \(\partial'_n:\mathsf{L}_n\to\mathsf{L}_{n-1}\). We shall choose between them according to the context so as to obtain the standard form of the complex; the choice does not affect its cohomology.

Proposition (Computing group cohomology by the standard cochain complex).

For every \(G\)-module \(M\), define the standard cochain complex \(C(G,M)=(C^n(G,M))_n\) of \(\Bbbk\)-modules as follows: \[\begin{gather*} C^n(G, M) := \left\{ \text{maps}\; f: G^n \to M \right\}, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}, \end{gather*}\] Each term is made into a \(\Bbbk\)-module by pointwise addition and scalar multiplication, the terms in negative degrees are defined to be \(0\), and \(d^n:C^n(G,M)\to C^{n+1}(G,M)\) is defined by \[\begin{multline*} (d^n f)(g_1, \ldots, g_{n+1}) = g_1 f(g_2, \ldots, g_{n+1}) \\ + \sum_{k=1}^n (-1)^k f(\ldots, g_k g_{k+1}, \ldots) + (-1)^{n+1} f(g_1, \ldots, g_n). \end{multline*}\]

For every \(n\), there is a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(C(G,M))\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\). More precisely, \(C(G,M)\) represents \(\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,M)\) in the derived category.

Proof. Consider the complex \(\mathsf{L}=(\mathsf{L}_n,\partial_n)_n\). Since \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\) is a free resolution by left \(G\)-modules, \(\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,M)\) is represented by the following \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex (Definition reference): \[\begin{equation*} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathsf{L}, M) = \left[ \cdots \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk[G]}(\mathsf{L}_n, M) \xrightarrow{(-1)^{n+1} \partial_{n+1}^*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk[G]}(\mathsf{L}_{n+1}, M) \to \cdots \right] , \end{equation*}\] Its degrees are \(\ldots,-n,-n-1,\ldots\); the sign \((-1)^{n+1}\) comes from the general definition of the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex.

For every \(n\geq0\), use the basis \((g_1|\cdots|g_n)\) of the free left \(\Bbbk[G]\)-module \(\mathsf{L}_n\) from equation. Thus \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-073-d003}\] which is plainly an isomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-modules. The key point is to identify \((-1)^{n+1}\partial_{n+1}^*\) on \(C^n(G,M)\). Consider \((-1)^{n+1}\partial_{n+1}^*\phi=(-1)^{n+1}\phi\circ\partial_{n+1}\). By equation, this map sends \((g_1|\cdots|g_{n+1})\in\mathsf{L}_{n+1}\) to \[\begin{multline*} \phi\left( g_1 (g_2 | \cdots | g_{n+1})\right) + \sum_{k=1}^n (-1)^k \phi\left((\cdots | g_k g_{k+1}| \cdots)\right) + \cdots + (-1)^{n+1} \phi\left((g_1 | \cdots |g_n)\right) \\ = g_1 f(g_2, \ldots, g_{n+1}) + \sum_{k=1}^n (-1)^k f(\ldots, g_k g_{k+1}, \ldots) + (-1)^{n+1} f(g_1, \ldots, g_n). \end{multline*}\] This is precisely \((d^nf)(g_1,\ldots,g_{n+1})\) in the statement.1

The cohomology of a right \(G\)-module \(M\) has a similar description, which we do not repeat. We next state the corresponding result for the group homology of a left \(G\)-module; its proof is immediate.

Proposition (Computing group homology by the standard chain complex). For every \(G\)-module \(M\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), there is a canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{H}_n(G, M) \simeq \operatorname{H}_n\left( \mathsf{L} \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}} M\right), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0},\] where \((\mathsf{L}_n,\partial'_n)_n\) is used as the chain complex of right \(G\)-modules. Take the basis \((g_1|\cdots|g_n)^\dagger\) of the free right \(\Bbbk[G]\)-module \(\mathsf{L}_n\) from equation. Then \(\mathsf{L}_n\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}M\) is identified with the direct sum2 \(M^{\oplus G^n}\), and an element in the summand corresponding to \((g_1,\ldots,g_n)\in G^n\) has a unique expression \[(g_1 | \cdots | g_n)^\dagger \otimes x, \quad x \in M,\] while, by equation, \(\partial'_n\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M:\mathsf{L}_n\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}M\to \mathsf{L}_{n-1}\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}M\) is given by \[\begin{multline*} (g_1 | \cdots | g_n)^\dagger \otimes x \mapsto \\ (g_2 | \cdots | g_n)^\dagger \otimes x + \sum_{k=1}^{n-1} (-1)^k (\cdots | g_k g_{k+1} | \cdots)^\dagger \otimes x \\ + (-1)^n (g_1 | \cdots | g_{n-1})^\dagger \otimes g_n x. \end{multline*}\]

For comparison with Proposition reference, denote the chain complex above by \((C_n(G,M))_n\) and call it the standard chain complex. In the derived category it represents \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}M\).

Example reference below will explain the relation between the standard chain complex and the bar construction. There is of course a corresponding description for the homology of a right \(G\)-module \(M\). Consider \(M\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}\mathsf{L}\). We have \(M\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}\mathsf{L}_n\simeq M^{\oplus G^n}\), and an element in the summand corresponding to \((g_1,\ldots,g_n)\) has a unique expression \[x \otimes (g_1 | \cdots | g_n), \quad x \in M,\] while the map \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\otimes\partial'_n\) is \[\begin{multline*} x \otimes (g_1 | \cdots | g_n) \mapsto \\ x g_1 (g_2 | \cdots | g_n) + \sum_{k=1}^{n-1} (-1)^k x \otimes (\cdots | g_k g_{k+1} | \cdots) \\ + (-1)^n x \otimes (g_1 | \cdots | g_{n-1}). \end{multline*}\] The corresponding standard chain complex is again denoted by \((C_n(G,M))_n\). Readers familiar with §reference will readily recognize these complexes as special cases of the Hochschild cochain and chain complexes. Here is the precise statement.

Proposition (Relation with Hochschild theory). Let \(R:=\Bbbk[G]\). For a left (respectively right) \(G\)-module \(M\), write \(M_+\) (respectively \({}_+M\)) for the \((R,R)\)-bimodule determined by \[g_1 x g_2 := g_1 x \; (\text{respectively}\; g_1 x g_2 = x g_2 ), \quad g_1 , g_2 \in G, \; x \in M.\] There are canonical isomorphisms compatible with long exact sequences, \[\operatorname{H}^n(G, M) \simeq \operatorname{HH}^n(R, M_+), \quad (\text{respectively}\; \operatorname{H}_n(G, M) \simeq \operatorname{HH}_n(R, {}_+ M)),\] and in fact the complex \((C^n(G,M))_n\) (respectively the chain complex \((C_n(G,M))_n\)) is isomorphic to \((C^n(R,M_+))_n\) (respectively \((C_n(R,{}_+M))_n\)) from equation.

Proof. Observe that \(R^{\otimes n}\) is a free \(\Bbbk\)-module with basis \(G^n\): \((g_1,\ldots,g_n)\) corresponds to \(g_1\otimes\cdots\otimes g_n\in R^{\otimes n}\). It remains only to compare the standard cochain complex with the complex described in equation. Concretely, in the cohomological case, send \(f:G^n\to M\) to the corresponding \(n\)-multilinear \(\Bbbk\)-map \(R^n\to M\). In the homological case, send \(x\otimes(g_1|\cdots|g_n)^\dagger\) to \((x|g_1|\cdots|g_n)\in C_n(R,{}_+M)\). The remaining comparison is left to the reader.

Returning to our main subject, from now on all \(G\)-modules under consideration are left modules unless otherwise stated.

Example. In light of the discussion above, consider \[\operatorname{H}_1(G, \Bbbk) \simeq \frac{\operatorname{ker}\left[ C_1(G, \Bbbk) \to C_0(G, \Bbbk) \right]}{\operatorname{im}\left[ C_2(G, \Bbbk) \to C_1(G, \Bbbk) \right]}.\]

Every element of \(C_1(G,\Bbbk)\) has a unique expression as a \(\Bbbk\)-linear combination of the elements \([g]:=(g)^\dagger\otimes1\) for \(g\in G\). Observe that \(C_0(G,\Bbbk)\simeq\Bbbk\) and \[\left( \partial'_1 \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\Bbbk}\right)[g] = 1 - 1 = 0, \quad \left( \partial'_2 \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\Bbbk}\right)((g_1 | g_2)^\dagger \otimes 1) = [g_2] - [g_1 g_2] + [g_1].\] Therefore \(\operatorname{H}_1(G,\Bbbk)\) is isomorphic to the quotient \(\Bbbk\)-module \[Q := \bigoplus_{g \in G} \Bbbk \cdot [g] \bigg/ \ensuremath{\left\langle [g_1 g_2] - [g_1] + [g_2] : g_1, g_2 \in G \right\rangle};\] The map \(g\mapsto[g]\) induces a group homomorphism \(a:G\to(Q,+)\). It has the following universal property: for every \(\Bbbk\)-module \(N\) and group homomorphism \(b:G\to(N,+)\), there is a unique \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:Q\to N\) such that \(b=\varphi a\). The reader may quickly verify this universal property and deduce from it the canonical isomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-073-d004}\] where \(G_{\mathrm{ab}}:=G/G_{\mathrm{der}}\) is the abelianization of \(G\) and \(G_{\mathrm{der}}\) is its derived subgroup, as in [Li1]. Readers who know the topological background of group homology will recognize the connection with the Hurewicz theorem in homology theory.

It is natural also to ask for the composite of the isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}_1(G,\Bbbk)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathfrak{I}/\mathfrak{I}^2\) from Example reference with the isomorphism above. We claim that this composite is given explicitly by \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-073-d005}\]

Why is this so? The isomorphism in Example reference comes from the map \(\operatorname{H}_1(G,\Bbbk)\to\operatorname{H}_0(G,\mathfrak{I})\simeq \mathfrak{I}/\mathfrak{I}^2\) induced by the short exact sequence \(0\to\mathfrak{I}\to\Bbbk[G]\to\Bbbk\to0\). Write down the following commutative diagram with exact rows: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-073-d006}\] The map \(\partial'_1\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\Bbbk[G]}\) sends \((g)^\dagger\otimes1_{\Bbbk[G]}\) to \(1_G-g\in C_0(G,\mathfrak{I})=\mathfrak{I}\), thereby determining an element of \(\mathfrak{I}/\mathfrak{I}^2\simeq \operatorname{H}_0(G,\mathfrak{I})\).3 This is precisely the construction in the snake lemma.

Remark. The form of the standard cochain complex (respectively standard chain complex) shows that, as an additive group, \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) (respectively \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\)) is completely determined by the additive structure of \(M\); multiplication by elements of \(\Bbbk\) only supplies its \(\Bbbk\)-module structure. Thus the case \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) already captures the essence of group cohomology (respectively homology), although allowing general coefficients causes no additional difficulty.

Remark (Normalized version).

To compute \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\), one may instead use the normalized free resolution \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}\to\Bbbk\) supplied by Proposition reference. Denote the corresponding cochain and chain complexes by \((\overline{C}^n(G,M))_n\) and \((\overline{C}_n(G,M))_n\), respectively, and call them the normalized standard cochain complex and normalized standard chain complex. They are, respectively, a subcomplex and a quotient complex of the original versions. For example, in the cohomological case, the description of \(\mathsf{L}_n\) in equation gives \[\overline{C}^n(G, M) = \left\{\begin{array}{r|l} f \in C^n(G, M) & \exists 1 \leq k \leq n, \; g_k = 1_G \\ & \implies f(g_1, \ldots, g_n) = 0 \end{array}\right\}.\]


  1. Translator’s correction: the source ends the argument list at \(g_n\), but \(d^nf\in C^{n+1}(G,M)\) and the calculation above uses \((g_1,\ldots,g_{n+1})\).↩︎

  2. Translator’s correction: the source prints \(\mathsf{L}^n\), whereas the chain complex and the basis in the same sentence use \(\mathsf{L}_n\).↩︎

  3. Translator’s correction: the source uses \(C^0\) and \(\operatorname{H}^0\), but the diagram and the connecting morphism being computed are homological, so the correct indices are \(C_0\) and \(\operatorname{H}_0\).↩︎

Low-degree cohomology: crossed homomorphisms and group extensions

This section aims to deepen our understanding of \(\operatorname{H}^1\) and \(\operatorname{H}^2\). Fix a group \(G\) and a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\). Given a \(G\)-module \(M\), define the following submodules of \(C^n(G,M)\) for the standard complex \(C(G,M)\) of Proposition reference: \[Z^n(G,M):=\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\supset\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1})=:B^n(G,M),\] and set \(B^0(G,M)=0\). We identify \[\begin{equation*} \operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\quad\text{with}\quad Z^n(G,M)/B^n(G,M). \end{equation*}\] In view of their topological origins, the elements of \(Z^n(G,M)\) are also called \(n\)-cocycles, while the elements of \(B^n(G,M)\) are called \(n\)-coboundaries.

Recall that \(C^n(G,M)\) consists of all maps \(f:G^n\to M\). The low-degree part of the standard complex is \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-074-d001}\] In particular, \(Z^0(G,M)=M^G\). We next consider the case \(n=1\).

Definition (Crossed homomorphism).

Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module. The elements of \(Z^1(G,M)\) are also called crossed homomorphisms from \(G\) to \(M\); in other words, a crossed homomorphism is a map \(f:G\to M\) satisfying \[f(g_1g_2)=g_1f(g_2)+f(g_1),\qquad g_1,g_2\in G.\] For fixed \(\Bbbk\), they form a \(\Bbbk\)-module under pointwise operations.

Notice that the elements of \(B^1(G,M)\) are the crossed homomorphisms of the form \(f_m:g\mapsto gm-m\), where \(m\in M\). In general, every crossed homomorphism \(f\) satisfies \(f(1_G)=0\) (take \(g_1=g_2=1_G\)) and \(g^{-1}f(g)=-f(g^{-1})\) (take \(g_1=g^{-1}\) and \(g_2=g\)).

Example. If \(G\) acts trivially on \(M\), then the crossed homomorphisms are precisely the homomorphisms from \(G\) to the additive group \((M,+)\), and \(B^1(G,M)=\{0\}\). Thus in this case \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}}(G,M)\simeq\operatorname{H}^1(G,M).\]

Another way to understand crossed homomorphisms is through semidirect products. For a \(G\)-module \(M\), use the \(G\)-action to form the semidirect product \(M\rtimes G\). Its elements have the form \((m,g)\) with \(m\in M\) and \(g\in G\), and it has a projection homomorphism \(\pi:M\rtimes G\to G\) sending \((m,g)\) to \(g\).

Proposition.

Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module. There is a canonical bijection \[Z^1(G,M)\xrightarrow{1:1} \left\{\text{group homomorphisms }\sigma:G\to M\rtimes G \;\middle|\;\pi\sigma=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\right\}.\] A map \(\sigma\) on the right-hand side is also called a section of \(\pi\); the crossed homomorphism \(f\) corresponds to the section \(\sigma(g)=(f(g),g)\).

Proof. A map \(\sigma\) satisfying \(\pi\sigma=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\) must have the form \(\sigma(g)=(f(g),g)\) for some map \(f:G\to M\). By the definition of the semidirect product, \(\sigma\) is a group homomorphism if and only if the following equality holds in \(M\): \[f(g_1)+g_1f(g_2)=f(g_1g_2),\qquad g_1,g_2\in G.\] This is exactly the definition of a crossed homomorphism.

Crossed homomorphisms are also related to the augmentation ideal \(\mathfrak{I}\subset\Bbbk[G]\) introduced in Remark reference.

Proposition. For every \(G\)-module \(M\), there is a canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{Hom}_G(\mathfrak{I},M)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Z^1(G,M)\) sending a homomorphism \(\varphi\) to the crossed homomorphism \(f(g)=\varphi(g-1_G)\).

Proof. As a \(\Bbbk\)-module, \(\mathfrak{I}\) has basis \(\{g-1_G:g\in G,\;g\neq1_G\}\). Thus specifying a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi:\mathfrak{I}\to M\) is equivalent to specifying a map \(f:G\to M\) satisfying \(f(1_G)=0\), with \(f(g)=\varphi(g-1_G)\). The condition that \(\varphi\) be a \(G\)-module homomorphism is \(\varphi(g_1(g_2-1_G))=g_1\varphi(g_2-1_G)\). But \[\text{left-hand side}=\varphi(g_1g_2-1_G-g_1+1_G) =f(g_1g_2)-f(g_1),\qquad \text{right-hand side}=g_1f(g_2).\] This is exactly the crossed-homomorphism condition.

For the next step, the case \(n=2\), we first recall the notion of a group extension. Take \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and introduce some terminology.

Definition.

Let \(A\) be a group. An extension of \(G\) by \(A\) is a short exact sequence of groups [Li1] \[0\to A\to E\xrightarrow{\pi}G\to1.\]

Henceforth we abbreviate the data of the group extension to \(E\). A group homomorphism \(s:G\to E\) satisfying \(\pi s=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\) is called a splitting of the extension. In this case \(s\) embeds \(G\) as a subgroup of \(E\), thereby identifying \(E\) with the semidirect product \(A\rtimes G\). An extension possessing a splitting is called split. See [Li1] for details.

Broadly speaking, the theory of group extensions studies how to build a larger group from a normal subgroup and a quotient group. To relate this to the cohomology of \(G\)-modules, from now on write the group \(A\) above as \(M\), require it to be commutative, and write its group operation additively. Such a group extension determines a group homomorphism \[\alpha:G\to\operatorname{Aut}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}}(M),\qquad \alpha(g)(x)=exe^{-1},\qquad e\in\pi^{-1}(g)\ \text{chosen arbitrarily}.\] Thus \(M\) becomes a \(G\)-module through \(\alpha\); this is the most basic invariant of a group extension. Given a \(G\)-module \(M\), we wish to classify all extensions of \(G\) by \(M\) whose associated \(\alpha\) is precisely the given \(G\)-module structure on \(M\), up to equivalence (or isomorphism) of extensions. An equivalence from an extension \(E\) to an extension \(E'\) is defined in the evident way as a commutative diagram of groups \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-074-d002} \end{equation}\] The reader is invited to verify that \(\varphi\) in this diagram is automatically a group isomorphism, and that an extension is split if and only if it is equivalent to the semidirect product \(M\rtimes G\).

Definition.

Define the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\) of all extensions of \(G\) by the given \(G\)-module \(M\); its morphisms are the commutative diagrams equation.

This category is a groupoid: all its morphisms are invertible. Classifying extensions amounts to describing \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\) up to equivalence of categories. This divides into two subproblems:

  • describe \(\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M))/\simeq\), that is, the equivalence classes of extensions, and identify the split extensions among them;

  • describe the morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\), that is, the isomorphisms between extensions.

We begin with the simpler second subproblem. First, an extension \(E\) has a simple class of automorphisms of the form \(\operatorname{Ad}_m:e\mapsto mem^{-1}\), where \(m\in M\) and the group operation in \(E\) is written multiplicatively; these are called inner automorphisms. For abstract reasons, the inner automorphisms form a normal subgroup of \(\operatorname{Aut}(E)\), and the corresponding quotient group is called the outer automorphism group of \(E\). To classify group extensions, we need to compute cohomology using the normalized standard complex \(\overline{C}(G,M)\) described in Remark reference. Accordingly, define \[\begin{gather*} \overline{C}^n(G,M)\supset\overline{Z}^n(G,M) \supset\overline{B}^n(G,M),\\ \operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\simeq\overline{Z}^n(G,M)/\overline{B}^n(G,M). \end{gather*}\] We have \(\overline{C}^0(G,M)=C^0(G,M)=M\). The preceding discussion of crossed homomorphisms has also shown that \(\overline{Z}^1(G,M)=Z^1(G,M)\).

Lemma. Let \(0\to M\to E\xrightarrow{\pi}G\to1\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\). Its automorphism group is canonically isomorphic to \(\overline{Z}^1(G,M)\), while its outer automorphism group is canonically isomorphic to \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,M)\). More explicitly, an element \(z\in\overline{Z}^1(G,M)\) corresponds to the automorphism sending \(e\in E\) to \(z(\pi(e))e\).

Proof. For the moment, write the group operation on \(M\) multiplicatively. Take \(E'=E\) in the commutative diagram equation. For every \(e\in E\), there is a unique \(z(e)\in M\) such that \(\varphi(e)=z(e)e\). If \(m\in M\), then \(\varphi(me)=m\varphi(e)=mz(e)e=z(e)me\), so \(z(e)\) depends only on the image of \(e\) in \(G\); henceforth we write it as a map \(z:G\to M\). Conversely, every map \(z:G\to M\) determines a map \(\varphi:E\to E\) by \(\varphi(e)=z(\pi(e))e\), and equation commutes at the level of sets.

Consider a map \(z:G\to M\) and the corresponding \(\varphi\). Put \(g_i=\pi(e_i)\) for \(i=1,2\). Then \[\begin{align*} \varphi(e_1e_2)&=z(g_1g_2)e_1e_2,\\ \varphi(e_1)\varphi(e_2)&=z(g_1)e_1z(g_2)e_2\\ &=z(g_1)\underbracket{g_1\cdot z(g_2)}_{ \text{the $G$-module structure on $M$}}e_1e_2. \end{align*}\] Thus \(\varphi\) is a group homomorphism if and only if \(z\) is a crossed homomorphism. It is clear that composition of group homomorphisms corresponds to addition of crossed homomorphisms. Now take \(m\in M\). The corresponding inner automorphism is \(e\mapsto mem^{-1}=mem^{-1}e^{-1}e\). Clearly \(mem^{-1}e^{-1}\in M\), and in additive notation this element is \(m-\pi(e)m\). This proves the assertion.

Definition. The groupoid \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}}(G,M)\) is defined as follows: its set of objects is \(\overline{Z}^2(G,M)\), while its morphism sets are \[\operatorname{Hom}(f,f'):=\{w\in\overline{C}^1(G,M):f'=d^1w+f\}.\] Composition of morphisms is defined by addition in \(\overline{C}^1(G,M)\). Thus the isomorphism classes of objects correspond bijectively to the elements of \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,M)\).

The meaning of the notation is clear: \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}}(G,M)\) is the category determined by the truncated complex \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{C}(G,M)\).

Theorem. Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module. The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\) is equivalent to \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}}(G,M)\). In particular, equivalence classes of extensions of \(G\) by \(M\) correspond bijectively to elements of \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,M)\), and the equivalence class of split extensions corresponds to \(0\in\operatorname{H}^2(G,M)\).

Proof. We first construct a functor \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}}(G,M)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\). Given a map \(f:G^2\to M\), define a binary operation on the set \(M\times G\) by \[(m_1,g_1)\cdot(m_2,g_2):= \left(m_1+g_1\cdot m_2+f(g_1,g_2),g_1g_2\right).\] Associativity is equivalent to the identity \[\begin{equation} f(g_1,g_2)+f(g_1g_2,g_3) =g_1\cdot f(g_2,g_3)+f(g_1,g_2g_3), \end{equation}\] that is, to \(f\in Z^2(G,M)\). Furthermore, \((0,1_G)\) is the identity if and only if \[f(g,1_G)=0=f(1_G,g),\] that is, if and only if \(f\in\overline{Z}^2(G,M)\). Taking \((g_1,g_2,g_3)=(g,g^{-1},g)\) in equation and using the last equality gives \[\begin{equation} f(g,g^{-1})=g\cdot f(g^{-1},g). \end{equation}\]

Thus \(M\times G\) acquires a monoid structure from \(f\in\overline{Z}^2(G,M)\); denote this monoid by \(E\). It is automatically a group, since equation gives \[(0,g)^{-1}=\left(-f(g^{-1},g),g^{-1}\right),\qquad (m,1_G)^{-1}=(-m,1_G).\] It is easy to prove that the maps \(m\mapsto(m,1_G)\) and \((m,g)\mapsto g\) give a group extension \(0\to M\to E\to G\to1\) that induces precisely the original \(G\)-action on \(M\). Verify that \(f=0\) corresponds to the semidirect product \(E=M\rtimes G\).

If, moreover, \(w\in\overline{C}^1(G,M)\) and \(f':=d^1w+f\), denote the corresponding extension by \(E'\). The map \[(m,g)\mapsto(m-w(g),g)\] gives an isomorphism from \(E\) to \(E'\). Indeed, the condition that this map preserve multiplication is equivalent to the identity \[-w(g_1)-g_1\cdot w(g_2)+(d^1w)(g_1,g_2)=-w(g_1g_2),\] which is exactly the definition of \(d^1w\).

We have therefore obtained a functor \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}}(G,M)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\), and both categories are groupoids. Comparing automorphism groups of objects by Lemma reference shows that this functor is fully faithful. It remains to show that it is essentially surjective.

Let \(E\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\). Choose an arbitrary section \(s:G\to E\) of the map \(\pi:E\to G\) in the extension data; that is, a map satisfying \(\pi s=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\). This is equivalent to choosing a representative of every \(M\)-coset in \(E\). A section \(s\) is called normalized if \(s(1_G)=1_E\). For all \(g_1,g_2\in G\), the elements \(s(g_1g_2)\) and \(s(g_1)s(g_2)\) have the same image under \(\pi\). Hence there is a unique \(f(g_1,g_2)\in M\) such that \[s(g_1)s(g_2)=f(g_1,g_2)s(g_1g_2).\]

It is easy to prove that associativity, \((s(g_1)s(g_2))s(g_3)=s(g_1)(s(g_2)s(g_3))\), translates into equation, namely \(f\in Z^2(G,M)\). If \(s\) is normalized, then \(f(1_G,g)=0=f(g,1_G)\) for every \(g\), which is equivalent to \(f\in\overline{Z}^2(G,M)\).

For the chosen normalized section \(s\), give \(M\times G\) the group structure corresponding to \(f\). Consider the bijection \[M\times G\xrightarrow{1:1}E,\qquad(m,g)\mapsto ms(g).\] The preceding discussion shows immediately that this bijection preserves group multiplication and gives an isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\). This completes the proof of the equivalence.

In the final part of the essential-surjectivity argument, changing the section \(s\) is equivalent to choosing an arbitrary map \(h:G\to M\) and taking \(s'(g):=h(g)s(g)\). The corresponding map \(f':G^2\to M\) becomes \[\begin{align*} f'(g_1,g_2)&=\left(h(g_1)+g_1\cdot h(g_2)-h(g_1g_2)\right)+f(g_1,g_2)\\ &=(d^1h)(g_1,g_2)+f(g_1,g_2). \end{align*}\] If one also requires \(h(1_G)=0\), then \(d^1h\in\overline{B}^2(G,M)\). Historically, this observation was the starting point for the connection between extensions and \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,M)\); it also supplies a group-extension interpretation for the definitions of \(\overline{Z}^2(G,M)\) and \(\overline{B}^2(G,M)\), although this was left implicit in the proof.

Remark. Theorem reference says that the complex \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{C}(G,M)\) is a linear incarnation of the category of group extensions \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\): the term in degree \(2\) describes objects, the term in degree \(1\) describes morphisms, and the term in degree \(0\) remains to be interpreted. For \(m\in M=\overline{C}^0(G,M)\), there is an inner automorphism of the group extension \(\operatorname{Ad}_m:e\mapsto mem^{-1}\), which is trivial if and only if \(m\in M^G=\operatorname{H}^0(G,M)\). From the viewpoint of inner automorphisms, we may regard the elements of \(M\) as 2-morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\): for \(m\in M\) and \(\varphi_1,\varphi_2\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)}(E,E')\), \[\text{interpret the 2-cell diagram}\; \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-074-d003} \;\text{as}\;\varphi_2=\operatorname{Ad}_m\varphi_1.\]

Notice that \(\operatorname{Ad}_m\varphi_1=\varphi_1\operatorname{Ad}_m\) and \(\operatorname{Ad}_{m_1}\operatorname{Ad}_{m_2}=\operatorname{Ad}_{m_1+m_2}\). Thus \(\operatorname{H}^0(G,M)\) becomes the “2-automorphism group” of every morphism \(\varphi\). In this sense, the complex \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{C}(G,M)\) may be called a linear incarnation of the 2-category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\). See [Li1] for the definition of a 2-category.

Other aspects of group extensions will be discussed in §reference. Before that, we need to introduce more operations on group homology and cohomology.

Induced modules

For a group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\), Proposition reference gives the right adjoint \(\operatorname{Hom}_H(\Bbbk[G],\cdot)\) and the left adjoint \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[H]}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\) of \(\varphi^*\). This section focuses on the common case in which \(H\subset G\) is a subgroup and \(\varphi\) is the inclusion homomorphism. We begin by introducing notation.

Definition (Induced module).

Let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\). For an \(H\)-module \(N\), define the \(G\)-modules \[\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N):=\operatorname{Hom}_H(\Bbbk[G],N),\qquad \operatorname{ind}^G_H(N):=\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[H]}{\otimes}}N.\] As \(N\) varies, both constructions give functors \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

Both operations may be called induction from \(H\) to \(G\) in a broad sense. The functor \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H\) is also sometimes called induction with finite support; this terminology will be explained by Lemma reference below.

Proposition. The functors \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H,\operatorname{ind}^G_H:H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) are all exact. The functor \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) preserves injective objects, \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H\) preserves projective objects, and \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) preserves both.

Proof. We already know that \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) is exact. Choosing coset representatives shows that \(\Bbbk[G]\) is a free left \(\Bbbk[H]\)-module, so \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk[H]}(\Bbbk[G],\cdot)\) is exact. Similarly, \(\Bbbk[G]\) is a free right \(\Bbbk[H]\)-module, so \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[H]}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\) is exact. By the adjunctions, the assertions about preserving injective and projective objects follow directly from Proposition reference.

Proposition reference provides a way to construct injective (or projective) resolutions in \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\): take an injective (or projective) resolution of the given \(G\)-module \(M\) in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), and then induce that resolution to \(G\) using \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_{\{1\}}\) (or \(\operatorname{ind}^G_{\{1\}}\)). The following result is commonly called Shapiro’s lemma.

Theorem (B. Eckmann, D. K. Faddeev, A. Shapiro).

Let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\). For every \(H\)-module \(N\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), there are canonical isomorphisms \[\operatorname{H}^n\left(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\right)\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(H,N),\qquad \operatorname{H}_n\left(G,\operatorname{ind}^G_H(N)\right)\simeq\operatorname{H}_n(H,N).\] The two sides of each isomorphism, viewed as functors in \(N\), have long exact sequences, and the isomorphisms are compatible with those sequences.

Proof. We give two methods. For cohomology, the first considers the functors \[A^n:=\operatorname{H}^n\left(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\cdot)\right).\] Since \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) is exact, this family of functors has long exact sequences inherited from \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\cdot)\) and hence is a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor in the sense of Definition reference. For \(n=0\), Corollary reference gives a canonical isomorphism \[A^0(N)=(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N))^G\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}N^H,\qquad \varphi\mapsto\varphi(1_G).\] To extend this canonically to an isomorphism of cohomological \(\delta\)-functors \(A^n\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^n(H,\cdot)\), it suffices to prove that \(A^n\) is effaceable for \(n>0\) (Definition reference, Proposition reference). By Proposition reference, if \(N\) is embedded into an injective \(H\)-module \(I\), then \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\hookrightarrow\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(I)\) and \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(I)\) is an injective \(G\)-module. Hence \(n>0\) implies \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(I))=0\), proving effaceability.

The idea for homology is similar and uses the coeffaceability of homological \(\delta\)-functors. The required degree-zero isomorphism \(N_H\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(\operatorname{ind}^G_H(N))_G\) also comes from Corollary reference.

The second method works in the derived category. For cohomology, we again start from the canonical isomorphism \[\underbracket{\operatorname{Hom}_G(\Bbbk,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\cdot))}_{ \simeq\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\cdot)^G} \simeq \underbracket{\operatorname{Hom}_H(\Bbbk,\cdot)}_{\simeq(\cdot)^H} :H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}.\] Both sides are left-exact functors. Since \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) preserves injective objects, taking right-derived functors in Theorem reference (iii) gives \[\begin{equation*} \operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,\mathrm{R}\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\cdot)) \simeq\operatorname{RHom}_H(\Bbbk,\cdot). \end{equation*}\]

But \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) is exact, so \(\mathrm{R}\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\cdot)\) is determined by the universal property of localization and may still be denoted by \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\). Thus at the level of derived categories there is an isomorphism of triangulated functors \[\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\cdot)) \simeq\operatorname{RHom}_H(\Bbbk,\cdot).\] Taking \(\operatorname{H}^n\) on both sides gives the desired result.

The idea for homology is similar; the key is the isomorphism \[\Bbbk\ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} \left(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[H]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}(\cdot)\right) \simeq\Bbbk\ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[H]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}(\cdot).\] This is also a special case of Example reference or of Proposition reference on the associativity constraint. Since \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H\) is exact, \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[H]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}(\cdot)\) may also be replaced by \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[H]}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\); the remaining steps are the same.

Notice that if \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) is interpreted as \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[G]}{\otimes}}(\cdot)\) according to equation, then, since \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\Bbbk=\Bbbk\), the isomorphism \(\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,\mathrm{R}\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\cdot)) \simeq\operatorname{RHom}_H(\Bbbk,\cdot)\) reduces to the adjunction between \(\operatorname{RHom}\) and \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) (Theorem reference). Group cohomology and homology can be described concretely through the standard complex and the standard chain complex of Propositions reference and reference. We want to make the isomorphisms in Theorem reference explicit in terms of these complexes. There is no essential difficulty. To distinguish the group, for every group \(H\) write the complex of \(H\)-modules \(\mathsf{L}\) from Definition reference as \(\mathsf{L}^H\); it gives a free resolution \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\Bbbk\).

Lemma. Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a group homomorphism. The corresponding homomorphism \(H^{n+1}\to G^{n+1}\) induces a quasi-isomorphism of complexes \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\varphi^*(\mathsf{L}^G)\) whose composite with \(\varphi^*(\mathsf{L}^G)\to\varphi^*\Bbbk=\Bbbk\) equals \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\Bbbk\).

In particular, if \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\), there is a quasi-isomorphism \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\operatorname{Res}^G_H\mathsf{L}^G\) with the above composite property.

Proof. It follows directly from the definitions that \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\varphi^*(\mathsf{L}^G)\) is a morphism of complexes; the assertion about its composite is equally clear. Since \(\varphi^*\) is exact, while \(\mathsf{L}^G\to\Bbbk\) and \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\Bbbk\) are both quasi-isomorphisms, \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\varphi^*(\mathsf{L}^G)\) is a quasi-isomorphism as well.

Proposition. Let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\) and \(N\) an \(H\)-module. Identify \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N))\) (or \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,N)\)) with the \(\operatorname{H}^n\) of the standard complex \(C(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N))\) (or \(C(H,N)\)), as in Proposition reference. Then the isomorphism \[\operatorname{H}^n\left(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\right)\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(H,N), \qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0},\] is induced by the morphism of complexes \[\begin{align*} C^m(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N))&\to C^m(H,N),\\ [f:G^m\to\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)]&\mapsto [(h_1,\ldots,h_m)\mapsto f(h_1,\ldots,h_m)(1_G)]\\ &\quad=(f|_{H^m})(\cdot)(1_G), \end{align*}\] where \(h_1,\ldots,h_m\in H\).

Proof. Again there are two methods. First, verify that the displayed maps \(C^m(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N))\to C^m(H,N)\) do indeed form a morphism of complexes. Because \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) is exact, as \(N\) varies these maps induce a morphism between cohomological \(\delta\)-functors. In degree zero, this map is clearly the canonical isomorphism \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)^G\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}N^H\), \(\varphi\mapsto\varphi(1_G)\). We already know that \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\cdot))\) is a universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor (Theorem reference). Thus the above morphism is unique and must agree with the isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N))\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(H,N)\) in that theorem.

For the second method, let \(M\) (respectively, \(N\)) be a bounded-below complex of \(G\)-modules (respectively, \(H\)-modules). Extend the functors \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) and \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) degreewise to complexes, keeping the same notation. The adjunction of Proposition reference lifts to \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes:

\[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H(\operatorname{Res}^G_HM,N) \simeq\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G(M,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)).\] A direct verification is not difficult; this can also be understood as the adjunction between \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\) and \(\otimes\) described earlier (Proposition reference).

Now let \(N\) be an \(H\)-module and take an injective resolution \(\iota:N\to I\). Then \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\to\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(I)\) is still an injective resolution, and naturality of the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes gives the following commutative diagram of complexes (the solid part): \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-075-d001} \end{equation}\] where \(\alpha\) and \(\beta\) come from the morphism in Lemma reference. Thus \(\beta\alpha\) is the familiar map \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H(\Bbbk,I)\to\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H(\mathsf{L}^H,I)\). The solid horizontal isomorphisms come from the adjunction, and all vertical arrows are quasi-isomorphisms.

Recall the second proof of Theorem reference. The first row of equation gives the derived-category form of \[\operatorname{H}^n(H,N)\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)),\qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] On the other hand, the substance of Proposition reference is the isomorphisms of complexes \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H(\mathsf{L}^H,N)\simeq C(H,N),\qquad \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G(\mathsf{L}^G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)) \simeq C(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)).\] It therefore remains only to supply the arrow \(\gamma\) in equation so that the square commutes, and to describe it. Since \(\iota\) is monic, such a \(\gamma\), if it exists, is unique.

Take \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and \(\phi\in\operatorname{Hom}^m_G(\mathsf{L}^G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N))\). Inspecting the construction shows that the image of \(\phi\) in \(\operatorname{Hom}^m_H(\mathsf{L}^H,I)\) is \[(h_0,\ldots,h_m)\mapsto \iota\left(\phi(h_0,\ldots,h_m)(1_G)\right).\] Comparison with the isomorphism in the proof of Proposition reference immediately shows that \(\gamma\) can be defined as asserted.

We now state the homological version, using the notation for the standard chain complex from Proposition reference.

Proposition. Let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\) and \(N\) an \(H\)-module. Identify \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,\operatorname{ind}^G_H(N))\) (or \(\operatorname{H}_n(H,N)\)) with the \(\operatorname{H}_n\) of the standard chain complex \(C(G,\operatorname{ind}^G_H(N))\) (or \(C(H,N)\)), as in Proposition reference. Then the isomorphism

\[\operatorname{H}_n\left(G,\operatorname{ind}^G_H(N)\right)\simeq\operatorname{H}_n(H,N), \qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0},\] is induced by the morphism of complexes \[\begin{align*} C_m(H,N)&\to C_m(G,\operatorname{ind}^G_H(N)),\\ (h_1|\cdots|h_m)^\dagger\otimes y &\mapsto(h_1|\cdots|h_m)^\dagger\otimes(1_G\otimes y), \end{align*}\] where \(h_1,\ldots,h_m\in H\) and \(y\in N\).

Proof. We explain only the derived-category approach. Take a projective resolution \(\pi:P\to N\) in \(H\)-modules. The commutative diagram equation from the proof of Proposition reference must be replaced by \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-075-d002}\] where the solid horizontal arrows come from the associativity constraint for tensor products at the level of complexes, while all vertical arrows are quasi-isomorphisms. Once again, it remains to describe \(\gamma\). The rest of the argument is similar to the cohomological version.

Change of groups

Consider a group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\). In what follows, \(M\) denotes an arbitrary \(G\)-module and \(N\) an arbitrary \(H\)-module. Our first task in this section is to define two families of canonical homomorphisms \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{H}^n(G, M) & \to \operatorname{H}^n(H, \varphi^* M), \\ \operatorname{H}_n(H, \varphi^* M) & \to \operatorname{H}_n(G, M), \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Since \(\varphi^*:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is exact, the functors on both sides of these homomorphisms have long exact sequences; in other words, they are cohomological or homological \(\delta\)-functors. The homomorphisms above will be compatible with the long exact sequences. We present two constructions. For cohomology, the first method considers the family of functors \(B^n:=\operatorname{H}^n(H,\varphi^*(\cdot))\). There is a canonical homomorphism \[M^G \hookrightarrow M^{\varphi(H)} = (\varphi^* M)^H = B^0(M).\] Because \((\operatorname{H}^n(G,\cdot))_n\) is a universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor, this homomorphism extends uniquely to a morphism of cohomological \(\delta\)-functors \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\cdot)\to B^n\). The homology case is similar; the key is to use the canonical homomorphism \((\varphi^*M)_H=M_{\varphi(H)}\twoheadrightarrow M_G\). The second method works in the derived category. We introduce some related notation.

Convention. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(G):=\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(G):=\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G):=\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\); use similar notation when one-sided or two-sided boundedness conditions are imposed. Likewise, write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk):=\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), together with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\Bbbk)\), \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\Bbbk)\), and so forth.

The functor on derived categories induced by the exact functor \(\varphi^*\) is still denoted \(\varphi^*:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(H)\). Use the customary notation \(\mathrm{R}\) and \(\mathrm{L}\) for right- and left-derived functors, respectively. We seek morphisms between triangulated functors \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{R}\left( (\cdot)^G \right) & \to \mathrm{R}\left( (\cdot)^H \right) \circ \varphi^* , \\ \mathrm{L}\left( (\cdot)_H \right) \circ \varphi^* & \to \mathrm{L}\left((\cdot)_G \right). \end{align*}\] The key is the universal property. In the cohomology case, lift the functors \((\cdot)^G\), \((\cdot)^H\), and so on to the level of complexes, with the same notation. Consider the following 2-cell diagram involving categories, functors, and morphisms of functors, all understood to be triangulated. \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d001} \end{equation}\] The \(\Rightarrow\) on the curved part comes from the previously used morphism \((\cdot)^G\to(\cdot)^H\circ\varphi^*\). The \(\stackrel{\sim}{\Rightarrow}\) on the left square comes from the exactness of \(\varphi^*\), while the \(\Rightarrow\) on the right square is part of the data of the right-derived functor \(\mathrm{R}((\cdot)^H)\). The superscript \(+\) is used here only for simplicity; the unbounded version requires the theory of §reference. Recall that 2-cell diagrams can be composed vertically, meaning that the morphisms \(\Rightarrow\) between functors are composed. By the universal property of right-derived functors (see Remark reference and the preceding discussion), there is a unique \(\Downarrow\) in the left-hand diagram below such that \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d002} \xlongequal{\text{vertical composite}} \;\text{vertical composite of \href{#eqn:grp-pullback-2-cell}{equation}} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d003} \end{equation}\] The symbol in the left-hand diagram is part of the data of the right-derived functor \(\mathrm{R}\left((\cdot)^G\right)\). This uniquely determines the morphism \[\mathrm{R}\left( (\cdot)^G \right) \to \mathrm{R}\left((\cdot)^H \right) \circ \varphi^* .\] The method for homology is dual. It uses the universal property of left-derived functors and the previously used morphism \((\cdot)_H\circ\varphi^*\to(\cdot)_G\). We next give a more direct description.

Lemma. For every group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\), the morphisms characterized above can be defined as follows.

  • In the cohomology case, take the composite \[\begin{equation} \mathrm{R}\left( (\cdot)^G \right) \to \mathrm{R}\left( (\cdot)^H \circ \varphi^* \right) \to \mathrm{R}\left( (\cdot)^H \right) \circ \varphi^* . \end{equation}\] The first part comes from \((\cdot)^G\to(\cdot)^H\circ\varphi^*\), since a morphism of functors induces a morphism between their right-derived functors; the second part comes from Theorem reference (i).

  • The homology case is similar: take the composite \[\begin{equation} \mathrm{L}\left( (\cdot)_H \right) \circ \varphi^* \to \mathrm{L} \left( (\cdot)_H \circ \varphi^* \right) \to \mathrm{L}\left( (\cdot)_G \right). \end{equation}\] The first part comes from Theorem reference (ii), and the second from \((\cdot)_H\circ\varphi^*\to(\cdot)_G\).

Proof. It suffices to discuss the cohomology case. First, for the morphisms in equation, check the following equalities of vertical composites: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d004} = \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d005}\] and \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d006} = \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d007}\]

The first equality characterizes the induced morphism \(\mathrm{R}((\cdot)^G)\to \mathrm{R}((\cdot)^H\circ\varphi^*)\), while the second characterizes the canonical morphism in Theorem reference. Both arise from the universal property of right-derived functors; see the explanation at the beginning of §reference. Splicing these equalities together shows that the composite equation satisfies equation.

Remark. The first method, based on the universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor property, can be combined with derived-category theory to give another concise construction for the cohomology case of equation. Recall that for every \(G\)-module \(M\) and every \(n\), there are canonical isomorphisms \[\operatorname{H}^n(G, M) \simeq \operatorname{Ext}^n_G(\Bbbk, M) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk, M[n]), \quad \operatorname{Ext}^\bullet_G := \operatorname{Ext}^\bullet_{\Bbbk[G]};\] and likewise for \(H\)-modules. Since \(\varphi^*\Bbbk\simeq\Bbbk\) and \(\varphi^*\) is a triangulated functor, we assert that the desired canonical homomorphism is the composite \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk, M[n]) \xrightarrow{\text{functor} \;\varphi^*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(H)}\left( \varphi^* \Bbbk, \varphi^* (M[n])\right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(H)}\left(\Bbbk, (\varphi^* M)[n]\right).\]

To prove this, it suffices to note that when \(n=0\) the formula becomes the evident embedding \(M^G\hookrightarrow(\varphi^*M)^H\) (because \(\varphi^*\Bbbk\simeq\Bbbk\) sends \(1\) to \(1\)), and that every morphism in the composite above is compatible with the long exact sequence in the second variable of the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) functor in a triangulated category (Proposition reference).

Remark. If \(\varphi\) is the inclusion of a subgroup, then \(\varphi^*=\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) preserves injective and projective objects. By Theorem reference (iii) and (iv), the two morphisms in Lemma reference, \[\mathrm{R}\left( (\cdot)^H \circ \varphi^* \right) \to \mathrm{R}\left( (\cdot)^H \right) \circ \varphi^*, \quad \mathrm{L}\left( (\cdot)_H \right) \circ \varphi^* \to \mathrm{L} \left( (\cdot)_H \circ \varphi^* \right)\] are isomorphisms. The description of the canonical morphisms therefore simplifies further: take an injective resolution \(M\to I:=[I^0\to I^1\to\cdots]\). Then \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H(M)\to\operatorname{Res}^G_H(I)\) is also an injective resolution, and the action on \(M\) of the morphism \(\mathrm{R}\left((\cdot)^G\right)\to \mathrm{R}\left((\cdot)^H\right)\circ\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) is \[I^G \to \left( \operatorname{Res}^G_H(I)\right)^H, \quad I^G := \left[ I^{0, G} \to I^{1, G} \to \cdots \right], \;\text{and similarly}.\]

In the homology case, take a projective resolution \(P\to M\). The action on \(M\) of the morphism \(\mathrm{L}\left((\cdot)_H\right)\circ\operatorname{Res}^G_H \to\mathrm{L}\left((\cdot)_G\right)\) is \(\left(\operatorname{Res}^G_H(P)\right)_H\to P_G\).

Lemma. Let \(F\xleftarrow{\psi}G\xleftarrow{\varphi}H\) be group homomorphisms, \(L\) an \(F\)-module, and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Then the composite \(\operatorname{H}^n(F,L)\to\operatorname{H}^n(G,\psi^*L)\to \operatorname{H}^n(H,\varphi^*\psi^*L)\) equals \(\operatorname{H}^n(F,L)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,(\psi\varphi)^*L)\).

Likewise, the composite \(\operatorname{H}_n(H,\varphi^*\psi^*L)\to\operatorname{H}_n(G,\psi^*L)\to\operatorname{H}_n(F,L)\) equals \(\operatorname{H}_n(H,(\psi\varphi)^*L)\to\operatorname{H}_n(F,L)\).

Analogous equalities also hold at the level of derived categories.

Proof. The assertion about \(\operatorname{H}^n\) (or \(\operatorname{H}_n\)) is an immediate application of the universal cohomological (or homological) \(\delta\)-functor property and need only be checked for \(n=0\).

For the derived-category version, the assertion about \(\operatorname{H}^n\) is replaced by \[\left[ \mathrm{R}((\cdot)^F) \to \mathrm{R}((\cdot)^G) \circ \psi^* \to \mathrm{R}((\cdot)^H) \circ \varphi^* \circ \psi^* \right] \xlongequal{\text{composite}} \left[ \mathrm{R}((\cdot)^F) \to \mathrm{R}((\cdot)^H) \circ (\psi\varphi)^* \right].\] For this, it suffices to check the property equation for the left-hand side. This reduces to an interesting and straightforward exercise in the composition of 2-cells, which the reader is invited to try.

We now generalize the canonical homomorphisms equation further.

Definition. Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module and \(N\) an \(H\)-module. Below, \(f\) is always a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism and \(h\) is an arbitrary element of \(H\).

  • If \(f:M\to N\) satisfies \(f(\varphi(h)x)=hf(x)\) for \(x\in M\), then \(f\) is called \(\varphi\)-equivariant.

  • If \(f:N\to M\) satisfies \(f(hy)=\varphi(h)f(y)\) for \(y\in N\), then \(f\) is called \(\varphi\)-equivariant.

Equivariance is also equivalent to saying that \(f\) gives an \(H\)-module homomorphism \(\varphi^*M\to N\) or \(N\to\varphi^*M\). Moreover, \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M:M\to\varphi^*M\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M:\varphi^*M\to M\) are both \(\varphi\)-equivariant.

Definition.

If \(f:M\to N\) is \(\varphi\)-equivariant, define a family of canonical homomorphisms \[\operatorname{H}^n(f) := \left[ \operatorname{H}^n(G, M) \to \operatorname{H}^n(H, \varphi^* M) \to \operatorname{H}^n(H, N) \right] \;\text{as the composite};\] if \(f:N\to M\) is \(\varphi\)-equivariant, define a family of canonical homomorphisms \[\operatorname{H}_n(f) := \left[ \operatorname{H}_n(H, N) \to \operatorname{H}_n(H, \varphi^* M) \to \operatorname{H}_n(G, M) \right] \;\text{as the composite}.\]

Notice that \(f\) and \(\varphi\) point in opposite directions in the cohomology case and in the same direction in the homology case. The homomorphisms in Definition reference are compatible with long exact sequences. They include the functoriality of \(\operatorname{H}^n\) and \(\operatorname{H}_n\) (or the natural homomorphisms equation) as the special cases \(\varphi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\) (or \(f=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\)). These homomorphisms also lift to the level of derived categories. Equivariant module homomorphisms can also be composed in tandem with group homomorphisms; the definition is evident.

Proposition (Functoriality with respect to equivariant homomorphisms). Consider group homomorphisms \(F\xleftarrow{\psi}G\xleftarrow{\varphi}H\) and equivariant module homomorphisms \(L\xrightarrow{g}M\xrightarrow{f}N\), where \(L\) is an \(F\)-module, \(M\) a \(G\)-module, and \(N\) an \(H\)-module. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), we have \(\operatorname{H}^n(fg)=\operatorname{H}^n(f)\operatorname{H}^n(g)\).

If instead the equivariant module homomorphisms point in the reverse direction, \(L\xleftarrow{g}M\xleftarrow{f}N\), then \(\operatorname{H}_n(gf)=\operatorname{H}_n(g)\operatorname{H}_n(f)\). Analogous composition equalities also hold at the level of derived categories.

Proof. It suffices to discuss the cohomology case. Fix \(n\). By Lemma reference, it is enough to prove that the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d008}\] commutes. But each square commutes by the functoriality of equation. The derived-category version is entirely similar.

Example (Conjugation). Let \(H\lhd G\). Every \(t\in G\) induces an automorphism of \(H\), \(a_t:h\mapsto t^{-1}ht\). Now let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module and, to simplify notation, continue to write \(M\) for \(\operatorname{Res}^G_HM\). The homomorphism \(c_t:M\xrightarrow{x\mapsto tx}M\) is equivariant with respect to the oppositely directed group homomorphism \(H\xleftarrow{a_t}H\). The corresponding homomorphism \[\operatorname{H}^n(c_t): \operatorname{H}^n(H, M) \to \operatorname{H}^n(H, M),\] decomposes by definition as \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,a_t^*M)\xrightarrow{c_t}\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\); each part is a morphism between cohomological \(\delta\)-functors.

  • When \(n=0\), the first part is simply \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M:M^H\to a_t^*(M)^H=M^H\).

  • When \(n=0\), the second part is \(c_t:M^H\to M^H\), which depends only on the coset \(tH\).

If an injective resolution \(M\to I\) of the \(G\)-module is chosen, applying \(c_t:I^{n,H}\to I^{n,H}\) termwise gives \(\operatorname{H}^n(c_t)\). When \(G=H\), the coset \(tG=G\), so \(\operatorname{H}^n(c_t)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

The homology case is similar, but \(a_t\) must be replaced by the group automorphism \(b_t:h\mapsto tht^{-1}\), which points in the same direction as the homomorphism \(c_t\); the reader is invited to verify this.

Finally, we explain how to define the canonical homomorphisms of Definition reference explicitly using the standard complex (or standard chain complex) of Proposition reference (or Proposition reference). This makes all the operations concrete.

Proposition. Consider a group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\). Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module, \(N\) an \(H\)-module, and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Identify \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) (or \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\)) with the \(\operatorname{H}^n\) (or \(\operatorname{H}_n\)) of the standard complex \(C(G,M)\) (or chain complex \(C(G,M)\)); do the same after replacing \((G,M)\) by \((H,N)\).

  • Let the module homomorphism \(f:M\to N\) be \(\varphi\)-equivariant. Then \(\operatorname{H}^n(f)\) is induced by the morphism of complexes \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d009}\]

  • Let the module homomorphism \(f:N\to M\) be \(\varphi\)-equivariant. Then \(\operatorname{H}_n(f)\) is induced by the morphism of chain complexes \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d010}\]

In fact, these formulas give the morphism induced by \(f\) at the level of derived categories.

The result above also applies, with the same formulas, to the normalized standard complex \((\overline{C}^m(G,M))_m\) and normalized chain complex \((\overline{C}_m(G,M))_m\) introduced in Remark reference.

Proof. The problem divides into two parts: first the case \(f=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\), which is an explicit description of the canonical homomorphisms equation, and second the case \(\varphi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). The latter is straightforward, so we discuss only the former.

Consider the cohomology case. Proposition reference gives a projective resolution of \(G\)-modules \(\mathsf{L}^G\to\Bbbk\) (or a projective resolution of \(H\)-modules \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\Bbbk\)). Now consider \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G \left( \mathsf{L}^G, \cdot\right) \xrightarrow{\varphi^*} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H\left( \varphi^* (\mathsf{L}^G), \varphi^*(\cdot)\right) \to \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H\left(\mathsf{L}^H, \varphi^*(\cdot)\right),\] where the second part comes from the morphism \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\varphi^*(\mathsf{L}^G)\) (see Lemma reference). Denote its composite by \(\Theta\). The asserted morphism of complexes \(C(G,M)\to C(H,\varphi^*(M))\) corresponds to the action of \(\Theta\) on the \(G\)-module \(M\).

We now prove that this formula indeed gives the canonical homomorphism defined above. The first method returns to the definition equation, which comes from the universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functor property. It suffices to show that \(C(G,M)\to C(H,\varphi^*M)\) induces the embedding \(M^G\to(\varphi^*M)^H\) on \(\operatorname{H}^0\) and is compatible with long exact sequences. Details are left to the reader.

The second method works in the derived category. The functor \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H(\mathsf{L}^H,\cdot)\) preserves acyclic complexes, so it induces a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(H)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\Bbbk)\) at the level of derived categories, with the same notation. This functor can be identified with \(\operatorname{RHom}_H(\Bbbk,\cdot)\). Thus verifying equation is equivalent to verifying the following equality of vertical composites: \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d011} = \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d012} \end{equation*}\] The symbols involving \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\) come from \(\mathsf{L}^G\to\Bbbk\) and \(\mathsf{L}^H\to\Bbbk\). The complex-level version of the morphism \((\cdot)^G\to(\cdot)^H\circ\varphi^*\) is readily identified with \(\varphi^*:\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G(\Bbbk,\cdot)\to \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H(\varphi^*\Bbbk,\varphi^*(\cdot)) =\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_H(\Bbbk,\varphi^*(\cdot))\). The desired equality therefore reduces to commutativity of the outer frame of the following diagram of complexes: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-076-d013}\] It remains only to show that the curved lower part commutes, but this is exactly the content of Lemma reference. This proves the cohomology case. The homology case is similar.

Finally, the version for \(\overline{C}(G,M)\) is obtained by replacing \(\mathsf{L}^G\) and \(\mathsf{L}^H\) in the proof with \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}^G\) and \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}^H\), respectively; everything else is unchanged.

Once the explicit formulas of Proposition reference are available, the equalities \(\operatorname{H}^n(fg)=\operatorname{H}^n(f)\operatorname{H}^n(g)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_n(gf)=\operatorname{H}_n(g)\operatorname{H}_n(f)\) in Proposition reference, as well as their derived-category versions, are immediate at the level of complexes.

Group extensions revisited

To gain a more concrete understanding of the operations defined in §reference, and to continue the preliminary discussion in §reference of group extensions (Definition reference), we return to the relationship between group extensions and \(\operatorname{H}^2\). We begin from the viewpoint of group theory. In what follows, consider a \(G\)-module \(M\) and an extension \(0\to M\to E\xrightarrow{\pi}G\to1\). Such extensions have natural pullback, pushout, and addition operations, following ideas similar to those of §reference.

  • Pullback.Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a group homomorphism. Form the fiber product in the category of groups \[\varphi^*E:=E\ensuremath{\underset{G}{\times}}H =\{(e,h)\in E\times H:\pi(e)=\varphi(h)\}.\] The monomorphism \(M\to\varphi^*E\), \(x\mapsto(x,1_H)\), determines a group extension \(0\to M\to\varphi^*E\xrightarrow{\text{projection}}H\to1\). This gives a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(H,M)\). If \(\varphi\) is the inclusion of a subgroup \(H\), pullback along \(\varphi\) simply amounts to taking \(\pi^{-1}(H)\).

  • Pushout.Let \(\theta:M\to N\) be a homomorphism of \(G\)-modules. Form the fibered coproduct \[\theta_*E:=N\ensuremath{\underset{M}{\sqcup}}E =\frac{N\times E}{(y+\theta(x),e)\sim(y,xe)}, \qquad x\in M,\ y\in N,\ e\in E.\] Write \([y,e]\) for the image of \((y,e)\in N\times E\) in it. Its multiplication is \[[y_1,e_1][y_2,e_2] =[y_1+\pi(e_1)y_2,e_1e_2].\] There are natural homomorphisms \[N\xrightarrow{y\mapsto[y,1_E]}\theta_*E \xrightarrow{[y,e]\mapsto\pi(e)}G,\] which determine a group extension \(\theta_*E\). This gives a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,N)\).

  • Taking the inverse.As a special case, \(E\) can be pushed out along the \(G\)-module homomorphism \(M\xrightarrow{x\mapsto-x}M\); denote the resulting extension by \(-E\).

  • Direct sum.Given objects \(E_i\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G_i,M_i)\) for \(i=1,2\), there is an evident group extension \[0\to M_1\oplus M_2\to E_1\times E_2\to G_1\times G_2\to1,\] where \(G_1\times G_2\) acts on \(M_1\oplus M_2\) by \((g_1,g_2)(x_1,x_2)=(g_1x_1,g_2x_2)\). Denote this extension by \(E_1\oplus E_2\).

  • Baer sum.Now take objects \(E_1,E_2\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\) and form \(E_1\oplus E_2\). The addition map \(M\oplus M\to M\) is a \(G\)-module homomorphism for the action of the diagonal subgroup \(G\) of \(G\times G\). Thus first pull \(E_1\oplus E_2\) back along the diagonal inclusion \(G\hookrightarrow G\times G\), and then push out along the addition homomorphism \(M\oplus M\to M\). Denote the resulting object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\) by \(E_1\dot{+}E_2\).

Pullback and pushout can be combined into a single operation. Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a group homomorphism and let the additive-group homomorphism \(\theta:M\to N\) be \(\varphi\)-equivariant (Definition reference). There is a corresponding functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,M)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(H,N)\), defined by first pulling back along \(\varphi\) and then pushing out along \(\theta:\varphi^*M\to N\). The normalized standard complex \(\overline{C}(G,M)\) has parallel operations. Given \(\varphi\) and \(\theta\) as above, Proposition reference explicitly gives a morphism of complexes \(\overline{C}(G,M)\to\overline{C}(H,N)\); this defines the corresponding pullback, pushout, and inverse operations. The direct sum is defined by \[\begin{gather*} \oplus:\overline{C}^n(G_1,M_1)\oplus\overline{C}^n(G_2,M_2) \to\overline{C}^n(G_1\times G_2,M_1\oplus M_2),\\ f_1\oplus f_2:((g_{1,i},g_{2,i}))_{i=1}^n\mapsto \left(f_1(g_{1,1},\ldots,g_{1,n}), f_2(g_{2,1},\ldots,g_{2,n})\right). \end{gather*}\] As \(n\) varies, this gives a morphism of complexes \(\overline{C}(G_1,M_1)\oplus\overline{C}(G_2,M_2) \to\overline{C}(G_1\times G_2,M_1\oplus M_2)\). Following the same pattern, define the Baer sum on \(\overline{C}(G,M)\) using direct sum, pullback, and pushout. The result is simply addition in \(\overline{C}^n(G,M)\).

Proposition. Up to canonical isomorphism, pullback, pushout, taking inverses, direct sum, and Baer sum of group extensions correspond, under the equivalence of Theorem reference, to the respective operations on the complex \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{C}(G,M)\) (or the category \(\tau^{\leq2}\overline{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}}(G,M)\)).

Proof. Given a group extension \(0\to M\to E\to G\to1\), choose a normalized section \(s:G\to E\) and the corresponding \(f\in\overline{Z}^2(G,M)\) as in the proof of Theorem reference. Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a group homomorphism. A normalized section of \(\varphi^*E\) can be chosen as \[s':h\mapsto(s(\varphi(h)),h)\in E\ensuremath{\underset{G}{\times}}H.\] Then \(s'(h_1)s'(h_2)=f'(h_1,h_2)s'(h_1h_2)\), where \[f'(h_1,h_2):=f(\varphi(h_1),\varphi(h_2)),\qquad h_1,h_2\in H.\] This proves the pullback case. For pushout along a \(G\)-module homomorphism \(\theta:M\to N\), use the notation above and choose the normalized section of \(\theta_*E\) to be \[s'(g):=[0,s(g)]\in\theta_*E=N\ensuremath{\underset{M}{\sqcup}}E.\] Computing in \(\theta_*E\) gives \[\begin{align*} s'(g_1)s'(g_2)&=[0,s(g_1)][0,s(g_2)]=[0,s(g_1)s(g_2)]\\ &=[0,f(g_1,g_2)s(g_1g_2)] =[\theta f(g_1,g_2),s(g_1g_2)]\\ &=[\theta f(g_1,g_2),1_E]s'(g_1g_2). \end{align*}\] Thus the \(f'\) corresponding to \(s'\) is precisely \(\theta f\). This proves the pushout case.

The direct-sum case is checked in the same way, and the details are left to the reader. Taking inverses and forming Baer sums decompose into the operations above.

As a special case, up to canonical isomorphism, taking inverses and forming Baer sums of group extensions correspond respectively to inversion and addition in the group \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,M)\).

Definition.

If \(A\) is a central subgroup of \(E\) in a group extension \(0\to A\to E\to G\to1\), the extension is called a central extension.

Given a central extension as above, suppose that for every central extension \(0\to B\to F\to G\to1\), there is a unique group homomorphism \(\varphi:E\to F\) making the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-077-d001}\] Then \(0\to A\to E\to G\to1\) is called a universal central extension of \(G\). If it exists, it is unique up to a unique isomorphism.

By definition, every inner automorphism of a central extension is trivial. For every additive group \(A\), define the corresponding category of central extensions by \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{CExt}}(G,A):=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ext}}(G,A),\qquad \text{with $A$ regarded as a $G$-module with trivial action}.\]

Lemma. If a group \(G\) has a universal central extension \(0\to A\to E\xrightarrow{\pi}G\to1\), then \(G=G_{\mathrm{der}}\) and \(E=E_{\mathrm{der}}\).

Proof. Consider the split central extension \(0\to E_{\mathrm{ab}}\to E_{\mathrm{ab}}\times G\to G\to1\) of \(G\). There are homomorphisms \((0,\pi)\) and \((q,\pi)\) from the extension \(E\) to \(E_{\mathrm{ab}}\times G\), where \(q:E\to E_{\mathrm{ab}}\) is the quotient homomorphism. The uniqueness part of the universal property implies \(q=0\), that is, \(E=E_{\mathrm{der}}\). It follows at once that \(G=G_{\mathrm{der}}\).

Using the pushout construction, it is not difficult to prove that \(\varphi\) in Definition reference factors uniquely through \(E\to(\varphi|_A)_*E\). Thus the universal property can be rewritten as follows: for every central extension \(0\to B\to F\to G\to1\), there is a unique group homomorphism \(\theta:A\to B\) and a unique isomorphism \(\theta_*E\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}F\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CExt}}(G,B)\). Under the assumption \(G=G_{\mathrm{der}}\), the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CExt}}(G,B)\) has no nontrivial automorphisms. The definition of a universal central extension can therefore be reformulated once more: for every abelian group \(B\), there is a bijection \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-077-d002}\] The left-hand side is a functor of \(B\). The right-hand side likewise gives a functor \(\kappa:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), whose functoriality in \(B\) is given by pushout of extensions. Thus the existence of a universal central extension becomes the question whether \(\kappa\) is representable.

Theorem. A group \(G\) has a universal central extension if and only if \(G=G_{\mathrm{der}}\). When this condition holds, the central subgroup \(A\) in a universal central extension is isomorphic to \(\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\).

Proof. By Lemma reference, it suffices to prove the “if” direction. Consider the functor \(\kappa\) above. Theorem reference identifies \(\kappa(B)\) with \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,B)\), while Proposition reference shows that pushout corresponds to the respective operation on \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,\cdot)\). We know that \(\operatorname{H}_1(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq G_{\mathrm{ab}}=0\) (Example reference). Taking \(n=2\) in Proposition reference therefore gives \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,B)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}}(\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}),B)\), naturally in \(B\). Hence \(\kappa\) is representable.

The group \(\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\) is also called the Schur multiplier of \(G\). Corollary reference below is useful for computing it. In practice, the crucial matter is often an explicit description of the universal central extension; the existence criterion above is only the first step.

As another application of \(\operatorname{H}^2\), we derive a result in group theory.

Theorem (Schur–Zassenhaus).

Let \(1\to A\to E\xrightarrow{\pi}G\to1\) be a group extension in which \(A\) and \(G\) are finite groups of relatively prime orders. Then the extension splits.

Proof. The first step is to handle the case in which \(A\) is abelian. Give \(A\) the \(G\)-module structure arising from the group extension. It is enough to prove that \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,A)\) is trivial. Since \(|A|\) and \(|G|\) are relatively prime, it suffices to prove the following equalities for \(k=2\): \[k\geq1\implies |A|\cdot\operatorname{H}^k(G,A)=0 =|G|\cdot\operatorname{H}^k(G,A).\]

The first equality is easy. For every \(t\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the endomorphism \(A\to A\) given by multiplication by \(t\) induces on every \(\operatorname{H}^k(G,A)\) the endomorphism that is likewise multiplication by \(t\); this is a simple exercise in this chapter. The second equality is another exercise in this chapter; Corollary reference below will give a complete, though somewhat circuitous, proof.

For general \(A\), our next aim is to show that \(E\) has a subgroup \(H\) of order \(|G|\). This will imply \(H\cap A=\{1\}\) and make \(\pi|_H:H\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}G\) an isomorphism, whose inverse gives a splitting of the group extension. We argue by induction on \(|E|\). We may assume without loss of generality that \(|A|>1\).

Choose a prime \(p\) dividing \(|A|\), so that \(p\nmid|G|\), and take a Sylow \(p\)-subgroup \(P\) of \(A\). Then \(P\) is also a Sylow \(p\)-subgroup of \(E\). Since \(A\lhd E\) and all Sylow \(p\)-subgroups are conjugate, all of them are contained in \(A\). Counting the Sylow \(p\)-subgroups in \(A\) and \(E\), respectively, gives \((E:N_E(P))=(A:N_A(P))\), where \(N_E\) and \(N_A\) denote normalizers; rearranging, \[(N_E(P):N_A(P))=(E:A)=|G|.\]

We have \(N_A(P)\lhd N_E(P)\). The corresponding group extension \[1\to N_A(P)\to N_E(P)\to N_E(P)/N_A(P)\to1\] still satisfies the hypotheses of the theorem. If \(N_E(P)\neq E\), the induction hypothesis gives a subgroup \(H\) of \(N_E(P)\) with \(|H|=(N_E(P):N_A(P))=|G|\), proving the assertion.

We may therefore assume that \(P\lhd E\), hence \(P\lhd A\). Consider the group extension \[1\to A/P\to E/P\to G\to1.\] By induction, there is a subgroup \(H\) of \(E\) such that \(H\supset P\) and \(|H/P|=|G|\). A basic fact of group theory says that the center \(Z:=Z_P\) of \(P\) is nontrivial. We have \(Z\lhd H\) and \((H/Z:P/Z)=(H:P)=|G|\). Applying induction again, there is a subgroup \(K\) of \(H\) such that \(K\supset Z\) and \(|K/Z|=|G|\).

We now have a group extension \(1\to Z\to K\to K/Z\to1\). Since \(Z\) is a \(p\)-group, if \(K\neq E\), induction gives a subgroup of \(K\) of order \(|K/Z|=|G|\), proving the assertion. Henceforth assume \(K=E\). Then necessarily \(H=E\), so \((H:P)=|G|\) gives \(P=A\); in this case \(Z=Z_A\lhd E\).

Finally, consider the group extension \(1\to A/Z\to E/Z\to G\to1\). We obtain a subgroup \(Q\) of \(E\) such that \(Q\supset Z\) and \(|Q/Z|=|G|\). If \(A\) is nonabelian, then \(Z\neq A\) and \(Q\neq E\); considering the group extension \(1\to Z\to Q\to Q/Z\to1\) yields a subgroup of \(Q\) of order \(|G|\). If \(A\) is abelian, the problem was already solved at the beginning of the proof.

If \(A\) is abelian, all splittings of the extension \(E\) in Theorem reference are conjugate by \(A\). Indeed, specifying a splitting is equivalent to specifying an isomorphism of group extensions \(A\rtimes G\simeq E\), so any two splittings \(s,s':G\to E\) differ by an automorphism of \(E\). But Lemma reference or Theorem reference shows that the outer automorphism group of the extension is \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\), and the first step in the proof of Theorem reference showed that this group is trivial. The conjugacy property of splittings extends to general \(A\), but its proof is more involved.

Examples: cyclic groups and free groups

For \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\), in this section \(C_m\) denotes the cyclic group of order \(m\) with a chosen generator \(\sigma\), and its group operation is written multiplicatively. We begin with a general construction.

Definition–Proposition.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. If \(G\) is finite, define \[\nu=\nu^G:=\sum_{g\in G}g\in\Bbbk[G].\] If \(G\) acts on \(\Bbbk[G]\) by left multiplication, then \(\Bbbk[G]^G=\Bbbk\nu\). If \(G\) is infinite, then \(\Bbbk[G]^G=\{0\}\).

Proof. For \(e=\sum_{g\in G}a_gg\in\Bbbk[G]\), the condition \(e\in\Bbbk[G]^G\) is equivalent to all the coefficients \(a_g\) being equal.

Similarly, if \(G\) is finite, then \(\nu\) is also invariant under right multiplication by \(G\). It lies in the center of \(\Bbbk[G]\).

Convention. Let \(A\) be a \(G\)-module. For any \(e,e'\in\Bbbk[G]\), write \[A^{e=e'}:=\{a\in A:ea=e'a\}.\]

We now consider group cohomology with coefficients in \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The group algebra \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\) is commutative, and writing \(1:=1_{C_m}\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\) causes no confusion. Clearly \(A^{C_m}=A^{\sigma=1}\) for every \(C_m\)-module \(A\). In this case, \[\begin{equation*} \nu=1+\sigma+\cdots+\sigma^{m-1}\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m], \end{equation*}\] and the equality \((\sigma-1)\nu=\sigma^m-1=0\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\) implies \[\nu A\subset A^{\sigma=1},\qquad (\sigma-1)A\subset A^{\nu=0}.\] We now show that, in the special case \(A=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\), both inclusions above are equalities.

Lemma. Write \(\mathfrak{I}\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\) for the augmentation ideal of Remark reference. We have \[\begin{align*} \nu\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]&=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]^{\sigma=1}=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\nu,\\ (\sigma-1)\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]&=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]^{\nu=0}=\mathfrak{I}. \end{align*}\]

Proof. For the first part, we have already shown that \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]^{\sigma=1}=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]^{C_m}=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\nu\). Since \(\nu\sigma^k=\nu=\sigma^k\nu\) for every \(k\), we have \(\nu\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\nu\).

For the second part, take \(e=\sum_{k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}e_k\sigma^k\). Then \(\nu e=(\sum_{k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}e_k)\nu\) is zero if and only if \(\sum_{k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}e_k=0\), which is equivalent to \(e\in\mathfrak{I}\). This gives the second equality. Moreover, \(\sigma^k-1=(\sigma-1)(1+\cdots+\sigma^{k-1})\) implies \(\mathfrak{I}\subset(\sigma-1)\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\), so the first equality holds as well.

Lemma. The trivial \(C_m\)-module \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) has a free resolution \[\cdots\xrightarrow{\nu}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\xrightarrow{\sigma-1}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \xrightarrow{\nu}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\xrightarrow{\sigma-1}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to0,\] where \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\twoheadrightarrow\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) is the augmentation homomorphism and the remaining arrows repeat with period \(2\).

Proof. Lemma reference gives short exact sequences \[\begin{gather*} 0\to\mathfrak{I}\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\xrightarrow{\nu}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\nu\to0,\\ 0\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\nu\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\xrightarrow{\sigma-1}\mathfrak{I}\to0. \end{gather*}\] In addition, there is an isomorphism \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\nu\xrightarrow[\sim]{\nu\mapsto1}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Splicing the two sequences alternately gives the asserted resolution.

Proposition.

Let \(A\) be a \(C_m\)-module and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). There are canonical isomorphisms \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{H}^n(C_m,A)&\simeq \begin{cases} A^{\sigma=1},&n=0,\\ A^{\nu=0}/(\sigma-1)A,&n>0\ \text{odd},\\ A^{\sigma=1}/\nu A,&n>0\ \text{even}, \end{cases}\\ \operatorname{H}_n(C_m,A)&\simeq \begin{cases} A/(\sigma-1)A,&n=0,\\ A^{\sigma=1}/\nu A,&n>0\ \text{odd},\\ A^{\nu=0}/(\sigma-1)A,&n>0\ \text{even}. \end{cases} \end{align*}\]

Proof. By Lemma reference, the cohomology and homology of \(A\) are computed, respectively, by the one-sided, 2-periodic cochain and chain complexes \[\begin{gather*} 0\to\underbracket{A}_{\text{degree }0} \xrightarrow{\sigma-1}\underbracket{A}_{\text{degree }1} \xrightarrow{\nu}A\xrightarrow{\sigma-1}\cdots,\\ \cdots\xrightarrow{\sigma-1}A\xrightarrow{\nu} \underbracket{A}_{\text{degree }1}\xrightarrow{\sigma-1} \underbracket{A}_{\text{degree }0}\to0. \end{gather*}\]

We next study the homology and cohomology of free groups [Li1], with the infinite cyclic group \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) as the simplest special case. Write the free group on a set \(X\) as \(G:=\mathbf{F}(X)\). We first describe the structure of the augmentation ideal \(\mathfrak{I}\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\).

Lemma. Let \(X\) be a set and \(G:=\mathbf{F}(X)\). Then \(\mathfrak{I}\) is the free left \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\)-module with basis \(\{x-1_G:x\in X\}\).

Proof. Write \(X-1_G:=\{x-1_G:x\in X\}\subset\mathfrak{I}\). We first show that this set generates the left \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\)-module \(\mathfrak{I}\). For every \(x\in X\), write \(G(x)\) (respectively, \(G(x^{-1})\)) for the set of elements of \(G\) whose reduced expression ends in \(x\) (respectively, \(x^{-1}\)). Then \(G\smallsetminus\{1_G\}\) is the disjoint union of all the \(G(x)\) and \(G(x^{-1})\) as \(x\) ranges over \(X\). We know that \(\{h-1_G:h\in G,\ h\neq1_G\}\) is a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-basis of \(\mathfrak{I}\), and \[\begin{align*} gx\in G(x)&\implies gx-1_G=g(x-1_G)+(g-1_G),\\ &\ell(gx)=\ell(g)+1,\\ gx^{-1}\in G(x^{-1})&\implies gx^{-1}-1_G=-(gx^{-1})(x-1_G)+(g-1_G),\\ &\ell(gx^{-1})=\ell(g)+1. \end{align*}\] Induction on length shows that \(X-1_G\) generates \(\mathfrak{I}\).

To show that \(X-1_G\) is a basis, take an arbitrary \(G\)-module \(A\) and a map \(\varphi:X-1_G\to A\). We claim that there is a \(G\)-module homomorphism \(\widetilde{\varphi}:\mathfrak{I}\to A\) making the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-078-d001}\] Since \(X-1_G\) generates \(\mathfrak{I}\), the homomorphism \(\widetilde{\varphi}\) in this diagram is automatically unique. It therefore suffices to prove the universal property of the free module.

Use the \(G\)-module structure on \(A\) to form the semidirect product \(E:=A\rtimes G\). Consider the map of sets \(X\to E\) sending \(x\) to \((\varphi(x-1_G),x)\). The universal property of the free group extends this map uniquely to a group homomorphism \(\Phi:G\to E\). Looking at the second coordinate shows that the composite \(G\xrightarrow{\Phi}E\xrightarrow{\text{projection}}G\) is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\). Hence Proposition reference gives a crossed homomorphism \(\psi:G\to A\) such that \(\Phi(g)=(\psi(g),g)\). By Proposition reference, the crossed homomorphism \(\psi\) corresponds to a \(G\)-module homomorphism \(\widetilde{\varphi}:\mathfrak{I}\to A\) satisfying \(\widetilde{\varphi}(g-1_G)=\psi(g)\). Therefore \[\widetilde{\varphi}(x-1_G)=\psi(x)=\varphi(x-1_G), \qquad x\in X.\] This proves the assertion.

Proposition. Let \(X\) be a set and \(G:=\mathbf{F}(X)\). The short exact sequence from the augmentation homomorphism, \(0\to\mathfrak{I}\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to0\), is a free resolution of the trivial \(G\)-module \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Consequently:

  1. for every \(G\)-module \(A\), \[n\geq2\implies\operatorname{H}^n(G,A)=0=\operatorname{H}_n(G,A);\]

  2. if \(A\) is an abelian group with trivial \(G\)-action, then \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\simeq A^X\) and \(\operatorname{H}_1(G,A)\simeq A^{\oplus X}\).

Proof. The first part and assertion (i) follow immediately from Lemma reference. Assertion (ii) can be read off from the free resolution and the description of \(\mathfrak{I}\) in Lemma reference; the reader is invited to verify it.

Definition.

For a group \(G\), define the following elements of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\sqcup\{\infty\}\): \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{cd}(G)&:=\sup\{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}:\exists M\in\operatorname{Ob}(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}), \ \operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\neq0\},\\ \mathrm{hd}(G)&:=\sup\{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}:\exists M\in\operatorname{Ob}(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}), \ \operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\neq0\}. \end{align*}\] The quantity \(\mathrm{cd}(G)\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{hd}(G)\)) is called the cohomological dimension (respectively, homological dimension) of \(G\).

By Proposition reference, the above \(\mathrm{cd}(G)\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{hd}(G)\)) also equals the projective dimension (respectively, \(\operatorname{Tor}\)-dimension) of the trivial \(G\)-module \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). See Example reference and Proposition reference.

Corollary. If \(G\) is a nontrivial free group, then \(\mathrm{cd}(G)=\mathrm{hd}(G)=1\).

For cohomology, the converse of the result above also holds: \(\mathrm{cd}(G)=1\) implies that \(G\) is a free group. This is known as the Stallings–Swan theorem [Sw69].

Finite-index subgroups

In this section, with a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\) fixed, we consider a group \(G\) and its subgroup \(H\). Our aim is to discuss some special phenomena that occur when the index \((G:H)\) is finite. Definition reference defines the induced \(G\)-modules \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\) and \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H(N)\) for every \(H\)-module \(N\). Our first step in this section is to realize them as certain spaces of maps; at this stage, \((G:H)\) need not be finite. For every \(\Bbbk\)-module \(V\), give the set of maps \(\{f:G\to V\}\) the following \(G\)-module structure. Its \(\Bbbk\)-module structure comes from pointwise operations on maps, while the \(G\)-action is \[(g f)(x) = f(xg), \quad f: G \to V, \; g, x \in G.\] For every map \(f:G\to V\), write \(\operatorname{Supp}(f):=\{x\in G:f(x)\neq0\}\). To make the statement convenient, choose representatives \((g_i)_{i\in I}\) for the coset decompositions such that 1 \[G = \bigsqcup_{i \in I} g_i H = \bigsqcup_{i \in I} Hg_i^{-1}.\]

Lemma (Induced modules as spaces of maps). There are canonical isomorphisms of \(G\)-modules as follows. \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-079-d001} \\ \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-079-d002} \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] where \(g\in G\), \(y\in N\), and \(i\in I\). The right-hand sides of the isomorphisms are given the \(G\)-module structure discussed above. These maps do not depend on the choice of representatives \(g_i\).

Proof. Verify directly that all the maps are well-defined, \(G\)-equivariant, mutually inverse, and independent of the choice of representatives.

The isomorphisms of Proposition reference are easily rewritten using the spaces of maps above. For example, \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-079-d003} \end{equation}\]

Corollary. For every \(H\)-module \(N\), \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H(N)\) embeds canonically as a \(G\)-submodule of \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\). If \((G:H)\) is finite, the two are equal.

Proof. The \(G\)-modules on the right-hand sides of Lemma reference have an evident inclusion. If \((G:H)\) is finite, every map \(f:G\to N\) has \(H\backslash\operatorname{Supp}(f)\) finite.

We next define corestriction maps under the assumption that \((G:H)\) is finite. To simplify notation, for a \(G\)-module \(M\) we write the \(H\)-module \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H(M)\) simply as \(M\) below.

  • The family of canonical homomorphisms in equation, with \(\varphi\) taken to be the inclusion \(H\hookrightarrow G\), is called restriction and is denoted by \[\mathrm{res}^n: \operatorname{H}^n(G, M) \to \operatorname{H}^n(H, M), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}.\]

  • Likewise, in the homology case there is a canonical homomorphism in the opposite direction, \[\mathrm{res}_n: \operatorname{H}_n(H, M) \to \operatorname{H}_n(G, M), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}.\]

When \(\mathrm{res}^n\) is described through the standard cochain complex by Proposition reference, its effect is simply to restrict a map \(G^n\to M\) to \(H^n\), whence the name. Section reference has already lifted these operations to the derived category.

Definition.

Assume \((G:H)\) is finite. For every \(G\)-module \(M\), define the following \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphisms: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-079-d004}\] where \(g\in G\) is any representative of the coset \(\bar g\). Both homomorphisms are functorial in \(M\).

In the first row of the definition, \(gx\) clearly depends only on the coset \(\bar g=gH\). The second row requires a little explanation. For a given \(x\in M\), the image of \(gx\) in \(M_H\) depends only on the coset \(Hg\). Therefore, for every coset \(t\in H\backslash G\), we can choose an arbitrary representative \(\theta(t)\in G\) and sum the images of \(\theta(t)x\) as \(t\) ranges over \(H\backslash G\). If \(x\) is replaced by \(g'x\), with \(g'\in G\), then \((\theta(t)g')_{t\in H\backslash G}\) is still a family of representatives ranging over \(H\backslash G\), and hence \[\sum_t (\theta(t) g' x\;\text{viewed in the quotient}) = \sum_t (\theta(t) x\;\text{viewed in the quotient}).\] Thus \(\nu_{G|H}\) is well-defined at the level of \(M_G\).

Definition–Proposition.

Assume \((G:H)\) is finite and let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module.

  1. There is a family of canonical homomorphisms \[\mathrm{cor}^n: \operatorname{H}^n(H, M) \to \operatorname{H}^n(G, M), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0},\] compatible with long exact sequences and giving \(\nu^{G|H}:M^H\to M^G\) in degree \(0\).

  2. Likewise, there is a family of canonical homomorphisms compatible with long exact sequences, \[\mathrm{cor}_n: \operatorname{H}_n(G, M) \to \operatorname{H}_n(H, M),\] giving \(\nu_{G|H}:M_G\to M_H\) in degree \(0\).

Both families of homomorphisms are called corestriction, since they point in the direction opposite to restriction2.

Proof. First consider cohomology. We give two explanations. For the first, \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is an exact functor preserving injective objects. Consequently, \(M\mapsto\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\) is the \(n\)th right-derived functor of \(M\mapsto M^H\), for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Functoriality of \(\nu^{G|H}\) therefore makes it induce a morphism of cohomological \(\delta\)-functors \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,\cdot)\to\operatorname{H}^n(G,\cdot)\).

The second explanation involves the derived category. The argument above is easily upgraded to the derived-category level, but here we give another viewpoint based on adjunction. First, we assert that the adjunction between \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H\) and \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) lifts to the \(\operatorname{RHom}\) level, giving \[\operatorname{RHom}_G\left(\operatorname{ind}^G_H(\Bbbk), M\right) \simeq \operatorname{RHom}_H(\Bbbk, M).\] A similar idea appeared in the proof of Theorem reference. The key is to interpret \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H\) as the change-of-rings functor \(\Bbbk[H]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) induced by \(\Bbbk[H]\to\Bbbk[G]\), note that it is exact (Proposition reference), and then apply Example reference.

Furthermore, the assumption that \((G:H)\) is finite, together with Corollary reference, gives \[\operatorname{RHom}_G\left(\operatorname{ind}^G_H(\Bbbk), M\right) \simeq \operatorname{RHom}_G\left( \operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\Bbbk), M \right) \to \operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk, M),\] where the last part comes from \(\Bbbk\to\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\Bbbk)\). This is the unit of the adjoint pair \((\operatorname{Res}^G_H,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H)\) evaluated at \(\Bbbk\), and it can also be described more concretely using Lemma reference: an element \(t\in\Bbbk\) is sent to the corresponding constant map \(G\to\Bbbk\).

This yields a canonical morphism \(\operatorname{RHom}_H(\Bbbk,M)\to\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,M)\). Taking \(\operatorname{H}^n\) on both sides gives the desired result. Determining its behavior for \(n=0\) amounts to replacing \(\operatorname{RHom}\) by \(\operatorname{Hom}\) in the operations above. More explicitly, if \(\operatorname{ind}^G_H\subset\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) is realized as spaces of maps and the adjunction isomorphisms are described using equation, then \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-079-d005}\] 3 The composite above is plainly \(\nu^{G|H}:M^H\to M^G\). This proves the assertion.

Proposition. Assume \((G:H)\) is finite. For every \(G\)-module \(M\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), the composites of homomorphisms \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{H}^n(G, M) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{res}^n} \operatorname{H}^n(H, M) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{cor}^n} \operatorname{H}^n(G, M), \\ \operatorname{H}_n(G, M) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{cor}_n} \operatorname{H}_n(H, M) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{res}_n} \operatorname{H}_n(G, M) \end{gather*}\] are both the endomorphism given by multiplication by \((G:H)\).

Proof. First consider the case \(n=0\). In cohomology the map is \(M^G\hookrightarrow M^H\xrightarrow{\nu^{G|H}}M^G\), which plainly sends \(x\in M^G\) to \((G:H)x\). In homology the map is \(M_G\xrightarrow{\nu_{G|H}}M_H\twoheadrightarrow M_G\); a direct check gives the same conclusion.

Now suppose \(n\geq1\). In the cohomology case, choose an embedding \(M\hookrightarrow I\) with \(I\) an injective \(G\)-module; then \(I\) is also an injective \(H\)-module. Write \(L:=I/M\). Functoriality of restriction and corestriction, together with the long exact sequences, gives a commutative diagram with exact columns: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-079-d006}\] By induction, the composite in the first row is multiplication by \((G:H)\). Since all the vertical arrows are surjective, the same is true of the composite in the second row. The homology argument is similar: take an epimorphism \(P\twoheadrightarrow M\) with \(P\) a projective \(G\)-module.

Notice that the case \(n=0\) also lets us conclude at the derived-category level that the composite \(\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,M)\to\operatorname{RHom}_H(\Bbbk,M)\to\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,M)\) is \((G:H)\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). The homology case is analogous.

Corollary. Let \(|G|=m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\). For every \(G\)-module \(M\), we have \[n \geq 1 \implies m \operatorname{H}^n(G, M) = m \operatorname{H}_n(G, M) = \{0\}.\]

Proof. In Proposition reference, take \(H=\{1\}\) and use the elementary fact that if \(n\geq1\), then \(\operatorname{H}^n(\{1\},M)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_n(\{1\},M)\) both vanish.

For the rest of the section, take \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and regard \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) as a trivial \(G\)-module. Example reference gives canonical isomorphisms \(\operatorname{H}_1(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq G_{\mathrm{ab}}\) and \(\operatorname{H}_1(H,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq H_{\mathrm{ab}}\). If \((G:H)\) is finite, then \(\mathrm{cor}_1:\operatorname{H}_1(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\to\operatorname{H}_1(H,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\) corresponds to the group homomorphism \[\begin{equation*} \mathrm{Ver}_{G|H}: G_{\mathrm{ab}} \to H_{\mathrm{ab}}, \end{equation*}\] called the transfer homomorphism from \(G\) to \(H\) (German: die Verlagerung).

The key is to give a group-theoretic description of \(\mathrm{Ver}_{G|H}\). Recall that \(G\) acts on the right of \(H\backslash G\) by right multiplication.

Proposition. Assume \((G:H)\) is finite. Choose a representative in \(G\) for every coset in \(H\backslash G\), expressed as a map \(\theta:H\backslash G\to G\). For every \(s\in G\) and \(t\in H\backslash G\), there is a unique \(h_{t,s}\in H\) such that \[\theta(t)s = h_{t, s} \theta(ts).\] The transfer homomorphism defined above can be described by \[\mathrm{Ver}_{G|H}(\underbracket{s\;\text{as a class}}_{\in G_{\mathrm{ab}}}) = \prod_{t \in H \backslash G} \underbracket{h_{t, s}\;\text{as a class}}_{\in H_{\mathrm{ab}}}.\]

Proof. Take the short exact sequence of \(G\)-modules \(0\to\mathfrak{I}_G\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to0\), where \(\mathfrak{I}_G\) is the augmentation ideal of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\) (Example reference). The inclusion \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[H]\subset\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\) gives an \(H\)-submodule \(\mathfrak{I}_H\subset\mathfrak{I}_G\). Since \(\mathrm{cor}_n\) is compatible with long exact sequences, and \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\) is projective both as a \(G\)-module and as an \(H\)-module, we obtain the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-079-d007}\]

We check the required equality in \(\mathfrak{I}_G/\mathfrak{I}_H\mathfrak{I}_G\). The end of Example reference shows that the image of \(s\in G\) in \(G_{\mathrm{ab}}\) corresponds through the first row to the image of \(1_G-s\) in \(\mathfrak{I}_G/\mathfrak{I}_G^2\). Applying \(\nu_{G|H}\) to it gives \[\begin{align*} \sum_{t \in H \backslash G} \theta(t)(1_G - s) & = \sum_t (\theta(t) - \theta(t)s) = \sum_t (\theta(t) - h_{t, s}\theta(ts)) \\ & = \sum_t \theta(t) - \sum_t h_{t, s} \theta(ts) \\ & = \sum_t \theta(ts) - \sum_t h_{t, s} \theta(ts) \;\in \mathfrak{I}_G \end{align*}\] in \(\mathfrak{I}_G/\mathfrak{I}_H\mathfrak{I}_G\). The last equality holds because, as \(t\) varies, both \(t\) and \(ts\) range over \(H\backslash G\). The final expression is also equal to \(\sum_t(1_G-h_{t,s})\theta(ts)\).

Finally, observe that \((1_G-h_{t,s})\theta(ts)\equiv1_G-h_{t,s} \pmod{\mathfrak{I}_H\mathfrak{I}_G}\), while the right-hand side corresponds to the image of \(h_{t,s}\;\bmod\mathfrak{I}_H\) in \(\mathfrak{I}_H/\mathfrak{I}_H^2\) through the third row. This proves the assertion.

The map described above, \(s\bmod G_{\mathrm{der}}\mapsto\prod_t h_{t,s}\bmod H_{\mathrm{der}}\), is a classical construction in group theory. Having identified it with \(\mathrm{cor}_1\), we have also proved that it is independent of the choice of \(\theta\).


  1. Editorial correction: the Chinese source indexes the representatives by \(i\in H\), whereas the decompositions themselves are indexed by the set \(I\).↩︎

  2. With good reason, many sources call the corestriction homomorphism the “transfer.” This book uses the term transfer homomorphism in a narrower sense; see the discussion below.↩︎

  3. Editorial correction: the Chinese source writes \(\operatorname{Res}^G_M\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}_H(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\Bbbk,M)\); the adjunction and module types require \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}_G(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\Bbbk,M)\), as displayed here.↩︎

The Lyndon–Hochschild–Serre spectral sequence

Throughout this section, fix a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), a group \(G\), and a normal subgroup \(H\lhd G\). Recall the restriction functor \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and the inflation functor \(\mathrm{Infl}^G_{G/H}:G/H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) from Definition reference. For every \(G\)-module \(M\), introduce the notation \[M^{H\lhd G}:=(\operatorname{Res}^G_HM)^H,\qquad M_{H\lhd G}:=(\operatorname{Res}^G_HM)_H.\] Notice that \(M^{H\lhd G}\) has an evident left \(G/H\)-action, \((gH)\cdot x:=gx\). Similarly, \(M_{H\lhd G}\) has an evident left \(G/H\)-action. This gives two functors \[(\cdot)^{H\lhd G},\ (\cdot)_{H\lhd G}: G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G/H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}.\]

Lemma. The functor \((\cdot)^{H\lhd G}\) is right adjoint to \(\mathrm{Infl}^G_{G/H}\), while \((\cdot)_{H\lhd G}\) is left adjoint to it.

Proof. This is a straightforward extension of Proposition reference; verification is left to the reader.

There are evident commutative diagrams of functors \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-080-d001}\quad\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-080-d002}\] The functor \((\cdot)^{H\lhd G}\) is left exact and preserves injective objects, since it has the exact left adjoint \(\mathrm{Infl}^G_{G/H}\). Similarly, \((\cdot)_{H\lhd G}\) is a right-exact functor that preserves projective objects. Theorem reference on deriving composite functors therefore gives canonical isomorphisms in the derived category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) (with appropriate parentheses omitted): \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} \mathrm{R}(\cdot)^G\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \mathrm{R}(\cdot)^{G/H}\circ\mathrm{R}(\cdot)^{H\lhd G},\\ \mathrm{L}(\cdot)_G\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}} \mathrm{L}(\cdot)_{G/H}\circ\mathrm{L}(\cdot)_{H\lhd G}. \end{gathered} \end{equation}\] The derived functors \(\mathrm{R}(\cdot)^{H\lhd G}\) and \(\mathrm{L}(\cdot)_{H\lhd G}\) in these formulas are not new objects. For each of the commutative diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-080-d003}\quad\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-080-d004}\] derive both composites according to Theorem reference. Since \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) is exact and preserves both injective and projective objects (Proposition reference), while the forgetful functor is exact, that theorem gives \[\begin{gather*} \text{forgetful}\circ\mathrm{R}(\cdot)^{H\lhd G} \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\mathrm{R}(\text{composite functor}) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{R}(\cdot)^H\circ\operatorname{Res}^G_H,\\ \text{forgetful}\circ\mathrm{L}(\cdot)_{H\lhd G} \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{L}(\text{composite functor}) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\mathrm{L}(\cdot)_H\circ\operatorname{Res}^G_H. \end{gather*}\] In other words, after applying the forgetful functor, the right-derived functor \(\mathrm{R}(\cdot)^{H\lhd G}\) is the same as \(\mathrm{R}(\cdot)^H\), and the left-derived functor \(\mathrm{L}(\cdot)_{H\lhd G}\) is the same as \(\mathrm{L}(\cdot)_H\). It is therefore natural to write their cohomology and homology as \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{R}^n(\cdot)^{H\lhd G} &=\operatorname{H}^n(H,\cdot)\quad\text{with its $G/H$-action},\\ \mathrm{L}_n(\cdot)_{H\lhd G} &=\operatorname{H}_n(H,\cdot)\quad\text{with its $G/H$-action}. \end{align*}\] Notice that we have begun to omit the restriction functor \(\operatorname{Res}\) from the notation. These actions are easy to describe. For cohomology, let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). There are at least three viewpoints on the \(G/H\)-action:

  1. Take an injective resolution \(0\to M\to I^0\to\cdots\). It is also an injective resolution of \(H\)-modules. The group \(G/H\) acts naturally on the complex \(\cdots\to I^{n,H}\to I^{n+1,H}\to\cdots\), and hence on \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\). This description comes directly from the abstract construction above.

  2. The group \(G/H\) acts on the functor \((\cdot)^H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). The universal property of universal cohomological \(\delta\)-functors then makes it act on \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\), compatibly with long exact sequences.

  3. In Example reference, every \(t\in G/H\) acts on \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\) through \(\operatorname{H}^n(c_t)\).

The reader is invited to verify that these three descriptions agree. The key is to reduce their comparison to the case \(n=0\). The next important step is to extract more concrete information from equation. This involves the cohomological and homological bigraded spectral sequences of Definition reference, together with the following preparation.

Lemma. For every \(G\)-module \(M\) and every \(n\), the canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\) (see equation) factors through \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}\). The canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{H}_n(H,M)\to\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\) factors through \(\operatorname{H}_n(H,M)_{G/H}\).

Proof. We discuss cohomology. Take an injective resolution \(M\to I\), with \(I=[I^0\to I^1\to\cdots]\), and write \(I^H:=[I^{0,H}\to\cdots]\). Since \(I\) is also an injective resolution of \(M\) as an \(H\)-module, the inclusion \(I^G\hookrightarrow I^H\) induces \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\).

As expected, Remark reference ensures that this map is precisely the canonical homomorphism in question. Now compare it with the discussion of the \(G/H\)-action above.

Theorem (R. Lyndon, G. Hochschild–J.-P. Serre).

Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module and \(H\lhd G\).

  1. There are first-quadrant cohomological and homological spectral sequences \[\begin{align*} E_2^{p,q}&\simeq\operatorname{H}^p\left(G/H,\operatorname{H}^q(H,M)\right) \Rightarrow\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(G,M),\\ E^2_{p,q}&\simeq\operatorname{H}_p\left(G/H,\operatorname{H}_q(H,M)\right) \Rightarrow\operatorname{H}_{p+q}(G,M). \end{align*}\]

  2. Let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\) and suppose that \(\operatorname{H}^i(H,M)=0\) for all \(1\leq i<n\) in the cohomological case, or \(\operatorname{H}_i(H,M)=0\) for all \(1\leq i<n\) in the homological case. Then there are, respectively, exact sequences \[\begin{equation*} \begin{split} 0\to\operatorname{H}^n(G/H,M^H)&\to\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}\\ &\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(G/H,M^H)\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(G,M), \end{split} \end{equation*}\] and \[\begin{equation*} \begin{split} \operatorname{H}_{n+1}(G,M)&\to\operatorname{H}_{n+1}(G/H,M_H)\\ &\to\operatorname{H}_n(H,M)_{G/H}\to\operatorname{H}_n(G,M) \to\operatorname{H}_n(G/H,M_H)\to0. \end{split} \end{equation*}\] Notice that for \(n=1\) the hypothesis is vacuous.

  3. In the cohomological exact sequence above, every morphism other than \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(G/H,M^H)\) comes from the equivariant homomorphism \(M^H\hookrightarrow M\) (relative to \(G/H\twoheadleftarrow G\); see Definition reference), the homomorphism \(M\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}M\) (relative to \(G\hookleftarrow H\)), and the factorization in Lemma reference. The homological exact sequence is similar.

Proof. For (i), it suffices to express equation concretely through the Grothendieck spectral sequence of Theorem reference.

We now discuss (ii). If \(n=1\), the hypothesis is vacuous and the corresponding exact sequence is precisely the low-degree exact sequence in Theorem reference; its underlying principle is the edge computation in Remark reference. We next review and extend that argument to general \(n\). The idea is to exploit the zero terms in the spectral sequence.

It suffices to discuss the cohomological case. The hypothesis shows that the spectral sequence in (i) satisfies \[1\leq q<n\implies E_2^{p,q}=E_3^{p,q}=\cdots=E_\infty^{p,q}=0.\]

Recall that the direction of \(d_r\) is \(d_r^{p,q}:E_r^{p,q}\to E_r^{p+r,q-r+1}\) and that \(E_{r+1}^{p,q}\) is the cohomology of \(E_r^{p,q}\) with respect to \(d_r\). Every \(d\) leaving \(E_{n+1}^{n+1,0}\) (or entering \(E_{n+1}^{0,n}\)) is zero. We therefore obtain the horizontal exact sequence in the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-081-d001}\] The reason for the vertical isomorphisms is similar: once every \(d\) entering or leaving \(E_r^{p,q}\) is zero, there is an isomorphism \(E_r^{p,q}\simeq E_{r+1}^{p,q}\). In the same way one obtains \[\operatorname{H}^n(G/H,M^H)\simeq E_2^{n,0}\simeq\cdots \simeq E_\infty^{n,0}.\]

Next, recall that the target \(\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(G,M)\) of the spectral sequence has a finite decreasing filtration \(\cdots\supset\mathrm{F}^k\supset\mathrm{F}^{k+1}\supset\cdots\), with \(E_\infty^{p,q}\simeq\operatorname{gr}^p\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(G,M)\). At the edge of the first quadrant, this gives \[\begin{align*} E_\infty^{n+1,0}&\simeq\mathrm{F}^{n+1} \subset\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(G,M),\\ E_\infty^{0,n}&\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)/\mathrm{F}^1. \end{align*}\]

How can one determine \(\mathrm{F}^1\subset\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\)? On the line \(p+q=n\), only \((n,0)\) and \((0,n)\) can possibly satisfy \(E_\infty^{p,q}\neq0\). Thus the filtration on \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) has the form \[0=\mathrm{F}^{n+1} \underbracket{\subset}_{E_\infty^{n,0}}\mathrm{F}^n =\cdots=\mathrm{F}^1 \underbracket{\subset}_{E_\infty^{0,n}}\mathrm{F}^0 =\operatorname{H}^n(G,M).\] Combining all the isomorphisms and exact sequences above gives the desired result.

Assertion (iii) is as expected, but the following argument is somewhat long and may be skipped. For brevity, we discuss only \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}\); the other cases are similar or easy. Recall the construction in §reference. Take an injective resolution \(M\to I\), with \(I\) a complex of \(G\)-modules, and then take a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution \(J\) of the complex of \(G/H\)-modules \(I^H\) (Theorem reference). Regarding the complexes \(I^G\) and so forth as double complexes concentrated on the horizontal axis gives a commutative diagram of double complexes of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-081-d002} \end{equation}\]

Following the convention of Proposition reference, write \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(\cdot)\) for the operation of first taking horizontal and then vertical cohomology of a double complex. Note the following points.

  • Since the horizontal cohomology \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(J)\) of the Cartan–Eilenberg resolution gives an injective resolution of \(\operatorname{H}^p(I^H)\) in column \(p\) (\(p\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)), the morphism \(I^H\to J\) induces the isomorphism \[\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)=\operatorname{H}^n(I^H) =\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(I^H)^{n,0} \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(J)^{n,0}.\]

  • Remark reference gives \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(J^{G/H})\simeq\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(J)^{G/H}\). Since \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(J)\) vertically resolves each \(\operatorname{H}^p(H,M)\), while \((\cdot)^{G/H}\) is left exact, applying \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(\cdot)^{n,0}\) to \(J^{G/H}\hookrightarrow J\) corresponds to \[\text{the inclusion homomorphism}\qquad \operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}\hookrightarrow\operatorname{H}^n(H,M).\]

  • We have shown that \(I^G\hookrightarrow I^H\) induces on \(\operatorname{H}^n\) (or, equivalently, on \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(\cdot)^{n,0}\)) the canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\).

Filter the first-quadrant double complex \(J^{G/H}\) decreasingly by the vertical coordinate (the \(p\)th step is the part with vertical coordinate \(\geq p\)). The corresponding spectral sequence is \((E_r^{p,q})_{p,q}\), where \(r=0,1,\ldots\). Write \(\operatorname{ker}(d^n)_{n,0}\) for the projection of \(\operatorname{ker}(d^n)\) in the total complex \(\operatorname{tot}(J^{G/H})\) onto the component \((n,0)\). The description of \(Z_r^{p,q}\) in Proposition reference, together with the observations above, gives \[\begin{multline} \operatorname{ker}(d^n)_{n,0}\simeq Z_\infty^{0,n} \subset\cdots\subset Z_2^{0,n}\\ \twoheadrightarrow E_2^{0,n} =\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(J^{G/H})^{n,0} \simeq\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}. \end{multline}\]

We now describe \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}\). Choose a representative of an element of \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) in \(\operatorname{ker}[I^{n,G}\to I^{n+1,G}]\), map it through \(I^G\to J^{G/H}\) into \(\operatorname{ker}(d^n)_{n,0}\), and then follow equation to \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(J^{G/H})^{n,0}\). To take its image further in \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\), apply \(\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{II}}\operatorname{H}_{\mathrm{I}}(\cdot)^{n,0}\) to the whole diagram equation and compose along Diagram chapter6-unit-081-d003. If instead we follow Diagram chapter6-unit-081-d004 and use the three observations above, the result is the canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\). This proves (iii).

Remark reference will give a canonical and perhaps more natural construction of the Lyndon–Hochschild–Serre spectral sequence.

The cohomological exact sequence above is also called the inflation–restriction exact sequence, because the canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(G/H,M^H)\to\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) is commonly called the inflation homomorphism, while \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}\) is called the restriction homomorphism. The more complicated morphisms are \[\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)^{G/H}\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(G/H,M^H),\qquad \operatorname{H}_{n+1}(G/H,M_H)\to\operatorname{H}_n(H,M)_{G/H}.\] They are both called transgression maps, in keeping with the transgression maps in the theory of characteristic classes.

As an application, we briefly derive a formula of Hopf for computing \(\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\) from a presentation of the group \(G\). Here we take \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and give \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) the trivial \(G\)-module structure.

Corollary (H. Hopf).

Let \(G\) be a group and \(G\simeq F/R\), where \(F\) is a free group and \(R\lhd F\). Write \([F,R]\) for the subgroup of \(R\) generated by the elements \([f,r]:=frf^{-1}r^{-1}\), with \(f\in F\) and \(r\in R\). This subgroup is normal in \(R\) and \([F,R]\subset[F,F]:=F_{\mathrm{der}}\). There is an isomorphism \[\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq(R\cap[F,F])/[F,R].\]

Proof. Proposition reference gives \(\operatorname{H}_2(F,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})=0\). Thus the exact sequence in Theorem reference for \(n=1\) becomes \[0\to\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\to\operatorname{H}_1(R,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})_G \to\operatorname{H}_1(F,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\to\operatorname{H}_1(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\to0.\] Interpreting \(\operatorname{H}_1\) through Example reference, we obtain \[0\to\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\to\left(\frac{R}{[R,R]}\right)_G \to\frac{F}{[F,F]}\to\frac{G}{[G,G]}\to0.\]

The action of \(G\) on \(R/[R,R]\) is as follows. Choose a preimage \(f\in F\) of \(g\in G\); one can verify that the action of \(g\) comes from the conjugation action of \(f\) on \(R\) (exercise). For an arbitrary \(\bar r\in R/[R,R]\), choose a preimage \(r\in R\). Then \(g\bar r-\bar r\) (with the group operation written additively) is the image of \[frf^{-1}\cdot r^{-1}\in R \quad\text{(with the group operation written multiplicatively)}.\] As \(f\) and \(r\) vary, these elements generate \([F,R]\). Hence \((R/[R,R])_G\simeq R/[F,R]\); the rest is immediate.

Remark (Multiplicative structure of the Lyndon–Hochschild–Serre spectral sequence). In the cohomological case, write the spectral sequence of a \(G\)-module \(M\) as \(E_r^{p,q}(M)\). The cup-product operation to be introduced in §reference, applied to the cohomology of \(G/H\) and \(H\), equips the \(E_2\) term with a multiplicative structure \[\cup:E_2^{p_1,q_1}(M_1)\otimes E_2^{p_2,q_2}(M_2) \to E_2^{p_1+p_2,q_1+q_2}(M_1\otimes M_2),\] while the convergence target of the spectral sequence also has a cup product, applied to the group \(G\): \[\cup:\operatorname{H}^{n_1}(G,M_1)\otimes\operatorname{H}^{n_2}(G,M_2) \to\operatorname{H}^{n_1+n_2}(G,M_1\otimes M_2).\] The question is whether these structures can be defined on every page and whether \(d_r\) has good properties with respect to them, such as the Leibniz rule \[d_r(\alpha_1\cup\alpha_2) =d_r(\alpha_1)\cup\alpha_2 +(-1)^{p_1+q_1}\alpha_1\cup(d_r\alpha_2), \qquad \alpha_i\in E_r^{p_i,q_i}(M_i).\]

In their original work [HS53], Hochschild and Serre wrote down directly a canonical filtration on the normalized standard complex \(\overline{C}(G,M)\) that is compatible with the cup product defined at the level of \(\overline{C}(G,M)\). Consequently, every page inherits a multiplication with the properties above. Concretely, they use the decreasing filtration \(\overline{C}(G,M)=\mathrm{F}^0\supset\mathrm{F}^1\supset\cdots\). If \(p>n\), the degree-\(n\) term of the complex \(\mathrm{F}^p\) is \(0\); otherwise, the degree-\(n\) term of \(\mathrm{F}^p\) is \[\left\{\begin{array}{r|l} f\in\overline{C}^n(G,M) & (g_1,\ldots,g_n)\ \text{has at least }n-p+1\text{ entries in }H\\ &\implies f(g_1,\ldots,g_n)=0 \end{array}\right\}.\] The details are left as an exercise for this chapter; interested readers, or those who need them, may consult the original work.

In particular, \(\overline{C}(G,\Bbbk)\) becomes a filtered differential graded algebra, and the spectral sequence \(E_r^{p,q}(\Bbbk)\) has the corresponding multiplicative structure (Definition reference and Proposition reference). From the topological viewpoint, this is entirely unsurprising.

The cup-product operation

Let \(G\) be an arbitrary group. As usual, write \(\otimes=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\); this notation denotes both the tensor product of \(\Bbbk\)-modules and the tensor product of \(G\)-modules.

Convention. Write \(\operatorname{Ext}_G^\bullet:=\operatorname{Ext}_{\Bbbk[G]}^\bullet\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G):=\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\).

The aim of this section is to construct a cup-product operation on cohomology for arbitrary \(G\)-modules \(M_1\) and \(M_2\), \[\cup: \operatorname{H}^p(G, M_1) \otimes \operatorname{H}^q(G, M_2) \to \operatorname{H}^{p+q}(G, M_1 \otimes M_2), \quad p, q \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0},\] which for \(p=q=0\) gives the evident morphism \(M_1^G\otimes M_2^G\to(M_1\otimes M_2)^G\). Reformulated in terms of \(\operatorname{Ext}_G^\bullet\), the aim is equivalently to define \[\cup: \operatorname{Ext}^p_G(\Bbbk, M_1) \otimes \operatorname{Ext}^q_G(\Bbbk, M_2) \to \operatorname{Ext}_G^{p+q}(\Bbbk, M_1 \otimes M_2).\] Recall that \(\operatorname{Ext}^p_G(\Bbbk,M_1)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk,M_1[p])\). Our first viewpoint on the cup product is based on morphisms in the derived category. Readers interested only in concrete computations with complexes may proceed directly to Definition–Proposition reference.

Definition. Write the left-derived bifunctor of \(\otimes:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\times G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) as \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\). This bifunctor gives \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(G)\) the structure of a symmetric monoidal category, with the trivial \(G\)-module \(\Bbbk\) as its unit object.

The tensor product \(\otimes\) of complexes is defined, as usual, by taking the total complex \(\operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\). The commutativity constraint in the symmetric monoidal structure involves several signs; see Proposition reference for details. A projective \(G\)-module remains projective as a \(\Bbbk\)-module (Proposition reference, with \(H\) trivial), and is therefore also flat. If \(X\) and \(Y\) are bounded-above complexes of \(G\)-modules, and every term of \(X\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, then \[X \otimes Y = X \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y, \quad Y \otimes X = Y \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X;\] see Proposition reference. In particular, \[\begin{equation} \Bbbk \otimes Y = \Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}Y \simeq Y \simeq Y \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\Bbbk = Y \otimes \Bbbk. \end{equation}\]

Lemma. Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a group homomorphism. Continue to write the functor on derived categories induced by the exact functor \(\varphi^*\) as \(\varphi^*:\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(G)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(H)\). Then \(\varphi^*\) is a monoidal functor with respect to \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\); see [Li1] and the remark following it. In other words, there are canonical isomorphisms satisfying all compatibility conditions, \[\varphi^*(\Bbbk) \simeq \Bbbk, \quad \varphi^* X_1 \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\varphi^* X_2 \simeq \varphi^* (X_1 \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X_2).\]

Proof. The isomorphism \(\varphi^*\Bbbk\simeq\Bbbk\) (indeed, an equality) and all its compatibilities are immediate. Furthermore, if a \(G\)-module \(M\) is flat as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, then so is \(\varphi^*M\). Since \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\) can be computed using resolutions that are flat over \(\Bbbk\), the canonical isomorphism \(\varphi^*X_1\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\varphi^*X_2\simeq\varphi^*(X_1\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X_2)\) is obtained by reducing to the case in which \(X_1\) and \(X_2\) are termwise flat over \(\Bbbk\).

We can now formulate a preliminary version of the cup product in the derived category; the operation simply reflects the tensor-product operation. For the moment, write the isomorphism \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\Bbbk\otimes\Bbbk=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\Bbbk\) given by equation as \(\delta\).

Definition. Let \(X_1\) and \(X_2\) be objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(G)\). Define the \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \[\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}: \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk, X_1) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk, X_2) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}\left(\Bbbk, X_1 \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X_2\right)\] as follows: \(\alpha\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\beta\) is the composite morphism \[\Bbbk \xrightarrow{\delta} \Bbbk \otimes \Bbbk = \Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\Bbbk \xrightarrow{\alpha \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\beta} X_1 \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X_2.\]

Clearly, the map \((\alpha,\beta)\mapsto\alpha\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\beta\) is bilinear, so the definition is valid. The operation can also be understood as the composition of morphisms. Indeed, from the general properties of monoidal categories, it is easy to see that \(\alpha\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\beta\) is given by the following composite: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d001}\] The first part is based on equation, while the second is composition of morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)\). The following properties are formal consequences of Definition reference, or of the reformulation above; throughout, \(X_i\) and \(X\) are objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(G)\).

  • Functoriality.The operation \(\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\) is functorial in \(X_1\) and \(X_2\).

  • Unit.Under the isomorphisms in equation, both the left and the right action of \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\in\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk)\) through \(\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\) on \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk,X)\) are the identity.

  • Associativity.Let \(\alpha_i\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk,X_i)\) for \(i=1,2,3\). Up to the associativity constraint for \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\), \[\alpha_1 \overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup} (\alpha_2 \overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup} \alpha_3) = (\alpha_1 \overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup} \alpha_2) \overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup} \alpha_3 .\]

  • Commutativity.Under the commutativity constraint \(X_1\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X_2\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X_2\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X_1\), the element \(\alpha\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\beta\) is mapped to \(\beta\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\alpha\). To see this, it suffices to apply Definition reference and the following commutative diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d002}\] All vertical arrows are commutativity constraints for \(\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\). This is a general fact about symmetric monoidal categories.

We next define the cup product at the level of cohomology of \(G\)-modules; several signs will be involved.

Definition (Cup product).

Let \(M_1\) and \(M_2\) be \(G\)-modules and let \(p_1,p_2\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). In Definition reference, take \(X_i=M_i[p_i]\), and then compose \(\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\) with the canonical morphisms \[\begin{align*} M_1[p_1] \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}M_2[p_2] & \xrightarrow{\text{can}} M_1[p_1] \otimes M_2[p_2] \\ & \xrightarrow[\sim]{\theta'} (M_1[p_1] \otimes M_2) [p_2] \xrightarrow[\sim]{\theta} (M_1 \otimes M_2)[p_1 + p_2] \end{align*}\] in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)\), where

  • \(\mathrm{can}\) is the canonical morphism associated with the left-derived bifunctor;

  • the canonical isomorphisms \(\theta\) and \(\theta'\) are defined as in Proposition reference.

This yields the cup product on cohomology, \[\cup: \operatorname{Ext}^{p_1}_G(\Bbbk, M_1) \otimes \operatorname{Ext}^{p_2}_G(\Bbbk, M_2) \to \operatorname{Ext}^{p_1 + p_2}_G(\Bbbk, M_1 \otimes M_2),\] or, in other notation, \(\cup:\operatorname{H}^{p_1}(G,M_1)\otimes\operatorname{H}^{p_2}(G,M_2) \to\operatorname{H}^{p_1+p_2}(G,M_1\otimes M_2)\).

If \(p_1=p_2=0\), the cup product is obtained by taking the tensor product of two morphisms \(\Bbbk\to M_1\) and \(\Bbbk\to M_2\) in \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), namely \(\Bbbk\simeq\Bbbk\otimes\Bbbk\to M_1\otimes M_2\). The result is precisely the evident map \((M_1)^G\otimes(M_2)^G\to(M_1\otimes M_2)^G\). Inspecting the definition, the isomorphism \(M_1[p_1]\otimes M_2[p_2]\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(M_1\otimes M_2)[p_1+p_2]\) involved has the following concrete description: on its only nonzero term \(M_1[p_1]^{-p_1}\otimes M_2[p_2]^{-p_2}=M_1\otimes M_2\), it acts as \((-1)^{p_1p_2}\); the sign comes from \(\theta'\). In addition to the functoriality and unit law already formulated in the derived category, the cup product has the following properties.

  • Associativity.For \(\alpha_i\in\operatorname{H}^{p_i}(G,M_i)\) with \(i=1,2,3\), one has \[(\alpha_1 \cup \alpha_2) \cup \alpha_3 = \alpha_1 \cup (\alpha_2 \cup \alpha_3).\] This property follows easily from the associativity of \(\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\), but the sign mentioned above still needs to be taken into account. In fact, the sign on both sides is \((-1)^{p_1p_2+p_2p_3+p_1p_3}\).

  • Graded commutativity.Let \(c:M_1\otimes M_2\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}M_2\otimes M_1\) be the isomorphism determined by \(x\otimes y\mapsto y\otimes x\). For all \(\alpha\in\operatorname{H}^p(G,M_1)\) and \(\beta\in\operatorname{H}^q(G,M_2)\), one has \[\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(c)(\alpha \cup \beta) = (-1)^{pq} \beta \cup \alpha.\]

    Indeed, by the commutativity of \(\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\), it suffices to check that the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d003}\] The vertical arrows on the left and in the middle are the commutativity constraints for tensor products in the derived category or the category of complexes. The left square plainly commutes. For the right square, the last part of Proposition reference says that the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d004}\] However, by the anticommutative diagram in Proposition reference and its straightforward generalization, the isomorphism \(M_2[q]\otimes M_1[p]\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(M_2\otimes M_1)[p+q]\) obtained by extracting \([q]\) first differs by \((-1)^{pq}\) from the one obtained by extracting \([p]\) first. This proves commutativity of the right square in the original diagram.

  • Cohomology algebra.In particular, \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(G,\Bbbk):=\bigoplus_p\operatorname{H}^p(G,\Bbbk)\) becomes a graded \(\Bbbk\)-algebra under \(\cup\), and its multiplication satisfies the graded commutativity law above, \(\beta\cup\alpha=(-1)^{pq}\alpha\cup\beta\). In fact, one can prove that \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(G,\Bbbk)\) is the same as the graded \(\Bbbk\)-algebra in Definition reference, \[\operatorname{Ext}_G(\Bbbk) := \bigoplus_p \operatorname{Ext}^p_G(\Bbbk, \Bbbk) = \bigoplus_p \operatorname{H}^p(G, \Bbbk).\]

  • Bimodule structure. Under the operation \(\cup\), \(\bigoplus_p\operatorname{H}^p(G,M)\) becomes a graded bimodule with left and right actions by \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(G,\Bbbk)\).

A group homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\) induces a homomorphism of cohomology algebras \(\varphi^*:\operatorname{H}^\bullet(G,\Bbbk)\to\operatorname{H}^\bullet(H,\Bbbk)\). This is an immediate consequence of the following result.

Proposition (Change of groups). Use the notation of Definition reference. Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a group homomorphism. Write \(\varphi^*:\operatorname{H}^{p_i}(G,M_i)\to\operatorname{H}^{p_i}(H,\varphi^*M_i)\) for the canonical homomorphism in equation, for \(i=1,2\). Then \[\varphi^*(\alpha \cup \beta) = \varphi^* \alpha \cup \varphi^* \beta.\]

As a special case, if \(H\subset G\) is a subgroup, the restriction map \(\mathrm{res}^n:\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\) discussed in §reference preserves cup products.

Proof. Apply \(\varphi^*\) to every morphism in Definition reference, and then use the fact that \(\varphi^*\) is a monoidal functor (Lemma reference). In \(\operatorname{Ext}_H^{p_1+p_2}(\Bbbk,\varphi^*M_1\otimes\varphi^*M_2)\), this gives \[\begin{multline*} \varphi^*(\alpha \cup \beta) \xlongequal{\text{identified with}} \;\text{the composite morphism} \\ \left[ \Bbbk \xrightarrow{\delta} \Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\Bbbk \xrightarrow{\varphi^* \alpha \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\varphi^* \beta} \varphi^* M_1[p_1] \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\varphi^* M_2[p_2] \to (\varphi^* M_1 \otimes \varphi^* M_2)[p_1 + p_2] \right]. \end{multline*}\] Here, \(\varphi^*\alpha\in\operatorname{Ext}_H^{p_1}(\Bbbk,\varphi^*M_1) \simeq\operatorname{Hom}_H(\varphi^*\Bbbk,\varphi^*M_1[p_1])\) is obtained by applying the functor \(\varphi^*\) to the morphism \(\alpha\). By Remark reference, however, this element is also the image of \(\alpha\) under the canonical homomorphism equation; the same applies to \(\varphi^*\beta\). The result is \(\varphi^*\alpha\cup\varphi^*\beta\).

Our next aim is to describe the cup product through the standard complex \(C(G,M)\) of Proposition reference. This description is not only more concrete; it also lifts the cup product canonically to the level of complexes. We begin with the definition. Later, Proposition reference will show that it agrees with the previous version.

Definition–Proposition (Cup product on the standard complex).

Let \(M_1\) and \(M_2\) be \(G\)-modules. For all \(p_1,p_2\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define the homomorphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d005}\] where \(g_1,\ldots,g_{p_1+p_2}\in G\).

  1. These homomorphisms satisfy associativity (taking \(M_1\), \(M_2\), and \(M_3\) into account) and the Leibniz rule \[d(f_1 \cup f_2) = df_1 \cup f_2 + (-1)^{p_1} f_1 \cup d f_2;\] in particular, \(\cup\) gives a morphism of complexes \(\cup:C(G,M_1)\otimes C(G,M_2)\to C(G,M_1\otimes M_2)\).

  2. The normalized standard complex introduced in Remark reference is closed under \(\cup\), and hence there is a morphism \[\cup: \overline{C}(G, M_1) \otimes \overline{C}(G, M_2) \to \overline{C}(G, M_1 \otimes M_2).\]

Proof. Associativity follows immediately from the formula for \(\cup\), while the Leibniz rule is also easy to verify. Let \[\varphi \in C^p(G, M_1), \quad \psi \in C^q(G, M_2).\] In \[\begin{multline*} (d\varphi \cup \psi)(g_1, \ldots, g_{p+q+1}) = \\ \left( g_1 \varphi(g_2, \ldots, g_{p+1}) + \sum_{k=1}^p (-1)^k \varphi(\ldots, g_k g_{k+1}, \ldots) + (-1)^{p+1} \varphi(g_1, \ldots, g_p) \right) \\ \otimes (g_1 \cdots g_{p+1}) \psi(g_{p+2}, \ldots, g_{p+q+1}) \end{multline*}\] and \[\begin{multline*} (-1)^p (\varphi \cup d\psi)(g_1, \ldots, g_{p+q+1}) = \varphi(g_1, \ldots, g_p) \otimes \\ (g_1 \cdots g_p) \bigg( (-1)^p g_{p+1} \psi(g_{p+2}, \ldots, g_{p+q+1}) + \sum_{k=p+1}^{p+q} (-1)^k \psi(\ldots, g_k g_{k+1}, \ldots) \\ + (-1)^{p+q+1} \psi(g_{p+1}, \ldots, g_{p+q}) \bigg), \end{multline*}\] the term \(\varphi(g_1,\ldots,g_p)\otimes(g_1\cdots g_{p+1}) \psi(g_{p+2},\ldots)\) occurs respectively as the last and first term, and the two cancel. The sum of the two expressions is therefore \(d(\varphi\cup\psi)(g_1,\ldots,g_{p+q+1})\).

Notice that the Leibniz rule is equivalent to saying that, as \(p_1,p_2\) vary, \(\cup\) gives a morphism of complexes. This proves (i).

If both \(f_1\) and \(f_2\) belong to the normalized standard complex, the definition implies that \((f_1\cup f_2)(g_1,\ldots,g_{p_1+p_2})=0\) whenever one of \(g_1,\ldots,g_{p_1+p_2}\) equals \(1_G\). This also proves (ii).

Recall that the standard complex \(C(G,M)\) essentially computes \(\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,M)=\operatorname{Hom}_G^\bullet(\mathsf{L},M)\) through the free resolution \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\), where \(M\) is a \(G\)-module. More precisely, for \(\mathsf{L}\) we use the chain complex \((\mathsf{L}_n,\partial_n)_n\) in Definition reference. By setting \(\mathsf{L}^n:=\mathsf{L}_{-n}\) while retaining the morphisms \(\partial_n\), \(\mathsf{L}\) may be regarded as a complex.

Lemma. Write the free resolution of Definition reference as \(\epsilon:\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\). Then:

  1. \(\epsilon\otimes\epsilon:\mathsf{L}\otimes\mathsf{L} \to\Bbbk\otimes\Bbbk\simeq\Bbbk\) is a projective resolution of the \(G\)-module \(\Bbbk\);

  2. one can define a morphism of complexes \(\Delta:\mathsf{L}\to\mathsf{L}\otimes\mathsf{L}\) whose degree-\(-n\) term is given by \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d006}\] and which makes the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d007}\]

Proof. For (i), notice that every term of \(\mathsf{L}\otimes\mathsf{L}\) remains a projective \(G\)-module; one may use Proposition reference. To prove that \(\epsilon\otimes\epsilon\) is a quasi-isomorphism, factor the morphism as \[\mathsf{L} \otimes \mathsf{L} \to \mathsf{L} \otimes \Bbbk \to \Bbbk \otimes \Bbbk.\] Since \(\mathsf{L}\) consists of flat \(\Bbbk\)-modules, both parts are quasi-isomorphisms.

For (ii), it is clear that every \(\Delta_n\) is a homomorphism of \(G\)-modules. A direct calculation, split into the various cases, verifies that \(\Delta\) is indeed a morphism of complexes. Commutativity of the diagram is immediate.

In comparison with the cup product in topology, \(\Delta\) here is analogous to the “diagonal embedding” of a space. This morphism can also be interpreted through the Alexander–Whitney map to be introduced in §reference; see the exercises in . Notice that, because \(\epsilon\otimes\epsilon\) is a quasi-isomorphism, the general theory of complexes guarantees the existence of a morphism \(\mathsf{L}\to\mathsf{L}\otimes\mathsf{L}\) that makes the diagram in (ii) commute, and this morphism is unique up to homotopy (Theorem reference). The value of Lemma reference (ii) lies in its explicit formula. Return to the description of \(\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\) in Definition reference. Represent the morphisms \(\alpha\) and \(\beta\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)\) by morphisms of complexes \(\mathsf{L}\to X_1\) and \(\mathsf{L}\to X_2\), respectively, where the \(X_i\) are bounded-above complexes, and lift \(\delta\) to \(\Delta\) through Lemma reference. The composite of \(\alpha\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\cup}\beta \in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)}(\Bbbk,X_1\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X_2)\) with the canonical morphism \(X_1\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}X_2\xrightarrow{\text{can}}X_1\otimes X_2\) is given concretely by the composite of morphisms of complexes \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d008}\] For \(G\)-modules \(M_i\) and \(p_i\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), one has \(\operatorname{H}^{p_i}\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathsf{L},M_i)\simeq\operatorname{H}^{p_i}(G,M_i)\), for \(i=1,2\). We next interpret the cup product through \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes. For arbitrary complexes of \(G\)-modules \(X,Y,X',Y'\) and \(m,n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define the \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \[\begin{equation} \mu^{m, n}: \operatorname{Hom}_G^m(X, Y) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}_G^n(X', Y') \to \operatorname{Hom}_G^{m+n}(X \otimes X', Y \otimes Y'), \end{equation}\] as follows. For an element \(f\otimes g\) on the left, define \[\begin{gather*} \mu^{m, n}(f \otimes g)(x \otimes x') := (-1)^{pn} f(x) \otimes g(x') \; \in Y^{p+m} \otimes (Y')^{q+n}, \\ x \otimes x' \in X^p \otimes (X')^q . \end{gather*}\] A direct verification shows that all the \(\mu^{m,n}\) give a morphism of complexes \[\mu: \operatorname{Hom}_G^\bullet(X, Y) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}_G^\bullet(X', Y') \to \operatorname{Hom}_G^\bullet(X \otimes X', Y \otimes Y'),\] or, in other words, that equation satisfies the Leibniz rule. The sign \((-1)^{pn}\) in the definition can be explained by the Koszul sign rule to be discussed in §reference and the exercises in , since the formula interchanges the positions of \(g\) and \(x\).

Lemma. Apply the operation above with \(X=X'=\mathsf{L}\), \(Y=M_1\), and \(Y'=M_2\). Then the morphism of complexes \[\begin{multline} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G(\mathsf{L}, M_1) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G(\mathsf{L}, M_2) \xrightarrow{\mu} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G(\mathsf{L} \otimes \mathsf{L}, M_1 \otimes M_2) \\ \xrightarrow{\Delta^*} \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathsf{L}, M_1 \otimes M_2) \end{multline}\] induces on cohomology the cup product of Definition reference.

Proof. For \(i=1,2\), use Lemma reference to identify \(\operatorname{Hom}_G^{p_i}(\mathsf{L},M_i)\) with \(\operatorname{Hom}_G^0(\mathsf{L},M_i[p_i])\). Choose \(f_i\) in it satisfying \(d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet}f_i=0\), and consider the image of \(f_1\otimes f_2\) under equation. Since \(f_i\) can be nonzero only on \(\mathsf{L}_{p_i}\), the sign in this image is \((-1)^{p_1p_2}\), exactly the sign in Definition reference. The remaining verification is immediate.

Recall that \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathsf{L},M_i)\simeq C(G,M_i)\), so that \(\operatorname{H}^{p_i}(G,M_i)\simeq\operatorname{H}^{p_i}(C(G,M_i))\). The concrete map is given in the proof of Proposition reference, for \(i=1,2\).

Proposition. The cup product in Definition reference is the same as the composite homomorphism \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{H}^{p_1}(G, M_1) \otimes \operatorname{H}^{p_2}(G, M_2) \simeq \operatorname{H}^{p_1}(C(G, M_1)) \otimes \operatorname{H}^{p_2}(C(G, M_2)) \\ \xrightarrow{\kappa} \operatorname{H}^{p_1 + p_2}\left( C(G, M_1) \otimes C(G, M_2) \right) \\ \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^{p_1 + p_2}(\cup)} \operatorname{H}^{p_1 + p_2}(C(G, M_1 \otimes M_2)) \simeq \operatorname{H}^{p_1 + p_2}(G, M_1 \otimes M_2), \end{multline*}\] where the canonical morphism \(\kappa\) is as described immediately before Theorem reference. The conclusion is the same when the normalized standard complex is used.

Proof. Interpret the cup product as in Lemma reference. Take \(f_i\in C^{p_i}(G,M_i)\). For the bar notation in the display below, put \(p:=p_1\). For \(g_1,\ldots,g_{p_1+p_2}\in G\), the element \[(g_1 | \cdots | g_{p_1 + p_2}) := \left(1_G, g_{[1, 1]}, \ldots, g_{[1, p_1 + p_2]} \right) \in \mathsf{L}_{p_1 + p_2}\] has, after applying \(\Delta\), the following component in \(\mathsf{L}_{p_1}\otimes\mathsf{L}_{p_2}\): \[\begin{multline*} (-1)^{p_1 p_2} \left( 1_G, \ldots, g_{[1, p_1]}\right) \otimes \left(g_{[1, p_1]}, \ldots, g_{[1, p_1 + p_2]} \right) \\ = (-1)^{p_1 p_2} (g_1 | \cdots | g_p) \otimes g_1 \cdots g_{p_1} \left( g_{p_1 + 1} |\cdots| g_{p_1 + p_2} \right). \end{multline*}\]

Under \(\mu^{p_1,p_2}(f_1\otimes f_2)\) in equation, this element is mapped to \[f_1(g_1, \ldots, g_{p_1}) \otimes g_1 \cdots g_{p_1} f_2(g_{p_1 + 1}, \cdots, g_{p_1 + p_2}).\] Thus the operation in equation is indeed compatible with \(\cup\) on \(C(G,M)\). The version for the normalized standard complex is the same.

Notice that although the description of the cup product on the standard complex is direct and transparent, graded commutativity is difficult to derive directly from it; in the framework of the standard complex, a rather roundabout proof is required. This book does not take that route.

Remark. The structure exhibited by Definition–Proposition reference is genuinely richer than its cohomological version in Definition reference, because it equips the entire standard complex with a differential graded structure. Thus \(C(G,\Bbbk)\) under \(\cup\) becomes a differential graded algebra in the sense of Definition reference or reference; the same holds for \(\overline{C}(G,\Bbbk)\). The cohomological version of the cup product is obtained only after taking \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet\): it is graded, but not differential.

The cup product on the standard complex is functorial. Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a group homomorphism, let \(M_i\) (respectively, \(N_i\)) be \(G\)-modules (respectively, \(H\)-modules), and let \(f_i:M_i\to N_i\) be a homomorphism equivariant with respect to \(\varphi\), for \(i=1,2\); see Definition reference. Then the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d009}\] The vertical arrows come from the equivariant homomorphisms \(f_1\), \(f_2\), and \(f_1\otimes f_2\); see Proposition reference. The normalized standard complex inherits this property.

Corollary. Suppose there is a short exact sequence of \(G\)-modules \(0\to M'_1\xrightarrow{f}M_1\xrightarrow{g}M''_1\to0\) such that the corresponding sequence \[0 \to M'_1 \otimes M_2 \to M_1 \otimes M_2 \to M''_1 \otimes M_2 \to 0\] is also short exact. Write the connecting homomorphism on cohomology as \(\delta^p:\operatorname{H}^p(G,M''_1)\to\operatorname{H}^{p+1}(G,M'_1)\), and so forth. Then \[(\delta^p \alpha) \cup \beta = \delta^{p+q}(\alpha \cup \beta), \quad \alpha \in \operatorname{H}^p(G, M''_1), \; \beta \in \operatorname{H}^q(G, M_2).\]

If instead one takes a short exact sequence \(0\to M'_2\to M_2\to M''_2\to0\) such that \[0 \to M_1 \otimes M'_2 \to M_1 \otimes M_2 \to M_1 \otimes M''_2 \to 0\] remains exact, then \[\alpha \cup (\delta^q \beta) = (-1)^p \delta^{p+q} (\alpha \cup \beta).\]

Proof. Handle the first case using the cup product on the standard complex. Choose a representative \(a''\in C^p(G,M''_1)\) of \(\alpha\). Recall the concrete construction of \(\delta^p\alpha\) through the snake lemma: there is an \(a\in C^p(G,M_1)\) mapping to \(a''\), and \(da''=0\) implies that \(da\) comes from some \(a'\in C^{p+1}(G,M'_1)\); the cohomology class of the latter element is \(\delta^p\alpha\). Diagrammatically: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d010}\]

Next, choose a representative \(b\in C^q(G,M_2)\) of \(\beta\). From \(db=0\) and the Leibniz rule, one obtains \(d(a''\cup b)=0\) and \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d011}\] This implies that the cohomology class of \(a'\cup b\) is \(\delta^{p+q}(\alpha\cup\beta)\).

The argument for the second case is similar, or it can be reduced to the first case by graded commutativity.

As an application, we now explain the relationship between the corestriction \(\mathrm{cor}^n\) of Definition–Proposition reference and the cup product.

Proposition (Projection formula). Let \(M_1\) and \(M_2\) be \(G\)-modules, let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\), and suppose \((G:H)\) is finite. For all \(\alpha\in\operatorname{H}^p(G,M_1)\) and \(\beta\in\operatorname{H}^q(H,M_2)\), the following equality holds in \(\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(G,M_1\otimes M_2)\): \[\begin{equation*} \mathrm{cor}^{p+q}(\mathrm{res}^p(\alpha) \cup \beta) = \alpha \cup \mathrm{cor}^q(\beta); \end{equation*}\] and likewise with the left and right positions interchanged.

Proof. First handle the case \(p=q=0\). Recall that \(\mathrm{cor}^0\) becomes \(\nu^{G|H}:M_i^H\to M_i^G\), which sends \(x\in M_i^H\) to \(\sum_{gH}gx\in M_i^G\). It therefore suffices to prove that the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d012}\]

This is immediate. If \(x\in M_1^G\) and \(y\in M_2^H\), then \(\nu^{G|H}(x\otimes y)=\sum_{gH}gx\otimes gy =\sum_{gH}x\otimes gy=x\otimes\nu^{G|H}(y)\).

For the case \(p\geq1\) or \(q\geq1\), we use dimension shifting and a recursive argument. For example, consider the case \(p\geq1\) and the short exact sequence of \(G\)-modules \[0 \to M_1 \to \operatorname{Ind}^G_{\{1\}} M_1 \to M'_1 \to 0,\] where the first morphism sends \(x\) to \([g\mapsto gx]\), for \(g\in G\). As a homomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-modules, this morphism has the left inverse \(\varphi\mapsto\varphi(1_G)\); hence tensoring the short exact sequence with \(M_2\) preserves exactness. On the other hand, for \(n\geq1\), \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_{\{1\}}(M_1))\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(\{1\},M_1)=0\) (Theorem reference). Thus the connecting homomorphism gives a surjection \[\delta_G^{p-1}: \operatorname{H}^{p-1}(G, M'_1) \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{H}^p(G, M_1).\]

If this short exact sequence is restricted to \(H\), one still obtains a connecting homomorphism \(\delta_H^{p-1}:\operatorname{H}^{p-1}(H,M'_1)\to\operatorname{H}^p(H,M_1)\), and so forth. Notice that \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) commutes with the operation \(\otimes M_2\).

We may therefore suppose that \(\alpha=\delta_G^{p-1}(\alpha')\). Compatibility of \(\mathrm{res}\) and \(\mathrm{cor}\) with connecting homomorphisms gives \[\begin{multline*} \mathrm{cor}^{p+q}\left( \mathrm{res}^p(\delta_G^{p-1} \alpha') \cup \beta \right) = \mathrm{cor}^{p+q}\left( \delta_H^{p-1} (\mathrm{res}^{p-1} \alpha') \cup \beta \right) \\ \xlongequal{\text{Corollary \href{#prop:cup-ses}{reference}}} \mathrm{cor}^{p+q} \delta_H^{p+q-1} \left( (\mathrm{res}^{p-1} \alpha') \cup \beta \right) \\ = \delta^{p+q-1}_G \mathrm{cor}^{p+q-1} \left( (\mathrm{res}^{p-1} \alpha') \cup \beta \right) \xlongequal{\text{induction}} \delta^{p+q-1}_G \left(\alpha' \cup \mathrm{cor}^q \beta\right) \\ \xlongequal{\text{Corollary \href{#prop:cup-ses}{reference}}} (\delta^{p-1}_G \alpha') \cup \mathrm{cor}^q \beta . \end{multline*}\]

The induction on \(q\) is entirely similar. The version with the left and right positions interchanged follows from graded commutativity.

Example. Let \(C_m\) be a cyclic group of order \(m\), where \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\). Take the coefficient ring \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). We explain how to understand, through the cup product, the periodic isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(C_m,A)\simeq\operatorname{H}^{n+2}(C_m,A)\) implied by Proposition reference, where \(A\) is an arbitrary \(C_m\)-module and \(n\geq1\).

Choose any generator \(t\) of \(\operatorname{H}^2(C_m,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). We claim that for \(n\geq1\), the cup product induces an isomorphism \[t \cup (\cdot): \operatorname{H}^n(C_m, A) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^{n+2}(C_m, \Bbbk \otimes A) = \operatorname{H}^{n+2}(C_m, A).\]

Choose a generator \(\sigma\) of \(C_m\). There are short exact sequences \[\begin{array}{cc} 0 \to \mathfrak{I} \to \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \to \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to 0, & 0 \to \mathfrak{I} \otimes A \to \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \otimes A \to A \to 0, \\ 0 \to \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\xrightarrow{\nu} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \xrightarrow{\sigma - 1} \mathfrak{I} \to 0, & 0 \to A \xrightarrow{\nu \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \otimes A \xrightarrow{(\sigma-1) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} \mathfrak{I} \otimes A \to 0. \end{array}\] The sequences on the left come from Lemma reference. Each of their terms is a free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module, so the sequences on the right obtained by applying \(\otimes A\) are also exact. First, this gives \[\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}= \operatorname{H}^0(C_m, \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}) \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{H}^1(C_m, \mathfrak{I}) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^2(C_m, \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}) = \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},\] where both maps are connecting homomorphisms from the long exact sequences. Choose a preimage \(\tilde{t}\) of \(t\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\); this integer must be relatively prime to \(m\). Corollary reference gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-082-d013}\]

The exercises in this chapter will show that the composite in the first row is the periodic isomorphism. It therefore suffices to prove that \(\tilde{t}\cup(\cdot)\) is an isomorphism. This is clear: the operation is precisely multiplication by \(\tilde{t}\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), while \(m\operatorname{H}^n(C_m,A)=\{0\}\) (Corollary reference). In fact, if \(t\) corresponds to \(1\bmod m\), take \(\tilde{t}=1\); it is then immediately clear that the periodic isomorphism is exactly \(t\cup(\cdot)\).

Remark (Cap product).

As in topology, there is also an operation between group cohomology and group homology called the cap product, \[\cap: \operatorname{H}^p(G, M_1) \otimes \operatorname{H}_q(G, M_2) \to \operatorname{H}_{q-p}(G, M_1 \otimes M_2), \quad M_1, M_2: \text{$G$-modules}.\] Since this book does not use the cap product, we mention it only briefly. Regard an element \(\alpha\in\operatorname{H}^p(G,M_1)\) as a morphism \(\Bbbk\to M_1[p]\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)\). This element induces the following morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^-(G)\): \[\begin{multline*} \Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} M_2 \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} (\Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}M_2) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \alpha \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} \Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} (M_1[p] \ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}M_2) \\ \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\mathrm{can}} \Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} (M_1[p] \otimes M_2) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\ensuremath{\underset{}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}}\theta} \Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} \left( (M_1 \otimes M_2)[p] \right) \xrightarrow{\theta'} \left(\Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} (M_1 \otimes M_2)\right) [p]. \end{multline*}\] Finally, take \(\operatorname{H}^{-q}\) of this composite to obtain \[\alpha \cap (\cdot): \operatorname{H}_q(G, M_2) \to \operatorname{H}_{q-p}(G, M_1 \otimes M_2).\] In the special case \(p=q\), one obtains a pairing \[\ensuremath{\left\langle \cdot, \cdot \right\rangle}: \operatorname{H}^p(G, M_1) \otimes \operatorname{H}_p(G, M_2) \to \left( M_1 \otimes M_2 \right)_G .\]

Tate Cohomology

For a finite group \(G\) and a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), Definition–Proposition reference introduced the element \(\nu = \sum_{g \in G} g\) of \(\Bbbk[G]^G\). It lies in the center of \(\Bbbk[G]\). Thus, for every \(G\)-module \(M\), multiplication \(x \mapsto \nu x\) gives a \(G\)-module homomorphism \(M \to M\), again denoted by \(\nu\). The identities \(\nu g = \nu = g \nu\) imply \(\nu M \subset M^G\) and \(\mathfrak{I}M \subset M^{\nu = 0}\), where \(\mathfrak{I}\) is the augmentation ideal of \(\Bbbk[G]\) and \(M^{\nu=0}\) is as in Convention reference. Consequently, \(\nu\) induces a \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \[\begin{equation} \nu: M_G \to M^G . \end{equation}\] Since group homology (respectively, cohomology) can be regarded as a derived version of \(M_G\) (respectively, \(M^G\)), the canonical homomorphism \(M_G \to M^G\) suggests a bridge between homology and cohomology. Why not, for example, consider its cokernel in some derived sense1? We set this idea aside for the moment and define the corresponding cohomology in the classical way.

Definition (Tate cohomology).

Let \(G\) be a finite group and \(M\) a \(G\)-module. For every \(n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), define \[\begin{align*} \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G, M) & := \operatorname{H}^n(G, M) \quad (n \geq 1), \\ \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^0(G, M) & := M^G / \nu M \\ & = \operatorname{coker}\left[ \nu: M_G \to M^G \right] \twoheadleftarrow \operatorname{H}^0(G, M), \\ \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-1}(G, M) & := M^{\nu=0} / \mathfrak{I} M \\ & = \operatorname{ker}\left[ \nu: M_G \to M^G \right] \hookrightarrow \operatorname{H}_0(G, M), \\ \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-n}(G, M) & := \operatorname{H}_{n-1}(G, M) \quad (n \geq 2). \end{align*}\] All of these modules are functorial in \(M\).

Tate cohomology is often used in Galois theory and algebraic number theory; one example is the \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-1}\) appearing in [Li1]. It is due to J. Tate. A useful cohomology theory generally has a long exact sequence, and Tate cohomology is no exception.

Theorem. Let \(0 \to M' \to M \to M'' \to 0\) be a short exact sequence of \(G\)-modules. There is then a long exact sequence \[\cdots \to \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G, M) \to \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G, M'') \xrightarrow{\delta^n} \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{n+1}(G, M') \to \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{n+1}(G, M) \to \cdots\] extending infinitely in both directions. The connecting homomorphisms \(\delta^n\) are functorial with respect to morphisms of short exact sequences, that is, with respect to commutative diagrams with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-083-d001}\]

Proof. Splice the long exact sequences in homology and cohomology as follows: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-083-d002}\] Here \(N_1,N_2,N_3\) are all the homomorphisms previously denoted by \(\nu\). The diagram above is commutative and its rows are exact. The only point requiring explanation is the commutativity of the two squares that touch \(0\). This can be checked explicitly using the standard complex and the chain complex, while recalling the connecting morphisms \(\operatorname{H}_1 \to \operatorname{H}_0\) and \(\operatorname{H}^0 \to \operatorname{H}^1\); the verification is left as an exercise.

The Snake Lemma now gives the exact sequence \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-083-d003}\] This is one part of the desired exact sequence, and the functoriality of the connecting homomorphism \(\delta^{-1}\) follows from the Snake Lemma. The remaining parts reduce to the long exact sequences in group homology and group cohomology, together with the commutative diagram with exact rows proved in the first step.

We next state the Tate-cohomology version of Shapiro’s Lemma (Theorem reference). Recall that if \(G\) is finite, then for every subgroup \(H\) the two induction functors \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H,\operatorname{ind}^G_H:H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) coincide; see Corollary reference. From now on both will be denoted by \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\).

Proposition.

For a finite group \(G\), a subgroup \(H\), and an \(H\)-module \(N\), there is a canonical isomorphism \[\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(H, N) \simeq \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n\left( G, \operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\right), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\]

Proof. For \(n \geq 1\) or \(n \leq -2\), the assertion reduces to Theorem reference. We next handle the cases \(n=-1,0\). Realize \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\) as a mapping space by Lemma reference. Write \(\nu^G\) (respectively, \(\nu^H\)) for the \(\nu\) corresponding to \(G\) (respectively, \(H\)). It remains to prove that the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-083-d004}\] The vertical isomorphisms come from Corollary reference. Let \(y\in N\), and write \([y]\) for its image in \(N_H\). The image of \([y]\) in \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)_G\) is \([f]\), where \(f\in\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\) satisfies \(f(1_G)=y\) and \(\operatorname{Supp}(f)\subset H\). Thus the image in \(N^H\) of \(\nu^Gf:x\mapsto\sum_{g\in G}f(xg)\) is \((\nu^Gf)(1_G)=\sum_gf(g)\). But this also equals \(\sum_{h\in H}f(h)=\sum_hhf(1_G)=\nu^Hy\). This proves the assertion.

The argument can be strengthened to show that the canonical isomorphism is compatible with the long exact sequences on both sides.

Corollary. Let \(G\) be a finite group. For every \(\Bbbk\)-module \(N\), \[\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n\left(G, \operatorname{Ind}^G_{\{1\}}(N)\right) = 0, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\]

Proof. Clearly \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(\{1\},N)=0\) for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Example.

Let \(E|F\) be a finite Galois extension of fields, with Galois group \(\operatorname{Gal}(E|F)\) acting on \(E\). Take the coefficient ring to be \(\Bbbk=F\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The Normal Basis Theorem [Li1] is equivalent to the statement \(E\simeq\operatorname{Ind}^{\operatorname{Gal}(E|F)}_{\{1\}}(F)\), so Corollary reference implies \[\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(\operatorname{Gal}(E|F), E) = 0, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}};\] therefore \(n\geq1\implies\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Gal}(E|F),E)=0\). If \(E|F\) is cyclic and \(n=-1\), this gives another proof of the additive version of Hilbert’s Theorem 90 mentioned in [Li1]. For the multiplicative version, see Example reference.

For a general \(H\subset G\) and a \(G\)-module \(M\), the left and right adjoints of restriction give canonical morphisms \[\epsilon_M: \operatorname{ind}^G_H(\operatorname{Res}^G_H(M)) \to M, \quad \eta_M: M \to \operatorname{Ind}^G_H(\operatorname{Res}^G_H(M)).\] From the concrete description of the adjoint pairs (Proposition reference), \(\epsilon_M(g\otimes x)=gx\), while \(\eta_M(x)=[g\mapsto gx]\). Thus \(\epsilon_M\) is surjective and \(\eta_M\) is injective. Returning to the case of finite groups, we have \(\operatorname{ind}^G_{\{1\}}=\operatorname{Ind}^G_{\{1\}}\). Using \(\epsilon_M\) and \(\eta_M\), the vanishing in Corollary reference shows that each \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G,\cdot)\) is both erasable and coerasable (Definition reference). Consequently, the dimension-shifting technique of Proposition reference has the following simplified form.

Corollary (Dimension shifting). For every \(G\)-module \(M\), as usual write \(M\) as an abbreviation for \(\operatorname{Res}^G_{\{1\}}M\), and consider the short exact sequences \[\begin{gather*} 0 \to M' \to \operatorname{Ind}^G_{\{1\}}(M) \xrightarrow{\epsilon_M} M \to 0, \\ 0 \to M \xrightarrow{\eta_M} \operatorname{Ind}^G_{\{1\}}(M) \to M'' \to 0. \end{gather*}\] The corresponding connecting homomorphisms in the long exact sequences give canonical isomorphisms \[\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{n-1}(G, M'') \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G, M) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{n+1}(G, M'), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\]

Proof. Combine the long exact sequence (Theorem reference) with the vanishing in Corollary reference.

Many properties of Tate cohomology can be reduced by dimension shifting to the case \(n=0\). Return to the definition. Choose an arbitrary projective resolution \(P\to M\) and injective resolution \(M\to I\) of the \(G\)-module \(M\), regard both as complexes, and then consider the morphism of complexes \(P_G\to I^G\), shown in the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-083-d005}\] Here \(\Omega\) is the composite \(P_{0,G}\twoheadrightarrow M_G\xrightarrow{\nu}M^G\hookrightarrow I^{0,G}\); commutativity is clear. Take the mapping cone \(\operatorname{Cone}\left[P_G\to I^G\right]\), or equivalently the total complex of the diagram above (placing \(P_G\) in vertical coordinate \(-1\)). The reader is asked to verify that \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{H}^n\left( \operatorname{Cone}\left[P_G \to I^G\right] \right) = \ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G, M). \end{equation}\] The equation above in fact shows how to define a canonical morphism \(\Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} M \to \operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk, M)\) in the derived category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)\) of \(G\)-modules. Complete this morphism to a distinguished triangle in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(G)\), \[\Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} M \to \operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk, M) \to \mathrm{Tate}(G, M) \xrightarrow{+1},\] so that \(\operatorname{H}^n(\mathrm{Tate}(G,M))\simeq\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G,M)\). The difficulty with this construction is that different choices for \(\mathrm{Tate}(G,M)\) in the distinguished triangle are isomorphic, but the isomorphisms are not canonical. This is a conspicuous defect of the theory of derived categories; see Corollary reference and the explanation following it. Nevertheless, suppose that \(\Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} M\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk,M)\)) is represented by a chosen complex concentrated in nonpositive (respectively, nonnegative) degrees, including but not limited to \(P_G\) (respectively, \(I^G\)) in equation. We can still define the morphism \(\Omega\), take its mapping cone as \(\mathrm{Tate}(G,M)\), and interpret it as the homotopy cokernel in the sense of Remark reference.2 The exercises will explain how to use the standard resolution of \(\Bbbk\) instead, providing further tools for computing Tate cohomology. We now discuss the special case of finite cyclic groups in greater detail.

Example. Let \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\) and let \(C_m\) be the cyclic group of order \(m\); choose any generator \(\sigma\) of \(C_m\). For every \(C_m\)-module \(A\), we claim that \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(C_m,A)\) is the \(\operatorname{H}^n\) of the following complex (\(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)): \[\cdots \xrightarrow{\sigma-1} A \xrightarrow{\nu} \underbracket{A}_{\text{degree-zero term}} \xrightarrow{\sigma-1} A \xrightarrow{\nu} A \xrightarrow{\sigma-1} \to \cdots\] This complex repeats with period \(2\). Indeed, the proof of Proposition reference explicitly wrote down the complexes computing homology and cohomology; splicing them by \(\nu\) yields the mapping cone \(\mathrm{Tate}(G,M)\) mentioned above, in precisely the form displayed. We immediately obtain canonical isomorphisms \[\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(C_m, A) \simeq \begin{cases} A^{\nu=0} / (\sigma-1) A, & n\;\text{odd} \\ A^{\sigma=1} / \nu A, & n\;\text{even}. \end{cases}\]

Periodicity shows that if \(0\to A'\to A\to A''\to0\) is a short exact sequence of \(C_m\)-modules, then the long exact sequence of Theorem reference fits into the exact hexagon \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-083-d006} \end{equation}\]

Definition.

Let \(A\) be a \(C_m\)-module (\(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\)). Assuming that \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(C_m,A)\) is finite for every \(n\), define the positive rational number

\[h(C_m, A) := \frac{\left|\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{\text{even}}(C_m, A)\right|}{\left|\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{\text{odd}}(C_m, A)\right|},\] called the Herbrand quotient of \(A\).

If \(A\) is finite, then \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(C_m,A)\) is clearly finite. Note that the number of its elements is independent of the choice of coefficient ring \(\Bbbk\); we may take \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). In algebraic number theory, the following theorem of Herbrand is a fundamental and important result.

Theorem (J. Herbrand). Let \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\) and let \(C_m\) be the cyclic group of order \(m\).

  1. Let \(0\to A'\to A\to A''\to0\) be a short exact sequence of \(C_m\)-modules. If two of \(h(C_m,A')\), \(h(C_m,A)\), and \(h(C_m,A'')\) are defined, then the third is automatically defined; in that case, \[h(C_m, A) = h(C_m, A') h(C_m, A'').\]

  2. If \(A\) is a finite \(C_m\)-module, then \(h(C_m,A)=1\).

Proof. For (i), consider the exact hexagon equation. Write \(n_i:=|\operatorname{im}(f_i)|\). In the sense of multiplication of cardinalities, the cardinalities of the six terms are, respectively,

Diagram chapter6-unit-083-d007

The three Herbrand quotients correspond to the quotients of opposite terms in the diagram above. Thus assertion (i) is equivalent to the following observations:

  • if the cardinalities at both ends of two diagonals are finite, then the same holds at both ends of the remaining diagonal;

  • the product of the terms in square-cornered boxes equals the product of the terms in round-cornered boxes.

For (ii), there are short exact sequences of finite \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-modules \[0 \to A^{\sigma=1} \to A \xrightarrow{\sigma-1} \mathfrak{I} A \to 0, \quad 0 \to A^{\nu=0} \to A \xrightarrow{\nu} \nu A \to 0;\] here \((\sigma-1)A=\mathfrak{I}A\) follows from Lemma reference. Therefore, \[|A^{\sigma=1}| \cdot |\mathfrak{I} A| = |A^{\nu=0}| \cdot |\nu A|,\] which rearranges to \(|\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^0(C_m,A)|=|\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-1}(C_m,A)|\). This proves the assertion.


  1. From the topological point of view: in the homotopical sense.↩︎

  2. Taking the homotopy kernel of \(\Bbbk \ensuremath{\underset{{\Bbbk[G]}}{\overset{\mathrm{L}}{\otimes}}} M \to \operatorname{RHom}_G(\Bbbk, M)\) produces no new structure; it differs from the homotopy cokernel only by a shift.↩︎

Cohomology of Profinite Groups

This section presupposes the basic definitions and results on profinite groups from §reference. Let \(G\) be a profinite group and \(M\) a \(G\)-module. It is not difficult to verify that the following conditions are equivalent:

  1. \(M=\bigcup_KM^K\), where \(K\) ranges over the open normal subgroups of \(G\);

  2. for every \(x\in M\), the stabilizer subgroup \(\operatorname{Stab}_G(x)\) is open;

  3. the action map \(G\times M\to M\) is continuous when \(M\) is given the discrete topology.

Definition.

Let \(G\) be a profinite group. If any of the conditions above holds, the \(G\)-module \(M\) is called smooth1. All smooth \(G\)-modules form a full subcategory \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\) of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

Although the condition on \(G\) itself is topological, characterization (i) or  (ii) of a smooth \(G\)-module is entirely algebraic: smoothness is a property of a \(G\)-module, not additional structure. It follows readily that \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\) is an abelian subcategory of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). The operations of Definition reference have natural analogues here.

Definition–Proposition. Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a continuous homomorphism of profinite groups and let \(M\) be a smooth \(G\)-module. Then the \(H\)-module \(\varphi^*M\) is still smooth. This gives a functor \[\varphi^*:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty.\]

Proof. For every open normal subgroup \(K\lhd G\), its inverse image \(\varphi^{-1}(K)\lhd H\) is again open and normal. If \(x\in M^K\), then \(x\in(\varphi^*M)^{\varphi^{-1}K}\). Thus \[\varphi^*M= \bigcup_{L\lhd H:\,\text{open}}(\varphi^*M)^L,\] which proves that \(\varphi^*M\) is smooth.

Note that the functor \(\varphi^*\) is always exact. We single out two special cases:

  • Restriction.If \(H\) is a closed subgroup of \(G\), take \(\varphi\) to be the inclusion homomorphism \(H\hookrightarrow G\). The corresponding functor is denoted by \[\operatorname{Res}^G_H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty.\]

  • Inflation.For a closed normal subgroup \(H\lhd G\), take \(\varphi\) to be the quotient homomorphism \(G\twoheadrightarrow G/H\). The corresponding functor is denoted by \[\mathrm{Infl}^G_{G/H}:G/H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty \to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty.\]

    The groups \(H\) and \(G/H\) mentioned above are automatically profinite, so these definitions make sense.

Definition–Proposition. For every \(G\)-module \(M\), define \(M^\infty:=\bigcup_KM^K\), where \(K\) ranges over the open normal subgroups of \(G\). This is a smooth \(G\)-module, and \(M\) is smooth if and only if \(M=M^\infty\).

For every smooth \(G\)-module \(M'\), we have \[\operatorname{Hom}_G(M',M)=\operatorname{Hom}_G(M',M^\infty).\] In other words, \(\text{inclusion}:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty \leftrightarrows G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}:(\cdot)^\infty\) is an adjoint pair.

Proof. Clear.

The elements of \(M^\infty\) are also called the smooth elements of \(M\). Since \((\cdot)^\infty\) is the right adjoint of an exact functor, it preserves injective objects (Proposition reference).

Corollary. The abelian category \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\) has enough injective objects.

Proof. Let \(M\) be a smooth \(G\)-module and embed it in an injective \(G\)-module \(I\). Then \(M=M^\infty\hookrightarrow I^\infty\), while \(I^\infty\) is an injective smooth \(G\)-module.

Remark. In general, \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\) does not have enough projective objects. This is the principal reason why this section studies cohomology rather than homology.

Since \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\) has enough injective objects, we can discuss the right derived functors of the invariants functor \((\cdot)^G\). Our approach is first to give a direct definition that reduces to the case of finite groups, and then to identify it with the right derived functors in Proposition reference. For now we use only classical language and do not invoke derived categories. First take a profinite group \(G\) and an open normal subgroup \(K\). For every smooth \(G\)-module \(M\), the submodule of \(K\)-invariants \(M^K=(\operatorname{Res}^G_KM)^K\) naturally becomes a \(G/K\)-module. This gives a functor \((\cdot)^K:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\to G/K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and the evident adjoint pair \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-084-d001} \end{equation}\] If open normal subgroups \(K,K'\) of \(G\) satisfy \(K'\supset K\), then the inclusion \(M^{K'}\hookrightarrow M^K\) is equivariant with respect to the oppositely directed quotient homomorphism \(G/K'\twoheadleftarrow G/K\) (Definition reference). Hence for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) there is a canonical homomorphism \[\rho^{K'}_K:\operatorname{H}^n(G/K',M^{K'})\to\operatorname{H}^n(G/K,M^K).\] If \(K_1\subset K_2\subset K_3\) are open normal subgroups of \(G\), then \(\rho^{K_2}_{K_1}\rho^{K_3}_{K_2}=\rho^{K_3}_{K_1}\). Thus the following definition makes sense.

Definition.

Let \(G\) be a profinite group and \(M\) a smooth \(G\)-module. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), define \[\operatorname{H}^n(G,M):=\varinjlim_K\operatorname{H}^n(G/K,M^K),\] where \(K\) ranges over the open normal subgroups of \(G\), and \(\varinjlim\) is taken with respect to the partial order \(K'\preceq K\iff K\subset K'\) and the morphisms \(\rho^{K'}_K\).

All open normal subgroups form a filtered partially ordered set: they are closed under finite intersections. If \(G\) is finite, then \(\{1\}\) is its unique maximal element, and \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) reduces to the original version in §reference. In general, \[\operatorname{H}^0(G,M)=\varinjlim_K(M^K)^{G/K}=M^G.\] Let \(f:M_1\to M_2\) be a homomorphism of smooth \(G\)-modules. For every open normal subgroup \(K\), it restricts to \(f_K:M_1^K\to M_2^K\). Clearly, \(K'\supset K\) implies \(\operatorname{H}^n(f_K)\rho^{K'}_K=\rho^{K'}_K\operatorname{H}^n(f_{K'})\), so for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) there is a homomorphism \[\operatorname{H}^n(f):\operatorname{H}^n(G,M_1)\to\operatorname{H}^n(G,M_2).\]

Example. Let \(E|F\) be a Galois extension of fields. Since \(E=\bigcup_{L|F}E^{\operatorname{Gal}(E|L)}=\bigcup_{L|F}L\), where \(L|F\) ranges over the finite Galois subextensions, the action of \(\operatorname{Gal}(E|F)\) on \(E\) is smooth. Applying Example reference to every \(L|F\) gives \[n\geq1\implies\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Gal}(E|F),E) =\varinjlim_{L|F}\operatorname{H}^n(\operatorname{Gal}(L|F),L)=0.\]

Just as in Proposition reference and Remark reference for groups without topology, the cohomology of a profinite group can be computed by the standard complex or its normalized version; the difference lies in the continuity condition.

Definition.

For a smooth \(G\)-module \(M\), give \(M\) the discrete topology and define its standard complex \(C(G,M)=(C^n(G,M))_n\) by \[C^n(G,M):=\{\text{continuous maps }f:G^n\to M\}, \qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}.\] Terms of negative degree are defined to be \(0\), while \(d^n:C^n(G,M)\to C^{n+1}(G,M)\) is given by \[\begin{multline*} (d^nf)(g_1,\ldots,g_{n+1}) =g_1f(g_2,\ldots,g_{n+1})\\ +\sum_{k=1}^n(-1)^kf(\ldots,g_kg_{k+1},\ldots) +(-1)^{n+1}f(g_1,\ldots,g_n). \end{multline*}\]

Define the normalized standard complex to be the following subcomplex \(\overline{C}(G,M)\) of \(C(G,M)\) (see Remark reference): \[\overline{C}^n(G,M)=\left\{\begin{array}{r|l} f\in C^n(G,M)&\exists 1\leq k\leq n,\; g_k=1_G\\ &\implies f(g_1,\ldots,g_n)=0 \end{array}\right\}.\]

For every open normal subgroup \(K\lhd G\), there are evident inclusions of complexes \(C(G/K,M^K)\hookrightarrow C(G,M)\) and \(\overline{C}(G/K,M^K)\hookrightarrow\overline{C}(G,M)\). Since \(M\) is discrete, a map \(f:G^n\to M\) is continuous if and only if it is locally constant. Compactness of \(G\) then gives an open normal subgroup \(K_1\lhd G\) such that \(f\) factors through \((G/K_1)^n\to M\). In particular, \(f\) assumes only finitely many values; smoothness gives an open normal subgroup \(K_2\lhd G\) such that the values of \(f\) lie in \(M^{K_2}\). Set \(K:=K_1\cap K_2\). It follows that \[C^n(G,M)\simeq\varinjlim_{K\lhd G\;\text{open}}C^n(G/K,M^K),\qquad \overline{C}^n(G,M)\simeq \varinjlim_{K\lhd G\;\text{open}}\overline{C}^n(G/K,M^K).\] As \(n\) varies, these give isomorphisms of complexes. As before, define the submodules of \(C^n(G,M)\) \[Z^n(G,M):=\operatorname{ker}(d^n),\qquad B^n(G,M):=\operatorname{im}(d^{n-1}),\] with \(B^0(G,M):=\{0\}\). Then \(\operatorname{H}^n(C(G,M))=Z^n(G,M)/B^n(G,M)\). Define the normalized versions \(\overline{Z}^n(G,M)\) and \(\overline{B}^n(G,M)\) similarly.

Theorem. Let \(G\) be a profinite group. For all \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and every smooth \(G\)-module \(M\), there are canonical isomorphisms \[\operatorname{H}^n(C(G,M))\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(G,M) \simeq\operatorname{H}^n(\overline{C}(G,M)).\]

Proof. Cohomology takes values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), or in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) if a coefficient ring \(\Bbbk\) has been specified. Filtered colimits are exact in these categories [Li1]. Hence \[Z^n(G,M)=\varinjlim_KZ^n(G/K,M^K),\qquad B^n(G,M)=\varinjlim_KB^n(G/K,M^K),\] and therefore \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{H}^n(C(G,M)) =\dfrac{\varinjlim_KZ^n(G/K,M^K)} {\varinjlim_KB^n(G/K,M^K)}\simeq\\ \varinjlim_K\frac{Z^n(G/K,M^K)}{B^n(G/K,M^K)} =\varinjlim_K\operatorname{H}^n(C(G/K,M^K)). \end{multline*}\] Apply Proposition reference to the last term to obtain \(\varinjlim_K\operatorname{H}^n(G/K,M^K)\), namely \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\).

The case of \(\overline{C}(G,M)\) is similar.


  1. In view of (iii), many sources call it discrete.↩︎

Theorem. Let \(G\) be a profinite group and let \(0\to M'\xrightarrow{f}M\xrightarrow{f'}M''\to0\) be a short exact sequence of smooth \(G\)-modules. There is an associated long exact sequence \[\begin{multline*} \cdots\to\operatorname{H}^{n-1}(G,M'')\xrightarrow{\delta^{n-1}} \operatorname{H}^n(G,M')\xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(f)}\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\\ \xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}^n(f')}\operatorname{H}^n(G,M'')\xrightarrow{\delta^n} \operatorname{H}^{n+1}(G,M')\to\cdots, \end{multline*}\]

with the convention that \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\cdot)=0\) for \(n<0\). The connecting homomorphisms \(\delta^n\) are natural with respect to morphisms of short exact sequences; in other words, they form a cohomological \(\delta\)-functor.

Proof. We work with the standard complex; the argument for the normalized version is similar. By Proposition reference, it suffices to prove that \[0\to C^n(G,M')\to C^n(G,M)\to C^n(G,M'')\to0\] is a short exact sequence. The only point that is not immediate is the surjectivity of \(C^n(G,M)\to C^n(G,M'')\). Let \(u:G^n\to M''\) be continuous. As above, there is an open normal subgroup \(K\lhd G\) such that \(u\) is constant on each coset of \(K^n\lhd G^n\). On every coset, choose an arbitrary inverse image in \(M\) of this constant value.

Let \(M\) be a smooth \(G\)-module with the discrete topology. The low-degree terms of the complex \(C(G,M)\) or \(\overline{C}(G,M)\) still have direct interpretations.

  • (\(n=0\)).Clearly \(C^0(G,M)=M\) and \(\operatorname{H}^0(G,M)=Z^0(G,M)=M^G\). The normalized standard complex gives the same result.

  • (\(n=1\)).The elements of \(Z^1(G,M)=\overline{Z}^1(G,M)\) are continuous crossed homomorphisms \(G\to M\). Equivalently, they are continuous homomorphisms \(\sigma:G\to M\rtimes G\) satisfying \(\pi\sigma=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\), as in Proposition reference. Here \(\pi:M\rtimes G\to G\) is the projection and \(M\rtimes G\) carries the product topology. On the other hand, the elements of \(B^1(G,M)\) are generated by the crossed homomorphisms \(f_m:g\mapsto gm-m\); these are automatically continuous.

  • (\(n=2\)).Suppose that \(M\) is finite. The elements of \[\operatorname{H}^2(G,M)\simeq\frac{Z^2(G,M)}{B^2(G,M)} \simeq\frac{\overline{Z}^2(G,M)}{\overline{B}^2(G,M)}\] correspond bijectively to equivalence classes of extensions of profinite groups \[1\to M\to E\xrightarrow{\pi}G\to1 \qquad\text{(short exact sequence of groups)},\]

    where the conjugation action of \(G\) on \(M\) comes from the \(G\)-module structure on \(M\). Compared with the version in Definition reference and equation, a “profinite group extension” and its classification must additionally satisfy:

    • \(E\) is a profinite group, \(\pi\) is continuous, and \(M\) is embedded as a closed subgroup of \(E\);

    • equivalences, or isomorphisms, of extensions are defined by continuous group homomorphisms \(E\to E'\), and the splitting of an extension is likewise defined topologically.

    Moreover, the automorphism group of an extension is isomorphic to \(\overline{Z}^1(G,M)\). The proofs are not difficult, but require some topological language and are therefore left as exercises for this chapter; the finiteness of \(M\) is essential.

We now return to the right derived functors \((\mathrm{R}^n(\cdot)^G)_{n\geq0}\). One could study their values on arbitrary bounded-below complexes1, or even their operation in the derived category. This section, however, discusses only smooth \(G\)-modules; the rest is left to the exercises.

Proposition. There is an isomorphism of cohomological \(\delta\)-functors \[(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\cdot))_{n\geq0} \simeq(\mathrm{R}^n(\cdot)^G)_{n\geq0}.\]

Proof. Theorem reference shows that both sides are cohomological \(\delta\)-functors, and at \(n=0\) both are the invariants functor \((\cdot)^G\). By Proposition reference, it is enough to show that \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,\cdot)\) is erasable for \(n>0\) in the sense of Definition reference. Let \(M\) be a smooth \(G\)-module and embed it in an injective smooth \(G\)-module \(I\). For every open normal subgroup \(K\lhd G\), the adjunction equation shows that \((\cdot)^K\) preserves injective objects. Hence \(I^K\) is an injective \(G/K\)-module, and \[n>0\implies\operatorname{H}^n(G,I) =\varinjlim_K\operatorname{H}^n(G/K,I^K)=0.\] This proves erasability.

By Proposition reference, the method of §reference applies directly to a continuous homomorphism \(\varphi:H\to G\) of profinite groups and defines a cohomological “pullback” operation \[\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,\varphi^*M),\qquad M:\text{ a smooth $G$-module},\quad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}.\] These operations are compatible with long exact sequences. As usual, exactness of \(\varphi^*\) and the universal property of cohomological \(\delta\)-functors reduce the matter to the evident inclusion at \(n=0\), \(M^G\hookrightarrow(\varphi^*M)^H\). As a special case, for all \(n\) and all closed subgroups \(H\) there are restriction maps \(\mathrm{res}^n:\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\); here \(\operatorname{Res}^G_HM\) is abbreviated to \(M\). The homomorphisms above may also be constructed from the homomorphisms \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{H}^n(G/K,M^K)&\xrightarrow{\href{#eqn:change-of-group-coh}{equation}} \operatorname{H}^n(H/\varphi^{-1}(K),\varphi_K^*(M^K))\\ &\xrightarrow{M^K\subset(\varphi^*M)^{\varphi^{-1}K}} \operatorname{H}^n(H/\varphi^{-1}(K),(\varphi^*M)^{\varphi^{-1}K}), \end{align*}\] where \(K\) ranges over the open normal subgroups of \(G\). Reducing to the case of finite groups shows that the homomorphism on the standard complex is computed by the formula of Proposition reference. To prove that this map is indeed the same as the one constructed earlier by the universal property, it is enough to compare them at \(n=0\) and show compatibility with long exact sequences. The standard complex suffices for both tasks. Similarly, the corestriction homomorphism of Definition–Proposition reference extends to profinite groups. Let \(H\) be an open subgroup of \(G\). It is then automatically closed and \((G:H)\) is finite (see §reference). Define homomorphisms \[\mathrm{cor}^n:\operatorname{H}^n(H,M)\to\operatorname{H}^n(G,M),\qquad M:\text{ a smooth $G$-module},\quad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0},\] which are compatible with long exact sequences and at \(n=0\) give \(\nu^{G|H}:M^H\to M^G\). The construction again uses the universal property of cohomological \(\delta\)-functors, but here we need to know that \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\) preserves injective objects; this is the content of Corollary reference. Once this fact is granted, Proposition reference still has an analogue: for every \(n\), \[\mathrm{cor}^n\circ\mathrm{res}^n =(G:H)\cdot\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)}.\] As before, the proof reduces to the case \(n=0\). We now discuss induced modules in the profinite case. Henceforth \(G\) is always a profinite group. To distinguish the two settings, denote the induction functor without topology (Definition reference) by \(\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H\); following Lemma reference, we realize it as a mapping space.

Definition.

For a closed subgroup \(H\) of \(G\) and a smooth \(H\)-module \(N\), equip the mapping space \(\mathrm{Maps}(G,N):=\{f:G\to N\}\) with pointwise addition and scalar multiplication, together with the left \(G\)-action \[(gf)(x)=f(xg),\qquad g,x\in G.\] Define the smooth \(G\)-module \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)&:=\{f\in\mathrm{Maps}(G,N)^\infty: \forall h\in H,\ \forall x\in G,\ f(hx)=hf(x)\}\\ &=(\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N))^\infty. \end{align*}\] The notation \((\cdot)^\infty\) is from Definition–Proposition reference. This is called the \(G\)-module induced from \(N\).

Since \(G\) is compact, smoothness of \(f\in\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N)\) is equivalent to its continuity as a map \(G\to N\), where \(N\) carries the discrete topology.

Proposition. For every closed subgroup \(H\) of \(G\), there is an adjoint pair \[\operatorname{Res}^G_H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty \leftrightarrows H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty:\operatorname{Ind}^G_H.\] Consequently, \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) preserves injective objects.

If \(H\) is an open subgroup of \(G\), there is also an adjoint pair \[\operatorname{Ind}^G_H:H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty \leftrightarrows G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty:\operatorname{Res}^G_H.\] In this case \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) also preserves projective objects.

Proof. By the adjunction in the setting without topology and Definition–Proposition reference, for every smooth \(G\)-module \(M\) and smooth \(H\)-module \(N\) there are canonical isomorphisms \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}_H(\operatorname{Res}^G_H(M),N) \simeq\operatorname{Hom}_G(M,\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N))\\ =\operatorname{Hom}_G(M,\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N)^\infty) =\operatorname{Hom}_G(M,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)). \end{multline*}\]

Now suppose that \(H\) is open, so that \((G:H)\) is finite. From Corollary reference we obtain the adjunction without topology \[\operatorname{Hom}_H(N,\operatorname{Res}^G_H(M)) \simeq\operatorname{Hom}_G(\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N),M).\] We claim that \(\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N)=\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\). Take \(f\in\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N)\) and \(x\in G\), and choose an open subgroup \(K_0\subset H\) such that \(f(x)\in N^{K_0}\). Set \(K:=x^{-1}K_0x\), which is an open subgroup of \(G\). Then \[g\in K\implies xg=xgx^{-1}x\in K_0x \implies f(xg)=f(x).\] Since \(x\) was arbitrary, the map \(f:G\to N\) is locally constant, so \(f\in\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)\). This proves the second adjunction.

Finally, the claims about preserving injective or projective objects follow from exactness of \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H\) and Proposition reference.

Lemma. If \(H\) is a closed subgroup of \(G\), then \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H:H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\) is exact.

Proof. We already know that \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) has a left adjoint, so it is left exact. It remains to prove that \(N_1\twoheadrightarrow N_2\) implies \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N_1)\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N_2)\). By Lemma reference, the quotient homomorphism \(\pi:G\to H\backslash G\) has a continuous section \(s\). For every smooth \(H\)-module \(N\), there is a \(\Bbbk\)-module isomorphism \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-085-d001}\] where \(x\in H\backslash G\) and \(h\in H\). Although this isomorphism does not preserve the \(G\)-action, it is natural in \(N\).

Since continuous maps \(H\backslash G\to N\) are always locally constant, working on the right-hand side immediately shows that \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N_1)\to\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N_2)\) is surjective.

Corollary. If \(H\) is an open subgroup of \(G\), then \(\operatorname{Res}^G_H:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\to H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty\) preserves injective objects.

Proof. By the preceding two results, it has the exact left adjoint \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\).

We now obtain the profinite version of Theorem reference.

Proposition.

Let \(H\) be a closed subgroup of a profinite group \(G\) and let \(N\) be a smooth \(H\)-module. There are isomorphisms \[\operatorname{H}^n(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N))\simeq\operatorname{H}^n(H,N), \qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}.\]

Proof. Because \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H\) is exact and preserves injective objects (Lemma reference and Proposition reference), the argument in Theorem reference using erasable cohomological \(\delta\)-functors applies unchanged. Recall that the heart of that argument is the case \(n=0\), namely \[\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(N)^G =(\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N)^\infty)^G =(\operatorname{Ind}^{G,\mathrm{alg}}_H(N))^G\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}N^H.\] The first equality is the definition, the second is immediate, and the last isomorphism comes from Corollary reference.

In addition:

  • the cohomological Lyndon–Hochschild–Serre spectral sequence (see §reference) extends to the case where \(G\) is a profinite group and \(H\) is a closed normal subgroup;

  • the cup product (see §reference) also extends to profinite groups by using the direct definition on the standard complex; see Definition–Proposition reference.

The statements are unchanged, so we do not repeat them.


  1. In other words, study the hypercohomology of profinite groups.↩︎

Nonabelian Cohomology

Let \(G\) be a group. The cohomology \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) discussed previously always requires its “coefficients” \(M\) to have a module structure, or at least to be a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module, that is, an abelian group. This section studies the case in which the coefficients form a nonabelian group. From now on we use the symbol \(A\) in place of \(M\).

Definition.

Let \(A\) be a group, with its binary operation written multiplicatively and its identity element denoted by \(1\). Suppose that \(A\) is equipped with a left action of the group \(G\), written \[G \times A \to A, \quad (g, a) \mapsto {}^g a .\] If the group action is compatible with the multiplicative structure of \(A\), \[{}^g (a_1 a_2) = {}^g a_1 {}^g a_2, \quad {}^g 1 = 1,\] then \(A\) is called a group with a \(G\)-action, or simply a \(G\)-group. A homomorphism of \(G\)-groups is defined to be a group homomorphism that preserves the \(G\)-action. The resulting category is denoted by \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\).

We will soon see that, for a \(G\)-group \(A\), without additional structure or commutativity only \(\operatorname{H}^0\) and \(\operatorname{H}^1\) can be defined in a reasonable and useful way. In this setting \(\operatorname{H}^1\) need not be a group; it is instead a pointed set.

Definition.

A pointed set is data \((X,x_0)\), where \(X\) is a set and \(x_0\in X\) is its basepoint. A morphism from \((X,x_0)\) to \((Y,y_0)\) is a map \(f:X\to Y\) satisfying \(f(x_0)=y_0\). These data form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\).

Let \((X,x_0)\) be a pointed set. If a group \(G\) acts on \(X\) from the left, written \((g,x)\mapsto{}^gx\), and \({}^gx_0=x_0\) always holds, we say that \(G\) acts on \((X,x_0)\). In that case we can define the pointed subset of invariants \[(X, x_0)^G := \left\{ x \in X: \forall g \in G, \; gx = x \right\}, \quad \text{basepoint} = x_0.\] All pointed sets with a \(G\)-action, together with morphisms compatible with that action, form the category denoted by \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\).

When no confusion can arise, we often write an object \((X,x_0)\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) simply as \(X\), and in \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) write \((X,x_0)^G\) as \(X^G\). Every group becomes a pointed set by choosing its identity element as the basepoint. This gives the evident functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\); similarly, there is a functor \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\). Note that the invariant subset \(A^G\) of a \(G\)-group \(A\) is a subgroup.

Definition.

Let \((X,x_0)\xrightarrow{f}(Y,y_0)\xrightarrow{g}(Z,z_0)\) be morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) (or \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\)). This sequence of morphisms is called exact if \(g^{-1}(z_0)=\operatorname{im}(f)\). In this way, exact sequences in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) (or \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\)) are defined.

For abelian groups this recovers the familiar notion of exactness. We can now define \(\operatorname{H}^0\) and \(\operatorname{H}^1\) for every \(G\)-group \(A\).

Definition.

Let \(A\) be an object of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\). Define the pointed set \[\operatorname{H}^0(G, A) = Z^0(G, A) := A^G.\]

If \(A\) is a \(G\)-group, then \(\operatorname{H}^0(G,A)\) is a group. In this case, further define \[\begin{align*} Z^1(G, A) & := \left\{\begin{array}{r|l} c: G \to A & \forall g_1, g_2 \in G, \\ & c(g_1 g_2) = c(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} c(g_2) \end{array}\right\}, \\ \operatorname{H}^1(G, A) & := Z^1(G, A) / \sim , \end{align*}\] where the equivalence relation \(c\sim c'\) means that there is an \(a\in A\) such that, for every \(g\in G\), \[c'(g) = a^{-1} \cdot c(g) \cdot {}^g a .\] It is easy to see that this is indeed an equivalence relation—it comes from a right \(A\)-action—and \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\) naturally becomes a pointed set. Its basepoint is the equivalence class determined by the constant map \(c(g)=1\).

Note that substituting \(g_1=g_2=1_G\) into the condition defining \(Z^1(G,A)\) gives \(c(1_G)=1\). Henceforth \([c]\) denotes the equivalence class of \(c\in Z^1(G,A)\).

Remark (\(\operatorname{H}^1\) as conjugacy classes of sections). Form the semidirect product \(A\rtimes G\) from the \(G\)-group \(A\), and let \(\pi\) denote the projection homomorphism \(A\rtimes G\to G\). The elements of \(Z^1(G,A)\) correspond bijectively to group homomorphisms \(\sigma:G\to A\rtimes G\) satisfying \(\pi\sigma=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\) (that is, “sections” of \(\pi\)), via the map sending \(c\in Z^1(G,A)\) to \(\sigma(g)=(c(g),g)\). Moreover, \([c']=[c]\) if and only if there is an \(a\in A\) such that \(\sigma'=a^{-1}\sigma a\), where \(A\) is embedded as a subgroup of \(A\rtimes G\) and conjugation is performed pointwise.

If \(A\) is an abelian group, these constructions reduce to the descriptions of \(\operatorname{H}^0\) and \(\operatorname{H}^1\) using the standard cochain complex (Proposition reference). In the nonabelian case, the constructions remain functorial, as follows.

  • Every morphism \(f:A_1\to A_2\) induces \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{H}^0(f): \operatorname{H}^0(G, A_1) \to \operatorname{H}^0(G, A_2), \quad \operatorname{H}^1(f): \operatorname{H}^1(G, A_1) \to \operatorname{H}^1(G, A_2); \end{gather*}\] the first map is evident, while the second is given by \(\operatorname{H}^1(f)([c])=[f\circ c]\).

  • Let \(\varphi:H\to G\) be a group homomorphism. Pull the \(G\)-action on the \(G\)-group \(A\) back to \(H\), giving the \(H\)-group \(\varphi^*A\).

    • Define the canonical morphism \(\operatorname{H}^0(G,A)\to\operatorname{H}^0(H,\varphi^*A)\) to be the evident inclusion \(A^G\hookrightarrow A^{\varphi(H)}=(\varphi^*A)^H\).

    • Define the canonical morphism of pointed sets \[\operatorname{H}^1(G, A) \to \operatorname{H}^1(H, \varphi^* A).\] It is given by \([c]\mapsto[c\circ\varphi]\).

These canonical maps have the various properties seen in §reference. They can also be summarized as follows. Given \(\varphi:H\to G\), let \(A_1\) be an object of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) (or \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\)), let \(A_2\) be an object of \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) (or \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\)), and let the morphism \(f:A_1\to A_2\) be equivariant with respect to \(\varphi\), as in Definition reference. There are corresponding maps \(\operatorname{H}^i(f):\operatorname{H}^i(G,A_1)\to\operatorname{H}^i(H,A_2)\), and the analogue of Proposition reference takes the form:

  • \(\operatorname{H}^0(f)\) is the restriction of \(f\) to \(A_1^G\to A_2^H\);

  • \(\operatorname{H}^1(f)\) maps \([c]\) to \([f\circ c\circ\varphi]\).

Convention. Write \(1\) for the zero object in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) or \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) determined by the singleton set.

We now come to the main subject. Henceforth consider a short exact sequence in \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) (Definition reference) \[1 \to A \xrightarrow{u} B \xrightarrow{v} C \to 1,\] where \(A\) and \(B\) are assumed to be \(G\)-groups and \(u\) is a group homomorphism. Exactness therefore implies that \(u\) is injective and \(v\) is surjective. We further require: \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} \forall b, b' \in B, \; \left[ v(b) = v(b') \iff \exists a \in A, \; b' = b u(a) \right], \\ \text{in other words: $C$ is identified with $B/u(A)$, basepoint $= 1 \cdot u(A)$.} \end{gathered} \end{equation}\] If \(C\) is a group and \(v\) is a group homomorphism, considering \(b^{-1}b'\in v^{-1}(1)=\operatorname{im}(u)\) shows that equation holds automatically, and in this case \(u(A)\lhd B\). Many applications, however, do not fall into this case. Our present goal is to construct from these data an exact sequence that is “as long as possible,” together with the corresponding connecting morphisms. Without further comment, we identify \(A\) with its image as a subgroup of \(B\) and omit the symbol \(u\). The degree-zero case. First define the connecting morphism \(\delta^0:\operatorname{H}^0(G,C)\to\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\). Let \(c\in C^G\). Choose any \(b\in v^{-1}(c)\). Since \(v\) preserves the \(G\)-action, equation shows that, for every \(g\in G\), there is a unique \(a(g)\in A\) such that \({}^gb=ba(g)\). Hence \(g\mapsto a(g)\) gives an element \(a\) of \(Z^1(G,A)\), because

\[a(g_1 g_2) = b^{-1} \cdot {}^{g_1 g_2} b = b^{-1} \cdot {}^{g_1} b \cdot {}^{g_1} (b^{-1} \cdot {}^{g_2} b) = a(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} a(g_2).\] If \(b',b\in v^{-1}(c)\), there is an \(\alpha\in A\) such that \(b'=b\alpha\), and hence \[(b')^{-1} \cdot {}^g b' = \alpha^{-1} \cdot b^{-1} \cdot {}^g b \cdot {}^g \alpha.\] This shows that the class \([a]\in\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\) is determined solely by \(c\). If \(c\) is the basepoint of \(C\), we may take \(b=1\in B\). We have therefore obtained a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\), \(\delta^0:\operatorname{H}^0(G,C)\to\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\). The degree-zero case: a central subgroup. Suppose that \(C\) is a group, \(v\) is a group homomorphism, and \(A\) is contained in the center \(Z_B\) of the group \(B\); in particular, \(A\) is abelian. In this case \(\operatorname{H}^0(G,C)=C^G\) and \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\) are both groups. From the definition of \(\delta^0\) and the condition \(A\subset Z_B\), it is easy to check that \(\delta^0\) is a group homomorphism. The degree-one case. Continue to suppose that \(C\) is a group, \(v\) is a group homomorphism, and \(A\subset Z_B\); then \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,A)\) can be described using the standard cochain complex. We define \(\delta^1:\operatorname{H}^1(G,C)\to\operatorname{H}^2(G,A)\). Let \(c\in Z^1(G,C)\). For every \(g\in G\), choose \(b(g)\in v^{-1}(c(g))\). Since equation always holds and \(v\) preserves the \(G\)-action, there is a unique map \(a:G^2\to A\) satisfying \[b(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2) = a(g_1, g_2) b(g_1 g_2).\] We now check that \(a\in Z^2(G,A)\). This is equivalent to \[a(g_1, g_2)^{-1} \cdot a(g_1, g_2 g_3) \cdot a(g_1 g_2, g_3)^{-1} \cdot {}^{g_1} a(g_2, g_3) = 1.\] Expand the left-hand side as an expression in \(B\): \[\begin{multline*} \underbracket{b(g_1 g_2) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2)^{-1} \cdot b(g_1)^{-1}}_{a(g_1, g_2)^{-1}} \cdot \underbracket{b(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2 g_3) b(g_1 g_2 g_3)^{-1}}_{a(g_1, g_2 g_3)} \\ \underbracket{b(g_1 g_2 g_3) \cdot {}^{g_1 g_2} b(g_3)^{-1} \cdot b(g_1 g_2)^{-1}}_{a(g_1 g_2, g_3)^{-1}} \; \cdot \; {}^{g_1} a(g_2, g_3), \end{multline*}\] and then use \(A\subset Z_B\) to simplify it to \[\begin{multline*} b(g_1 g_2) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2)^{-1} \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2 g_3) \cdot {}^{g_1 g_2} b(g_3)^{-1} b(g_1 g_2)^{-1} \cdot {}^{g_1} a(g_2, g_3) \\ = b(g_1 g_2) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2)^{-1} \cdot \underbracket{{}^{g_1} b(g_2) \cdot {}^{g_1 g_2} b(g_3) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2 g_3)^{-1}}_{{}^{g_1} a(g_2, g_3)} \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2 g_3) \cdot {}^{g_1 g_2} b(g_3)^{-1} b(g_1 g_2)^{-1} . \end{multline*}\] The last expression is visibly equal to \(1\), so \(a\in Z^2(G,A)\). If the choice of every \(b(g)\) is changed and written \(b'(g)=\alpha(g)b(g)\), where \(\alpha:G\to A\) is any map, then the corresponding \(a'(g_1,g_2)\) is \[\begin{align*} a'(g_1, g_2) & = \alpha(g_1) \cdot b(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} \alpha(g_2) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2) b(g_1 g_2)^{-1} \alpha(g_1 g_2)^{-1} \\ & = \alpha(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} \alpha(g_2) \cdot \alpha(g_1 g_2)^{-1} \cdot a(g_1, g_2) \quad (\because\; A \subset Z_B). \end{align*}\] Thus \(a,a'\in Z^2(G,A)\) differ only by a factor belonging to \(B^2(G,A)\). Finally, consider the case in which \(c\) is replaced by \(c'(g)=\gamma^{-1}\cdot c(g)\cdot{}^g\gamma\), with \(\gamma\in C\). Choose any \(\beta\in v^{-1}(\gamma)\). For the \(b'\) corresponding to \(c'\), we may take \(b'(g)=\beta^{-1}\cdot b(g)\cdot{}^g\beta\). The map \(a':G^2\to A\) constructed from \(b'\) is \[\begin{align*} a'(g_1, g_2) & = \left( \beta^{-1} \cdot b(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} \beta \right) \cdot {}^{g_1} \left( \beta^{-1} \cdot b(g_2) \cdot {}^{g_2} \beta \right) \cdot \left( {}^{g_1 g_2} \beta^{-1} \cdot b(g_1 g_2)^{-1} \cdot \beta \right) \\ & = \beta^{-1} \cdot \underbracket{b(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2) \cdot b(g_1 g_2)^{-1}}_{= a(g_1, g_2)} \cdot \beta \\ & = a(g_1, g_2). \end{align*}\] Thus the class of \(a\) in \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,A)\) is determined by \([c]\in\operatorname{H}^1(G,C)\). If \(c\) is the constant map with value \(1\), then \(b\) may also be chosen to be constantly \(1\), and likewise for \(a\). We have thus obtained a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\), \(\delta^1:\operatorname{H}^1(G,C)\to\operatorname{H}^2(G,A)\).

Theorem. Let \(1\to A\xrightarrow{u}B\xrightarrow{v}C\to1\) be a short exact sequence in \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\), where \(A\) and \(B\) are \(G\)-groups and \(u\) is a group homomorphism.

  1. If condition equation holds, there is an exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-086-d001} \end{equation*}\]

  2. In addition to the assumptions above, suppose that \(C\) is also a group and \(v\) is a group homomorphism; this automatically implies equation. The exact sequence then extends to \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-086-d002} \end{equation*}\]

  3. If we further require that \(u(A)\) be contained in the center \(Z_B\) of \(B\), then \(\delta^0\) is a group homomorphism and the exact sequence extends to \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter6-unit-086-d003} \end{equation*}\]

The connecting morphisms \(\delta^0\) and \(\delta^1\) are defined as above. Both are canonical, meaning that they are compatible with morphisms of short exact sequences.

Proof. The detailed constructions of \(\delta^0\) and \(\delta^1\) above already show that both are canonical; in case (iii), they also showed that \(\delta^0\) is a group homomorphism. We now check exactness. Henceforth regard \(A\) as a subgroup of \(B\) and omit \(u\).

In case (i), exactness at \(\operatorname{H}^0(G,A)\) and \(\operatorname{H}^0(G,B)\) is clear. At \(\operatorname{H}^0(G,C)\), let \(c\in C^G\). By definition, \(c\) maps to the basepoint of \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\) if and only if there are \(\alpha\in A\) and \(b\in B\) such that \[v(b) = c, \quad \forall g \in G,\; b^{-1} \cdot {}^g b = \alpha^{-1} \cdot {}^g \alpha.\] But this is equivalent to the existence of \(\alpha\in A\) and \(b\in B\) such that \(v(b)=c\) and \(b\alpha^{-1}\in B^G\), which is in turn equivalent to \(c\in\operatorname{im}(\operatorname{H}^0(u))\).

At \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\), let \(a\in Z^1(G,A)\). The class \([a]\in\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\) maps to the basepoint if and only if there is a \(b\in B\) such that \(b^{-1}\cdot a(g)\cdot{}^gb=1\) for every \(g\). If this holds, set \(c:=v(b^{-1})\). Applying \(v\) to \({}^gb^{-1}=b^{-1}\cdot a(g)\) shows that \(c\in C^G\) and \([a]=\delta^0([c])\). The converse argument is similar.

In case (ii), what remains is exactness at \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,B)\). Let \(b\in Z^1(G,B)\). Its class \([b]\) maps to the basepoint if and only if there is a \(\beta\in B\) such that \(\beta^{-1}\cdot b(g)\cdot{}^g\beta\in A\) for every \(g\). Clearly, this is the same as saying that, up to \(\sim\), the class comes from \(Z^1(G,A)\).

Consider case (iii). Let \(c\in Z^1(G,C)\). Its class \([c]\) maps to the basepoint if and only if there are maps \(b:G\to B\) and \(\alpha:G\to A\) such that \(v\circ b=c\) and \[b(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} b(g_2) = \alpha(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} \alpha(g_2) \cdot \alpha(g_1 g_2)^{-1} \cdot b(g_1 g_2).\] Since \(A\subset Z_B\), if \(\alpha^{-1}b:G\to B\) is defined by pointwise multiplication, the equation above is also equivalent to \[(\alpha^{-1} b)(g_1) \cdot {}^{g_1} (\alpha^{-1} b)(g_2) = (\alpha^{-1} b)(g_1 g_2),\] that is, \(\alpha^{-1}b\in Z^1(G,B)\). Clearly this is equivalent to saying that \([c]\) comes from \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,B)\). This proves exactness.

If \(A\) and \(B\) are further required to be abelian, then \(C\simeq B/u(A)\) is an abelian group, and we recover the familiar version with coefficients in an abelian group. Note that the exact sequence in Theorem reference (i) describes the inverse image of the basepoint under \(\operatorname{H}^1(u)\), but in general it cannot determine whether two elements of \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\) have the same image under \(\operatorname{H}^1(u)\). The “twisting” construction introduced in the exercises for this chapter helps address this problem.

Example. Let \(B\) be a \(G\)-group and \(A\) a subgroup stable under the \(G\)-action. Equip the set \(B/A\) with the basepoint \(1\cdot A\) and a left \(G\)-action. This gives a short exact sequence in \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) \[1 \to A \xrightarrow{\text{inclusion}} B \xrightarrow{\text{quotient}} B/A \to 1.\] Condition equation clearly holds. Hence Theorem reference (i) gives an exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) \[1 \to A^G \to B^G \to (B/A)^G \xrightarrow{\delta^0} \operatorname{H}^1(G, A) \to \operatorname{H}^1(G, B).\]

The evident map \(B^G/A^G\hookrightarrow(B/A)^G\) is injective, but it is often not bijective: a coset stable under the \(G\)-action need not contain a \(G\)-fixed point; the exercises will give an example. Nevertheless, the exact sequence identifies the cohomological obstruction. For a morphism \(f\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\), define \(\operatorname{ker}(f)\) to be the inverse image of the basepoint. Then \[\begin{align*} \text{the coset}\; bA \in (B/A)^G \;\text{comes from}\; B^G & \iff bA \in \operatorname{ker}(\delta^0), \\ (B/A)^G = B^G/A^G & \iff \operatorname{ker}[\operatorname{H}^1(G, A) \to \operatorname{H}^1(G, B)] = 1. \end{align*}\]

We close this section with the nonabelian version of Shapiro’s Lemma (Theorem reference). As preparation, first define a nonabelian version of induced modules using a mapping space; compare Lemma reference. The construction applies to objects of \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\) or \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\), where \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\); the group action is written \((h,a)\mapsto{}^ha\).

Definition. Let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\) and let \(A\) be an object of \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\) (or \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\)). Define the object \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\) of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\) (or \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\)) as follows. As an object of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}\), it is \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A) := \left\{\begin{array}{r|l} f: G \to A & \forall h \in H, \; \forall x \in G \\ & f(hx) = {}^h f(x). \end{array}\right\}, \\ ({}^g f)(x) := f(xg), \quad f \in \operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A), \; x, g \in G, \end{gather*}\] with the group operation (respectively, basepoint) defined pointwise on maps (respectively, by the constant map to the basepoint). We call \(A\mapsto\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\) induction.

The induction construction gives compatible functors \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\) and \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\to G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\).

Theorem.

Let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\) and let \(A\) be an object of \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) or \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\). There are canonical isomorphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) \[\operatorname{H}^i\left(G, \operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\right) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{H}^i(H, A),\] with \(i=0\) if \(A\) comes from \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\), or \(i=0,1\) if \(A\) comes from \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\). The maps are as follows.

  • (\(i=0\)).Take the map \(f\mapsto f(1_G)\), which defines \(Z^0\left(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\right)=\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)^G\to A^H=Z^0(H,A)\).

  • (\(i=1\)).Take the map \(Z^1\left(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\right)\to Z^1(H,A)\) sending \(c:G\to\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\) to \[\begin{align*} (c|_H)(\cdot)(1_G): H & \to A \\ h & \mapsto c(h)(1_G). \end{align*}\]

Both induce morphisms on \(\operatorname{H}^i\). If \(A\) comes from \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\), the isomorphism for \(i=0\) is also an isomorphism of groups.

Proof. Routine arguments show that the maps in both cases are well-defined and preserve the basepoint or group structure; details are left to the reader.

For \(i=0\), it is easy to see that \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)^G\to A^H\) is indeed a bijection and gives an isomorphism of groups if \(A\) is an \(H\)-group. We now focus on the case where \(A\) is an object of \(H\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\) and \(i=1\).

Suppose that \(r,s\in Z^1(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A))\) have the same image in \(\operatorname{H}^1(H,A)\). We prove that \(r\sim s\). This assumption is equivalent to the existence of an \(\alpha\in A\) such that \[r(h)(1_G) = \alpha^{-1} \cdot s(h)(1_G) \cdot {}^h \alpha\] for every \(h\in H\). There is a \(\zeta\in\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\) with \(\zeta(1_G)=\alpha\). Adjusting \(s\) by \(\zeta\) within its equivalence class, we may ensure that \(r(h)(1_G)=s(h)(1_G)\) for every \(h\).

The definition of \(Z^1(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A))\) implies the identities in \(A\) \[\begin{gather*} r(g_1 g_2)(x) =r(g_1)(x) \cdot r(g_2)(xg_1), \quad s(g_1 g_2)(x) = s(g_1)(x) \cdot s(g_2)(xg_1) \end{gather*}\] for all \(x,g_1,g_2\in G\). On the one hand, substituting \(g_1=g\in G\) and \(g_2=g^{-1}x^{-1}\) and rearranging gives \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} r(g)(x) & = r(x^{-1})(x) \cdot r(g^{-1} x^{-1})(xg)^{-1}, \\ s(g)(x) & = s(x^{-1})(x) \cdot s(g^{-1} x^{-1})(xg)^{-1}. \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] On the other hand, substituting \(g_1=x^{-1}\) and \(g_2=h\in H\) gives \[\begin{equation} s(x^{-1} h)(x) \cdot r(x^{-1} h)(x)^{-1} = s(x^{-1})(x) \cdot r(x^{-1})(x)^{-1}. \end{equation}\]

For every \(x\in G\), define \(t(x):=s(x^{-1})(x)\cdot r(x^{-1})(x)^{-1}\). We claim that \(t:G\to A\) belongs to \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\). Indeed, if \(h\in H\) and \(x\in G\), then \[\begin{multline*} t(hx) = s(x^{-1} h^{-1})(hx) \cdot r(x^{-1} h^{-1})(hx)^{-1} \\ = {}^h \left( s(x^{-1}h^{-1})(x) \cdot r(x^{-1} h^{-1})(x)^{-1} \right) \\ \xlongequal{\text{\href{#eqn:Shapiro-noncommutative-aux1}{equation}}} {}^h \left( s(x^{-1})(x) \cdot r(x^{-1})(x)^{-1} \right) = {}^h t(x). \end{multline*}\]

To prove \(r\sim s\), it is enough to check the identity in \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\) given by \(t^{-1}\cdot s(g)\cdot{}^gt=r(g)\). The value of the left-hand side at \(x\in G\) is \[r(x^{-1})(x) \cdot s(x^{-1})(x)^{-1} \cdot s(g)(x) \cdot s(g^{-1} x^{-1})(xg) \cdot r(g^{-1} x^{-1})(xg)^{-1};\] expanding \(s(g)(x)\) and \(r(g)(x)\) using equation, this expression is visibly equal to \(r(g)(x)\). This proves injectivity.

Finally, prove surjectivity. Let \(s^\flat\in Z^1(H,A)\). Write \(\pi\) for the quotient map \(G\twoheadrightarrow H\backslash G\), and choose any map \(\sigma:H\backslash G\to G\) satisfying \(\pi\sigma=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). Without loss of generality, assume \(\sigma(H\cdot1_G)=1_G\). Every \(g\in G\) has a unique representation \[g = \tau(g) \sigma(Hg), \quad \tau(g) \in H.\]

Note that \(\tau(1_G)=1_G\). For every \(g,x\in G\), define \[s(g)(x) := {}^{\tau(x)} s^\flat\left( \tau(\sigma(Hx)g) \right) \; \in A.\] If \(h\in H\), then \(\tau(hx)=h\tau(x)\) immediately gives \(s(g)(hx)={}^hs(g)(x)\), so \(s(g)\in\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\). The next step is to show that \(s\in Z^1(G,\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A))\). The reader is first asked to verify \[\begin{equation} \tau(uv) = \tau(u) \tau(\sigma(Hu)v), \quad u, v \in G. \end{equation}\]

We need to prove that \(s(g_1g_2)(x)=s(g_1)(x)\cdot s(g_2)(xg_1)\) for all \(g_1,g_2,x\in G\). By the definition of \(Z^1(H,A)\), the left-hand side equals \[\begin{multline*} {}^{\tau(x)} s^\flat\left( \tau(\sigma(Hx)g_1 g_2) \right) \xlongequal{\text{\href{#eqn:Shapiro-noncommutative-aux2}{equation}}} {}^{\tau(x)} s^\flat\left( \tau(\sigma(Hx)g_1) \tau(\sigma(Hx g_1)g_2) \right) \\ = {}^{\tau(x)} s^\flat\left( \tau(\sigma(Hx)g_1) \right) \cdot {}^{\tau(x)\tau(\sigma(Hx)g_1)} s^\flat\left( \tau(\sigma(Hxg_1)g_2) \right) \\ \xlongequal{\text{\href{#eqn:Shapiro-noncommutative-aux2}{equation}}} {}^{\tau(x)} s^\flat\left( \tau(\sigma(Hx)g_1) \right) \cdot {}^{\tau(xg_1)} s^\flat\left( \tau(\sigma(Hxg_1)g_2) \right), \end{multline*}\] which is the right-hand side.

Moreover, if \(h\in H\), then \(s(h)(1_G)=s^\flat(h)\), so \(s\) maps to \(s^\flat\). This proves surjectivity.

Clearly the isomorphism in Theorem reference, when

\(A\) is an abelian \(H\)-group, reduces to the special case of Proposition reference. Moreover, a direct computation shows that these isomorphisms are compatible with the connecting morphisms in Theorem reference; the details are left as an exercise.

Remark (Nonabelian cohomology of profinite groups).

Let \(G\) be a profinite group. An object \(A\) of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}_\bullet\) or \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Grp}}\) is called smooth if \(A=\bigcup_KA^K\), where \(K\) ranges over the open normal subgroups of \(G\); in this case \(A\) is given the discrete topology. Since all arguments in this section are based on analogies with the standard cochain complex, all the preceding results apply to a profinite group \(G\) and smooth \(A\). The only difference is that \(c\in Z^i(G,A)\), as a map from \(G\) to \(A\), must be continuous, that is, locally constant. Thus \(\operatorname{H}^i(G,A)\) and the various canonical morphisms can be defined for \(i=0,1\), and \[\begin{align*} Z^i(G, A) & = \varinjlim_K Z^i(G/K, A^K), \\ \operatorname{H}^i(G, A) & = \varinjlim_K \operatorname{H}^i(G/K, A^K), \quad i = 0, 1. \end{align*}\]

In addition, the definition of \(\operatorname{Ind}^G_H(A)\) must require \(f:G\to A\) to be locally constant. The proof of Theorem reference also requires Lemma reference to ensure that the \(\zeta:G\to A\) in the injectivity part can be chosen locally constant and that the \(\sigma:H\backslash G\to G\) in the surjectivity part is continuous.

Finally, Remark reference remains valid for profinite groups \(G\): \(Z^1(G,A)\) corresponds to the set of continuous sections of the projection homomorphism \(\pi:A\rtimes G\to G\), while \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\) is the quotient of the set of continuous sections by the conjugation action of \(A\).

Exercises

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \(t\in\Bbbk\). For every \(\Bbbk\)-module, write \(m_t\) for the endomorphism given by multiplication by \(t\). Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module. Show that the endomorphisms induced by \(m_t\in\operatorname{End}_G(M)\) on \(\operatorname{H}^n(G,M)\) and \(\operatorname{H}_n(G,M)\) are again precisely \(m_t\).

Hint. For cohomology, either write down the induced endomorphism on the standard complex, or take an injective resolution \(0\to M\to I^0\to\cdots\) and show that the induced endomorphism comes from the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-087-d001}\]

Let the \(G\)-module \(M\) be projective as a \(\Bbbk\)-module. Prove that \(\mathsf{L}\otimes M\to\Bbbk\otimes M\simeq M\) gives a projective resolution of the \(G\)-module \(M\); the same statement holds with \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}\) in place of \(\mathsf{L}\).

Hint. Apply Proposition reference.

Prove Proposition reference using the universal coefficient theorem for the cohomology of chain complexes.

Let \(p\) be a prime, \(G\) a \(p\)-group, and \(M\) a \(G\)-module satisfying \(pM=0\). Prove that the following properties are equivalent:

Hint. To prove (ii) \(\implies\) (i), take \(x\in M\smallsetminus\{0\}\) and consider the \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p\)-vector subspace \(E\) of \(M\) generated by \(\{gx:g\in G\}\). Use \(|E^G|\equiv|E|\pmod p\) to show that \(M^G\neq0\).

To prove (iii) \(\implies\) (i), take \(M^\vee:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p}(M,\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p)\) with its natural \(G\)-module structure. Observe that \((M^\vee)^G\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p}(M_G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{F}}_p)\), and deduce \(M_G=0\implies M^\vee=0\implies M=0\).

Let \(F\) be a field. A representation of a group \(G\) is data \((\rho,V)\), where \(V\) is an \(F\)-vector space, \(\operatorname{GL}(V)\) is its group of linear automorphisms, and \(\rho:G\to\operatorname{GL}(V)\) is a group homomorphism. Clearly, this is the same as a \(G\)-module with coefficients in \(F\). A projective representation is data \((\pi,V)\) with a homomorphism \(\pi:G\to\operatorname{PGL}(V):=\operatorname{GL}(V)/F^\times\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). Isomorphisms of representations or projective representations are defined in the evident way. Henceforth identify \(F^\times\) with \(F^\times\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

  1. For a projective representation \((\pi,V)\) of \(G\), suppose that for every \(g\in G\) an inverse image \(\widetilde\pi(g)\in\operatorname{GL}(V)\) of \(\pi(g)\) has been chosen. Verify that \[\widetilde\pi(g_1)\widetilde\pi(g_2) =c(g_1,g_2)\widetilde\pi(g_1g_2)\] defines \(c\in Z^2(G,F^\times)\), where \(G\) acts trivially on \(F^\times\). If \(\widetilde\pi(1_G)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_V\), then \(c\in\overline{Z}^2(G,F^\times)\).

  2. Prove that the image of \(c\) in \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,F^\times)\) depends only on the isomorphism class of \((\pi,V)\) and not on any of the choices.

  3. Consider the central extension of groups \(1\to F^\times\to\widetilde G\to G\to1\) (Definition reference), where \[\widetilde G:=\{(g,\widetilde\pi)\in G\times\operatorname{GL}(V): \pi(g)=\widetilde\pi\bmod F^\times\}.\] The first homomorphism maps \(t\in F^\times\) to \((1_G,t)\) and the second is projection. Show that this extension is isomorphic to the central extension determined by the cohomology class in (ii).

  4. Give a bijection \[\{\text{representations }(\sigma,V)\text{ lifting }(\pi,V)\} \xleftrightarrow{1:1} \{\text{splittings of the central extension }\widetilde G\}.\] Show also that \((\pi,V)\) lifts to a representation if and only if the cohomology class in (ii) is trivial.

  5. Explicitly give a group \(G\) and a projective representation \((\pi,V)\) that cannot be lifted to a representation. Try to find an example with nontrivial \(\pi:G\to\operatorname{PGL}(V)\).

For subgroups \(G_1\subset G_2\subset G_3\), prove the canonical isomorphisms of functors \(\operatorname{Ind}^{G_3}_{G_2}\operatorname{Ind}^{G_2}_{G_1}\simeq\operatorname{Ind}^{G_3}_{G_1}\) and \(\operatorname{ind}^{G_3}_{G_2}\operatorname{ind}^{G_2}_{G_1}\simeq\operatorname{ind}^{G_3}_{G_1}\). Describe these isomorphisms as explicitly as possible.

Prove that if \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\), then \(\mathrm{cd}(H)\leq\mathrm{cd}(G)\) and \(\mathrm{hd}(H)\leq\mathrm{hd}(G)\); see Definition reference. Hint. Apply Theorem reference.

Show that for \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\), \(\mathrm{cd}(C_m)=\mathrm{hd}(C_m)=\infty\). Prove that \(\mathrm{cd}(G)<\infty\) implies that \(G\) is torsion-free, and that \(\mathrm{cd}(G)=0\) if and only if \(G\) is the trivial group. Hint. For the first part, apply Proposition reference with \(A=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). For the other parts, consider the cyclic subgroups of \(G\).

Try to prove Corollary reference directly by operations on the standard complex.

Let \(U,V\) be subgroups of \(G\) and suppose that \((G:V)\) is finite. Write the cohomological restriction map as \(\mathrm{res}^G_U\) and the corestriction map as \(\mathrm{cor}^V_G\), and so on; the cohomological degree \(n\) is omitted from the notation. Choose a double-coset decomposition \[G=\bigsqcup_{\sigma\in S}U\sigma V,\] where the finite set \(S\subset G\) consists of representatives of the double cosets. Let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module.

  1. For every \(\sigma\in G\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), define in a natural way \[\mathcal{T}_\sigma: \operatorname{H}^n(V\cap\sigma^{-1}U\sigma,M) \to\operatorname{H}^n(U\cap\sigma V\sigma^{-1},M)\] so that for \(n=0\) it becomes \[M^{V\cap\sigma^{-1}U\sigma}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} M^{U\cap\sigma V\sigma^{-1}},\qquad x\mapsto\sigma x.\]

  2. Prove that \[\mathrm{res}^G_U\circ\mathrm{cor}^V_G =\sum_{\sigma\in S} \mathrm{cor}^{U\cap\sigma V\sigma^{-1}}_U \circ\mathcal{T}_\sigma \circ\mathrm{res}^V_{V\cap\sigma^{-1}U\sigma}.\]

  3. Describe the action of \(\mathrm{res}^G_U\circ\mathrm{cor}^U_G\) when \(U=V\lhd G\).

Let \(G\) be an abelian group, regarded as a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module. Define \(G\wedge G\) as the quotient of \(G\ensuremath{\underset{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}{\otimes}}G\) by the submodule generated by \(\{g\otimes g:g\in G\}\), and write \(x\wedge y\) for the image of \(x\otimes y\). Prove that \(\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq G\wedge G\).

Hint.

Once a presentation \(G=F/R\) of the group has been fixed, the Hopf formula (Corollary reference) gives \(\operatorname{H}_2(G,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq[F,F]/[F,R]\). Since \(G\) is abelian, \([F,F]\subset R\). From the identity \([xy,z]=x[y,z]x^{-1}\cdot[x,z]\), the map \[\psi_0:G\times G\to[F,F]/[F,R],\qquad (f_1R,f_2R)\mapsto[f_1,f_2]\bmod[F,R]\] is \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-bilinear and induces a surjective homomorphism \(\psi:G\wedge G\to[F,F]/[F,R]\). Choose a basis \(\{x_i\}_{i\in I}\) of \(F\) and give \(I\) a total order. We need the following group-theoretic fact: \(H:=[F,F]/[[F,F],F]\) is a free abelian group with basis the cosets of \([x_i,x_j]\) for \(i<j\). We may therefore define \(\phi_0:H\to G\wedge G\) by mapping the coset of \([x_i,x_j]\) to \(x_iR\wedge x_jR\). Show that \[f_1,f_2\in F\implies \phi_0(\text{the coset of }[f_1,f_2])=f_1R\wedge f_2R.\] From this, descend \(\phi_0\) to a homomorphism \(\phi:[F,F]/[F,R]\to G\wedge G\), and then show that \(\phi\) and \(\psi\) are inverse to one another.

The group-theoretic fact above for finite \(I\) appears in [Ha76]; the general case follows from it.

Let \(H\lhd G\) and let \(M\) be a \(G\)-module. Give the standard complex \(C(H,M^H)\) its natural \(G/H\)-action, inducing a canonical \(G/H\)-action on every \(\operatorname{H}^n(H,M^H)\) (see the discussion preceding Lemma reference).

For the filtration in Remark reference, describe the \(E_2\) page of its spectral sequence and show that the properties in Theorem reference continue to hold. Explain the compatibility of the spectral sequence with the cup product as fully as possible.

Consider the finite cyclic group \(C_m\) of order \(m\). For every \(C_m\)-module \(A\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\), prove that the periodicity isomorphism \(\operatorname{H}^n(C_m,A)\to\operatorname{H}^{n+2}(C_m,A)\) in Proposition reference equals the composite of the two connecting homomorphisms from the canonical short exact sequences in Example reference: \[\begin{gather*} 0\to\mathfrak{I}\otimes A\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\otimes A\to A\to0,\\ 0\to A\xrightarrow{\nu\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\otimes A \xrightarrow{(\sigma-1)\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}\mathfrak{I}\otimes A\to0. \end{gather*}\]

Hint. Compute cohomology with the periodic complex \(A\xrightarrow{\sigma-1}A\xrightarrow{\nu}A\to\cdots\) from the proof of Proposition reference, starting in degree zero, and use it to describe the connecting homomorphisms. Treat the odd and even cases separately; some computation is required.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be any commutative ring and \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\). Determine the structure of the cohomology algebra \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(C_m,\Bbbk)\) as a graded \(\Bbbk\)-algebra.

For the cap product introduced in Remark reference, prove the following adjunction relation with the cup product:

\[\ensuremath{\left\langle \alpha\cup\beta,x \right\rangle} =\ensuremath{\left\langle \alpha,\beta\cap x \right\rangle}\in(M_1\otimes M_2\otimes M_3)_G,\] where \(M_1,M_2,M_3\) are \(G\)-modules, \(\alpha\in\operatorname{H}^p(G,M_1)\), \(\beta\in\operatorname{H}^q(G,M_2)\), and \(x\in\operatorname{H}_{p+q}(G,M_3)\).

In this problem \(G\) is a finite group, the coefficient ring in cohomology and homology is \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), and a free \(G\)-module means a free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\)-module. Write the contragredient module of a \(G\)-module \(M\) as \(M^*:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(M,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\).

  1. Take a free resolution \(\epsilon:P\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) of the trivial \(G\)-module, where \(P:=[\cdots\to P_n\to P_{n-1}\to\cdots]\) and every \(P_n\) is finitely generated. Define \(P^*:=[\cdots\to P_n^*\to P_{n+1}^*\to\cdots]\). Show that \(\epsilon^*:\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to P^*\) is a quasi-isomorphism. Hint. Every \(P_n\) is a free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module. If the chain complex of free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-modules \((C_n,\partial_n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) is exact and \(Z_n:=\operatorname{ker}(\partial_n)\), then the short exact sequence \(0\to Z_{n+1}\to C_{n+1}\xrightarrow{\partial_n}Z_n\to0\) splits for every \(n\).

  2. Prove that every \(P_n^*\) is a finitely generated projective \(G\)-module. Hint. It is enough to show that \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]^*\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\).

  3. Let \(Q\) be a finitely generated projective \(G\)-module. For every \(G\)-module \(M\), prove that the canonical morphism \(\nu:(Q\otimes M)_G\to(Q\otimes M)^G\) from equation is an isomorphism. Hint. Use a direct-sum decomposition to reduce to the case \(Q=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\), and then verify it directly. For greater simplicity, the automorphism \[\left(\sum_{g\in G}a_gg\right)\otimes x \mapsto\sum_{g\in G}a_g(g\otimes g^{-1}x)\] turns the diagonal \(G\)-action on \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[G]\otimes M\) into left multiplication.

  4. Define \(P_{-n}:=P^*_{n-1}\) and splice \(P\) and \(P^*\) into the chain complex \[\mathcal{P}:=[\cdots\to P_1\to P_0 \xrightarrow{\epsilon^*\epsilon}P_{-1}\to P_{-2}\to\cdots].\] Prove that for every \(G\)-module \(M\) there is a canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{H}^n\operatorname{Hom}_G(\mathcal{P},M) \simeq\text{Tate cohomology }\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G,M),\qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\]

    Hint. For \(n\geq1\) the statement is clear. For \(n\leq-2\), use the following property: if \(Q\) is a finitely generated projective \(G\)-module, then \(Q\otimes M\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}(Q^*,M)\). Deduce that \[(Q\otimes M)_G\xrightarrow[\nu]{\sim}(Q\otimes M)^G \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}(Q^*,M)^G=\operatorname{Hom}_G(Q^*,M).\] For \(n=0,-1\), identify \(\operatorname{Hom}_G(P_{-1},M)\to\operatorname{Hom}_G(P_0,M)\) by means of the isomorphism above with \[(P_0\otimes M)_G\xrightarrow{(\epsilon\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})_G}M_G \xrightarrow{\nu}M^G\xrightarrow{\epsilon^*}\operatorname{Hom}_G(P_0,M).\]

  5. Use this result to prove the long exact sequence in Tate cohomology directly.

  6. Take the free resolution \(\epsilon:P\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) from Proposition reference, choose its natural basis for every \(P_n\), and then explicitly describe the chain complex \(\mathcal{P}\) from (iv).

Based on (vi), a cup product on Tate cohomology can be defined as in Lemma reference, by appropriately defining \(\Delta:\mathcal{P}\to\mathcal{P}\otimes\mathcal{P}\). For explicit formulas, see [CF67].

Let \(G\) be a finite group and \(H\) a subgroup. For a \(G\)-module \(M\), use dimension shifting (Corollary reference) to extend the canonical morphisms from §reference, \(\mathrm{res}^n:\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(G,M)\to\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^n(H,M)\) and \(\mathrm{res}_n:\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-n-1}(H,M)\to\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-n-1}(G,M)\), from the case \(n\geq1\) to all \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). For the moment, denote the former by \(\mathrm{res}_+\) and the latter by \(\mathrm{res}_-\).

  1. Describe the action of \(\mathrm{res}_+\) on \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^0\) and the action of \(\mathrm{res}_-\) on \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-1}\).

  2. Prove that \(\mathrm{res}_+\) on \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-1}\) is induced by \(\nu_{G|H}:M_G\to M_H\) (Definition reference), and on \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{<-1}\) equals \(\mathrm{cor}_n\) (Definition–Proposition reference).

  3. Prove that \(\mathrm{res}_-\) on \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^0\) is induced by \(\nu^{G|H}:M^H\to M^G\), and on \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{>0}\) equals \(\mathrm{cor}^n\).

For a group \(G\) and a bounded-below complex of \(G\)-modules \(M=[\cdots\to M^p\to M^{p+1}\to\cdots]\), let \(p\) vary in the standard complexes \(C(G,M^p)\) to form a double complex. Denote its total complex by \(C(G,M):=\operatorname{tot}((C^q(G,M^p))_{p,q})\). Prove the canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{H}^n(C(G,M))\simeq \operatorname{H}^n(G,[\cdots\to M^p\to M^{p+1}\to\cdots]),\qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},\] where the right-hand side is defined as in §reference and is also called group hypercohomology.

Hint. By definition, the right-hand side is obtained by taking an injective resolution \(M\to I\) (recall that \(I\) is a bounded-below complex, every \(I^q\) is an injective \(G\)-module, and \(M\to I\) is a quasi-isomorphism) and then taking the cohomology determined by the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G(\Bbbk,I)\). Show that the same cohomology can be computed by \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_G(\mathsf{L},M)\).

Prove the corresponding result when \(G\) is a profinite group, requiring every \(M^p\) to be a smooth \(G\)-module and using the continuous standard complexes \(C(G,M^p)\).

Hint. Define a functor \(C(G,\cdot)\) from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^\infty)\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}^+(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\). Show that it induces a triangulated functor at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}^+(\cdots)\) and preserves acyclic objects, and hence induces a triangulated functor at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^+(\cdots)\), still denoted by \(C(G,\cdot)\). The natural transformation \((\cdot)^G\to C(G,\cdot)\) and the universal property of right derived functors give a morphism of triangulated functors \(\mathrm{R}(\cdot)^G\to C(G,\cdot)\). To prove that this is an isomorphism, use the way-out lemma (Proposition reference) to reduce to the case handled by Theorem reference.

For a profinite group \(G\) and a finite \(G\)-module \(M\), give a complete proof of the bijective correspondence mentioned in §reference between equivalence classes of profinite group extensions and \(\operatorname{H}^2(G,M)\).

Hint. Follow the argument in §reference. In the profinite case the required observations are: (i) the group structure defined by every \(f\in\overline{Z}^2(G,M)\) on the product space \(M\times G\) makes it a profinite group; (ii) for a profinite group extension \(E\), there is an isomorphism of topological groups \(E/M\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}G\); (iii) in this situation, Lemma reference gives a continuous

section \(s:G\to E\) that can be adjusted to be normalized.

For any field \(F\), define \(\operatorname{GL}(n,F)\) to be the group of invertible \(n\times n\) matrices over \(F\), and \(\operatorname{SL}(n,F)\) to be the subgroup cut out by \(\det=1\). Observe that \(G:=\operatorname{Gal}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}|\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}})\) acts on \(\operatorname{GL}(n,\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}})\) and \(\operatorname{SL}(n,\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}})\), with fixed points \(\operatorname{GL}(n,\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}})\) and \(\operatorname{SL}(n,\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}})\), respectively.

  1. Take \(n=2\). Let \(B:=\operatorname{SL}(2,\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}})\) act by conjugation on the space of all \(2\times2\) matrices, and define \(A:=\operatorname{Stab}(\begin{smallmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{smallmatrix})\). Show that this subgroup is invariant under the \(G\)-action and describe \(A^G\).

  2. Show that \(B/A\) (respectively, \(B^G/A^G\)) is naturally identified with the orbit of \(\left(\begin{smallmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{smallmatrix}\right)\) under conjugation by \(\operatorname{SL}(2,\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}})\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{SL}(2,\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}})\)). For \(B/A\), explain how the \(G\)-action is reflected on the orbit.

  3. Show that \((B/A)^G\neq B^G/A^G\). In other words, there is a real \(2\times2\) matrix that is conjugate to \(\left(\begin{smallmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{smallmatrix}\right)\) by \(\operatorname{SL}(2,\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}})\) but not by \(\operatorname{SL}(2,\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}})\).

  4. Show that the phenomenon above does not occur if \(\operatorname{SL}\) is replaced by \(\operatorname{GL}\).

State and prove the compatibility between the isomorphisms in Theorem reference and the connecting homomorphisms in Theorem reference.

(“Twisting” group cohomology) Use the notation of §reference. Let \(A\) be a \(G\)-group.

  1. For \(c\in Z^1(G,A)\), define a new group action \(G\times A\to A\) by \[{}^{c,g}a:=c(g)\cdot{}^ga\cdot c(g)^{-1}, \qquad g\in G,\ a\in A.\] Show that this indeed gives a \(G\)-group, denoted by \({}^cA\). Prove also that if \(c\sim c'\), there is an isomorphism of \(G\)-groups \({}^{c'}A\simeq{}^cA\); describe it explicitly.

  2. Prove that every \(c\in Z^1(G,A)\) induces a bijection \[\begin{align*} \nu_c:Z^1(G,{}^cA)&\xrightarrow{1:1}Z^1(G,A),\\ c'&\longmapsto c'c\quad\text{(pointwise multiplication)}, \end{align*}\] which induces a bijection \({\bm\nu}_c:\operatorname{H}^1(G,{}^cA)\xrightarrow{1:1}\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\) that maps the basepoint to \([c]\). Give a simplified description when \(A\) is abelian.

  3. Suppose there is a short exact sequence \(1\to A\to B\to B/A\to1\) as in Theorem reference (i). For \(c\in Z^1(G,A)\), prove that the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter6-unit-087-d002}\] Use this to describe all fibers of the map \(\operatorname{H}^1(G,A)\to\operatorname{H}^1(G,B)\).

  4. State the modifications required when \(G\) is a profinite group.

Monad Theory

The starting point of this chapter, §reference, is the notion of an algebra over a monoidal category \((\mathcal{V},\otimes)\). This means an object \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V})\) equipped with a multiplication \(\mu:A\otimes A\to A\) and a unit morphism \(\eta:\mathbf{1}\to A\), satisfying the associative and unit laws. The concept is modeled on that of a monoid, while algebras over a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\) are the typical examples. These algebras form a category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\). When \((\mathcal{V},\otimes)\) has stronger commutativity properties, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\) acquires additional structure and properties. The best situation is when \(\mathcal{V}\) is a symmetric monoidal category; then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\) is itself a symmetric monoidal category. For an algebra \(A\), a left \(A\)-module is an object \(M\) of \(\mathcal{V}\) together with a scalar-multiplication morphism \(\mu_M:A\otimes M\to M\) satisfying the associative and unit laws; right modules and bimodules are defined similarly. Since complexes are the principal objects of this book, a natural step is to take an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) with countable coproducts and a right-exact additive bifunctor \(\otimes:\mathcal{A}\times\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}\), extend \(\otimes\) to complexes by taking total complexes, and then consider the monoidal category \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}),\otimes)\), usually endowed with the Koszul braiding equation. Differential graded algebras and modules thus arise naturally as a continuation of the theory; “dg” abbreviates “differential graded.” These are the subject of §reference. We also know that the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) can be upgraded to \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes, and that composition can likewise be lifted to the level of \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes. In particular, the endomorphism complex \(\operatorname{End}^\bullet(X)\) of an object \(X\) becomes a dg-algebra. Generalizing these observations leads to the notion of a dg-category (Definition reference), and one can speak of dg-functors between dg-categories. After a brief introduction to closed monoidal categories in §reference, we shall explain in §reference that the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}\) of all small dg-categories is closed. Equivalently, all dg-functors between two small dg-categories \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) themselves form a dg-category \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\). The various dg-structures arise naturally and are important tools in linear algebra. This chapter gives only a brief introduction, however, and §reference turns instead to coalgebras and comodules over a monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\). These are simply algebras and modules over the opposite monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\). More concretely, a coalgebra \(C\) is equipped with a comultiplication \(\Delta:C\to C\otimes C\) and a counit morphism \(\epsilon:C\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\), while a left comodule \(M\) is equipped with a scalar-comultiplication morphism \(\rho:M\to C\otimes M\); their associative and unit laws are obtained by reversing all the arrows. If \(\mathcal{V}\) is a braided monoidal category, mutually compatible algebra and coalgebra structures \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\) on an object \(A\) are called a bialgebra, and a bialgebra equipped with an antipode is called a Hopf algebra (Definition reference). In the concrete case \(\mathcal{V}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), these concepts are inspired by geometry and topology. For example, the cohomology of a Lie group, or more generally of an H-group, naturally becomes a Hopf algebra; quantum groups form another important class of examples. Moreover, the group algebra \(\Bbbk[G]\) of any group \(G\) is also a Hopf algebra. We now introduce the protagonist of §reference, which also gives this chapter its title: the monad. For any category \(\mathcal{C}\), the endofunctor category \(\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{C}}\) is a strict monoidal category under composition, and a monad is simply an algebra in \(\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{C}}\); a comonad is its dual version. Simple though it is, this concept plays a major role in algebra, geometry, and computer science. One notable use of monads is to explain the various “standard resolutions” of homological algebra, such as \(\mathsf{B}R\) from §reference or \(\mathsf{L}\) from §reference. We shall investigate this aspect in §reference. Monads and comonads arise chiefly from adjoint pairs \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d001}\] Such a pair determines a monad \(T\) on \(\mathcal{C}\) and a comonad \(L\) on \(\mathcal{D}\), expressed in terms of the unit \(\eta\) and counit \(\varepsilon\) of the adjunction as \[\begin{array}{|c|c|}\hline \text{monad} & \text{comonad} \\ \hline T := GF & L := FG \\ \mu := \left[ T^2 \xrightarrow{G\varepsilon F} T \right] & \delta := \left[ L \xrightarrow{F\eta G} L^2 \right] \\ \eta : \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}} \to T & \varepsilon: L \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}} \\ \hline \end{array}\] The adjoint pair naturally induces a functor \(\mathbb{K}:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}^T\) (or \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}^L\)), where \(\mathcal{C}^T\) (or \(\mathcal{D}^L\)) denotes the category of modules under the action of the monad (or its comonadic counterpart). If \(\mathbb{K}\) is an equivalence, the adjoint pair is called monadic (or comonadic). This means that the information in \(\mathcal{D}\) (or \(\mathcal{C}\)) can be reconstructed from the action of the monad (or comonad) on the other side. Beck’s Theorem reference gives a practical characterization of monadicity. The next step is Morita theory in §reference, a classical theme in ring theory. The first part considers functors between categories of left or right modules that preserve small \(\varinjlim\) (or \(\varprojlim\)). Theorem reference states that they all arise by taking the tensor product (or \(\operatorname{Hom}\)) with a bimodule \(P\). This also confirms the special position of bimodules in ring and module theory: they provide enough means to “change rings.” One thereby obtains a module-theoretic characterization of equivalences between the categories of left modules \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and \(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), called Morita equivalences (Definition–Proposition reference); the characterizations for left and right modules are entirely parallel. For the adjoint pair determined by an \((A,B)\)-bimodule \(P\), the second part examines the associated monad and comonad and their modules. Assuming that \(P\) is a finitely generated projective \(B\)-module, Proposition reference explicitly presents them as an algebra in the monoidal category \((A,A)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and a coalgebra in \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), respectively. From this foundation one readily obtains a refinement of Morita equivalence (Theorem reference, Corollary reference). Morita theory concerns given module categories. As a complement, in §reference we study when an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) is equivalent to the category of right modules over a ring \(R\). The answer involves a compact projective generator of \(\mathcal{A}\) (Theorem reference). We shall also give a sufficient condition for the finitely generated version (Theorem reference). Returning to Beck’s monadicity theorem, the first half of §reference gives a simple application in module theory, called faithfully flat descent for modules. For a homomorphism of commutative rings \(K\to L\), it explains how to reconstruct a \(K\)-module from an \(L\)-module carrying an action of the change-of-rings comonad \(\mathbf{L}\). Descent techniques are widely used in geometry, and the second half of §reference reformulates the condition of carrying an \(\mathbf{L}\)-action in the form customarily used in geometry. All of this rests on the preparation in §reference. As a special case of faithfully flat descent, §reference takes \(L|K\) to be a Galois extension of fields and reformulates the preceding result in terms of the action of the Galois group \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\). This technique is called Galois descent. Its main result, Theorem reference, says that the category of \(K\)-vector spaces is equivalent to the category of \(L\)-vector spaces equipped with a smooth semilinear action of \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\). The exercises give another direct proof. On the basis of faithfully flat descent, or its special case of Galois descent, one can further descend various structures such as algebras and modules. In §reference we consider a kind of data expressed in terms of vector spaces and their tensor powers. Galois descent and group cohomology then reduce the classification of such data to nonabelian group cohomology \(\operatorname{H}^1\). Although the purpose is only to illustrate the technique, it already helps clarify several basic questions in algebra, such as the classification of nondegenerate quadratic forms.

Reading Guide. This chapter falls roughly into three parts. The first (§§referencereference) introduces algebras over monoidal categories, dg-structures, and Hopf algebras; these topics occupy a natural and important place in algebra. The second (§§referencereference) centers on monads and the related Morita theory. The third (§§referencereference) discusses descent. The three parts are arranged more or less sequentially, although the dg-structures and dg-categories are not needed for what follows. and of this book use several results from the second part. Further material appears in the exercises for this chapter.

Algebras over Monoidal Categories

For a fixed commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), we know that a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra is a multiplicative structure superimposed on a \(\Bbbk\)-module. Its definition can be expressed using the tensor-product bifunctor \(\otimes=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\) on \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and commutative diagrams. The essential point is that \((\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}},\otimes)\) is a monoidal category with unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}:=\Bbbk\). When discussing commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebras and their variants, the central role is played by the braiding \(c(X,Y):X\otimes Y\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y\otimes X\) on this monoidal category, which has the symmetry property \(c(Y,X)c(X,Y)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). See [Li1].

Once formulated in the appropriate language, this theory encompasses general monoidal categories and symmetric monoidal categories. Following [Li1], the convention in this section1 defines a monoidal category to be data \((\mathcal{V},\otimes,a,\ensuremath{\bm{1}},\iota)\), often abbreviated to \(\mathcal{V}\) or \((\mathcal{V},\otimes)\), where

  • \(\otimes: \mathcal{V} \times \mathcal{V} \to \mathcal{V}\) is a bifunctor;

  • \(a(X, Y, Z): (X \otimes Y) \otimes Z \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X \otimes (Y \otimes Z)\) is a canonical morphism called the associativity constraint (\(X, Y, Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V})\)), and it satisfies the pentagon axiom;

  • \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}= \ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}} \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V})\) is the unit;

  • \(\iota: \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\).

This gives a family of canonical isomorphisms \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes X \xrightarrow[\sim]{\lambda_X} X \xleftarrow[\sim]{\rho_X} X \otimes \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\); by [Li1], these isomorphisms satisfy \(\lambda_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}}=\iota=\rho_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}}\). They are all called unit constraints and will no longer be displayed explicitly. A braiding on a monoidal category is an isomorphism of bifunctors, written \[c = \left( c(X, Y): X \otimes Y \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y \otimes X\right)_{X, Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V})},\] required to be compatible with the associativity and unit constraints; see [Li1]. A monoidal category equipped with a specified braiding is called a braided monoidal category. If \(c(Y,X)c(X,Y)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X\otimes Y}\) always holds, the data are called a symmetric monoidal category.

Definition (Algebra).

An algebra over a monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\) means data \((A,\mu,\eta)\), where \[A \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V}), \quad \mu = \mu_A: A \otimes A \to A, \quad \eta = \eta_A: \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to A,\] such that the following diagrams commute: \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d002} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d003} \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] Thus \(\mu\) may be viewed as a multiplication on \(A\), and \(\eta\) as its unit morphism.

A morphism from an algebra \((A,\mu,\eta)\) to \((A',\mu',\eta')\) is defined to be a morphism \(\phi:A\to A'\) in \(\mathcal{V}\) that makes the following diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d004} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d005}\]

We often abbreviate \((A,\mu,\eta)\) to \(A\). In some sources an algebra is also called a ring or a monoid in \(\mathcal{V}\), and it is sometimes called an associative algebra to emphasize the associative law displayed by the second commutative diagram. The concept of a module admits a similar generalization.

Definition (Module).

Let \((A,\mu,\eta)\) be an algebra over \(\mathcal{V}\). A left \(A\)-module is defined to be data \((M,\mu_M)\), where \[M \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V}), \quad \mu_M: A \otimes M \to M,\] that make the following diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d006} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d007}\] Thus \(\mu_M\) may be viewed as scalar multiplication on the module.

As usual, the module \((M,\mu_M)\) is abbreviated to \(M\). A morphism from \(M\) to \(M'\) is defined to be a morphism \(\psi:M\to M'\) in \(\mathcal{V}\) that makes the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d008}\]

Right \(A\)-modules are defined similarly. If \(M\) carries both a left \(A\)-module structure and a right \(B\)-module structure that make the following diagram commute, \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d009}\] then \(M\) is called an \((A,B)\)-bimodule. A morphism between two such bimodules is a morphism \(\psi:M\to M'\) that is simultaneously a morphism of left \(A\)-modules and of right \(B\)-modules.

If \(M\) is a left \(A\)-module and \(N\) a right \(B\)-module, then \(M\otimes N\) naturally becomes an \((A,B)\)-bimodule.

Remark (The unit as an algebra). For example, \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) becomes an algebra with \(\mu_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}}:=\iota\) and \(\eta_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}}:=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}}\). The required commutative diagrams follow from the standard properties of \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) and \(\iota:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\); see [Li1]. For every algebra \(A\) there is exactly one morphism \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to A\), and it must be \(\eta_A\).

Similarly, it is easy to see that every \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V})\) has exactly one left (or right) \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\)-module structure, obtained by taking \(\mu_M:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes M\to M\) to be the unit constraint of \(\mathcal{V}\).

Our next goal is to discuss

The two are closely related, and both require a braiding on \(\mathcal{V}\). We begin with commutativity.

Definition.

The natural properties of the braiding show that, if \(A\) is an algebra over a braided monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\), then replacing \(\mu\) by \(\mu\circ c(A,A)\) while leaving all other data unchanged again gives an algebra over \(\mathcal{V}\). This algebra is defined to be the opposite algebra \(A^{\operatorname{op}}\) of \(A\). The verification is lengthy but not difficult, and is left as an exercise for this chapter.

By functoriality of the braiding, if \(\phi:A_1\to A_2\) is a morphism, then it is also a morphism from \(A_1^{\operatorname{op}}\) to \(A_2^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Definition.

Let \(A\) be an algebra over a braided monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\). It is called a commutative algebra if the following diagram commutes in \(\mathcal{V}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d010}\] In other words, we require the multiplication \(\mu_A\) to satisfy the commutative law. Equivalently, \(A=A^{\operatorname{op}}\).

The algebra \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) of Remark reference is a simple example of a commutative algebra. The required commutative diagram follows from the compatibility of the braiding \(c\) with the unit constraints. Continue to suppose that \(\mathcal{V}\) is a braided monoidal category. Just as over a commutative ring, for any two algebras \(A\) and \(B\) the braiding \(c\) gives a canonical algebra structure on \(A\otimes B\):

  • The multiplication \(\mu_{A \otimes B}\) is the composite \[\begin{multline*} (A \otimes B) \otimes (A \otimes B) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(A \otimes (B \otimes A)) \otimes B \\ \xrightarrow{(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes c(B, A)) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_B} (A \otimes (A \otimes B)) \otimes B \\ \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(A \otimes A) \otimes (B \otimes B) \xrightarrow{\mu_A \otimes \mu_B} A \otimes B , \end{multline*}\] where all unlabeled arrows come from associativity constraints. In braid diagram notation this composite is depicted as follows:

    Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d011

  • The unit \(\eta_{A \otimes B}\) is the composite \[\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\xrightarrow[\sim]{\iota^{-1}} \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\xrightarrow{\eta_A \otimes \eta_B} A \otimes B.\]

To verify that this is indeed an algebra, the conditions of Definition reference can be reduced to the corresponding properties of \((A,\mu_A,\eta_A)\) and \((B,\mu_B,\eta_B)\) using only \(c\) (to interchange the order of \(\otimes\)), \(\iota\) (to duplicate the unit), and the associativity constraints (to change the placement of parentheses). If \(M\) is a left \(A\)-module and \(N\) a left \(B\)-module, then \(M\otimes N\) naturally becomes a left \((A\otimes B)\)-module. Its construction and verification are the same as in the preceding paragraph, using \(c\) to interchange positions. The case of right modules is similar. For the algebra \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) defined in Remark reference, it is clear that \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes A\simeq A\simeq A\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\), with the isomorphisms given by the unit constraints of \(\mathcal{V}\).

Remark. The construction above is functorial in \(A\) and \(B\): if \(A\to A'\) and \(B\to B'\) are morphisms of algebras, then so is the corresponding morphism \(A\otimes B\to A'\otimes B'\). Another lengthy but straightforward fact is that, when \(A,B,C\) are all algebras, the associativity constraint \((A\otimes B)\otimes C\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}A\otimes(B\otimes C)\) is a morphism of algebras.

Lemma. Let \(A\) be an algebra over a braided monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\). Then \(A\) is commutative if and only if its multiplication \(\mu_A:A\otimes A\to A\) is a morphism of algebras.

Proof. For \(\mu_A\) to be a morphism of algebras, two conditions are required. The condition concerning the unit is equivalent to commutativity of \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d012}\] and this holds automatically because \(A\) is an algebra. The remaining condition is commutativity of \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d013} \end{equation*}\] Identify the upper-left corner with \(A\otimes(A\otimes A)\otimes A\) by the associativity constraints. By associativity of \(\mu_A\), composition in the diagram along Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d014 equals \[A \otimes (A \otimes A) \otimes A \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \mu_A \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} A \otimes A \otimes A \xrightarrow{\text{multiplication}} A .\] On the other hand, the definition of \(\mu_{A\otimes A}\) and the associativity of \(\mu_A\) show that composition in the diagram along Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d015 equals \[A \otimes (A \otimes A) \otimes A \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes (\mu_A c(A,A) ) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} A \otimes A \otimes A \xrightarrow{\text{multiplication}} A .\] Thus \(\mu_Ac(A,A)=\mu_A\) implies that the original diagram commutes, or equivalently that \(\mu_A\) is a morphism of algebras.

Conversely, let \(f\in\left\{\mu_A,\mu_Ac(A,A)\right\}\). We have the elementary commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d016}\] If \(\mu_A\) is a morphism of algebras, the preceding discussion shows that the first row gives the same composite for the two choices of \(f\). Considering the second row then yields \(\mu_A=\mu_Ac(A,A)\).

Lemma. Let \(A\) and \(B\) be algebras over a symmetric monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\). Then \(c(A,B):A\otimes B\to B\otimes A\) is an isomorphism of algebras.

Proof. Two commutative diagrams must be verified for \(c(A,B)\). The first is \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d017}\] Commutativity on the right follows from functoriality of \(c\), while that on the left follows from compatibility of \(c\) with the unit constraints [Li1]. For the second diagram, which says that \(c(A,B)\) preserves multiplication, the argument is based on symmetry of the braiding and is exactly the same as at the end of [Li1].

Proposition. Let \(A\) and \(B\) be commutative algebras over a symmetric monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\). Then \(A\otimes B\) is also commutative.

Proof. It is enough to show that the multiplication \(\mu_{A\otimes B}\) is a morphism of algebras. Recall the definition of \(\mu_{A\otimes B}\) and apply Lemma reference to \(c(B,A)\), the commutativity assumptions on \(A,B\) together with Lemma reference to \(\mu_A,\mu_B\), and Remark reference on the functoriality of \(\otimes\). Every part of the composite is then a morphism of algebras.

We have defined algebras, modules, and their morphisms. All these structures form categories, with notation

structure category condition
algebra \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\) \(\mathcal{V}\) is a monoidal category
commutative algebra \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{V})\) \(\mathcal{V}\) is a braided monoidal category
left \(A\)-module \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) \(A\) is an algebra
right \(B\)-module \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) \(B\) is an algebra
\((A,B)\)-bimodule \((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) \(A\) and \(B\) are algebras

The preceding discussion also shows that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{V})\) generally have less structure than \(\mathcal{V}\). Labeling the levels of structure by numbers, the situation can be represented schematically as \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d018}\] Moreover, whenever \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{V})\) becomes a monoidal category under \(\otimes\), its unit is always \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\). Recall that Lemma reference says that a commutative algebra over a braided monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\) automatically gives an algebra over the monoidal category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\), by taking the multiplication \(A\otimes A\to A\) to be that of \(A\). In fact, this is the only possible choice. This leads to a simple, interesting, and important observation: there is an equivalence of categories \[\begin{equation} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V}) \right) \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{V}), \quad \mathcal{V}:\;\text{braided monoidal category}. \end{equation}\] These facts rest on the so-called Eckmann–Hilton argument; their proof is deliberately left as an exercise for this chapter, supplied with a hint.

Example. Let the category \(\mathcal{C}\) have finite products. In particular, it has an empty product, namely a terminal object, denoted by \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\). For every two objects \(X,Y\) there is a canonical isomorphism \(c(X,Y):X\times Y\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y\times X\). These data make \((\mathcal{C},\times)\) a symmetric monoidal category with unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\). We may discuss algebras over \(\mathcal{C}\), also called monoid objects in \(\mathcal{C}\)2, together with their commutative versions.

  • If \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), the one-point set is the unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\). The corresponding algebras are monoids, and the corresponding commutative algebras are commutative monoids.

  • If \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\), the corresponding algebras are topological monoids, and the corresponding commutative algebras are commutative topological monoids.

On the other hand, let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and give \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) the structure of a symmetric monoidal category through \(\otimes=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\), with \(\Bbbk\) as the unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) and the braiding determined by \(x\otimes y\mapsto y\otimes x\). The corresponding algebras (or commutative algebras) are precisely algebras (or commutative algebras) in the usual algebraic sense; see [Li1].

In these concrete situations, the multiplication of an algebra \(A\) is often written directly as multiplication of elements \(xy=x\cdot y\), and the unit is directly identified with the element \(1_A\), so that the notation \(\mu_A,\eta_A\) can be omitted.

Example (Graded modules and graded algebras).

Fix an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) and a nonempty set \(I\). An object of \(\mathcal{A}^I\) is called an \(I\)-graded object and is written \(M=(M^i)_{i\in I}\), while a morphism is written \((f^i:M^i\to N^i)_{i\in I}\). The object \(M^i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) (or the morphism \(f^i\in\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{A})\)) is customarily called the degree-\(i\) component of \(M\) (or \(f\)). The special cases \(I=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}^n\) have already been discussed repeatedly in §reference, §reference, §reference, and elsewhere.

For concreteness, take for the moment \(\mathcal{A}:=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring. An \(I\)-graded object in \(\mathcal{A}\) is also called an \(I\)-graded module. Suppose further that \(I\) is a monoid. Define a bifunctor \(\otimes\) on the category \(\mathcal{A}^I\) by \[\begin{equation} (M \otimes N)^i := \bigoplus_{jk=i} M^j \otimes N^k, \quad (f \otimes g)^i := \bigoplus_{jk=i} f^j \otimes g^k . \end{equation}\] Also define \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) to be \(\Bbbk\) concentrated in the component \(i=1_I\) (the unit of \(I\)). These data make \(\mathcal{A}^I\) a monoidal category. The unit condition \(\eta_A:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}=\Bbbk\to A\) automatically

ensures that \(1_A:=\eta_A(1)\in A^{1_I}\).

In the special case where \(I\) is commutative, this recovers the \(I\)-graded modules and \(I\)-graded algebras introduced in [Li1].

Continue to take \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and require \((I,+)\) to be a commutative monoid. Every additive homomorphism \(\epsilon:I\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) makes \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^I\) a symmetric monoidal category with the Koszul braiding characterized by \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} M^a \otimes N^b & \to N^b \otimes M^a \\ x \otimes y & \mapsto (-1)^{\epsilon(a)\epsilon(b)} y \otimes x , \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] where \(a,b\in I\). The corresponding commutative algebras are precisely the \(\epsilon\)-commutative algebras of [Li1]. The various equations and definitions that result are collectively called the Koszul sign rule. Whenever tensor positions are interchanged, the sign must be changed according to this rule.

For example, the condition for \(A\) to be a commutative algebra is written explicitly as \[x y = (-1)^{\epsilon(a) \epsilon(b)} yx, \quad x \in A^a, \; y \in A^b.\]

The typical situation is \[I \in \{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0} \}, \quad \epsilon(a) := a \;\bmod 2 ,\] where the corresponding \(\epsilon\)-commutative algebras are called anticommutative graded algebras in the source cited above. Since this braiding appears everywhere in the study of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded objects, the term graded commutative is more apt.

Now return to a general abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) and \((I,+,\epsilon)\) as above. To generalize the preceding construction, we need to extend \(\mathcal{A}\) to a symmetric monoidal category \((\mathcal{A},\otimes)\) such that

  • \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, and coproducts (that is, direct sums) of the form in equation exist;

  • \(\otimes:\mathcal{A}\times\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}\) is additive in each variable and preserves these coproducts.

Under these conditions, \(\otimes\) and the Koszul braiding on \(\mathcal{A}^I\) can still be defined in the same way, making \((\mathcal{A}^I,\otimes)\) a symmetric monoidal category. Its unit is still the unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) of \(\mathcal{A}\), viewed as an \(I\)-graded object concentrated in degree zero.

For general \((\mathcal{A},\otimes)\), all verifications are the same as in the case of \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). The only difference is that “elements” of an object no longer have meaning in the general case.

Convention. In the special case \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), the usual convention is to regard an \(I\)-graded module \((M^i)_{i\in I}\) as a module equipped with a direct-sum decomposition \(M=\bigoplus_{i\in I}M^i\), and to require morphisms to preserve the direct-sum components.

Example.

In the construction above (\(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)), let \(\Bbbk\) be a field with \(\mathrm{char}(\Bbbk)\neq2\), take \(I=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}=\{0,1\}\), and set \(\epsilon=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\). The corresponding symmetric monoidal category is denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^-_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(\Bbbk)\). Its objects can be viewed as \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces equipped with a direct-sum decomposition \(V=V_0\oplus V_1\), and are also called super vector spaces. This is the source of terminology common in linear algebra and mathematical physics, such as superalgebra and commutative superalgebra.

Finally, we discuss the effect of lax monoidal functors on algebras.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{V}\) and \(\mathcal{V}'\) be monoidal categories. According to [Li1], a right lax monoidal functor from \(\mathcal{V}\) to \(\mathcal{V}'\), abbreviated here to a lax monoidal functor, means data \((F,\xi_F,\varphi_F)\), where

\(F:\mathcal{V}\to\mathcal{V}'\) is a functor and \[\xi_F: F(\cdot) \otimes F(\cdot) \to F(\cdot \otimes \cdot), \quad \varphi_F: \ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}'} \to F\left( \ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}} \right),\] are morphisms subject to a collection of compatibility conditions with the monoidal structures. The data \((F,\xi_F,\varphi_F)\) are often abbreviated to \(F\).

If \(\mathcal{V}\) and \(\mathcal{V}'\) are both braided (or symmetric) monoidal categories, and \(F\) also makes the following diagram commute, then \(F\) is called a braided functor, or is said to be compatible with the braidings: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d019}\]

If \(\xi_F\) and \(\varphi_F\) in the data of a lax monoidal functor are both isomorphisms, the functor is called a monoidal functor.

We may of course also discuss morphisms between lax monoidal functors, also called natural transformations: \[\theta = (\theta_X)_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V})}: F \to G, \quad F, G: \mathcal{V} \to \mathcal{V}' .\] In addition to the conditions for a natural transformation, we require \(\theta\) to make the following diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d020} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-088-d021}\]

If \(F\) and \(G\) are monoidal functors, this definition is in fact equivalent to [Li1], where \(\varphi_F\) and \(\varphi_G\) are called “standard” isomorphisms. We may therefore discuss equivalences between monoidal categories or braided monoidal categories.

Proposition. A lax monoidal functor \(F\) induces a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V}')\). If \(A\) is an algebra over \(\mathcal{V}\), then \(F\) induces \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to F(A)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), and similarly for the other module categories.

If, in addition, \(\mathcal{V}\) and \(\mathcal{V}'\) are braided monoidal categories and \(F\) is a braided functor, then \(F\) also induces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{V})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{V}')\), while \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V}')\) is a lax monoidal functor. If, moreover, \(\mathcal{V}\) and \(\mathcal{V}'\) are both symmetric, then the same holds for \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{V})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{V}')\).

Proof. Let \(A\) be an algebra over \(\mathcal{V}\). Define the multiplication \(\mu_{FA}\) as \(FA\otimes FA\to F(A\otimes A)\xrightarrow{F\mu_A}FA\), and the unit \(\eta_{FA}\) as \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}'}\to F(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}})\xrightarrow{F\eta_A}FA\). The remaining verifications are routine.

Example. Consider the symmetric monoidal abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) and the category \(\mathcal{A}^I\) from Example reference. Define the functor \[\mathrm{ev}_0: \mathcal{A}^I \to \mathcal{A}, \quad \left(M^i\right)_{i \in I} \mapsto M^0.\] This functor is exact and symmetric lax monoidal: simply take \[\xi_{\mathrm{ev}_0}(M, N): M^0 \otimes N^0 \to (M \otimes N)^0 := \bigoplus_{i+j=0} M^i \otimes N^j\] to be the evident morphism, and \(\varphi_{\mathrm{ev}_0}:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) to be the identity. Thus \(A\mapsto A^0\) induces lax monoidal functors \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{A}^I) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{A}), \quad \ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{A}^I) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}(\mathcal{A}).\]

The following remark concerns algebras over a general monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\). Recall that finite ordinals correspond bijectively to \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\); the finite ordinal \(\mathbf{n}\) corresponding to \(n\) is identified with the totally ordered \(n\)-element set \(\{0,\ldots,n-1\}\), with \(0\leq1\leq2\leq\cdots\).

Remark (The walking algebra).

A map \(f:A\to B\) between partially ordered sets is called order-preserving if \(a\leq a'\implies f(a)\leq f(a')\). Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\) for the category of finite ordinals whose morphisms are order-preserving maps between ordinals. This is a strict monoidal category under \(\mathbf{n}\otimes\mathbf{m}:=\mathbf{n}+\mathbf{m}\). A morphism \(f\otimes g:\mathbf{n}\otimes\mathbf{m}\to\mathbf{n}'\otimes\mathbf{m}'\) maps the first \(n\) elements (or the last \(m\) elements) by \(f\) (or \(g\)), and the object \(\mathbf{0}\) is the unit3. Make \(\mathbf{1}\) into an algebra over \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\): take its unit to be \(\emptyset=\mathbf{0}\hookrightarrow\mathbf{1}\) and its multiplication to be \(\mathbf{1}\otimes\mathbf{1}=\mathbf{2}\twoheadrightarrow\mathbf{1}\). The associated commutative diagrams are entirely straightforward to verify.

The ordinal \(\mathbf{1}\) (or \(\mathbf{2}\)) may be viewed as the “walking” object (or morphism). Indeed, for any category \(\mathcal{C}\), specifying a functor \(\mathbf{1}\to\mathcal{C}\) (or \(\mathbf{2}\to\mathcal{C}\)) is equivalent to specifying an object (or a morphism) in \(\mathcal{C}\). Now consider a monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\). We claim that there is an isomorphism of categories \[\left\{ \mathcal{V}\;\text{-algebras}\; A \right\} \simeq \left\{ \text{monoidal functors}\; F: \ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}} \to \mathcal{V} \right\},\] which also means that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\) is the “walking algebra.” First, for a monoidal functor \(F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\to\mathcal{V}\), define \(A:=F(\mathbf{1})\). As a simple special case of Proposition reference, \(A\) naturally becomes an algebra over \(\mathcal{V}\): the multiplication \(\mu:A\otimes A\to A\) is \(F(\mathbf{2}\twoheadrightarrow\mathbf{1})\), while the unit \(\eta:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}}\to A\) is \(F(\mathbf{0}\hookrightarrow\mathbf{1})\).

Conversely, from an algebra \((A,\mu,\eta)\) over \(\mathcal{V}\) define a monoidal functor \(F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\to\mathcal{V}\) by \[F(\mathbf{n}) = A^{\otimes n} := \underbracket{A \otimes (A \otimes (\cdots))}_{n\;\text{copies of}\; A}, \quad A^{\otimes 0} := \ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}},\] For \(f:\mathbf{n}\to\mathbf{m}\), if \(f\) is injective, then \(F(f):A^{\otimes n}\to A^{\otimes m}\) is obtained by inserting \(\eta:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}}\to A\) outside the image of \(f\); if \(f\) is surjective, \(F(f)\) is obtained by using \(\mu:A\otimes A\to A\) to successively combine the factors in each fiber. The associativity constraints and other properties of a monoidal category ensure that these operations are well defined. A general map \(f\) has a unique surjective–injective factorization, and this defines \(F\) on morphisms. Functoriality is clear. It is not difficult to verify that the two constructions are mutually inverse.


  1. Definitions in other sources may differ slightly, but the resulting concepts of a monoidal category are equivalent.↩︎

  2. For categories of this kind, [Li1] also discusses group objects, but the inverse property cannot be formulated in an arbitrary monoidal category.↩︎

  3. Here \(\mathbf{1}\) always denotes an ordinal; the unit of the monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\) is denoted separately by \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}}\).↩︎

Example: Differential Graded Structures

Continuing the discussion in Example reference, consider a symmetric monoidal abelian category \((\mathcal{A}, \otimes)\) that admits countable coproducts. Throughout this section we also assume that \(\otimes\) is right exact in each variable. The standard example is, of course, \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). We previously discussed \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded algebras over \(\mathcal{A}\), or, equivalently, algebras over the monoidal category \((\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},\otimes)\). More precisely, in the setting of Example reference, this means taking \(I=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and the Koszul braiding equation corresponding to \(\epsilon(a)=a\bmod\;2\). Henceforth, “graded” always means “\(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-graded.” The aim of this section is to add a “differential” structure; part of the discussion overlaps with §reference. Define the shift functor \(T:\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) by \((TM)^n=M^{n+1}\) and \((Tf)^n=f^{n+1}\). Thus \(\left(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},T\right)\) is an abelian category with translation, and a differential object over it (Definition reference) is called a differential graded object over \(\mathcal{A}\). In fact, the abelian category \(\left(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},T\right)_d\) of differential graded objects is canonically isomorphic to the category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). This has already been observed in §reference.

Accordingly, from now on we identify differential graded objects over \(\mathcal{A}\) with complexes, without distinguishing between the two. We next equip \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) with a symmetric monoidal structure. For any complexes \(M\) and \(N\), the bifunctor \(\otimes:\mathcal{A}\times\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}\) gives the double complex \(M^\bullet\otimes N^\bullet\); totalization by direct sums gives \[M \otimes N := \operatorname{tot}_{\oplus}\left( M^\bullet \otimes N^\bullet \right), \quad (M \otimes N)^n = \bigoplus_{a+b=n} M^a \otimes N^b.\] In the example \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), the differential \(d=d_{M\otimes N}\) on the complex (or, equivalently, on the differential object) can be written elementwise as \[\begin{equation*} d(x \otimes y) = (d_M x) \otimes y + (-1)^a x \otimes (d_N y), \quad x \in M^a, \; y \in N^b. \end{equation*}\] With these definitions, the Koszul braiding equation is a morphism of complexes. The reader may verify this directly or deduce it from Proposition reference. Moreover, the unit object \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) of \((\mathcal{A},\otimes)\), viewed as a complex concentrated in degree zero, is clearly the unit object of the monoidal category \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}),\otimes)\). The following fact is immediate: for every \(X=(X^n,d_X^n)_n\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A}))\), \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}, X) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\left( \ensuremath{\bm{1}}, \operatorname{ker}\left(d_X^0 \right) \right). \end{equation}\]

Definition.

With respect to the symmetric monoidal structure above, the objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\right)\) are called differential graded algebras over \(\mathcal{A}\), abbreviated dg algebras; the objects of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\right)\) are called commutative differential graded algebras over \(\mathcal{A}\), abbreviated commutative dg algebras.

For a differential graded algebra \(A\), one can therefore also speak of left (or right) \(A\)-modules \(M\), and even of bimodules; each forms an abelian category. In this setting \(M\) is also called a differential graded module over \(A\), abbreviated a dg module. This notion combines the theory of complexes with module theory and is extremely useful. The exercises in this chapter give a further introduction; the reader may also consult monographs such as [Yek20]. To emphasize the differential graded structure, we write the category of dg modules as \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}}\), and use analogous notation for its variants.

The forgetful functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) preserves \(\otimes\), so Proposition reference shows that it preserves algebra (or commutative algebra) structures. When \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), to say that \(A\) is a dg algebra is precisely to say that \(A\) is a graded algebra equipped with a differential \(d\) whose multiplication satisfies the Leibniz rule \[d(xy) = (dx)y + (-1)^a x (dy), \quad x \in A^a, \; y \in A^b.\] Substituting \(x=1_A=y\) gives \(d(1_A)=0\). The opposite algebra \(A^{\operatorname{op}}\) is obtained by replacing the multiplication with \(x\mathbin{\cdot^{\operatorname{op}}}y:=(-1)^{ab}yx\). Similarly, when \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), a left \(A\)-module \(M\) is equivalently a graded \(\Bbbk\)-module \(M\) with a scalar-multiplication morphism \(A\otimes M\to M\) satisfying associativity and the other module axioms, and equipped with a differential \(d\) satisfying the Leibniz rule \[d(tm) = (dt)m + (-1)^a t (dm), \quad t \in A^a, \; m \in M^b;\] for a right \(A\)-module \(M\), the Leibniz rule becomes \[d(mt) = (dm)t + (-1)^b m (dt), \quad t \in A^a, \; m \in M^b.\] For a general \((\mathcal{A},\otimes)\), all these properties can be formulated without elements. For example, the unit of an algebra \(A\) corresponds to a morphism \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to\operatorname{ker}\left(d_A^0\right)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\); see equation. Taking cohomology gives an additive functor \(\operatorname{H}=(\operatorname{H}^n)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\to\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\). The next result says that multiplication of complexes induces multiplication on cohomology.

Proposition. The functor \(\operatorname{H}\) induces \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\right) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}\left(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\right), \quad \ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\right) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}\left(\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\right).\] If \(A\) is a dg algebra and \(M\) is a left \(A\)-module (or a right module, or a bimodule), then \(\operatorname{H}(M)\) is respectively a left \(\operatorname{H}(A)\)-module (or a right module, or a bimodule).

Proof. By Proposition reference, it suffices to prove that \(\operatorname{H}\) is a lax monoidal functor. The required canonical morphism \[\xi_{\operatorname{H}}(M, N): \operatorname{H}(M) \otimes \operatorname{H}(N) \to \operatorname{H}(M \otimes N),\] is nearly tautological: it is the morphism \(\kappa\) discussed in Theorem reference or Proposition reference. On the other hand, take \[\varphi_{\operatorname{H}}: \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to \operatorname{H}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}) = \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\quad \text{(concentrated in degree zero)}\] to be \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

We may also take the lax monoidal functor \(\mathrm{ev}_0:\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\to\mathcal{A}\) of Example reference. Again, Proposition reference shows that it sends graded algebras (or graded commutative algebras) to algebras (or commutative algebras), and modules to modules. Observe that \(\mathrm{ev}_0\operatorname{H}=\operatorname{H}^0\). In applications, each stage of the composite \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\xrightarrow{\operatorname{H}}\mathcal{A}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \xrightarrow{\mathrm{ev}_0}\mathcal{A}\) discards information; the richest structure remains on the dg algebra itself.

Example. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. For any \(\Bbbk\)-linear category \(\mathcal{A}\), consider the multiplication on the Hom complexes from equation: \[\operatorname{Hom}^a(Y, Z) \times \operatorname{Hom}^b(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}^{a+b}(X, Z), \quad X, Y, Z \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})).\]

Because this multiplication satisfies the Leibniz rule (Lemma reference), it determines a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y, Z) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Z).\] Moreover, the multiplication is associative, so \(\operatorname{End}^\bullet(X):=\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,X)\) is an algebra over \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}),\otimes)\) with unit \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\in\operatorname{End}^0(X)\). Furthermore, \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)\) is an \((\operatorname{End}^\bullet(Y),\operatorname{End}^\bullet(X))\)-bimodule.

Taking the cohomology \(\operatorname{H}=(\operatorname{H}^n)_n\) of \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)\) gives only \[\bigoplus_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y[n]);\] whereas applying equation to \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)\) shows that \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}\) can be reconstructed as \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})}\left( \Bbbk, \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y) \right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}(X, Y)\] with \(\Bbbk\) serving as the unit object of \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}),\otimes)\).

Thus the sets \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})}\) and composition of morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) are merely shadows of the Hom complexes and their multiplication, obtained by applying \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})}(\Bbbk,\mathord\cdot)\).

Starting from the example \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), we are naturally led to the concept of a differential graded category. This concept involves the \(\mathcal{V}\)-enriched categories introduced in [Li1]. Briefly, for any monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\), a \(\mathcal{V}\)-enriched category \(\mathcal{C}\) still has objects and morphisms, but the Hom sets are replaced by Hom objects in \(\mathcal{V}\), written \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}=\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}\) to distinguish them. Composition of morphisms is replaced by a morphism in \(\mathcal{V}\) \[\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(Y, Z) \otimes \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X, Y) \to \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X, Z),\] while an identity morphism \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,X)\) is replaced by \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,X)\). These are all morphisms in \(\mathcal{V}\), and their properties are expressed by commutative diagrams in \(\mathcal{V}\). For enriched versions of functors and morphisms between them, see [Li1]. They are defined in the expected way; in brief, an enriched functor lifts maps between Hom sets to morphisms between \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\) objects. For example, a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category is precisely a category enriched over \((\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}},\otimes)\). Conversely, let us temporarily call a category without enrichment an ordinary category. If set-theoretic size issues are ignored, an ordinary category is the same thing as a category enriched over \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}},\times)\).

Definition.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring, and consider the corresponding symmetric monoidal category \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}),\otimes)\). A category enriched over \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}),\otimes)\) is called a differential graded category over \(\Bbbk\), abbreviated a dg category over \(\Bbbk\). Functors between such categories and morphisms between those functors are defined as for enriched categories.1

By definition, an object \(X\) of a dg category gives a dg algebra \(\operatorname{End}^\bullet(X)\).

Example. Example reference says that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) naturally becomes a dg category over \(\Bbbk\) for any \(\Bbbk\)-linear category \(\mathcal{A}\). For example, for every \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(R\), the category of complexes of left (or right) \(R\)-modules is automatically a dg category over \(\Bbbk\).

Example.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and let \(A\) be a dg algebra over \(\mathcal{A}:=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). For left \(A\)-modules \(M\) and \(N\), define the following subcomplex of \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\Bbbk}(M,N)\): \[\operatorname{Hom}^p_A(M, N) := \left\{\begin{array}{r|l} f \in \operatorname{Hom}^p_{\Bbbk}(M, N) & \forall m \in M, \; \forall k \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, \; \forall t \in A^k, \\ & f(tm) = (-1)^{pk} tf(m) \end{array}\right\}.\] For left \(A\)-modules \(L\), \(M\), and \(N\), composition on the Hom complexes \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\Bbbk}\) induces a morphism of complexes \[\operatorname{Hom}^p_A(M, N) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}^q_A(L, M) \to \operatorname{Hom}^{p+q}_A(L, N).\] Thus the category \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}}\) of left \(A\)-modules is enriched to a dg category. For right \(A\)-modules, the condition in the definition of \(\operatorname{Hom}^p_A(M,N)\) must be replaced by \(f(mt)=f(m)t\) (think about why). Bimodules are handled similarly.

The definition above can also be formulated without reference to elements, and therefore extends to a general \(\mathcal{A}\).

More precisely, a dg category enriches every Hom set of the underlying ordinary category to a Hom complex \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet\), while dg versions of functors and their morphisms must be formulated inside \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\). Explicitly:

  • A dg functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) between dg categories consists of a map of object sets \(F:\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\to\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) and morphisms of Hom complexes \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{C}}(X,Y)\to \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{D}}(FX,FY)\). The latter are morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) and are required to make both diagrams below commute: \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-089-d001} \\ \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-089-d002} \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\]

  • In the classical sense, a morphism, or natural transformation, \(\phi\) between dg functors \(F,G:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) is a family of elements \[\begin{multline*} \phi_X \in \operatorname{ker}\left[ \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}^0(FX, GX) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}^1(FX, GX) \right] \\ \xlongequal{\text{\href{#eqn:unit-map-into-cplx}{equation}}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})}\left(\Bbbk, \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}^\bullet(FX, GX) \right) , \end{multline*}\] indexed by \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), such that for every \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}^m(X,Y)\), \[(Gf) \phi_X = \phi_Y (Ff) \; \in \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}^m(FX, GY),\] where multiplication means multiplication in the Hom complex.

Thus one may speak of isomorphisms, equivalences, adjunctions, and other notions for dg categories. An element of \(\operatorname{Hom}^n_{\mathcal{C}}(X,Y)\) is sometimes called a morphism of degree \(n\) from \(X\) to \(Y\). For a general monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\), one may view \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{V}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}},M)\) as the set of “elements” of \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V})\); this is at least natural when \(\mathcal{V}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) or \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Following this idea, every \(\mathcal{V}\)-enriched category \(\mathcal{C}\) has an underlying ordinary category defined by \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) := \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{V}}\left( \ensuremath{\bm{1}}, \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \right),\] and we continue to denote that ordinary category by \(\mathcal{C}\); see [Li1] for details. In the example of the dg category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), the resulting ordinary category is the ordinary category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\). Thus our notation is consistent. Another operation comes from lax monoidal functors. Here is the general statement.

Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{V}\to\mathcal{V}'\) be a lax monoidal functor between monoidal categories. For every \(\mathcal{V}\)-enriched category \(\mathcal{C}\), define a \(\mathcal{V}'\)-enriched category \(F(\mathcal{C})\) as follows: set \(\operatorname{Ob}(F(\mathcal{C}))=\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), and for every pair of objects \(X,Y\), set \[\begin{gather*} \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{F(\mathcal{C})}(X, Y) := F\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y), \\ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X: \ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}'} \xrightarrow{\varphi_F} F(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}}) \to F\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, X). \end{gather*}\] Composition is defined by \[\begin{multline*} F\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(Y, Z) \otimes F\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \\ \xrightarrow{\xi_F} F\left( \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(Y, Z) \otimes \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \right) \to F\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Z), \end{multline*}\] and on the corresponding ordinary categories this construction gives an ordinary functor \(\mathcal{C}\to F(\mathcal{C})\).

Proof. The lax monoidal structure \((F,\xi_F,\varphi_F)\) supplies all properties required of composition. On the level of ordinary categories, the functor is the identity on objects and sends a morphism \(f:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}}\to\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X,Y)\) to the composite \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}'}\xrightarrow{\varphi_F}F(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}_{\mathcal{V}}) \xrightarrow{Ff}F\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X,Y)\).

Comparing this construction with that of Proposition reference, we see that

\(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{F(\mathcal{C})}(X,X)\), as an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V}')\), is induced from \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{C}}(X,X)\); the same applies to the bimodule structures on \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\).

Remark.

Proposition reference gives another way to pass from a dg category to an ordinary category. Apply the lax monoidal functor \(\operatorname{H}\) of Proposition reference to any dg category \(\mathcal{C}\) over \(\Bbbk\). The result is a category \(\operatorname{H}(\mathcal{C})\) enriched over \((\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}},\otimes)\), satisfying \[\operatorname{Ob}(\operatorname{H}(\mathcal{C})) = \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \quad \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\operatorname{H}(\mathcal{C})}(X, Y) = \left( \operatorname{H}^n \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y) \right)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}.\] Taking the degree-\(0\) part, or equivalently applying the lax monoidal functor \(\operatorname{H}^0\) to \(\mathcal{C}\), produces an ordinary \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category called the homotopy category \(\mathrm{h}(\mathcal{C})\) of \(\mathcal{C}\). It satisfies \[\operatorname{Ob}(\mathrm{h}\mathcal{C}) = \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \quad \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathrm{h}\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) = \operatorname{H}^0 \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X, Y).\] In the special case \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\), substituting Definition reference immediately gives \[\mathrm{h}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})) = \ensuremath{\mathsf{K}}(\mathcal{A}).\]

As seen above, the world of dg categories supports many homotopy-flavored operations. Their meaning ultimately has to be explained through applications and also involves the abstract language of model categories. We give only a brief outline of some elementary notions, without developing them further.

Definition. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a dg functor between dg categories. If \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{D}}(FX, FY)\] is a quasi-isomorphism for all \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), then \(F\) is called quasi-fully faithful. If the induced functor \(\mathrm{h}F:\mathrm{h}\mathcal{C}\to\mathrm{h}\mathcal{D}\) is essentially surjective, then \(F\) is called quasi-essentially surjective. A dg functor that is both quasi-fully faithful and quasi-essentially surjective is called a quasi-equivalence.

Thus quasi-equivalent dg categories \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) have equivalent homotopy categories. We continue this brief discussion of dg categories in §reference.


  1. Much of the literature on infinity categories uses the term DG-category, as well as the notation \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{DGCat}}\) for the category they form, and this notation may overlap with that of this book. Although those DG-categories are closely related to the dg categories discussed here, the two are not the same notion.↩︎

Closed Monoidal Categories

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. Then \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a symmetric monoidal category under \(\otimes:=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\). It has the following closedness properties.

  • It is enriched over itself: the set of homomorphisms \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\) naturally has the structure of a \(\Bbbk\)-module;

  • the basic properties of the tensor product give a canonical isomorphism in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) \[\operatorname{Hom}(X \otimes Y, Z) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}(X, \operatorname{Hom}(Y, Z)).\]

Extending these properties to general monoidal categories leads to the following concept.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a monoidal category. The category \(\mathcal{C}\) is called right closed (or left closed) if, for every object \(Y\), the functor \((\cdot)\otimes Y:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\) (or \(Y\otimes(\cdot):\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\)) is equipped with a specified right adjoint. A monoidal category that is both left closed and right closed is called a closed monoidal category.

All monoidal categories considered below are braided monoidal categories, so we shall no longer distinguish left closed from right closed. In this situation, the right adjoint of \((\cdot)\otimes Y\) is denoted by \([Y,\cdot]:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\). Recall that if a category \(\mathcal{C}\) has finite products, then \(\mathcal{C}\) is a symmetric monoidal category under \(\times\), with the terminal object as its unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) (Example reference).

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a category with finite products. If \((\mathcal{C},\times)\) is a closed monoidal category, then \(\mathcal{C}\) is called a Cartesian closed category.

More generally, for any two pairs of adjoint functors \((F,G)\) and \((F',G')\) between categories \(\mathcal{C}_1\) and \(\mathcal{C}_2\), every \(\varphi:F\to F'\) naturally induces \(\psi:G'\to G\); conversely, every \(\psi:G'\to G\) naturally induces \(\varphi:F\to F'\). In either case, the induced morphism is characterized by the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-090-d001}\] This is simply an application of the Yoneda lemma. The reader may also try to write down these induced morphisms using the unit and counit of the adjoint pairs. As an application, every morphism \(Y\to Y'\) in a closed monoidal category induces \([Y',\cdot]\to[Y,\cdot]\). Thus, being a closed monoidal category is equivalent to the existence of a bifunctor \([\cdot,\cdot]:\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\) and a family of canonical bijections \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{Hom}(X \otimes Y, Z) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}(X, [Y, Z]), \end{equation}\] functorial in all three variables. The bifunctor \([\cdot,\cdot]\) is also called the internal \(\operatorname{Hom}\) of the closed monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\). The definition also yields the following conclusions.

  • From \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Z)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}(X\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}},Z)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}(X,[\ensuremath{\bm{1}},Z])\) and the Yoneda lemma, one obtains \(Z\simeq[\ensuremath{\bm{1}},Z]\);

  • the unit morphism of the adjoint pair gives \(\mathrm{coev}_{X,Y}:X\to[Y,X\otimes Y]\), while the counit morphism gives \(\mathrm{ev}_{Y,X}:[Y,X]\otimes Y\to X\);

  • from the composite \[[Y, Z] \otimes ([X, Y] \otimes X) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \mathrm{ev}_{X, Y}} [Y, Z] \otimes Y \xrightarrow{\mathrm{ev}_{Y, Z}} Z\] and the adjunction together with the associativity constraint, one obtains \[[Y, Z] \otimes [X, Y] \to [X, Z];\]

  • taking \(\mathrm{coev}_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}},X}\) gives a morphism \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to[X,X]\).

The term internal \(\operatorname{Hom}\) and the preceding properties make clear that a closed monoidal category is enriched over itself. We first show how to recover the ordinary \(\operatorname{Hom}\) from the internal \(\operatorname{Hom}\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a closed monoidal category. There is a family of canonical bijections \[\operatorname{Hom}(X, Y) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}, [X, Y]), \quad X, Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}).\]

Proof. By equation, \(\operatorname{Hom}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}},[X,Y])\simeq\operatorname{Hom}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes X,Y)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\).

To show that \(\mathcal{C}\) is enriched over itself, one must still prove that \([Y,Z]\otimes[X,Z]\to[Y,Z]\) and \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to[X,X]\) satisfy axioms such as associativity. This can be checked using the standard properties of the unit and counit. Since the details are rather tedious, the proof is left as an exercise for this chapter. We next show that the adjunction equation is itself automatically internalized in \(\mathcal{C}\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a closed monoidal category. There is a family of canonical isomorphisms \[[X \otimes Y, Z] \simeq [X, [Y, Z]];\] more precisely, this is an isomorphism between functors from \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{C}\) to \(\mathcal{C}\).

Proof. Fix \(X\), \(Y\), and \(Z\). For every object \(T\), equation and the associativity constraint of \(\mathcal{C}\) give natural bijections \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}(T, [X \otimes Y, Z]) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}(T \otimes (X \otimes Y), Z) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}((T \otimes X) \otimes Y, Z) \\ \simeq \operatorname{Hom}(T \otimes X, [Y, Z]) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}(T, [X, [Y, Z]]). \end{multline*}\] Since \(T\) is arbitrary, the Yoneda lemma gives the desired isomorphism.

The following basic examples involve the symmetric monoidal categories introduced in §reference.

  • The category of sets \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is Cartesian closed: take \([X,Y]\) to be the set of maps \(Y^X=\left\{\text{maps}\;X\to Y\right\}\). Then equation, or its internalized version in Proposition reference, gives the natural bijection \(Z^{X\times Y}\xrightarrow{1:1}(Z^X)^Y\). In computer science, such a bijection, or its generalization to an arbitrary closed monoidal category, is often called currying.

  • All small categories and the functors between them form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\). Its products are the products of categories \(\mathcal{C}_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal{C}_2\), and its empty product is the category \(\mathbf{1}\). The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\) is Cartesian closed; this is equivalent to the following simple statement: specifying a bifunctor \(\mathcal{A}\times\mathcal{B}\to\mathcal{C}\) is equivalent to specifying a functor \(\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}^{\mathcal{C}}\), and is also equivalent to specifying \(\mathcal{B}\to\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{A}}\).

  • Although the category of topological spaces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) has many good properties and is a symmetric monoidal category under the product \(\times\), it is not Cartesian closed; see the discussion at the end of [Kel05]. Since mapping spaces \(X^Y\) occur everywhere in topology, the cost of giving up closedness is too high. A convenient replacement is the category of compactly generated Hausdorff spaces1 \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\). It is a full subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) and is itself Cartesian closed. One can prove that there is an adjoint pair \(\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-090-diagram-002}\), where the inclusion functor preserves \(\varinjlim\) but not products.

  • Let \(G\) be a group and \(\Bbbk\) a commutative ring. The symmetric monoidal category \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) introduced in Proposition reference is closed: its internal \(\operatorname{Hom}\) is precisely the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) module introduced in §reference, and the required adjunction is exactly equation.

  • Again let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring, and set \(\mathcal{A}:=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). As seen in §reference, the category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is a symmetric monoidal category. It is closed, with internal \(\operatorname{Hom}\) given by the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex. The adjunction required in equation is the adjunction between \(\operatorname{Hom}\) and \(\otimes\) at the level of complexes. Concretely, it is a corollary of Proposition reference in the case \(A=R=B=\Bbbk\). The corresponding unit and counit morphisms are \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-090-d002}\]

The last example shows that Definition reference of the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex is entirely natural, provided that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) is given the symmetric monoidal structure described above.


  1. A compactly generated Hausdorff space is a Hausdorff space \(X\) with the following property: if the intersection of a subset \(A\subset X\) with every compact subset \(K\subset X\) is closed, then \(A\) is closed.↩︎

Case Study: The Closed Structure on dg-Categories

We previously discussed the closed monoidal structure on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\), where \(\otimes\) comes from the ordinary product of categories \(\mathcal{C}_1\times\mathcal{C}_2\). On the other hand, relative to a fixed commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), Definition reference introduced dg-categories, namely categories enriched over \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}),\otimes)\). The aim of this section is to show that all small dg-categories themselves form a closed monoidal category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}_{\Bbbk}\). This category can be regarded as both a linearized and a complex-enriched version of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\), and it arises naturally and usefully in many situations. All that is needed is a sequence of lengthy but straightforward constructions. The first step is to upgrade the ordinary product of categories to a tensor product of dg-categories. This involves the symmetric braiding on \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}),\otimes)\).

Definition. Let \(\mathcal{C}_1\) and \(\mathcal{C}_2\) be dg-categories over \(\Bbbk\). Define a new dg-category \(\mathcal{C}_1\otimes\mathcal{C}_2\) by \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}_1 \otimes \mathcal{C}_2) & := \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}_1) \times \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}_2), \\ \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}_1 \otimes \mathcal{C}_2}^\bullet((X, X'), (Y, Y')) & := \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}_1}^\bullet(X, Y) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}_2}^\bullet(X', Y'), \end{align*}\] and take \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X'}\) as the unit of \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}_1\otimes\mathcal{C}_2}^\bullet((X,X'),(X,X'))\). Composition of morphisms is defined by \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-091-d001}\] where the isomorphism comes from the Koszul braiding and the associativity constraint.

The symmetry of the braiding shows that \(\mathcal{C}_1\otimes\mathcal{C}_2\) is naturally equivalent to \(\mathcal{C}_2\otimes\mathcal{C}_1\). Write \(\Bbbk\) for the dg-category with one object and endomorphism complex \(\Bbbk\). It is easy to prove that \(\Bbbk\otimes\mathcal{C}\) is equivalent to \(\mathcal{C}\otimes\Bbbk\).

Definition.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}_{\Bbbk}\) for the category of all small dg-categories over \(\Bbbk\). This is a symmetric monoidal category with unit \(\Bbbk\).

The restriction to small categories is, of course, meant to avoid set-theoretic difficulties. Its chief benefit is that all functors between two given small categories \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) form a small set. The second step is to enrich the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) set between dg-functors into a complex.

Definition. Let \(F,G:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be dg-functors between dg-categories. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), a morphism of degree \(n\) from \(F\) to \(G\) is defined to be data \[\phi = \left( \phi_X \right)_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}, \quad \phi_X \in \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}^n(FX, GX),\] such that, for all \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), and \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}^m_{\mathcal{C}}(X,Y)\), the following equality holds in \(\operatorname{Hom}^{n+m}_{\mathcal{D}}(FX,GY)\): \[(Gf) \phi_X = (-1)^{nm} \phi_Y (Ff);\] here composition in this formula is understood as the morphisms in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{Hom}^m_{\mathcal{D}}(GX, GY) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}^n_{\mathcal{D}}(FX, GX) \to \operatorname{Hom}^{m+n}_{\mathcal{D}}(FX, GY), \\ \operatorname{Hom}^n_{\mathcal{D}}(FY, GY) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}^m_{\mathcal{D}}(FX, FY) \to \operatorname{Hom}^{m+n}_{\mathcal{D}}(FX, GY). \end{gather*}\] The \(\Bbbk\)-module of all degree-\(n\) morphisms \(\phi:F\to G\) is denoted by \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^n(F,G)\).

The condition above may be viewed as saying that the diagram of graded morphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-091-d002} \quad \begin{array}{cc} \phi: \text{degree }n \\ f: \text{degree }m \end{array}\] commutes up to the sign \((-1)^{nm}\) required by the Koszul sign rule. Strictly speaking, these “graded morphisms” are not morphisms, but must be understood as elements of a \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex.

Definition–Proposition. For dg-functors \(F,G:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) and every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), one can define a homomorphism \[d^n = d^n_{\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\bullet(F, G)}: \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^n(F, G) \to \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^{n+1}(F, G).\]

For every \(\phi=(\phi_X)_{X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\), set \[(d^n \phi)_X := d^n_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(FX, GX)}(\phi_X).\] This makes \(\left(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^n(F,G),d^n\right)_{n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\) into a complex \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\bullet(F,G)\).

Proof. First check that \(d^n\phi\) does indeed belong to \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^{n+1}(F,G)\). Let \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}^m_{\mathcal{C}}(X,Y)\). Apply \(d^{m+n}\) to both sides of \((Gf)\phi_X=(-1)^{nm}\phi_Y(Ff)\) (suppressing the subscript \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(FX,GY)\)). This gives \[\begin{align*} d^{m+n}((Gf) \phi_X) & = (d^m Gf) \phi_X + (-1)^m (Gf) (d^n \phi_X) \\ & = G (d^m f) \phi_X + (-1)^m (Gf) (d^n \phi)_X \\ & = (-1)^{n(m+1)} \phi_Y F(d^m f) + (-1)^m (Gf) (d^n \phi)_X, \\ (-1)^{nm} d^{m+n}(\phi_Y (Ff)) & = (-1)^{nm} (d^n \phi_Y) Ff + (-1)^{nm+n} \phi_Y d^n(Ff) \\ & = (-1)^{nm} (d^n \phi)_Y Ff + (-1)^{nm+n} \phi_Y F(d^m f). \end{align*}\] Equality of these two expressions immediately yields \((Gf)(d^n\phi)_X=(-1)^{(n+1)m}(d^n\phi)_YFf\).

Second, since \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(FX,GX)\) is a complex, \[\begin{align*} (d^{n+1} d^n \phi)_X & = d^{n+1}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(FX, GX)}((d^n \phi)_X) \\ & = d^{n+1}_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(FX, GX)} d^n_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(FX, GX)} \phi_X = 0. \end{align*}\] Thus we obtain the complex \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\bullet(F,G)\).

For three dg-functors \(F,G,H:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\), there is a composition operation \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^a(G, H) \otimes \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^b(F, G) & \to \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^{a+b}(F, H) \\ \psi \otimes \phi & \mapsto \psi\phi := \left( \psi_X \phi_X \right)_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}, \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] where \(a,b\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). This operation is associative and satisfies \(d^{a+b}(\psi\phi)=(d^a\psi)\phi+(-1)^a\psi(d^b\phi)\). By definition, everything reduces to a verification in \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{D}}\). This composition should be understood as vertical composition of graded morphisms, depicted as \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-091-d003} \quad \text{composed to give} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-091-d004}\] Consider the special case \(n=0\). The condition on \(\phi=(\phi_X)_X\in\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^0(F,G)\) says precisely that \((Gf)\phi_X=\phi_Y(Ff)\) for every \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}^m(X,Y)\), while the condition \(d^0\phi=0\) says precisely that \(\phi_X\in\operatorname{ker}\left(d^0_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(FX,GX)}\right)\) for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). Hence the elements of the \(\Bbbk\)-module \[\operatorname{ker}\left[ \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^0(F, G) \xrightarrow{d^0} \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^1(F, G) \right]\] are exactly the morphisms \(\phi:F\to G\) between the dg-functors \(F\) and \(G\) in the ordinary sense. The next step is to enrich the functor category between dg-categories into a dg-category.

Definition. For arbitrary dg-categories \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\), define the dg-category \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) as follows.

  • Its objects are all dg-functors \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\).

  • For any dg-functors \(F,G:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\), their \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex is the complex \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\bullet(F,G)\) defined above.

  • The composition operation \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\bullet(G,H)\otimes\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\bullet(F,G)\to \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\bullet(F,H)\) is defined as in equation; it is called vertical composition.

If \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) are both small dg-categories, then \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) is also small: its set of objects is a small set. In Definition reference we defined the tensor product of two dg-categories, making the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}_{\Bbbk}\) of Definition reference a symmetric monoidal category under \(\otimes\). The relation between \(\otimes\) and \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\) can now be stated clearly as follows.

Proposition. The symmetric monoidal category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}_{\Bbbk}\) is closed. Its internal Hom is given by \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) as defined above, where \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) range over all small dg-categories.

Proof. The key is to give a canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}_{\Bbbk}}(\mathcal{C} \otimes \mathcal{D}, \mathcal{E}) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}_{\Bbbk}}(\mathcal{C}, \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{D}, \mathcal{E}) ).\]

If the dg-structure is ignored, the matter is simple: specifying \(F:\mathcal{C}\times\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{E}\) is equivalent to specifying a functor \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{E}^{\mathcal{D}}\) that maps an object \(X\) to the functor \(F(X,\mathord\cdot):\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{E}\). The essential issue is the condition at the level of \(\operatorname{Hom}\) that makes a functor a dg-functor.

By definition, making \(F\) into a dg-functor is equivalent to upgrading the maps on \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets to morphisms of complexes \[F_{X, Y, Z, W}: \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \otimes \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{D}}(Z, W) \to \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{E}}(F(X, Z), F(Y, W)),\] functorial in all four variables. Treating the two variables of \(F\) separately, these data can be split into two parts:

  • for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), the functor \(F(X,\mathord\cdot)\) is upgraded to a dg-functor;

  • there is a family of morphisms \(F_{X,Y,Z}:\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{C}}(X,Y)\to \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{E}}(F(X,Z),F(Y,Z))\), functorial in all three variables.

For illustration, \(F_{X,Y,Z,W}(f\otimes g)\) is obtained from \(F_{X,Y,Z}(f)\) by using \(g\in\operatorname{Hom}^b_{\mathcal{D}}(Z,W)\) through \(F(Y,\mathord\cdot)\). The data in the second item are equivalent to a family of morphisms \[\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \to \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\bullet(F(X, \cdot), F(Y, \cdot)),\] functorial in \(X\) and \(Y\). In conclusion, specifying the dg-functor \(F\) is equivalent to specifying a dg-functor from \(\mathcal{C}\) to \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{D},\mathcal{E})\).

Together with the theory in §reference, the preceding discussion shows that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}_{\Bbbk}\) is enriched over itself: for any small dg-categories \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\), their \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\) object is again a dg-category. Since \(\otimes\) and \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\) determine each other through the adjunction equation, once either the definition of \(\otimes\) or that of \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\) is accepted, the other definition is at least equally natural.

Remark. With Proposition reference in hand, the general properties of closed monoidal categories show that for any three small dg-categories \(\mathcal{C}\), \(\mathcal{D}\), and \(\mathcal{E}\), composition of functors can be upgraded to a dg-functor \[\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{D}, \mathcal{E}) \otimes \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{C}, \mathcal{D}) \to \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathcal{C}, \mathcal{E}).\] On objects, this functor maps \((G,F)\) to \(GF\); on \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes, it is written \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-091-d005} \\ F_i: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{D}, \quad G_i: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{E}, \quad i = 1, 2 . \end{gathered} \end{equation}\]

The operation above may be pictured as horizontal composition of morphisms between dg-functors, with diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-091-d006} \quad \text{composed to give} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-091-d007}\] Because this gives a functor, equation must

But the operation in (b) is precisely the vertical composition introduced in equation. Thus, we see that the order of vertical and horizontal composition can be interchanged.

For functors between ordinary categories, morphisms between the functors likewise have commuting vertical and horizontal compositions. This can be understood as a property of the Cartesian closed category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\) (or by regarding it as a \(2\)-category; see [Li1]). The property of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{dgCat}}_{\Bbbk}\) above is its dg version, or its linear algebra version.

From Coalgebras to Hopf Algebras

The first aim of this section is to dualize Definition reference of an algebra. To this end, first note that the definition of a monoidal category is self-dual. Let \(\mathcal{V}\) be a monoidal category. On \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\), one can retain the original bifunctor \(\otimes\) and unit object \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\), but replace the associativity constraint \(a\) and \(\iota:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) in [Li1] by their inverses. In this way, \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\) becomes a monoidal category. Similarly, if \(\mathcal{V}\) has a braiding \(c\) as in [Li1], taking inverses gives the corresponding braiding on \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\). Under this correspondence, \(\mathcal{V}\) is a symmetric monoidal category if and only if \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is one.

Definition (Coalgebra).

Let \(\mathcal{V}\) be a monoidal category. An algebra over \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is called a coalgebra over \(\mathcal{V}\). In other words, a coalgebra is data \((C,\Delta,\epsilon)\), where \[C \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V}), \quad \Delta = \Delta_C: C \to C \otimes C, \quad \epsilon = \epsilon_C: C \to \ensuremath{\bm{1}},\] satisfying the commutative diagrams dual to those in Definition reference: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d001} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d002}\]

The map \(\Delta\) is customarily called the comultiplication on \(C\), and \(\epsilon\) the counit of \(C\).

A morphism from a coalgebra \((C,\Delta,\epsilon)\) to \((C',\Delta',\epsilon')\) is defined dually to Definition reference: it is a morphism \(\phi:C\to C'\) for which the following diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d003} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d004}\]

If \(\mathcal{V}\) is equipped with a braiding \(c\) and \(c\Delta=\Delta\), then \((C,\Delta,\epsilon)\) is called cocommutative.

The following definition is simply the dual of Definition reference.

Definition (Comodule).

Let \((C,\Delta,\epsilon)\) be a coalgebra over \(\mathcal{V}\). A left \(C\)-comodule is defined to be data \((M,\rho)\), where \[M \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V}), \quad \rho = \rho_M : M \to C \otimes M,\] and \(\rho\) may be viewed as scalar comultiplication on the left comodule. The condition is that the following diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d005} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d006}\] A homomorphism from a left comodule \((M,\rho)\) to \((M',\rho')\) is a morphism \(f:M\to M'\) satisfying \((\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes f)\rho=\rho'f\). Right \(C\)-comodules, bicomodules, and homomorphisms between them are defined similarly.

An elementary but important example is \(C\) itself: with \(\rho_C:=\Delta:C\to C\otimes C\), it becomes both a left and a right comodule. Although the definition of a comodule may seem contrary to one’s usual intuition, working with comodules need not be more complicated than working with modules. For example, take \(\mathcal{V}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring. Let \(M\) be a free \(\Bbbk\)-module with basis \((v_i)_{i\in I}\). Specifying \(\rho:M\to M\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}C\) is equivalent to specifying a family of elements \((t_{ij})_{(i,j)\in I^2}\) of \(C\) such that, for each \(i\in I\), \[\begin{equation*} \rho(v_i) = \sum_{j \in I} v_j \otimes t_{ji} \quad \text{(finite sum)}, \end{equation*}\] and the comodule conditions are expressed, for every \(i\), by \[\begin{equation*} v_i = \sum_j \epsilon(t_{ji}) v_j, \quad \sum_j v_j \otimes \Delta(t_{ji}) = \sum_{j, k} v_k \otimes t_{kj} \otimes t_{ji}. \end{equation*}\] Renaming the indices appropriately, these conditions simplify further, for all \(i,j\), to \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \epsilon(t_{ji}) & = \delta_{j, i}, \\ \Delta(t_{ji}) & = \sum_k t_{jk} \otimes t_{ki}; \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] here \(\delta_{j,i}\) is the Kronecker delta, defined to be \(1\) when \(j=i\) and \(0\) otherwise.

Continuing the preceding discussion, express a \(\Bbbk\)-linear map \(f:M\to M'\) between right comodules relative to the chosen bases as \(f(v_i)=\sum_jr_{ji}v'_j\), that is, as a matrix with \(r_{ji}\in\Bbbk\). A similar argument proves that \(f\) is a comodule homomorphism if and only if, for all \(i,k\), \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \sum_j r_{kj} t_{ji} = \sum_j r_{ji} t'_{kj}, \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] where \(\Bbbk\) acts on \(C\) from the left by scalar multiplication. The version for left comodules is, of course, similar. We shall continue the discussion of several aspects of comodule theory in §reference.

Remark.

If \((C,\Delta,\epsilon)\) is a coalgebra over \(\mathcal{V}\) and \((A,\mu,\eta)\) is an algebra over \(\mathcal{V}\), then \(\operatorname{Hom}(C,A)\) is equipped with a binary operation \(\star\), called convolution, as follows: \[f \star g := \mu (f \otimes g) \Delta, \quad f, g \in \operatorname{Hom}(C, A).\] The properties of \(\Delta\) and \(\mu\) readily show that \(\star\) is associative, and the following commutative diagram suffices to show that \((\operatorname{Hom}(C,A),\star)\) is a monoid with unit \(\eta\epsilon\in\operatorname{Hom}(C,A)\): \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d007}\] A standard argument shows that if \(\varphi:C'\to C\) is a coalgebra morphism and \(\psi:A\to A'\) an algebra morphism, then \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{Hom}(C, A) \to \operatorname{Hom}(C', A'), \quad f \mapsto \psi f \varphi \end{equation}\] is a homomorphism between the convolution monoids.

From now on, let \(\mathcal{V}\) be a braided monoidal category, and write its braiding in the usual form \[c(X, Y): X \otimes Y \to Y \otimes X.\] By §reference, the category of algebras \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\) (or the category of coalgebras \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}})^{\operatorname{op}}\)) has a monoidal structure with unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\). We may therefore consider coalgebras in the category of algebras (or algebras in the category of coalgebras). A simple but interesting observation is that both lead to the same data \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\), with \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{V})\). The conditions required of the morphisms \(A\xrightarrow{\Delta}A\otimes A\xrightarrow{\mu}A\) and \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\xrightarrow{\eta}A\xrightarrow{\epsilon}\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) in \(\mathcal{V}\) are:

  1. \((A,\mu,\eta)\) is an algebra;

  2. \((A,\Delta,\epsilon)\) is a coalgebra;

  3. the comultiplication \(\Delta:A\to A\otimes A\) and counit \(\epsilon:A\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) are algebra morphisms;

  4. the multiplication \(\mu:A\otimes A\to A\) and unit \(\eta:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to A\) are coalgebra morphisms.

Once (i) and (ii) are assumed, (iii) and (iv) are equivalent, so it is enough to check either one. Both state the compatibility of \((\Delta,\epsilon)\) and \((\mu,\eta)\) through four commutative diagrams, one for each possible pair; in formulas, \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \Delta \mu = (\mu \otimes \mu)(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes c(A, A) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A) (\Delta \otimes \Delta), \\ \Delta \eta = \eta \otimes \eta, \quad \epsilon \mu = \epsilon \otimes \epsilon, \quad \epsilon \eta = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}}. \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\]

Definition (Bialgebra).

Let \(\mathcal{V}\) be a braided monoidal category. If \(A\) is an algebra in the category of coalgebras over \(\mathcal{V}\), or equivalently a coalgebra in the category of algebras over \(\mathcal{V}\), then \(A\) is called a bialgebra over \(\mathcal{V}\). Concretely, a bialgebra consists of the data \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\).

If \(A\) and \(A'\) are both bialgebras and \(\phi:A\to A'\) is simultaneously an algebra morphism and a coalgebra morphism, then \(\phi\) is called a morphism from the bialgebra \(A\) to the bialgebra \(A'\).

The full data of a bialgebra are often abbreviated simply as \(A\). If \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring and \(\mathcal{V}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), then algebras, coalgebras, and bialgebras over \(\mathcal{V}\) are also called \(\Bbbk\)-algebras, \(\Bbbk\)-coalgebras, and \(\Bbbk\)-bialgebras, respectively, and so forth.

Example. Let \(M\) be a monoid and \(\Bbbk\) a commutative ring. Form the monoid algebra \(\Bbbk[M]\) over \(\Bbbk\); see [Li1]. Define the \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \[\begin{align*} \Delta: \Bbbk[M] & \to \Bbbk[M] \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \Bbbk[M] \\ m & \mapsto m \otimes m, \quad m \in M \end{align*}\] and \(\epsilon:\Bbbk[M]\to\Bbbk\) by mapping every \(m\in M\) to \(1\). Let us verify that these data give a \(\Bbbk\)-bialgebra.

First, \((\Bbbk[M],\Delta,\epsilon)\) is a coalgebra, since for every \(m\in M\), \[\begin{gather*} (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \epsilon)(\Delta(m)) = m = (\epsilon \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})(\Delta(m)), \\ (\Delta \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})(\Delta(m)) = m \otimes m \otimes m = (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \Delta)(\Delta(m)). \end{gather*}\] Note that \(\Bbbk[M]\) is always cocommutative, whereas \(\Bbbk[M]\) is commutative if and only if \(M\) is commutative.

Second, check that \(\epsilon\) and \(\Delta\) are both homomorphisms of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras. It is enough to verify, for every \(m,m'\in M\), that \[\begin{gather*} \epsilon(mm') = 1 = \epsilon(m)\epsilon(m'), \quad \epsilon(1) = 1, \\ \Delta(mm') = mm' \otimes mm' = (m \otimes m)(m' \otimes m') = \Delta(m) \Delta(m'), \\ \Delta(1) = 1 \otimes 1. \end{gather*}\]

For an algebra \(A\) over \(\mathcal{V}\), Definition reference describes left \(A\)-modules. If \(A\) is a bialgebra, we can go further as follows.

  1. On the unit object \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\), define a left \(A\)-module structure by taking \(\mu_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}}:A\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) to be the composite \(A\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}A\xrightarrow{\epsilon}\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\).

  2. For left \(A\)-modules \(M_i\), denote the corresponding scalar multiplication morphisms by \(\mu_i\) (\(i=1,2\)). Define the morphism \(\mu_{M_1\otimes M_2}:A\otimes(M_1\otimes M_2)\to M_1\otimes M_2\) to be the composite \[\begin{multline*} A \otimes M_1 \otimes M_2 \xrightarrow{\Delta \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_1 \otimes M_2}} A \otimes A \otimes M_1 \otimes M_2 \\ \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes c(A, M_1) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_2}} A \otimes M_1 \otimes A \otimes M_2 \xrightarrow{\mu_1 \otimes \mu_2} M_1 \otimes M_2. \end{multline*}\] Here, to simplify notation, parentheses in \(\otimes\) operations and the associativity constraints have been suppressed; in other words, \(\mathcal{V}\) is treated as a strict monoidal category.

These definitions are intended to give the objects \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) and \(M_1\otimes M_2\) of \(\mathcal{V}\) left \(A\)-module structures. The case of right \(A\)-modules is, of course, similar.

Proposition.

Let \(A\) be a bialgebra over a braided monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\). The definitions above make the category of left \(A\)-modules \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) a monoidal category with unit \((\ensuremath{\bm{1}},\mu_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}})\). The same holds for the category of right \(A\)-modules \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\).

Dually, the multiplication and unit of \(A\) make the category of left \(A\)-comodules \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Comod}}\) and the category of right \(A\)-comodules \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}A\) into monoidal categories.

For all four categories above, the forgetful functor to \(\mathcal{V}\) is always a monoidal functor.

Proof. By duality, it is enough to prove the first assertion. The verification is lengthy but straightforward; we outline it. First, one must check that scalar multiplication satisfies the commutative diagrams in Definition reference. For \((\ensuremath{\bm{1}},\mu_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}})\), these properties follow from the fact that \(\epsilon:A\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is an algebra morphism. For the module structure on \(M_1\otimes M_2\), the diagram for scalar multiplication by the unit follows from the fact that \(\Delta:A\to A\otimes A\) is an algebra morphism, in particular from its compatibility with \(\eta\) and \(\eta\otimes\eta\).

For associativity of scalar multiplication, after expanding the definition, the issue is to prove that two maps from \(A\otimes A\otimes M_1\otimes M_2\) to \(M_1\otimes M_2\) are equal:

  1. first apply \(\Delta\otimes\Delta\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_1}\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_2}\), then, taking the braiding into account, successively let the first and third (or second and fourth) copies of \(A\) in \(A\otimes A\otimes(A\otimes A\otimes M_1\otimes M_2)\) act from the left on \(M_1\) (or \(M_2\));

  2. first apply \(\mu:A\otimes A\to A\) in the first two positions, then apply \(\mu_{M_1\otimes M_2}\). Since \[\Delta\mu = (\mu \otimes \mu) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes c(A, A) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})(\Delta \otimes \Delta),\] this map is the composite \[\begin{multline*} A \otimes A \otimes M_1 \otimes M_2 \xrightarrow{\Delta \otimes \Delta \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_1} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_2}} A \otimes A \otimes A \otimes A \otimes M_1 \otimes M_2 \\ \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes c(A, A) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_1} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_2}} \boxed{A \otimes A \otimes A \otimes A} \otimes M_1 \otimes M_2 \\ \xrightarrow{\mu \otimes \mu \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_1} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_2}} A \otimes A \otimes M_1 \otimes M_2 \\ \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes c(A, M_1) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_2}} A \otimes M_1 \otimes A \otimes M_2 \xrightarrow{\mu_1 \otimes \mu_2} M_1 \otimes M_2. \end{multline*}\] The scalar multiplications \(\mu_1\) and \(\mu_2\) are each associative and \(c\) is functorial. Thus, taking the braiding into account, the last three arrows in this composite may also be regarded as first letting the first and second (or third and fourth) copies of \(A\) in the boxed part act successively from the left on \(M_1\) (or \(M_2\)).

Braid diagrams help explain this, as at the end of [Li1]. To prove that (a) equals (b), it is enough to verify the following equality1

Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d008 = Diagram chapter7-unit-092-d009

which is immediately apparent.

To show that \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a monoidal category, one must still prove that the associativity and unit constraints for \(\otimes\) are all morphisms of left \(A\)-modules. The first assertion is straightforward. The second requires the coalgebra property \((\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes\epsilon)\Delta=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A= (\epsilon\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})\Delta\), after identifying \(A\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\simeq A\simeq\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes A\).


  1. There is one harmless minor difference: in the cited reference, morphisms are composed from bottom to top, whereas here they are composed in the opposite direction.↩︎

For a bialgebra \(A\), one can still ask whether the monoidal category \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has a braiding and whether that braiding is symmetric. A natural first idea is to use the braiding \(c(M_1,M_2)\) of \(\mathcal{V}\), but in general this is not a morphism in \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Even in the special case \(\mathcal{V}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), the answer already involves the concept of a quasitriangular bialgebra, which cannot be explained briefly. We give only the following example, which is so simple as to be somewhat misleading.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{V}\) be a symmetric monoidal category.

  1. If \(A\) is a cocommutative bialgebra over \(\mathcal{V}\), then the monoidal categories \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) become symmetric monoidal categories with respect to \(c(M_1,M_2):M_1\otimes M_2\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}M_2\otimes M_1\).

  2. Dually, if \(A\) is a commutative bialgebra over \(\mathcal{V}\), then \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Comod}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}A\) are symmetric monoidal categories.

Proof. It is enough to treat the cocommutative case. Using the preceding notation, the assertion that \(c(M_1,M_2)\) is a morphism in \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is equivalent to proving that the outer boundary of the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-093-d001}\]

The square on the left commutes because \(A\) is cocommutative, while the square on the right commutes by functoriality of \(c\). Drawing the braid diagram shows that \[\begin{multline*} c(A \otimes M_1, A \otimes M_2) = \\ (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes c(A, M_2) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_1}) (c(A, A) \otimes c(M_1, M_2)) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes c(A, M_1) \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{M_2}), \end{multline*}\] and since \(\mathcal{V}\) is a symmetric monoidal category, the middle square also commutes. All other properties of the symmetric monoidal structure on \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) reduce to verifications in \(\mathcal{V}\).

We now introduce the concept of a Hopf algebra. Let \(\mathcal{V}\) be a braided monoidal category.

Definition.

Let the data \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\) form a bialgebra \(A\) over \(\mathcal{V}\). If an isomorphism \(S:A\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}A\) in \(\mathcal{V}\) makes the following diagram commute, \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-093-d002}\] that is, \[\mu (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A \otimes S) \Delta = \eta\epsilon = \mu (S \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A) \Delta,\] then \(S\) is called an antipode of \(A\). A bialgebra equipped with an antipode is called a Hopf algebra. Morphisms between Hopf algebras are defined to be morphisms between their underlying bialgebras.

For example, \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is a Hopf algebra with antipode \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\bm{1}}}\). Interpreted using the convolution in Remark reference, an antipode \(S\) is precisely a two-sided inverse of \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A\in\operatorname{End}(A)\) with respect to \(\star\). The antipode in the definition of a Hopf algebra, if it exists, is unique. This follows immediately by applying the next result to \(f=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A\); the result also shows that morphisms always preserve antipodes.

Proposition. Let \(A\) and \(A'\) be Hopf algebras over \(\mathcal{V}\) with antipodes \(S\) and \(S'\), respectively. For every Hopf algebra morphism \(f:A\to A'\), one has \(S'f=fS\).

Proof. By the functoriality of convolution \(\star\) in equation, both maps \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-093-d003}, \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-093-d004}\] are homomorphisms of convolution monoids. Thus \(S'f\) and \(fS\) are both convolution inverses of \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}(A,A')\).

Because the braiding on \(\mathcal{V}\) gives a braiding on \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\), the concept of a bialgebra is plainly self-dual. The next result shows that the definition of an antipode is self-dual as well.

Proposition. If \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\) is a bialgebra over \(\mathcal{V}\), then \((A,\eta,\mu,\epsilon,\Delta)\) is a bialgebra over \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\). If the Hopf algebra \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\) has antipode \(S\), then \(S^{-1}\) is an antipode of \((A,\eta,\mu,\epsilon,\Delta)\) as a bialgebra over \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\); in particular, the latter object is a Hopf algebra over \(\mathcal{V}^{\operatorname{op}}\).

Proof. The diagram in Definition reference is self-dual, but the direction of \(S\) is reversed.

Proposition.

For a bialgebra \(A\), in accordance with Definition reference,

  • reversing the multiplication of \(A\) using the braiding \(c(A,A)\) produces an algebra \(A^{\mathrm{op}}\);

  • reversing the comultiplication of \(A\) using \(c(A,A)^{-1}\) produces a coalgebra \(A_{\mathrm{cop}}\).

Together, these two operations produce a bialgebra \(A^{\mathrm{op}}_{\mathrm{cop}}\). If \(A\) has an antipode \(S\), then \(S\) is also an antipode of \(A^{\mathrm{op}}_{\mathrm{cop}}\), and in this case \(S:A\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}A^{\mathrm{op}}_{\mathrm{cop}}\) is an isomorphism of bialgebras.

Proof. A routine verification shows that \(A^{\mathrm{op}}_{\mathrm{cop}}\) is indeed a bialgebra with antipode \(S\); we omit the details. The remaining assertion has two parts. First, \(S\) preserves the unit and counit. This is easy: in Proposition reference, take \(A=\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) and \(A'=\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\), respectively.

Second, \(S\) preserves the multiplication and comultiplication. The proof in general is more involved; see [JS91] or [AM10]. Here we only sketch the special case \(\mathcal{V}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), \(\otimes=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\) with its standard braiding. This is the only case that will be needed later.

Recall from §reference that \(A\otimes A\) is naturally a coalgebra. Equip \(\operatorname{Hom}(A\otimes A,A)\) with the convolution from Remark reference, denoted by \(\ast\), and consider the elements \[f := \mu, \quad g := \mu c(A, A) (S \otimes S), \quad h := S \mu.\] It is enough to prove that \(h\ast f=\eta_A\epsilon_{A\otimes A}=f\ast g\). This equality will show that \(f\) is invertible in the monoid \((\operatorname{Hom}(A\otimes A,A),\ast)\), and hence that \(h=g\). Let \(a,b\in A\) and write the expansions \[\begin{gather*} \Delta(a) = \sum_i a_i^{(1)} \otimes a_i^{(2)}, \quad \Delta(b) = \sum_j b_j^{(1)} \otimes b_j^{(2)}. \end{gather*}\] Write \(\mu\) simply as multiplication. From the standard braiding on \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), one obtains \[\begin{align*} (h \ast f)(a \otimes b) & = \sum_{i, j} h\left(a^{(1)}_i \otimes b^{(1)}_j\right) f\left(a^{(2)}_i \otimes b^{(2)}_j\right) \\ & = \sum_{i, j} S\left( a^{(1)}_i b^{(1)}_j \right) a^{(2)}_i b^{(2)}_j \\ & = (\underbracket{S \star \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A}_{\text{convolution on }\operatorname{End}(A)})(ab) = \eta_A \epsilon_A (ab), \\ (f \ast g)(a \otimes b) & = \cdots = \sum_{i, j} a^{(1)}_i b^{(1)}_j S\left( b^{(2)}_j \right) S\left( a^{(2)}_i \right) \\ & = \sum_i a^{(1)}_i \eta_A \epsilon_A(b) S\left( a^{(2)}_i \right) \\ & = \eta_A \epsilon_A (a) \cdot \eta_A \epsilon_A (b) = \eta_A \epsilon_A(ab), \\ \eta_A \epsilon_{A \otimes A}(a \otimes b) & = \eta_A\left( \epsilon_A(a)\epsilon_A(b) \right) = \eta_A \epsilon_A(ab), \end{align*}\] as claimed. Thus \(S\) preserves the multiplication of the bialgebra. A similar argument shows that \(S\) preserves the comultiplication.

In particular, if \(\mathcal{V}\) is a symmetric monoidal category, then \(S^2\) is an automorphism of \(A\).

Corollary. Let the Hopf algebra \(A\) have antipode \(S\). If \(A\) is commutative or cocommutative, then \(S^2=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

Proof. With respect to the convolution \(\star\) on \(\operatorname{End}(A)\) (Remark reference), we have \[S \star S^2 = \mu (S \otimes S^2) \Delta = \mu (S \otimes S)(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes S) \Delta.\]

If \(A\) is commutative, then \(\mu c(A,A)=\mu\), and Proposition reference transforms the right-hand side above into \[\mu c(A, A) (S \otimes S) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes S)\Delta = S\mu (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes S)\Delta = S(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\star S).\] The definition of an antipode says that \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\star S=\eta\epsilon\), while the same proposition gives \(S\eta=\eta\); the result is \(\eta\epsilon\).

If \(A\) is cocommutative, then \(c(A,A)\Delta=\Delta\), and functoriality of the braiding transforms \(S\star S^2\) into \[\mu (S \otimes S)(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes S) c(A, A) \Delta = \mu c(A, A) (S \otimes S)(S \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})\Delta,\] which the same argument then transforms into \(S(S\star\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})=\eta\epsilon\).

Thus \(S^2\) is a convolution inverse of \(S\), so \(S^2=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

All the following examples take \(\mathcal{V}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and \(\otimes=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\), where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring.

Example. Let \(G\) be a group. Form the group \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(\Bbbk[G]\). Example reference gives \(\Bbbk[G]\) a bialgebra structure. Define the \(\Bbbk\)-module automorphism \(S:\Bbbk[G]\to\Bbbk[G]\) by \[S(g) = g^{-1}, \quad g \in G.\] It is easy to verify that \(S\) satisfies the commutative diagram required of an antipode. Thus \(\Bbbk[G]\) is a Hopf algebra.

Example (H. Hopf).

Write \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) for a one-point set. Let a topological space \(X\) be equipped with continuous maps \(m:X\times X\to X\) (multiplication) and \(e:\{\mathrm{pt}\}\to X\) (equivalently, a choice of an element of \(X\), the unit, also denoted by \(e\)), such that the two maps satisfy, up to homotopy, the properties required for associativity of multiplication and for a unit. Then \((X,m,e)\) is called an H-space. If a continuous map \(i:X\to X\) (taking inverses) is also chosen and satisfies, up to homotopy, the properties required of inverses, then \((X,m,e,i)\) is called an H-group.

A topological monoid (or topological group) is of course an H-space (or H-group), but the H-space and H-group conditions are much weaker. A natural example is a loop space. For a topological space \(M\) with a chosen base point \(x_0\in M\), a continuous map \(\gamma:[0,1]\to M\) satisfying \(\gamma(0)=x_0=\gamma(1)\) is called a loop in \(M\). All loops naturally form a topological space \(\Omega(M,x_0)\). If \(m\) is taken to be end-to-start concatenation of two loops, \(e\) the constant map at \(x_0\), and \(i\) reversal of the direction of a loop, then intuitively \(\Omega(M,x_0)\) forms an H-group. The key point is that associativity and the inverse properties hold only up to homotopy.

Next, consider the full subcategory \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{S}}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) consisting of all CW complexes1; it contains spaces commonly encountered in geometry, such as manifolds. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field. The cohomology functor with coefficients in \(\Bbbk\), namely \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet\), is a functor from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{S}}^{\operatorname{op}}\) to the category of graded \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\). Equip \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\) with the braiding determined by the Koszul sign rule equation (in the notation there, take \(\epsilon(a)=a\bmod\;2\)). The cup product \(\mu:=\cup\) on cohomology makes the functor \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet\) factor through \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CAlg}}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\right)\); in short, cohomology is a commutative algebra over \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\).

On the other hand, give \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{S}}\) the monoidal structure determined by the product of spaces, with \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) as unit. The Künneth formula in topology shows that \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet\) is a monoidal functor. Moreover, homotopic maps induce the same map on cohomology. Consequently, if \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{S}})\) is an H-space, then \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(X)\) is also a coalgebra over \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\).

Readers familiar with algebraic topology will readily conclude that the algebra and coalgebra structures on \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(X)\) are compatible and hence give a bialgebra over \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)^{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\). If, in addition, \(X\) is an H-group and the automorphism induced by the map \(i\) is denoted by \(S\in\operatorname{Aut}(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(X))\), then \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(X)\) becomes a Hopf algebra.

In fact, the multiplication (cup product) on \(\operatorname{H}^\bullet(X)\) is precisely the image of the diagonal embedding \(\mathrm{diag}:X\to X\times X\) under the Künneth formula, while its unit is the image of \(X\to\{\mathrm{pt}\}\). Thus all the properties required of the bialgebra and antipode can be verified at the level of topological spaces, up to homotopy. For example, the antipode identity \(\mu(S\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})\Delta=\eta\epsilon\) comes from \[\left[ X \xrightarrow{\mathrm{diag}} X \times X \xrightarrow{(i, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})} X \times X \xrightarrow{m} X\right] \;\text{being homotopy equivalent to}\; \left[ X \to \{\mathrm{pt}\} \xrightarrow{e} X \right].\]

Thus the cohomology of an H-group is naturally a commutative Hopf algebra with a rich structure. This was Hopf’s original motivation for studying such algebras.

The exercises will provide more examples of Hopf algebras. Most are commutative or cocommutative, but there are also many Hopf algebras having neither property. The most important class among them is that of quantum groups. The relevant discussion requires a foundation in Lie theory and is not treated in this book.


  1. This is a topological term, somewhat different from the complexes defined in linear algebra.↩︎

Beck’s Monadicity Theorem

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a category. Consider the functor category \(\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{C}}\), whose objects are all endofunctors \(T:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\) and whose morphisms are morphisms between endofunctors. This category is naturally monoidal: the multiplication \(\otimes\) is composition of functors, and the unit object \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is the identity functor. Since composition of functors is strictly associative, this is also a strict monoidal category.

Definition (Monad and comonad).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a category. An algebra in the monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{C}}\) (Definition reference) is called a monad on \(\mathcal{C}\). Dually, a monad on \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is called a comonad on \(\mathcal{C}\).

Expanding Definition reference in the category of endofunctors \(\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{C}}\), we find that a monad is data \((T,\mu,\eta)\), where \(T:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\) is a functor and \(\mu:T^2\to T\) and \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\to T\) are morphisms such that the following diagrams commute: \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d001} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d002} \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] Compared with the original definition, associativity constraints are no longer needed here, while \(\eta\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) (or \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes\eta\)) becomes \(\eta T\) (or \(T\eta\)), and so on. Dually, a comonad \((L,\delta,\epsilon)\) consists of a functor \(L:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\) and morphisms \(\delta:L\to L^2\) and \(\epsilon:L\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\), subject to the commutativity of the following diagrams. \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d003} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d004} \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] The data \((T,\mu,\eta)\) (or \((L,\delta,\epsilon)\)) are customarily abbreviated simply as \(T\) (or \(L\)). The principal source of monads and comonads is adjoint pairs.

Example (An adjoint pair determines a monad). Consider a pair of adjoint functors \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d005}\] with the corresponding unit \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\to GF\) and counit \(\varepsilon:FG\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\). Define a monad \((T,\mu,\eta)\) on \(\mathcal{C}\) and a comonad \((L,\delta,\varepsilon)\) on \(\mathcal{D}\) as follows. \[\begin{array}{|c|c|}\hline T := GF & L := FG \\ \mu := \left[ GFGF \xrightarrow{G\varepsilon F} GF \right] & \delta := \left[ FG \xrightarrow{F\eta G} FGFG \right] \\ \eta : \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}} \to GF & \varepsilon: FG \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}} \\ \hline \end{array}\]

By duality, it is enough to check the monad axioms in the case \((T,\mu,\eta)\). First, the unit diagram is \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d006}\] which commutes by the triangle identities \((G\varepsilon)(\eta G)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\) and \((\varepsilon F)(F\eta)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_F\). The associativity diagram is \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d007}\] and it commutes: both composites are depicted by \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d008}\] with only the order of composition of the two curved regions differing; the result is the same. This is a special case of the interchange law for vertical and horizontal composition of morphisms [Li1].

Since endofunctors act on \(\mathcal{C}\), we wish to discuss “modules” in \(\mathcal{C}\) under the action of a monad \(T\). For historical reasons, such a structure is also called a \(T\)-algebra.

Definition (S. Eilenberg, J. C. Moore).

Let \((T,\mu,\eta)\) be a monad on \(\mathcal{C}\). A \(T\)-module is data \((M,a)\), where \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and \(a\) is a morphism \(T(M)\to M\) in \(\mathcal{C}\), such that the following diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d009} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d010}\]

All \(T\)-modules form a category \(\mathcal{C}^T\). A morphism from \((M,a)\) to \((M',a')\) is defined to be a morphism \(f:M\to M'\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) that makes the following diagram commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d011}\]

Dually, let \((L,\delta,\epsilon)\) be a comonad on \(\mathcal{C}\). An \(L\)-comodule is data \((N,b)\), where \(b:N\to L(N)\) is a morphism, subject to the commutative diagrams dual to those above. The category of \(L\)-comodules is denoted by \(\mathcal{C}^L\).

The two commutative diagrams for a \(T\)-module should be viewed as the associativity and unit laws for the action of \(T\), respectively. The examples and properties below are stated mainly for monads and modules over them; the versions for comonads and comodules are entirely dual.

Example. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mon}}\) for the category of monoids, conventionally taken to be realized on small sets, and consider the adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d012}\] where \(\mathbf{M}\) maps a set \(X\) to the free monoid \(\mathbf{M}(X)\), whose definition and construction are given in [Li1], and \(U\) is the forgetful functor. Thus, \[T := U\mathbf{M}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}, \quad T(X) = \bigsqcup_{n \geq 0} X^n.\] In other words, an element of \(T(X)\) is a “word” \((x_1,\ldots,x_n)\) with \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). The unit of the adjoint pair \(\eta_X:X\to U\mathbf{M}(X)\) maps \(x\in X\) to the word of length \(1\), \((x)\). For a monoid \(A\), the counit \(\varepsilon_A:\mathbf{M}U(A)\to A\) maps the word \((a_1,\ldots,a_n)\) to the product \(a_1\cdots a_n\in A\). Since multiplication in \(\mathbf{M}(X)\) is concatenation of words, the map \(\mu_X=U\varepsilon\mathbf{M}:T^2(X)\to T(X)\) corresponding to the monad \(T\) (or, viewed as a map \(\mathbf{M}(\mathbf{M}(X))\to\mathbf{M}(X)\)) flattens a “word of words,” that is, it concatenates a sequence of lists, as in \[\left( (x_1, \ldots, x_n), (y_1, \ldots, y_m), \ldots \right) \mapsto \left( x_1, \ldots, x_n, y_1, \ldots, y_m, \ldots \right).\]

Specifying a \(T\)-module \((M,a)\) for \(T=U\mathbf{M}\) is equivalent to specifying \(m_1\cdots m_n:=a(m_1,\ldots,m_n)\) for every word \((m_1,\ldots,m_n)\) in the set \(M\), such that \(a(m)=m\) and the associativity law \[a\left( a(x_1, \ldots, x_n), a(y_1, \ldots, y_m), \ldots \right) = a\left( x_1, \ldots, x_n, y_1, \ldots, y_m, \ldots \right)\] holds. In short, a \(T\)-module is precisely a monoid, with the image under \(a\) of the empty word (\(n=0\)) as its unit. It is easy to check that morphisms of \(T\)-modules are precisely monoid homomorphisms.

The case of the category of groups \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) is entirely similar; the key is to replace \(\mathbf{M}\) by the free-group functor \(\mathbf{F}\). The corresponding \(T\)-modules are precisely groups.

Example. Let \(R\) be a ring and consider the adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d013}\] where \(\mathbf{F}\) maps \(X\) to the free left \(R\)-module \(R^{\oplus X}\) and \(U\) is the forgetful functor. This gives a monad \((T,\mu,\eta)\) on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). As in Example reference, \(T=U\mathbf{F}\) maps a set \(X\) to \(R^{\oplus X}\) regarded as a set; its elements are finite formal \(R\)-linear combinations of elements of \(X\), \(\text{“} r_1x_1+\cdots+r_nx_n \text{”}\). The unit \(\eta_X\) maps \(x\in X\) to \(\text{“}x\text{”}\), while \(\mu_X:R^{\oplus(R^{\oplus}X)}\to R^{\oplus X}\) flattens a two-level linear combination, namely, \[\begin{multline*} \text{“} \alpha (\text{“} r_1 x_1 + \cdots + r_n x_n \text{”}) + \beta (\text{“} s_1 y_1 + \cdots + s_m y_m \text{”}) + \cdots \text{”} \\ \mapsto \text{“} (\alpha r_1) x_1 + \cdots + (\alpha r_n) x_n + (\beta s_1) y_1 + \cdots + (\beta s_m) y_m + \cdots \text{”} . \end{multline*}\] Specifying a \(T\)-module \((M,a)\) is equivalent to specifying a set \(M\) together with a rule that maps formal linear combinations to elements of \(M\), maps \(\text{“}x\text{”}\) to \(x\), is associative with respect to addition and scalar multiplication, and makes scalar multiplication by \(1\in R\) the identity map. In short, \(T\)-modules are precisely left \(R\)-modules. It is clear that morphisms of \(T\)-modules are precisely module homomorphisms.

Return to the general theory. There is a forgetful functor \(U^T:\mathcal{C}^T\to\mathcal{C}\) mapping an object \((M,a)\) to \(M\). We now give its left adjoint: the free construction.

Definition–Proposition (Free \(T\)-module).

Let \((T,\mu,\eta)\) be a monad on \(\mathcal{C}\). Define a functor \[\mathrm{Free}^T: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{C}^T , \quad \begin{array}{rl} (\text{object } M) & \mapsto (TM, \mu_M: T^2 M \to TM), \\ (\text{morphism } f: M \to M') & \mapsto Tf: TM \to TM'. \end{array}\] This gives an adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d014}\] and the monad on \(\mathcal{C}\) determined by this adjoint pair is precisely \((T,\mu,\eta)\).

Proof. To check that \((TM,\mu_M)\) is a \(T\)-module, one must show that the following two diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d015} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-094-d016}\] But these diagrams are obtained by evaluating the functor diagrams in Definition reference at the object \(M\). Functoriality is clear.

Next, note that \(U^T\mathrm{Free}^T=T\). Take \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\to T\) from the data of \(T\), and define \[\epsilon: \mathrm{Free}^T U^T \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}^T}, \quad \epsilon_{(M, a)}: (TM, \mu_M) \xrightarrow{a} (M, a) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^T).\] The left diagram in Definition reference shows that \(\epsilon_{(M,a)}\) is a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}^T\). Its functoriality is also clear.

A routine verification shows that \((\mathrm{Free}^T,U^T)\) is an adjoint pair with unit \(\eta\) and counit \(\epsilon\); we omit the details. Moreover, \[\begin{equation*} \begin{aligned} \left(U^T \epsilon \mathrm{Free}^T\right)_M & = U^T \epsilon_{(TM, \mu_M)} \\ & = \left[ \mu_M: T^2(M) \to T(M)\right], \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\] which shows that the monad on \(\mathcal{C}\) determined by the adjoint pair \((\mathrm{Free}^T,U^T)\) is \((T,\mu,\eta)\).

For the monads in Examples reference and reference, the functor \(\mathrm{Free}^T\) corresponds, respectively, to the constructions of the free monoid and the free module. Dually, a comonad \(L\) on a category \(\mathcal{D}\) also gives a free–forgetful adjoint pair; there is no need to discuss it further.

Lemma. Consider the monad \(T\) and comonad \(L\) arising from an adjoint pair \((F,G)\). Let \(N\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\). The data \[M:=G(N)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \quad a:T(M)=GFG(N)\xrightarrow{G\varepsilon_N}G(N)=M\] give \((M,a)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^T)\). We thereby obtain a functor \(\mathbb{K}:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}^T\) satisfying \(G=U^T\mathbb{K}\).

Dually, \(F\) also has a canonical factorization \(\mathcal{C}\xrightarrow{\mathbb{K}}\mathcal{D}^L\to\mathcal{D}\), which will henceforth be written \(F=U^L\mathbb{K}\), where \(U^L\) is the forgetful functor1.

Proof. It is enough to treat the case of \(T\). In this case, the two diagrams in Definition reference become \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d001} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d002}\] Their commutativity is verified exactly as in Example reference, so it need not be repeated; the functoriality of \(N\mapsto(M,a)\) is also immediate.

For a given adjoint pair \((F,G)\), applying a functor is a process that forgets structure. Lemma reference factors \(G\) (or \(F\)) as \(U^T\mathbb{K}\) (or \(U^L\mathbb{K}\)). We want to know whether structure is lost only at the second step, when the forgetful functor \(U^T\) is applied. If so, the information lost in the process can be reconstructed with the aid of the monad \(T\) (or comonad \(L\)). This consideration motivates the following concept.

Definition. Consider a pair of adjoint functors \(\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-diagram-003}\), which determines a monad \(T\) on \(\mathcal{C}\) and a comonad \(L\) on \(\mathcal{D}\).

  • If the functor \(\mathbb{K}:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}^T\) in Lemma reference is an equivalence of categories, the adjoint pair is called monadic.

  • If its dual version \(\mathbb{K}:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}^L\) is an equivalence of categories, the adjoint pair is called comonadic.

For example, the free–forgetful adjoint pairs in Examples reference and reference are both monadic; a direct check even shows that \(\mathbb{K}\) is an isomorphism of categories in both examples. Beck’s theorem below, also called the monadicity theorem or the Barr–Beck theorem, characterizes monadicity. We need some preparation.

Definition–Proposition.

Consider a diagram in a category \(\mathcal{C}\) \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d003} \end{equation*}\] such that the solid part commutes, that is, \(hu=hv\), and \(h\) and \(v\) have sections (that is, right inverses) \(s\) and \(t\), respectively, as indicated by the dashed arrows, with \(sh=ut\in\operatorname{End}(B)\). The solid part of a diagram with these properties is called a split fork. The diagram automatically gives a coequalizer of \(u\) and \(v\) in \(\mathcal{C}\).

Proof. Consider the following diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d004} \qquad \begin{array}{ll} W \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}) \\ ku = kv. \end{array}\] If there is a \(\varphi:Z\to W\) with \(\varphi h=k\), then \(\varphi=\varphi hs=ks\). Conversely, \(\varphi:=ks\) does satisfy \(\varphi h=ksh=kut=kvt=k\). This proves the required universal property.

Unlike coequalizers in general, split forks are “absolute”: their images under arbitrary functors are still split forks.

Example. Let \((T,\mu,\eta)\) be a monad on \(\mathcal{C}\). Every \((M,a)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^T)\) gives a split fork in \(\mathcal{C}\): \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d005} \quad \begin{array}{ll} a (Ta) = a \mu_M , & \eta_M a = (Ta) \eta_{TM}, \\ a \eta_M = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M , & \mu_M \eta_{TM} = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{TM}. \end{array} \end{equation*}\] The equalities on the right are part of Definitions reference and reference; for example, \(\eta_Ma=(Ta)\eta_{TM}\) follows from the naturality of \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\to T\). In particular, the diagram above realizes \(M\) as the coequalizer of \(Ta\) and \(\mu_M\).

Definition. Consider a functor \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) and a pair of morphisms \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) in \(\mathcal{D}\). If there is a morphism \(h:G(Y)\to Z\) such that the diagram \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d006} \end{equation*}\] is a split fork in \(\mathcal{C}\), then \((f,g)\) is called a \(G\)-split pair in \(\mathcal{D}\).

Let \((f,g)\) be a \(G\)-split pair. Since \((Gf,Gg)\) has a coequalizer, it is natural to ask whether that coequalizer can be lifted to a coequalizer of \((f,g)\) in \(\mathcal{D}\), and whether the lift is unique. A coequalizer is a special case of a \(\varinjlim\); the concepts of a functor creating or preserving \(\varinjlim\) in Definition reference provide the right terminology for this question. Note that the forgetful functor \(U^T:\mathcal{C}^T\to\mathcal{C}\) is conservative in the sense of Definition reference.

Lemma. Let \((T,\mu,\eta)\) be a monad on \(\mathcal{C}\). The functor \(U^T\) creates the coequalizer of every \(U^T\)-split pair.

Proof. Suppose we are given a pair of morphisms in \(\mathcal{C}^T\), \(u,v:(M,a)\rightrightarrows(M',a')\), and a split fork in \(\mathcal{C}\): \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d007} \end{equation*}\] Since this diagram gives a coequalizer in \(\mathcal{C}\), it is enough to extend \(M''\) uniquely to an object \((M'',a'')\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^T)\) such that \(h\) is a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}^T\), and then to show that this construction gives the coequalizer of \(u\) and \(v\) in \(\mathcal{C}^T\).

The image of a split fork under any functor remains a split fork. Hence, in the following diagram, whose solid part is commutative, \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d008}\] both rows are coequalizers in \(\mathcal{C}\). The universal property therefore gives exactly one \(a''\) that makes the whole diagram commute. If \((M'',a'')\) is shown to be a \(T\)-algebra, then commutativity of the right-hand part of this diagram says precisely that \(h\) is a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}^T\).

For this, it remains to verify that the following two diagrams commute.2 \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d009} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d010}\] The coequalizer diagrams show that \(h\) and \(Th\) are epimorphisms (as is \(T^2h\)). The commutativity of the two diagrams above therefore follows immediately from that of the corresponding diagrams for \(M\) and \(M'\).

Finally, we show that \(h\) gives the coequalizer of \(u\) and \(v\) in \(\mathcal{C}^T\). Suppose there is a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}^T\) \(k:(M',a')\to(W,b)\) with \(ku=kv\).3 In \(\mathcal{C}\), there is a unique morphism \(\varphi:M''\to W\) with \(\varphi h=k\). It remains to prove that \(\varphi\) is actually a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}^T\). Consider the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d011}\] The composites of the top and bottom rows are \(Tk\) and \(k\), respectively. Since \(h\) and \(k\) are morphisms in \(\mathcal{C}^T\), the outer boundary and the left square commute. Thus the right square commutes after composition with \(Th\). Since \(Th\) is an epimorphism, the right square itself commutes. This shows that \(\varphi\) is a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}^T\).

Lemma. Let \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) be a functor with left adjoint \(F\), and suppose \(G\) creates the corresponding coequalizers for all \(G\)-split pairs \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) (Definition reference). Then the following diagram is a coequalizer: \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d012} \end{equation*}\] where \(N\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\).

Proof. Applying \(G\) to this diagram gives the split fork of Example reference for \((M,a):=(G(N),G\varepsilon_N)=\mathbb{K}(N)\). Since \(G\) creates the corresponding coequalizer, the original diagram is a coequalizer.

Theorem (J. M. Beck).

Let \(G:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}\) be a functor with left adjoint \(F\). The following statements are equivalent:

  1. the adjoint pair \((F,G)\) is monadic (Definition reference);

  2. \(G\) creates the corresponding coequalizer for every \(G\)-split pair \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\);

  3. \(G\) is conservative (Definition reference), every \(G\)-split pair \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) has a coequalizer \(X\rightrightarrows Y\to Z\) in \(\mathcal{D}\), and the image of that coequalizer under \(G\) is a coequalizer of \((Gf,Gg)\).

If any of the conditions above holds, a quasi-inverse functor \(\mathbb{L}\) to \(\mathbb{K}:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}^T\) can be described as follows. For \((M,a)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^T)\), there is a coequalizer diagram \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d013} \end{equation}\]

For the comonad determined by \((F,G)\), the criterion is entirely dual.

Proof. First, we prove (i) \(\implies\) (ii). Suppose \(\mathbb{K}:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}^T\) has a quasi-inverse functor \(\mathbb{L}\). The properties of being a split pair, being a split fork, and creating \(\varinjlim\) are invariant under equivalences of categories. Since \(G=U^T\mathbb{K}\), it is enough to prove that \(U^T:\mathcal{C}^T\to\mathcal{C}\) creates the corresponding coequalizer for every \(U^T\)-split pair. This is precisely the content of Lemma reference.

Next, (i) \(\implies\) (iii). Since (i) \(\implies\) (ii) is already known, it remains only to show that \(G\) is conservative when \(G\) is monadic. But \(G=U^T\mathbb{K}\), where \(\mathbb{K}\) is an equivalence of categories and \(U^T\) is plainly conservative. Hence \(G\) is conservative as well.

We now prove (ii) \(\implies\) (i) by constructing a quasi-inverse functor \(\mathbb{L}\) to \(\mathbb{K}\). For \((M,a)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^T)\), consider the pair of morphisms in \(\mathcal{D}\) \(\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-diagram-015}\) Its image under \(G\) is \(\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-diagram-016}\), which can be extended to a split fork by Example reference. Thus \((Fa,\varepsilon_{FM})\) is a \(G\)-split pair, and the original diagram can be extended to a coequalizer diagram in \(\mathcal{D}\), namely equation.

By equation and the universal property of coequalizers, a morphism \((M,a)\xrightarrow{\varphi}(M',a')\) in \(\mathcal{C}^T\) gives a unique morphism \(\mathbb{L}(M,a)\to\mathbb{L}(M',a')\) making the following diagram commute: \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-diagram-017} \end{equation*}\] Thus \((M,a)\mapsto\mathbb{L}(M,a)\) becomes a functor \(\mathbb{L}:\mathcal{C}^T\to\mathcal{D}\).

We next prove \(\mathbb{L}\mathbb{K}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\).4 For every \(N\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), the construction above gives a coequalizer diagram \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d014} \end{equation*}\]

Comparing this with the coequalizer diagram in Lemma reference immediately gives the canonical isomorphism \(\mathbb{L}\mathbb{K}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\).

Next, we verify \(\mathbb{K}\mathbb{L}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}^T}\). Clearly \(\mathbb{K}F=\mathrm{Free}^T\); both send an object \(M\) to \((GF(M),G\varepsilon_{FM})\). By definition and \(\mu:=G\varepsilon F\), applying \(\mathbb{K}\) to equation gives \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d015} \end{equation}\]

Applying the forgetful functor \(U^T\) to the two terms on the left of equation gives \(\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d016}\). Example reference extends this diagram to a split fork with coequalizer \(M\). On the other hand, \(U^T\) creates this coequalizer (Lemma reference). Recalling Definition reference, it follows that equation is also a coequalizer diagram.

On the other hand, apply Lemma reference to the adjoint pair \((\mathrm{Free}^T,U^T)\) and the object \(N=(M,a)\). Carefully expanding the description of this adjoint pair gives the coequalizer diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-diagram-021}\] Comparison with the preceding paragraph immediately gives \(\mathbb{K}\mathbb{L}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}^T}\).

Finally, we prove (iii) \(\implies\) (ii). The second part of (iii) says precisely that all \(G\)-split pairs have coequalizers and that \(G\) preserves those coequalizers. Since \(G\) is conservative, Remark reference shows that (ii) holds.

Reversing all morphisms while retaining the direction of the functors, that is, replacing \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) by \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\) and \(\mathcal{D}^{\operatorname{op}}\), gives the characterization of comonadicity. We omit the details.

Corollary. Consider a pair of adjoint functors \(\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d017}\) with corresponding unit \(\eta\) and counit \(\varepsilon\). If this adjoint pair is monadic, then the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-095-d018}\] is a coequalizer for every \(N\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\).

Proof. Combine Lemma reference with Theorem reference (ii).

In practice, a linear version of Beck’s theorem is often needed. More precisely, let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \((F,G)\) an adjoint pair between \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-categories, with both functors \(\Bbbk\)-linear; see Definition reference and Proposition reference. It is easy to see that \(\mathcal{C}^T\) naturally becomes a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category and that, by definition, both functors in \(\mathcal{D}\xrightarrow{\mathbb{K}}\mathcal{C}^T\xrightarrow{U^T}\mathcal{C}\) are \(\Bbbk\)-linear. If condition (ii) or (iii) of Beck’s Theorem reference is satisfied, the description by the diagram equation immediately shows that the quasi-inverse functor \(\mathbb{L}\) to \(\mathbb{K}\) is also \(\Bbbk\)-linear. We therefore obtain a \(\Bbbk\)-linear equivalence \(\mathbb{K}:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{C}^T\).


  1. Using the same symbol \(\mathbb{K}\) will cause little confusion, since this book will not discuss monads and comonads simultaneously.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note: the lower-right node of the first diagram is printed as \(T(M'')\) in the source. The unit law for a \(T\)-algebra requires that node to be \(M''\); the target is corrected here.↩︎

  3. Translator’s note: the source prints the domain of \(k\) as \((M'',a'')\), which makes \(ku\), \(kv\), and \(\varphi h=k\) undefined. The correct domain is \((M',a')\).↩︎

  4. Translator’s note: the source prints \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\) here and in the comparison sentence below. Since \(\mathbb{L}\mathbb{K}\) is an endofunctor of \(\mathcal{D}\), the correct subscript is \(\mathcal{D}\).↩︎

Morita Theory

Throughout this section, fix a Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal{U}\) and a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\). Relative to \(\mathcal{U}\), all rings are understood to be small by default. Functors between \(\Bbbk\)-linear categories are also understood to be \(\Bbbk\)-linear unless otherwise stated, as in Definitions reference and reference. When \(\Bbbk=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), \(\Bbbk\)-linearity is the same as additivity. For \(\Bbbk\)-linear categories \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\), the notation \(\mathrm{Fct}(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) or \(\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}\) denotes the category of all functors \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\). Although \(\mathrm{Fct}(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) need not be a \(\mathcal{U}\)-category, this causes no difficulty below because we shall not form limits or similar constructions within it.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) be \(\Bbbk\)-linear categories.

  • If \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) are cocomplete, define the full subcategory \(\mathrm{Fct}^c(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) of \(\mathrm{Fct}(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) to consist of all functors that preserve small \(\varinjlim\).

  • If \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) are complete, define the full subcategory \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Fct}}_c(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) of \(\mathrm{Fct}(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D})\) to consist of all functors that preserve small \(\varprojlim\).

In some of the literature, objects of \(\mathrm{Fct}_c\) (or \(\mathrm{Fct}^c\)) are called continuous (or cocontinuous) functors.

We use the notation of §reference. For arbitrary \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(A\) and \(B\), define \[\begin{align*} (A, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} & := \text{the category of $(A,B)$-bimodules}, \\ A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} & := \text{the category of left $A$-modules} \simeq (A, \Bbbk)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}, \\ \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B & := \text{the category of right $B$-modules} \simeq (\Bbbk, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}. \end{align*}\] These are elementary examples of \(\Bbbk\)-linear categories. Recall the following basic facts from module theory. Every \((A,B)\)-bimodule \(P\) canonically induces functors preserving small \(\varinjlim\), \[P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} (\cdot): B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}, \quad (\cdot) \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P : \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B,\] while every \((B,A)\)-bimodule \(Q\) canonically induces functors preserving small \(\varprojlim\), \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(Q, \cdot): B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}, \quad \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A}(Q, \cdot): \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B.\] If instead one takes the functor \(\operatorname{Hom}(\mathord\cdot,R)\), where \(R\) is a \((B,A)\)-bimodule, its domain must be replaced by an opposite category such as \((B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})^{\operatorname{op}}\) in order for the functor still to preserve small \(\varprojlim\).

Theorem (S. Eilenberg, C. E. Watts). For arbitrary \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(A\) and \(B\), there are equivalences \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-096-d001}\]

For the first and second equivalences, composition of functors corresponds to tensor product of bimodules; when \(A=B\), the identity functor comes from \(A\) as an \((A,A)\)-bimodule, up to isomorphism.

Proof. The arguments for the various equivalences are similar. We discuss only \[(A, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to \mathrm{Fct}^c(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}, A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}).\] The discussion preceding the theorem has shown that \(P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot)\) is indeed an object of \(\mathrm{Fct}^c(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}},A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), and a bimodule homomorphism \(P\to P'\) plainly induces a morphism of functors \(P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot)\to P'\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot)\). We now construct a quasi-inverse functor.

For an object \(F\) of \(\mathrm{Fct}^c(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}},A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), regard \(B\) as a left \(B\)-module and define \(P:=F(B)\). Since \(B\) also acts on itself on the right by multiplication and \(F\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear functor, \(P\) naturally acquires the structure of an \((A,B)\)-bimodule. The canonical isomorphism \(P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B\simeq P\) shows that \[(A, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to \mathrm{Fct}^c\left(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}, A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \right) \xrightarrow{F \mapsto P} (A, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \;\text{has composite}\; \simeq \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}.\]

For the composite in the other direction, take a functor \(F\) as above and set \(P:=F(B)\). For any left \(B\)-module \(M\), there is a canonical surjective homomorphism \[\bigoplus_{\varphi \in \operatorname{Hom}(B, M)} B \twoheadrightarrow M.\] Notice that \(\bigoplus_\varphi\) is “small.” Repeating the construction for the kernel of this surjective homomorphism gives a canonical exact sequence for \(M\), \[\begin{equation} \bigoplus_\psi B \to \bigoplus_\varphi B \to M \to 0, \end{equation}\] whose first map may be regarded as right multiplication by an infinite matrix with entries in \(B=\operatorname{End}_{B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}}(B)\). Since \(F\) and \(P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot)\) both preserve small \(\varinjlim\), applying them to equation gives exact sequences in \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), \[\begin{gather*} \bigoplus_\psi P \to \bigoplus_\varphi P \to F(M) \to 0, \\ \bigoplus_\psi P \to \bigoplus_\varphi P \to P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} M \to 0. \end{gather*}\] In both rows, the map \(\bigoplus_\psi P\to\bigoplus_\varphi P\) comes from the same matrix (with entries in \(B\)), and hence there is a canonical isomorphism \(F(M)\simeq P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}M\).

By the associativity constraint for tensor products, the first equivalence \((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\mathrm{Fct}^c(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}},A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) sends tensor products of bimodules to composition of functors, up to isomorphism. For the second equivalence, the corresponding statement follows from the adjunction between tensor product and \(\operatorname{Hom}\); see [Li1]. In both cases, it is easy to see that the \((A,A)\)-bimodule \(A\) corresponds to the identity functor, up to isomorphism.

The sizes of these functor categories are now easy to control.

Corollary. For arbitrary \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(A\) and \(B\), all the functor categories \(\mathrm{Fct}^c(\cdots)\) and \(\mathrm{Fct}_c(\cdots)\) appearing in Theorem reference are \(\mathcal{U}\)-categories.

Proof. Indeed, \((A,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and \((B,A)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) are both \(\mathcal{U}\)-categories.

Definition–Proposition.

For arbitrary \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(A\) and \(B\), the following statements are equivalent.

  1. \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and \(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) are equivalent.

  2. There are an \((A,B)\)-bimodule \(P\) and a \((B,A)\)-bimodule \(Q\) together with

    • an isomorphism of \((A,A)\)-bimodules \(P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}Q\simeq A\);

    • an isomorphism of \((B,B)\)-bimodules \(Q\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\simeq B\).

  3. \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) are equivalent.

When one of these conditions holds, \(A\) and \(B\) are called Morita equivalent.

Proof. Equivalences necessarily preserve \(\varinjlim\) and \(\varprojlim\). Theorem reference gives (i) \(\iff\) (ii) and (iii) \(\iff\) (ii).

Condition (ii) is concise but not yet sufficiently explicit. It will be refined by Theorem reference at the end of this section. Before that, we introduce several examples and related results.

Example. For commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebras, Morita equivalence is the same as isomorphism of algebras. This rests on the canonical isomorphism \(Z(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\simeq Z(A)\), where the left-hand side is the center of the abelian category and the right-hand side is the center of the \(\Bbbk\)-algebra.

Example. Let \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\). Every \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(A\) is Morita equivalent to the \(n\times n\) matrix algebra \(\mathrm{M}_n(A)\). To see this, use matrix operations to define \[\begin{align*} P & := \text{the $(A,\mathrm{M}_{n \times n}(A))$-bimodule } A^n \quad \text{(row vectors)}, \\ Q & := \text{the $(\mathrm{M}_{n \times n}(A),A)$-bimodule } A^n \quad \text{(column vectors)}. \end{align*}\] Matrix multiplication gives the required isomorphisms, \[\begin{gather*} P \ensuremath{\underset{\mathrm{M}_{n \times n}(A)}{\otimes}} Q \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}A \quad \text{(as an $(A,A)$-bimodule)}, \\ Q \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{M}_{n \times n}(A) \quad \text{(as an $(\mathrm{M}_{n \times n}(A), \mathrm{M}_{n \times n}(A))$-bimodule)}. \end{gather*}\]

Return to the general setting. For any \((A,B)\)-bimodule \(P\), a basic fact of module theory [Li1] gives an adjoint pair \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-096-d002} \end{equation}\] Theorem reference shows that, up to isomorphism, the functors on the left and right exhaust the objects of \(\mathrm{Fct}^c(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A,\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B)\) and \(\mathrm{Fct}_c(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B,\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A)\), respectively. By Example reference, the adjoint pair equation determines a monad \(T\) on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) and a comonad \(L\) on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\). Their general description is as follows. Consider a right \(A\)-module \(N\) and a right \(B\)-module \(M\): \[\begin{equation} \begin{array}{|c|c|} \hline \text{unit } \eta_N & \text{counit } \epsilon_M \\ \hline N \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}\left( P, N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \right) & \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P, M) \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \to M \\ x \mapsto \left[ p \mapsto x \otimes p \right] & \varphi \otimes p \mapsto \varphi(p) \\ \hline \end{array} \end{equation}\] Recall the definition of an exact functor in Definition reference.

Proposition. Let \(P\) be an \((A,B)\)-bimodule. If \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) (or \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P,\mathord\cdot)\)) is a faithful exact functor, then the adjoint pair equation is comonadic (or monadic); see Definition reference and its dual version.

Proof. We give the proof for \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\); the argument for the other side is exactly the same.

We have already shown that \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) has a right adjoint. It remains to verify the dual of condition (iii) in Theorem reference. First, we prove that \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is conservative. For a homomorphism of right \(A\)-modules \(f:N\to N'\), the required conservativity follows from \[\begin{multline*} f \;\text{is an isomorphism} \iff 0 \to N \xrightarrow{f} N' \to 0 \;\text{is exact} \\ \stackrel{\text{Proposition \href{#prop:faithful-exact}{reference} (iii)}}{\iff} 0 \to N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes f} N' \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \to 0 \;\text{is exact} \iff \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes f \;\text{is an isomorphism}. \end{multline*}\]

Next, every pair of morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) has an equalizer, and the faithful exactness hypothesis ensures that \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) preserves equalizers. Thus all the conditions of Theorem reference (iii) are satisfied.

This is only an abstract result. To apply it, the corresponding monad \(T\) and comonad \(L\) must be described explicitly in certain special cases. We begin with change of rings.

Example (Change of rings).

Fix a homomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(f:A\to B\). In the preceding framework, take \(P:=B\), regarded through \(f\) as an \((A,B)\)-bimodule. In this case, the right adjoint \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(B,\mathord\cdot)\) of \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}B\) is isomorphic, via \(\varphi\mapsto\varphi(1)\), to the forgetful functor \(\mathcal{F}_{B|A}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\), and \[\begin{array}{|c|c|} \hline \text{unit morphism }\; \eta_N & \text{counit morphism }\; \epsilon_M \\ \hline N \to \mathcal{F}_{B|A}(N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B) & \mathcal{F}_{B|A}(M) \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B \to M \\ x \mapsto x \otimes 1 & y \otimes b \mapsto yb \\ \hline \end{array} \quad \begin{array}{c} N: \;\text{a right $A$-module,} \\ M: \;\text{a right $B$-module.} \end{array}\]

In discussions of change of rings, \(\mathcal{F}_{B|A}\) is usually omitted from the notation for simplicity. Thus the monad \(T\) and comonad \(L\) may respectively be written as \[\begin{array}{|c|c|c|} \hline T & \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\to T & T^2 \to T \\ \hline N \mapsto N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B & N \to N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B & (N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B) \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B \to N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B \\ & x \mapsto x \otimes 1 & (x \otimes b) \otimes b' \mapsto x \otimes bb' \\ \hline\hline L & L \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}& L \to L^2 \\ \hline M \mapsto M \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B & M \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B \to M & M \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B \to (M \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B) \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} B \\ & y \otimes b \mapsto yb & y \otimes b \mapsto (y \otimes 1) \otimes b \\ \hline \end{array}\] The required verifications are routine.

We next consider a slightly more general situation. First, for arbitrary right \(B\)-modules \(P\) and \(X\), regard \(B\) as a \((B,B)\)-bimodule in order to define the left \(B\)-module \[\begin{equation} P^\vee := \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P, B) \end{equation}\] and the canonical homomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} X \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee & \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P, X) \\ x \otimes \lambda & \mapsto x \lambda(\cdot). \end{aligned} \end{equation}\]

If \(P\) is an \((A,B)\)-bimodule, then \(P^\vee\) has the structure of a \((B,A)\)-bimodule, \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P,X)\) has the structure of a right \(A\)-module, and equation is a homomorphism of right \(A\)-modules. The same construction naturally has a version with left and right interchanged. Consequently, \(P^{\vee\vee}\) is defined, and there is also a canonical homomorphism of right \(B\)-modules \(P\to P^{\vee\vee}\).

Lemma. Let \(P\) be an \((A,B)\)-bimodule which, as a right \(B\)-module, is finitely generated and projective. Then \(P^\vee\), as a left \(B\)-module, is also finitely generated and projective, and in this situation:

  • for every \(X\), equation gives a canonical isomorphism of right \(A\)-modules;

  • \(P\to P^{\vee\vee}\) is an isomorphism.

Proof. As a right \(B\)-module, write \(P\) as a direct summand of \(B^{\oplus n}\) for some \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Then \(P^\vee\) is naturally a direct summand of \(B^{\oplus n}\). It is clear that replacing \(P\) by \(B^{\oplus n}\) in equation gives an isomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-modules. Restricting to the direct summand \(P\) therefore still gives an isomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-modules, hence an isomorphism of right \(A\)-modules. The assertion \(P\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}P^{\vee\vee}\) is proved in the same way: it is enough to check it for \(B^{\oplus n}\).

Under the preceding hypothesis, the adjoint pair equation can therefore be rewritten as \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-097-d001} \end{equation}\]

Definition.

Let \(P\) be an \((A,B)\)-bimodule which, as a right \(B\)-module, is finitely generated and projective. Define the homomorphism of \((B,B)\)-bimodules \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-097-d002}\] and the homomorphism of \((A,A)\)-bimodules \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-097-d003}\]

It is easy to check that both maps are well defined. Combining equation with Lemma reference, for every right \(A\)-module \(N\) and right \(B\)-module \(M\), the unit morphism \(\eta_N\) and counit morphism \(\epsilon_M\) of the adjoint pair equation satisfy \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-097-d004}\] Thus we may identify \[\begin{align*} \eta_N = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_N \otimes \mathrm{coev}: \; & N \to N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee , \\ \epsilon_M = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M \otimes \mathrm{ev}: \; & M \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \to M. \end{align*}\] The preceding constructions take place at the level of the bimodules \(P\) and \(P^\vee\) and do not depend on \(M\) or \(N\) at all.

Definition.

For an arbitrary \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(A\), the category \((A,A)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is monoidal under \(\otimes:=\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}\). Hence §reference and §reference define what is meant by an algebra \(E\) (or coalgebra \(C\)) in \((A,A)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), as well as by left and right \(E\)-modules (or left and right \(C\)-comodules). Since the definition of a module (or comodule) involves \(\otimes\) on only one side, the following slight generalization is needed.

  • A left \(E\)-module means the following data: an \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) together with a morphism in \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), \(\mu_M:E\otimes M\to M\), such that the diagrams in Definition reference commute in \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

  • A left \(C\)-comodule means the following data: an \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) together with a morphism in \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), \(\rho_M:M\to C\otimes M\), such that the diagrams in Definition reference commute in \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\).

Right \(E\)-modules and right \(C\)-comodules are defined similarly, and morphisms between modules or comodules are defined in the standard way.

Applying the preceding sequence of results to describe the monad and comonad determined by the adjoint pair equation immediately gives the following result.

Proposition. Let \(P\) be an \((A,B)\)-bimodule which, as a right \(B\)-module, is finitely generated and projective, and define the \((B,A)\)-bimodule \(P^\vee\) as above. Then:

  • \(P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}P^\vee\) is an algebra in the monoidal category \((A,A)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Its multiplication is given by \[\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_P \otimes \mathrm{ev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{P^\vee}: P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee \to P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee\] and its unit comes from \(\mathrm{coev}:A\to P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}P^\vee\);

  • \(P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is a coalgebra in the monoidal category \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Its comultiplication is given by \[\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{P^\vee} \otimes \mathrm{coev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_P: P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \to P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P\] and its counit comes from \(\mathrm{ev}:P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\to B\).

Next, consider the monad \(T\) on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) determined by the adjoint pair equation, and the comonad \(L\) on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) determined by it. Use Definition reference when discussing modules and comodules.

  • Specifying a \(T\)-module is equivalent to specifying a right \(A\)-module \(N\) together with a homomorphism satisfying the usual properties such as associativity and unitality, \[N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} (P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee) \to N;\] in other words, it is equivalent to making \(N\) a \((P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}P^\vee)\)-module.

  • Specifying an \(L\)-comodule is equivalent to specifying a right \(B\)-module \(M\) together with a homomorphism satisfying the usual properties such as coassociativity and counitality, \[M \to M \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} (P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P);\] in other words, it is equivalent to making \(M\) a \((P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P)\)-comodule.

Proof. The proof is easier than the statement.

As a ring, \(P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}P^\vee\) is simply \(\operatorname{End}_{B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}}(P)\). By contrast, the coalgebra structure on \(P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) looks cumbersome, but it is often more convenient in applications. Nevertheless, comodules do not have an absolute advantage: for example, the coalgebra must be flat for its comodule category to be abelian. We give only an outline of a simple proof; the exercises at the end of the chapter provide more.

Proposition. Let \(C\) be a coalgebra in \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Write the category of right (or left) \(C\)-comodules as \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\) (or \(C\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Comod}}\)), and write its forgetful functor to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) (or \(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)) as \(U\). If \(C\), as a left (or right) \(B\)-module, is flat [Li1], then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\) (or \(C\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Comod}}\)) is an abelian category and \(U\) is faithful and exact.

Proof. It is enough to discuss the version for \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\). Let \(f:M\to N\) be a homomorphism of right \(C\)-comodules and denote its cokernel at the level of \(B\)-modules by \(\operatorname{coker}(Uf)\). Then there is a commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) with exact rows, \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-097-d005}\] where the dashed arrow is uniquely determined by functoriality of the cokernel. It is easy to prove that this dashed arrow gives \(\operatorname{coker}(Uf)\) a comodule structure; we denote this object by \(\operatorname{coker}(f)\), and it is the cokernel of \(f\). The reader may check the details if desired.

We wish to lift \(\operatorname{ker}(Uf)\) to a comodule in the same way. The key is to ensure that \[0 \to \operatorname{ker}(Uf) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} C \to M \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} C \xrightarrow{Uf \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} N \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} C\] is exact in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\). This is where the flatness of \(C\) as a left \(B\)-module is needed; the remaining routine verification is similar to the cokernel case.

To prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\) is an abelian category, it remains to show that the canonical morphism \[\operatorname{coim}(f) = \operatorname{coker}[\operatorname{ker}(f) \hookrightarrow M] \to \operatorname{ker}[N \twoheadrightarrow \operatorname{coker}(f)] = \operatorname{im}(f)\] is an isomorphism, but this need only be checked at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\).

By construction, \(U\) preserves kernels and cokernels and is therefore exact; it is plainly faithful as well.

Returning to the main discussion, we continue the study of the functor \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\).

Proposition. Let \(P\) be an \((A,B)\)-bimodule which, as a right \(B\)-module, is finitely generated and projective, and suppose that \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is a faithful exact functor. A right \(A\)-module \(N\) is finitely generated if and only if the right \(B\)-module \(N\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is finitely generated.

Proof. For the “only if” direction, suppose there are \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and a surjective homomorphism \(A^{\oplus n}\twoheadrightarrow N\). Applying the functor gives a surjective homomorphism \(P^{\oplus n}\twoheadrightarrow N\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\), while \(P\), as a right \(B\)-module, is finitely generated.

For the “if” direction, take a finitely generated submodule \(N'\) of \(N\) such that the image of \(N'\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) contains a set of generators of \(N\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) as a \(B\)-module. Since \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is faithful and exact, we in fact have \(N'\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}N\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\), and hence \(N'=N\).

In fact, the property that a module is finitely generated admits an entirely categorical characterization, as follows.

Lemma. Let \(R\) be a ring and \(N\) a right \(R\)-module. Then \(N\) is finitely generated if and only if the following property holds: for every family \((N_i)_{i \in I}\) of subobjects of \(N\), if \(\sum_{i \in I}N_i=N\), then there is a finite subset \(I_0\subset I\) such that \(\sum_{i \in I_0}N_i=N\).

Proof. For the “only if” direction, let \(x_1,\ldots,x_n\) be a set of generators for \(N\). Each \(x_j\) belongs to some \(\sum_{i\in I_j}N_i\), where \(I_j\subset I\) is finite; it is enough to take \(I_0=\bigcup_{j=1}^n I_j\). For the “if” direction, consider \(N=\sum_{x\in N}xR\).

We now return to the Morita equivalences introduced in Definition–Proposition reference. We discuss only the case of right modules.

Theorem (Kiiti Morita). Let \(A\) and \(B\) be \(\Bbbk\)-algebras. Let \(\mathrm{Equiv}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A,\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B)\) be the category whose objects are all equivalences \(F:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) and whose morphisms are isomorphisms between these equivalences. On the other hand, define a category \(\mathcal{P}(A,B)\) whose objects are the \((A,B)\)-bimodules \(P\) satisfying the following conditions:

  • as a right \(B\)-module, \(P\) is a finitely generated projective generator of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\);

  • left multiplication induces an isomorphism \(A\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P)\).

Its morphisms are defined to be bimodule isomorphisms. There are quasi-inverse functors \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-098-d001}\]

Proof. First, we show that \(F\mapsto F(A)\) is well defined. Observe that \(A\) is a finitely generated projective generator of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\). Both the property of being a projective generator and the property of being finitely generated have categorical characterizations (Lemma reference), so the same holds for \(F(A)\). Moreover, abstract considerations give \[F:\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A}(A)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(F(A)).\] It is easy to check that this is exactly the homomorphism \(A\to\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(F(A))\) given by left multiplication by \(A\) on \(F(A)\).

If the functor from right to left is also well defined, then Theorem reference implies that the two functors are quasi-inverse. It therefore suffices to prove the following assertion: if \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{P}(A,B))\), then \(F:=(\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is an equivalence of categories.

Take \(P\) as above. In equation, we showed that the right adjoint of \((\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is \((\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}P^\vee\), where \(P^\vee:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P,B)\). We seek to show that these functors are quasi-inverse. Taking \(Q=P^\vee\) in Definition–Proposition reference (ii), it is enough to prove that the bimodule homomorphisms in Definition reference, \[\mathrm{ev}:P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\to B,\qquad \mathrm{coev}:A\to P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}P^\vee \simeq\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P),\] are both isomorphisms.

First consider \(\mathrm{ev}\). Since \(P\) is a generator of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\), there is a surjective homomorphism \(P^{\oplus I}\twoheadrightarrow B\). In particular, there are \(q_1,\ldots,q_n\in P^\vee\) and \(p_1,\ldots,p_n\in P\) such that \(\sum_{i=1}^n q_i(p_i)=1_B\), or equivalently \(\mathrm{ev}(\sum_i q_i\otimes p_i)=1_B\). Thus surjectivity is proved.

Next, define an operation \(P\times P^\vee\to A\), written as multiplication. It is characterized by the following associativity-like identity in \(P\), for all \(p,p'\in P\) and \(q\in P^\vee\): \[\underbracket{(pq)}_{\in A}p' = p\underbracket{(qp')}_{\in B}.\] Here \(qp':=q(p')\). Indeed, for fixed \(p\) and \(q\), the right-hand side is an element of \(\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P)\), while left multiplication induces \(A\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P)\); thus \(pq\in A\) is uniquely defined. The identity above also gives a second form of associativity, namely the following identity in \(P^\vee\): \[\underbracket{(qp)}_{\in B}q' = q\underbracket{(pq')}_{\in A}.\] It is enough to check that the two sides take the same value on every \(p'\in P\); this direct verification is left to the reader.

We can now prove the injectivity of \(\mathrm{ev}\). Choose \(p_i\) and \(q_i\) as in the preceding step. If \(\mathrm{ev}(\sum_{j=1}^m q'_j\otimes p'_j)=0\), then the two forms of associativity above give \[\begin{multline*} \sum_j q'_j \otimes p'_j = \sum_{i,j}(q_i p_i)q'_j\otimes p'_j = \sum_{i,j}q_i\underbracket{(p_iq'_j)}_{\in A}\otimes p'_j \\ = \sum_{i,j}q_i\otimes(p_iq'_j)p'_j = \sum_{i,j}q_i\otimes p_i\underbracket{(q'_jp'_j)}_{\in B} = \sum_i q_i\otimes p_i\sum_j q'_jp'_j=0. \end{multline*}\]

Finally, the assertion that \(\mathrm{coev}\) is an isomorphism is precisely the second condition in the definition of \(\mathcal{P}(A,B)\).

Consequently, \(A\) and \(B\) are Morita equivalent if and only if \(\mathcal{P}(A,B)\) is nonempty, while studying the category \(\mathcal{P}(A,B)\) is an entirely concrete problem in module theory. Conversely, Morita equivalence may also be used to rewrite the definition of \(\mathcal{P}(A,B)\) in a more symmetric form.

Corollary. An \((A,B)\)-bimodule \(P\) is an object of the category \(\mathcal{P}(A,B)\) in Theorem reference if and only if the following conditions hold:

  • as a left \(A\)-module, \(P\) is a finitely generated projective generator of \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), and as a right \(B\)-module, \(P\) is a finitely generated projective generator of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\);

  • left multiplication induces an isomorphism \(A\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(P)\), while right multiplication induces an isomorphism \(B^{\operatorname{op}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{End}_{A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}}(P)\).

Proof. It is enough to prove the “only if” direction. Suppose \(P\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{P}(A,B))\). The bimodule isomorphisms already proved, \[P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}P^\vee\simeq A,\qquad P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\simeq B,\] not only show that \((\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) is an equivalence, but also imply that \(P\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}(\cdot):B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is an equivalence. Therefore the left-module version of Theorem reference shows that \(P\), as a left \(A\)-module, is a finitely generated projective generator, and that right multiplication induces \(B^{\operatorname{op}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{End}_{A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}}(P)\). In fact, it is enough to repeat the first paragraph of the proof of Theorem reference for left modules.

Recognizing Module Categories

Throughout this section, continue to fix a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\). All abelian categories and functors are understood to be \(\Bbbk\)-linear unless otherwise stated. Categories of the form \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\), where \(R\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra, are collectively called module categories. In §reference, we specifically studied module categories and functors between them. It is also natural to ask which categories are equivalent to module categories and how such equivalences can be described concretely. This section presents several concise, practical results about these questions. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. Our approach is to consider a functor of the form \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot)\), which naturally lifts to a functor \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) with \(R:=\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(s)\). The question is when \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot)\) is an equivalence.

Recall Definition reference of a compact object. Suppose \(\mathcal{A}\) has all small filtered \(\varinjlim\) and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). The object \(X\) is called compact if, for every small filtered category \(I\) and functor \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{A}\), the following canonical morphism is an isomorphism: \[\varinjlim_i \operatorname{Hom}\left( X, \alpha(i) \right) \to \operatorname{Hom}\left( X, \varinjlim \alpha \right).\]

Lemma. Let \(X\) be a projective object in a cocomplete abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\). Then \(X\) is compact if and only if \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,\mathord\cdot)\) preserves all small direct sums; that is, for every small set \(I\) and family of objects \((Y_i)_{i\in I}\), \(\bigoplus_{i\in I}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y_i)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,\bigoplus_{i\in I}Y_i)\). When this condition holds, \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,\mathord\cdot)\) in fact preserves all small \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. Suppose \(X\) is compact. A direct sum indexed by a small set \(I\) is the filtered \(\varinjlim\) of the finite direct sums (take all finite subsets of \(I\), ordered by inclusion). Since \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,\mathord\cdot)\) is known to preserve finite direct sums, it also preserves small direct sums.

Conversely, projectivity is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,\mathord\cdot)\) preserving cokernels, while a general small \(\varinjlim\) can be constructed from small direct sums and cokernels. Hence \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,\mathord\cdot)\) preserves all small \(\varinjlim\).

Example. Let \(R\) be a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra and \(M\) a projective right \(R\)-module. Then \(M\) is compact if and only if \(M\) is finitely generated.

  • Necessity: there are a small set \(I\) and homomorphisms \(i:M\to R^{\oplus I}\) and \(p:R^{\oplus I}\to M\) with \(pi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\). Compactness implies that the image of \(i\) is contained in \(R^{\oplus I_0}\) for some finite subset \(I_0\subset I\). Take \(p':=p|_{R^{\oplus I_0}}\); then \(p'i=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\) still holds. Thus \(M\) can be realized as a direct summand of a finite-rank free module.

  • Sufficiency: apply the criterion of Lemma reference. Every homomorphism \(M\to\bigoplus_{i\in I}Y_i\) must land in \(\bigoplus_{i\in I_0}Y_i\) for some finite subset \(I_0\subset I\) (it is enough to check the images of the generators). Hence \(M\) is compact.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a cocomplete abelian category. Then \(s\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is a compact projective generator if and only if \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot): \mathcal{A}\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a faithful exact functor preserving all small \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. By Proposition reference, being a projective generator is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot)\) being faithful and exact. By Lemma reference, under the projectivity assumption, compactness is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot)\) preserving all small \(\varinjlim\).

Theorem (P. Gabriel). Let \(s\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) and set \(R:=\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(s)\). Then \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s, \cdot): \mathcal{A} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\] is an equivalence if and only if \(s\) is a compact projective generator of \(\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. For brevity, write \(G:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot):\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\). First prove necessity. Since \(G\) is an equivalence and \(G(s)=R\), it is enough to check that \(R\) is a compact projective generator of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\), which is immediate.

We now prove sufficiency. Suppose \(s\) is a compact projective generator. Proposition reference implies that \(G\) is a faithful exact functor preserving all small \(\varinjlim\), because its composite with the forgetful functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) has these properties. Since faithfulness is already known, it is enough to prove that:

  • for all \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), the corresponding map \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y)\to\operatorname{Hom}_R(GX,GY)\) is surjective;

  • \(G\) is essentially surjective.

First, for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), define a morphism \(\phi_X:s^{\oplus\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,X)}\to X\) whose restriction to the direct summand corresponding to \(f:s\to X\) is \(f\). We show that \(\phi_X\) is surjective. Otherwise, suppose that \(\operatorname{coker}(\phi_X)\neq0\). The generator property gives a nonzero morphism \(s\to\operatorname{coker}(\phi_X)\) (Proposition reference), while projectivity makes this morphism factor as \(s\xrightarrow{g}X\to\operatorname{coker}(\phi_X)\). It follows that the composite \(s^{\oplus\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,X)}\xrightarrow{\phi_X}X \to\operatorname{coker}(\phi_X)\) is nonzero on the direct summand corresponding to \(g\), a contradiction.

Apply the same construction to the kernel \(\operatorname{ker}(\phi_X)\). Thus every \(X\) fits into an exact sequence \[s^{\oplus J} \to s^{\oplus I} \to X \to 0, \quad I = I_X, \; J = J_X: \text{small sets}.\] Since \(G\) preserves all small \(\varinjlim\), this gives an exact sequence of right \(R\)-modules \[R^{\oplus J} \to R^{\oplus I} \to GX \to 0.\] The first morphism in each sequence may be regarded as an \(I\times J\) matrix over \(R\) acting by left multiplication; the two are in fact the same matrix.

Now consider a homomorphism of right \(R\)-modules \(f:GX\to GY\). Choose exact sequences of the preceding form for \(X\) and \(Y\). It is easy to see that \(f\) lifts to a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-099-d001}\] The four arrows in the left square, however, can all be expressed as matrices over \(R\). Those four matrices give the solid part of a commutative diagram with exact rows \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-099-d002}\] and the dashed part is uniquely determined by functoriality of the cokernel. Since \(G\) is exact, necessarily \(G(X\dashrightarrow Y)=f\).

A similar argument shows that \(G\) is essentially surjective. For a given right \(R\)-module \(M\), there is an exact sequence \[R^{\oplus L} \to R^{\oplus K} \to M \to 0,\] where the first morphism is regarded as a \(K\times L\) matrix over \(R\). The same matrix gives a cokernel exact sequence in \(\mathcal{A}\), \[s^{\oplus L} \to s^{\oplus K} \to X \to 0.\] Since \(G\) preserves all small \(\varinjlim\), necessarily \(GX\simeq M\). This completes the proof.

Another related problem is to recognize categories of finitely generated modules. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}R\) for the category of finitely generated right \(R\)-modules. If \(R\) is a right Noetherian ring, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}R\) remains an abelian category; see [Li1].

Theorem. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and \(s\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). Suppose that:

  • every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is a Noetherian object (Definition reference);

  • \(R:=\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(s)\) is a right Noetherian ring;

  • \(s\) is a projective generator of \(\mathcal{A}\).

Then the functor \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot): \mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) factors as \[\mathcal{A} \xrightarrow{\text{equivalence}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}R \subset \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R.\]

Proof. First show that every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) can be placed in an exact sequence \[\begin{equation} s^{\oplus m} \to s^{\oplus n} \to X \to 0, \quad n, m \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}. \end{equation}\]

Indeed, since \(s\) is a generator, for every \(X\neq0\) there is a nonzero morphism \(\phi_1:s\to X\). If \(\phi_1\) is not surjective, there is a nonzero morphism \(s\to\operatorname{coker}(\phi_1)\); the projectivity of \(s\) ensures that this morphism factors as \(s\xrightarrow{\psi_1}X\to\operatorname{coker}(\phi_1)\). We thereby obtain \(\phi_2:=(\phi_1,\psi_1):s^{\oplus2}\to X\) with \(\operatorname{im}(\phi_2)\supsetneq\operatorname{im}(\phi_1)\). If \(\phi_2\) is not yet surjective, repeat the same procedure. Since \(X\) is a Noetherian object, this process must terminate after finitely many steps and yield a surjective morphism \(\phi_X:s^{\oplus n}\twoheadrightarrow X\). Apply the same procedure to \(\operatorname{ker}(\phi_X)\) to obtain equation.

Recall that \(s\) is a projective generator if and only if \(G:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot)\) is faithful and exact. Applying \(G\) to equation gives an exact sequence \(R^{\oplus m}\to R^{\oplus n}\to GX\to0\), showing that the image of \(G\) lies in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}R\).

On the other hand, since \(R\) is right Noetherian, every \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}R)\) can also be placed in an exact sequence \[R^{\oplus q} \to R^{\oplus p} \to M \to 0, \quad p, q \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}.\]

The rest of the proof follows the same idea as the proof of sufficiency in Theorem reference. In that argument, the compactness of \(s\) was used only to handle infinite direct sums; here only finite direct sums occur, and every additive functor preserves them. The remainder of the argument is identical and is not repeated.

Application: Descent of Modules

In geometry, given an adjoint pair \(\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-100-diagram-001}\), the process of reconstructing information on \(\mathcal{C}\) from comodules on \(\mathcal{D}\) under the coaction of the corresponding comonad is usually called descent. This section explains the case of module theory.

Consider a homomorphism of commutative rings \(K\to L\). The corresponding forgetful functor \(\mathcal{F}_{L|K}:L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) fits into the adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-100-d001}\] We apply the results from the second half of §reference to study the corresponding comonad on \(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). More precisely, take \(\Bbbk=K\) and apply the “change of rings” construction of Example reference. Apart from notation, we use left rather than right modules here. Since only commutative rings are considered, this makes no substantive difference. Following the description in Example reference, denote the comonad determined on \(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) by the adjoint pair by \((\mathbf{L},\delta,\epsilon)\), where \[\mathbf{L} = L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} \mathcal{F}_{L|K}(\cdot), \quad \delta: \mathbf{L} \to \mathbf{L}^2, \quad \epsilon: \mathbf{L} \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}.\] From now on, as usual, the forgetful functor \(\mathcal{F}_{L|K}\) will be omitted from formulas to simplify the notation. A comodule over the comonad \(\mathbf{L}\) is a datum \((M,a)\), where \(M\) is an \(L\)-module and \(a:M\to L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}M\) is an \(L\)-module homomorphism, subject to the requirement that the following diagrams commute: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-100-d002} \quad \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-100-d003}\] All comodules \((M,a)\) over the comonad \(\mathbf{L}\) form a category \(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}}\). The dual of Lemma reference gives the factorization \[L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} (\cdot) = \left[ K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \xrightarrow{\mathbb{K}} L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}} \xrightarrow{U^{\mathbf{L}}} L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \right] \; \text{as a composite}.\] The functor \(U^{\mathbf{L}}\) forgets the coaction, \((M,a)\mapsto M\), while \(\mathbb{K}\) maps an object \(N\) to \((L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N,a)\), where \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} a: L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} N & \to L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} (L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} N) \quad \text{($L$-module homomorphism)} \\ \ell \otimes x & \mapsto \ell \otimes 1 \otimes x. \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] The central question is whether the adjoint pair is comonadic; equivalently, is \(\mathbb{K}\) an equivalence?

Definition.

Given a homomorphism of commutative rings \(K\to L\), if \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot):K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a faithful exact functor, then \(L\), as a commutative \(K\)-algebra, is called faithfully flat.

Theorem (Flat descent).

Let \(L\) be a faithfully flat commutative \(K\)-algebra. Then the adjoint pair \(\left(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot),\mathcal{F}_{L|K}\right)\) is comonadic. In this case, a quasi-inverse \(\mathbb{L}\) to \(K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\xrightarrow{\mathbb{K}}L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}}\) is described by the following equalizer diagram in \(K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-100-d004} \quad (M, a) \in \operatorname{Ob}\left(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}}\right).\]

Proof. Proposition reference establishes comonadicity, while the dual of Theorem reference already contains the description of the quasi-inverse functor.

Remark. It must be emphasized that at the level of the derived categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\), although the adjoint pair in question also has a derived version as in Example reference and Example reference, there is no corresponding descent theorem.

The proof of flat descent is surprisingly simple. In practice, however, the comonad or the descent data must be described in a usable form; this is the theme of §reference. In the remainder of this section we recast the definition of \(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}}\) in another form for easy comparison with the literature. In essence, this is a concrete rewriting of Proposition reference (in its left-module version, with \(P=L=P^\vee\)), though the procedure is somewhat circuitous. For \(i=1,2\), write \(\iota_i:L\to L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L\) for the homomorphism that inserts an element into the \(i\)th tensor slot. For every \(L\)-module \(M\) there is a canonical isomorphism of \(L\)-modules \[\begin{align*} L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} M & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} L) \ensuremath{\underset{L, \iota_2}{\otimes}} M \\ \ell \otimes m & \mapsto \ell \otimes 1 \otimes m, \end{align*}\] where the right-hand side is made an \(L\)-module through \(\iota_1\). By the standard adjunction in module theory, specifying an \(L\)-module homomorphism \(a:M\to L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}M\) is therefore equivalent to specifying an \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L\)-module homomorphism \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \tilde{a}: (L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} L) \ensuremath{\underset{L, \iota_1}{\otimes}} M & \to (L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} L) \ensuremath{\underset{L, \iota_2}{\otimes}} M \\ 1 \otimes 1 \otimes m & \mapsto \sum_{i=1}^n \ell_i \otimes 1 \otimes m_i ; \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] here \(a(m)=\sum_{i=1}^n\ell_i\otimes m_i\). Since \(\iota_1|_K=\iota_2|_K\), when \(M\) comes from a \(K\)-module \(N\), careful substitution from equation shows that \(\tilde a\) becomes \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}:L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N\to L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N\). For brevity, write \(L^{\otimes n}:=L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}\cdots\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L\) (with \(n\) factors). Temporarily forget \(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}}\) and consider an arbitrary \(\tilde a:L^{\otimes2}\ensuremath{\underset{L,\iota_1}{\otimes}}M\to L^{\otimes2}\ensuremath{\underset{L,\iota_2}{\otimes}}M\). By the universal property of the tensor product [Li1], specifying a pair of homomorphisms of commutative \(K\)-algebras \(f,g:L\to E\) is equivalent to specifying a homomorphism \(f\otimes g:L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L\to E\). Thus \(\tilde a\) defines the following \(E\)-module homomorphism: \[\begin{equation*} \tilde{a}_{gf} := E \ensuremath{\underset{f \otimes g}{\otimes}} \tilde{a}: E \ensuremath{\underset{L, f}{\otimes}} M \to E \ensuremath{\underset{L, g}{\otimes}} M. \end{equation*}\] As \((E,f,g)\) varies, we want to analyze the compatibility among these homomorphisms. The formula above shows that \((E,f,g):=(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L,\iota_1,\iota_2)\) is “universal” for this problem and corresponds to \(\tilde a\), while a general \((E,f,g)\) is obtained by applying \(E\ensuremath{\underset{f\otimes g}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot)\) to it. To analyze the “universal” case, for \(1\leq i\neq j\leq3\) write:

\(\iota^3_{ij}: L^{\otimes 2} \to L^{\otimes 3}\) insertion into tensor slots \((i,j)\)
\(\iota^3_i: L \to L^{\otimes 3}\) insertion into the \(i\)th tensor slot

Using equation, define the \(L^{\otimes3}\)-module homomorphism \[\tilde{a}_{ji} := L^{\otimes 3} \ensuremath{\underset{L, \iota^3_{ij}}{\otimes}}\tilde{a} : \; L^{\otimes 3} \ensuremath{\underset{L, \iota^3_i}{\otimes}} M \to L^{\otimes 3} \ensuremath{\underset{L, \iota^3_j}{\otimes}} M.\] Here we use \(\iota^3_{ij}\iota_1=\iota^3_i\) and \(\iota^3_{ij}\iota_2=\iota^3_j\). When \(M\) comes from a \(K\)-module, we may identify \[\tilde{a} \;\text{with}\; \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{L^{\otimes 2} \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} N}, \quad \tilde{a}_{ji} \;\text{with}\; \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{L^{\otimes 3} \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} N}.\] Then \(\tilde a_{31}=\tilde a_{32}\tilde a_{21}\) is clear. This is the desired compatibility condition. Its important consequence is \[\begin{equation} \tilde{a}_{31} = \tilde{a}_{32} \tilde{a}_{21} \implies \begin{array}{l} \forall f, g, h: L \xrightarrow{K\text{-algebra}} E, \\ \tilde{a}_{hf} = \tilde{a}_{hg} \tilde{a}_{gf}; \end{array} \end{equation}\] the left-hand side is the “universal version” of the right-hand side.

Definition (Descent datum).

Define \(\mathrm{Desc}_{K\to L}\) to be the following category. Its objects are data \((M,\tilde a)\), where \(M\) is an \(L\)-module and \(\tilde a:L^{\otimes2}\ensuremath{\underset{L,\iota_1}{\otimes}}M\to L^{\otimes2}\ensuremath{\underset{L,\iota_2}{\otimes}}M\) satisfies

  • Isomorphism condition.\(\tilde a\) is an isomorphism of \(L^{\otimes2}\)-modules;

  • Cocycle condition.\(\tilde a_{31}=\tilde a_{32}\tilde a_{21}\).

A morphism from \((M,\tilde a)\) to \((M',\tilde a')\) is an \(L\)-module homomorphism \(f:M\to M'\) satisfying \((\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}^{\otimes2}\otimes f)\tilde a= \tilde a'(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}^{\otimes2}\otimes f)\). Such data \((M,\tilde a)\) are called descent data.

The discussion before equation shows that \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot)\) gives a functor \(K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\mathrm{Desc}_{K\to L}\). We now relate descent data to \(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}}\).

Lemma. There is an isomorphism of categories from \(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}}\) to \(\mathrm{Desc}_{K\to L}\), given on objects by \((M,a)\leftrightarrow(M,\tilde a)\) and defined on morphisms in the standard way.

Moreover, the isomorphism condition in the definition of \(\mathrm{Desc}_{K\to L}\) may be replaced by the following condition: define \(m:L^{\otimes2}\to L\) by \(m(\ell\otimes\ell')=\ell\ell'\). The endomorphism \(M\to M\) given by \(L\ensuremath{\underset{L^{\otimes 2},m}{\otimes}}\tilde a\) is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\).

Proof. Specifying \(\tilde a\) is known to be equivalent to specifying \(a:M\to L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}M\). The issue is to match the conditions on the descent datum \(\tilde a\) with the conditions on \(a\) that make \((M,a)\) a comodule. This is where the second assertion will be used.

The comodule conditions are the coassociativity and counit laws. For the first, the equivalence of \(\tilde a_{31}=\tilde a_{32}\tilde a_{21}\) with coassociativity is a mechanical verification left to the reader. For the second, write \(\varphi\) for the composite \(M\xrightarrow{a}L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}M\xrightarrow{\epsilon_M}M\). The counit law is equivalent to \(\varphi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). Recalling that \(\epsilon_M(\ell\otimes m)=\ell m\), a similar direct verification gives \[\varphi = L \ensuremath{\underset{L^{\otimes 2}, m}{\otimes}} \tilde{a}.\] We next show that, under the assumption \(\tilde a_{31}=\tilde a_{32}\tilde a_{21}\), the map \(\tilde a\) is an isomorphism if and only if \(\varphi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\). This will complete the proof.

Suppose \(\tilde a\) is an isomorphism. Then \(\varphi\) is also an isomorphism. In equation, take \(E=L\) and \(f=g=h=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_L\). The right-hand side readily becomes \(\varphi=\varphi^2\), and hence \(\varphi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\).

Conversely, suppose \(\varphi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\). For every homomorphism of \(K\)-algebras \(f:L\to E\), change scalars on \(\tilde a\) along the two paths of the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-100-d005}\] This shows that \(\tilde a_{ff}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). Together with equation, it follows that \(\tilde a_{fg}^{-1}=\tilde a_{gf}\) for every \((E,f,g)\). In particular, the “universal version” \(\tilde a\) is also an isomorphism. This proves the lemma.

Theorem (Second form of flat descent). Let \(L\) be a faithfully flat commutative \(K\)-algebra. Then \[L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} (\cdot): K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to \mathrm{Desc}_{K \to L}\] is an equivalence of categories. One of its quasi-inverses, \(\tilde{\mathbb{L}}\), may be taken to be the equalizer \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-100-d006}\] where \(a\) is the map corresponding to \(\tilde a\) under equation.

Proof. By Lemma reference, this is merely a reformulation of the flat descent Theorem reference.

Theorem reference is the usual formulation of flat descent in algebraic geometry. There a faithfully flat homomorphism \(K\to L\) corresponds, in a certain sense, to a covering of a geometric object. The datum \(\tilde a\), or the corresponding \(a\), is sometimes also expressed as a homomorphism of left \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L\)-modules, that is, of \((L,L)\)-bimodules, \[\begin{align*} \overline{a}: M \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} L & \to L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} M \\ m \otimes \ell & \mapsto \sum_{i=1}^n \ell_i \otimes \ell m_i, \end{align*}\] still assuming \(a(m)=\sum_{i=1}^n\ell_i\otimes m_i\). This is obtained by contracting the tensor products in equation in the appropriate way and has the advantage of a more compact form. A contracted version for \(\tilde a_{ji}\) is obtained similarly.

Remark (Flat descent for algebras and modules). We can go on to discuss how \(L\)-algebras, or modules over those algebras, descend to \(K\). Concretely, suppose \((M,a),(M',a')\in\operatorname{Ob}(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}})\) are the images of \(N,N'\in\operatorname{Ob}(K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\). Recall that \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot):K\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a monoidal functor [Li1]; that is, there are canonical isomorphisms such as \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} (L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} N_1) \ensuremath{\underset{L}{\otimes}} (L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} N_2) & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} (N_1 \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} N_2) \\ (\ell_1 \otimes x) \otimes (\ell_2 \otimes y) & \mapsto \ell_1 \ell_2 \otimes (x \otimes y). \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] Use this to give \(M\ensuremath{\underset{L}{\otimes}}M'\) the \(\mathbf{L}\)-comodule structure coming from \(N\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N'\). Now take \(N'=N\). Giving \(N\) a \(K\)-algebra structure is equivalent to giving \(M\) an \(L\)-algebra structure such that the multiplication \(M\ensuremath{\underset{L}{\otimes}}M\to M\) and unit \(L\to M\) are both morphisms in \(L\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\mathbf{L}}\); all properties such as associativity required of a \(K\)-algebra come from \(M\). The descent of \(M\)-modules to \(N\)-modules should be understood in the same way. For this purpose, descent data of the form equation may be more convenient than comodules over \(\mathbf{L}\), because all the functors involved are monoidal on \(M\), whereas \(\mathbf{L}\) itself is not a monoidal functor.

Application: Galois Descent

In what follows, \(L|K\) is a Galois extension of fields. This is a useful special case of flat descent from §reference, called Galois descent. Our strategy is to describe the corresponding comonad directly. The only tools required are the form of flat descent in Theorem reference and its preliminaries; the deeper discussion in the second half of §reference is not needed. From now on, assume that \(K\) and \(L\) are fields and that \(L|K\) is a Galois extension. The modules considered above become vector spaces. Write \[\Gamma := \operatorname{Gal}(L|K), \quad \text{equipped with the Krull topology}.\] Background on the Krull topology can be found in [Li1]; when \(L|K\) is finite, this is just the discrete topology. In fact, \(\Gamma\) is a profinite group as introduced in §reference. A map \(f:\Gamma\to X\) is called smooth if, for every \(\sigma\in\Gamma\), there is an open subgroup \(\Gamma_0\) such that \(\sigma_0\in\Gamma_0\implies f(\sigma\sigma_0)=f(\sigma)\). Write \[\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma, X)^\infty := \left\{ \text{smooth maps } f: \Gamma \to X \right\}.\]

Lemma. If \(f\in\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,X)^\infty\), there is an open normal subgroup \(\Gamma'\) such that \(f\) factors through \(\Gamma/\Gamma'\). In particular, \(f\) takes only finitely many values.

Proof. For every \(\sigma\in\Gamma\), there is an open subgroup \(\Gamma_0\), depending on \(\sigma\), such that \(f\) is constant on \(\sigma\Gamma_0\). These cosets form an open cover of \(\Gamma\). Since \(\Gamma\) is compact, there is a finite subcover \(\sigma_1\Gamma_{0,1},\ldots,\sigma_r\Gamma_{0,r}\). Now choose an open normal subgroup \(\Gamma'\) contained in \(\bigcap_{i=1}^r\Gamma_{0,i}\).

We use this to describe concretely the comonad \(\mathbf{L}:M\mapsto L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}M\) determined by \(L|K\) on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(L)\).

Lemma. For every \(L\)-vector space \(M\), give \(\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,M)^\infty\) the following \(L\)-vector space structure: if \(\ell\in L\), then \((\ell f)(\sigma)=\sigma(\ell)f(\sigma)\) for every \(\sigma\in\Gamma\). There is an isomorphism of \(L\)-vector spaces \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-101-d001} \end{equation}\]

Proof. It is clear that \(\Phi(M)\) is well-defined (\(\operatorname{Stab}_\Gamma(\ell)\) is always open, so \(f\) is smooth), and it is \(L\)-linear by definition. It also commutes with arbitrary direct sums: \(\Phi(\bigoplus_iM_i)=\bigoplus_i\Phi(M_i)\) (every \(f\) takes only finitely many values, so \(\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,\mathord\cdot)^\infty\) commutes with arbitrary direct sums). Choosing a basis of \(M\), the verification of equation reduces to the special case \(M=L\), \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-101-d002}\]

For every finite Galois subextension \(L'|K\) of \(L|K\), write \(\Gamma':=\operatorname{Gal}(L|L')\). We claim that the same map as above gives \[\begin{equation} L' \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} L' \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma/\Gamma', L') := \left\{\text{maps } f: \Gamma/\Gamma' \to L' \right\}. \end{equation}\] Once this is granted, since \(\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,L)^\infty= \bigcup_{L'|K}\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma/\Gamma',L')\) (apply Lemma reference; enlarging \(L'\) amounts to shrinking \(\Gamma'\)), taking the union of both sides of equation over all \(L'|K\) shows that \(\Phi(L)\) is an isomorphism.

Choose \(\alpha\) such that \(L'=K(\alpha)\). Its minimal polynomial \(p\in K[X]\) splits over \(L'\) as \(\prod_{i=1}^d(X-\alpha_i)\), with \(\alpha_1=\alpha\) and no repeated roots. The group \(\Gamma/\Gamma'=\operatorname{Gal}(L'|K)\) is in bijection with \(\alpha_1,\ldots,\alpha_d\) by \(\sigma\mapsto\sigma(\alpha)\). Write \(\ell\in L'\) as \(g(\alpha)\) with \(g\in K[X]\). Then \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-101-d003}\] This proves equation.

Lemma. Under the canonical isomorphism of Lemma reference, the comonad \((\mathbf{L},\delta,\epsilon)\) is described by the following commutative diagram, where \(M\) is any \(L\)-vector space: \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-101-d004}\] where \(1:=1_\Gamma\).

Proof. The counit \(\epsilon_M:L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}M\to M\) is \(\ell\otimes m\mapsto\ell m\), which clearly corresponds under equation to \(f\mapsto f(1)\). The comultiplication \(\delta_M:L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}M\to L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}M\) requires a little work. If \(f\in\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,M)^\infty\) corresponds to \(\ell\otimes m\), then the image of the latter under \(\delta_M\), namely \(\ell\otimes(1\otimes m)\), corresponds to the map \[\Gamma \ni \sigma \mapsto \sigma(\ell) \cdot \underbracket{\left[ \tau \mapsto m \right]}_{\in \mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma, M)^\infty} = \left[ \tau \mapsto \tau(\sigma(\ell))m \xlongequal{\text{\href{#eqn:comonad-smMap}{equation}}} f(\tau\sigma) \right].\] This proves the claim.

Definition.

Suppose that the group \(\Gamma=\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) acts on the left on an \(L\)-vector space \(M\). The action is called semilinear if \(\sigma(m+m')=\sigma(m)+\sigma(m')\) and \(\sigma(tm)=\sigma(t)\sigma(m)\) for all \(\sigma\in\Gamma\), \(t\in L\), and \(m,m'\in M\). Define the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\Gamma,\infty}(L)\) as follows.

  • Objects: \(L\)-vector spaces \(M\) with a smooth semilinear \(\Gamma\)-action. Smoothness means that \(\operatorname{Stab}_\Gamma(m)\) is an open subgroup of \(\Gamma\) for every \(m\in M\).

  • Morphisms: \(L\)-linear maps \(\varphi\) satisfying \(\varphi(\sigma m)=\sigma(\varphi(m))\), also called \(\Gamma\)-equivariant linear maps.

Return to the comonad \(\mathbf{L}\) determined by the Galois extension \(L|K\). Its category of comodules is denoted \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(L)^{\mathbf{L}}\).

Lemma. With the notation above, there is an isomorphism of categories \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(L)^{\mathbf{L}} \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\Gamma, \infty}(L).\] If \(M\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\Gamma,\infty}(L)\), the corresponding object in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(L)^{\mathbf{L}}\) is \((M,a)\), where \(a\) is characterized by the fact that the composite \[M \xrightarrow{a} L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} M \xrightarrow[\sim]{\Phi(M)} \mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma, M)^\infty\] maps \(m\in M\) to the map \([\sigma\mapsto\sigma m]\) from \(\Gamma\) to \(M\).

Proof. First observe that \(\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,\mathord\cdot)^\infty\) is a functor: every map \(\varphi:M_1\to M_2\) induces \(\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,M_1)^\infty\to \mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,M_2)^\infty\), mapping \(f\) to \(\varphi f\).

Next, use Lemma reference to rewrite and combine the two commutative diagrams defining a comodule into \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-101-d005}\] where \(a'\) corresponds to \(a\). Specifying an \(L\)-linear map \(a':M\to\mathrm{Maps}(\Gamma,M)^\infty\) is equivalent to specifying a map \(\beta:\Gamma\times M\to M\) such that

  • \(\beta(\sigma,m+m')=\beta(\sigma,m)+\beta(\sigma,m')\) and \(\beta(\sigma,tm)=\sigma(t)\beta(\sigma,m)\), with \(t\in L\);

  • for every \(m\in M\) and \(\sigma\in\Gamma\), there is an open subgroup \(\Gamma_0\) such that \(\sigma_0\in\Gamma_0\implies \beta(\sigma\sigma_0,m)=\beta(\sigma,m)\).

The concrete correspondence is, of course, \(\beta(\sigma,m)=a'(m)(\sigma)\). The commutative diagram above then translates into \[\beta(\tau\sigma, m) = \beta(\tau, \beta(\sigma, m)), \quad \beta(1, m) = m.\]

At the level of objects, these conditions are precisely those of a smooth semilinear action of \(\Gamma\). The verification on morphisms is immediate.

Lemma. If \((M,a)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(L)^{\mathbf{L}})\) comes from a \(K\)-vector space \(N\), then the corresponding object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\Gamma,\infty}(L)\) is \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N\) with the smooth semilinear action \[\sigma (\ell \otimes x) = \sigma(\ell) \otimes x, \quad \ell \in L, \; x \in N, \quad \sigma \in \Gamma.\]

Proof. We have \(M=L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N\). By equation, the homomorphism \(a\) maps \(\ell\otimes x\) to \(\ell\otimes1\otimes x\). The characterization of the semilinear action therefore gives \[\sigma (\ell \otimes x) = \Phi(M)(\ell \otimes (1 \otimes x))(\sigma) = \sigma(\ell) (1 \otimes x) = \sigma(\ell) \otimes x,\] for arbitrary \(\ell\in L\) and \(x\in N\). This proves the lemma.

Take \((M,a)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(L)^{\mathbf{L}})\). Since \(\Phi(M)(1\otimes m)(\sigma)=\sigma(1)m=m\), the description of \(a\) in Lemma reference extends to the following commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(K)\): \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-101-d006}\] Thus the equalizer in Theorem reference is the operation of taking \(\Gamma\)-invariants, \[M^\Gamma := \left\{ m \in M: \forall \sigma \in \Gamma, \; \sigma m = m \right\}.\] Notice that \(M\mapsto M^\Gamma\) gives a \(K\)-linear functor between \(K\)-linear categories, \[(\cdot)^{\Gamma}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\Gamma, \infty}(L) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(K).\]

Theorem (Galois descent).

Let \(L|K\) be a Galois extension of fields and let \(\Gamma=\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\). Then the functor \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-101-d007}\] is an equivalence of categories. A quasi-inverse may be taken to be \((\mathord\cdot)^\Gamma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\Gamma,\infty}(L) \to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(K)\).

Proof. Clearly \(L\) is a faithfully flat \(K\)-algebra. Lemma reference and the preceding description of the equalizer reduce the assertion to the flat descent Theorem reference.

Let us view Theorem reference from another angle. For every \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\Gamma,\infty}(L))\), define \[\begin{equation} \iota_M: L \ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}} (M^{\Gamma}) \to M, \quad \ell \otimes x \mapsto \ell x . \end{equation}\] This is clearly a \(\Gamma\)-equivariant linear map. There is a simple adjoint pair \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter7-unit-101-d008} \end{equation}\]

  • It is easy to see that the unit of the adjunction \(N\to(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N)^\Gamma\) maps \(x\) to \(1\otimes x\). This is an isomorphism: choose a basis \(B\) of \(N\). An element \(\sum_{b\in B}\ell_b\otimes b\) (a finite sum) of \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N\) is \(\Gamma\)-invariant if and only if each \(\ell_b\) is invariant; equivalently, \(\sum_b\ell_b\otimes b=1\otimes\sum_b\ell_b b\in N\).

  • The counit morphism is precisely the previously defined \(\iota_M\).

    If \(M=L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N\), the preceding item gives \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(M^\Gamma)=L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(1\otimes N)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N=M\), so \(\iota_M\) is an isomorphism in this case.

Once Theorem reference is accepted, every \(M\) comes from some \(N\), so the discussion above shows that \((L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot),(\mathord\cdot)^\Gamma)\) is an adjoint equivalence. Conversely, if \(\iota_M\) can be shown to be an isomorphism for every \(M\), the Galois descent Theorem reference follows anew. Although the proof by flat descent has a natural conceptual flow, it is admittedly indirect. The exercises will give a direct method for proving that \(\iota_M\) is an isomorphism; the technique is also useful elsewhere.

Remark (Galois descent for algebras and modules). Let \(N_1,N_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(K))\). Under equation, the natural semilinear \(\Gamma\)-action on \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(N_1\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N_2)\) becomes the “diagonal action” on \((L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N_1)\ensuremath{\underset{L}{\otimes}}(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N_2)\), namely the simultaneous action on both tensor slots. Specifying a \(K\)-algebra \(N\) is equivalent to specifying an \(L\)-algebra structure on \(M:=L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}N\) such that its algebra operations are compatible with the semilinear \(\Gamma\)-action: \[\sigma(1_M) = 1_M , \quad \sigma (xy) = \sigma(x) \sigma(y).\] Modules over \(K\)-algebras should be understood in the same way. This is analogous to the idea of Remark reference.

The Relation between Galois Descent and \(\operatorname{H}^1\)

Descent is a powerful method for classifying various algebraic or geometric objects; its general formulation requires the language of algebraic geometry. For ease of exposition, we make two simplifying assumptions in this section.

  1. We use only Galois descent (Theorem reference and the discussion following it), rather than flat descent or more general techniques.

  2. As far as possible, this book uses algebraic language, especially that of linear algebra, to explain the examples. We must therefore narrow the scope of the classification problem. In fact, we shall consider only a certain class of tensors in finite-dimensional vector spaces.

This viewpoint naturally leads to the nonabelian cohomology \(\operatorname{H}^1\) of the Galois group. The discussion below draws on the tools of §reference and §reference. Since we need to allow infinite Galois extensions, we shall also continue to use the language of profinite groups; see §reference. We first introduce the necessary notation.

Convention. Throughout this section, fix a field \(K\) and write \(\otimes:=\otimes_K\). For a finite-dimensional \(K\)-vector space \(V\), write \(V^\vee\) for its dual space. For each \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}^2\), introduce the notation \[T^{p,q}V:=V^{\otimes p}\otimes(V^\vee)^{\otimes q}.\] Following the convention of differential geometry, the elements of \(T^{p,q}V\) are called tensors of type \((p,q)\) on \(V\).

Every isomorphism \(g:V\to V'\) between finite-dimensional \(K\)-vector spaces naturally induces an isomorphism \(T^{p,q}V\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}T^{p,q}V'\); for convenience, this induced isomorphism is still denoted by \(g\). Moreover, finite dimensionality gives a canonical isomorphism \((V_1\otimes V_2)^\vee\simeq V_1^\vee\otimes V_2^\vee\). In the classification problems considered in this section, the principal objects are data of the following form, defined over the field \(K\): \[\begin{equation} \mathbf{t}=(V,I,(t_i,p_i,q_i)_{i\in I}), \end{equation}\] where

  • \(V\) is a finite-dimensional \(K\)-vector space;

  • \(I\) is a set (which may be empty);

  • \((p_i,q_i)\) is a family of pairs of nonnegative integers, indexed by \(i\in I\);

  • \(t_i\in T^{p_i,q_i}V\) is a family of tensors, indexed by \(i\in I\).

In other words, we study a family of tensors of specified types in a finite-dimensional vector space. Given another datum \[\mathbf{t}'=(V',I,(t'_i,p_i,q_i)_{i\in I}),\] if there is an isomorphism of \(K\)-vector spaces \(g:V\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}V'\) such that \(gt_i=t'_i\) for every \(i\), then \(g\) is called an isomorphism between the two data, and we write \[g\mathbf{t}=\mathbf{t}'\quad\text{or}\quad g:\mathbf{t}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}'.\] We wish to classify such data \(\mathbf{t}\) up to isomorphism, or more specifically to classify those \(\mathbf{t}\) satisfying additional conditions. These conditions must be algebraically expressible and preserved by isomorphisms. Although the theoretical framework is confined to linear algebra, its range of applications is already quite broad. Here are several special cases.

  1. Consider data \((V,b)\), where \(b\in(V^\vee)^{\otimes2}\) is a tensor of type \((0,2)\). Classifying these data is equivalent to classifying bilinear forms on \(V\). We may also impose conditions such as symmetry, antisymmetry, or nondegeneracy on \(b\); all of these are “algebraic” conditions. Multilinear forms may be treated similarly.

  2. We may also classify \((V,\varphi_1,\ldots,\varphi_n)\), where \(\varphi_i\in V\otimes V^\vee\) is a tensor of type \((1,1)\). Since \(V\otimes V^\vee\simeq\operatorname{End}_K(V)\), this amounts to classifying \(V\) together with a family of linear endomorphisms. Various algebraic relations may be imposed, such as commutativity among the endomorphisms.

  3. Next consider data \((V,\mu)\), where \(\mu\in V\otimes(V^\vee)^{\otimes2}\) is a tensor of type \((1,2)\), which may also be regarded as an element of \(\operatorname{Hom}_K(V\otimes V,V)\). This amounts to classifying \(V\) together with a bilinear “multiplication” \(V\times V\to V\). If the operation is required to be associative and to have a unit (the latter may be regarded as a tensor of type \((1,0)\)), these conditions make \(V\) into a \(K\)-algebra. Other conditions may be imposed on \(\mu\) in order to study structures such as Lie algebras and Jordan algebras.

More generally, equation can be extended in a natural way to treat the classification of a family of vector subspaces, or at least lines, in \(T^{p,q}V\). We shall not pursue this because of space constraints.

Definition. For a finite-dimensional \(K\)-vector space \(V\), write \(\operatorname{GL}(V)\) for its group of linear automorphisms. For data \(\mathbf{t}\) as in equation, define the subgroup of \(\operatorname{GL}(V)\) \[G(\mathbf{t}):=\{g\in\operatorname{GL}(V):g\mathbf{t}=\mathbf{t}\}.\]

Choose a basis for \(V\) and write the conditions \(gt_i=t_i\) in coordinates for every \(i\in I\). Thus \(G(\mathbf{t})\) is cut out inside \(\operatorname{GL}(V)\) by a family of polynomial equations. In the examples above, if \(\mathbf{t}\) corresponds to a nondegenerate symmetric (respectively, antisymmetric) bilinear form \(b:V\times V\to K\), then the corresponding \(G(\mathbf{t})\) is the orthogonal group \(\mathrm{O}(V,b)\) (respectively, the symplectic group \(\mathrm{Sp}(V,b)\)). If \(\mathbf{t}\) is the tensor of type \((0,\dim V)\) given by the determinant, then the corresponding group is the special linear group \(\operatorname{SL}(V):=\{g:\det g=1\}\).

Definition. For every field extension \(L|K\) and \(K\)-vector space \(V\), write \(V_L:=L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}V\), regarded as an \(L\)-vector space. Through the canonical isomorphism of \(L\)-vector spaces \[(T^{p,q}V)_L\simeq T^{p,q}(V_L),\] every datum \(\mathbf{t}\) on \(V\) of the form equation induces a datum \(\mathbf{t}_L\) on \(V_L\), defined over the extension field \(L\).

Field extension does not change the numerical part of the data, \((\dim V,I,(p_i,q_i)_i)\). Recall that when \(L|K\) is a Galois extension, \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) acts smoothly and semilinearly on \(V_L\) (Lemma reference); we write the action on the left. In fact, it acts smoothly and semilinearly on every \(T^{p,q}(V_L)\) (Definition reference), “diagonally” on tensor products and by \(\check v\mapsto\check v\sigma^{-1}\) on the dual space \(V^\vee\) (the contragredient action, or “inverse step”). Relative to the isomorphism above, its invariant subspace is \[T^{p,q}(V_L)^{\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)}=T^{p,q}V.\] This is precisely Galois descent at the level of objects. At the level of morphisms, it is expressed by the following result.

Lemma. Let \(V\) and \(W\) be finite-dimensional \(K\)-vector spaces. For every \(h\in\operatorname{Hom}_L(V_L,W_L)\) and \(\sigma\in\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\), define \[{}^\sigma h:=\sigma h\sigma^{-1}:V_L\to W_L.\] This map is again \(L\)-linear. The formula gives a smooth semilinear action of \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) on the \(L\)-vector space \(\operatorname{Hom}_L(V_L,W_L)\). This action is compatible with composition of linear maps, and \[\operatorname{Hom}_L(V_L,W_L)^{\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)}=\operatorname{Hom}_K(V,W).\] Here \(\operatorname{Hom}_K(V,W)\) is embedded in \(\operatorname{Hom}_L(V_L,W_L)\) by \(f\mapsto f_L:=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_L\otimes f\).

Proof. The reader may check directly that \({}^\sigma h\) is indeed \(L\)-linear. For smoothness, choose bases of \(V\) and \(W\) and identify the elements of \(\operatorname{Hom}_L(V_L,W_L)\) with matrices. Then \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) acts in the standard way on every matrix entry. Since \(h\) involves only finitely many matrix entries, they are all contained in some finite subextension \(E|K\) of \(L|K\). Hence the open subgroup \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|E)\) fixes \(h\). The remaining assertions about the action \((\sigma,h)\mapsto{}^\sigma h\) are readily verified.

The equality \(\operatorname{Hom}_L(V_L,W_L)^{\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)}=\operatorname{Hom}_K(V,W)\) follows directly from Galois descent and is also easy to see directly from matrices.

Taking the special case \(V=W\), we see that \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) acts on \(\operatorname{GL}(V_L)\) by \((\sigma,g)\mapsto{}^\sigma g\), and that \(\operatorname{GL}(V_L)^{\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)}=\operatorname{GL}(V)\).

Lemma. For data \(\mathbf{t}\) of the form equation, the smooth action of \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) on \(\operatorname{GL}(V_L)\) preserves \(G(\mathbf{t}_L)\). Thus \(G(\mathbf{t}_L)\) becomes a smooth \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\)-group in the sense of Remark reference; its invariant subgroup satisfies \[G(\mathbf{t}_L)^{\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)}=G(\mathbf{t}).\]

Proof. Let \(g\in G(\mathbf{t}_L)\) and \(\sigma\in\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\). Then \[({}^\sigma g)\mathbf{t}_L =({}^\sigma g)(\sigma\mathbf{t}_L) =\sigma g\sigma^{-1}(\sigma\mathbf{t}_L) =\sigma(g\mathbf{t}_L) =\sigma(\mathbf{t}_L) =\mathbf{t}_L.\] Thus the action of \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) preserves \(G(\mathbf{t}_L)\). The remaining assertions follow immediately.

In practice, the classification of data equation usually becomes simpler after extending scalars to a sufficiently large field \(L\). For example, the isomorphism class of a nondegenerate quadratic form over an algebraically closed field is completely determined by its dimension, whereas the situation is more complicated over a general field such as \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}\), \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Q}}_p\), or \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Q}}\). Conditions imposed in the classification problems above, such as nondegeneracy or associativity of multiplication, can usually be checked after any field extension. The problem therefore splits into two parts:

  1. Over a sufficiently large field \(L\), classify data of the form equation satisfying the desired conditions; a typical choice is to take \(L\) to be a separably closed field.

  2. Choose data \(\mathbf{t}_0\) defined over \(K\), take a sufficiently large Galois extension \(L|K\), and study the data \(\mathbf{t}\) satisfying \(\mathbf{t}_L\simeq\mathbf{t}_{0,L}\).

The first part may be called geometric, while the second is arithmetic. This section focuses on the arithmetic part, which motivates the following definition.

Definition. Let \(\mathbf{t}_0\) be data of the form equation defined over the field \(K\), and let \(L|K\) be a Galois extension. Set \[\mathcal{T}(\mathbf{t}_0):= \left\{ \begin{array}{r|l} \mathbf{t}:\text{ data of the form \href{#eqn:tensor-data}{equation}} & \text{there exists an isomorphism }h:\mathbf{t}_{0,L}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}_L \\ \text{defined over the field $K$}& \end{array} \right\}.\] Also write \(\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0):=\mathcal{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)/\simeq\).

This definition requires only the existence of an isomorphism \(h\), without specifying a choice; any two choices differ by right multiplication by an element of \(G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\). Write \[\Gamma:=\operatorname{Gal}(L|K),\qquad\text{equipped with the Krull topology}.\] If \(\sigma\in\Gamma\) and \(h:\mathbf{t}_{0,L}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}_L\) (that is, \(h(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})=\mathbf{t}_L\)), then \[{}^\sigma h(\mathbf{t}_{0,L}) ={}^\sigma h(\sigma\mathbf{t}_{0,L}) =\sigma(h(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})) =\sigma(\mathbf{t}_L) =\mathbf{t}_L.\] Consequently, there is a unique map \(c:\Gamma\to G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\) such that \[{}^\sigma h=hc(\sigma),\qquad \sigma\in\operatorname{Gal}(L|K).\] From \({}^{\sigma\tau}h={}^\sigma(hc(\tau))={}^\sigma h\cdot {}^\sigma c(\tau)=h\cdot c(\sigma)\cdot{}^\sigma c(\tau)\), we obtain \[c(\sigma\tau)=c(\sigma)\cdot{}^\sigma c(\tau), \qquad \sigma,\tau\in\Gamma.\] Without loss of generality, suppose that \(\mathbf{t}_0\) and \(\mathbf{t}\) are realized on spaces \(V\) and \(W\), respectively, so that \(h\in\operatorname{Hom}_L(V_L,W_L)\). Since the action of \(\Gamma\) is smooth, there is an open subgroup \(\Gamma_0\subset\Gamma\) that fixes \(h\); consequently, \(c\) factors through \(\Gamma/\Gamma_0\). If the choice of \(h\) is changed to \(h'=ha\), where \(a\in G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\), then the corresponding \(c'\) satisfies \[c'(\sigma)=(h')^{-1}\cdot{}^\sigma h' =a^{-1}\cdot h^{-1}\cdot{}^\sigma h\cdot{}^\sigma a =a^{-1}\cdot c(\sigma)\cdot{}^\sigma a.\] Comparing these observations one by one with Definition reference of nonabelian \(\operatorname{H}^1\), and using Remark reference for the profinite version, we obtain a map \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \mathcal{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)&\longrightarrow \operatorname{H}^1\left(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\right),\\ \mathbf{t}&\longmapsto[c]:=\text{the equivalence class of }c. \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] This map is canonical and independent of all auxiliary choices. Recall also that \(\operatorname{H}^1\left(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\right)\) is generally not a group, but a pointed set whose base point is represented by the constant map \(\Gamma\to G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\) with value the identity automorphism \(1\). On the other hand, \(\mathcal{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\) has the obvious base point \(\mathbf{t}_0\), as does its quotient \(\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\). The map equation clearly preserves base points, as one sees by taking \(h=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

Theorem. For data \(\mathbf{t}_0\) and a Galois extension \(L|K\) as above, with \(\Gamma:=\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\), the map equation induces a base-point-preserving bijection \[\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\;\xrightarrow{1:1}\; \operatorname{H}^1\left(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\right).\]

Proof. First we show that equation factors through \(\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\). Let \(f:\mathbf{t}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}'\), so that \(f_L:\mathbf{t}_L\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}'_L\). From \(h:\mathbf{t}_{0,L}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}_L\) we obtain \(f_Lh:\mathbf{t}_{0,L}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}'_L\). Since \({}^\sigma f_L=f_L\), we have \((f_Lh)^{-1}\cdot{}^\sigma(f_Lh)=h^{-1}\cdot{}^\sigma h\), and hence the corresponding \(c\) is unchanged.

Next we show that \(\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\to \operatorname{H}^1\left(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\right)\) is injective. Suppose that data \(\mathbf{t}\) and \(\mathbf{t}'\) and isomorphisms \[\mathbf{t}'_L\xleftarrow[\sim]{h'}\mathbf{t}_{0,L} \xrightarrow[\sim]{h}\mathbf{t}_L,\] are given, and that there is an \(a\in G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\) satisfying \[(h')^{-1}\cdot{}^\sigma h' =a^{-1}\cdot h^{-1}\cdot{}^\sigma h\cdot{}^\sigma a, \qquad\sigma\in\Gamma.\] Consequently, \[ha(h')^{-1} ={}^\sigma h\cdot{}^\sigma a\cdot{}^\sigma(h')^{-1}, \qquad\sigma\in\Gamma.\] In other words, \(ha(h')^{-1}:\mathbf{t}'_L\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}_L\) is invariant under the \(\Gamma\)-action and therefore descends to an isomorphism \(\mathbf{t}'\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}\).

Finally, we show that \(\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\to \operatorname{H}^1\left(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\right)\) is surjective. Take \(c\in Z^1(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L}))\). Since \(c(\sigma)\in\operatorname{GL}(V_L)\), we may use it to define a new \(\Gamma\)-action, denoted by \(\odot\), on \(V_L\): \[\sigma\odot v:=c(\sigma)(\sigma v), \qquad\sigma\in\Gamma,\quad v\in V_L.\]

From \(c(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})=1\) and \[\sigma\odot(\tau\odot v) =c(\sigma)\sigma(c(\tau)(\tau v)) =c(\sigma)\bigl({}^\sigma c(\tau)(\sigma\tau v)\bigr) =(\sigma\tau)\odot v,\] it follows that \(\odot\) is indeed a \(\Gamma\)-action, while the smoothness of \(c\) ensures that \(\odot\) is still a smooth semilinear action. Define the \(K\)-vector space \(W:=(V_L)^{\Gamma,\;\odot\text{-action}}\). By Galois descent, we obtain an isomorphism of \(L\)-vector spaces that preserves the semilinear \(\Gamma\)-actions, \[\begin{gather*} h:(V_L,\;\odot\text{-action})\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} (W_L,\;\text{natural action}),\\ w\in W\implies h(w)=1\otimes w. \end{gather*}\]

On the other hand, \(\Gamma\) also acts semilinearly through \(\odot\) on each \(T^{p,q}(V_L)\) (see the discussion following Definition reference), and because \(c(\sigma)\in G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\), we have \[\sigma\odot\mathbf{t}_{0,L} =c(\sigma)(\sigma\mathbf{t}_{0,L}) =c(\sigma)\mathbf{t}_{0,L} =\mathbf{t}_{0,L}.\] Thus, relative to \(\odot\), the datum \(\mathbf{t}_{0,L}\) descends to a datum \(\mathbf{t}\) on \(W\), characterized by \(h(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})=\mathbf{t}_L\).

It follows that \(\mathbf{t}\in\mathcal{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\). The corresponding isomorphism \(h\) satisfies \(\sigma(h(v))=h(\sigma\odot v)=(hc(\sigma)\sigma)(v)\), that is, the identity \(\sigma h=hc(\sigma)\sigma\). Rewriting this as \(h^{-1}\cdot{}^\sigma h=c(\sigma)\) shows that \(\mathbf{t}\) maps to \([c]\) under equation. This proves the assertion.

The simplest and most direct application is the following. It follows from the general fact that every finite-dimensional vector space has a basis, so that dimension determines the isomorphism class of a finite-dimensional vector space.

Theorem (Hilbert’s Theorem 90: the \(\operatorname{GL}\) version).

Let \(V\) be a finite-dimensional \(K\)-vector space and let \(L|K\) be a Galois extension. Thus \(\Gamma:=\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) acts smoothly on the group \(\operatorname{GL}(V_L)\). Then \[\operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma,\operatorname{GL}(V_L))=1.\]

Proof. Apply Theorem reference, but take data \(\mathbf{t}_0\) with \(I=\emptyset\). In other words, the data specify only a finite-dimensional \(K\)-vector space \(V\), with no tensors. In this case, the elements of \(\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\) correspond bijectively to the isomorphism classes of \(K\)-vector spaces \(W\) satisfying \(W_L\simeq V_L\), equivalently \(\dim W=\dim V\). Clearly, there is only one such isomorphism class.

Similarly, over a field of characteristic \(\neq2\), the general fact that every symplectic space \((V,\omega)\) has a symplectic basis leads to the following result.

Theorem. Let \(\mathrm{char}(K)\neq2\), let \(V\) be a \(K\)-vector space, and let \(\omega:V\times V\to K\) be a nondegenerate antisymmetric bilinear form (also called a symplectic form, while the datum \((V,\omega)\) is called a symplectic space). The corresponding symplectic group is defined by \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Sp}(V)&=\operatorname{Sp}(V,\omega)\\ &:=\{g\in\operatorname{GL}(V):\forall v_1,v_2\in V,\; \omega(gv_1,gv_2)=\omega(v_1,v_2)\}. \end{align*}\]

Let \(L|K\) be a Galois extension. Define the group \(\operatorname{Sp}(V_L)\) and the action of \(\Gamma:=\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\) on it similarly; this action is smooth. Then \[\operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma,\operatorname{Sp}(V_L))=1.\]

Proof. The data \(\mathbf{t}_0\) under consideration consist of the space \(V\) and the tensor \(\omega\) of type \((0,2)\). The nondegeneracy and antisymmetry of a bilinear form can be checked after any field extension. Therefore the elements of \(\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\) correspond bijectively to the isomorphism classes of symplectic spaces \((W,\eta)\) over \(K\) satisfying \((W_L,\eta_L)\simeq(V_L,\omega_L)\). By the structure theorem for symplectic spaces—namely, that their dimension determines their isomorphism class—such data \((W,\eta)\) form a single isomorphism class.

Example. Take \(\dim V=1\) in Theorem reference. Since \(\operatorname{GL}(V_L)\simeq L^\times\) with the standard \(\Gamma\)-action, we obtain \[\operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma,L^\times)=0.\] Since \(L^\times\) is abelian, additive notation is used in this equation. If \(L|K\) is finite, it can be written in terms of the Tate cohomology of Definition reference as \(\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^1(\Gamma,L^\times)=0\).

If \(L|K\) is further assumed to be cyclic, the periodicity stated in Example reference gives \[\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^{-1}(\Gamma,L^\times) \simeq\ensuremath{\hat{\mathrm{H}}}^1(\Gamma,L^\times)=0.\] Thus we naturally recover the multiplicative version of Hilbert’s Theorem 90; see [Li1].

In general, directly computing \(\operatorname{H}^1\) in order to classify mathematical objects may be rather difficult. Its value lies in the new perspective that it provides, as well as in the availability of cohomological tools such as the long exact sequence (Theorem reference) for studying classification problems.

Exercises

Complete the argument omitted from Definition reference, and prove that for an algebra \(A\) over a symmetric monoidal category \(\mathcal{V}\), a left \(A\)-module is the same thing as a right \(A^{\operatorname{op}}\)-module.

Let \(\mathcal{V}\) be a braided monoidal category and let \((A,\mu_A,\eta_A)\) be an algebra over it. Prove that if there are morphisms \(\mu':A\otimes A\to A\) and \(\eta':\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to A\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\) that make \(A\) into an algebra over \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Alg}}(\mathcal{V})\), then necessarily \(\eta'=\eta_A\) and \(\mu'=\mu_A\). In particular, Lemma reference then shows that \(A\) is commutative. Deduce equation. Hint. It is easy to show that \(\eta'=\eta_A\). For \(\mu'=\mu_A\), write \(\mu_{A\otimes A}\) for the multiplication on \(A\otimes A\). The assumption gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-103-d001}\] If the four copies of \(A\) are placed in a \(2\times2\) array, this commutative diagram can be visualized as the interchange law between horizontal and vertical multiplication:

Diagram chapter7-unit-103-d002 = Diagram chapter7-unit-103-d003

Horizontal: multiply using \(\mu'\)
Vertical: multiply using \(\mu_A\)

The argument for \(\mu'=\mu_A\) can now be pictured as

Diagram chapter7-unit-103-d004 \(=\) Diagram chapter7-unit-103-d005 \(=\) Diagram chapter7-unit-103-d006 \(=\) Diagram chapter7-unit-103-d007

Try also to translate this picture into the corresponding commutative diagram or equation.

Consider a dg-algebra \(A\) over \(\mathcal{A}\) (Definition reference). Verify that when \(A=\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) (the unit object), both left and right \(A\)-modules reduce to complexes over \(\mathcal{A}\).

Fix a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\). Let \(A\) be a dg-algebra over \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and let \(M\) be a complex. Prove that giving \(M\) the structure of a left \(A\)-module is equivalent to specifying a homomorphism of dg-algebras \(A\to\operatorname{End}^\bullet(M):=\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(M,M)\).

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \(R\) a dg-algebra over \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). For a right \(R\)-module \(X\) and a left \(R\)-module \(Y\), identify \(R\) and \(X,Y\), respectively, with a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra and \(\Bbbk\)-modules equipped with direct-sum decompositions \[R = \bigoplus_n R^n, \quad X = \bigoplus_n X^n, \quad Y = \bigoplus_n Y^n\] and degree-\(1\) endomorphisms \(d\) satisfying \(d^2=0\). Thus \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) is already defined as a \(\Bbbk\)-module.

  1. Recall that \(X\otimes Y=\bigoplus_n(\bigoplus_{p+q=n}X^p\otimes Y^q)\) is both a \(\Bbbk\)-module and a complex. For the evident \(\Bbbk\)-module homomorphism \(\pi:X\otimes Y\twoheadrightarrow X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\), verify that \(\operatorname{ker}(\pi)\) is a subcomplex, so that \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) has a canonical complex structure.

  2. Prove that if \(X\) is an \((A,R)\)-bimodule and \(Y\) is an \((R,B)\)-bimodule, where \(A\) and \(B\) are also dg-algebras, then \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) is naturally an \((A,B)\)-bimodule. Use this to extend the adjunction of Proposition reference to dg-modules. Here \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(Y_B,Z_B)\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet({}_AX,{}_AZ)\) are defined as complexes as in Example reference, but the signs must be handled carefully when assigning the \((A,R)\)- and \((R,B)\)-bimodule structures.

Fix a dg-algebra \(A\) over \(\mathcal{A}\). It is called non-positive if \(p>0\implies A^p=0\). For a left (or right) \(A\)-module \(M\) and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), take the truncation subcomplex \(\tau^{\leq n}M\) as in Definition reference. Prove that if \(A\) is non-positive, then:

  1. every \(d_M^p:M^p\to M^{p+1}\) is \(A^0\)-linear;

  2. there is a short exact sequence of \(A\)-modules \(0\to\tau^{\leq n}M\to M\to\tilde\tau^{\geq n+1}M\to0\).

Fix a dg-algebra \(A\) over \(\mathcal{A}\). Recall that all left \(A\)-modules form the dg-category \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}}\) (Example reference); Remark reference then gives the homotopy category \(\mathrm{h}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}})\). A left \(A\)-module \(M\) is called acyclic if it is acyclic as a complex; a morphism of \(A\)-modules \(f:M\to N\) is called a quasi-isomorphism if it is a quasi-isomorphism of complexes.

  1. Let \(M\) be a left \(A\)-module whose structure is determined by a family of morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}\), \(\alpha_{A,M}^{p,q}:A^p\otimes M^q\to M^{p+q}\) (\(p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)). Show that the formula \[\alpha_{A, M[1]}^{p, q} := (-1)^p \alpha_{A, M}^{p, q+1} .\] gives the complex \(M[1]\) a left \(A\)-module structure. Then show that \(M\mapsto M[1]\) defines a dg-functor from \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}}\) to itself.

  2. For every morphism \(f:M\to N\) in \(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}}\), show that the mapping cone \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) has a canonical left \(A\)-module structure, given in the notation above by \[\alpha_{A, \operatorname{Cone}(f)}^{p, q} = \alpha_{A, M[1]}^{p, q} \oplus \alpha_{A, N}^{p, q}.\]

  3. Following the construction of §reference, use mapping cones to make \(\mathrm{h}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}})\) a triangulated category. Next perform Verdier localization at the acyclic \(A\)-modules, or equivalently adjoin inverses to the quasi-isomorphisms, to obtain the derived category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}})\). Define the corresponding \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\star}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}})\) for \(\star\in\{+,-,\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\).

  4. Assuming that \(A\) is non-positive, extend Proposition reference to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}^{\star}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}})\) for \(\star\in\{+,-,\ensuremath{\mathrm{b}}\}\). Hint. Use the truncation functors.

  5. Following §reference, define K-injective and K-projective \(A\)-modules and use them to describe the morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{D}}(A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}})\). Place this discussion in the framework of §reference to study their relation to derived functors.

  6. For a right \(A\)-module \(M\), show that the complex \(M[1]\) has the right \(A\)-module structure \(\alpha_{M[1],A}^{p,q}=\alpha_{M,A}^{p,q+1}\) and that all the preceding properties remain valid.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a dg-category over \(\Bbbk\). Define \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\) by \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})=\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and, for all \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})\), \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}}(X,Y):= \operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{C}}(Y,X)\). Define composition by \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}^p_{\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}}(Y, Z) \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \operatorname{Hom}^q_{\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}}(X, Y) & \to \operatorname{Hom}^{p+q}_{\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}}(X, Z) \quad p, q \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\\ f \otimes g & \mapsto (-1)^{pq} \underbracket{f \circ g}_{\text{composition in }\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\mathcal{C}}}. \end{align*}\] Verify that this indeed defines a dg-category \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\), called the opposite dg-category of \(\mathcal{C}\).

Fix a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), a dg-algebra \(R\) over \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), a right \(R\)-module \(X\), and a left \(R\)-module \(Y\). Prove that the previously introduced functors \[X \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} (\cdot): R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{dgMod}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk), \quad (\cdot) \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} Y: \ensuremath{\mathsf{dgMod}\text{-}}R \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk),\] upgrade naturally to dg-functors. Outline the corresponding statements when \(X\) or \(Y\) also has a bimodule structure. Hint. The key is to define the morphisms between the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complexes. For \(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}(\mathord\cdot)\), let \(M\) and \(N\) be left \(R\)-modules. The Koszul sign rule requires the image of \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}^n_R(M,N)\), namely \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\otimes f\in \operatorname{Hom}^n(X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}M,X\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}N)\), to be defined by \[(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X \otimes f)(x \otimes m) = (-1)^{pn} x \otimes f(m), \quad x \in X^p, \; m \in M^q.\] One must verify that \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\otimes d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet}(f)= d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\otimes f)\).

The case \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}Y\) is simpler: take \((f\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y)(m\otimes y)=f(m)\otimes y\).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a dg-category over a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\) and let \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\).

  1. Upgrade \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(M,\mathord\cdot):\mathcal{C}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk)\) to a dg-functor. Hint. Let \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}^n(X,Y)\). Set \(\mathcal{H}_X=\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(M,X)\). The image of \(f\) should be \[\left[ f_*: g \xmapsto{\text{morphism of degree }n} fg \right] \in \operatorname{Hom}^n(\mathcal{H}_X, \mathcal{H}_Y).\] Use the definition of the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex to verify that \((d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)}f)_*= d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathcal{H}_X,\mathcal{H}_Y)}(f_*)\).

  2. Upgrade \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathord\cdot,M):\mathcal{C}\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk)^{\operatorname{op}}\) to a dg-functor. Hint. Set \(\mathcal{K}_X=\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,M)\). The Koszul sign rule requires the image of \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}^n(X,Y)\) to be \[\left[\begin{array}{c} f^*: g \xmapsto{\text{morphism of degree }n} (-1)^{np} gf \\ \forall p \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, \; \forall\; g \in \operatorname{Hom}^p(Y, M) \end{array}\right] \in \operatorname{Hom}^n(\mathcal{K}_Y, \mathcal{K}_X).\] Verify carefully that

    • \((d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(X,Y)}f)^*= d_{\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathcal{K}_Y,\mathcal{K}_X)}(f^*)\);

    • \((fh)^*\) equals the composite of \(h^*\) and \(f^*\) in \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\Bbbk)}\).

Prove that the canonical morphisms \([Y,Z]\otimes[X,Y]\to[X,Z]\) and \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to[X,X]\) defined for a closed monoidal category in §reference satisfy associativity and unit laws. Thus a closed monoidal category is enriched over itself with respect to its internal \(\operatorname{Hom}\). Hint. Verify this directly, or consult [Kel05].

Consider the polynomial algebra \(\Bbbk[t]\) over a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\). Define \(\Delta\), \(\epsilon\), and \(S\), respectively, by \[\Delta(t^n) = \sum_{k=0}^n \binom{n}{k} t^k \otimes t^{n-k}, \quad \epsilon(t^n) = \begin{cases} 1, & n = 0 \\ 0, & n \neq 0 \end{cases}, \quad S(t^n) = (-1)^n t^n,\] where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Verify that these data define a commutative and cocommutative Hopf \(\Bbbk\)-algebra.

Let \(A\) be a Hopf algebra over a commutative ring. An ideal \(I\) of \(A\) is called a Hopf ideal if \(\Delta(I)\subset I\otimes A+A\otimes I\), \(\epsilon(I)=0\), and \(S(I)\subset I\). Show that quotienting by a Hopf ideal gives a Hopf algebra \(A/I\).

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \(V\) a \(\Bbbk\)-module. On the tensor algebra \(T(V)\) (see [Li1]) one can define \(\Bbbk\)-algebra homomorphisms \(\Delta:T(V)\to T(V)\otimes T(V)\) and \(\epsilon:T(V)\to\Bbbk\) such that, for every \(v\in V\), \[\begin{gather*} \Delta(v) = v \otimes 1 + 1 \otimes v, \quad \epsilon(v) = 0; \end{gather*}\] here the algebra structure on \(T(V)\otimes T(V)\) is defined by the trivial braiding \(x\otimes y\mapsto y\otimes x\).

  1. Verify that this makes \(T(V)\) a bialgebra.

  2. Show how to define a \(\Bbbk\)-module automorphism \(S:T(V)\to T(V)\) such that \(S(v)=-v\) and \(S\) is a bialgebra antiautomorphism (Proposition reference); more explicitly, \[S(v_1 \cdots v_n) = (-1)^n v_n \cdots v_1, \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}, \quad v_1, \ldots, v_n \in V.\] Verify that this makes \(T(V)\) a Hopf algebra.

  3. Show that the symmetric algebra \(\operatorname{Sym}(V)\) has the analogous properties; in fact it is a quotient of \(T(V)\) by a Hopf ideal.

  4. Treat the version for the exterior algebra \(\bigwedge(V)\), but define the multiplication on \(\bigwedge(V)\otimes\bigwedge(V)\) using the Koszul braiding equation (take \(\epsilon(a)=a\bmod\;2\) there), so that homogeneous elements \(x,y,z,w\in\bigwedge(V)\) satisfy \((x\otimes y)(z\otimes w)=(-1)^{\deg y\deg z}xz\otimes yw\). This ensures that \((1\otimes v+v\otimes1)^2\) is the zero element of \(\bigwedge(V)\otimes\bigwedge(V)\) for every \(v\in V\).

(E. Taft) Let \(q\) be a primitive \(n\)th root of unity in a field \(\Bbbk\), where \(n\geq2\). Consider the \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(H\) defined by generators \(g\), \(x\), and relations \[g^n = 1, \quad x^n = 0, \quad gxg^{-1} = qx.\] Show that one can define \(\Delta:H\to H\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}H\) and \(\epsilon:H\to\Bbbk\) satisfying \[\begin{gather*} \Delta(g) = g \otimes g, \quad \Delta(x) = 1 \otimes x + x \otimes g, \\ \epsilon(g) = 1, \quad \epsilon(x) = 0, \end{gather*}\] and making \(H\) a Hopf \(\Bbbk\)-algebra with antipode \[S:H\to H, \quad S(g)=g^{-1}, \quad S(x)=-g^{-1}x.\]

Show that \(H\) is neither commutative nor cocommutative. When \(n=2\), the corresponding Hopf algebra is also called Sweedler’s Hopf algebra.

Let \((A,\Delta,\epsilon)\) be a coalgebra over a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\). If \(x\in A\) satisfies \(\Delta(x)=1\otimes x+x\otimes1\), then \(x\) is called primitive.

  1. Prove that \(\epsilon(x)=0\) for every primitive element \(x\).

  2. Let \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\) be a bialgebra and write \(\mu\) as multiplication, so \(xy=\mu(x\otimes y)\). Prove that if \(x,y\in A\) are primitive, then \(xy-yx\) is primitive as well.

  3. Still taking \(A\) to be a bialgebra, let \(x_1,\ldots,x_n\in A\) be primitive elements and let \(V\) be the free \(\Bbbk\)-module with basis \(x_1,\ldots,x_n\). This gives a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra homomorphism \(\phi:T(V)\to A\). Prove that \(\phi\) is also a bialgebra homomorphism.

Let \((A,\Delta,\epsilon)\) be a coalgebra over a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), with \(A\neq\{0\}\) and \(A\) torsion-free as a \(\Bbbk\)-module. A nonzero element \(x\in A\) satisfying \(\Delta(x)=x\otimes x\) is called group-like. Denote the set of all group-like elements by \(\mathcal{G}(A)\).

  1. Prove that \(x\in\mathcal{G}(A)\) implies \(\epsilon(x)=1\).

  2. Prove that if \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\) is a bialgebra, then \(\mathcal{G}(A)\) is a monoid under the multiplication \(\mu\) of \(A\), with unit \(1_A:=\eta(1)\).

  3. For a monoid \(M\) and the corresponding bialgebra \(\Bbbk[M]\) (Example reference), prove that \(\mathcal{G}(\Bbbk[M])=M\).

  4. Let \(A\) be a Hopf algebra with antipode \(S\). Prove that \(\mathcal{G}(A)\) is a group and that the inverse of \(x\in\mathcal{G}(A)\) is \(S(x)\).

Let \((A,\Delta,\epsilon)\) be a nonzero coalgebra over a field \(\Bbbk\). Prove that \(\mathcal{G}(A)\) is a linearly independent subset of \(A\). Hint. Suppose otherwise, and choose a shortest nontrivial linear relation among these elements. Without loss of generality, write \(x_1=\sum_{i=2}^n a_i x_i\), where \(x_1,\ldots,x_n\in\mathcal{G}(A)\) are pairwise distinct and \(a_i\in\Bbbk\). Then \(x_2,\ldots,x_n\) are linearly independent, while \(x_1\otimes x_1=\sum_{i=2}^n a_i x_i\otimes x_i\).

Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopCMon}}\) for the category of commutative topological monoids, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}_\bullet\) for the category of pointed topological spaces, and \(U:\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopCMon}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}_\bullet\) for the forgetful functor (the base point corresponds to the unit). Construct a left adjoint \(\operatorname{Sym}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}_\bullet\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopCMon}}\) to \(U\). For a pointed topological space \((X,x)\), the object \(\operatorname{Sym}(X,x)\) is also called the infinite symmetric product of \((X,x)\); explain this terminology. The Dold–Thom theorem in algebraic topology is based on this construction.

Let the \((A,B)\)-bimodule \(P\) be finitely generated projective as a right \(B\)-module, and suppose that \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is a faithful exact functor. Prove that a right \(A\)-module \(N\) is finitely presented (Example reference) if and only if \(N\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is finitely presented as a right \(B\)-module. This complements Proposition reference.

Consider a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\) and a homomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(f:A\to B\). We have an adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-104-d001}\] where, for every right \(A\)-module \(N\), \(\operatorname{Hom}_A(B,N)\) is given the right \(B\)-module structure \((\phi b)(x)=\phi(bx)\). More precisely,

  • the unit morphism \(M\to\operatorname{Hom}_A(B,M)\) maps \(m\) to \([b\mapsto mb]\);

  • the counit morphism \(\operatorname{Hom}_A(B,N)\to N\) maps \(\phi\) to \(\phi(1)\).

See [Li1]. As a complement to Example reference, determine explicitly the corresponding monad and comonad.

Let \(R\) be a commutative ring. Write \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Alg}}\) for the category of \(R\)-algebras. Consider the adjoint pair \(\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-104-diagram-002}\), where \(T(\mathord\cdot)\) is the tensor-algebra functor and \(U\) is the forgetful functor.

  1. Prove directly that modules under the corresponding monad on \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) are \(R\)-algebras, and hence that the adjoint pair is monadic.

  2. Replace \(T(\mathord\cdot)\) by \(\operatorname{Sym}(\mathord\cdot)\) and \(\bigwedge(\mathord\cdot)\), then state and prove the corresponding results; see [Li1].

Complete the argument of Proposition reference, and then prove the following stronger version. Let \(C\) be a coalgebra in \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Prove that:

  1. the forgetful functor \(U:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) has a right adjoint; Hint. Write \(\Delta\) for the comultiplication of \(C\) and \(\epsilon\) for its counit. For a right \(B\)-module \(N\), make \(N\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}C\) a right \(C\)-comodule via \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_N\otimes\Delta\). For every right \(C\)-comodule \(M\), verify that \[\text{Diagram chapter7-unit-104-d002}\] are mutually inverse, where \(\rho:M\to M\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}C\) specifies the comodule structure of \(M\).

  2. the forgetful functor \(U\) creates all small \(\varinjlim\); hence \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\) is cocomplete;

  3. the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\) has a cogenerator (Definition reference); Hint. Take a cogenerator of the Grothendieck category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\), then take its image under the right adjoint of \(U\).

  4. if \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\) is an abelian category and \(U\) is exact, then \(C\) is flat as a left \(B\)-module. Hint. Let \(g:M\to N\) be a monomorphism of right \(B\)-modules. Use the exactness of \(U\) and the fact that a right adjoint preserves kernels to show that \(g\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_C:M\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}C\to N\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}C\) remains injective.

As in the preceding exercise, continue to let \(C\) be a coalgebra in \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and let \(M\) be a right \(C\)-comodule. Prove that if a quotient \(B\)-module \(M''\) of \(M\) (or a \(B\)-submodule \(M'\) of \(M\)) has a comodule structure making \(M\twoheadrightarrow M''\) (or \(M'\hookrightarrow M\)) a comodule homomorphism, then that comodule structure is unique. In the submodule case, additionally assume that \(C\) is flat as a left \(B\)-module.

Following the explanation at the end of §reference, give a direct proof of the Galois descent Theorem reference by the following steps. Use the notation from that section: let \(M\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\Gamma,\infty}(L))\) and define the canonical map \(\iota_M\) by equation.

  1. Let \(M'\) be a \(\Gamma\)-invariant subspace of \(L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(M^\Gamma)\), that is, \(\Gamma M'\subset M'\). Prove that if \(M'\cap(1\otimes M^\Gamma)=\{0\}\), then \(M'=\{0\}\). Hint. Choose a basis \((y_i)_{i\in I}\) of \(M^\Gamma\). If \(M'\neq\{0\}\), choose in it a nonzero expression with the fewest possible terms, \(\sum_{i\in I}\ell_i\otimes y_i\) (a finite sum). After a suitable normalization, it may be assumed to have the form \[m' = 1 \otimes y_{i_0} + \ell_1 \otimes y_{i_1} + \cdots, \quad \ell_1 \notin K.\] Choose \(\sigma\in\Gamma\) such that \(\sigma(\ell_1)\neq\ell_1\), and consider \(m'-\sigma(m')\) to obtain a contradiction.

  2. Prove that \(\iota_M:L\ensuremath{\underset{K}{\otimes}}(M^\Gamma)\to M\) is injective. Hint. Consider \(M':=\operatorname{ker}(\iota_M)\).

  3. Prove that \(\iota_M\) is surjective. Hint. Consider a finite Galois subextension \(E|K\) of \(L|K\). Take \(a_1,\ldots,a_n\) as a basis of \(E\) as a vector space over \(K\), and choose representatives \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}=\sigma_1,\ldots,\sigma_n\in\Gamma\) for the elements of \(\operatorname{Gal}(E|K)\). Field theory shows that \((\sigma_i(a_j))_{1\leq i,j\leq n}\) is an invertible matrix over \(E\); write its inverse as \((b_{ij})_{1\leq i,j\leq n}\). For \(m\in M^{\operatorname{Gal}(L|E)}\), derive \[m = \sum_{i=1}^n b_{i1} \sum_{j=1}^n \sigma_j(a_i m) \; \in \operatorname{im}(\iota_M).\]

  4. Use the preceding results to show that equation is an adjoint equivalence, thus giving a direct proof of Theorem reference.

Let \(G\) be a group and \(L|K\) a Galois extension of fields. Write \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) (or \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_L\)) for the category of \(G\)-modules with coefficients in \(K\) (or \(L\)); see Definition reference. Use the Galois descent methods of §§referencereference to describe \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) in terms of objects of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_L\) equipped with an appropriate \(\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\)-action.

Use the notation of §reference. Let \(c\in Z^1(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L}))\). Recall from the proof of Theorem reference that, through Galois descent, \(c\) defines a \(K\)-vector space \(W\) with data \(\mathbf{t}\) on it, as well as an isomorphism \(h:\mathbf{t}_{0,L}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathbf{t}_L\).

  1. Show that \(g\mapsto h^{-1}gh\) gives a group isomorphism \(\nu:G(\mathbf{t}_L)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\). Show that \(f \xmapsto{\sigma \in \Gamma} c(\sigma)({}^\sigma f)c(\sigma)^{-1}\) gives a new \(\Gamma\)-action on \(G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\). Denote this structure by \({}^cG(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\), and show that \(\nu:G(\mathbf{t}_L)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}{}^cG(\mathbf{t}_{0,L})\) is \(\Gamma\)-equivariant.

  2. Show that the following formula gives a well-defined map: \[\begin{align*} Z^1(\Gamma, G(\mathbf{t}_L)) & \to Z^1(\Gamma, G(\mathbf{t}_{0, L})) \\ \tilde{c} & \mapsto \left[\sigma \mapsto \nu(\tilde{c}(\sigma)) c(\sigma) \right]. \end{align*}\] It induces a bijection \(\operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_L))\to \operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma,G(\mathbf{t}_{0,L}))\) that maps the base point to \([c]\). Hint. Compare the “twisting” construction in the exercises for .

  3. Show that, under the correspondence in Theorem reference, this bijection corresponds to the equality \(\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t})=\mathscr{T}(\mathbf{t}_0)\).

Let \(K\) be a field with \(\mathrm{char}(K)\neq2\). A nondegenerate symmetric bilinear form \(q:V\times V\to K\) on a finite-dimensional \(K\)-vector space \(V\) will simply be called a nondegenerate quadratic form. In the orthogonal group \(\mathrm{O}(q)=\mathrm{O}(V,q)\), write \(\operatorname{SO}(q)=\operatorname{SO}(V,q)\) for the subgroup cut out by \(\det=1\). For every Galois extension \(L|K\), there is a nondegenerate quadratic form \((V_L,q_L)\) and the corresponding groups, all equipped with a smooth action of \(\Gamma:=\operatorname{Gal}(L|K)\).

  1. Write \(\mu_2:=\{\pm1\}\subset K^\times\). Show that \(\mathrm{O}(q)/\operatorname{SO}(q)\simeq\mu_2\). For the version \(\mathrm{O}(q_L)/\operatorname{SO}(q_L)\), explain the relation between this isomorphism and the \(\Gamma\)-action.

  2. Using the tools of §reference, show that the elements of \(\operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma,\mathrm{O}(q_L))\) correspond bijectively to the isomorphism classes of nondegenerate quadratic forms \((V',q')\) over \(K\) with \(\dim V'=\dim V\), where the base point corresponds to \((V,q)\).

  3. Apply Theorem reference to obtain the exact sequence of pointed sets \[\mathrm{O}(q) \xrightarrow{\det} \mu_2 \to \operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma, \operatorname{SO}(q_L)) \xrightarrow{\varphi} \operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma, \mathrm{O}(q_L)) \xrightarrow{\psi} \operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma, \mu_2).\] Try to show that \(\varphi\) is injective. Hint. Surjectivity of \(\det\) only shows that \(\varphi^{-1}(\text{base point})=\{\text{base point}\}\). To prove injectivity, one must vary \((V,q)\) and apply the twisting technique from the preceding exercise.

  4. Show that \(\operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma,\mu_2)\simeq K^\times/K^{\times,2}\). Also show that \(\psi\) is the map \[\left[ (V', q'):\; \text{nondegenerate quadratic form} \right] \mapsto \mathrm{disc}(q') / \mathrm{disc}(q),\] where one chooses any basis of \(V'\), identifies \(q'\) with a symmetric matrix, and defines \[\mathrm{disc}(q') := (-1)^n \det(q') \bmod K^{\times 2}, \quad \dim V = 2n \;\text{or}\; 2n+1.\]

  5. Show that the elements of \(\operatorname{H}^1(\Gamma,\operatorname{SO}(q_L))\) correspond bijectively to the isomorphism classes of nondegenerate quadratic forms \((V',q')\) over \(K\) satisfying \(\dim V'=\dim V\) and \(\mathrm{disc}(q')=\mathrm{disc}(q)\), with the base point corresponding to \((V,q)\).

Simplicial Methods

Let \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) be the category of nonempty finite ordinals. By definition, a simplicial object in a category \(\mathcal{C}\) is a functor \(X:\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\). Equivalently, it can be described as a sequence of objects \(X_0,X_1,\ldots\) together with morphisms \(d_i:X_n\to X_{n-1}\) (faces) and \(s_j:X_n\to X_{n+1}\) (degeneracies), for \(0\leq i,j\leq n\), satisfying the family of identities equation. Such functors form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}\). In the special case \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), these objects are also called simplicial sets. Their basic theory is discussed in §§referencereference. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\) for the category of finite ordinals. If the functor underlying a simplicial object \(X\) extends to a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\to\mathcal{C}\), then \(X\) is called an augmented simplicial object. This is equivalent to adding a term \(X_{-1}\) in degree \(-1\) to the data \((X_n,d_i,s_j)_{n,i,j}\). Simplicial sets originate in topology. The basic idea is to decompose a space as a gluing of simplices; the intuitive picture of simplices (a point, a line segment, a triangle, a tetrahedron, and so forth) is

\(0\) dimensions \(1\) dimension \(2\) dimensions \(3\) dimensions \(\cdots\)
Diagram chapter8-unit-106-diagram-001 Diagram chapter8-unit-106-diagram-002 Diagram chapter8-unit-106-diagram-003 Diagram chapter8-unit-106-diagram-004 \(\cdots\)

Such a decomposition gives a concrete, combinatorial way to understand homology, homotopy, and other questions about spaces. The rigorous formulation used here was introduced by S. Eilenberg and J. A. Zilber in 1950. The language of simplicial sets has a broad reach and is not confined to classical topological questions. For example, it can describe a category through the construction called its “nerve”, introduced in §reference. Category theory concerns objects in diagrams (shown as zero-dimensional points), morphisms (shown as one-dimensional arrows), and commutativity (associated with two-dimensional pieces such as triangles or squares). It is therefore unsurprising that categories and spaces can be united within the same mathematical structure. After introducing nerves and classifying spaces as basic examples of simplicial sets, §reference returns to the geometric intuition and defines the geometric realization \(|X|\) of a simplicial set \(X\). Theorem reference shows that geometric realization and the singular-set functor \(\mathrm{Sing}\) familiar from topology form an adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-106-d001}\] If \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) is replaced by the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\) of compactly generated Hausdorff spaces, customary in homotopy theory, geometric realization also satisfies \(|X\times Y|\simeq|X|\times|Y|\). The product on the left is formed degreewise from the two simplicial sets. The proof is related to triangulating products and involves some nontrivial combinatorial details; since this is not a topology textbook, we shall not pursue them. For the subject of this book, simplicial objects in an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) are more important. In this situation, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\) is also an abelian category; for example, simplicial abelian groups form the abelian category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\). The fundamental result is the Dold–Kan correspondence in §reference (Theorem reference), which, for an abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), gives an adjoint pair of equivalences \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-106-d002}\] where \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\) denotes the abelian category of nonnegatively graded chain complexes over \(\mathcal{A}\). The functor \(\mathrm{N}\) maps a simplicial object \(X\) to the corresponding normalized chain complex \(\mathrm{N}X\). More precisely, define the unnormalized chain complex of \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\) by \[\mathrm{C}X := \left( X_n, \partial_n\right)_{n \geq 0}, \quad \partial_n := \sum_{i=0}^n (-1)^i d_i : X_n \to X_{n-1}.\] Then \(\mathrm{N}X\) may be taken as the chain subcomplex of \(\mathrm{C}X\) given by \((\mathrm{N}X)_n:=\bigcap_{i=1}^n\operatorname{ker}(d_i)\), or regarded as the quotient of \(\mathrm{C}X\) by its degenerate part. The isomorphism between these two forms is the content of Proposition reference. Moreover, Theorem reference shows that the inclusion morphism \(u:\mathrm{N}X\to\mathrm{C}X\) is a quasi-isomorphism of chain complexes. The Dold–Kan correspondence makes simplicial theory one of the sources of homological algebra, not only historically but also conceptually and technically. Simplicial methods can explain and enrich the basic operations on complexes or chain complexes; for example, homotopy and contractibility have simplicial versions and thereby acquire topological interpretations. This is discussed in §reference. Another application connects simplicial methods with the theory of monads from §reference. In this way, an object of a category can be canonically expanded into an augmented simplicial object or an augmented cosimplicial object. Because these techniques are related to the operation of “adding a bar” in Hochschild homology, they are collectively called bar constructions and form the subject of §reference. Through the Dold–Kan correspondence and some observations about contractibility, bar constructions explain the standard resolutions in Hochschild theory (see §reference) and group cohomology (see §reference); they all turn out to arise from a single idea at a higher level. The Exercises contain another extension of the bar construction. By definition, the bisimplicial objects discussed in §reference are simply functors \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\); they form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2\mathcal{C}\). If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, the Eilenberg–Zilber Theorem reference, which directly concerns \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2\mathcal{A}\), is a fundamental construction in algebraic topology. From the viewpoint of pure category theory, if \(\mathcal{A}\) is a monoidal category (for example, \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)), the theorem gives two canonical monoidal structures, in opposite directions, on the functor \(\mathrm{N}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). The applications of bisimplicial objects are not limited to this, however. The last two sections of this chapter, §reference and §reference, discuss \(\operatorname{Hom}\) objects and mapping cones for simplicial sets, respectively. On the one hand, they correspond to mapping spaces and cones in the topological intuition. On the other hand, in the case of abelian groups, the Dold–Kan correspondence gives the familiar \(\operatorname{Hom}\) chain complexes and mapping cones. Thus the related constructions on complexes or chain complexes receive a transparent explanation, while for topologists all of this is already familiar.

Simplicial Objects

In Remark reference, we recalled monotone maps between partially ordered sets and used them to define the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\) of finite ordinals. This chapter focuses on its full subcategory \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) consisting of the nonempty ordinals.

Definition.

Let \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) be the category of all nonempty finite ordinals and monotone maps between them. In other words, its objects are the totally ordered sets \([n]:=\{0,\ldots,n\}\) for \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), and its morphisms are monotone maps.

Note that \([n]\) should not be confused with \(\mathbf{n}\), which in this book denotes the totally ordered set \(\{0,\ldots,n-1\}\) or the corresponding category. Every morphism \([l]\to[n]\) in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) has a unique factorization as a surjective monotone map followed by an injective monotone map, \[[l] \twoheadrightarrow [m] \hookrightarrow [n], \quad n \geq m \leq l.\] An injective (respectively, surjective) map of this kind can be decomposed further into pieces that at each step omit exactly one element (respectively, identify exactly two elements). In other words, every morphism can be factored as a composite of the following two kinds of morphisms.

Coface \(\mathrm{d}^i=\mathrm{d}^{n,i}:[n-1]\hookrightarrow[n]\), where \(0\leq i\leq n\); the monotone injection omits only \(i\in[n]\).
Codegeneracy \(\mathrm{s}^j=\mathrm{s}^{n,j}:[n+1]\twoheadrightarrow[n]\), where \(0\leq j\leq n\); the monotone surjection takes the value \(j\in[n]\) twice.

An injective (respectively, surjective) monotone map can be decomposed into cofaces (respectively, codegeneracies) in several ways, depending on the order in which the elements are omitted (respectively, identified). The following cosimplicial identities are easy to verify: \[\begin{equation} \begin{array}{ll} \mathrm{d}^j \mathrm{d}^i = \mathrm{d}^i \mathrm{d}^{j-1}, & i < j, \\ \mathrm{s}^j \mathrm{d}^i = \mathrm{d}^i \mathrm{s}^{j-1} & i < j, \\ \mathrm{s}^j \mathrm{d}^j = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}= \mathrm{s}^j \mathrm{d}^{j+1}, & \forall j, \\ \mathrm{s}^j \mathrm{d}^i = \mathrm{d}^{i-1} \mathrm{s}^j, & i > j+1, \\ \mathrm{s}^j \mathrm{s}^i = \mathrm{s}^i \mathrm{s}^{j+1}, & i \leq j. \end{array} \end{equation}\] Examining how one passes between the various decompositions of an injective (respectively, surjective) monotone map shows that the cofaces, codegeneracies, and equation give a complete system of generators and relations for the morphisms of \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\). Viewed in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}\), these give the corresponding morphisms

Face \(\mathrm{d}_i = \mathrm{d}^n_i: [n] \xrightarrow{\operatorname{op}} [n-1]\) \(0 \leq i \leq n\)
Degeneracy \(\mathrm{s}_j = \mathrm{s}^n_j: [n] \xrightarrow{\operatorname{op}} [n+1]\) \(0 \leq j \leq n\)

The symbol \(\xrightarrow{\operatorname{op}}\) merely reminds us that the arrow lies in the opposite category \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}\). Reversing equation gives the simplicial identities \[\begin{equation} \begin{array}{ll} \mathrm{d}_i \mathrm{d}_j = \mathrm{d}_{j-1} \mathrm{d}_i, & i < j \\ \mathrm{d}_i \mathrm{s}_j = \mathrm{s}_{j-1} \mathrm{d}_i & i < j \\ \mathrm{d}_j \mathrm{s}_j = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}= \mathrm{d}_{j+1} \mathrm{s}_j, & \forall j \\ \mathrm{d}_i \mathrm{s}_j = \mathrm{s}_j \mathrm{d}_{i-1}, & i > j+1 \\ \mathrm{s}_i \mathrm{s}_j = \mathrm{s}_{j+1} \mathrm{s}_i, & i \leq j. \end{array} \end{equation}\]

Definition.

For a category \(\mathcal{C}\),

  • a simplicial object in it means a functor \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\); all simplicial objects form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}:=\mathcal{C}^{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}}\);

  • a cosimplicial object in it means a functor \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\to\mathcal{C}\); all cosimplicial objects form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{cs}}\mathcal{C}:=\mathcal{C}^{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}\).

Consequently, \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{cs}}\mathcal{C})^{\operatorname{op}}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})\). If the functor underlying a simplicial (respectively, cosimplicial) object has an extension to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}^{\operatorname{op}}\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}\)), then the object is called augmented.

By the preceding discussion, giving a simplicial object \(X\) is equivalent to giving a family of objects \((X_n)_{n\geq0}\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) together with a family of morphisms satisfying equation, \[d_i = d^n_i: X_n \to X_{n-1} \; \text{(face)}, \quad s_j = s^n_j: X_n \to X_{n+1} \; \text{(degeneracy)}, \quad 0 \leq i, j \leq n.\] The object \(X_n\) is called the degree-\(n\) term of \(X\). A morphism from a simplicial object \(X\) to \(Y\) is equivalently a family of morphisms \((f_n:X_n\to Y_n)_{n\geq0}\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) satisfying, for every \(n\geq0\), the compatibility conditions \[d^{n+1}_i f_{n+1} = f_n d^{n+1}_i, \quad s^n_j f_n = f_{n+1} s^n_j .\] Dually, giving a cosimplicial object \(X\) is equivalent to giving a family of objects \((X^n)_{n\geq0}\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) together with a family of morphisms satisfying equation, \[d^i = d^{n, i}: X^{n-1} \to X^n \; \text{(coface)}, \quad s^j = s^{n, j}: X^{n+1} \to X^n \; \text{(codegeneracy)}, \quad 0 \leq i, j \leq n.\] Its morphisms are families of morphisms \(f^n:X^n\to Y^n\) compatible with all \(d^i\) and \(s^j\). An augmentation of a simplicial (respectively, cosimplicial) object \(X\) is equivalently the addition to the data of a morphism \(X_0\to X_{-1}\) (respectively, \(X^{-1}\to X^0\)) and a commutative diagram \(\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-106-diagram-007}\) (respectively, its dual). This morphism is called the augmentation morphism.

Convention. For a morphism \(\phi:[m]\to[n]\) in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) and a simplicial (respectively, cosimplicial) object \(X\) in a category \(\mathcal{C}\), denote the corresponding morphism by \(\phi^*:X_n\to X_m\) (respectively, \(\phi_*:X^m\to X^n\)).

Remark.

All nonempty ordinals and the injective monotone maps between them form a category \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}_+\). A functor of the form \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}_+^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\) is called a semisimplicial object in \(\mathcal{C}\). This is equivalent to deleting the degeneracy morphisms \(s_j\) and the associated conditions from the definition of a simplicial object. Every simplicial object gives a corresponding semisimplicial object. Augmented semisimplicial objects may be defined similarly. The case of cosemisimplicial objects is entirely dual.

Example.

Let \(C\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). The corresponding constant simplicial object \(\mathrm{const}(C)\) is determined by \(\mathrm{const}(C)_n=C\) and \(s_j=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_C=d_i\) for all \(n,i,j\). As a simple exercise, check that \[\left\{ \text{augmentations of }X\right\} \xleftrightarrow{1:1} \left\{ (C, \varphi): C \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \; \varphi: X \to \mathrm{const}(C) \right\}.\] Concretely, for a given augmentation of \(X\), take \(C=X_{-1}\) and let \(\varphi_n\) be the composite \(X_n\xrightarrow{\iota_k^*}X_0\to X_{-1}\), where \(\iota_k:[0]\to[n]\) sends \(0\) to any \(k\) with \(0\leq k\leq n\). The case of constant cosimplicial objects is entirely similar.

Example. Let \(B\to A\) be a morphism in a category \(\mathcal{C}\). If the following fiber products exist, \[X_n := \underbracket{B \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\times}} \cdots \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\times}} B}_{n+1 \;\text{factors}}, \quad n \geq 0,\] each morphism \(f:[m]\to[n]\) induces a morphism \(X_n\to X_m\) whose \(i\)th component is the projection \(B\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\times}}\cdots\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\times}}B\xrightarrow{\mathrm{pr}_{f(i)}}B\). This gives a simplicial object \(X\) in \(\mathcal{C}\). It is augmented by taking \(B\to A\) as the morphism \(X_0\to X_{-1}\).

Remark (Order-reversal duality). For each \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), define a bijection \(w_n\) of \(\{0,\ldots,n\}\) with itself by \(w_n(i)=n-i\). Define an autoisomorphism \(w\) of the category \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) that preserves the objects \([n]\) and maps a morphism \(f:[n]\to[m]\) to \(wf:=w_mfw_n\). Note that \[w^2 = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}, \quad w \mathrm{d}^{n, i} = \mathrm{d}^{n, n-i}, \quad w \mathrm{s}^{n, j} = \mathrm{s}^{n, n-j}.\] A more intrinsic viewpoint is that \(w\) maps \([n]\) to the poset with the reversed order \([n]^{\operatorname{op}}\), or, when regarded as a category, to its opposite category. This category is still uniquely isomorphic to \([n]\). The action of \(w\) on morphisms is expressed by the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-106-d003} \quad f^{\operatorname{op}} \xlongequal{\text{as a map}} f.\] For every category \(\mathcal{C}\), this gives an autoisomorphism \(X\mapsto X\circ w\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{cs}}\mathcal{C}\)).

Finally, we outline the relation between monoidal structures and simplicial objects.

Definition. Every functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) induces a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{D}\) that maps the data \((X_n,d_i,s_j)_{n,i,j}\) to \((FX_n,Fd_i,Fs_j)_{n,i,j}\). Moreover, there is a direct relation \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}(\mathcal{C}_1\times\mathcal{C}_2)\simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}_1\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}_2\).

Apply this observation to a monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\) and the bifunctor \(\otimes:\mathcal{C}\times\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\). For every \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C})\), define \(X\otimes Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C})\) so that its degree-\(n\) term is \(X_n\otimes Y_n\), while its face and degeneracy morphisms have the forms \(d_i\otimes d_i\) and \(s_j\otimes s_j\), respectively.

Thus, if \(\mathcal{C}\) is a monoidal category, then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}\) also has a corresponding monoidal structure, with the constant simplicial object \(\mathrm{const}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) as its unit. The analogous statement holds for cosimplicial objects.

Simplicial Sets

The simplicial objects of Definition reference in the case \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) are called simplicial sets. Relative to a fixed Grothendieck universe, the precise meaning of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) in this book is the category of all small sets; these details do not affect the content of this section.

Definition.

A simplicial object in the category of sets \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is called a simplicial set; a cosimplicial object in it is called a cosimplicial set.

By Definition reference, all simplicial sets (or cosimplicial sets) form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}}\) (or \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{csSet}}:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}\)).

Definition.

For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), write \(\Delta^n\) for the simplicial set determined by \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}(\mathord\cdot,[n]): \ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). It is called the standard \(n\)-simplex.

Thus \((\Delta^n)_m=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}([m],[n])\) is the set of all order-preserving maps \([m]\to[n]\). The map \((\Delta^n)_{m'}\to(\Delta^n)_m\) induced by an order-preserving map \(\phi:[m]\to[m']\) is precisely pullback of maps, \(\phi^*:f\mapsto f\phi\).

Example.

We introduce two common subobjects of the standard \(n\)-simplex \(\Delta^n\).

  • Boundary.Define the subfunctor \(\partial\Delta^n\) of \(\Delta^n\) by \[(\partial \Delta^n)_m := \left\{ f: [m] \to [n] \; \text{order-preserving}, \operatorname{im}(f) \neq [n] \right\}, \quad m \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}.\] If \(m<n\), then \((\partial\Delta^n)_m=(\Delta^n)_m\); if \(m\geq n\), the elements of \((\partial\Delta^n)_m\) are obtained by repeated degeneracies from \((\Delta^n)_h\) for \(0\leq h<n\).

  • Horn.For \(0\leq k\leq n\), define the subfunctor \(\Lambda^n_k\) of \(\Delta^n\) by \[(\Lambda^n_k)_m := \left\{ f: [m] \to [n] \;\text{order-preserving}, \operatorname{im}(f) \not\supset [n] \smallsetminus \{k\} \right\}, \quad m \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}.\] We call \(k\) the vertex of the horn.

Every pullback \(\phi^*:f\mapsto f\phi\) clearly preserves the conditions above, so both are subfunctors. The exercises in this chapter will show how \(\Lambda^n_i\) (or \(\partial\Delta^n\)) can be expressed precisely as a gluing of \(n\) (or \(n+1\)) copies of \(\Delta^{n-1}\).

The constant simplicial set given by the empty set, \(\mathrm{const}(\emptyset)\), is abbreviated to \(\emptyset\). Thus \(\partial\Delta^0=\emptyset\). In §reference we will give an intuitive interpretation of simplicial sets. In particular, we will depict the geometric images of \(\Delta^n\supset\Lambda^n_i\supset\partial\Delta^n\). The Yoneda lemma (Theorem reference) immediately gives the following canonical isomorphism, where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}})\): \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-107-d001} \\ \phi([n]): \operatorname{End}([n]) = \Delta^n([n]) \to X([n]) =: X_n. \end{gathered} \end{equation}\]

Definition.

An element of \(X_n\) is called an \(n\)-simplex of the simplicial set \(X\). If \(x\in X_n\) lies in the image of some \(s_j\), it is called degenerate; otherwise it is called non-degenerate.

As a simple exercise, verify that the non-degenerate \(m\)-simplices of \(\Delta^n\) correspond to the order-preserving injections \([m]\hookrightarrow[n]\); there are \(\binom{n+1}{m+1}\) of them. Furthermore, the Yoneda lemma ensures that \(h_{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}:[n]\mapsto\Delta^n\) defines a fully faithful functor \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\). Every morphism \(f:[m]\to[n]\) in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) induces \(f:\Delta^m\to\Delta^n\). Specifying an \((m+1)\)-element subset \(\{k_0,\ldots,k_m\}\subset[n]\) is equivalent to specifying an order-preserving injection \([m]\hookrightarrow[n]\). The corresponding morphism between standard simplices is also written \[\Delta^m \xrightarrow{\{k_0, \ldots, k_m\}} \Delta^n .\] The intuitive meaning of simplicial sets will be explained by geometric realization in §reference. Before that, we introduce a series of abstract constructions, beginning with the join and the left and right cones of simplicial sets. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinLin}}_+\) for the full subcategory of the category of finite totally ordered sets (also called finite linearly ordered sets) \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinLin}}\) obtained by removing the empty set; its morphisms are order-preserving maps. Since \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) is a skeleton of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinLin}}_+\), a simplicial set can equivalently be viewed as a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinLin}}_+^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\).

Convention. Let \(J\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinLin}}_+\). Every subset \(I\subset J\) is automatically a finite totally ordered set. If it also satisfies \[\forall (i, j) \in I \times J, \quad j \leq i \implies j \in I,\] then \(I\) is called an initial segment of \(J\), written \(I\sqsubset J\).

Definition.

The join \(X\star X'\) of simplicial sets \(X\) and \(X'\) is defined as the following functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinLin}}_+^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\): \[(X \star X')(J) = \bigsqcup_{I \sqsubset J} X(I) \times X'(J \smallsetminus I).\] Here (and only here), \(X(\emptyset)\) and \(X'(\emptyset)\) are defined to be one-point sets. For every order-preserving map \(f:J_1\to J\) and \(I\sqsubset J\), set \(I_1:=f^{-1}(I)\). Then \(I_1\sqsubset J_1\) and there is a map \[X(I) \times X'(J \smallsetminus I) \to X(I_1) \times X'(J_1 \smallsetminus I_1).\] This yields an induced morphism \(f^*:(X\star X')(J)\to(X\star X')(J_1)\), which determines the simplicial structure on \(X\star X'\).

There are canonical morphisms \(X\to X\star Y\leftarrow Y\). The definition can also be written in the earlier notation as \[(X \star Y)_n = X_n \sqcup Y_n \sqcup \bigsqcup_{j+k = n-1} X_j \times Y_k .\] The morphisms \(d_i\) and \(s_i\) are obtained directly from the corresponding morphisms on \(X\) and \(Y\). For example, for \(d_i:(X\star Y)_n\to(X\star Y)_{n-1}\), its restrictions to the subsets \(X_n\) and \(Y_n\) are the original \(d_i\), while on \(X_j\times Y_k\) it is given by \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} d_i(x, y) = \begin{cases} (d_i x, y), & i \leq j, \; j \neq 0 \\ (x, d_{i-j-1} y), & i > j, \; k \neq 0, \end{cases} \\ j=0 \implies d_0(x, y) = y \in Y_{n-1}, \\ k=0 \implies d_n(x, y) = x \in X_{n-1}. \end{gathered} \end{equation}\]

Proposition.

Write \(X_n^{\mathrm{nd}}\subset X_n\) for the subset of non-degenerate \(n\)-simplices of the simplicial set \(X\) (Definition reference). For all \(X\) and \(Y\), \[(X \star Y)^{\mathrm{nd}}_n = X^{\mathrm{nd}}_n \sqcup Y^{\mathrm{nd}}_n \sqcup \bigsqcup_{j+k=n-1} X^{\mathrm{nd}}_j \times Y^{\mathrm{nd}}_k.\]

Proof. Let \(Z\) be a simplicial set. For every nonempty finite totally ordered set \(J\), an element \(x\in Z(J)\) is degenerate if and only if there is an order-preserving surjection that is not injective, \(f:J\twoheadrightarrow J_0\), such that \(x\in\operatorname{im}[f^*:Z(J_0)\to Z(J)]\). The rest follows immediately from this observation.

Definition.

The left cone with base a simplicial set \(X\) is \(X^{\lhd}:=\Delta^0\star X\), while the right cone is \(X^{\rhd}:=X\star\Delta^0\).

An intuitive interpretation of cones is given in Example reference. The exercises will examine further properties of the join operation.

Example: Nerves of Categories

This section introduces the nerves of categories and, through them, the classifying spaces of groups. Both are important examples of simplicial sets.

Example (Nerve of a category).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a small category. Define the functor \[\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}, \quad [n] \mapsto \left\{ \text{all functors } [n] \to \mathcal{C} \right\}.\] As a simplicial set it is denoted by \(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\) and called the nerve of \(\mathcal{C}\). Specifying an element of \(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}_n\) is equivalent to specifying a functor \([n]\to\mathcal{C}\), that is, a chain of morphisms in \(\mathcal{C}\) \[(f_1, \ldots, f_n): C_0 \xrightarrow{f_1} C_1 \xrightarrow{f_2} \cdots \xrightarrow{f_n} C_n.\] Thus \(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}_0\) may be identified with \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), and \(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}_1\) with \(\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\).

The face morphisms \(d_i:\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}_n\to \mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}_{n-1}\) and degeneracy morphisms \(s_j:\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}_n\to\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}_{n+1}\) are given by \[\begin{align*} d_i(f_1, \ldots, f_n) & = \begin{cases} (f_2, \cdots, f_n), & i = 0 \\ (\ldots, f_{i+1} f_i, \ldots), & 0 < i < n, \\ (f_1, \ldots, f_{n-1}), & i = n, \end{cases} \\ s_j(f_1, \ldots, f_n) & = \begin{cases} \left( \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{C_0}, f_1, \ldots, f_n \right), & j = 0 \\ (\ldots, f_j, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{C_j}, f_{j+1}, \ldots ), & 0 < j < n \\ (f_1, \ldots, f_n, \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{C_n}), & j = n. \end{cases} \end{align*}\]

Remark. Unfolding the definitions shows that the simplicial sets \(\mathrm{N}(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})\) and \(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\) are related by the order-reversing duality of Remark reference. The details are left to the reader.

The nerve realizes a category concretely through combinatorial/topological data and contains all the information of the original category. This is the content of Proposition reference, which will soon be proved. We first characterize which simplicial sets are nerves; the argument is instructive.

Proposition (Characterization of nerves). Let \(X\) be a simplicial set. The following statements are equivalent.

  1. There is a small category \(\mathcal{C}\) such that \(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\simeq X\).

  2. \(X\) has the unique inner horn-filling property: for every integer \(0<i<n\) and every morphism \(\sigma':\Lambda^n_i\to X\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\) (such a \(\Lambda^n_i\) is called an inner horn), there is a unique \(\sigma:\Delta^n\to X\) extending \(\sigma'\).

Proof. First prove (i) \(\implies\) (ii). Let \(X=\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\) and \(0<i<n\); we wish to extend \(\sigma':\Lambda^n_i\to X\) to \(\Delta^n\). For every \(0\leq k\leq n\) (or \(0<k\leq n\)), the morphism \(\Delta^0\xrightarrow{\{k\}}\Delta^n\) (or \(\Delta^1\xrightarrow{\{k-1,k\}}\Delta^n\)) factors through \(\Lambda^n_i\). Denote its image under \(\sigma'\) by \(C_k\in X_0=\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) (or \([g_k:C_{k-1}\to C_k]\in X_1=\operatorname{Mor}(\mathcal{C})\)). This gives an element of \(X_n\), \[C_0 \xrightarrow{g_1} C_1 \xrightarrow{g_2} \cdots \xrightarrow{g_n} C_n.\] Write \(\sigma\) for the corresponding morphism \(\Delta^n\to X\). The construction also shows that \(\sigma\) is the only possible extension of \(\sigma'\). Since \(\Lambda^n_i=\bigcup_{j\neq i}\operatorname{im}[\mathrm{d}^j: \Delta^{n-1}\to\Delta^n]\), it remains to verify \[\begin{equation} \sigma \circ \mathrm{d}^j = \sigma' \circ \mathrm{d}^j : \Delta^{n-1} \to X, \quad j \neq i . \end{equation}\]

By the definition of the nerve, proving equation reduces to the following verification. For each \(j\neq i\) and each pair of adjacent elements \(h<k\) in the sequence \(0,\ldots,\widehat{j},\ldots,n\) (where \(\widehat{j}\) means that \(j\) is omitted), the pullbacks of \(\sigma\) and \(\sigma'\) along \(\Delta^1\xrightarrow{\{h,k\}}\Lambda^n_i\subset\Delta^n\) must agree.

  • If \(k=h+1\), this is guaranteed by the construction of \(\sigma\). In particular, equation always holds when \(j\in\{0,n\}\).

  • Suppose \((h,k)=(j-1,j+1)\). If \(n=2\), this case cannot occur. If \(n>2\), then either \(j-1>0\) or \(j+1<n\). When \(j-1>0\), \(\{j-1,j+1\}\) factors as \[\Delta^1 \xrightarrow{\{j-2, j\}} \Delta^{n-1} \xrightarrow{\mathrm{d}^0 = \{1, \ldots, n\}} \Lambda^n_i \subset \Delta^n.\] By the already known \(j=0\) case of equation, the two pullbacks agree. Similarly, when \(j+1<n\), the issue reduces to the known case \(j=n\).

Now prove (ii) \(\implies\) (i). Define a category \(\mathcal{C}\) by \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}):=X_0\) and, for all \(C,C'\in X_0\), \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(C, C') := \left\{ f \in X_1: d_1(f) = C, \; d_0(f) = C' \right\}.\] Use the degeneracy map \(s_0:X_0\to X_1\) to define the identity morphism \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_C\) as \(s_0(C)\). We also depict a morphism \(f\) as \(0\xrightarrow{f}1\) to emphasize that it corresponds to a \(1\)-simplex \([1]=\{0,1\}\to X\).

If \(d_0(f)=d_1(g)\), define the composite by \(gf:=d_1(\sigma)\), where \(\sigma:\Delta^2\to X\) is the unique extension of \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-108-d001}: \Lambda^2_1 \to X \quad \text{that is,}\quad d^0(\sigma) = g, \quad d^2(\sigma) = f.\]

The laws \(f\circ\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_C=f\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{C'}\circ f=f\) are witnessed, respectively, by the following elements of \(X_2\). \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-108-d002} \quad \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-108-d003}\]

For associativity \(h(gf)=(hg)f\), construct \(\sigma':\Lambda^3_2\to X\) whose three faces are, respectively, \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-108-d004} \quad \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-108-d005} \quad \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-108-d006}\] This horn has a unique extension \(\sigma:\Delta^3\to X\) such that \(d^2(\sigma)\in X_2\) has the form \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-108-d007}\] By construction, however, this \(2\)-simplex also determines the composite of \(f\) and \(hg\), proving \((hg)f=h(gf)\).

Thus \(\mathcal{C}\) is a category. There is a canonical morphism \(X\to\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\): from a given \(\Delta^n\to X\), pull back along each \(\Delta^1\xrightarrow{\{j,j+1\}}\Delta^n\) to obtain a chain of morphisms. By construction, \(X_n\to\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}_n\) is clearly a bijection for \(n=0,1\). If \(n\geq2\), choose \(0<i<n\) and consider the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-108-d008}\] By the assumption and the unique inner horn-filling property, both vertical arrows are bijections. Moreover, \(\Lambda^n_i\) can be expressed as the \(\varinjlim\) of a family of \(\Delta^{n-1}\) and \(\Delta^{n-2}\) (that is, the gluing of \(n\) faces), so induction shows that the arrow in the second row is also a bijection. This proves the result.

Notice also that in the argument (ii) \(\implies\) (i), if there is a small category \(\mathcal{C}_0\) with \(X=\mathrm{N}(\mathcal{C}_0)\), then the category \(\mathcal{C}\) constructed in the proof is exactly \(\mathcal{C}_0\). Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\) for the category of all small categories, with functors as morphisms. Every functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}'\) induces a morphism \(\mathrm{N}F:\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\to\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}'\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\), mapping \((f_1,\ldots,f_n)\) to \((Ff_1,\ldots,Ff_n)\). This gives the nerve functor \(\mathrm{N}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\).

Proposition. The nerve functor \(\mathrm{N}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\) is fully faithful.

Proof. The proof of Proposition reference has already shown how to reconstruct morphisms and their composition from the nerve of a category. Hence a morphism \(\mathrm{N}(\mathcal{C})\to\mathrm{N}(\mathcal{C}')\) naturally induces a functor \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}'\). It is easy to see that this construction and the construction induced by \(\mathrm{N}\) are mutually inverse.

Example (Classifying space).

Let \(\Gamma\) be a monoid. Define the categories \(\mathcal{B}\Gamma\) and \(\mathcal{E}\Gamma\) as follows:

Category Object set Morphisms Composition of morphisms
\(\mathcal{B}\Gamma\) \(\{\star\}\) \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{B}\Gamma}(\star)=\Gamma\) multiplication in \(\Gamma\)
\(\mathcal{E}\Gamma\) \(\Gamma\) \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{E}\Gamma}(g,g')=\{h\in\Gamma:hg=g'\}\) multiplication in \(\Gamma\)

Define the nerves \(\mathrm{B}\Gamma:=\mathrm{N}((\mathcal{B}\Gamma)^{\operatorname{op}})\) and \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma:=\mathrm{N}((\mathcal{E}\Gamma)^{\operatorname{op}})\). The simplicial set \(\mathrm{B}\Gamma\) is called the classifying space of \(\Gamma\). Taking \((\cdots)^{\operatorname{op}}\) amounts to reversing the arrows in the definition of the nerve without changing their labels. Thus \[\begin{equation*} \begin{array}{|c|c|c|} \hline \text{Set} & \text{Element} & \text{Corresponding chain of morphisms in }\mathcal{B}\Gamma\text{ or }\mathcal{E}\Gamma \\ \hline (\mathrm{B}\Gamma)_n = \Gamma^n & (g_1, \ldots, g_n) & \star \xleftarrow{g_1} \cdots \leftarrow \star \xleftarrow{g_n} \star \\ \hline (\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_n = \Gamma^{n+1} & (g_1, \ldots, g_{n+1}) & g_1 \cdots g_{n+1} \xleftarrow{g_1} \cdots \leftarrow g_n g_{n+1} \xleftarrow{g_n} g_{n+1} \\ \hline \end{array} \end{equation*}\] Substitution into the definitions gives, for every \(n\geq0\), \[\begin{equation*} \mathrm{B}\Gamma: \qquad \begin{aligned} d_i(g_1, \ldots, g_n) & = \begin{cases} (g_2, \ldots, g_n), & i = 0 \\ (\ldots, g_i g_{i+1} , \ldots), & 0 < i < n \\ (g_1, \ldots, g_{n-1}), & i = n, \end{cases} \\ s_j(g_1, \ldots, g_n) & = \begin{cases} (1, g_1, \ldots, g_n), & j = 0 \\ (\ldots, g_j, 1, g_{j+1}, \ldots), & 0 < j < n \\ (g_1, \ldots, g_n, 1), & j = n, \end{cases} \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\] and \[\begin{equation*} \mathrm{E}\Gamma: \qquad \begin{aligned} d_i(g_1, \ldots, g_{n+1}) & = \begin{cases} (g_2, \ldots, g_{n+1}), & i = 0 \\ (g_1, \ldots, g_i g_{i+1} , \ldots), & 0 < i \leq n, \end{cases} \\ s_j(g_1, \ldots, g_{n+1}) & = \begin{cases} (1, g_1, \ldots, g_{n+1}), & j = 0 \\ (\ldots, g_j, 1, g_{j+1}, \ldots), & 0 < j \leq n. \end{cases} \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\]

There is a natural functor \((\mathcal{E}\Gamma)^{\operatorname{op}}\to(\mathcal{B}\Gamma)^{\operatorname{op}}\) mapping all objects to \(\star\) and every morphism \(h\in\Gamma\) to \(h\). The induced morphism \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\to\mathrm{B}\Gamma\) simply maps \((g_1,\ldots,g_{n+1})\) to \((g_1,\ldots,g_n)\). The right multiplication action of \(\Gamma\) on \((\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_n\) acts along its fibers, or in other words changes the datum \(g_{n+1}\): \[(g_1, \ldots, g_n, g_{n+1})g = (g_1, \ldots, g_n, g_{n+1}g).\] These actions clearly commute with \(d_i\) and \(s_j\). If \(\Gamma\) is a group, the action is also free.

In topology, \(\mathrm{B}\Gamma\) (or its geometric realization \(|\mathrm{B}\Gamma|\); see §reference) serves to classify \(\Gamma\)-torsors over spaces, while \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\to\mathrm{B}\Gamma\) gives the universal torsor. Example reference will show that \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\) is “right-contractible.”

The Geometric-Realization Functor

We now begin to build a geometric picture of the simplicial sets introduced in §reference. We start with the standard \(n\)-simplex, where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Write the standard ordered basis of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}^{n+1}\) as \(e_0,\ldots,e_n\). Define \[|\Delta^n| := \left\{ (x_0, \ldots, x_n) \in (\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}_{\geq 0})^{n+1} : \sum_{i=0}^n x_i = 1 \right\} \quad \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d001}\] Its vertices are labeled \(0,\ldots,n\) by \(i\leftrightarrow e_i\). Its interior is given the standard orientation for which \(e_1-e_0,\ldots,e_n-e_{n-1}\) is a positively oriented basis at every point. Every monotone map \(f:[m]\to[n]\) induces a map \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d002}\] If \(f\) is not surjective, the image of \(|f|\) lies in the boundary. The embedding \(|\mathrm{d}^i|:|\Delta^{n-1}|\to|\Delta^n|\) may be used to compare the orientation on the interior of \(|\Delta^{n-1}|\) with the orientation induced on the boundary by \(|\Delta^n|\). A standard determinant calculation shows that they differ by a factor of \((-1)^i\). The following figure illustrates the case \(n=2\).

Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d003

Summarizing the discussion above, we obtain a functor \[\begin{equation*} |\cdot|: \ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}} \quad \left\{\begin{array}{ll} \text{objects} & [n] \mapsto |\Delta^n| \\ \text{morphisms} & f \mapsto |f| . \end{array}\right. \end{equation*}\] We wish to extend it to a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\). Recall that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) is cocomplete.

Definition (Geometric-realization functor).

The functor \(|\cdot|:\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) is defined as follows. If \(X\) is a simplicial set, then \[|X| := \varinjlim_{n, x} |\Delta^n|,\] where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and \(x\in X_n\), or equivalently, where \(x\) is a morphism \(\Delta^n\to X\). Such pairs \((n,x)\) form a category. A morphism from \((n,x)\) to \((m,y)\) is precisely an \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}([n],[m])\) for which the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d004}\] commutes; equivalently, \(f^*:X_m\to X_n\) must satisfy \(f^*(y)=x\).

For fixed \(m\geq0\), the category of data \((n,x:\Delta^n\to\Delta^m)\) has the terminal object \((m,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\Delta^m})\). Therefore the geometric realization of \(\Delta^m\) is canonically identified with the previously defined \(|\Delta^m|\). Thus the notation is consistent.

Remark. For every simplicial set \(X\), there is a canonical isomorphism \(\varinjlim_{n,x}\Delta^n\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X\). This follows directly by applying the Density Theorem reference to the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}=\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\wedge}\); the reader is invited to check it.

Remark. By Theorem reference, geometric realization is the left Kan extension of the functor \(|\cdot|:\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) along \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\); see Definition reference. Thus the construction is entirely natural.

By the construction above, for each \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and \(x\in X_n\), the universal property of \(\varinjlim\) gives a canonical map \(i_{n,x}:|\Delta^n|\to|X|\), compatible as \((n,x)\) varies. Taking \(\varinjlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) is simply the operation of gluing topological spaces. More concretely, the geometric realization can be written as the quotient space \[\begin{equation} |X| = \dfrac{\displaystyle\bigsqcup_{n \geq 0} X_n \times |\Delta^n| }{(f^*(y), t) \sim (y, |f|(t)) }, \quad \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d005} \end{equation}\] In keeping with the geometric intuition, a simplicial set \(X\) may be viewed as a model of a space. The sets \(X_0,X_1,\ldots\) are the collections of building blocks of the model: each element of \(X_n\) corresponds to, and labels, one copy of \(|\Delta^n|\). The various maps \(f^*:X_m\to X_n\) serve as assembly instructions that determine how these copies of \(|\Delta^n|\) are glued together. Since the morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) have already been described explicitly, the equivalence relation in equation can be generated by two special kinds of \(f\).

  • Take \(\mathrm{d}^i:[n-1]\hookrightarrow[n]\). Then \(|\mathrm{d}^i|\) embeds \(\{d_i(x)\}\times|\Delta^{n-1}|\) into \(\{x\}\times|\Delta^n|\). Thus the face map \(d_i:X_n\to X_{n-1}\) labels the \(i\)th face of the \(n\)-dimensional component corresponding to \(x\) by \(d_i(x)\), and the gluing is then performed according to these labels.

  • Take \(\mathrm{s}^j:[n+1]\twoheadrightarrow[n]\). Then \(|\mathrm{s}^j|\) “collapses” \(\{s_j(x)\}\times|\Delta^{n+1}|\) onto \(\{x\}\times|\Delta^n|\). Thus the degeneracy map \(s_j:X_n\to X_{n+1}\) determines how an \(n\)-dimensional component corresponding to \(x\) gives rise to a “degenerate” \((n+1)\)-dimensional component, labeled \(s_j(x)\), which is collapsed onto its \(j\)th face during the gluing process.

Consequently, degenerate \(n\)-simplices (Definition reference) may be omitted from the gluing process, but the degeneracy data still cannot be ignored. For example, a face map \(d_i:X_n\to X_{n-1}\) may well map a nondegenerate simplex to a degenerate simplex.

Example. As an illustration, \(\partial\Delta^n\) in Example reference realizes the boundary of the standard \(n\)-simplex in the intuitive sense, while the horn \(\Lambda^n_k\) is obtained by removing from \(\partial\Delta^n\) the face opposite its \(k\)th vertex. Here is one illustration:

Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d006

Example.

For every topological space \(\mathcal{X}\), define the cone over it, \(\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(\mathcal{X})\), to be the space obtained by contracting the closed subset \(\mathcal{X}\times\{0\}\) of \(\mathcal{X}\times[0,1]\) to a single point. Visually, \[\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(\mathcal{X}) = \; \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d007}\] As a simple exercise, check that \(|X^{\lhd}|\simeq\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(|X|)\simeq|X^{\rhd}|\). This shows that the cones in Definition reference are aptly named; the only difference between the left and right cones is their orientation.

By presenting a triangulation of a space as a simplicial set, one can extract many important topological properties. This approach is aptly called “combinatorial topology”. Further discussion and examples may be found in [You].

Definition (Singular-set functor).

For every topological space \(E\), define the simplicial set \(\mathrm{Sing}(E)\) by \[\mathrm{Sing}(E)_n := \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}}(|\Delta^n|, E), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0},\] where \(d_i:\mathrm{Sing}(E)_n\to\mathrm{Sing}(E)_{n-1}\) (respectively, \(s_j:\mathrm{Sing}(E)_n\to\mathrm{Sing}(E)_{n+1}\)) is given by pullback along \(|\mathrm{d}^i|:|\Delta^{n-1}|\to|\Delta^n|\) (respectively, \(|\mathrm{s}^j|:|\Delta^{n+1}|\to|\Delta^n|\)). This is called the (simplicial) singular set associated with \(E\). The construction gives a functor \[\mathrm{Sing}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}.\]

Theorem. The geometric-realization functor is left adjoint to the singular-set functor. In other words, there is a natural bijection \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d008}\] where \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}})\) and \(E\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}})\).

Proof. Recall that \(|X|=\varinjlim_{n,x}|\Delta^n|\). There are canonical isomorphisms \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}}\left( \varinjlim_{n, x} |\Delta^n| , E \right) & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\varprojlim_{n, x} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}}(|\Delta^n|, E) = \varprojlim_{n, x} \mathrm{Sing}(E)_n \\ & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\varprojlim_{n, x} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}\left( \Delta^n, \mathrm{Sing}(E) \right) \\ \varphi & \mapsto \left( \psi_n(x) := \varphi \circ i_{n, x} \right)_{n, x}. \end{align*}\]

Every family of morphisms \((\psi_n(x))_{n,x}\) determined by a morphism \(\psi:X\to\mathrm{Sing}(E)\) satisfies the compatibility conditions, and thus is an element of the inverse limit on the right-hand side above. To complete the proof, it remains to show that giving a morphism \(\psi\) is equivalent to giving a compatible family of morphisms; this is exactly what Remark reference guarantees.

Remark. For homotopy theory, the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\) mentioned in §reference may be more convenient than \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\). Since the inclusion functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) has a right adjoint \(k\), it preserves \(\varinjlim\). Moreover, \(|\Delta^n|\) is a compactly generated Hausdorff space. Consequently, the gluing (respectively, the formation of \(\operatorname{Hom}\)) in geometric realization (respectively, the singular set) may be carried out within \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\)1. Thus the adjoint pair of Theorem reference factors into two adjunctions, written with the same notation as \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d009}\]

For any two simplicial sets \(X\) and \(Y\), their product is defined degreewise: \[\begin{gather*} (X \times Y)_n = X_n \times Y_n, \\ d_i(x, y) = (d_i(x), d_i(y)), \\ s_j(x, y) = (s_j(x), s_j(y)). \end{gather*}\] This is both the categorical product in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}}\) and the construction of Definition reference applied to the monoidal category \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}},\times)\). Although both definitions arise from category theory, the following fundamental result shows that they also have geometric meaning.

Theorem. For simplicial sets \(X\) and \(Y\), there is a canonical isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\) \[|X \times Y| \simeq |X| \times |Y|.\] More generally, the \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\)-valued version of \(|\cdot|\) preserves finite limits. If either \(X\) or \(Y\) has only finitely many nondegenerate simplices, then \(|X\times Y|\simeq|X|\times|Y|\) also holds in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\).

The proof in the general case is rather involved; see [GZ67] or [Dri03]. The isomorphism does not hold in general for the \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\)-valued version of geometric realization. Notice also that the condition stated in the theorem for the \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\)-valued version is not optimal.

Corollary. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) for the category of groups. If a simplicial set \(X\) can be promoted to an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sGrp}}\), then \(|X|\) naturally has the structure of a topological group. Analogous results hold for other algebraic structures.

In view of Theorem reference, it is natural to define a homotopy from \(g\) to \(f\), for morphisms \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\), as a morphism \(H:X\times\Delta^1\to Y\) making the following diagram commute: \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d010} \end{equation}\] As a special case, the composite \(X\times\Delta^1\xrightarrow{\text{projection}}X\xrightarrow{f}Y\) gives a constant homotopy from \(f\) to itself. Homotopy as defined here is not, however, an equivalence relation: a simple example already shows that it need not be symmetric. In homotopy theory one usually imposes an additional condition on \(Y\), for example that it be a Kan complex. The homotopy relation then has the expected properties, allowing homotopy groups, weak equivalences, and related notions to be studied combinatorially. Although this book does not prove Theorem reference, it is useful to say a little more about the simple special case \(X=\Delta^p\) and \(Y=\Delta^q\). For example, how can the nondegenerate simplices of \(\Delta^p\times\Delta^q\) be classified? The answer not only helps explain the geometric realization of a product; the related construction will also be needed later. First, the product of two partially ordered sets \(S_1\) and \(S_2\) becomes a partially ordered set under \((a_1,a_2)\leq(b_1,b_2)\) if and only if \(a_1\leq b_1\) and \(a_2\leq b_2\). This is also the product of the corresponding categories.

Definition.

Let \(p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). A \((p,q)\)-shuffle is an injective monotone map \(\sigma:[p+q]\to[p]\times[q]\).

For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), specifying a monotone map \(\sigma:[n]\to[p]\times[q]\) is equivalent to specifying a pair of monotone maps \(\sigma_-:[n]\to[p]\) and \(\sigma_+:[n]\to[q]\). It is also equivalent to specifying an \(n\)-simplex of \(\Delta^p\times\Delta^q\). The condition that \(\sigma\) be injective says precisely that the path \(i\mapsto(\sigma_-(i),\sigma_+(i))\) never remains stationary, for \(i=0,\ldots,n\). When \(n=p+q\), the situation may be pictured as follows: \[\begin{equation} \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d011} \quad \text{exactly $p+q$ steps.} \end{equation}\] Thus, for a \((p,q)\)-shuffle \(\sigma\), define \[\begin{align*} I_\pm & := \left\{ 1 \leq i \leq p+q : \sigma_\pm(i-1) < \sigma_\pm(i) \right\} \\ & = \left\{ 1 \leq i \leq p+q : \sigma_\pm(i-1) = \sigma_\pm(i) - 1 \right\} \\ & = \left\{ 1 \leq i \leq p+q: \sigma_\mp(i-1) = \sigma_\mp(i) \right\}, \end{align*}\] so that \(I_+\sqcup I_-=\{1,\ldots,p+q\}\). The subsets \(I_+\) and \(I_-\) correspond, respectively, to the upward and rightward portions of the path in equation. Thus a \((p,q)\)-shuffle may also be viewed as an ordering of \(p\) symbols \(\rightarrow\) and \(q\) symbols \(\uparrow\); there are \(\binom{p+q}{p}\) such orderings. These observations also show that \(\sigma_+\) and \(\sigma_-\) are surjective monotone maps for every \((p,q)\)-shuffle.

Proposition. Let \(p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). Consider an \(n\)-simplex of \(\Delta^p\times\Delta^q\), that is, a monotone map \(\sigma:[n]\to[p]\times[q]\). Set \((p_i,q_i):=\sigma(i)\) and \((p',q'):=(p_n-p_0,q_n-q_0)\). Then \(\sigma\) is nondegenerate if and only if the following conditions hold:

  • \(p'+q'=n\);

  • \(\sigma\) factors as a \((p',q')\)-shuffle \(\sigma':[n]\to[p']\times[q']\) followed by a monotone injection \([p']\times[q']\hookrightarrow[p]\times[q]\) of the form \(f\times g\).

Proof. Identify \(\sigma\) with the pair of monotone maps \((\sigma_-,\sigma_+)\). Consider the path \(i\mapsto(p_i,q_i)\) as in equation. The condition that \(\sigma\) be nondegenerate is equivalent to the condition that this path never remains stationary. The rest is clear.

Using this description of the nondegenerate simplices, the reader may visualize the isomorphism \(|\Delta^p\times\Delta^q|\simeq|\Delta^p|\times|\Delta^q|\) in the cases \((p,q)=(1,1)\) and \((2,1)\). For example, the following figure shows the triangulation of \(|\Delta^2|\times|\Delta^1|\) into three tetrahedra, corresponding to the \(3=\binom{3}{2}\) \((2,1)\)-shuffles.

Diagram chapter8-unit-109-d012

Definition. Let \(\sigma\) be a \((p,q)\)-shuffle. Its sign is defined by \[\operatorname{sgn}(\sigma) := (-1)^{|I_\sigma|}, \quad I_\sigma := \left\{ (i, j) \in I_- \times I_+ : i > j \right\}.\]

If \(\sigma\) is viewed as an ordering of \(p\) symbols \(\rightarrow\) and \(q\) symbols \(\uparrow\), then \(I_\sigma\) is precisely the set of pairs \((j,i)\), with \(j<i\), that occur in the reversed order \((\uparrow,\rightarrow)\). A simple combinatorial exercise shows that there is a unique \(\tau\in\mathfrak{S}_{p+q}\) that rearranges the word into the form \(\rightarrow\cdots\rightarrow\uparrow\cdots\uparrow\) without changing the internal order within either \(I_+\) or \(I_-\). Thus Definition reference is equivalent to \(\operatorname{sgn}(\sigma)=\operatorname{sgn}(\tau)\). For a \((p,q)\)-shuffle \(\sigma\), exchanging the roles of \(\sigma_-\) and \(\sigma_+\) gives a \((q,p)\)-shuffle \(\sigma'\). The interpretation above and a basic combinatorial argument give \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{sgn}(\sigma) = (-1)^{pq} \operatorname{sgn}(\sigma'). \end{equation}\] In the same spirit, define a \((p,q,r)\)-shuffle to be an injective monotone map \(\sigma=(\sigma_-,\sigma_0,\sigma_+):[p+q+r]\to[p]\times[q]\times[r]\), or, equivalently, regard it as an ordering of the symbols \(\rightarrow\), \(\nearrow\), and \(\uparrow\). Define \(\operatorname{sgn}(\sigma):=(-1)^{|I_\sigma|}\), where \(I_\sigma\) consists of all triples of indices \(k>j>i\) corresponding to odd permutations of \((\rightarrow,\nearrow,\uparrow)\). The same standard combinatorial exercise shows that if the \((p,q,r)\)-shuffle \(\sigma\) has a factorization \[[p+q+r] \xrightarrow{\sigma_1} [p+q] \times [r] \xrightarrow{\sigma_2 \times \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{[r]}} [p] \times [q] \times [r],\] then \(\sigma_1\) is a \((p+q,r)\)-shuffle, \(\sigma_2\) is a \((p,q)\)-shuffle, and \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{sgn}(\sigma) = \operatorname{sgn}(\sigma_1) \operatorname{sgn}(\sigma_2). \end{equation}\] There is, of course, a corresponding statement for a factorization \([p+q+r]\to[p]\times[q+r]\to[p]\times[q]\times[r]\). Equations equation and equation are entirely combinatorial in nature; their detailed verification is left to the exercises for this chapter. These observations will be used in §reference.


  1. It must be explained that the \(\varinjlim\) in question does indeed exist in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\). This is a topological issue; see [GZ67].↩︎

The Dold–Kan Correspondence

Following the conventions of algebraic topology, for an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\) we consider the category of chain complexes over it (Definition reference), denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}(\mathcal{A})\), together with its subcategory \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A}) := \left\{ A = (A_n, \partial_n)_{n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}} : \text{chain complex}, \; \forall n < 0, \; A_n = 0 \right\},\] where \(\partial_n=\partial_n^A:A_n\to A_{n-1}\). For an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\), it plainly suffices to specify the data \((A_n)_{n\geq0}\) and \((\partial_n)_{n\geq1}\). The category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq m}(\mathcal{A})\) is defined similarly; compare the cochain complex version in Definition reference.

By enlarging the chosen Grothendieck universe if necessary, we may assume that \(\mathcal{A}\) is a small additive category; see [Li1]. From \(\mathcal{A}\) one can define the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\) of simplicial objects; the constant simplicial object corresponding to \(0\) is still denoted by \(0\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\). This section aims to give a first account of the relationships among these categories. More precisely, we shall define three functors \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-110-d001}\] where \(\mathrm{N}\) is defined only when \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category. Both \(\mathrm{C}\) and \(\mathrm{N}\) extend to the semisimplicial objects of Remark reference; in other words, neither of them involves the degeneracy morphisms. Our treatment follows [LuHA]. We begin by making the relevant definitions explicit.

Definition (Unnormalized chain complex).

For a semisimplicial object \(X\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) and every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\), define \[\partial_n := \sum_{i=0}^n (-1)^i d_i: X_n \to X_{n-1}.\] The objects \((X_n)_{n\geq0}\) together with \((\partial_n)_n\) form an object \(\mathrm{C}X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\), called the unnormalized chain complex, or Moore chain complex, given by \(X\). Thus \((\mathrm{C}X)_n=X_n\).

We must show that \(\partial_{n-1}\partial_n=0\) when \(n>1\). Indeed, the identity \(i<j\implies d_id_j=d_{j-1}d_i\) in equation gives \[\begin{multline*} \partial_{n-1} \partial_n = \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} \sum_{j=0}^n (-1)^{i+j} d_i d_j \\ = \sum_{0 \leq i < j \leq n} (-1)^{i+j} d_{j-1} d_i + \sum_{n-1 \geq i \geq j \geq 0} (-1)^{i+j} d_i d_j = 0. \end{multline*}\] This construction is plainly canonical in \(X\) and gives the functor \(\mathrm{C}\).

Example. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). For a group \(\Gamma\), Example reference gives the corresponding simplicial set \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\). Define a simplicial object \(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma\) in \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) whose term in degree \(n\) is the free \(\Bbbk\)-module with basis \((\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_n\), and whose \(d_i\) and \(s_i\) are extended linearly. We claim that \(\mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma)\) is precisely the chain complex \(\mathsf{L}:=(\mathsf{L}_n,\partial'_n)_n\) introduced in Definition reference. First, \(\mathsf{L}_n\) is by definition the free \(\Bbbk\)-module with basis \(\Gamma^{n+1}\). Take the map from \((\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_n=\Gamma^{n+1}\) to \(\mathsf{L}_n\) \[\left( g_1, \ldots, g_{n+1} \right) \mapsto \left(g_1 \cdots g_{n+1}, \; \ldots , \; g_n g_{n+1}, \; g_{n+1}\right).\] Extend it linearly to \((\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_n\). The reader may verify that \(\sum_i(-1)^id_i\) thereby corresponds to \(\partial'_n:\mathsf{L}_n\to\mathsf{L}_{n-1}\), giving the asserted isomorphism.

Moreover, \(\Gamma\) acts on the right on each \((\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_n\) by \((g_1,\ldots,g_{n+1})\xmapsto{g}(g_1,\ldots,g_n,g_{n+1}g)\). In the basis coordinates of \(\mathsf{L}_n\), this action becomes \((g_0,\ldots,g_n)\xmapsto{g}(g_0g,\ldots,g_ng)\). Thus we recover the right \(\Gamma\)-action on \(\mathsf{L}\) from Definition reference. Consequently, the complexes obtained by taking degreewise \(\Gamma\)-coinvariants of the chain complexes \(\mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma)\) and \(\mathsf{L}\) are also isomorphic. On the \(\mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma)\) side, this amounts to taking the degreewise quotient of \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\) and then the free \(\Bbbk\)-module. It follows that \[\mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{B}\Gamma) \simeq \mathsf{L} \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk[\Gamma]}{\otimes}} \Bbbk,\] where the tensor product involves the augmentation homomorphism \(\Bbbk[\Gamma]\to\Bbbk\). As a consequence, group homology (Definition reference) is interpreted as \[\operatorname{H}_n(\mathrm{B}\Gamma; \Bbbk) := \operatorname{H}_n \mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{B}\Gamma) \simeq \operatorname{H}_n(\Gamma, \Bbbk), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}.\]

The left-hand side features the homology of a simplicial set, a general construction to be introduced in Definition reference. The exercises in this chapter will give a similar isomorphism for the normalized version \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}\) of \(\mathsf{L}\), corresponding to the normalized chain complex \(\mathrm{N}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma)\) to be discussed in Definition reference.

Definition. Let \((A_n,\partial_n)_{n\geq0}\) be an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). Define an object \(\Gamma(A)\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\) as follows: \[(\Gamma A)_n := \bigoplus_{t: [n] \twoheadrightarrow [k]} A_k.\]

For every morphism \(f:[m]\to[n]\) in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\), the corresponding morphism \(f^*:(\Gamma A)_n\to(\Gamma A)_m\) is represented, with respect to the direct-sum decomposition above, by the matrix \[\left( \Phi_{u, t} : A_k \to A_l \right)_{\substack{ u: [m] \twoheadrightarrow [l] \\ t: [n] \twoheadrightarrow [k] }}.\] This matrix is determined as follows. Given \(t:[n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\), take the surjection–injection factorization of \(tf\), \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-110-d002} \end{equation}\]

  • if \(l=k\), set \(\Phi_{u,t}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\);

  • if \(l=k-1\) and \(v=\mathrm{d}^0\) (the order-preserving injection omitting \(0\)), set \(\Phi_{u,t}=\partial_k:A_k\to A_{k-1}\);

  • in all other cases, set \(\Phi_{u,t}=0\).

Notice that once \(f\) and \(t\) are given, there is at most one \(u\) for which \(\Phi_{u,t}\neq0\).

The verification that \(\Gamma A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\) is somewhat tedious and is omitted. The heart of the construction lies in the direct summand \(A_n\) of \((\Gamma A)_n\) and its behavior under order-preserving injections. All lower-degree direct summands \(A_k\) arise from degeneracies induced by surjections \([n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\); the definition of \(f^*\) in the general case merely implements this idea. The construction above is canonical and gives a functor \(\Gamma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\).

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. For a semisimplicial object \(X\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) and every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), define \[\begin{align*} (\mathrm{N} X)_n & := \bigcap_{i=1}^n \operatorname{ker}\left[ d_i: X_n \to X_{n-1} \right], \quad n \geq 1, \\ (\mathrm{N} X)_0 & := X_0. \end{align*}\]

The morphisms \(\mathrm{N}X_n\to\mathrm{N}X_{n-1}\) induced by \(X_n\xrightarrow{d_0}X_{n-1}\) (verify this using equation) are henceforth denoted by \(\partial_n\). Together with these objects, they form an object \(\mathrm{N}X\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\), called the normalized chain complex corresponding to \(X\).

Proposition. For \(X\) as above and every \(n\geq0\), write \(u_n:(\mathrm{N}X)_n\hookrightarrow X_n\) for the natural inclusion. Then \((u_n)_{n\geq0}\) forms a monomorphism \(u:\mathrm{N}X\to\mathrm{C}X\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\); this construction is functorial in \(X\).

Proof. This follows directly from the definitions of \(\mathrm{N}X\) and \(\mathrm{C}X\).

The next few results are preparations for the Dold–Kan theorem, Theorem reference.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. For every \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(n\geq0\), we have \(\mathrm{N}\Gamma(A)_n=A_n\). These identifications give an isomorphism of functors \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}} \mathrm{N}\Gamma\).

Proof. Given \(t:[n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\) with \(k<n\), one can always choose \(1\leq i\leq n\) such that \(t^{-1}(t(i))\) has at least two elements. Consequently \(t\mathrm{d}^i\) is surjective, and the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-110-d003}\] Definition reference then shows that \(\mathrm{N}\Gamma(A)_n\) is contained in the direct summand \(A_n\) corresponding to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}:[n]\to[n]\). The same definition readily gives \(\mathrm{N}\Gamma(A)_n=A_n\) and shows that \(\mathrm{N}\Gamma(A)_{n+1}\to\mathrm{N}\Gamma(A)_n\) is precisely \(\partial_{n+1}:A_{n+1}\to A_n\). This proves the result.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category. The functors above form an adjunction \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-110-d004}\]

  • Its unit morphism is the isomorphism \(\eta\) of Lemma reference.

  • Its counit morphism \(\epsilon:\Gamma\mathrm{N}\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}}\) is described as follows. For \(t:[n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\), on the corresponding direct summand \((\mathrm{N}X)_k\) of \(\Gamma\mathrm{N}(X)_n\), the map \(\epsilon_{X,n}\) is the composite \((\mathrm{N}X)_k\subset X_k\xrightarrow{t^*}X_n\).

Proof. For \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\) and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\), we first prove that the composite \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}}(\Gamma(A), X) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{N}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A})}(\mathrm{N}\Gamma(A), \mathrm{N}(X)) \xrightarrow{\eta_A^*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A})}(A, \mathrm{N}(X))\] is a bijection. Its inverse is defined concretely as follows. Given \(\phi=(\phi_n)_{n\geq0}:A\to\mathrm{N}(X)\), define a morphism \[\Phi_n: (\Gamma A)_n = \bigoplus_{t: [n] \twoheadrightarrow [k]} A_k \to X_n\] whose restriction to the direct summand corresponding to \(t:[n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\) is the composite \[A_k \xrightarrow{\phi_k} (\mathrm{N}X)_k \subset X_k \xrightarrow{t^*} X_n.\] For such a \(t\) and an arbitrary \(f:[m]\to[n]\), take the surjection–injection factorization of \(tf\) as in equation, and consider the following diagram in \(\mathcal{A}\) (see Definition reference): \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-110-d005}\] The left square commutes by the definition of the normalized chain complex \(\mathrm{N}X\), the middle square plainly commutes, and the right square commutes because \(tf=vu\). Thus \(\Phi=(\Phi_n)_n\) is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\).

The verification that \(\eta_A^*\mathrm{N}\) and \(\phi\mapsto\Phi\) are mutually inverse is routine. In the description of \(\phi\mapsto\Phi\), take \(\phi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathrm{N}X}\); the result is exactly the asserted \(\epsilon\).

Lemma. Take \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Then \(\Gamma\) is an equivalence; more precisely, the adjunction \(\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-110-diagram-006}\) is an adjoint equivalence in the sense of [Li1].

Proof. It suffices to prove that the counit morphism \(\epsilon\) of Lemma reference is an isomorphism. Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\). We claim that \(\epsilon_{X,n}:\Gamma(\mathrm{N}X)_n\to X_n\) is injective for every \(n\geq0\). Let \(x=(x_t)_t\) be an element of its domain, where \(t\) ranges over all order-preserving surjections \([n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\). For a given \(t\), define the order-preserving injection \[\begin{align*} s = s_t : [k] & \hookrightarrow [n] \\ i & \mapsto \min t^{-1}(i), \end{align*}\] which satisfies \(ts=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{[k]}\). Suppose that \(x\neq0\), and write \[S := \left\{t: x_t \neq 0 \right\} \neq \emptyset.\] Choose the smallest \(k\) for which there is a \(t:[n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\) in \(S\), then choose such a \(t\) minimizing \(\sum_{i=0}^k\min t^{-1}(i)\), and construct \(s\). We shall prove that \(s^*(\epsilon_{X,n}(x))=x_t\in X_k\), which shows that \(\epsilon_{X,n}(x)\neq0\).

By the concrete description of \(\epsilon_{X,n}\), it is enough to show that for every \(t':[n]\twoheadrightarrow[k']\), \(s^*(t')^*(x_{t'})\neq0\) implies \(t=t'\). Set \(u:=t's:[k]\to[k']\). If \(t'\notin S\), then \(x_{t'}=0\). Thus it remains to consider \(t'\in S\) satisfying \(s^*(t')^*(x_{t'})=u^*(x_{t'})\neq0\).

Since \(t\) is order-preserving and surjective, \(\min t^{-1}(0)=0\), and the same holds for \(t'\), so \(u(0)=0\). Moreover, \(x_{t'}\in(\mathrm{N}X)_{k'}\) implies that \(u^*(x_{t'})\neq0\) is possible only if \(\operatorname{im}(u)\supset\{1,\ldots,k'\}\). Hence we may assume that \(u\) is surjective. The minimality of \(k\) then forces \(k'=k\) and \(u=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

Consequently, \(t'(\min t^{-1}(i))=i\) for \(i=0,\ldots,k\), and hence \(\min(t')^{-1}(i)\leq\min t^{-1}(i)\). By the choice of \(t\), we obtain \(\min(t')^{-1}(i)=\min t^{-1}(i)\) for every \(0\leq i\leq k\). An order-preserving surjection is determined by the initial points of its fibers, so this is equivalent to \(t=t'\). Thus \(\epsilon_{X,n}\) is injective.

We now prove by induction on \(n\) that \(\epsilon_{X,n}\) is surjective. We claim that, for every \(0\leq i\leq n\), \[\operatorname{im}\left( \epsilon_{X, n} \right) \supset X(i)_n := \bigcap_{i < j \leq n} \operatorname{ker}(d_j) \subset X_n.\]

For \(i=0\), we have \(X(i)_n=(\mathrm{N}X)_n\), and the inclusion above follows readily from the concrete description of \(\epsilon_{X,n}\). Our goal is the case \(i=n\). Let \(n\geq i\geq1\) and \(y\in X(i)_n\). The induction hypothesis for \(n-1\) and the description of \(\epsilon_{X,n}\) give \[s_{i-1} d_i(y) \in s_{i-1}\left( \operatorname{im}\left(\epsilon_{X, n-1}\right) \right) \subset \operatorname{im}\left( \epsilon_{X, n} \right).\]

On the other hand, the simplicial identities equation give \[\begin{gather*} d_i s_{i-1} d_i = d_i, \\ j > i \implies d_j s_{i-1} d_i = s_{i-1} d_{j-1} d_i = s_{i-1} d_i d_j. \end{gather*}\] Thus \(y-s_{i-1}d_i(y)\in X(i-1)_n\), and the induction hypothesis for \(i-1\) shows that this element lies in \(\operatorname{im}(\epsilon_{X,n})\). Therefore \(y\in\operatorname{im}(\epsilon_{X,n})\), as required.

Theorem (A. Dold, D. Kan).

For every additive category \(\mathcal{A}\), the functor \(\Gamma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\) is fully faithful.

  • If \(\mathcal{A}\) is also a Karoubi category as mentioned in §reference, meaning that every idempotent has a kernel, then \(\Gamma\) is an equivalence of categories.

  • If, in addition, \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category (and hence also a Karoubi category), then \(\mathrm{N}\) is a quasi-inverse functor to \(\Gamma\), and \(\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-111-diagram-001}\) is an adjoint equivalence. The unit and counit morphisms of the adjunction are described in Lemma reference.

Proof. Consider the functor \[\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}: \mathcal{A} \to \tilde{\mathcal{A}}^\wedge := \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}^{(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})}, \quad Y \mapsto \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(\cdot, Y).\] Its composite with the forgetful functor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is the Yoneda embedding \(h_{\mathcal{A}}:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}^\wedge\) recalled in §reference. The functor \(\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}\) is fully faithful. This is simply the \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-enriched version of the Yoneda lemma, but it can also be deduced from the original version. For every \(Y_1,Y_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), the composite map \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(Y_1, Y_2) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\tilde{\mathcal{A}}^\wedge}\left(\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}(Y_1), \tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}(Y_2) \right) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}^\wedge}\left( h_{\mathcal{A}}(Y_1), h_{\mathcal{A}}(Y_2)\right)\] is known to be bijective, while the second map is plainly injective. Therefore both maps are bijective.

Proposition reference shows that \(\tilde{\mathcal{A}}^\wedge\) is naturally an abelian category. Use the same symbol \(\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}\) for the induced functors on chain complexes and simplicial objects, and consider the diagram \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-111-d001} \end{equation*}\] This diagram commutes up to a canonical isomorphism. The observation in the preceding paragraph shows that both vertical arrows are fully faithful, while applying Lemma reference objectwise shows that the second row is an equivalence of categories. Hence \(\Gamma\) in the first row is fully faithful.

For any functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}'\), an object \(X'\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}')\) is said to lie in the essential image of \(F\) if there is an \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) such that \(X'\simeq FX\). Together with the description in Lemma reference of the quasi-inverse to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), this yields the following conclusion: \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\) lies in the essential image of \(\Gamma\) if and only if \((\mathrm{N}\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}(X))_n\) lies in the essential image of \(\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}:\mathcal{A}\to \tilde{\mathcal{A}}^\wedge\) for every \(n\geq0\).

Notice that \(\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}:\mathcal{A}\to\tilde{\mathcal{A}}^\wedge\) preserves finite direct sums. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a Karoubi category, the essential image of \(\mathcal{A}\to\tilde{\mathcal{A}}^\wedge\) is therefore closed under taking direct summands. Since \((\mathrm{N}\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}(X))_n\) is a direct summand of \((\Gamma\mathrm{N}\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}(X))_n\simeq \tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}(X)_n\),1 in this case \(\Gamma\) is fully faithful and essentially surjective, hence an equivalence.

Finally, the adjoint equivalence theorem [Li1] ensures that a quasi-inverse to \(\Gamma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\) can always be made into its right adjoint. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, Lemma reference has already shown that \(\mathrm{N}\) is the right adjoint of \(\Gamma\), and hence is also its quasi-inverse. This proves the result.

Convention. In view of this result, if \(\mathcal{A}\) is a Karoubi category, we may choose a quasi-inverse functor to \(\Gamma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\) and naturally denote it by \(\mathrm{N}\).

Although \(\mathrm{N}X\) was initially defined as a subobject of \(\mathrm{C}X\), it can also be understood as a quotient object; the latter viewpoint is often more convenient. We now explain this. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a Karoubi category and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\). For every \(n\geq0\), define the morphism \(\Psi_n\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) as the one characterized by the commutativity of the following diagram for every \(0\leq j<n\): \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-111-d002}\] Thus taking \(\operatorname{coker}(\Psi_n)\) (that is, the coequalizer of \(\Psi_n\) and \(0\)) intuitively removes every degenerate part from \(X_n\), at least when \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category. The next result not only guarantees that \(\operatorname{coker}(\Psi_n)\) exists, but also identifies it with \((\mathrm{N}X)_n\) via the natural embedding \(u:\mathrm{N}X\to\mathrm{C}X\) in Proposition reference. This gives another perspective on \(\mathrm{N}X\).

Proposition. In the situation above, \(\operatorname{coker}(\Psi_n)\) exists and is canonically isomorphic to \((\mathrm{N}X)_n\). Consider the corresponding composite \(v_n:X_n\twoheadrightarrow\operatorname{coker}(\Psi_n)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(\mathrm{N}X)_n\). Then \((v_n)_n\) gives a morphism \(v:\mathrm{C}X\to\mathrm{N}X\) satisfying \(vu=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathrm{N}X}\) for the natural embedding \(u:\mathrm{N}X\hookrightarrow\mathrm{C}X\); this construction is functorial in \(X\).

Proof. By Theorem reference, we may assume that \(X=\Gamma A\), where \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\). In this case, \(\Psi_n\) can be written as \[\bigoplus_{0 \leq i < n} \bigoplus_{t: [n-1] \twoheadrightarrow [k]} A_k \to \bigoplus_{t': [n] \twoheadrightarrow [k] } A_k.\] From Definition reference of the functor \(\Gamma\), we see that \(\Psi_n\) acts on the \((i,t)\)-summand on the left as follows. Form the composite \([n]\xrightarrow{\mathrm{s}^i}[n-1]\xrightarrow{t}[k]\), which is still an order-preserving surjection, and denote it by \(t'\); then \(A_k\) is mapped identically to the \(A_k\)-summand on the right corresponding to \(t'\).

Observe that \(t':[n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\) arises from such a pair \((i,t)\) if and only if \(k<n\). Using the \(\eta\) of Lemma reference, define \(v_n\) to be the composite \((\Gamma A)_n\xrightarrow{\text{projection}}A_n \xrightarrow[\sim]{\eta}(\mathrm{N}\Gamma A)_n\). The discussion above shows that \[[\text{quotient}: (\Gamma A)_n \to \operatorname{coker}\Psi_n] \simeq [v_n: (\Gamma A)_n \twoheadrightarrow (\mathrm{N}\Gamma A)_n ] .\]

Expanding the definitions immediately gives \(v_nu_n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{(\mathrm{N}\Gamma A)_n}\). We next show that \((v_n)_n\) gives a morphism \(v\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). This is equivalent to saying that the outer rectangle of the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-111-d003}\] The lower part commutes because \(\eta\) is a morphism, while the commutativity of the upper part follows by directly applying the definition of \(d_i^{\Gamma A}\) (take \(f=\mathrm{d}^i\) in Definition reference). Finally, the functoriality of \(v\) in \(X\) is clear.

Our next goal is to compare \(\mathrm{C}\) and \(\mathrm{N}\) more precisely in the case of an abelian category. There is a notion of homotopy for morphisms between chain complexes; see Definition reference and Remark reference. A morphism of chain complexes is called a quasi-isomorphism if it induces isomorphisms on homology.

Theorem. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\). Then \(u:\mathrm{N}X\to\mathrm{C}X\) from Lemma reference and \(v:\mathrm{C}X\to\mathrm{N}X\) from Proposition reference are both quasi-isomorphisms.

Proof. We know that \(vu=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathrm{N}X}\), so it is enough to prove that \(v\) is a quasi-isomorphism. Since \(v\) has a right inverse, it is an epimorphism. The long exact sequence of chain complexes (Proposition reference) reduces the problem to proving that \(\operatorname{ker}(v)\) is acyclic. By Theorem reference, we may henceforth assume that \(X=\Gamma A\), where \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\). Therefore \[\begin{gather*} (\mathrm{C}X)_n = \bigoplus_{t: [n] \twoheadrightarrow [k]} A_k, \\ \partial_n : (\mathrm{C}X)_n \to (\mathrm{C}X)_{n-1}. \end{gather*}\]

For \(n\geq0\) and \(i\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), let \((\mathrm{C}^{\leq i}X)_n\) denote the subobject of \((\mathrm{C}X)_n\) cut out by the direct summands satisfying \[\exists \; j, \quad \max\{n-i, 1\} \leq j \leq n, \quad t(j) = t(j-1).\] We have \(i\leq i'\implies(\mathrm{C}^{\leq i}X)_n\subset (\mathrm{C}^{\leq i'}X)_n\).

Since \(v_n\) is simply the projection onto the summand \(t=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{[n]}\), if \(i\geq n-1\) then \((\mathrm{C}^{\leq i}X)_n=\operatorname{ker}(v_n)\). We now show that \[\begin{equation} \left( (\mathrm{C}^{\leq i} X)_n \right)_{n \geq 0} \;\text{forms a chain subcomplex of}\; \mathrm{C}X \;\text{denoted by}\; \mathrm{C}^{\leq i} X. \end{equation}\]

To prove this, fix a map \(t:[n]\twoheadrightarrow[k]\) and an index \(\max\{n-i,1\}\leq j\leq n\) satisfying the condition above. From now on write \(d_i=d_i^X\) and \(s_j=s_j^X\). For every \(0\leq h\leq n\), take \(m=n-1\) and \(f=\mathrm{d}^h:[n-1]\hookrightarrow[n]\) in the diagram equation.

  • Suppose \(h\notin\{j-1,j\}\) and set \(j':=(\mathrm{d}^h)^{-1}(j)\). Then \(u:[n-1]\twoheadrightarrow[l]\) satisfies \(u(j')=u(j'-1)\), and it is easy to see that \(n-1-i\leq j'\leq n-1\). In this case, \((-1)^hd_h:X_n\to X_{n-1}\) maps \(A_k\) to the direct summand of \((\mathrm{C}^{\leq i}X)_{n-1}\) determined by \(u\).

  • In the situation of the preceding item, if also \(h\geq n-i-1\), the range of \(j'\) can be sharpened to \(n-i\leq j'\leq n-1\). In other words, the image of \(A_k\) then lies in \((\mathrm{C}^{\leq i-1}X)_{n-1}\).

  • For \(h\in\{j-1,j\}\), verify that \(t\mathrm{d}^{j-1}=t\mathrm{d}^j\). It follows that \(d_{j-1},d_j:X_n\rightrightarrows X_{n-1}\) agree on the direct summand \(A_k\) corresponding to \(t\), so \((-1)^{j-1}d_{j-1}\) and \((-1)^jd_j\) cancel on that summand.

This proves equation. The second and third items also give the congruence \[\begin{equation} \sum_{h=0}^n (-1)^h d_h \equiv \sum_{h=0}^{n-i-2} (-1)^h d_h \pmod{ \mathrm{C}^{\leq i-1} X }. \end{equation}\]

Thus it is enough to prove that \(\mathrm{C}^{\leq i}X\) is acyclic. Set \[D:=\mathrm{C}^{\leq i}X/\mathrm{C}^{\leq i-1}X.\] Notice that \(\mathrm{C}^{<-1}X=0\). The long exact sequence of chain complexes then reduces the problem to proving inductively that \(D\) is acyclic, for \(i\geq0\).

To prove that \(D\) is acyclic, consider the family of morphisms \[\begin{gather*} (-1)^{n-i-1}s_{n-i-1}:X_n\to X_{n+1}, \quad n\geq i+1. \end{gather*}\] A direct verification shows that these morphisms preserve both \((\mathrm{C}^{\leq i-1}X)_\bullet\) and \((\mathrm{C}^{\leq i}X)_\bullet\) (this choice of bounds is optimal), and therefore induce \[h_n:D_n\to D_{n+1}.\]

Extend the definition of \(s_k\) by zero to every \(k\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), and thereby extend the definition of \(h_n\) by zero to the case \(n\leq i\). Notice that \(n\leq i\implies D_n=0\), so this is the only reasonable choice. We claim that \[\partial^D_{n+1}h_n+h_{n-1}\partial^D_n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{D_n}, \quad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] This will show that \(D\) is acyclic. First, applying equation gives \[\partial^D_n = \sum_{j=0}^{n-i-2} (-1)^j d_j \;\bmod\; \mathrm{C}^{\leq i-1}(X)_{n-1}.\] Together with equation, this gives, for \(n\geq i+1\), \[\begin{align*} \partial^D_{n+1} h_n & = (-1)^{n-i-1} \sum_{j=0}^{n-i-1} (-1)^j d_j s_{n-i-1} \; \bmod\; \mathrm{C}^{\leq i-1}(X)_n \\ & = (-1)^{n-i-1} \sum_{j=0}^{n-i-2} (-1)^j s_{n-i-2} d_j + \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathrm{C}^{\leq i}(X)_n} \; \bmod\; \mathrm{C}^{\leq i-1}(X)_n \\ & = -h_{n-1} \partial^D_n + \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{D_n}. \end{align*}\] The identity also holds trivially for \(n\leq i\). This proves the claim.

Remark. Naturally, one may ask for corresponding versions of the various theorems in this section, particularly the Dold–Kan correspondence, for the category of complexes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) or its subcategories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\). There are at least two simple approaches: reflection, and reversal or duality.

  1. As explained in Remark reference, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}(\mathcal{A})\) correspond by \(X^n=X_{-n}\) and \(d^n=\partial_{-n}\). All the results in this section can be transported to complexes through this correspondence. For example, the reflected version of Theorem reference is an adjoint equivalence between \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\leq0}(\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\).

  2. Another approach is to consider the category of cosimplicial objects \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{cs}}\mathcal{A}\). There are equivalences of categories \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{cs}}\mathcal{A} \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\left(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\right)^{\operatorname{op}} \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})^{\operatorname{op}} \simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{C}}_{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A}),\] where the final step comes from reversing the arrows, as in Remark reference.

Operations such as taking the normalized complex can likewise be translated into the category of complexes.


  1. Translator’s note: the final term is printed as \(h_{\mathcal{A}}(X)_n\) in the source. The other objects in this isomorphism are \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-valued presheaves, so the correctly typed term is \(\tilde{h}_{\mathcal{A}}(X)_n\).↩︎

Homology Computation

A classical application of the functors \(\mathrm{C}\) and \(\mathrm{N}\) is the definition of the homology of a simplicial set, which is closely connected to the study of algebraic topology.

Definition. For every \(K\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}})\), define \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}})\) by taking \((\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)_n\) to be the free \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module with basis \(K_n\), with the maps \(d_i,s_j\) induced by the corresponding maps on \(K\). This construction gives a functor \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(\cdot):\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\).

Proposition. There is a natural adjunction \(\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-112-diagram-001}\).

Proof. Both \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(\cdot)\) and the forgetful functor are defined degreewise. The entire assertion follows directly from the free–forgetful adjunction \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\leftrightarrows\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\).

Consequently, for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}})\), specifying a morphism \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^n\to X\) is equivalent to specifying an element of \(X_n\). Moreover, \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(X\times Y)\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}X\otimes\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}Y\), where the tensor product on the right is formed degreewise, with \(n\)-th term \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}X_n\ensuremath{\underset{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}{\otimes}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}Y_n\).

Definition.

For a simplicial set \(K\) and every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), write \(\operatorname{H}_n(K;\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}):=\operatorname{H}_n\bigl(\mathrm{C}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)\bigr)\); this group is called the \(n\)-th homology group of \(K\). The construction gives a family of functors \(\operatorname{H}_n(\cdot;\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}):\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\).

  • More generally, for a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module \(M\), homology with coefficients in \(M\) is defined by \(\operatorname{H}_n(K;M):=\operatorname{H}_n\bigl(\mathrm{C}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)\otimes M\bigr)\), where \(\mathord\cdot\otimes M\) means taking \(\mathord\cdot\ensuremath{\underset{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}{\otimes}}M\) in every term of the chain complex.

  • Cohomology with coefficients in \(M\) is defined by \(\operatorname{H}^n(K;M):=\operatorname{H}^n\bigl(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(\mathrm{C}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K),M)\bigr)\), with the expression in parentheses regarded as a complex. By the universal property of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(\cdot)\), the \(n\)-th term of this complex can also be identified with \[\mathrm{Maps}(K_n,M):=\{\text{maps }K_n\to M\}.\] This set becomes a \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-module under pointwise operations, and its differential homomorphism is identified with \(\sum_i(-1)^i(d_i)^*\).

If \(\mathrm{C}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)\) in the definition above is replaced by \(\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)\), the resulting homology (or cohomology) groups are canonically isomorphic; this is a consequence of Theorem reference. Using \(\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)\) is sometimes simpler, because Proposition reference gives \[\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)_n=\bigoplus_{x\in K_n^{\mathrm{nd}}}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}x.\] Here \(K_n^{\mathrm{nd}}\subset K_n\) is the subset of nondegenerate \(n\)-simplices, while the map \(\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)_n\to\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K)_{n-1}\) is obtained by first taking \(\sum_{i=0}^n(-1)^id_i\) and then projecting to the \(K_{n-1}^{\mathrm{nd}}\) part. For example, \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^0)&=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\;\text{placed in degree $0$},\\ \mathrm{C}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^0)&= \left[\cdots\xrightarrow{1}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\xrightarrow{0}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}} \xrightarrow{1}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\xrightarrow{0}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\right]. \end{align*}\]

Example. As a useful special case, let \((Q,\leq)\) be a nonempty small poset with a least element \(e\). This gives order-preserving maps \[[0]\xrightarrow{0\mapsto e}Q\longrightarrow[0].\] Regard \(Q\) as a category and take the nerve \(S:=\mathrm{N}(Q)\) from Example reference. By the original definition of the nerve, we also have \(\mathrm{N}([n])=\Delta^n\). We thus obtain morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\) \[\Delta^0\xrightarrow{i}S\xrightarrow{q}\Delta^0, \qquad qi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\Delta^0}.\] It follows that we have \[\begin{gather*} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}=\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^0) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{N}i}\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}S) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{N}q}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, \end{gather*}\] where \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) is regarded as a chain complex placed in degree \(0\). We claim that \(\mathrm{N}i\) and \(\mathrm{N}q\) are mutually inverse in the homotopy category of chain complexes. In particular, \(\operatorname{H}_0(Q;M)\simeq M\), while \(\operatorname{H}_n(Q;M)=\{0\}\) for \(n\neq0\).

Since \(qi=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\), it remains only to construct a homotopy from \(\mathrm{N}i\mathrm{N}q\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). For every \(n\geq0\), observe that the elements of \(S_n^{\mathrm{nd}}\) are the chains in \(Q\) of the form \(q_0<\cdots<q_n\). Define \[\begin{align*} h_n:S_n^{\mathrm{nd}}&\longrightarrow S_{n+1}^{\mathrm{nd}}\cup\{0\},\qquad n\geq0,\\ q_0<\cdots<q_n&\longmapsto \begin{cases} e<q_0<\cdots<q_n,&q_0\neq e,\\ 0,&q_0=e. \end{cases} \end{align*}\] Extend this map linearly to \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}S_n^{\mathrm{nd}}\simeq\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}S)_n\). It readily satisfies the conditions for a homotopy; the details are left to the reader as an exercise.

The computation of homology is inseparable from homotopy. Under the Dold–Kan correspondence, homotopies of chain complexes reflect homotopies of simplicial objects, and the latter can be defined combinatorially.

Definition (Simplicial homotopy).

Let \(X\) and \(Y\) be simplicial objects in a category \(\mathcal{C}\), and let \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) be a pair of morphisms. A simplicial homotopy from \(g\) to \(f\) is a family of morphisms \[h_i=h_i^n:X_n\to Y_{n+1},\qquad0\leq i\leq n,\] briefly denoted by \(h\), satisfying \[\begin{align*} d_0h_0&=f_n,\\ d_{n+1}h_n&=g_n,\\ d_ih_j&= \begin{cases} h_{j-1}d_i,&0\leq i<j,\\ d_ih_{i-1},&1\leq i=j,\\ h_jd_{i-1},&i>j+1, \end{cases}\\ s_ih_j&= \begin{cases} h_{j+1}s_i,&i\leq j,\\ h_js_{i-1},&i>j. \end{cases} \end{align*}\]

The definition above is combinatorial. When \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), however, it is the same as equation, which is based on topological intuition. Why is this so? For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), write \((\Delta^1)_n=\{\alpha_{-1},\ldots,\alpha_n\}\) explicitly, where \(\alpha_i:[n]\to[1]\) maps the numbers \(\leq i\) to \(0\) and all the others to \(1\). Then specifying \(H_n:(X\times\Delta^1)_n\to Y_n\) is equivalent to specifying \(H_{-1}^n,\ldots,H_n^n:X_n\to Y_n\).

  • Given the data \((h_i^n)_{i,n}\) of a simplicial homotopy, define \(H_{-1}^n=g\), \(H_n^n=f\), and \(H_i^n=d_{n+1}h_i^n\) for \(0\leq i\leq n-1\).

  • Given the data \(H\) of the commutative diagram equation, define \(h_i^n:=H_i^{n+1}s_i:X_n\to Y_{n+1}\).

A routine verification shows that the two maps are well defined and mutually inverse. For the case \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), simply replace \(X\times\Delta^1\) in equation by \(X\otimes\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^1\) and work in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\); the same argument applies without change. The following result is therefore entirely unsurprising.

Proposition. Consider a pair of morphisms \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\). If \(h\) is a simplicial homotopy from \(g\) to \(f\), then \(\bigl(\sum_{j=0}^n(-1)^jh_j^n\bigr)_{n\geq0}\) defines a homotopy between \(\mathrm{C}f,\mathrm{C}g:\mathrm{C}X\rightrightarrows \mathrm{C}Y\).

Proof. As usual, denote all face morphisms of \(X\) and \(Y\) uniformly by \(d_i\), and omit the superscripts on \(h_j\); this creates no ambiguity. We have the following equality in \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X_n,Y_n)\): \[\begin{multline*} \sum_{i=0}^{n+1}(-1)^id_i\sum_{j=0}^n(-1)^jh_j +\sum_{j=0}^{n-1}(-1)^jh_j\sum_{i=0}^n(-1)^id_i\\ =f_n-g_n +\sum_{\substack{0\leq i\leq n+1\\0\leq j\leq n\\ (i,j)\neq(0,0),(n+1,n)}}(-1)^{i+j}d_ih_j +\sum_{\substack{0\leq i\leq n\\0\leq j\leq n-1}} (-1)^{i+j}h_jd_i. \end{multline*}\] The first sum on the last line can be rewritten as \[\begin{align*} &\sum_{\substack{0\leq i\leq n+1\\i<j\leq n}} (-1)^{i+j}h_{j-1}d_i +\sum_{i=1}^nd_ih_i-\sum_{i=1}^nd_ih_{i-1} +\sum_{\substack{1\leq i\leq n+1\\0\leq j<i-1}} (-1)^{i+j}h_jd_{i-1}\\ &\qquad=-\sum_{\substack{0\leq i\leq n\\i\leq j\leq n-1}} (-1)^{i+j}h_jd_i -\sum_{\substack{0\leq i\leq n\\0\leq j<i}} (-1)^{i+j}h_jd_i. \end{align*}\] Here we used \(1\leq i\leq n\implies d_ih_i=d_ih_{i-1}\). This expression cancels the second sum and leaves only \(f_n-g_n\).

We next consider augmented semisimplicial objects (Remark reference) and their corresponding chain complexes; these results will be used in §reference. Unless stated otherwise, the augmentation morphism of an augmented semisimplicial object \(X\) will always be denoted by \(\epsilon:X_0\to X_{-1}\).

Definition.

For an augmented semisimplicial object \(X\) in an additive category \(\mathcal{A}\), the corresponding complex \(\mathrm{C}X\) can be extended to the chain complex \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}X:= \left[\cdots\xrightarrow{\partial_3}X_2 \xrightarrow{\partial_2}X_1 \xrightarrow{\partial_1}X_0 \xrightarrow{\partial_0:=\epsilon}X_{-1} \to0\to\cdots\right],\\ \partial_n:=\sum_{i=0}^n(-1)^id_i:X_n\to X_{n-1}, \qquad n\geq1. \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\]

The equality \(\epsilon d_0=\epsilon d_1\) shows that \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}X\) is indeed an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq-1}(\mathcal{A})\). It can also be regarded as the following morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\): \[\epsilon:\mathrm{C}X\to \underbracket{X_{-1}}_{\text{placed in degree $0$}}, \qquad\text{$\epsilon$ in degree $0$, and $0$ in every other degree}.\]

Definition.

Let \(X\) be an augmented semisimplicial object in an arbitrary category \(\mathcal{C}\). If there is a family of morphisms \(k_n:X_n\to X_{n+1}\), with \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq-1}\), call \(X\) left contractible or right contractible, according to which column of conditions below is satisfied:

Left contractible Right contractible
\(\epsilon k_{-1}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_{-1}}\) \(\epsilon k_{-1}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_{-1}}\)
\(d_0k_n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_n}\) \(d_{n+1}k_n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_n}\)
\(d_ik_n=k_{n-1}d_{i-1}\;(1\leq i\leq n+1,\;n\geq1)\) \(d_ik_n=k_{n-1}d_i\;(0\leq i\leq n,\;n\geq1)\)
\(d_1k_0=k_{-1}\epsilon\) \(d_0k_0=k_{-1}\epsilon\)

The reader may verify that left and right contractibility are order-reversal duals in the sense of Remark reference. Moreover, both are “absolute” properties: if \(X\) is left (or right) contractible, with corresponding data \((k_n)_{n\geq-1}\), then for every functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) the data \((Fk_n)_{n\geq-1}\) make \(F(X)\) left (or right) contractible.

Example. For any monoid \(\Gamma\), make the \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\) of Example reference into an augmented simplicial set by taking \((\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_{-1}=\{1\}\) and the augmentation morphism \(\epsilon:(\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_0\to(\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_{-1}\) to be the constant map. This object is right contractible: for \(n\geq-1\), define \(k_n:(\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_n\to(\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_{n+1}\) by \((g_1,\ldots,g_{n+1})\mapsto(g_1,\ldots,g_{n+1},1)\). This map plainly satisfies \(\epsilon k_{-1}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\); after expanding the definitions, the verifications that \(d_{n+1}k_n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\), \(d_ik_n=k_{n-1}d_i\) for \(0\leq i\leq n\), \(n\geq1\), and \(d_0k_0=k_{-1}\epsilon\) are also immediate.

If \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, identify the chain complex \(\mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma)\) with the chain complex \(\mathsf{L}=(\mathsf{L}_n,\partial'_n)_n\) from Definition reference, as in Example reference. The augmentation \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\) is precisely the augmentation of the resolution in Proposition reference. In view of the next proposition, the contractibility of \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\) (and hence of \(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma\)) gives a topological explanation for the fact that \(\mathsf{L}\to\Bbbk\) is a quasi-isomorphism.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category and let \(X\) be a left or right contractible augmented semisimplicial object in \(\mathcal{A}\). Then the identity morphism from \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}X\) to itself is null-homotopic.

Proof. First consider the left-contractible case, and take the family of morphisms \(k_n:X_n\to X_{n+1}\) from its definition. Define \(k_n=0\) for \(n<-1\) (or \(\partial_n=0\) for \(n<0\)), and also define \(\partial_0=\epsilon\). We want to use \((k_n)_n\) as a witness to the null homotopy, that is, to prove \[\partial_{n+1}k_n+k_{n-1}\partial_n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_n}.\]

For \(n<-1\), both sides equal \(0\). For \(n=-1\), the left-hand side is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_{-1}}\). For \(n=0\), the left-hand side is \(d_0k_0-d_1k_0+k_{-1}\epsilon=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_0}\). For \(n\geq1\), computing the left-hand side gives \[\begin{multline*} \sum_{i=0}^{n+1}(-1)^id_ik_n +\sum_{i=0}^n(-1)^ik_{n-1}d_i\\ =\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_n} +\sum_{i=1}^{n+1}(-1)^ik_{n-1}d_{i-1} +\sum_{i=0}^n(-1)^ik_{n-1}d_i =\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_n}. \end{multline*}\]

For the right-contractible case, use \(\bigl((-1)^{n+1}k_n\bigr)_n\) instead.

The Bar Construction

Definition reference explains what is meant by a monad on a category \(\mathcal{C}\), as well as its dual notion, a comonad. The starting point of this section is a way to produce an augmented cosimplicial (respectively, simplicial) object in \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{C})\) from a monad (respectively, a comonad). In this way, many basic constructions in homological algebra can be explained naturally, including Hochschild homology and cohomology, which will be revisited at the end of the section (Example reference).

Example. Let \((T,\mu,\eta)\) be a monad on a category \(\mathcal{C}\), that is, an algebra in the category of endofunctors \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{C})=\mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{C}}\). The “walking algebra” construction of Remark reference gives the corresponding monoidal functor \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}} \to \operatorname{End}(\mathcal{C}), \quad \mathbf{n} \mapsto T^n ,\] that is, an augmented cosimplicial object in \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{C})\). Dually, a comonad \((L,\delta,\epsilon)\) on a category \(\mathcal{D}\) gives an augmented simplicial object in \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{D})\); here \(\delta:L\to L^2\) and \(\epsilon:L\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\).

  • In this section we shall mainly consider the augmented simplicial object on \(\mathcal{D}\) given by the comonad. Explicitly, its term in degree \(n\) is \(L^{n+1}\), while its face and degeneracy morphisms are readily written as \[\begin{align*} d_i := L^i \epsilon L^{n-i}: L^{n+1} & \to L^n, \\ s_j := L^j \delta L^{n-j}: L^{n+1} & \to L^{n+2}, \quad 0 \leq i, j \leq n ; \end{align*}\] the term in degree \(-1\) of the augmented object is the identity functor. Notice that the formula for \(d_0\) still makes sense when \(n=0\) and gives the augmentation morphism \(\epsilon:L\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}}\).

  • Correspondingly, the augmented cosimplicial object on \(\mathcal{C}\) has \(T^{n+1}\) as its term in degree \(n\), and \[\begin{align*} d^i & : = T^i \eta T^{n-i}: T^n \to T^{n+1}, \\ s^j & := T^j \mu T^{n-j}: T^{n+2} \to T^{n+1}, \quad 0 \leq i, j \leq n ; \end{align*}\] when \(n=0\), \(d^0\) becomes the augmentation morphism \(\eta:\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\to T\).

An important source of monads and comonads is adjoint pairs of functors. In view of their origins in classical theory (see §reference), constructions of this kind are collectively called bar constructions.

Example (Bar construction: an adjoint pair). Suppose we are given an adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-113-d001} \quad \begin{array}{ll} \eta: \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}} \to GF & \text{unit} \\ \epsilon: FG \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}} & \text{counit} \end{array}\] By Example reference, this gives

  • the monad \((T,\mu,\eta):=(GF,G\epsilon F,\eta)\) on \(\mathcal{C}\), whose corresponding augmented cosimplicial object is denoted by \[\mathrm{Cobar}(F, G): \ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}} \to \operatorname{End}(\mathcal{C});\]

  • the comonad \((L,\delta,\varepsilon):=(FG,F\eta G,\epsilon)\) on \(\mathcal{D}\), whose corresponding augmented simplicial object is denoted by \[\mathrm{Bar}(F, G): \ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}^{\operatorname{op}} \to \operatorname{End}(\mathcal{D}).\]

The corresponding face and degeneracy morphisms (and their dual versions) have been described in Example reference.

Since \(\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{Cobar}(F,G)\)) takes values in the functor category \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{D})\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{C})\)), we can compose each of its terms with \(G\) on the left (respectively, on the right). The former composition produces an augmented simplicial object \(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G):\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}^{\operatorname{op}}\to \mathcal{C}^{\mathcal{D}}\), whose general term is the functor \[\begin{align*} G\mathrm{Bar}(F, G)_n & = GL^{n+1} = (GF)^{n+1} G \\ & = T^{n+1}G: \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{C}, \quad n \geq -1. \end{align*}\]

The face morphism \(d_i:T^{n+1}G\to T^nG\) (understood as the augmentation morphism when \(i=n=0\)) is \[d_i = \left\{\begin{array}{rll} G L^i \epsilon L^{n-i} & = T^i G \epsilon F T^{n-i-1} G & \\ & = T^i \mu T^{n-i-1} G, & \text{if}\; 0 \leq i < n, \\ G L^n \epsilon & = T^n G \epsilon , & \text{if}\; i = n. \end{array}\right.\]

The degeneracy morphism with source the term in degree \(n\geq0\), \(s_j:T^{n+1}G\to T^{n+2}G\), is given by \[\begin{align*} s_j = G L^j \delta L^{n-j} & = G L^j F \eta G L^{n-j} \\ & = T^{j+1} \eta T^{n-j} G, \quad 0 \leq j \leq n. \end{align*}\]

The augmented cosimplicial object \(\mathrm{Cobar}(F,G)G\) has a corresponding description: its term in degree \(n\) is again \(T^{n+1}G=GL^{n+1}\), while \[\begin{gather*} \left[ d^i: GL^n \to GL^{n+1} \right] = \begin{cases} GL^{i-1} \delta L^{n-i}, & 0 \leq i < n \\ \eta GL^n , & i = n, \end{cases} \\ \left[ s^j: GL^{n+2} \to GL^{n+1} \right] = GL^j \epsilon L^{n-j+1}, \quad 0 \leq j \leq n. \end{gather*}\] 1 Likewise, when \(i=n=0\), \(d^0\) is to be understood as the augmentation morphism \(\eta G:G\to GFG=GL\).

Readers new to the subject are advised to pause here. For a homomorphism \(f:A\to B\) of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras and the adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-113-d002}\] describe the value of \(\mathrm{Bar}\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{Cobar}\)) at a left \(B\)-module \(M\) (respectively, a left \(A\)-module \(N\)), and then use the functor \(\mathrm{C}\) of Definition reference to write down the corresponding chain complex. For the right-module version, the corresponding comonad (respectively, monad) was described completely in Example reference.

Example (Bar construction: free and forgetful). Let \((T,\mu,\eta)\) be a monad on a category \(\mathcal{C}\). Definition–Proposition reference gives an adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-113-d003}\] and its induced monad is precisely \((T,\mu,\eta)\). Substituting this into Example reference produces the augmented simplicial object \[\mathrm{Bar}(T) := \mathrm{Bar}(\mathrm{Free}^T, U^T): \ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}^{\operatorname{op}} \to \operatorname{End}(\mathcal{C}^T).\]

Evaluation at \((M,a)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^T)\) is a functor from \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{C}^T)\) to \(\mathcal{C}^T\). Evaluating every term of \(\mathrm{Bar}(T)\) gives the augmented simplicial object \[\mathrm{Bar}(M, a): \ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}^{\operatorname{op}} \to \mathcal{C}^T .\]

Now consider \(U^T\mathrm{Bar}(M,a):\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinOrd}}^{\operatorname{op}}\to \mathcal{C}\); this is also the result of evaluating \(U^T\mathrm{Bar}(T)\) at \((M,a)\).

  • Substitution into Example reference shows that the general term of \(U^T\mathrm{Bar}(M,a)\) is \[U^T \mathrm{Bar}(M, a)_n = T^{n+1} U^T (M, a) = T^{n+1} M, \quad n \geq -1.\]

  • Again denote the counit of \((\mathrm{Free}^T,U^T)\) by \(\epsilon\). The proof of Definition–Proposition reference has shown that \[\left[ \epsilon_{(M, a)} : \mathrm{Free}^T U^T (M, a) = (TM, \mu_M) \to (M, a) \right] = a,\] so the face morphisms of \(U^T\mathrm{Bar}(M,a)\) are \[\begin{equation*} \left[ d_i: T^{n+1}M \to T^n M \right] = \begin{cases} T^i \mu_{T^{n-i-1} M}, & 0 \leq i < n \\ T^n a, & i = n. \end{cases} \end{equation*}\] This formula also makes sense when \(i=n=0\) and gives the augmentation morphism, namely \(a:TM\to M\).

  • Its degeneracy morphisms are \[\left[ s_j: T^{n+1} M \to T^{n+2} M \right] = T^{j+1} \eta_{T^{n-j} M}, \quad 0 \leq j \leq n .\]

Thus \(U^T\mathrm{Bar}(M,a)\) can be written concisely as \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-113-d004} \end{equation}\]

We have already explained abstractly that these arrows satisfy the simplicial identities equation, although a direct verification also presents no essential difficulty. Moreover, Example reference shows that the right end of the diagram realizes \(a:TM\to M\) as a coequalizer.


  1. Translator’s note: in the printed case distinction for \(d^i\), the boundary conditions are interchanged. Consistently with \(d^i=T^i\eta T^{n-i}\), the first line applies for \(1\leq i\leq n\), while the second applies for \(i=0\).↩︎

The augmented simplicial object in equation given by the bar construction can be viewed heuristically as a replacement for \(M\). To clarify this idea, consider the following question. Let \(\Gamma\) be a group, and equip the one-point set \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) with the trivial right \(\Gamma\)-action. How should we understand \[\text{the ``quotient space''}\; \{\mathrm{pt}\} / \Gamma ?\] With the naive definition of a quotient set or topological space, the answer is of course uninteresting; in general, taking the quotient by a nonfree action erases information from the original space. Various needs arising in practice, however, prompt us to seek a more refined definition of a quotient by a nonfree action. To this end, write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}\text{-}}\Gamma\) for the category of all small right \(\Gamma\)-sets, and consider the free–forgetful adjunction \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\leftrightarrows\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}\text{-}}\Gamma\). From the one-point right \(\Gamma\)-set \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\), the bar construction produces a simplicial object in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}\text{-}}\Gamma\); this is precisely the simplicial set \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\) introduced in Example reference. The detailed verification is left as an exercise in this chapter. Once this fact is understood and the bar construction is accepted as a replacement for \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) in this setting, it is reasonable to define \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}/\Gamma\) as \((\mathrm{E}\Gamma)/\Gamma\simeq\mathrm{B}\Gamma\). This is a quotient by a free action and gives the classifying space of \(\Gamma\); it is more natural, and usually more useful, than the naive quotient set. In what sense can the augmented simplicial objects in Examples reference and reference be said to provide a kind of replacement, or “resolution”, of the original object? The idea comes from topology, and its precise meaning involves the contractibility of Definition reference. One related result is the following.

Proposition. In the setting of Example reference, suppose we are given an adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-114-d001} \quad \begin{array}{ll} \eta: \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}} \to GF & \text{unit} \\ \epsilon: FG \to \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{D}} & \text{counit} \end{array}\] and form the augmented simplicial object \(\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) in \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{D})\). Then \(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) is left contractible.

Proof. Use the notation of Example reference, such as \(T=GF\) and \(\mu:T^2\to T\). Recall that \(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)_n=T^{n+1}G\). For every \(n\geq-1\), define \[k_n := \eta T^{n+1}G: T^{n+1}G \to T^{n+2}G .\] Recall also that the face morphism \(d_i:T^{n+1}G\to T^nG\) of \(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) is \(T^i\mu T^{n-i-1}G\) if \(0\leq i<n\), and \(T^nG\epsilon\) if \(i=n\); its augmentation morphism is \(G\epsilon:TG\to G\) (note that this notation differs from that in Definition reference). We now verify the conditions for left contractibility one by one.

First, the triangle identity for the adjunction gives \((G\epsilon)k_{-1}=(G\epsilon)(\eta G)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_G\).

Second, \((T,\mu,\eta)\) is a monad, so \(\mu(\eta T)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T\). If \(n\geq0\), composing both sides on the right with \(T^nG\) gives \(d_0k_n=\mu T^nG\cdot\eta T^{n+1}G=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{T^{n+1}G}\).

Finally, by the naturality of \(\eta\), the following diagram commutes when \(1\leq i\leq n+1\): \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-114-d002} \quad \varphi := \begin{cases} T^{i-1} \mu T^{n-i} G, & 1 \leq i \leq n \\ T^n G\epsilon, & i = n+1. \end{cases}\] This gives \(d_1k_0=k_{-1}(G\epsilon)\) when \(i=1\) and \(n=0\), and \(d_ik_n=k_{n-1}d_{i-1}\) when \(n\geq1\). The result follows.

Although the contractibility of \(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) does not necessarily imply that \(\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) is contractible, Proposition reference is already sufficient for the applications below. The exercises in this chapter will introduce further results concerning contractibility. For additive categories, the meaning of “resolution” can also be carried to the level of chain complexes and thus understood through linear algebra. First, by Definition reference, an augmented simplicial object \(X\) in an additive category gives an augmentation \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}X\) of the chain complex \(\mathrm{C}X\). If the identity morphism of a chain complex is null-homotopic, the chain complex itself is called null-homotopic.

Theorem. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category, suppose an adjoint pair is given, \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-114-d003}\] and form the augmented simplicial object \(\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) in \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{B})\) (respectively, \(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) in \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{B}}\)).

  • Notice that \(\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{B}}\) is an additive category (see the first part of §reference). The chain complex \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}\bigl(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\bigr)\) from Definition reference is null-homotopic.

  • For every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\), evaluate \(\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) (respectively, \(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\)) at \(Y\) degreewise. This produces an augmented simplicial object \(\mathrm{Bar}(Y)\) in \(\mathcal{B}\) (respectively, \(G\mathrm{Bar}(Y)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\)), and the chain complex \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}\bigl(G\mathrm{Bar}(Y)\bigr)\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) is null-homotopic.

Proof. Proposition reference shows that \(G\mathrm{Bar}(F,G)\) is left contractible. Since contractibility is an absolute condition, \(G\mathrm{Bar}(Y)\) obtained through the evaluation functor \(\mathrm{ev}_Y:\mathcal{A}^{\mathcal{B}}\to\mathcal{A}\) is naturally left contractible as well. Apply Proposition reference to both objects.

Now suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{B}\) are both additive categories. For an adjoint pair as in Theorem reference and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\), since \(\mathrm{Bar}(Y)_{-1}=Y\), flattening \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}(\mathrm{Bar}(Y))\) gives a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{B})\) \[\begin{equation} \epsilon_Y: \mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(Y)) \to Y; \end{equation}\] it is canonical in \(Y\), and its degree-zero part is precisely the augmentation morphism \(\epsilon_Y:FG(Y)\to Y\) of \(\mathrm{Bar}(Y)\), so the notation is appropriate.

Corollary. Suppose an adjoint pair of abelian categories is given1 \(\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-114-diagram-004}\) and let \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{B})\). The morphism obtained by applying \(G\) degreewise to equation, namely \[G\epsilon_Y: \mathrm{C}(G\mathrm{Bar}(Y)) \to GY ,\] is a quasi-isomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}(\mathcal{A})\).

Proof. Theorem reference implies that \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}(G\mathrm{Bar}(Y))\) is acyclic, and the result follows immediately.

Example (The bar resolution of a module and Hochschild homology/cohomology).

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \(R\) a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. Write \(\otimes:=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\). By Example reference, the comonad determined by the adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-114-d004}\] is the endofunctor \(L:M\mapsto R\otimes M\) on \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). There is a corresponding version for right \(R\)-modules, which we shall not repeat.

Now apply the bar construction. For every left \(R\)-module \(M\), we have a canonical morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}})\) \[\epsilon_M: \mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(M)) \to M;\] this is a quasi-isomorphism because Corollary reference ensures that \(\epsilon_M\) is a quasi-isomorphism at the level of \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Explicitly, \[\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(M))_n = L^{n+1}(M) = R^{\otimes (n+1)} \otimes M.\] According to Example reference and the description of \(L\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) in Example reference (namely, “multiplying in”), the map \(L^{n+1}(M)\to L^n(M)\) is \[\begin{multline*} \partial_n: r_0 \otimes \cdots \otimes r_n \otimes x \mapsto \\ \sum_{k=0}^{n-1} (-1)^k \cdots \otimes r_k r_{k+1} \otimes \cdots \otimes x + (-1)^n r_0 \otimes \cdots \otimes r_{n-1} \otimes r_n x, \end{multline*}\] where \(x\in M\) and \(r_i\in R\). This formula still makes sense when \(n=0\) (\(r_0\otimes x\mapsto r_0x\)), and thus gives the augmented version \(\epsilon:\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(M))\to M\), namely \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}(\mathrm{Bar}(M))\).

Now consider the special case \(M=R\). In this case \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(R))_n & = R^{\otimes (n+2)} = R \otimes R^{\otimes n} \otimes R, \\ \partial_n(r_0 \otimes \cdots \otimes r_{n+1}) & = \sum_{k=0}^n (-1)^k \cdots \otimes r_k r_{k+1} \otimes \cdots. \end{align*}\]

Although \(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(R))\) and its augmentation \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}(\mathrm{Bar}(R))\) are, by definition, chain complexes of left \(R\)-modules, the description above upgrades both to chain complexes of \((R,R)\)-bimodules: \(R\) acts by left multiplication on the first factor and by right multiplication on the last factor of \(R\otimes R^{\otimes n}\otimes R\). This upgrade of structure is no coincidence. Since \(\mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}(\mathrm{Bar}(\mathord\cdot))\) is a functor, every endomorphism of \(R\) as a left \(R\)-module (for example, right multiplication) lifts naturally to the entire bar construction.

Comparison with Definition reference shows immediately that these are precisely the chain complexes used to define Hochschild homology and cohomology: \[\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(R)) = \mathsf{B} R, \quad \mathrm{C}^{\mathrm{aug}}(\mathrm{Bar}(R)) = \mathsf{B}' R.\] Notice also that Lemma reference is just a special case of Theorem reference.

Write \(R^e:=R\otimes R^{\operatorname{op}}\) and, according to Convention reference, identify left \(R^e\)-modules, \((R,R)\)-bimodules, and right \(R^e\)-modules. From this viewpoint, the Hochschild homology \(\operatorname{HH}_\bullet(M)\) (respectively, cohomology \(\operatorname{HH}^\bullet(M)\)) of a bimodule \(M\) is a derived version of \(M\ensuremath{\underset{R^e}{\otimes}}R\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{Hom}_{R^e}(R,M)\)): the bimodule \(R\) is replaced by its bar resolution \(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(R))\), after which homology (respectively, cohomology) is computed.

This idea of replacement pervades the study of derived functors and derived categories, but the situation here is slightly different. In the framework of and , \(R\) should be replaced by its flat resolution (respectively, projective resolution) as a bimodule. This yields \(\operatorname{Tor}^{R^e}_\bullet(M,R)\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{Ext}^\bullet_{R^e}(R,M)\)), or the corresponding object in the derived category. Example reference (respectively, Example reference) shows that if \(R\) is flat (respectively, projective) as a \(\Bbbk\)-module, these objects are naturally isomorphic to \(\operatorname{HH}_\bullet(M)\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{HH}^\bullet(M)\)); this need not hold in general.

Example (The bar resolution and group homology). Let \(\Gamma\) be a group. Continue the discussion of Example reference for the group algebra \(R:=\Bbbk[\Gamma]\); in this case, \(M\) is the same as a left \(\Gamma\)-module in the sense of §reference. Recall that \((\mathord\cdot)_{\Gamma}:\Gamma\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is the coinvariants functor. We claim that \(\epsilon_M:\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(M))\to M\) is a \((\mathord\cdot)_{\Gamma}\)-acyclic resolution in \(\Gamma\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) (Convention reference). Its quasi-isomorphism property is already known. To see that every \(\mathrm{Bar}(M)_n=\Bbbk[\Gamma]^{\otimes(n+1)}\otimes M\) is \((\mathord\cdot)_{\Gamma}\)-acyclic, first use Shapiro’s lemma (Theorem reference), which gives, for every \(\Bbbk\)-module \(P\), \[\operatorname{H}_k(\Gamma, \Bbbk[\Gamma] \otimes P ) = \operatorname{H}_k\left( \Gamma, \operatorname{ind}^{\Gamma}_{\{1\}}(P) \right) \simeq \operatorname{H}_k(\{1\}, P),\] and the right-hand side is always \(0\) when \(k>0\). Apply this with \(P=\Bbbk[\Gamma]^{\otimes n}\otimes M\) to obtain the claim.

Consequently, Corollary reference implies \(\operatorname{H}_n(\Gamma,M)\simeq \operatorname{H}_n\bigl(\mathrm{C}((\mathrm{Bar}(M)_{\Gamma}))\bigr)\); here the functor \((\mathord\cdot)_{\Gamma}\) may be applied either to the simplicial object or, equivalently, to the corresponding chain complex. This interprets group homology as comonad homology in the sense of the exercises in this chapter. More precisely, taking \(\Gamma\)-coinvariants of \(\mathrm{Bar}(M)_n\) amounts to removing the first tensor factor in \(\Bbbk[\Gamma]^{\otimes(n+1)}\otimes M\) via \(\Bbbk[\Gamma]\twoheadrightarrow\Bbbk\), giving \(\Bbbk[\Gamma]^{\otimes n}\otimes M\). Under this identification, \(\mathrm{Bar}(M)_{n,\Gamma}\to\mathrm{Bar}(M)_{n-1,\Gamma}\) is given by \[\begin{multline*} g_1 \otimes \cdots \otimes g_n \otimes x \mapsto g_2 \otimes \cdots \otimes g_n \otimes x + \sum_{k=1}^{n-1} (-1)^k \cdots \otimes g_k g_{k+1} \otimes \cdots \otimes x \\ + (-1)^n g_1 \otimes \cdots \otimes g_{n-1} \otimes g_n x, \end{multline*}\] where \(g_i\in\Gamma\) and \(x\in M\). Comparison with Proposition reference shows immediately that \(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(M))_{\Gamma}\) is precisely the standard chain complex computing \(\operatorname{H}_n(\Gamma,M)\).


  1. Here \(F\) and \(G\) are necessarily additive functors; see Corollary reference.↩︎

Bisimplicial Objects

We begin with some general definitions. For objects \([m_1],\ldots,[m_n]\) of \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\), from now on we shall also write the object \(([m_1],\ldots,[m_n])\) of \((\ensuremath{\bm\Delta})^n\) as \([m_1]\times\cdots\times[m_n]\) for typographical convenience.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be an arbitrary category and \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\). A functor of the form \(X:(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}})^n\to\mathcal{C}\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^n\to\mathcal{C}\)) is called an \(n\)-fold simplicial object (respectively, an \(n\)-fold cosimplicial object) in \(\mathcal{C}\); its morphisms are morphisms of such functors. When \(n=2\), the corresponding objects are called bisimplicial (respectively, bicosimplicial) objects. The value of an \(n\)-fold simplicial (respectively, cosimplicial) object \(X\) at \([m_1]\times\cdots\times[m_n]\) is denoted by \(X_{m_1,\ldots,m_n}\) (respectively, \(X^{m_1,\ldots,m_n}\)).

Thus an \(n\)-fold simplicial object is determined by a family of objects \(X_{m_1,\ldots,m_n}\), where \(m_1,\ldots,m_n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\), together with its face morphisms \[{}^k d_i: X_{m_1, \ldots, m_n} \to X_{\ldots, m_k - 1, \ldots}, \quad 1 \leq k \leq n, \quad 0 \leq i \leq m_k\] and its degeneracy morphisms \[{}^k s_j: X_{m_1, \ldots, m_n} \to X_{\ldots, m_k + 1, \ldots}, \quad 1 \leq k \leq n, \quad 0 \leq j \leq m_k .\] These morphisms are required to satisfy equation for each \(k\), and morphisms corresponding to different values of \(k\) must commute. This is simply the multivariable version of Definition reference. More generally, for every morphism in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^n\) \[f:[m_1]\times\cdots\times[m_n]\to[m'_1]\times\cdots\times[m'_n],\] there is a corresponding pullback \(f^*:X_{m'_1,\ldots,m'_n}\to X_{m_1,\ldots,m_n}\). The case of \(n\)-fold cosimplicial objects is dual.

Example.

Take \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). As in Definition reference, we can define the standard \(n\)-fold simplicial set \[\Delta^{p_1, \ldots, p_n} := \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^n}\left(\cdot, [p_1] \times \cdots \times [p_n] \right).\] Next take \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Imitating Definition reference, for every \(n\)-fold simplicial set \(K\) we can define an \(n\)-fold simplicial object \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Specifying a morphism \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^{p_1,\ldots,p_n}\to X\) is equivalent to specifying an element of \(X_{p_1,\ldots,p_n}\).

If \(\mathcal{C}\) is a small category, the category of all \(n\)-fold simplicial objects is denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^n\mathcal{C}\). Thus \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^1\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}\), while, if \(n>1\), \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^n\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\bigl(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^{n-1}\mathcal{C}\bigr) =\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^{n-1}\bigl(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}\bigr),\] and so on. The case of \(n\)-fold cosimplicial objects is analogous. The semisimplicial objects of Remark reference plainly have an \(n\)-fold version, obtained by removing the degeneracy morphisms and the related conditions from the definition above.

Definition.

With the notation above, the diagonal functor \(d:\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^n\mathcal{C}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}\) maps an \(n\)-fold simplicial object \(X\) to the simplicial object \[d(X)_n := X_{n, \ldots, n},\] whose face and degeneracy morphisms are defined respectively by \(d_i=\prod_k{}^kd_i\) and \(s_j=\prod_k{}^ks_j\). On morphisms, the functor is defined in the evident way. Equivalently, \(d(X)\) is the composite of \(X\) with the diagonal embedding \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}\to(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}})^n\). The cosimplicial case is entirely dual.

Example. Let \((\mathcal{C},\otimes)\) be a monoidal category, for example \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) with the product \(\times\). For \(X_1,\ldots,X_n\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C})\), we obtain an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^n\mathcal{C}\) whose \((m_1,\ldots,m_n)\)-term is \(X_{1,m_1}\otimes\cdots\otimes X_{n,m_n}\). This \(n\)-fold simplicial object is denoted by \[X_1 \boxtimes \cdots \boxtimes X_n \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^n \mathcal{C}).\]

This should not be confused with \(X_1\otimes\cdots\otimes X_n\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C})\) from Definition reference; the two are related by \[X_1 \otimes \cdots \otimes X_n = d(X_1 \boxtimes \cdots \boxtimes X_n).\] A basic example is obtained from the monoidal category \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}},\times)\). In this case \(\Delta^{p_1}\boxtimes\cdots\boxtimes\Delta^{p_n} =\Delta^{p_1,\ldots,p_n}\), while \(\Delta^{p_1}\otimes\cdots\otimes\Delta^{p_n} =\Delta^{p_1}\times\cdots\times\Delta^{p_n}\), the simplicial set obtained by taking the product degreewise.

General \(n\)-fold simplicial objects play an indispensable role in homotopy theory and its applications. This section is mainly concerned with abelian categories, focusing on the special case \(n=2\). The first step is to introduce a variant of Definition reference. Recall the definition of a double complex in Definition reference, or more precisely its chain-complex version. The category of double chain complexes is denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}^2(\cdots)\), and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}^2_{\geq0}(\cdots)\) is defined similarly. For a bisemisimplicial object, we also introduce the notation \[\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_i := {}^1 d_i , \quad \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_i := {}^2 d_i,\] for the face morphisms in the “horizontal” and “vertical” directions. For a bisimplicial object, the degeneracy morphisms are similarly denoted by \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright s}_j={}^1s_j\) and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle s}_j={}^2s_j\).

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category and \(X\) a bisemisimplicial object in \(\mathcal{A}\). The corresponding unnormalized double chain complex (or Moore double chain complex) consists of \(\bigl(X_{p,q}\bigr)_{p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}}\) together with the data \[\begin{align*} \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright \partial}_{p, q} & := \sum_{i=0}^p (-1)^i \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_i: X_{p, q} \to X_{p-1, q}, \\ \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle \partial}_{p, q} & := \sum_{i=0}^q (-1)^i \ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_i: X_{p, q} \to X_{p, q-1}. \end{align*}\] By convention, \(X_{p,q}:=0\) when \((p,q)\notin\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}^2\). The resulting double chain complex is denoted by \(\mathrm{C}^2X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}^2(\mathcal{A}))\).

To show that this really is a double chain complex, we must verify \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright \partial}_{p-1,q}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright \partial}_{p,q}=0\), \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle \partial}_{p,q-1}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle \partial}_{p,q}=0\), and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle \partial}_{p-1,q}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright \partial}_{p,q}=\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright \partial}_{p,q-1}\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle \partial}_{p,q}\). The first two identities are exactly as in Definition reference; the last follows directly from the commutativity of \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright d}_i\) and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle d}_j\). We thus obtain an additive functor \[\mathrm{C}^2: \ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2 \mathcal{A} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}^2(\mathcal{A}).\] Since \((p,q)\notin\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}^2\) implies \(X_{p,q}=0\), we may now naturally define its total chain complex by \[(\operatorname{tot}X)_n := \bigoplus_{p+q = n} X_{p, q}, \quad \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-115-d001}\] The same argument as in Definition reference shows that \(\operatorname{tot}X\) really is a chain complex. Thus the composite functor \(\operatorname{tot}\circ\mathrm{C}^2:\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2\mathcal{A}\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\) is defined.

The same construction can be applied to \(n\)-fold simplicial objects over \(\mathcal{A}\) to obtain a functor \(\mathrm{C}^n:\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^n\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}^n(\mathcal{A})\) and the corresponding total chain complex; see Remark reference.

Example. Suppose \(\mathcal{A}\) has the structure of a monoidal category such that the bifunctor \(\otimes:\mathcal{A}\times\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}\) is additive in each variable. If \(C_1,C_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\), we naturally obtain a double chain complex \(C_1\boxtimes C_2\) whose \((p,q)\)-term is \(C_{1,p}\otimes C_{2,q}\) and whose \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangleright \partial}\) and \(\ensuremath{{}^\vartriangle \partial}\) come from \(C_1\) and \(C_2\), respectively. If \(A,B\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\), there is a simple relation between the double chain complex \(\mathrm{C}A\boxtimes\mathrm{C}B\) and the bisimplicial object \(A\boxtimes B\) of Example reference: \[\mathrm{C}^2 (A \boxtimes B) = \mathrm{C}A \boxtimes \mathrm{C}B.\] Moreover, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\) becomes a monoidal category with \[C_1 \otimes C_2 := \operatorname{tot}(C_1 \boxtimes C_2),\] and its unit is plainly \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) placed in degree zero.

Definition reference gives an additive functor \(d:\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\). The aim of this section is to explain, under the assumption that \(\mathcal{A}\) is an abelian category, the relationship between the functors \[\operatorname{tot}\circ \mathrm{C}^2 , \; \mathrm{C} \circ d: \; \ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2 \mathcal{A} \rightrightarrows \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq 0}(\mathcal{A}).\] This relationship involves the \((p,q)\)-shuffle \(\sigma\) of Definition reference and its sign \(\operatorname{sgn}(\sigma)\) from Definition reference.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an additive category and \(X\) a bisimplicial object in \(\mathcal{A}\). For a fixed \((p,q)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}^2\), write \(n:=p+q\).

  1. Define \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}_{p,q}:X_{p,q}\to X_{n,n}\) by \[\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}_{p, q} := \sum_{\sigma: (p,q)\text{-shuffle}} \operatorname{sgn}(\sigma) \left( \sigma_- \times \sigma_+ : [n] \times [n] \to [p] \times [q] \right)^*.\] A lengthy but straightforward argument, omitted here, shows that these maps combine to form a morphism of chain complexes called the shuffle morphism, or Eilenberg–Zilber morphism: \[\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}: \operatorname{tot}(\mathrm{C}^2 X) \to \mathrm{C}(dX).\]

  2. Define \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}_n:=\sum_{p+q=n}\overline{\mathrm{AW}}_{p,q}: \mathrm{C}(dX)_n\to\operatorname{tot}(\mathrm{C}^2X)_n\), where \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}_{p,q}:X_{n,n}\to X_{p,q}\) is defined as \((\lambda^n_p\times\rho^n_q)^*\), with \[\begin{array}{rl} \lambda^n_p: [p] \hookrightarrow [n], & i \mapsto i, \\ \rho^n_q: [q] \hookrightarrow [n], & i \mapsto n - q + i. \end{array}\] Similarly, these maps combine to form a morphism of chain complexes \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}:\mathrm{C}(dX)\to\operatorname{tot}(\mathrm{C}^2X)\), called the Alexander–Whitney morphism.

These morphisms are functorial not only in \(X\), but also in the category \(\mathcal{A}\) and in functors between such categories. They were originally introduced in topology in connection with the homology of product spaces. We next introduce the normalized versions of \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}\). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a monoidal abelian category such that \(\otimes:\mathcal{A}\times\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{A}\) is additive in each variable. Take \(A,B\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\). Since \(\mathrm{C}^2(A\boxtimes B)=\mathrm{C}A\boxtimes\mathrm{C}B\), we have \[\mathrm{C}A \otimes \mathrm{C}B := \operatorname{tot}\left( \mathrm{C}A \boxtimes \mathrm{C}B \right) = \operatorname{tot}\, \mathrm{C}^2 (A \boxtimes B).\] We also use the simplified notation \[\begin{gather*} A \otimes B := d(A \boxtimes B), \\ \mathrm{N}A \otimes \mathrm{N}B := \operatorname{tot}\left( \mathrm{N}A \boxtimes \mathrm{N}B \right). \end{gather*}\]

Lemma.

Consider the monoidal abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) above. Recall that, for every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}(\mathcal{A}))\), Proposition reference identifies \(\mathrm{N}Y\) with \(\mathrm{C}Y/\text{degenerate part}\). Under this identification, the morphisms \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}\) each factor uniquely through the following commutative diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-116-d001}\]

Proof. For \(\mathrm{AW}\), it is enough to verify, for all \(p,q\geq0\) and \(n:=p+q\), the following equalities of morphisms in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\): \[\begin{align*} \lambda^n_p \circ \mathrm{s}^j & = \mathrm{s}^j \circ \lambda^{n+1}_{p+1}, \\ \rho^n_q \circ \mathrm{s}^j & = \mathrm{s}^{j+n-q} \circ \rho^{n+1}_{q+1}, \end{align*}\] where the respective conditions on \(j\) are \(0\leq j\leq p\) and \(0\leq j\leq q\). This verification is immediate.

For \(\mathrm{EZ}\), let \(\sigma\) be a \((p,q)\)-shuffle and let \(0\leq j\leq p-1\). Consider the restriction of \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}_{p,q}\) to \(\operatorname{im}(s_j)\otimes B_q\). The earlier discussion of \((p,q)\)-shuffles shows that there is a unique \(0\leq k<n:=p+q\) such that \(\sigma_-(k)=j\) and \(\sigma_-(k+1)=j+1\); at the same time, \(\sigma_+(k+1)=\sigma_+(k)\). This gives the equalities in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\) \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{s}^j \sigma_- \underbracket{\mathrm{d}^k \mathrm{s}^k}_{[n] \leftarrow [n]} & = \mathrm{s}^j \sigma_- : [n] \to [p-1] , \\ \sigma_+ \mathrm{d}^k \mathrm{s}^k & = \sigma_+ : [n] \to [q] . \end{align*}\]

Pulling back along these equalities, we see that \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}_{p,q}|_{\operatorname{im}(s_j)\otimes B_q}\) is contained in the part degenerate through \(s_k\). The case \(0\leq j\leq q-1\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}_{p,q}|_{A_p\otimes\operatorname{im}(s_j)}\) is handled in the same way.

The following result is also called the generalized Eilenberg–Zilber theorem.

Theorem (S. Eilenberg, J. A. Zilber, P. Cartier).

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2\mathcal{A})\). The canonical morphisms defined above, \(\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-116-diagram-002}\) are mutually inverse on homology; in particular, both are quasi-isomorphisms.

Proof.

Since \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2\mathcal{A}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}^2_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\simeq \ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\), the Dold–Kan correspondence has a double version, which we continue to denote by the equivalence of categories \(\Gamma:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}^2_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2\mathcal{A}\). We may therefore assume that \(X=\Gamma A\) for \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}^2_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A}))\). If \(p+q>n\) implies \(A_{p,q}=0\), we say that \(A\) has degree \(\leq n\).

First suppose that \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), with the monoidal structure from the tensor product \(\otimes=\otimes_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\). Observe that \(\operatorname{tot}\), \(\mathrm{C}^2\), \(\mathrm{C}\), and \(d\) are all right-exact additive functors and preserve arbitrary direct sums. The canonical morphisms \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}\) are likewise compatible with arbitrary direct sums. Write \(A\) as a filtered union of bounded subobjects. Since the filtered colimit \(\varinjlim\) preserves homology, the problem reduces to the case where \(A\) has degree \(\leq n\) for a fixed \(n\geq0\). We argue by induction on \(n\).

Brutal truncation of \(A\) gives a short exact sequence \(0\to A'\to A\to A''\to0\), where

  • \(A'\) has degree \(\leq n-1\);

  • all nonzero terms of \(A''\) lie in the part \(p+q=n\);

  • the short exact sequence splits in every bidegree \((p,q)\).

The description of the functor \(\Gamma\) shows that \(0\to\Gamma A'\to\Gamma A\to\Gamma A''\to0\) is likewise a degreewise split short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}^2\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Strictly speaking, the double version of \(\Gamma\) is needed here, but its form is analogous.

We therefore obtain a commutative diagram of chain complexes with exact rows: \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-116-d002}\] This diagram inductively reduces the problem to the case of \(A''\). In other words, under the induction hypothesis, the original problem depends only on \((A_{p,q})_{p+q=n}\).

It therefore suffices to handle the case in which \(A\) is a direct sum of several copies of \(C\otimes(\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^p)\boxtimes \mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^q))\), with \(p+q=n\) and \(C\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\). We can further reduce to a single copy for one pair \((p,q)\), and then factor \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_C\) out of all the maps to reduce to the special case \(C=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Notice that the part of \(\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^p)\) in degrees below \(p\) does not affect the problem; the same holds with \(q\) in place of \(p\). Correspondingly, \(X=\Gamma A\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(\Delta^p\times\Delta^q)\). By Theorem reference and Lemma reference, it suffices to prove that \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-116-d003} \; \text{are mutually inverse on homology.} \end{equation}\]

The posets \([p]\), \([q]\), and \([p]\times[q]\) each have a least element, \(0\) or \((0,0)\), so the homotopy equivalences \(\mathrm{N}i\) and \(\mathrm{N}q\) from Example reference apply. It is easy to verify that the following diagram commutes: \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-116-d004} \end{equation*}\] The first row is concentrated in degree zero, and the standard isomorphism \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\otimes\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) maps \(1\otimes1\) to \(1\). The verification of commutativity involves only the degree-zero terms of \(\mathrm{EZ}\) and \(\mathrm{AW}\), and is therefore immediate. This proves equation.

We now return to a general category \(\mathcal{A}\). Suppose there is a faithful exact functor (Proposition reference) \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). By definition, \(\operatorname{tot}\), \(\mathrm{C}^2\), \(\mathrm{C}\), and \(d\) commute with \(F\), while \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}\) are plainly compatible with \(F\). Faithfulness and exactness then reduce the problem to the known case \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\).

If \(\mathcal{A}\) has a projective generator, for example \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) for a ring \(R\), there is always a faithful exact functor to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). For a general abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\), the existence of \(F\) is guaranteed by the Freyd–Mitchell theorem reference; for this purpose, the Grothendieck universe may be enlarged as necessary to make \(\mathcal{A}\) a small category.

Remark (Monoidal structures). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a monoidal category and suppose that \(\otimes\) is additive in each variable. Lemma reference has already given canonical morphisms of the form \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-116-d005}\] for \(A,B\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})\). The special case of the generalized Eilenberg–Zilber theorem with \(X=A\boxtimes B\) states that these morphisms are mutually inverse on homology. Recall that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{A})\) is also a monoidal category (Example reference), and there are the evident morphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-116-d006}\]

From an abstract viewpoint, the shuffle morphism (respectively, the Alexander–Whitney morphism) equips \(\mathrm{C}\) and \(\mathrm{N}\) with the structure of right-lax (respectively, left-lax) monoidal functors; see [Li1]. For the shuffle morphism, this roughly means that \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}_{p,q}\) and \(\mathrm{EZ}_{p,q}\) are associative and compatible with the unit; the case of \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}\) and \(\mathrm{AW}\) is dual. These assertions can also be verified directly, though at length. For example, associativity of the shuffle morphism involves equation, while the case of the Alexander–Whitney morphism is simpler.

If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a symmetric monoidal category, \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}\) and \(\mathrm{EZ}\) also preserve the Koszul braiding introduced in equation. For \(\overline{\mathrm{EZ}}\), this is equivalent to the commutativity of the following diagram in \(\mathcal{A}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-116-d007}\] Here \(p,q\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\). The maps \(\mathrm{swap}\) in the two columns come from the braiding \(c(X,Y):X\otimes Y\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y\otimes X\) on \(\mathcal{A}\) and its induced degreewise action on simplicial objects; the maps themselves involve no sign. The proof follows directly from the definition and equation. By contrast, \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}\) and \(\mathrm{AW}\) need not be compatible with the braiding.

Broadly speaking, the Dold–Kan correspondence functor \(\mathrm{N}\) of Theorem reference, together with its unnormalized version \(\mathrm{C}\), is monoidal in both the right-lax and left-lax senses. The required data are supplied respectively by the shuffle morphism and the Alexander–Whitney morphism. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is symmetric monoidal, the right-lax monoidal functor structure is also symmetric. The concept of a bilax monoidal functor [AM10] gives a more precise formulation of these structures.

Closed Structures

The aim of this section is to explain the closed structures on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\). For \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\), this is the Cartesian closed structure of Definition reference; for \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\), it is the monoidal structure given by the tensor product that is closed. In other words, we seek to promote the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) sets to suitable simplicial objects. We first discuss the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\) of simplicial sets, then its version for \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\) and its comparison, via the Dold–Kan correspondence, with the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex. The last step requires the results of §reference.

Definition. For \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}})\), define \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)=\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(X,Y)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}})\) as follows: \[\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)_n:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(X\times\Delta^n,Y), \qquad n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}.\] For every morphism \(f:[m]\to[n]\) in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\), define \(f^*:\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)_n\to\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)_m\) by pullback, that is, by precomposition, along \[\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\times f:X\times\Delta^m\to X\times\Delta^n.\] Also define the evaluation morphism \[\mathrm{ev}_{X,Y}:\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)\times X\to Y\] as follows: the image of \((\varphi,x)\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(X\times\Delta^n,Y)\times X_n\) is \(\mathrm{ev}_{X,Y,n}(\varphi,x):=\varphi(x,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{[n]})\in Y_n\). Recall that \((\Delta^n)_n=\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}([n])\).

We must check that \(\mathrm{ev}_{X,Y}\) is indeed a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\). This is immediate: for \(f:[m]\to[n]\) and \((\varphi,x)\in\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)_n\times X_n\), we have \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{ev}_{X,Y,m}\bigl(f^*(\varphi),f^*(x)\bigr) &=((\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\times f)^*\varphi) \bigl(f^*(x),\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{[m]}\bigr)\\ &=\varphi\bigl( \underbracket{f^*(x),\;f}_{\in X_m\times(\Delta^n)_m}\bigr) =\varphi\bigl(f^*(x),f^*\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{[n]}\bigr)\\ &=f^*\bigl(\varphi(x,\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{[n]})\bigr) =f^*\bigl(\mathrm{ev}_{X,Y,n}(\varphi,x)\bigr). \end{align*}\] As \(X,Y\) vary, this construction gives a functor \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\), while \(\mathrm{ev}\) is natural in \(X\) and \(Y\).

Proposition. For every \(X,Y,Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}})\), there is a canonical bijection \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-117-d001}\] It sends \(g:X\to\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(Y,Z)\) to the composite \[X\times Y\xrightarrow{g\times\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y} \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(Y,Z)\times Y\xrightarrow{\mathrm{ev}_{Y,Z}}Z.\] Conversely, it sends \(h:X\times Y\to Z\) to the following morphism. For \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and \(x\in X_n\), let \(\iota_x:\Delta^n\to X\) be the morphism corresponding to \(x\). The image of \(x\) is the composite \[Y\times\Delta^n\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_Y\times\iota_x}Y\times X \xrightarrow[\sim]{\text{swap}}X\times Y\xrightarrow{h}Z.\]

Proof. A routine verification.

Corollary. The bijection in Proposition reference makes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\) a Cartesian closed category in the sense of Definition reference, with bifunctor \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\).

Proof. Recall that the product in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\) is simply the product \(X\times Y\) of simplicial sets, and similarly for the other products. It remains to compare equation with the canonical bijection in Proposition reference.

The general theory of closed monoidal categories (see §reference) gives a canonical morphism \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)\times X\to Y\): it is the image of \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) under \[\operatorname{End}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}\bigl(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)\bigr)\xrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}\bigl(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)\times X,Y\bigr).\] Unwinding the definitions shows that this morphism is precisely the \(\mathrm{ev}_{X,Y}\) defined above.

Example. Proposition reference says that the nerve functor \(\mathrm{N}\) embeds \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\) fully faithfully into \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\). How is \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\) reflected at the level of categories? The answer is simple: for any small categories \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\), there is a canonical isomorphism \[\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C},\mathrm{N}\mathcal{D}) \simeq\mathrm{N}(\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}).\] Indeed, \(\mathrm{N}\) takes products of categories to products of simplicial sets, and \(\mathrm{N}([n])=\Delta^n\). Since \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}\) is also Cartesian closed, we obtain \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\times\Delta^n, \mathrm{N}\mathcal{D}) =\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(\mathrm{N}(\mathcal{C}\times[n]), \mathrm{N}\mathcal{D})\\ \simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}}(\mathcal{C}\times[n],\mathcal{D}) \simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Cat}}}([n],\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}) =\mathrm{N}(\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}})_n. \end{multline*}\] It is easy to check that the pullbacks on both sides correspond for every morphism \(f:[m]\to[n]\) in \(\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}\).

Now consider \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\). Recall that it has the symmetric monoidal structure arising from \(\otimes:=\otimes_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\), namely the degreewise tensor product. For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}})\) and \(K\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}})\), define \[X\otimes K:=X\otimes\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}).\] In particular, \(X\otimes\Delta^n\) is defined. This construction gives a bifunctor \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\times\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\).

Definition. For \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}})\), define \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)=\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}})\) by \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)_n:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X\otimes\Delta^n,Y)\). The pullback morphisms are defined as in Definition reference.

Proposition. For every \(X,Y,Z\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}})\), there is a canonical commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-117-d002}\]

Proof. The first row is Proposition reference. The vertical arrow on the right embeds \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X\otimes Y,Z)\) as the bilinear part of \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(X\times Y,Z)\). The image of the embedding on the left consists of all \(\varphi:X\to\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(Y,Z)\) for which the family of morphisms \[\varphi_n:X_n\to\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(Y\times\Delta^n,Z)\] satisfies, for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\),

  • \(\varphi_n(x):Y\times\Delta^n\to Z\) is additive in the \(Y\) variable for every \(x\in X_n\), or equivalently factors through \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(Y\otimes\Delta^n,Z)\);

  • the resulting map \(\varphi_n:X_n\to\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(Y\otimes\Delta^n,Z)\) is additive.

Unwinding the definitions immediately shows that these two descriptions correspond.

In fact, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\) is an additive category, and the bijection \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}\bigl(X,\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(Y,Z)\bigr) \simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X\otimes Y,Z)\) is an isomorphism of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-modules.

Corollary. Let \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}})\) and \(K\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}})\). There are canonical isomorphisms of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\)-modules \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X\otimes K,Y) &\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}} \bigl(K,\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)\bigr)\\ &\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}} \bigl(X,\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(K,Y)\bigr). \end{align*}\] By the universal property, the underlying simplicial set of \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(K,Y)\) in the last term is naturally identified with the underlying simplicial set of \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K,Y)\), and thus acquires the structure of an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\).

Proof. Proposition reference gives \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X\otimes K,Y) &\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K\otimes X,Y)\\ &\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}} \bigl(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K,\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)\bigr). \end{align*}\] The adjunction property of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(\cdot)\) shows that the last term is \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}}(K,\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y))\). Similarly, \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X\otimes K,Y)\simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}K,Y))\).

Corollary. The canonical bijection in Proposition reference makes \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}},\otimes)\) a closed monoidal category in the sense of Definition reference, with bifunctor \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\).

As for simplicial sets, the general theory of closed monoidal categories gives a canonical evaluation morphism \[\mathrm{ev}_{X,Y}:\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)\otimes X\to Y.\] This morphism has a concrete description similar to Definition reference, obtained simply by unwinding the definitions. We now study the relationship between \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}\) and the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex from the perspective of the Dold–Kan correspondence (Theorem reference). They are the internal \(\operatorname{Hom}\) objects of the closed monoidal categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\), respectively. Although the normalized chain complex functor \(\mathrm{N}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\) is an equivalence, it is not a monoidal functor. We therefore cannot directly deduce an isomorphism between \(\mathrm{N}\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathrm{N}X,\mathrm{N}Y)\). Nevertheless, the results of §reference still provide a pair of canonical morphisms \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-117-d003} \end{equation}\]

  • By the closed monoidal structure on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}})\), giving a morphism from left to right is equivalent to giving a morphism \[\mathrm{N}\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)\otimes\mathrm{N}X \longrightarrow\mathrm{N}Y.\] Take this morphism to be the composite \[\mathrm{N}\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)\otimes\mathrm{N}X \xrightarrow{\mathrm{EZ}} \mathrm{N}\bigl(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)\otimes X\bigr) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{N}(\mathrm{ev}_{X,Y})}\mathrm{N}Y.\]

  • Apply the left adjoint \(\Gamma\) of \(\mathrm{N}\), which is also its quasi-inverse. Giving a morphism from right to left is equivalent to giving a morphism \[\Gamma\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathrm{N}X,\mathrm{N}Y) \longrightarrow\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y).\] By the closed monoidal structure on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}\), this is also equivalent to giving a morphism \(\Gamma\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathrm{N}X,\mathrm{N}Y)\otimes X\to Y\). Concretely, choose this morphism so that its image under \(\mathrm{N}\) is the composite \[\begin{multline*} \mathrm{N}\bigl(\Gamma\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathrm{N}X,\mathrm{N}Y) \otimes X\bigr) \xrightarrow{\mathrm{AW}} \mathrm{N}\Gamma\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathrm{N}X,\mathrm{N}Y) \otimes\mathrm{N}X\\ \simeq\operatorname{Hom}^\bullet(\mathrm{N}X,\mathrm{N}Y)\otimes\mathrm{N}X \xrightarrow{\text{evaluation}}\mathrm{N}Y. \end{multline*}\]

The point of the construction above is that \(\mathrm{N}\) is both a right lax and a left lax monoidal functor. If \(\mathrm{N}\) were monoidal, or equivalently if \(\mathrm{EZ}\) and \(\mathrm{AW}\) were both isomorphisms, an abstract argument would show that the two morphisms in equation are mutually inverse; in reality, they are not. However, the general Eilenberg–Zilber theorem, Theorem reference, states that \(\mathrm{EZ}\) and \(\mathrm{AW}\) are mutually inverse on homology. This gives the following relationship between the \(\operatorname{Hom}\) complex and \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}\).

Proposition. For every \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}})\), the pair of morphisms in equation are mutually inverse on homology.

If \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, an analogous result holds after replacing \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) by the symmetric monoidal category \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and considering simplicial objects in it.

Remark. The definition of \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}\) can be extended to an arbitrary additive category \(\mathcal{A}\). Indeed, in the description of \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{sAb}}}(X,Y)_n\), we have \[(X\otimes\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\Delta^n)_k =X_k\otimes\left(\bigoplus_{u:[k]\to[n]}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\right) \simeq\bigoplus_{u:[k]\to[n]}X_k.\] The last term involves only finite direct sums and no elements; the maps \(d_i,s_j\), and so forth also have simple descriptions in this direct-sum presentation. We can therefore define a bifunctor \[\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\mathcal{A}}:(\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A})^{\operatorname{op}} \times\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{A},\] which is additive in each variable.

The Mapping Cone Revisited

As we saw in §reference and §reference, the mapping cone \(\operatorname{Cone}(f)\) plays an important role in the theory of complexes and in the study of derived categories. The aim of this section is to interpret it through the Dold–Kan correspondence and to explain why a mapping cone really is a “cone.” More precisely, we shall study the chain complex version of the mapping cone; see Remark reference. We begin with mapping cones and mapping cylinders in topology. Consider a continuous map \(F:\mathcal{X}\to\mathcal{Y}\) with \(\mathcal{X}\neq\emptyset\). Its mapping cylinder is the quotient space \[\begin{equation*} \operatorname{Cyl}_{\mathrm{top}}(F) := \dfrac{(\mathcal{X} \times [0, 1]) \sqcup \mathcal{Y}}{\forall x \in \mathcal{X}, \; (x, 1) \sim F(x)}, \end{equation*}\] where \(\times\) (respectively, \(\sqcup\)) denotes the product (respectively, disjoint union) of topological spaces. The mapping cone is defined by \[\begin{equation*} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(F) & := \dfrac{(\mathcal{X} \times [0, 1]) \sqcup \mathcal{Y}}{\forall x \in \mathcal{X}, \; (x, 1) \sim F(x), \; (x, 0) \sim (\star, 0)} \\ & \simeq \dfrac{\operatorname{Cyl}_{\mathrm{top}}(F)}{\forall x \in \mathcal{X}, \; (x, 0) \sim (\star, 0)}, \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\] where \(\star\in\mathcal{X}\) is an arbitrary point. Intuitively, \(\mathcal{X}\times[0,1]\) may be pictured as a tube with cross-section \(\mathcal{X}\). The cylinder \(\operatorname{Cyl}_{\mathrm{top}}(F)\) is obtained by gluing the end \(\mathcal{X}\times\{1\}\) of the tube to \(\mathcal{Y}\) via \(F\), while \(\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(F)\) further contracts the end \(\mathcal{X}\times\{0\}\) to a single point. Schematically: \[\operatorname{Cyl}_{\mathrm{top}}(F) = \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d001} \quad \operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(F) = \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d002}\] Simplicial sets provide a concrete way to describe topological spaces. More precisely, Theorem reference gives an adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d003}\] and the two categories model equivalent homotopy theories in a precise sense. The same construction works with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Top}}\) replaced by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{CGHaus}}\). We now translate the preceding discussion into \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\). We may assume that \[\mathcal{X} = |X|, \quad \mathcal{Y} = |Y|, \quad F = |f|: |X| \to |Y|,\] where \(f:X\to Y\) is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\). From the viewpoint of simplicial sets, the mapping cone is easier to describe than the mapping cylinder. We begin with the cone on \(\mathcal{X}\), \(\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(\mathcal{X}):= \operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{X}})\). If \(\mathcal{X}=|X|\), then \(\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(\mathcal{X})\simeq|X^{\lhd}|\simeq|X^{\rhd}|\) (Example reference). Below we focus on the left cone \(X^{\lhd}=\Delta^0\star X\) and its corresponding chain complex.

For every simplicial set \(Z\), write \(Z_n^{\mathrm{nd}}\) for the set of all nondegenerate \(n\)-simplices in it, and write \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}=(\Delta^0)_0=(\Delta^0)_0^{\mathrm{nd}}\). Proposition reference, or topological intuition, gives \[\begin{equation} (\Delta^0 \star X)^{\mathrm{nd}}_n = \begin{cases} X^{\mathrm{nd}}_n \sqcup \left( \{ \mathrm{pt} \} \times X^{\mathrm{nd}}_{n-1} \right), & n > 0 \\ \{\mathrm{pt}\} \sqcup X_0, & n = 0. \end{cases} \end{equation}\] Substituting equation and the general formulas discussed above it shows that, for \(n\geq1\), the restrictions of \(d_i:(\Delta^0\star X)_n\to(\Delta^0\star X)_{n-1}\) to \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\times X_{n-1}\) and \(X_n\) are as follows: \[\begin{equation} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d004} \quad \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d005} \end{gathered} \end{equation}\] If \(n=1\), the term \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\times X_{n-2}\) in this formula is to be understood as \(\{\mathrm{pt}\}\). Since our goal is a chain complex, the next step is to linearize the problem using the functor \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(\mathord\cdot)\) of Definition reference, and then pass to chain complexes via the Dold–Kan correspondence: \[\begin{equation*} \mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}X^{\lhd}) \simeq \mathrm{C}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}X^{\lhd}) \big/ \text{degenerate part} \quad \text{(Proposition \href{#prop:Dold-Kan-v}{reference})}. \end{equation*}\] To simplify notation in the rest of this section, write \(\mathrm{N}X:=\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}X)\) and \(\mathrm{N}f:=\mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}f)\). The chain-complex structure on \(\mathrm{C}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}X^{\lhd})\) comes from \(\partial_n:=\sum_{i=0}^n(-1)^id_i\). Combining equation, equation, and the description of \(\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathrm{N}X})\) in Remark reference, we obtain a short exact sequence of chain complexes \[0 \to \underbracket{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\{\mathrm{pt}\}}_{\text{degree zero}} \to \mathrm{N}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}X^{\lhd}) \to \operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathrm{N}X}) \to 0.\] Next, the functors \(|\mathord\cdot|\) and \(\mathrm{N}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}(\mathord\cdot)\) preserve pushout diagrams: the former is a left adjoint, while the latter is the composite of a left adjoint with an equivalence; in topology, a pushout diagram means gluing. Therefore, for \(f:X\to Y\) define \[\begin{equation*} \operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{s}}(f) := X^{\lhd} \ensuremath{\underset{X, f}{\sqcup}} Y. \end{equation*}\] We then obtain \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d006} \xleftarrow{|\cdot|} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d007} \xrightarrow{\mathrm{N}} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d008}\] This chain of constructions shows that the linear-algebraic counterpart of \(\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(F)\) should be \(\mathrm{N}\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{s}}(f)\).

Proposition.

With the notation above, there is a canonical short exact sequence of chain complexes \[0 \to \underbracket{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\{\mathrm{pt}\}}_{\text{degree zero}} \to \mathrm{N}\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{s}}(f) \to \operatorname{Cone}(\mathrm{N}f) \to 0.\]

Proof. The pushout does not affect the chain subcomplex \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) of \(\mathrm{N}X^{\lhd}\) corresponding to the cone point. In degree \(n\), it replaces every \(X_n\) by \(Y_n\) and replaces the projection \(\mathrm{pr}_2\) in equation by \(f_{n-1}\mathrm{pr}_2\). Thus, on the quotient \(\operatorname{Cone}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathrm{N}X})\), the resulting pushout is precisely \(\operatorname{Cone}(\mathrm{N}f)\); see Remark reference.

Remark. The mapping cylinder \(\operatorname{Cyl}_{\mathrm{top}}(F)\) and its chain-complex version can be compared similarly; here there is no need to quotient out the contribution of the cone point. However, the mapping cylinder involves products of simplicial sets, whereas \(\mathrm{N}\) is not a monoidal functor. Topological accounts therefore usually use CW complexes rather than simplicial sets, since products are easier to handle in the world of CW complexes.

In short, the mapping cone of chain complexes is the quotient of the mapping cone arising from simplicial sets (or topology) by a copy of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) coming from the cone point \(\mathrm{pt}\). In the study of chain complexes, the main role of the mapping cone is that every map \(\phi:A\to B\) extends to a sequence \[\begin{equation} A \xrightarrow{\phi} B \to \operatorname{Cone}(\phi) \to A[-1] \xrightarrow{-\phi[-1]} B[-1] \to \cdots . \end{equation}\] In the topological setting, the map corresponding to \(\operatorname{Cone}(\phi)\to A[-1]\) is obtained by contracting the base \(\mathcal{Y}\) of \(\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(F)\) to a point. The result is denoted by \(S\mathcal{X}\); it is independent of \(\mathcal{Y}\) (see the figure below) and defines a functor \(S\). The corresponding sequence of maps is \[\begin{equation*} \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d009} \xrightarrow{F} \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d010} \xrightarrow{\text{inclusion}} \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d011} \xrightarrow{\text{collapse}} \textbf{Diagram chapter8-unit-118-d012} \to \cdots . \end{equation*}\] This sequence is called the cofiber sequence generated by \(f\) (more precisely, the unpointed version). If we work in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\) and take the chain complexes of the corresponding sequence, the result is roughly equation. The qualification “roughly” is needed because:

  • The map \(S\mathcal{X}\to S\mathcal{Y}\) cannot simply be defined as \(S(F)\); the vertical coordinate must be reversed appropriately. At the level of linear algebra, this corresponds to \(-\phi[-1]\) in equation; see a topology textbook for details.

  • As Proposition reference shows, the various chain complexes contain one extra copy of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) corresponding to the cone point of spaces such as \(\operatorname{Cone}_{\mathrm{top}}(F)\) and \(S\mathcal{X}\). In topology, this issue is avoided by using pointed spaces and, in the topological cone construction, contracting the part associated with the base point.

If we set all details aside for the moment, the theory of derived categories constructed in §reference, with \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\), may also be viewed in broad outline as a somewhat coarse “linearization” of homotopy theory1. As the related questions increasingly involve topological ideas and methods, we stop here so as not to stray too far afield.


  1. More precisely, stable homotopy theory, since chain complexes allow terms in negative degrees.↩︎

begin

Prove that, for every category \(\mathcal{C}\), the construction \(C\mapsto\mathrm{const}(C)\) of Example reference gives a fully faithful functor \(\mathcal{C}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{s}}\mathcal{C}\).

Let \(X\) be a simplicial set and \(x\in X_n\). Prove that there is a sequence of indices \(j_1<\cdots<j_h\) and a nondegenerate simplex \(y\) such that \(x=s_{j_h}\cdots s_{j_1}(y)\), and that \(y\) is unique. Hint. The difficulty lies in uniqueness. Suppose that \(Sy=x=S'y'\), where \(S\) and \(S'\) are both of the form in the statement. We can choose a composite \(D\) of a sequence of face morphisms such that \(y=DSy=DS'y'\). Rewrite \(DS'\) in the form \(\widetilde{S}'\widetilde{D}\) (the meaning of the notation is clear). Since \(y\) is nondegenerate, we must have \(\widetilde{S}'=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\), and hence \(y=\widetilde{D}y'\). Use symmetry to conclude that \(y=y'\) and \(\widetilde{D}=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\).

Show that the following diagram exists in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\), with both the upper and lower parts commutative, for \(0\leq i<j\leq n\): \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-119-d001}\] Here \(\bigsqcup\) is taken degreewise in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}^{\operatorname{op}}}\), while \(\iota_{i<j}\) (respectively, \(\iota_i\)) denotes the embedding into the \(i<j\) term (respectively, the \(i\)th term). All arrows in the middle row are characterized by this commutativity. Show, moreover, that the middle row is a coequalizer.

Similarly, show that for every \(0\leq k\leq n\) there is also a diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-119-d002}\] whose middle row is a coequalizer and where \(i,j\neq k\). Try to explain the topological meaning of these coequalizers.

Verify the following properties of the join operation \(\star\) in Definition reference.

  1. Simplicial sets naturally form a monoidal category under \(\star\), with the constant empty simplicial set \(\emptyset\) as unit object.

  2. The order-reversal duality of Remark reference gives an automorphism of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}\), provisionally denoted by \(X\mapsto\hat{X}\). Show that \((X\star Y)^{\wedge}\simeq\hat{Y}\star\hat{X}\).

  3. Verify that \(\Delta^p\star\Delta^q\simeq\Delta^{p+q+1}\).

Show that taking the order-reversal dual of a simplicial set does not change its geometric realization, up to canonical homeomorphism. Hint. Begin with the case of \(\Delta^n\).

Verify the assertion of Example reference.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{C}'\) be categories. Define the category \(\mathcal{C}\star\mathcal{C}'\) as follows: \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C} \star \mathcal{C}') & := \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}) \sqcup \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}'), \\ \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C} \star \mathcal{C}'}(X, Y) & := \begin{cases} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y), & X, Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}) \\ \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}'}(X, Y), & X, Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}'), \\ \text{one-point set}, & X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}), \; Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}'), \\ \emptyset, & X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}'), \; Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}). \end{cases} \end{align*}\] Composition and identity morphisms are defined in the evident way. Prove that the join operation \(\star\) on simplicial sets and the nerve functor of Example reference are related by \[\mathrm{N}(\mathcal{C}) \star \mathrm{N}(\mathcal{C}') \simeq \mathrm{N}(\mathcal{C} \star \mathcal{C}').\]

Give a more detailed proof of Equations equation and equation.

For a simplicial object \(X\) in an arbitrary category, define the simplicial objects called the decalages \(\mathrm{Déc}_0X\) and \(\mathrm{Déc}^0X\) by \((\mathrm{Déc}_0X)_n=(\mathrm{Déc}^0X)_n=X_{n+1}\) and \[\begin{gather*} d^{\mathrm{Déc}_0 X, n}_i = d^{X, n+1}_i, \quad s^{\mathrm{Déc}_0 X, n}_j = s^{X, n+1}_j, \\ d^{\mathrm{Déc}^0 X, n}_i = d^{X, n+1}_{i+1}, \quad s^{\mathrm{Déc}^0 X, n}_j = s^{X, n+1}_{j+1}. \end{gather*}\] Show that both are well-defined and are related by the order-reversal duality (Remark reference). Also show that for an additive category, \(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Déc}^0X)=\mathrm{C}(X)[1]\); see Remark reference.

Continuing the preceding exercise, show that \(d_0:X_1\to X_0\) (respectively, \(d_1:X_1\to X_0\)) gives an augmentation of \(\mathrm{Déc}_0X\) (respectively, \(\mathrm{Déc}^0X\)), with \(X_0\) as the term of degree \(-1\). Show further that, after augmentation, \(\mathrm{Déc}_0X\) is right contractible and \(\mathrm{Déc}^0X\) is left contractible; see Definition reference. Hint. It suffices to treat \(\mathrm{Déc}_0X\). Take \(k_{n-1}:=s_n:X_n\to X_{n+1}\).

Prove that a small category \(\mathcal{C}\) is a groupoid (that is, all its morphisms are invertible) if and only if \(\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\) satisfies the following condition: for every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\) and \(0\leq i\leq n\), every morphism \(\Lambda^n_i\to\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\) can be extended to \(\Delta^n\to\mathrm{N}\mathcal{C}\), without requiring uniqueness. A simplicial set satisfying this extension condition is called a Kan complex.

Continue the discussion of Example reference. Show that the normalized complex \(\overline{\mathsf{L}}\), after being reversed into a chain complex, is isomorphic to \(\mathrm{N}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma)\). Hint. First use Proposition reference to identify \(\mathrm{N}(X)\) with a quotient of \(\mathrm{C}(X)\).

Let \(\Gamma\) be a monoid. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}\text{-}}\Gamma\) for the category of all small sets with a right \(\Gamma\)-action.

  1. Describe explicitly the free–forgetful adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-119-d003}\] together with its unit and counit morphisms. Show that the corresponding monad \(T\) gives an equivalence \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}\text{-}}\Gamma\simeq\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^T\). Hint. The functor \(\mathrm{F}\) sends a set \(X\) to \(X\times\Gamma\), with \(\Gamma\) acting by right multiplication on the second component. The unit morphism is \(x\mapsto(x,1)\), while the counit morphism is the action map.

  2. For every right \(\Gamma\)-set \(X\), describe the corresponding simplicial object \(\mathrm{Bar}(X)\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}\text{-}}\Gamma\); see Examples reference and reference.

  3. Take the one-point set \(X=\{\mathrm{pt}\}\) with trivial right \(\Gamma\)-action. Show that the corresponding simplicial object is isomorphic to \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\) of Example reference; it becomes a simplicial object in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}\text{-}}\Gamma\) via the right \(\Gamma\)-action on each \((\mathrm{E}\Gamma)_n\).

Fix a group \(\Gamma\). In Example reference, take the group algebra \(R=\Bbbk[\Gamma]\) and take \(M\) to be the trivial \(\Gamma\)-module \(\Bbbk\); see Example reference. Show that the corresponding \(\epsilon_{\Bbbk}:\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(\Bbbk))\to\Bbbk\) is isomorphic to the resolution \(\mathsf{L}=(\mathsf{L}_n,\partial'_n)_n\to\Bbbk\) of Proposition reference. Hint. Use equation.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \(\mathcal{A}=\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), with \(\otimes=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\). Let \(\Gamma\) be a group. Consider the simplicial object \(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma\) of Example reference. Apply Definition reference of the Alexander–Whitney morphism to \(X:=\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma\boxtimes\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma\), and then consider the morphism \[\mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma) \to \mathrm{C}(\underbracket{\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma \otimes \Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma}_{\simeq \Bbbk(\mathrm{E}\Gamma \times \mathrm{E}\Gamma)}) \xrightarrow{\overline{\mathrm{AW}}} \mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma) \otimes \mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma).\] The first arrow is induced by the diagonal embedding of simplicial sets \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\to\mathrm{E}\Gamma\times\mathrm{E}\Gamma\). In view of Example reference, the composite can also be regarded as a morphism of chain complexes \[\mathsf{L} \to \mathsf{L} \otimes \mathsf{L}.\] Use this to interpret the morphism \(\Delta:\mathsf{L}\to\mathsf{L}\otimes\mathsf{L}\) used in the definition of the cup product in group cohomology; see Lemma reference (ii). Hint. Substitution of the definition of \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}\) shows that the \((p,q)\) component of the composite morphism differs from that in Lemma reference (ii) by a factor \((-1)^{pq}\). This difference arises because the discussion there uses \((\mathsf{L}_n,\partial_n)_n\), whereas Example reference uses \((\mathsf{L}_n,\partial'_n)_n\). At the level of the simplicial set \(\mathrm{E}\Gamma\), the two differ by order reversal (Remark reference). Observe that order-reversal duality interchanges the roles of \(\lambda^n_p\) and \(\rho^n_q\) in \(\overline{\mathrm{AW}}\), or equivalently interchanges the two copies of \(\mathrm{C}(\Bbbk\mathrm{E}\Gamma)\).

Consider a comonad \((L,\delta,\epsilon)\) on a category \(\mathcal{D}\). For every \(\mathcal{M}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), if \(\epsilon_{\mathcal{M}}:L\mathcal{M}\to\mathcal{M}\) has a right inverse \(f:\mathcal{M}\to L\mathcal{M}\), then \(\mathcal{M}\) is called an \(L\)-projective object. Dually, from a monad \((T,\mu,\eta)\) on a category \(\mathcal{C}\), we define a \(T\)-injective object in \(\mathcal{C}\).

By duality, the following discussion focuses mainly on the concept of \(L\)-projectivity. By the method of Example reference, we obtain in \(\operatorname{End}(\mathcal{D})\) an augmented simplicial object \((L^{n+1})_{n\geq-1}\); the data \(d_i\), \(s_j\), and so forth are omitted from the notation. For an \(L\)-projective object \(\mathcal{M}\) and a corresponding \(f\), define \[k_n := L^{n+1} f : L^{n+1} \mathcal{M} \to L^{n+2} \mathcal{M}, \quad n \geq -1.\] Prove that this makes the augmented simplicial object \((L^{n+1}\mathcal{M})_{n\geq-1}\) right contractible (Definition reference). Hint. We know that \(\epsilon_{\mathcal{M}}k_{-1}=\epsilon_{\mathcal{M}}f =\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{M}}\). Applying \(L^{n+1}\) to both sides gives \(d_{n+1}k_n=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{L^{n+1}\mathcal{M}}\), while naturality ensures that \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-120-d001} \quad\text{commutes, that is,}\; d_0 k_0 = f\epsilon_{\mathcal{M}} = k_{-1} \epsilon_{\mathcal{M}}.\] Replace \(f\) by \(L^{n-i}f\), and then apply \(L^i\) to the corresponding diagram. The same method gives \(d_ik_n=k_{n-1}d_i\) for \(0\leq i\leq n\).

For a ring \(R\), the free–forgetful adjoint pair \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\leftrightarrows R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) determines a comonad \(L\) on \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Prove that a left \(R\)-module is \(L\)-projective if and only if it is a projective module.

Consider an adjoint pair \(\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-120-diagram-002}\) and the corresponding comonad \((L,\delta,\epsilon)=(FG,F\eta G,\epsilon)\) on \(\mathcal{D}\) (Example reference). Prove that every object of the form \(F\mathcal{N}\), for \(\mathcal{N}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), is \(L\)-projective. Consequently, for every \(\mathcal{M}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), every term of the simplicial object \((L^{n+1}\mathcal{M})_{n\geq0}\) is \(L\)-projective. Hint. Take \(f=F\eta_{\mathcal{N}}:F(\mathcal{N})\to FGF(\mathcal{N}) =L(F(\mathcal{N}))\). Then \(\epsilon_{F(\mathcal{N})}f=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{F(\mathcal{N})}\) is precisely one of the triangle identities of the adjunction.

Continue to consider the comonad \(L\) arising from the adjoint pair \((F,G)\). Show that \(\mathcal{P}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) is \(L\)-projective if and only if it has the following lifting property. For every pair of morphisms \(\alpha:\mathcal{M}_1\to\mathcal{M}_2\) and \(\phi:\mathcal{P}\to\mathcal{M}_2\) in \(\mathcal{D}\), if \(G\alpha\) has a right inverse, then there is a morphism \(\beta:\mathcal{P}\to\mathcal{M}_1\) such that \(\phi=\alpha\beta\). Hint. For the “if” direction, apply the lifting property to \(\alpha:=\epsilon_{\mathcal{P}}:FG(\mathcal{P})\to\mathcal{P}\) and \(\phi:=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). For the “only if” direction, first explain why \(\mathcal{P}\) in the lifting property can be replaced by \(FG(\mathcal{P})\), and then use the adjunction to show that \[\alpha_*:\operatorname{Hom}(FG(\mathcal{P}),\mathcal{M}_1)\to \operatorname{Hom}(FG(\mathcal{P}),\mathcal{M}_2)\] is surjective.

For an arbitrary commutative ring \(\Bbbk\) and a homomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(S\to R\), consider the adjoint pairs \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter8-unit-120-d002} \end{equation*}\] which give a comonad \(L\) and a monad \(T\), respectively, on \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). Use the lifting property above, or its dual, to determine necessary and sufficient conditions for a left \(R\)-module \(M\) to be an \(L\)-projective (respectively, \(T\)-injective) object, and compare these conditions with projectivity (respectively, injectivity) of modules.

On this basis one can construct a theory called relative homological algebra; see [Ho56]. Its distinguishing feature is that it considers only those exact sequences of \(R\)-modules that are split exact over \(S\). The next exercise examines relative versions of the \(\operatorname{Tor}\) and \(\operatorname{Ext}\) functors.

Consider an adjoint pair between abelian categories \(\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-120-diagram-004}\). Prove for every \(\mathcal{M}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\) that:

  1. There is an object \(\mathcal{P}_\bullet\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{D})\) together with a morphism \(\epsilon:\mathcal{P}_\bullet\to\mathcal{M}\) such that

    • each \(\mathcal{P}_n\) is \(L\)-projective for \(n\geq0\);

    • the identity morphism on \(\cdots\to G\mathcal{P}_1\to G\mathcal{P}_0\to G\mathcal{M}\to0\) is null-homotopic; in other words, this is a split exact complex.

    Hint. Apply Proposition reference.

  2. For any two morphisms \(\epsilon:\mathcal{P}_\bullet\to\mathcal{M}\) and \(\epsilon':\mathcal{P}'_\bullet\to\mathcal{M}\) satisfying the conditions above, there is a homotopy equivalence \(f:\mathcal{P}\to\mathcal{P}'\) such that \(\epsilon'f=\epsilon\). Hint. Use the lifting property introduced above.

(M. Barr, J. M. Beck) Let \(L\) be a comonad on a category \(\mathcal{D}\). Write \(\mathrm{Bar}(\mathcal{M})\) for the simplicial object obtained by evaluating the construction of Example reference at \(\mathcal{M}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\). For every abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) and functor \(E:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{A}\), define the comonad homology of \((L,E)\) to be the family of objects in \(\mathcal{A}\) \[\operatorname{H}^L_n(E; \mathcal{M}) := \operatorname{H}_n\left( \mathrm{C}(E\mathrm{Bar}(\mathcal{M})) \right), \quad n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0},\] where \(E\mathrm{Bar}(\mathcal{M})\) means that \(E\) is applied to every term of \(\mathrm{Bar}(\mathcal{M})\). Dually, if \(T\) is a monad on a category \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{A}\) is a functor to an abelian category, one can similarly define the value of the monad cohomology \((T,F)\) at \(\mathcal{N}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\); we omit the details.

  1. Write down the natural morphism \(\operatorname{H}^L_0(E;\mathcal{M})\to E\mathcal{M}\) and show that it is an isomorphism if \(\mathcal{M}\) is \(L\)-projective.

  2. Suppose that \(L\) arises from an adjoint pair \((F,G)\) between abelian categories and that \(E\) is an additive functor. Prove that if \(\mathcal{P}_\bullet\to\mathcal{M}\) is a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ch}}_{\geq0}(\mathcal{D})\) satisfying

    • every \(\mathcal{P}_n\) is \(L\)-projective for \(n\geq0\);

    • the identity morphism on \(\cdots\to G\mathcal{P}_1\to G\mathcal{P}_0\to G\mathcal{M}\to0\) is null-homotopic,

    then \(\operatorname{H}^L_n(E;\mathcal{M})\simeq\operatorname{H}_n(E\mathcal{P}_\bullet)\). Thus comonad homology can be computed using such \(L\)-projective resolutions.

  3. Continue under the assumptions above. A pair of morphisms \(\mathcal{M}'\to\mathcal{M}\to\mathcal{M}''\) in \(\mathcal{D}\) is called a \(G\)-split short exact sequence if, after applying \(G\), it becomes a split short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{C}\). Prove that a \(G\)-split short exact sequence naturally induces a long exact sequence for \(\operatorname{H}^L_n(E;\mathord\cdot)\).

(G. Hochschild [Ho56]) For an arbitrary commutative ring \(\Bbbk\) and a homomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(S\to R\), consider the comonad \(L\) on \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) determined by the adjoint pair \[\text{Diagram chapter8-unit-120-d003}\] For a right \(R\)-module \(A\) and left \(R\)-modules \(B,N\), define the \(\Bbbk\)-modules \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Tor}^{R|S}_n(A, N) & := \operatorname{H}^L_n\left( A \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}}(\cdot) ; N \right), \\ \operatorname{Ext}_{R|S}^n(N, B) & := \operatorname{H}^L_n\left( \operatorname{Hom}_R(\cdot, B) ; N \right), \end{align*}\] where \(\operatorname{Hom}_R(\mathord\cdot,B)\) is regarded as a functor \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to S\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}^{\operatorname{op}}\). These are called the relative \(\operatorname{Tor}\) and relative \(\operatorname{Ext}\) functors.

  1. Show that both are functorial in every variable. Describe the corresponding chain complexes explicitly, and show that \[\operatorname{Tor}^{R|S}_0(A, N) \simeq A \ensuremath{\underset{R}{\otimes}} N, \quad \operatorname{Ext}_{R|S}^0(N, B) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_R(N, B).\]

  2. Show that the bifunctor \(\operatorname{Tor}^{R|S}_n\) has a “balanced” property analogous to Theorem reference.1

  3. Prove that if \(I\) is a two-sided ideal of \(S\) and \(R=S/I\), then for \(n>0\), \(\operatorname{Tor}_n^{R|S}=0=\operatorname{Ext}^n_{R|S}\). Thus relative \(\operatorname{Tor}\) and relative \(\operatorname{Ext}\) differ from their absolute versions in §reference. Hint. In this case \(L=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}}\).

  4. Write \(R^e=R\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}R^{\operatorname{op}}\). Prove that \(\operatorname{HH}_n(M)\simeq\operatorname{Tor}^{R^e|\Bbbk}_n(M,R)\) and \(\operatorname{HH}^n(M)\simeq\operatorname{Ext}_{R^e|\Bbbk}^n(R,M)\); see Example reference. Hint. Reduce the problem to the assertion that \(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{Bar}(R))_n=R\otimes R^{\otimes n}\otimes R\) is an \(L\)-projective \(R^e\)-module.

end


  1. The \(\operatorname{Ext}_{R|S}^n\) case is not discussed because it involves the notion of monad cohomology, which we have not developed here; see the references for details.↩︎

Duality

The notion of duality originates in the theory of vector spaces. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field, and denote the dual space of a \(\Bbbk\)-vector space \(V\) by \(V^\vee:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(V,\Bbbk)\). There are

  • the evaluation map \(\mathrm{ev}:V\otimes V^\vee\to\Bbbk\), which sends \(v\otimes\lambda\) to \(\lambda(v)\);

  • if \(V\) is finite-dimensional, also the coevaluation map \(\mathrm{coev}:\Bbbk\to V^\vee\otimes V\), which sends \(1\) to \(\sum_{i=1}^n\check{v}_i\otimes v_i\), where \((v_i)_{i=1}^n\) is any basis of \(V\) and \((\check{v}_i)_{i=1}^n\) its dual basis.

In the finite-dimensional case, they satisfy the fundamental identities \[(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{V^\vee} \otimes \mathrm{ev})(\mathrm{coev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{V^\vee}) = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{V^\vee}, \quad (\mathrm{ev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_V) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_V \otimes \mathrm{coev}) = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_V.\] In a general monoidal category, the duality data defined in §reference directly generalize the situation above: they consist of a pair of objects \((L,R)\) together with morphisms \(\mathrm{ev}:L\otimes R\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) and \(\mathrm{coev}:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to R\otimes L\) satisfying the preceding fundamental identities. In this situation, \(R\) is called a right dual of \(L\), while \(L\) is called a left dual of \(R\). A monoidal category in which every object has a left dual (respectively, a right dual) is called left rigid (respectively, right rigid). For braided monoidal categories, §reference will explain how the two kinds of dual are related. Thus, if an object \(X\) has a dual, we can define the trace \(\operatorname{Tr}(f)\) of \(f\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) and subsequently its dimension \(\dim X:=\operatorname{Tr}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\). Both are elements of \(\operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\). Strictly speaking, each has a left and a right version, but the two need not be distinguished in a symmetric monoidal category. This book mainly discusses abelian categories equipped with symmetric monoidal structures, such as categories of modules over commutative rings (see Proposition reference). As long as the reader understands the usefulness of dual vector spaces, the value of this generalization will be self-evident. Duality becomes still more powerful in the setting of \(2\)-categories, but that lies beyond the scope of this book. Examples of duality are the subject of §reference. The examples closest to algebra are the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}A\) of finite-dimensional right \(A\)-modules for a \(\Bbbk\)-Hopf algebra \(A\), and its comodule counterpart \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}A\) (Proposition reference). In both cases, duality reflects properties of the antipode \(S:A\to A\). Examples involving Hopf algebras are important in the study of quantum groups and also prepare the way for the theory of Tannakian categories. The material in §§referencereference of this chapter concerns the coalgebra reconstruction problem. For every coalgebra \(L\), the abelian category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L\) is locally finite (Definition reference) and comes equipped with a faithful exact forgetful functor \(U:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\). The reconstruction problem asks for a converse:

How can one construct a coalgebra \(L\) from a locally finite \(\Bbbk\)-linear abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) and a faithful exact functor \(\omega:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\) in such a way that \((\mathcal{A},\omega)\) is naturally equivalent to \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L,U)\)?

The approach taken in this chapter uses the coendomorphism coalgebra \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)=\operatorname{coE}_{\Bbbk}(\omega)\) of the functor \(\omega\) (Definition–Proposition reference). This coalgebra coacts on each \(\omega(X)\) and is “universal” with respect to these coactions. The proof of the coalgebra reconstruction theorem, Theorem reference, involves the theory of comonads from §reference, basic Morita theory from §reference, a technical result about locally finite abelian categories from §reference, and the Ind-ization introduced in §reference. If \((\mathcal{A},\omega)\) is equipped with a monoidal structure, then \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) also becomes a bialgebra. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is both left and right rigid, then \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) is even a Hopf algebra (Theorem reference). The presentation in this part mainly follows [Del90]. After all these preparations, §reference will introduce the precise definition of a Tannakian category. These are symmetric monoidal categories \(\mathcal{T}\) with special properties. The formal definition is due to N. Saavedra Rivano and P. Deligne, while its motivation goes back to work of Tadao Tannaka and his successors. Among the conditions in Definition reference, the most prominent is the existence of a nonzero commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(B\) and a right exact monoidal functor \(\omega:\mathcal{T}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) compatible with the braiding; this is called a fiber functor for \(\mathcal{T}\) over \(B\). The setting of algebraic geometry requires that \(B\) be allowed to be general, but many elementary applications involve only neutral fiber functors. In that case, \(\omega\) is a faithful exact functor with values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\). The corresponding neutral Tannakian reconstruction theorem, Theorem reference, is simply an application of the preceding results: it states that \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) is a commutative Hopf algebra and identifies \((\mathcal{T},\omega)\) with \((\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega),U)\). 1 Many properties of \((\mathcal{T},\omega)\) are thereby translated into properties of this Hopf algebra. For a general fiber functor, Corollary reference relates the commutative Hopf algebra \(\operatorname{coE}_B(\omega)\) over \(B\) to the group \(\operatorname{Aut}^\otimes(\omega)\) of \(\otimes\)-automorphisms of \(\omega\). All the information about \(\operatorname{coE}_B(\omega)\) is contained in \(\operatorname{Aut}^\otimes\), provided the latter is understood as a group functor \(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) rather than merely as a single group. This viewpoint is entirely natural in algebraic geometry. Finally, §reference returns to the historical origins of Tannakian categories. Using the preceding theory, it explains how to reconstruct a finite group \(G\) from the category \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) of finite-dimensional \(G\)-modules (Definition reference), together with the forgetful functor \(\omega\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\). Since in abstract harmonic analysis \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) is in some sense a “dual” of \(G\), this result is also called the finite-group version of the Tannaka–Krein duality theorem. In fact, once it is known that \(G\)-modules are the same as right comodules over the function space \(C(G)\), the desired isomorphism \(G\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Aut}^\otimes(\omega)\) has a shorter proof. The detour through the reconstruction theorem is taken only to explain the origin of Tannakian categories.

Duality in Monoidal Categories

We first introduce a notion that applies to all monoidal categories and then refine it step by step.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a monoidal category and \(L,R\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). If there are morphisms \[\mathrm{ev}: L \otimes R \to \ensuremath{\bm{1}}, \quad \mathrm{coev}: \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to R \otimes L\] such that the following two composites are \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_R\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_L\), respectively, then \(L\) is called a left dual of \(R\), while \(R\) is called a right dual of \(L\): \[\begin{gather*} R \simeq \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes R \xrightarrow{\mathrm{coev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_R} (R \otimes L) \otimes R \simeq R \otimes (L \otimes R) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_R \otimes \mathrm{ev}} R \otimes \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\simeq R, \\ L \simeq L \otimes \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_L \otimes \mathrm{coev}} L \otimes (R \otimes L) \simeq (L \otimes R) \otimes L \xrightarrow{\mathrm{ev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_L} \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes L \simeq L. \end{gather*}\] The quadruple \((L,R,\mathrm{ev},\mathrm{coev})\) is called duality data.

The morphisms \(\mathrm{ev}\) and \(\mathrm{coev}\) in duality data should be understood as “evaluation” and its dual. The unit constraints, associativity constraints, and placement of parentheses involved in the definition cause no difficulty and will often be suppressed from now on. Definition reference may remind the reader of the unit and counit morphisms of adjoint functors. Duality does indeed encompass the theory of adjoint functors, but to see this one must work in \(2\)-categories or more general structures; that lies beyond the scope of this book.

Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a monoidal functor between monoidal categories. Every duality datum \((L,R,\mathrm{ev},\mathrm{coev})\) in \(\mathcal{C}\) canonically induces the duality datum \((FL,FR,F\mathrm{ev},F\mathrm{coev})\) in \(\mathcal{D}\).

Proof. To interpret \((FL,FR,F\mathrm{ev},F\mathrm{coev})\) as duality data, it suffices to consider the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d001}\] The vertical arrows come from the monoidal-functor structure. The required property is therefore reduced to the corresponding property in \(\mathcal{C}\).

Definition–Proposition.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a monoidal category and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). If \(X\) has a right dual (respectively, a left dual), write its duality data as \((X,X^*,\mathrm{ev},\mathrm{coev})\) (respectively, \(({}^*X,X,\mathrm{ev},\mathrm{coev})\)). Then these data are unique up to unique isomorphism.

Thus, without ambiguity, we may speak of the right dual \(X^*\) (respectively, the left dual \({}^*X\)) of \(X\).

Proof. Reversing the order of \(\otimes\) turns left duals into right duals and vice versa, so it suffices to treat the case of \(X^*\). Suppose that the data \((X_i^*,\mathrm{ev}_i,\mathrm{coev}_i)\) give right duals of \(X\), for \(i=1,2\). First we prove uniqueness of the isomorphism. If \(\alpha:X_1^*\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X_2^*\) is compatible with the duality morphisms \(\mathrm{ev}_i\) and \(\mathrm{coev}_i\), then the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d002}\] By the definition of a right dual, the composite along the lower path is \((\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes\mathrm{ev}_2)(\mathrm{coev}_2\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}) =\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_2^*}\). The corresponding statement also holds for the inverse morphism \(\beta:X_2^*\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X_1^*\). Hence the desired morphisms \(\alpha:X_1^*\to X_2^*\) and \(\beta:X_2^*\to X_1^*\) can only be the composites \[\begin{gather*} X_1^* \xrightarrow{\mathrm{coev}_2 \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_1^*}} X_2^* \otimes X \otimes X_1^* \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_2^*} \otimes \mathrm{ev}_1} X_2^* , \\ X_2^* \xrightarrow{\mathrm{coev}_1 \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_2^*}} X_1^* \otimes X \otimes X_2^* \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_1^*} \otimes \mathrm{ev}_2} X_1^* . \end{gather*}\]

We now show that the \(\alpha\) and \(\beta\) defined above are indeed compatible with the duality morphisms. By symmetry, it suffices to consider \(\alpha\). The definition of a right dual gives the commutative diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d003} \quad \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d004}\] Their vertical composites are \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes\alpha\) and \(\alpha\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\), respectively, proving the required compatibility.

Next we prove that \(\alpha\) and \(\beta\) are mutually inverse. Again, it suffices to prove \(\beta\alpha=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). Consider the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d005}\] The three squares plainly commute, while the triangle commutes by the definition of a right dual. Hence the entire diagram commutes. The composite along \(\textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-diagram-006}\) is \(\beta\alpha\), while the composite along \(\textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-diagram-007}\) is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X_1^*}\). This completes the proof.

The relationship between left and right duals can be written as \({}^*(X^*)=X\) and \(({}^*X)^*=X\). Although duality data are often chosen in an argument or exposition, duality is fundamentally a property of an object, not additional structure.

Example. In every monoidal category, \[\ensuremath{\bm{1}}^* = \ensuremath{\bm{1}}= {}^* \ensuremath{\bm{1}},\] and the required morphisms \(\mathrm{ev}\) and \(\mathrm{coev}\) both arise from the unit constraint \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\simeq\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\).

Definition (N. Saavedra Rivano).

If every object in a monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\) has a left dual (respectively, a right dual), then \(\mathcal{C}\) is called a left rigid (respectively, right rigid) category.

The idea behind the proof of Definition–Proposition reference is actually simple, but its execution produces many formulas and commutative diagrams. In arguments involving duality, a visualization technique called a string diagram is very useful; compare §reference or [Li1]. More precisely, objects are drawn as vertices and morphisms as arrows, with composition read from top to bottom. For example, \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\), \(f:X\to Y\), \(g:Y\to Z\), and \(gf\) are drawn, respectively, as

Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d006

Thus, pre- or postcomposing a morphism with \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) amounts to extending its arrow. The \(\otimes\)-product of morphisms is represented by placing their arrows side by side; for example, \(f\otimes g\) is drawn as

Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d007

Since \(X\otimes\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\simeq X\simeq\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes X\), the unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) can be omitted from a string diagram; in other words, the string has no end at that point. If the dual exists, the morphisms \(\mathrm{ev}:X\otimes X^*\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) and \(\mathrm{coev}:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to X^*\otimes X\) are therefore drawn, respectively, as

Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d008

Under the same assumptions, the identities in Definition reference, \[(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X \otimes \mathrm{ev}) (\mathrm{coev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X ) = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X = (\mathrm{ev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X \otimes \mathrm{coev})\] are represented by \[\begin{equation} \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d009} \quad = \quad \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d010} \quad = \quad \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d011} \end{equation}\] provided, of course, that the duals in question exist. These diagrams give Definition reference the operational flavor of “straightening a string.” In some of the literature, the diagrams above are drawn after a rotation by \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) and are therefore also called the Z identities.

By the correspondence between algebraic identities and operations on string diagrams, basic algebraic identities involving duality can be found simply by following the diagrams, or even proved directly from them. As an exercise, the reader may try to rewrite the proof of Definition–Proposition reference as a simple diagram. The following result shows that duality naturally reverses the order of \(\otimes\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a monoidal category and \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\).

  1. If \(X\) and \(Y\) have left duals \({}^*X\) and \({}^*Y\), respectively, then \({}^*Y\otimes{}^*X\) is a left dual of \(X\otimes Y\). The corresponding data can be depicted in terms of the duality data of \(X\) and \(Y\) as \[\begin{equation*} \mathrm{ev}_{X \otimes Y} = \left[ \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d012}\right], \quad \mathrm{coev}_{X \otimes Y} = \left[ \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d013}\right]. \end{equation*}\]

  2. If \(X\) and \(Y\) have right duals \(X^*\) and \(Y^*\), respectively, then \(Y^*\otimes X^*\) is a right dual of \(X\otimes Y\). The corresponding data can be depicted in terms of the duality data of \(X\) and \(Y\) as \[\begin{equation*} \mathrm{ev}_{X \otimes Y} = \left[ \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d014}\right], \quad \mathrm{coev}_{X \otimes Y} = \left[ \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d015}\right]. \end{equation*}\]

Proof. We must verify the identities in Definition reference, namely the Z identities equation. Equivalently, we must check that \[\begin{align*} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d016} & = \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d017}, \\ \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d018} & = \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d019} \end{align*}\] Strictly speaking, the diagrams on the left should be stretched in the vertical direction as in equation: insert several copies of \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\), shift them horizontally as appropriate, and then straighten them. The identities above are then clear. The corresponding formal verification is based on the various naturality properties of the unit constraints; the details are left to the interested reader.

Definition.

Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in a monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\). Suppose that \(X\) and \(Y\) both have left duals \({}^*X\) and \({}^*Y\) (respectively, right duals \(X^*\) and \(Y^*\)). The left dual morphism \({}^*f:{}^*Y\to{}^*X\) (respectively, the right dual morphism \(f^*:Y^*\to X^*\)) of \(f\) is defined as follows: \[\begin{equation*} \begin{aligned} {}^* f := (\mathrm{ev}_Y \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes f \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \mathrm{coev}_X) \; & \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d020}, \\ f^* := (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \mathrm{ev}_Y) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes f \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}) (\mathrm{coev}_X \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}) \; & \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-121-d021}. \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\]


  1. Translator’s note: the source prints the second pair as \((\operatorname{coE}(\omega),U)\). Since the first component of that pair must be a category carrying the forgetful functor \(U\), the well-typed expression is \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\).↩︎

From the relationship between left and right duals and Definition–Proposition reference, one checks that \({}^* (f^*) = f = ({}^* f)^*\); this is immediately apparent upon drawing a “diagram within a diagram”. Moreover, \({}^* (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X) = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{{}^* X}\) and \((\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)^* = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^*}\) follow directly from the definitions. Here are two useful sets of identities concerning the left and right duals of \(f: X \to Y\); once again, the diagrams provide the proof. \[\begin{gather} \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d001} = \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d002} \qquad \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d003} = \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d004} \\ \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d005} \; = \; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d006} \qquad \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d007} \; = \; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d008} \end{gather}\]

Proposition. Let \(X \xrightarrow{f} Y \xrightarrow{g} Z\) be morphisms in a monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\). If all these objects have left duals (respectively, right duals), then \({}^* (gf) = {}^* f \; {}^* g\) (respectively, \((gf)^* = f^* g^*\)).

Proof. Apply the Zorro identity equation; one picture is worth a thousand words.

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a left rigid (respectively, right rigid) category, and equip \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\) with the monoidal structure that reverses both the arrows and the order of the arguments of \(\otimes\). Then there is a monoidal functor \(\mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\) sending an object \(X\) to \({}^* X\) (respectively, \(X^*\)) and a morphism \(f\) to \({}^* f\) (respectively, \(f^*\)).

Somewhat surprisingly, every morphism between monoidal functors whose source is a left or right rigid category must be an isomorphism. This helps explain the meaning of the term “rigid”.

Proposition. Let \(F, G: \mathcal{C} \rightrightarrows \mathcal{D}\) be monoidal functors between monoidal categories. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is left rigid (respectively, right rigid), then every morphism \(\varphi: F \to G\) of monoidal functors is an isomorphism. In fact, \((\varphi_X)^{-1} = \left(\varphi_{{}^* X}\right)^*\) (respectively, \({}^* \left( \varphi_{X^*} \right)\)).

Proof. It suffices to consider the left rigid case. Fix \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), together with its left dual \({}^* X\) and the data \(\mathrm{ev}\) and \(\mathrm{coev}\). We have the commutative diagrams \[\begin{equation*} \begin{gathered} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d009} \\ \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d010} \end{gathered} \end{equation*}\] Moreover, Proposition reference shows that composition along the two rows makes \(F({}^* X)\) and \(G({}^* X)\) into left duals of \(F(X)\) and \(G(X)\), respectively. Thus \((\varphi_{{}^* X})^*: G(X) \to F(X)\) is defined. We thereby obtain the following diagrammatic identities: \[\begin{equation*} \begin{aligned} \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d011} & = \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d012}, \\ \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d013} & = \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d014}, \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\] By equation, the two right-hand sides are \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{GX}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{FX}\), respectively. This proves that \(\left(\varphi_{{}^* X}\right)^*\) is indeed the inverse of \(\varphi_X\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a monoidal category and let \(X, Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\).

  1. If \(X\) has a left dual \({}^* X\), there are mutually inverse bijections \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \xleftrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}, Y \otimes {}^* X)\) as follows. \[\begin{equation*} \begin{aligned} \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d015} & \; \longmapsto \; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d016} \\ \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d017} & \; \longmapsfrom \; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d018} \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\]

  2. If \(X\) has a right dual \(X^*\), there are mutually inverse bijections \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \xleftrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}, X^* \otimes Y)\) as follows. \[\begin{equation*} \begin{aligned} \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d019} & \; \longmapsto \; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d020} \\ \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d021} & \; \longmapsfrom \; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d022} \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\]

  3. More generally, whenever the duals in question exist, there are canonical bijections \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d023}\] and \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-122-d024}\]

Proof. For (i) and (ii), checking that the displayed maps are mutually inverse is merely an application of equation. The same idea, expressed by a slightly more awkward diagram, also proves (iii).

In the settings of (i) and (ii), it is easy to describe composition of morphisms on the element \(\varphi\) on the right-hand side of the bijection (hint: apply the morphism \(\mathrm{ev}\)). These canonical operations lead to the following result.

Corollary.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a left rigid (respectively, right rigid) category in the sense of Definition reference. Defining the internal \(\operatorname{Hom}\) by \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\text{left}}(X, Y) := Y \otimes {}^* X\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}_{\text{right}}(X, Y) := X^* \otimes Y\)) makes \(\mathcal{C}\) a right closed (respectively, left closed) monoidal category in the sense of Definition reference.

Proof. Apply Proposition reference (iii) to Definition reference; the remaining verifications are routine.

Corollary. Let \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\).

  • If \(X\) has a left dual \({}^* X\), then \((\cdot) \otimes X\) preserves all small \(\varinjlim\), while \(X \otimes (\cdot)\) preserves all small \(\varprojlim\).

  • If \(X\) has a right dual \(X^*\), then \((\cdot) \otimes X\) preserves all small \(\varprojlim\), while \(X \otimes (\cdot)\) preserves all small \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. Consider the case in which \(X\) has a left dual \({}^* X\). Proposition reference (iii) implies that the functor \((\cdot) \otimes X\) has right adjoint \((\cdot) \otimes {}^* X\), whereas the functor \(X \otimes (\cdot) \simeq ({}^* X)^* \otimes (\cdot)\) has left adjoint \({}^* X \otimes (\cdot)\).

Reversing the order of \(\otimes\) in the preceding argument gives the case in which \(X\) has a right dual \(X^*\).

Duality: Trace and Dimension

In §reference we introduced several concepts related to duality. Each comes in left and right versions, depending on the position of the object in \(\otimes\). In many applications the monoidal category under consideration is symmetric, so there is no need to distinguish the two. We begin with the case of a braided monoidal category. As usual, its braiding is written in the form \[c(X,Y): X \otimes Y \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}Y \otimes X\] The braiding is symmetric precisely when \(c(X,Y)^{-1}=c(Y,X)\). Braid diagrams may be used together with the string-diagram techniques introduced in §reference.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a braided monoidal category. If \(X^*\) is a right dual of \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), then \(X^*\) is also a left dual of \(X\). More precisely, define \[\begin{align*} \mathrm{ev}' & := \mathrm{ev} \circ c(X, X^*)^{-1}: X^* \otimes X \to \ensuremath{\bm{1}}, \\ \mathrm{coev}' & := c(X^*, X) \circ \mathrm{coev}: \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to X \otimes X^* , \end{align*}\] Then \((X^*,X,\mathrm{ev}',\mathrm{coev}')\) is duality data. The case of a left dual \({}^*X\) is similar. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is symmetric monoidal, then \(\mathrm{ev}''=\mathrm{ev}\) and \(\mathrm{coev}''=\mathrm{coev}\) as well.

Proof. This is an application of the axioms of a braiding. For example, \((\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes\mathrm{ev}')(\mathrm{coev}'\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}) =\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) reduces to the commutativity of the following diagram: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d001}\] The small square commutes by functoriality of the braiding, whereas the large square on the right is a standard braid-diagram argument; compare §reference.

Thus an object \(X\) in a braided monoidal category has a left dual if and only if it has a right dual. In a symmetric monoidal category we may identify the two versions and uniformly denote dual objects and dual morphisms by \(X^*\) and \(f^*\). The most typical example is, of course, the category of modules over a commutative ring. With the tensor product of modules it is a symmetric monoidal category, and duality in it has a simple characterization.

Proposition. Let \(R\) be a commutative ring, and make \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) into a symmetric monoidal category via \(\otimes_R\). An \(R\)-module \(M\) has a dual \(M^*\) if and only if \(M\) is finitely generated and projective. In that case one may take \(M^*:=\operatorname{Hom}_R(M,R)\), with \(\mathrm{ev}_M\) and \(\mathrm{coev}_M\) as in Definition reference (take \(A=B=\Bbbk=R\) and \(P=M\); the present \(M^*\) is denoted there by \(M^\vee\)), up to possibly reversing the order of the tensor factors.

Proof. The “if” direction is easier, since the choice of \((M^*,\mathrm{ev}_M,\mathrm{coev}_M)\) is explicit. In the special case \(M=R\), we may identify \(M^*\) with \(R\), and then \(\mathrm{ev}_M(x\otimes y)=xy\) and \(\mathrm{coev}_M(1)=1\otimes1\); all required identities are immediate.

The construction of \((M^*,\mathrm{ev}_M,\mathrm{coev}_M)\) is plainly compatible with direct sums, giving the case \(M=R^{\oplus n}\). Every finitely generated projective module \(M\) is a direct summand of some \(R^{\oplus n}\); hence \(M\) has a dual.

Now consider the “only if” direction. Suppose the \(R\)-module \(M\) has a dual \(M^*\). By Proposition reference (ii), for every \(R\)-module \(M'\) there is an isomorphism of \(R\)-modules \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d002}\]

Taking \(M'=R\), we obtain \(\operatorname{Hom}_R(M,R)\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_R(R,M^*)\simeq M^*\). This isomorphism sends \(\lambda\in M^*\) to the following homomorphism: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d003}\] Thus \(M^*\) may be identified with \(\operatorname{Hom}_R(M,R)\) and \(\mathrm{ev}_M\) with evaluation.

Consider the identity \((\mathrm{ev}_M\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M) (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\otimes\mathrm{coev}_M)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\). Write \(\mathrm{coev}_M(1)=\sum_{i=1}^n\lambda_i\otimes m_i\). This identity is equivalent to \(\sum_i\lambda_i(m)m_i=m\) for every \(m\), that is, \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\) factors as \[M \xrightarrow{(\lambda_1, \ldots, \lambda_n)} R^{\oplus n} \xrightarrow{(m_1, \ldots, m_n)} M,\] This shows that \(M\) is a direct summand of \(R^{\oplus n}\).

Definition.

For a braided monoidal category, left rigidity and right rigidity in Definition reference are equivalent. A braided monoidal category satisfying either condition is called a rigid category.

Once an abelian category structure is added, the unit object of a rigid braided monoidal category displays a special property. We first prove that \(\otimes\) is automatically additive in each variable.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a rigid braided monoidal category. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is also an additive category, then \(\otimes\) is an additive bifunctor.

Proof. Fix \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). Proposition reference (iii) implies that the functor \(X\otimes(\cdot)\) has right adjoint \(X^*\otimes(\cdot)\). Thus Corollary reference (v) ensures that \(X\otimes(\cdot)\) is additive. By the braiding, the same holds for \((\cdot)\otimes X\).

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be both a rigid braided monoidal category and an abelian category. If \(\iota:U\hookrightarrow\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is a subobject, then \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}=U\oplus\operatorname{ker}(\iota^*)\). Consequently:

  1. the object \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is split (Definition reference);

  2. if \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{C}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) is a field, then \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is a simple object.

Proof. Set \(V:=\operatorname{coker}(\iota)\). We know that \(\otimes\) is an exact additive functor in each variable (Corollary reference and Proposition reference). We therefore obtain the following commutative diagram, whose solid-line rows are exact: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d004}\] The composite represented by the dashed arrow is \(0\). Hence \(U\otimes V=0\) and \(U\otimes U\simeq U\).

For every object \(T\), the same argument gives a monomorphism \(\iota\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T:U\otimes T\hookrightarrow T\). Thus \(U\otimes T=0\) if and only if \(\iota\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T=0\). In turn, this is equivalent to the vanishing of the corresponding morphism \(T\to U^*\otimes T\) under Proposition reference (iii). It is not hard to show that the latter morphism is precisely \(\iota^*\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T\) (exercise in this chapter). Therefore, for every object \(X\), the largest subobject \(T\subset X\) satisfying \(U\otimes T=0\) is the largest subobject for which \(T\to U^*\otimes T\hookrightarrow U^*\otimes X\) vanishes, and this is also \[\operatorname{ker}\left[ \iota^* \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X: X \to U^* \otimes X \right] \simeq \operatorname{ker}(\iota^*) \otimes X.\]

  • Apply this to \(X=V\) and use \(U\otimes V=0\); we obtain \(\operatorname{ker}(\iota^*)\otimes V\simeq V\).

  • Apply this to \(X=U\). Since every subobject \(T\) of \(U\) is also a subobject of \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\), we have \(U\otimes T\supset T\otimes T\simeq T\). Consequently, \(\operatorname{ker}(\iota^*)\otimes U=0\).

Substituting these two results into the short exact sequence \[0 \to \operatorname{ker}(\iota^*) \otimes U \to \operatorname{ker}(\iota^*) \to \operatorname{ker}(\iota^*) \otimes V \to 0,\] immediately gives \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\supset\operatorname{ker}(\iota^*)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}V\). This splits the sequence \(0\to U\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to V\to0\). Since \(U\) was an arbitrary subobject, this is precisely the assertion that \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is split.

Finally, Corollary reference implies that if \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{C}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) is a field, then \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is indecomposable; hence \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is simple.

In any monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\), \(\operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) is a monoid, and it is easy to prove that it is commutative; see [Li1]. The unit constraint \(X\simeq\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\otimes X\) makes every element of \(\operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) act on each \(X\) by an endomorphism. These endomorphisms determine a monoid homomorphism \(\operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\to Z(\mathcal{C})\), where \(Z(\mathcal{C})\) denotes the center of the category \(\mathcal{C}\). By the general properties of the center, composition of morphisms is bilinear with respect to the action of \(\operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\): \[(z f) g = z(f g) = f (z g), \quad X \xrightarrow{g} Y \xrightarrow{f} Z, \quad z \in \operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}).\] Moreover, the axioms of \(\otimes\) (see [Li1]) readily imply that \(\otimes\) is bilinear as well: \[(zf_1) \otimes f_2 = z(f_1 \otimes f_2) = f_1 \otimes (z f_2), \quad f_i \in \operatorname{Hom}(X_i, Y_i), \quad z \in \operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}).\] Thus \(\operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) may be regarded as providing a kind of “scalars” for the monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\).

Definition.

Let \(f\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) be an endomorphism in a braided monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\), and suppose \(X\) has a dual. Define the left trace of \(f\) (abbreviated simply to trace) by \[\operatorname{Tr}(f) = \operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(f) := \mathrm{ev}_X \left( f \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^*} \right) \mathrm{coev}'_X \; \in \operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}),\] and define its right trace by \[\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}(f) := \mathrm{ev}'_X \left( \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{X^*} \otimes f \right) \mathrm{coev}_X,\] where \(\mathrm{coev}'_X\) and \(\mathrm{ev}'_X\) are as in Lemma reference. By Definition–Proposition reference, neither trace depends on the choice of duality data.

Definition.

Let \(X\) be an object of a braided monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\), and suppose \(X\) has a dual. Its left dimension (abbreviated simply to dimension) is defined by \[\dim X = \dim_{\text{left}} X := \operatorname{Tr}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X) \; \in \operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}),\] and its right dimension is defined by \(\dim_{\text{right}}X:=\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X)\).

The left and right traces are depicted, respectively, as follows: \[\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(f) = \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d005} \xlongequal{\text{abbrev.}}\; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d006} \qquad \operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}(f) \xlongequal{\text{abbrev.}}\; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d007}\] If \(\mathcal{C}\) is a symmetric monoidal category, the left and right versions of both trace and dimension always agree. This is the principal setting for later applications. When the role of the category \(\mathcal{C}\) needs to be emphasized, we use notation such as \(\operatorname{Tr}_{\mathcal{C}}\) and \(\dim_{\mathcal{C}}\). Some authors also call these the quantum trace and quantum dimension. Example reference will explain their relation to the classical versions.

Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a monoidal functor between braided monoidal categories that preserves the braiding. For every endomorphism \(f\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) in \(\mathcal{C}\), provided \(X\) has a dual, we have \(F\left(\operatorname{Tr}_{\mathcal{C}}(f)\right)=\operatorname{Tr}_{\mathcal{D}}(Ff)\); the same holds for the right trace. In particular, \(F\left(\dim_{\mathcal{C}}X\right)=\dim_{\mathcal{D}}(FX)\).

Proof. The proof is exactly the same as that of Proposition reference.

The trace defined above has properties analogous to those of the trace of a linear map.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a braided monoidal category. In the following statements, whenever an endomorphism \(f\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) is considered, it is understood that \(X\) has a dual.

  1. We have \(\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(f)=\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}({}^*f)\) and \(\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}(f)=\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(f^*)\).

  2. Suppose \(X\) and \(Y\) both have duals. For every \(\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-diagram-008}\), we have \(\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(gf)=\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(({}^{**}f)g)\) and \(\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}(gf)=\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}((f^{**})g)\). Observe that if \(\mathcal{C}\) is symmetric monoidal, then \({}^{**}f=f=f^{**}\).

  3. For every \(f\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) and \(g\in\operatorname{End}(Y)\), we have \(\operatorname{Tr}(f\otimes g)=\operatorname{Tr}(f)\operatorname{Tr}(g)\).

  4. If \(a\in\operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\), then \(\operatorname{Tr}(af)=a\operatorname{Tr}(f)\).

  5. Suppose \(\mathcal{C}\) is an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category and \(\otimes\) is additive in the first (respectively, second) variable. Then for every \(f,g\in\operatorname{End}(X)\) we have \(\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(f+g)=\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(f)+\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{left}}(g)\) (respectively, \(\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}(f+g)=\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}(f)+\operatorname{Tr}_{\text{right}}(g)\)).

In (iii) and (iv), \(\operatorname{Tr}\) may mean either the left trace or the right trace.

Proof. As usual, the proof relies chiefly on pictures. By symmetry it suffices to consider the left trace. First, in the trace diagrams, closing off the bottom of every term in equation immediately gives (i). Similarly, (ii) is depicted using equation as follows. \[\textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d008} = \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d009} = \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d010}\]

For (iii), the key is the intuitive identity \[\textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d011} \; = \; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d012} \; = \; \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-123-d013}\] Its formal proof is based on the various naturality properties of the unit object.

Assertion (iv) follows from the bilinearity of morphism composition and \(\otimes\) with respect to \(\operatorname{End}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\). Assertion (v) follows directly from the written definitions of the left and right traces, without recourse to diagrams.

Proposition reference (iv) and (v) may be understood as the linearity properties of the trace. As a special case of (iii), we also have \(\dim(X\otimes Y)=\dim X\,\dim Y\).

Examples of Duality

We next examine some basic examples of duality theory.

Example. Consider the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) of vector spaces over a field \(\Bbbk\), with its standard symmetric monoidal structure and unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}:=\Bbbk\). This is the basic model for duality. Proposition reference implies that for every \(\Bbbk\)-vector space \(V\), \[V \;\text{has a dual} \iff V \;\text{is finite-dimensional}.\] More concretely, for an \(n\)-dimensional \(\Bbbk\)-vector space, its dual (with no need to distinguish left from right) is taken to be \[V^* := \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(V, \Bbbk),\] with the corresponding morphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d001} \quad \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d002}\] Here \(v_1,\ldots,v_n\) is any basis of \(V\), while \(\check v_1,\ldots,\check v_n\) is its dual basis. These definitions are a special case of Proposition reference, and can also be verified directly without difficulty.

Finite-dimensional \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces form a rigid category under \(\otimes\), denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\). All operations involving duals reduce to the following elementary facts.

  • The isomorphism \(V^*\otimes W\simeq\operatorname{Hom}(\Bbbk,V^*\otimes W)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}(V,W)\) sends \(\sum_i\check v_i\otimes w_i\) to the linear map \(\sum_i\check v_i(\mathord\cdot)w_i\).

  • The dual \(f^*:W^*\to V^*\) of a morphism \(f:V\to W\) is precisely the transpose of the linear map; the diagrammatic identity equation says it all.

  • Trace and dimension take values in \(\operatorname{End}(\Bbbk)\simeq\Bbbk\). Since \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) is symmetric, there is no need to distinguish left from right.

  • Upon identifying \(\operatorname{End}(V)\) with \(V^*\otimes V\), \[\operatorname{Tr}\left(\sum_i\check v_i\otimes v_i\right)= \sum_i\check v_i(v_i)\] is precisely the classical trace. Likewise, \(\dim V\) is the image of the classical dimension under the homomorphism \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to\Bbbk\).

Example.

Consider the symmetric monoidal category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^-_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(\Bbbk)\) from Example reference. Its objects and morphisms are written, respectively, as \(V=V_0\oplus V_1\) and \(f=(f_0,f_1)\), with \(\Bbbk=\Bbbk\oplus\{0\}\) as the unit. As in Example reference, an object \(V\) has a dual if and only if it is finite-dimensional as a \(\Bbbk\)-vector space; all such objects form the full subcategory \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^-_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}, f}(\Bbbk)\). If \(V\) is finite-dimensional, its dual may be taken to be \[V^* = V^*_0 \oplus V^*_1, \quad V^*_i := \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(V_i, \Bbbk),\] with \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d003}\] Here \(v_{0,1},\ldots,v_{0,n_0}\) (respectively, \(v_{1,1},\ldots,v_{1,n_1}\)) is any basis of \(V_0\) (respectively, \(V_1\)), while \(\check v_{0,1},\ldots,\check v_{0,n_0}\) (respectively, \(\check v_{1,1},\ldots,\check v_{1,n_1}\)) is the dual basis. The conditions of Definition reference can be checked directly.

  • The isomorphism \((V^*\otimes W)_0\simeq\operatorname{Hom}(\Bbbk,V^*\otimes W) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}(V,W)\) sends \(\sum_i\check v_i\otimes w_i\) to the linear map \(\sum_i\check v_i(\mathord\cdot)w_i\), where either \(\check v_i\in V_0^*\) and \(w_i\in W_0\), or \(\check v_i\in V_1^*\) and \(w_i\in W_1\).

  • The dual \(f^*:W^*\to V^*\) of a morphism \(f:V\to W\) is again the transpose of the linear map, applied separately to each direct summand.

  • Trace and dimension again take values in \(\operatorname{End}(\Bbbk)\simeq\Bbbk\), with no distinction between left and right. The trace of an endomorphism \(f=(f_0,f_1)\in\operatorname{End}(V)\) is \(\operatorname{Tr}(f_0)-\operatorname{Tr}(f_1)\) and is called the supertrace. Correspondingly, the superdimension \(\dim V\) is the image of \(\dim V_0-\dim V_1\) under \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to\Bbbk\).

A similar description applies to the more general category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^{\epsilon}_I(\Bbbk)\) of graded \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces, where \(I\) is a commutative monoid and \(\epsilon:I\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\); see Example reference. Objects and morphisms of this symmetric monoidal category still have the forms \(\bigoplus_{i\in I}V_i\) and \((f_i)_{i\in I}\), while the signs depend on \(\epsilon(i)\).

Observe that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) embeds into \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^-_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(\Bbbk)\) via \(V\mapsto(V_0,V_1):=(V,\{0\})\). Thus Example reference subsumes the classical theory of Example reference. Furthermore, when \(\Bbbk\in\{\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}},\ensuremath{\mathbb{C}}\}\), \(\Bbbk\)-super vector spaces may be generalized to super vector bundles over a topological manifold \(M\). Supertrace and superdimension extend accordingly to super vector bundles; the sole difference is that they take values in the endomorphism monoid of the trivial super vector bundle \(M\times(\Bbbk\oplus\{0\})\), namely in \(\{\text{continuous functions }M\to\Bbbk\}\). Next come two nonlinear examples.

Example (Correspondences). Let \(\mathrm{Corr}\) be the following category. Its objects are all small sets, and a morphism from \(X\) to \(Y\) is defined to be an isomorphism class of diagrams \([X\xleftarrow{u}A\xrightarrow{v}Y]\), where \(A\) is any small set and \(u,v\) are arbitrary maps; isomorphism is understood in the evident way. Such a diagram is called a “correspondence” from \(X\) to \(Y\) and generalizes the notion of a map.1 Composition of \([Y\leftarrow B\rightarrow Z]\) with \([X\leftarrow A\rightarrow Y]\) is defined by the fiber product: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d004}\] The identity morphism of an object \(X\) is \(X\xleftarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}X\xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}}X\), or any diagram isomorphic to it. Special cases of composition are \[\begin{gather*} [Y = Y \xrightarrow{w} Z] \circ [X \xleftarrow{u} A \xrightarrow{v} Y] = [X \xleftarrow{u} A \xrightarrow{wv} Z ], \\ [Y \xleftarrow{z} B \xrightarrow{w} Z] \circ [X \xleftarrow{u} Y = Y] = [X \xleftarrow{uz} B \xrightarrow{w} Z]. \end{gather*}\] Abstract sets are used here purely for pedagogical reasons. In applications, \(X\), \(Y\), and so forth are usually taken to be suitable geometric objects, such as topological spaces or schemes.

Now equip \(\mathrm{Corr}\) with a monoidal structure: define \(X\otimes Y:=X\times Y\), with the one-point set \(\mathrm{pt}\) as the unit \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\). This category is naturally symmetric monoidal and is also rigid: for every \(X\), take \(X^*=X\) together with \[\mathrm{coev}_X := \left[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d005}\right], \quad \mathrm{ev}_X := \left[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d006}\right]\] The reader is invited to verify carefully the conditions of Definition reference.

  • Once the definitions are expanded, the isomorphism \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathrm{Corr}}(X,Y)\simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathrm{Corr}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}},X^*\otimes Y)\) becomes a tautology.

  • The dual of the morphism \(f=[X\xleftarrow{u}A\xrightarrow{v}Y]\) is \(f^*=[Y\xleftarrow{v}A\xrightarrow{u}X]\). This follows immediately by working through the definitions; the details are left to the reader.

  • Trace and dimension take values in \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathrm{Corr}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\). The elements of this set are isomorphism classes of diagrams \([\mathrm{pt}\leftarrow A\rightarrow\mathrm{pt}]\) and are completely determined by the cardinality \(|A|\).

  • For an arbitrary map \(u:A\to X\), write \(\Gamma_u:=\{(a,u(a)):a\in A\}\subset A\times X\) for its graph. The trace of the endomorphism \(f=[X\xleftarrow{u}A\xrightarrow{v}X]\) is described by the diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d007}\] Each diamond is a pullback square. Observe that \(\Gamma_u\cap\Gamma_v\simeq\{a\in A:u(a)=v(a)\}\).

    Write \(\Delta:=\Gamma_{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X}\subset X\times X\) for the diagonal subset. In the special case \(A=X\) and \(u=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\), the vertex of the diagram is the fixed-point set \(\Gamma_v\cap\Delta=\{x\in X:v(x)=x\}\). Thus \(\operatorname{Tr}(f)\) does nothing but count fixed points.

  • In the special case \(u=v=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\), we see that \(\dim X\) is the self-intersection \(\Delta\cap\Delta\) of the diagonal. In the present setting of sets, \(\Delta\cap\Delta\) is simply \(X\), so \(\dim X\in\operatorname{End}_{\mathrm{Corr}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) merely records \(|X|\). In more refined geometric or topological settings, together with a suitable “derived” framework, the self-intersection of the diagonal can yield more subtle and important information.

Example (Cobordisms).

Consider the monoidal category \(n\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Cob}}\) from [Li1]. Its objects are compact closed oriented \((n-1)\)-manifolds, where \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq1}\), while its morphisms are equivalence classes of “cobordisms” represented by oriented \(n\)-manifolds with boundary; equivalence means a diffeomorphism preserving the boundary. The monoidal structure comes from disjoint union of oriented manifolds, with the empty manifold \(\emptyset\) as unit. Concrete depictions of cobordisms, commonly called “pairs of pants”, may be found in the cited reference. To respect the string-diagram convention of §reference, however, cobordisms should be drawn from top to bottom, rather than from left to right as in that reference.

Diffeomorphic closed manifolds are also isomorphic in \(n\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Cob}}\), so the monoidal structure is symmetric. This category is also rigid: for every object \(X\), reversing orientation gives \(X^*\). More precisely, the morphisms \(\mathrm{ev}_X:X\sqcup X^*\to\emptyset\) and \(\mathrm{coev}_X:\emptyset\to X\sqcup X^*\) make the manifold with boundary \(X\times[0,1]\) into a cobordism in two different ways, which may be understood as products of oriented manifolds: \[\begin{gather*} \mathrm{ev}_X := X \times \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d008} \; , \quad \mathrm{coev}_X := X \times \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d009} \; . \end{gather*}\]

  • As in the reference above, the definition of \(n\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Cob}}\) already incorporates the bijection \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{n\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Cob}}}(X, Y) & \xleftrightarrow{1:1} \operatorname{Hom}_{n\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Cob}}}\left( \emptyset, X^* \sqcup Y\right) \\ & = \left\{ W: \text{oriented with boundary, together with data}\; \partial W \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X^* \sqcup Y \right\} / \sim . \end{align*}\]

  • The dual of a morphism, that is, of a cobordism, simply reverses \(\partial W\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X^*\sqcup Y\) to \(\partial W\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(Y^*)^*\sqcup X^*\).

  • Trace and dimension take values in \[\operatorname{End}_{n\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Cob}}}(\emptyset)= \{\text{compact closed manifolds of dimension }n\}/\sim .\]

  • By the description of \(\mathrm{ev}_X\) and \(\mathrm{coev}_X\) above, taking the trace of \(f\in\operatorname{End}_{n\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Cob}}}(X)\) amounts to gluing together the two \(X\)-ends of the cobordism \(f\). Since the identity morphism \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) corresponds to the trivial cobordism \(X\times[0,1]\), we obtain \[\dim X = X \times \textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-124-d010} \; .\]

For \(n\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Cob}}\), the various diagrams introduced in §reference acquire literal meaning. Here the method and the objects share the same geometric substance.


  1. If \(f:X\to Y\) is a map, take \(A\) to be the graph of \(f\).↩︎

Finally, we discuss how duality appears for modules and comodules over Hopf algebras; see §reference. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field and let \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\) be a \(\Bbbk\)-bialgebra, that is, a bialgebra in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\). Proposition reference explained how the algebra and coalgebra structures are used together to equip the categories \[A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}, \quad \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A, \quad A\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Comod}}, \quad \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}A\] with natural monoidal structures. We wish to characterize duality in them. Only the cases of right modules and right comodules are described below. Since the forgetful functor from \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}A\)) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) is monoidal, if a right \(A\)-module (respectively, right \(A\)-comodule) \(M\) has a left or right dual, then:

  • \(\dim_{\Bbbk}M<\infty\);

  • both the left and right dual must be realized on the dual vector space \(M^\vee:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(M,\Bbbk)\);

  • at the level of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\), the morphisms \(\mathrm{ev}\) and \(\mathrm{coev}\) are determined, up to isomorphism, as in Example reference.

An \(A\)-module (respectively, \(A\)-comodule) is called finite-dimensional if it is finite-dimensional as a \(\Bbbk\)-vector space. We henceforth focus on finite-dimensional \(M\); the corresponding categories are denoted by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm f}\text{-}}A\), and so forth.1 Readers familiar with commutative ring theory will have no difficulty generalizing the following results to an arbitrary commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), provided \(M\) is required to be a finitely generated projective \(\Bbbk\)-module.

The key is to equip \(M^\vee\) with a suitable right \(A\)-module (respectively, right \(A\)-comodule) structure. Write \(\otimes:=\otimes_{\Bbbk}\). The dual functor in the finite-dimensional case extends to \[(\cdot)^\vee := \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(\cdot, \Bbbk): \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)^{\operatorname{op}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk).\] This functor is only right lax monoidal: there is a canonical morphism \(N^\vee\otimes M^\vee\to(M\otimes N)^\vee\). We also have the family of evaluation morphisms \[\mathrm{ev}_M: M \otimes M^\vee \to \Bbbk.\] First suppose \(M\) is a right \(A\)-module, with scalar multiplication given by \(a:M\otimes A\to M\). Since \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) is a concrete category, the language of elements and maps is more direct. Take the following transpose \({}^ta:A\otimes M^\vee\to M^\vee\), which makes \(M^\vee\) a left \(A\)-module: \[\mathrm{ev}\left(m, {}^t a(t \otimes \lambda)\right) = \mathrm{ev}\left( a(m \otimes t), \lambda \right),\] where \(m\in M\), \(\lambda\in M^\vee\), and \(t\in A\). For a right \(A\)-comodule \(M\), choose a basis \(v_1,\ldots,v_n\) of \(M\) and the dual basis \(\check v_1,\ldots,\check v_n\) of \(M^\vee\). Its comodule structure may be written as \[\begin{equation} \rho(v_i) = \sum_{j=1}^n v_j \otimes t_{ji}, \quad t_{ji} \in A, \quad 1 \leq i \leq n. \end{equation}\] The preceding transpose operation has a dual version for \(\rho\): define \[{}^t \rho: M^\vee \to A \otimes M^\vee, \quad \check{v}_i \mapsto \sum_{j=1}^n t_{ij} \otimes \check{v}_j.\] It follows from equation and its left-comodule version that \({}^t\rho\) makes \(M^\vee\) a left \(A\)-comodule; one can also check that this structure is independent of the choice of basis. The question is how to return to right \(A\)-modules and right \(A\)-comodules. This can be done canonically when \(A\) is a Hopf algebra, as follows.

Proposition.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field and let \(A\) be a Hopf \(\Bbbk\)-algebra with antipode \(S\) (Definition reference), with data \((A,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\). If \(M\) is a finite-dimensional right \(A\)-module (respectively, right \(A\)-comodule), then \(M\) has both a left dual and a right dual, both realized on the dual vector space \(M^\vee\), as follows.

  • Suppose the right \(A\)-module structure on \(M\) is given by \(a:M\otimes A\to M\). Then:

    Left dual Right dual
    \({}^\vee a: M^\vee \otimes A \to M^\vee\) \(a^\vee: M^\vee \otimes A \to M^\vee\)
    \({}^\vee a(\lambda \otimes t) = {}^t a\left( S^{-1} t \otimes \lambda\right)\) \(a^\vee(\lambda \otimes t) = {}^t a\left(St \otimes \lambda \right)\)

    where \({}^ta\) is the transpose defined above, \(\lambda\in M^\vee\), and \(t\in A\).

  • Suppose the right \(A\)-comodule structure on \(M\) is given by \(\rho:M\to M\otimes A\) and, after choosing a basis, is described as in equation. Then:

    Left dual Right dual
    \({}^\vee \rho: M^\vee \to M^\vee \otimes A\) \(\rho^\vee: M^\vee \to M^\vee \otimes A\)
    \({}^\vee \rho (\check{v}_i) = \sum_j \check{v}_j \otimes St_{ij}\) \(\rho^\vee (\check{v}_i) = \sum_j \check{v}_j \otimes S^{-1} t_{ij}\)

Consequently, the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm f}\text{-}}A\) of finite-dimensional right \(A\)-modules (respectively, the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm f}\text{-}}A\) of finite-dimensional right \(A\)-comodules) is both left and right rigid. The cases of left \(A\)-modules or comodules are entirely similar, with left and right interchanged.

Proof. First consider a right \(A\)-module \(M\). With the notation above, since \(S\) gives a homomorphism \(A\to A^{\mathrm{op}}_{\mathrm{cop}}\) (Proposition reference) and the braiding of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) is symmetric, both constructions in the table make \(M^\vee\) a right \(A\)-module. We claim that, for the right \(A\)-module structure on \(M^\vee\) given by \(a^\vee\), \(\mathrm{ev}:M\otimes M^\vee\to\Bbbk\) is a homomorphism of right \(A\)-modules.

Write \(a\) and \(a^\vee\) directly as right multiplication, as is customary in ring theory; also write \(\mu:A\otimes A\to A\) as multiplication and omit \(\eta:\Bbbk\to A\) from the notation. Let \(\Delta(t)=\sum_i t_i^{(1)}\otimes t_i^{(2)}\). Right-multiplying \(m\otimes\lambda\in M\otimes M^\vee\) by \(t\) and then evaluating gives \[\mathrm{ev}\left( \sum_i m t_i^{(1)}, \lambda t_i^{(2)} \right) = \mathrm{ev}\left( \sum_i m t_i^{(1)} S\left(t_i^{(2)}\right), \lambda \right).\] The definition of the antipode gives \(\sum_i t_i^{(1)}S(t_i^{(2)})=\epsilon(t)\), so this expression becomes \(\epsilon(t)\mathrm{ev}(m\otimes\lambda)\). Since the \(A\)-module structure on \(\Bbbk\) is induced by \(\epsilon\), this proves that \(\mathrm{ev}\) is a homomorphism of right \(A\)-modules.

Next, check that \(\mathrm{coev}:\Bbbk\to M^\vee\otimes M\) is a homomorphism of right \(A\)-modules, still using the structure \(a^\vee\) on \(M^\vee\). Identify \(M^\vee\otimes M\) with \(\operatorname{End}_{\Bbbk}(M)\); then \(\mathrm{coev}(1)=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M\). It suffices to check that for every \(t\in A\), \[\epsilon(t) \cdot \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M = \sum_i \left( t_i^{(2)} \;\text{acting on the right} \right) \circ \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_M \circ \left( S t_i^{(1)} \;\text{acting on the right} \right).\] This is equivalent to proving \(\epsilon(t)=\sum_iS(t_i^{(1)})t_i^{(2)}\), which again follows directly from the definition of the antipode.

Thus \(M^\vee\), with the structure \(a^\vee\), gives the right dual of \(M\) and is denoted by \(M^*\). The left dual can be handled similarly, or reduced to the following simple observation. Equip \(M^\vee\) with the right \(A\)-module structure \({}^\vee a\) and denote the result by \({}^*M\). It is easy to see that \(({}^*M)^*\), as given by the preceding construction, returns to \(M\); hence \({}^*M\) is a left dual of \(M\).

For a finite-dimensional right \(A\)-comodule \(M\), we use the method of undetermined coefficients. Suppose \(M^\vee\) has a right comodule structure determined by an \(n\times n\) matrix over \(A\), \(U=(u_{ij})_{i,j}\), via \[\check{v}_i \mapsto \sum_{j=1}^n \check{v}_j \otimes u_{ji}, \quad 1 \leq i \leq n.\] The necessary and sufficient conditions for \(U\) to define a right comodule structure were listed in equation.

Recall that \(\mathrm{ev}(v_i,\check v_j)=\delta_{i,j}\), where \(\delta\) is the Kronecker symbol, and \(\mathrm{coev}(1)=\sum_i\check v_i\otimes v_i\). The condition that \(\mathrm{ev}\) and \(\mathrm{coev}\) be homomorphisms of right \(A\)-comodules can then be written as \[\begin{equation} \sum_k t_{ki} u_{kj} = \delta_{i, j} = \sum_k u_{ik} t_{jk}. \end{equation}\] Write \(T=(t_{ij})_{i,j}\) and let \({}^tT\) denote its transpose. In matrix language the preceding condition becomes \[({}^t T) U = 1_{n \times n} = U ({}^t T).\] Thus finding a right dual of \(M\) amounts to finding \(({}^tT)^{-1}\). Similarly, finding a left dual of \(M\) amounts to finding \({}^t(T^{-1})\). The assertions about the right and left duals reduce, respectively, to checking \[\begin{align*} \sum_k t_{ki} S^{-1}(t_{jk}) & = \delta_{i, j} = \sum_k S^{-1} (t_{ki}) t_{jk}, \\ \sum_k t_{ik} S(t_{kj}) & = \delta_{i, j} = \sum_k S(t_{ik}) t_{kj}. \end{align*}\]

This is immediate. Since \(\Delta(t_{ij})=\sum_k t_{ik}\otimes t_{kj}\), the definition of the antipode shows that both sides in the second line equal \(\epsilon(t_{ij})=\delta_{i,j}\). Apply \(S^{-1}\) to both equalities in the second line and use the fact that \(S\) preserves the unit and reverses the order of multiplication; rearranging yields the first line. This proves the assertion.

If \(A\) is noncommutative, \({}^t(T^{-1})\) and \(({}^tT)^{-1}\) need not be equal. Thus the argument above also shows that left and right duals do not in general coincide. In fact, Corollary reference below will show conversely how the rigidity of the category of finite-dimensional comodules determines a Hopf structure on a bialgebra. A sequence of theoretical preparations will be needed first.


  1. Do not confuse this with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A\) in Theorem reference, the category of finitely generated right \(A\)-modules.↩︎

The Endomorphism Coalgebra

Beginning with this section, we lay a series of foundations for the theory of Tannakian categories (see §reference); some of the tools and ideas involved have broader applications. The principal reference is [Del90]. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring. For any category \(\mathcal{A}\) and functor \(\xi:\mathcal{A}\to\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), we may consider the \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(\operatorname{End}(\xi)\) of endomorphisms of the functor. It gives a family of \(\Bbbk\)-linear maps \[\operatorname{End}(\xi) \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \xi(X) \to \xi(X), \quad X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}),\] functorial in \(X\), or briefly \(\operatorname{End}(\xi)\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}\xi\to\xi\). Moreover, \(\operatorname{End}(\xi)\) is universal for such actions: tautologically, giving an action of a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(E\) on \(\xi\) is equivalent to giving an algebra homomorphism \(E\to\operatorname{End}(\xi)\). The multiplication on \(\operatorname{End}(\xi)\) can be derived abstractly from this universal property. For the problems we shall address, the dual version of this construction is both more useful and simpler. We must, however, consider functors taking values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\), where \(B\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra, assumed nonzero by convention. This construction is closely related to the abstract categorical construction called a coend; an exercise in this chapter gives further details.

Definition.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring, \(B\) a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra, and \(\omega_1,\omega_2:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) functors. Consider a \((B,B)\)-bimodule \(L\) together with a natural transformation \(a:\omega_2\to\omega_1\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}L\), that is, a family of right \(B\)-module homomorphisms \[a_X: \omega_2(X) \to \omega_1(X) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} L, \quad X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}),\] such that the following diagram commutes for every \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y)\): \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-126-d001}\]

A morphism from the data \((L,a)\) to \((L',a')\) is defined to be a bimodule homomorphism \(t:L\to L'\) that makes the following diagram commute for all \(X\): \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-126-d002}\] Conversely, data \((L,a)\) and a bimodule homomorphism \(t:L\to L'\) determine \(a'\) by this diagram, together with a morphism \(t:(L,a)\to(L',a')\).

If the category of all such data \((L,a)\) and morphisms has an initial object, denote the corresponding \((B,B)\)-bimodule by \[\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_2) = \operatorname{coH}_{\Bbbk}(\omega_1, \omega_2),\] and denote the corresponding morphism by \(\lambda:\omega_2\to\omega_1\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}L\). We also write \[\operatorname{coE}(\omega) = \operatorname{coE}_{\Bbbk}(\omega) := \operatorname{coH}(\omega, \omega).\]

The symbols \(\operatorname{coH}\) and \(\operatorname{coE}\) stand for \(\operatorname{coHom}\) and \(\operatorname{coEnd}\), respectively; they should be viewed as dual to \(\operatorname{Hom}\) and \(\operatorname{End}\), and the abbreviations are merely typographical. Note that the notion of a \((B,B)\)-bimodule depends not only on the ring structure of \(B\), but also on \(\Bbbk\).

Remark. The equality \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2)=0\) means that every morphism \(\omega_2\to\omega_1\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}L\) is zero; the definition does not exclude this possibility. By contrast, if \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) exists and \(\omega\) is not the constant zero functor, then \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\neq0\), since \(\omega\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\omega\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B\).

If \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) exists, applying the universal property to \(\omega\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\omega\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B\) gives a bimodule homomorphism \[\epsilon: \operatorname{coE}(\omega) \to B.\] On the other hand, assuming the relevant \(\operatorname{coH}\) objects exist, successive application to \(\omega_1,\omega_2,\omega_3\) yields the morphism \[\begin{equation*} \omega_3 \to \omega_2 \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}(\omega_2, \omega_3) \to \omega_1 \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_2) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}(\omega_2, \omega_3). \end{equation*}\] The universal property then gives a canonical bimodule homomorphism \[\begin{equation} \operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_3) \to \operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_2) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}(\omega_2, \omega_3). \end{equation}\] A routine check with the functors \(\omega_1,\ldots,\omega_4\) shows that equation satisfies coassociativity. Thus \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) becomes a coalgebra in \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), with \(\epsilon:\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\to B\) as counit, while every \(\omega(X)\) becomes a \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\)-comodule via the canonical morphism \(\lambda\). This discussion is summarized as follows.

Definition–Proposition (Endomorphism coalgebra).

Let \(\omega:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) be a functor and suppose \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) exists.

  • As an object of the monoidal category \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) has a canonical coalgebra structure such that every \(\omega(X)\) becomes a \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\)-comodule via the canonical morphism, and morphisms in \(\mathcal{A}\) induce comodule homomorphisms. We call \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) the endomorphism coalgebra of \(\omega\).1

  • For every coalgebra \(L\) in \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), compatibly giving all \(\omega(X)\) an \(L\)-comodule structure is equivalent to giving a coalgebra homomorphism \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\to L\).

Remark. Given a functor \(T:\mathcal{A}'\to\mathcal{A}\) and \(\omega_1,\omega_2:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\), assuming the relevant \(\operatorname{coH}\) objects exist, the canonical morphism \(\omega_2(TX)\to\omega_1(TX)\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2)\) together with the universal property naturally induces a homomorphism \[\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1 T, \omega_2 T) \to \operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_2),\] compatible with all the structures above. In particular, taking \(\omega_1=\omega=\omega_2\) gives a coalgebra homomorphism \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega T)\to\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\).

Proposition. Let \(\omega_1,\omega_2:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) be functors. Suppose \(\mathcal{A}\) is the union of a family of subcategories, each denoted by \(\mathcal{A}'\), and write \(\omega_i':=\omega_i|_{\mathcal{A}'}\). If \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1',\omega_2')\) exists for every \(\mathcal{A}'\), then \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2)\) exists and there is a canonical isomorphism \[\varinjlim_{\mathcal{A}'} \operatorname{coH}(\omega'_1, \omega'_2) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_2).\] The colimit on the left is ordered by inclusion; its transition homomorphisms are given as in Remark reference. The isomorphism is compatible with equation.

Proof. For every \((B,B)\)-bimodule \(L\), giving a morphism \(\omega_2\to\omega_1\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}L\) is equivalent to compatibly giving \(\omega_2'\to\omega_1'\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}L\) for every \(\mathcal{A}'\); this in turn is equivalent to giving a compatible family of homomorphisms \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1',\omega_2')\to L\).

The issue is how to ensure the existence of \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2)\), which is not automatic. We must first control the size of the category. Fix a Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal{U}\), relative to which we may speak of small sets and small categories. A category is called essentially small if the isomorphism classes of its objects form a small set (Definition reference).

Convention.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a commutative ring and \(B\) a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. We shall need the following notation.

  • Consider the full subcategories \[\underbracket{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B}_{\text{projective + finitely generated}} \subset \underbracket{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}B}_{\text{finitely generated}} \subset \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B.\]

  • For every right \(B\)-module \(P\), define the left \(B\)-module \(P^\vee\) according to equation. Every homomorphism \(\varphi:P\to Q\) induces the dual homomorphism \(\varphi^\vee:Q^\vee\to P^\vee\).

Following this book’s convention for algebraic structures, \(\Bbbk\) and \(B\) are assumed to be realized on small sets. Finite generation ensures that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}B\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) are essentially small categories; they are also \(\Bbbk\)-linear. The essentially small category \(\mathcal{A}\) considered in this section, however, need not have a \(\Bbbk\)-linear structure.

For every \(P_1,P_2\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B)\), there is a canonical isomorphism \[\begin{equation*} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}\left( P_2, P_1 \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} L \right) & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}_{(B, B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}}\left( P_1^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} P_2, L \right) \\ \varphi & \mapsto \left[ \check{p}_1 \otimes p_2 \mapsto (\check{p}_1 \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_L)(\varphi(p_2)) \right] . \end{aligned} \end{equation*}\] This is easily reduced to the case in which \(P_1\) and \(P_2\) are finite-rank free modules. Therefore, when \(\omega_1,\omega_2:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) take values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\), giving data \(a=(a_X)_X\) as in Definition reference is equivalent to giving a family of homomorphisms \[\alpha_X: \omega_1(X)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \omega_2(X) \to L, \quad X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}),\] whose functoriality in \(X\) translates into commutativity of the following diagram for every \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X,Y)\): \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-126-d003} \end{equation}\]

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an essentially small category and let \(\omega_1,\omega_2:\mathcal{A}\to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\) be arbitrary functors. Then \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2)\) of Definition reference exists.

Proof. The only point to prove is the existence of an initial object. Use the commutative diagram equation. Let \(L_0\) be the direct sum of all \(\omega_1(X)^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}\omega_2(X)\), where \(X\) ranges over a set of representatives for \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})/\simeq\); this is where essential smallness is needed. For every \(f:X\to Y\), define \[\delta_f := \omega_1(f)^\vee \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}- \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \omega_2(f) : \omega_1(Y)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \omega_2(X) \to L_0.\] Then \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2):=L_0/\sum_f\operatorname{im}(\delta_f)\) is the desired object.

Convention. The following concrete notation will be useful. For \(t\in\omega_1(X)^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}\omega_2(X)\), write \([t]\) for its image in \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2)\); these images generate \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2)\). In the universal property of Definition reference, the image in \(L\) of \([\phi\otimes x]\in\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) is obtained by first mapping \(x\in\omega(X)\) through \(\omega(X)\to\omega(X)\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}L\) and then contracting with \(\phi\in\omega(X)^\vee\).


  1. Perhaps “coendomorphism coalgebra” would be a more accurate name.↩︎

For a functor \(\omega: \mathcal{A} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\), the evaluation homomorphism \(\mathrm{ev}_{\omega(X)}: \omega(X)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \omega(X) \to B\) is a homomorphism of \((B, B)\)-bimodules. The canonical homomorphism that it determines is precisely the previously defined homomorphism \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \epsilon: \operatorname{coE}(\omega) & \to B \\ [t] & \mapsto \mathrm{ev}_{\omega(X)}(t). \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] If \(\omega_1(X)\) is free, choose a \(B\)-basis \((v_i)_{i=1}^n\) and its dual basis \((\check{v}_i)_{i=1}^n\). Then \(\lambda_X: \omega_2(X) \to \omega_1(X) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_2)\) may be written as \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} w & \mapsto \sum_{i=1}^n v_i \otimes [\check{v}_i \otimes w]; \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] It follows that for arbitrary \(\omega_1, \omega_2, \omega_3\), if \(\omega_1(X)\) and \(\omega_2(X)\) are free, \(\lambda \in \omega_1(X)^\vee\), and \(w \in \omega_3(X)\), then \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_3) & \to \operatorname{coH}(\omega_1, \omega_2) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}(\omega_2, \omega_3) \\ [\lambda \otimes w] & \mapsto \sum_i [\lambda \otimes v_i] \otimes [\check{v}_i \otimes w]. \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] The next step is to introduce a monoidal structure. For this, \(B\) must be commutative and we must take \(\Bbbk = B\) in the preceding construction. Then \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\) are both symmetric monoidal categories under \(\otimes_B\), with \(B\) as unit. To emphasize this setting, we denote the corresponding \(\operatorname{coH}\) and \(\operatorname{coE}\) by \(\operatorname{coH}_B\) and \(\operatorname{coE}_B\); in this case, a \((B, B)\)-bimodule is the same thing as a \(B\)-module. Let \(\mathcal{A}\), \(\mathcal{A}'\), and so forth be arbitrary categories. First take functors \[\omega_i: \mathcal{A} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B, \quad \omega'_i: \mathcal{A}' \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B, \quad i =1, 2.\] Define \(\omega_i \boxtimes \omega'_i: \mathcal{A} \times \mathcal{A}' \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) by sending an object \((X, X')\) to \(\omega_i(X) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega'_i(X')\). Assuming that the relevant \(\operatorname{coH}\) objects exist, apply the universal property to the family of morphisms \[\begin{align*} \omega_2(X) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega'_2(X') & \to \omega_1(X) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega'_1(X') \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega'_1, \omega'_2) \\ & \simeq \omega_1(X) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega'_1(X') \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega'_1, \omega'_2) \end{align*}\] to obtain a canonical morphism \[\nu: \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1 \boxtimes \omega'_1, \omega_2 \boxtimes \omega'_2) \to \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega'_1, \omega'_2),\] that makes the following diagram commute for every \((X, X') \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A} \times \mathcal{A}')\): \[\textbf{Diagram chapter9-unit-127-d001}\]

Lemma. With the notation above, suppose in addition that all \(\omega_i\) and \(\omega'_i\) take values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\). Then \(\omega_i \boxtimes \omega'_i\) also takes values there and, in this setting, \(\nu\) is an isomorphism. Following Convention reference, it can be described explicitly by \[\begin{equation*} \nu: \left[ (\phi \otimes \phi') \otimes (x \otimes x') \right] \mapsto [\phi \otimes x] \otimes [\phi' \otimes x']. \end{equation*}\]

Proof. Since \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\) is closed under \(\otimes_B\), the functor \(\omega \boxtimes \omega'\) takes values there. Returning to the construction in equation and Proposition reference immediately gives the explicit description of \(\nu\).

Next we show that \(\nu\) is an isomorphism. By the construction in Proposition reference, \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2)\) may suitably be expressed as \(\varinjlim_{X, Y} \omega_1(Y)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega_2(X)\), with the relevant morphisms coming from equation; the same is of course true for the other \(\operatorname{coH}_B\) objects involved in \(\nu\). Thus the assertion that \(\nu\) is an isomorphism is equivalent to saying that the evident morphism \[\begin{multline*} \varinjlim_{X, X', Y, Y'} \omega_1(Y)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega'_1(Y')^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega_2(X) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega'_2(X') \\ \to \varinjlim_{X, Y} \left( \omega_1(Y)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega_2(X) \right) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \varinjlim_{X', Y'} \left( \omega'_1(Y')^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \omega'_2(X') \right) \end{multline*}\] is an isomorphism. This in turn reduces to the standard fact from module theory that \(\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\) preserves all small \(\varinjlim\) [Li1].

We continue the preceding discussion. Consider the functors \[\begin{gather*} \otimes: \mathcal{A} \times \mathcal{A}' \to \mathcal{A}'' , \\ \omega_i: \mathcal{A} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B, \quad \omega'_i: \mathcal{A}' \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B, \quad \omega''_i: \mathcal{A}'' \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B \quad i =1, 2, \end{gather*}\] together with isomorphisms \(\theta_i: \omega_i \boxtimes \omega'_i \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\omega''_i \circ \otimes\), whose dual versions are denoted by \(\theta_i^\vee\). The preceding preparations give a \(B\)-linear homomorphism \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-127-d002} \end{equation}\] The preceding commutative diagram for \(\nu\) implies that the following diagram commutes; the details are left to the reader. \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-127-d003} \end{equation}\] Now suppose further that \(\mathcal{A} = \mathcal{A}' = \mathcal{A}''\) is a monoidal category, \(\otimes\) is its product, and \(\omega''_i = \omega'_i = \omega_i\) are monoidal functors (\(i=1,2\)). Write \(\mathcal{A}_0\) for the category with just one object and one morphism (the identity), and define \(\iota: \mathcal{A}_0 \to \mathcal{A}\) by sending its unique object to \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\). A direct manipulation of the definitions gives \[\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1 \iota, \omega_2 \iota) \simeq B \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} B \simeq B.\] Functoriality in Remark reference then gives the canonical map \[\begin{equation} B \simeq \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1 \iota, \omega_2 \iota) \to \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2), \quad b \mapsto [b \otimes 1] = [1 \otimes b]. \end{equation}\]

Proposition. In the setting above, suppose \(\mathcal{A} = \mathcal{A}' = \mathcal{A}''\) is a monoidal category, \(\omega_1\) and \(\omega_2\) are monoidal functors, and \(\omega''_i = \omega'_i = \omega_i\).

  1. The corresponding homomorphism \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2) \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2) \to \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2)\) makes \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2)\) a \(B\)-algebra, with equation as its unit.

  2. In the special case \(\omega_1 = \omega = \omega_2\), this structure makes \(\operatorname{coE}_B(\omega)\) a bialgebra.

  3. If \(\mathcal{A}\) is a symmetric monoidal category and \(\omega_1\), \(\omega_2\) are compatible with the braiding, then \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2)\) is a commutative \(B\)-algebra.

Proof. Since the multiplication on \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2)\) has a natural characterization through equation and equation, all the remaining assertions merely reflect the monoidal structure and require only formal arguments; the details are omitted.

The Reconstruction Theorem

Throughout this section, \(\Bbbk\) is a fixed commutative ring. Unless stated otherwise, all categories and functors considered below are \(\Bbbk\)-linear; in particular, the bifunctor \(\otimes\) of a monoidal category is understood to be \(\Bbbk\)-linear in each variable. For a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(B\), Convention reference defined the essentially small categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\subset \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}B\). If \(C\) is a coalgebra in the monoidal category \((B,B)\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C\) for the category of right \(C\)-comodules; these comodule structures are superimposed on structures in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\), as explained after Definition reference. Imposing projectivity and finiteness conditions as right \(B\)-modules gives the full subcategories \[\underbracket{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{pf}}\text{-}}C}_{\text{projective + finitely generated}} \subset \underbracket{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}C}_{\text{finitely generated}} \subset \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C.\]

Finite generation ensures that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm f}\text{-}}C\) is also an essentially small category in the sense of Definition reference. To gain a more concrete understanding of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)=\operatorname{coE}_{\Bbbk}(\omega)\) from §reference, consider the setting of Proposition reference. Take \(\Bbbk\)-algebras \(A,B\), not necessarily commutative, and an \((A,B)\)-bimodule \(P\). Suppose \(P\) is finitely generated and projective as a right \(B\)-module. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a full subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) satisfying

  • \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\);

  • \(\omega:=(\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) defines a functor \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\).

Proposition reference asserts that the \((B,B)\)-bimodule \(P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is the coalgebra corresponding to the comonad determined by the adjoint pair \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-128-d001} \end{equation*}\] The coalgebra \(P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) naturally coacts on every \(\omega(N)=N\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\). Explicitly, the coaction is \[N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_N \otimes \mathrm{coev} \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_P} N \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P, \quad N \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A).\] Definition–Proposition reference then gives a canonical coalgebra homomorphism \[\operatorname{coE}(\omega) \to P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P.\]

Proposition. In the setting above, the homomorphism \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\to P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\) is an isomorphism.

Proof. Let \(\mathcal{A}^\flat\) be the full subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) with \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}^\flat)=\{A\}\), and write \(i\) for the inclusion functor. Remark reference gives the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-128-d002}\] The reader can check directly that \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega i)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\). Hence \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega i)\to\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) has a left inverse. If this morphism is surjective, then \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega i)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\), and consequently \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\).

By the concrete constructions of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) and \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega i)\), it remains to prove, for every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), that \[\operatorname{im}\left[ \omega(Y)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \omega(Y) \to \operatorname{coE}(\omega) \right] \subset \operatorname{im}\left[ \omega(A)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \omega(A) \to \operatorname{coE}(\omega) \right].\]

Write \(t\in\omega(Y)^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}\omega(Y)\) as a finite sum \(\sum_i\lambda_i\otimes o_i\). By the concrete form of \(\omega\), each \(o_i\in\omega(Y)\) is a finite linear combination of elements of the form \(\omega(f)(x)\), where \(x\in\omega(A)\) and \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(A,Y)\). Thus the problem further reduces to the case \(t=\lambda\otimes\omega(f)(x)\). This follows by considering the image of \(\lambda\otimes x\in\omega(Y)^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}\omega(A)\) in the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-128-d003}\]

For any essentially small category \(\mathcal{A}\) and any functor \(\omega:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\), Definition–Proposition reference canonically factors \(\omega\) as \[\begin{equation} \mathcal{A} \xrightarrow{\overline{\omega}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{pf}}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega) \xrightarrow{U} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B, \end{equation}\] where \(U\) is the forgetful functor. We wish to determine when \(\overline\omega\) is an equivalence. The following lemma underlies the various reconstruction theorems below. The core of its proof uses Beck’s Monadicity Theorem reference. We will also need the characterization of faithful exact functors from Proposition reference, the notion of a locally finite abelian category from Definition reference, and some Ind-completion techniques from .

Lemma. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field, let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a locally finite abelian category, and let \(s\) be a projective generator of \(\mathcal{A}\). Consider a faithful exact functor \[\omega: \mathcal{A} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B,\] and suppose that it takes values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\).

  1. The coalgebra \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) can be written concretely as \(P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\), where \(A=\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(s)\) and \(P=\omega(s)\).

  2. The functor \(\overline\omega\) in the canonical factorization equation is an equivalence of categories.

  3. We have \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{pf}}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega)= \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm f}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\).

Proof. Observe that \(A\) is a finite-dimensional \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. All the hypotheses of Theorem reference hold, and \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(s,\mathord\cdot)\) gives an equivalence \(\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A\). Thus the problem reduces to the case \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A\) and \(s=A\). The first observation is that \(\omega\) now extends canonically to a functor \[\Omega: \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B,\] by the following construction.

  • On objects.Take the small filtered colimit \[\begin{equation} \Omega(N) = \varinjlim_{\substack{N' \subset N \\ \text{finitely generated}}} \omega(N'). \end{equation}\]

  • On morphisms.For a homomorphism of right \(A\)-modules \(f:N_1\to N_2\), take \[\begin{align*} \Omega(f) & = \varprojlim_{N'_1 \subset N_1} \varinjlim_{\substack{N'_2 \subset N_2 \\ N'_2 \supset \operatorname{im}(f|_{N'_1}) }} \left[ \omega(f|_{N'_1}): \omega(N'_1) \to \omega(N'_2) \right] \\ & \in \varprojlim_{N'_1 \subset N_1} \varinjlim_{N'_2 \subset N_2} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}\left( \omega(N'_1), \omega(N'_2)\right). \end{align*}\] The right-hand side determines a homomorphism \(\Omega(N_1)\to\Omega(N_2)\) in the evident way.

For readers using the theory of Ind-completion from §§referencereference, this construction merely identifies \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\) with \(\operatorname{Ind}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A)\) and then uses the cocompleteness of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) to extend \(\omega\) to \(\operatorname{Ind}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A)\) by filtered colimits; see Definition–Proposition reference.

The following properties are general facts about Ind-completion and can also be checked directly from the construction of \(\Omega\).

  • The restriction of \(\Omega\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A\) is isomorphic to \(\omega\).

  • \(\Omega\) is an exact \(\Bbbk\)-linear functor; see Proposition reference(ii) and the preceding discussion, which use the exactness of \(\omega\) and the fact that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) is a Grothendieck category.

  • \(\Omega\) preserves all small colimits; see Proposition reference(iii), which uses the fact that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A\) is essentially small.

Moreover, since \(\omega\) is left exact, for all finitely generated submodules \(N'\subset N''\) of \(N\), the transition homomorphism \(\omega(N')\to\omega(N'')\) in equation is monic. The elementary construction of filtered colimits in the category of modules then gives \[\Omega(N) = 0 \iff \forall N', \; \omega(N') = 0 \stackrel{\because \;\omega\;\text{faithful}}{\iff} \; \forall N', \; N' = 0 \iff N = 0.\] Thus \(\Omega\) is faithful and exact.

We may now apply Theorem reference to \(\Omega\) to obtain \[\Omega \simeq (\cdot) \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P, \quad P := \Omega(A) = \omega(A) \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B).\] Its restriction to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A\) gives the original functor \(\omega\). Together with Proposition reference, this also gives the description of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) in (i).

Since \(\Omega\) is faithful and exact, Proposition reference shows that the adjoint pair \[\begin{equation*} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-128-d004} \end{equation*}\] is comonadic, with corresponding coalgebra \(P^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P\). Thus \(\Omega\) factors canonically as an equivalence followed by the forgetful functor: \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A \xrightarrow[\sim]{\overline{\Omega}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}\left(P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P\right) \xrightarrow{U} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B.\]

By Proposition reference, this factorization restricts to the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-128-d005}\] The composite of the first row is \(\omega\), which is known to take values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\); this proves (iii). The curved arrow in the diagram is therefore \(\overline\omega\), and (ii) follows.

The relation between the preceding result and abelian subcategories is also easy to describe.

Lemma. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\omega\) satisfy the hypotheses of Lemma reference. Every abelian subcategory \(\mathcal{A}'\), together with \(\omega|_{\mathcal{A}'}\), also satisfies these hypotheses. Moreover, the canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega|_{\mathcal{A}'})\to\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) from Remark reference is monic.

Proof. It is clear that \(\mathcal{A}'\) is locally finite. Without loss of generality, we may suppose that \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}')\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is closed under isomorphisms. We use the following general properties; their proofs are not difficult and can be found in the exercises of .

  • Choose a projective generator \(s\) of \(\mathcal{A}\). It has a largest quotient object lying in \(\mathcal{A}'\), denoted by \(s'\), and \(s'\) is a projective generator of \(\mathcal{A}'\).

  • Write \(A:=\operatorname{End}(s)\) and \(A':=\operatorname{End}(s')\simeq\operatorname{Hom}(s,s')\). There is a two-sided ideal \(\mathfrak a\) such that \(A\to A'\) induces \(A/\mathfrak a\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}A'\). More explicitly, if \(t:=\operatorname{ker}[s\twoheadrightarrow s']\subset s\), then \(\mathfrak a=\operatorname{Hom}(s,t)\subset A\).

  • After identifying \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A\), the category \(\mathcal{A}'\) is identified with the full subcategory consisting of modules annihilated by \(\mathfrak a\).

Choose a basis \(\phi_1,\ldots,\phi_m\) of the \(\Bbbk\)-vector space \(\operatorname{Hom}(s,t)\). The generator property gives an exact sequence \[s^{\oplus m} \xrightarrow{(\phi_i)_i} s \to s' \to 0.\] Write \(P:=\omega(s)\) and \(P':=\omega(s')\). The algebra \(A\) acts on \(P\) from the left through \(\omega\), and the corresponding exact sequence \[P^{\oplus m} \xrightarrow{(\omega(\phi_i))_i} P \to P' \to 0\] shows that \(P'\simeq P/\mathfrak aP\).

The proof of Lemma reference showed that \((\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}}P:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}A\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) is exact. Together with the description above, this gives \[\begin{align*} (P')^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A/\mathfrak{a}}{\otimes}} P' & \simeq (A/\mathfrak{a} \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A/\mathfrak{a}}{\otimes}} ( A/\mathfrak{a} \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P) \\ & \simeq (A/\mathfrak{a} \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P)^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P \\ & \hookrightarrow P^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{A}{\otimes}} P. \end{align*}\] It is not difficult to check that this is precisely the canonical homomorphism \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega|_{\mathcal{A}'})\to\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\).

Example. Here are some initial applications of Lemma reference for \(B=\Bbbk\); recall that \(\Bbbk\) is assumed to be a field. For a nonempty set \(I\), define \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_I(\Bbbk)\) to be the category of \(I\)-graded \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces (Example reference, with trivial \(\epsilon\)). The objects \((M^i)_{i\in I}\) satisfying \(\sum_i\dim_{\Bbbk}M^i<\infty\) form the full subcategory \(\mathcal{A}:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{I,\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\). Write \(\Bbbk[I]\) for the \(\Bbbk\)-vector space with basis \(I\); the following structure makes it a cocommutative coalgebra: \[\epsilon(i) = 1, \quad \Delta(i) = i \otimes i, \quad i \in I.\] Define a functor \(\omega_I:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) by sending \((M^i)_{i\in I}\) to \(\bigoplus_iM^i\).

  1. The simplest case \(|I|=1\) amounts to taking \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) and \(\omega_I=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\); the projective generator \(s\) may be taken to be \(\Bbbk\). A direct calculation from the definition, or Lemma reference(i), gives \[\operatorname{coE}(\omega_I) \simeq \Bbbk, \quad \epsilon(1) = 1, \quad \Delta(1) = 1 \otimes 1.\] Thus, when \(|I|=1\), we have \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega_I)\simeq\Bbbk\simeq\Bbbk[I]\).

  2. Next, if \(I\) is finite, then \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega_I)\simeq\Bbbk[I]\). This can be deduced from the preceding case or understood by applying Lemma reference(i), taking as projective generator \(s\) the object defined by \(M^i=\Bbbk\) for every \(i\).

    Observe that if \(I\subset J\), the embedding \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{I,\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\subset \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{J,\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) induces \(\Bbbk[I]\to\Bbbk[J]\), namely the coalgebra embedding induced by \(I\hookrightarrow J\).

  3. For every nonempty set \(I\), we likewise have \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega_I)\simeq\Bbbk[I]\). More precisely, if \(x\in M^i\) and \(\phi\in(M^i)^\vee\) satisfy \(\phi(x)=1\), then \([\phi\otimes x]\in\operatorname{coE}(\omega_I)\) corresponds to \(i\in\Bbbk[I]\).

    The set \(I\) is the filtered union of its finite subsets, and both the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{I,\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) and the coalgebra \(\Bbbk[I]\) reduce to the finite case in the same way. Since the case of finite \(I\) is known, Proposition reference immediately gives \[\operatorname{coE}(\omega_I) \simeq \varinjlim_{J \subset I, |J| < \infty} \operatorname{coE}(\omega_J).\] Taking colimits is a key technique that will reappear in the next proof.

The following theorem is the main intermediate result so far, and its proof depends on the technical results of §reference. Recall that if \((L,\mu,\eta,\Delta,\epsilon)\) is a \(B\)-bialgebra, Proposition reference equips \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}L\) with a natural monoidal structure: the operation \(\otimes\) comes from \(\mu\), and the unit is \(B\) with the coaction given by \(\eta:B\to B\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}L\simeq L\). Observe that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{pf}}\text{-}}L\) is a monoidal subcategory.

Theorem.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field, let \(B\) be a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra, let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a locally finite abelian category, and let \(\omega:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) be a faithful exact functor taking values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\).

  1. The functor \(\overline\omega\) in the canonical factorization equation is an equivalence of categories. Moreover, there is a family of abelian subcategories \(\mathcal{A}'\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) such that

    • \(\bigcup_{\mathcal{A}'}\mathcal{A}'=\mathcal{A}\) is a filtered union of subcategories;

    • every \(\mathcal{A}'\) has a projective generator,

    and for this family there is an isomorphism of coalgebras \[\operatorname{coE}(\omega) \simeq \varinjlim_{\mathcal{A}'} \operatorname{coE}(\omega'), \quad \omega' := \omega|_{\mathcal{A}'}.\] The transition homomorphisms on the right come from Remark reference, and all of them are coalgebra embeddings. In this situation, \[\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm f}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega)= \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{pf}}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega).\]

  2. If \(\mathcal{A}\) has a monoidal-category structure, \(B=\Bbbk\), and \(\omega\) is a monoidal functor, then with respect to the \(\Bbbk\)-bialgebra structure on \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) from Proposition reference, both \(\overline\omega\) and \(U\) are monoidal functors.

  3. Under the same assumptions, if in addition \(\mathcal{A}\) is a symmetric monoidal category and \(\omega\) is compatible with the braidings, then \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) is commutative as an algebra, while \(\overline\omega\) and \(U\) are also compatible with the braidings.

Proof. Proposition reference writes \(\mathcal{A}\) as the filtered union of abelian subcategories \(\mathcal{A}'\) having projective generators; for example, we may take \(\mathcal{A}'=\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\) for \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). Proposition reference shows that \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\simeq\varinjlim_{\mathcal{A}'}\operatorname{coE}(\omega')\), and Lemma reference shows that all the transition homomorphisms are coalgebra embeddings. The canonical factorization equation is obtained by taking the filtered union of \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-129-d001}\] Lemma reference states that every \(\overline{\omega'}\) is an equivalence, so \(\overline\omega\) is also an equivalence. Moreover, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{pf}}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega')= \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm f}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega')\); the same process simultaneously gives this equality for \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\). This proves (i).

If \(\mathcal{A}\) is monoidal and \(B=\Bbbk\), the forgetful functor \(U\) is always monoidal for the structure on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) coming from the bialgebra \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\). The commutative diagram equation, with all of \(\omega_i,\omega_i',\omega_i''\) replaced by \(\omega\), shows that \(\overline\omega\) is also monoidal. This proves (ii), and a similar argument proves (iii).

Example. Let \(\Gamma\) be a monoid and let \(B=\Bbbk\) be a field, so that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\). Example reference shows that the coalgebra corresponding to \[\omega_\Gamma: \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\Gamma, \mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk), \quad (M^\gamma)_{\gamma \in \Gamma} \to \bigoplus_\gamma M^\gamma\] is \(\Bbbk[\Gamma]\). Moreover, \(\Bbbk[\Gamma]\) carries a bialgebra structure (Example reference). On the other hand, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\Gamma,\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) is a monoidal category and \(\omega_\Gamma\) is a monoidal functor (Example reference); this also equips \(\Bbbk[\Gamma]\) with a bialgebra structure. The two structures coincide, as one checks by comparing the description of multiplication in equation with Example reference; the details are left to the reader.

Reconstruction of Hopf Algebras

This section continues the discussion of §reference. Theorem reference constructs the coalgebra \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) from the data \((\mathcal{A}, \omega)\) and identifies \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\). The most basic situation is when \(B = \Bbbk\) is a field. For a \(\Bbbk\)-coalgebra \(L\), take \[\begin{gather*} \mathcal{A} := \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L , \\ \omega := U: \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L \xrightarrow{\text{forget}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk). \end{gather*}\]

Since \(\Bbbk\) is a field, Proposition reference with \(B = \Bbbk\) shows that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}L\) is an abelian category, while \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L\), formed by the finite-dimensional comodules, is clearly a locally finite abelian subcategory. It is now natural to ask: does the corresponding \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) reconstruct the original datum \(L\), or does it instead produce a new coalgebra? As expected, the answer is “reconstruction”, but a little argument is required.

The first step is to make clear how to compare \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) and \(L\). Since \(L\) coacts from the right on every \(\omega(X)\), the universal property induces a coalgebra homomorphism \[\begin{equation} u: \operatorname{coE}(\omega) \to L. \end{equation}\] The original question is equivalent to asking whether \(u\) is an isomorphism. We first prove a simple result.

Lemma. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field and let \(L\) be a \(\Bbbk\)-coalgebra, with the comultiplication homomorphism denoted by \(\Delta\) and the counit homomorphism by \(\epsilon\). Every right \(L\)-comodule \(V\) is a union of finite-dimensional subcomodules.

Proof. Suppose that the comodule structure is given by \(\rho: V \to V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\). For each \(x \in V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\), define the subspace \[V(x) := \ensuremath{\left\langle (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \lambda)(x) : \lambda \in \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(L, \Bbbk) \right\rangle} \; \subset V ;\] if \(x\) is written concretely as \(\sum_{i=1}^n v_i \otimes \ell_i\), with \(\ell_1, \ldots, \ell_n\) linearly independent, then clearly \(V(x) = \ensuremath{\left\langle v_1, \ldots, v_n \right\rangle}\), and hence \(x \in V(x) \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\).

Take \(v \in V\). Setting \(x = \rho(v)\) and \(\lambda = \epsilon\) gives \(v \in V(\rho(v))\). We next show that \(\rho(V(\rho(v))) \subset V(\rho(v)) \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\). Write again \(\rho(v) = \sum_i v_i \otimes \ell_i\); the equation \((\rho \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})\rho(v) = (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \Delta)\rho(v)\) in the definition of a comodule can be written as the following equation in \(V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\): \[\sum_i \rho(v_i) \otimes \ell_i = \sum_i v_i \otimes \Delta(\ell_i).\]

Extend \(\ell_1, \ldots, \ell_n\) to a basis and contract with the dual basis. This gives \(\rho(v_i) \in V(\rho(v)) \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\) for \(i = 1, \ldots, n\).

Thus every finite-dimensional subspace \(\ensuremath{\left\langle v_1, \ldots, v_m \right\rangle}\) of \(V\) is contained in the subcomodule \(\sum_{i=1}^m V(\rho(v_i))\), which is clearly finite-dimensional.

Lemma. With the notation above, \(u: \operatorname{coE}(\omega) \to L\) in equation is an isomorphism of coalgebras.

Proof. We show that all right \(L\)-comodules \(V\), together with all homomorphisms between them, lift naturally to right \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\)-comodules. For \(\dim_{\Bbbk} V < \infty\), this is by definition—apply Definition–Proposition reference to \(\mathcal{A} = \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L\) and \(\omega = U\); the general case then follows from Lemma reference.

Now take \(V=L\) with the right \(L\)-comodule structure determined by \(\Delta\). The lifted \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\)-comodule structure corresponds to \(\tilde{\Delta}: L \to L \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coE}(\omega)\). This is the same as saying that the triangular part of the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-130-d001}\] and its square part clearly commutes as well. Denote the composite of the first row by \(\gamma\); then \(u\gamma = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_L\). It remains only to prove that \(\gamma\) is surjective.

Let \(\rho: V \to V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\) be a finite-dimensional right \(L\)-comodule. The commutative diagram in the definition \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-130-d002}\] is also equivalent to saying that \(\rho\) is a homomorphism of \(L\)-comodules, provided that \(V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\) is equipped with the comodule structure coming from \(L\) and \(\Delta\). Now lift \(V\) naturally to a \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\)-comodule, corresponding to \(\tilde{\rho}: V \to V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coE}(\omega)\); if the comodule \(V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L\) is lifted similarly, its structure corresponds to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \tilde{\Delta}: V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L \to V \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} L \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} \operatorname{coE}(\omega)\). The comodule homomorphism \(\rho\) also lifts to the \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) level, which is the same as saying that the square in the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-130-d003}\] Since the composite of the second row is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\), we obtain \(\tilde{\rho} = (\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_V \otimes \gamma)\rho\). One checks that the map \(\alpha_V: V^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} V \to \operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) induced by \(\tilde{\rho}\) therefore factors as \[V^\vee \ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}} V \xrightarrow{\text{induced by $\rho$}} L \xrightarrow{\gamma} \operatorname{coE}(\omega).\]

Recalling the construction of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\), as \(V\) varies, the images \(\operatorname{im}(\alpha_V)\) generate all of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\). Thus \(\gamma\) is surjective.

As one might expect, if \(L\) is a bialgebra, then equation is also an isomorphism of bialgebras. The required argument is entirely routine and need not be spelled out.

Definition.

For the chosen field \(\Bbbk\), define the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Fib}}(\Bbbk)\) as follows.

  • Its objects are data \((\mathcal{A}, \omega)\), where \(\mathcal{A}\) is a locally finite abelian category (and hence essentially small), and \(\omega: \mathcal{A} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\) is a faithful exact functor.

  • A morphism from \((\mathcal{A}, \omega)\) to \((\mathcal{A}', \omega')\) is a datum \((F, \alpha)\), where \(F: \mathcal{A} \to \mathcal{A}'\) is a functor and \(\alpha: \omega \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\omega' F\) is an isomorphism of functors. Identities and composition are defined in the evident way.

Similarly, define the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Fib}}^{\otimes}(\Bbbk)\), with the following additional conditions:

  • \(\mathcal{A}\) in an object \((\mathcal{A}, \omega)\) must be equipped with a monoidal structure, and \(\omega\) must be a monoidal functor;

  • \(F\) in a morphism must also be a monoidal functor, and \(\alpha\) must be an isomorphism of monoidal functors.

Observe that if \((\mathcal{A}, \omega)\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Fib}}^{\otimes}(\Bbbk)\), faithfulness and exactness imply that \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}) \to \Bbbk\) is a monomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-algebras; thus in this case \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{A}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\Bbbk\).

On the other hand, denote the category of \(\Bbbk\)-coalgebras (respectively, \(\Bbbk\)-bialgebras) and their homomorphisms by \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{coAlg}}\) (respectively, \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{biAlg}}\)).

  • There are evident functors \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Fib}}(\Bbbk) \to \Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{coAlg}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Fib}}^{\otimes}(\Bbbk) \to \Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{biAlg}}\). Both send an object \((\mathcal{A}, \omega)\) to \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\), while a morphism \((\mathcal{A}, \omega) \to (\mathcal{A}', \omega')\) induces a coalgebra or bialgebra homomorphism \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega) \simeq \operatorname{coE}(\omega' F) \to \operatorname{coE}(\omega')\).

  • There are also functors in the opposite direction: for a coalgebra or bialgebra \(L\), take the corresponding datum \(\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L, U \right)\); on morphisms, for a homomorphism \(\phi: L \to L'\), a right \(L\)-comodule \((M, \rho)\) becomes a right \(L'\)-comodule through \(M \xrightarrow{(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes \phi) \rho} M \otimes L'\). This gives \(\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L, U \right) \to \left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L', U' \right)\).

Theorem.

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field. The constructions above give two pairs of mutually quasi-inverse functors \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-130-d004}\]

Proof. Write the functors in the two directions as \(Z: \star \leftrightarrows \star :Y\). For the first pair, the isomorphism \(u\) in Lemma reference gives \(ZY \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\), while the equivalence \(\overline{\omega}\) in Theorem reference (i) gives \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}YZ\).

For the second pair, since it is already known that when \(L\) is a bialgebra, \(u\) in equation is also an isomorphism of bialgebras, we still have \(ZY \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) in the monoidal setting; meanwhile, \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}YZ\) is now the content of Theorem reference (ii).

We now add the duality introduced in §reference to the framework of Reconstruction Theorem reference. As usual, we consider only the simple situation in which \(B = \Bbbk\) is a field.

Theorem. Under the assumptions of Theorem reference, suppose further that \((\mathcal{A}, \omega)\) is an object of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Fib}}^{\otimes}(\Bbbk)\) and that \(\mathcal{A}\) is both left and right rigid. Then \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) is a Hopf algebra.

Proof. It suffices to show that the bialgebra \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) has an antipode. Use the left rigidity of \(\mathcal{A}\) to define the functor \(X \mapsto {}^* X\). For each \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), since monoidal functors preserve duals, we obtain \(\omega({}^* X) \simeq \omega(X)^\vee\); since the monoidal structure on \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\) is symmetric, we also obtain \(\omega(X) \simeq \omega({}^* X)^\vee\). Now consider \[\phi \in \omega(X)^\vee \simeq \omega({}^* X), \quad x \in \omega(X) \simeq \omega({}^* X)^\vee ,\] where \(X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is arbitrary. In the notation of Convention reference, both \([\phi \otimes x]\) and \([x \otimes \phi]\) are therefore elements of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\). We claim that \[\begin{equation} \text{there is a linear map}\; S: \operatorname{coE}(\omega) \to \operatorname{coE}(\omega), \;\text{characterized by}\; S[\phi \otimes x] = [x \otimes \phi]. \end{equation}\]

For this, observe that for every morphism \(f: X \to Y\) in \(\mathcal{A}\), there are commutative diagrams \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-130-d005} \quad \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-130-d006}\] where all the vertical arrows come from the isomorphisms in the preceding paragraph. For \(\psi \in \omega(Y)^\vee\) and \(x \in \omega(X)\), there are corresponding elements \(\psi' \in \omega({}^* Y)\) and \(x' \in \omega({}^* X)^\vee\) such that, respectively, \[\omega(f)^\vee (\psi) \leftrightarrow \omega({}^* f)(\psi'), \quad \omega(f)(x) \leftrightarrow \omega({}^* f)^\vee(x').\] Substituting this into the construction and description of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) in the proof of Proposition reference, we see that \(\delta_f\) there corresponds to \(\delta_{{}^* f}\). Thus

\([\phi \otimes x] \mapsto [x \otimes \phi]\) indeed defines a unique linear map \(S\), proving equation.

Our goal is to prove that \(S\) is an antipode. The construction in the preceding paragraph can also be carried out with \(X^*\) in place of \({}^* X\), yielding a linear map \(T: \operatorname{coE}(\omega) \to \operatorname{coE}(\omega)\); this map is likewise written in the form \([\phi \otimes x] \mapsto [x \otimes \phi]\). From \({}^* (X^*) = X = ({}^* X)^*\), it is easy to see that \(ST = \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}= TS\); in particular, \(S\) is an isomorphism. This is the first requirement for an antipode.

Next, denote the multiplication, comultiplication, unit, and counit homomorphisms of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) by \(\mu\), \(\Delta\), \(\eta\), and \(\epsilon\), respectively. Choose an object \(X\) and a basis \(v_1, \ldots, v_n\) of the \(\Bbbk\)-vector space \(\omega(X)\). Denote the dual basis of \(\omega(X)^\vee\) by \(\check{v}_1, \ldots, \check{v}_n\). Denote the morphisms for the left dual of \(X\) by \[\mathrm{ev}_X: {}^* X \otimes X \to \ensuremath{\bm{1}}, \quad \mathrm{coev}_X: \ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to X \otimes {}^* X.\] Their images under \(\omega\) realize the duality between \(\omega(X)\) and \(\omega({}^* X)\). Recall that \((\cdot)^\vee\) is the dual in the symmetric monoidal category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\), with no distinction between left and right; henceforth we may identify \[\begin{equation*} \omega(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}) \simeq \omega(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})^\vee, \quad \omega(X \otimes {}^* X) \simeq \omega({}^* X \otimes X)^\vee, \end{equation*}\] and correspondingly identify \(\omega(\mathrm{coev}_X)\) with \(\omega(\mathrm{ev}_X)^\vee\).

For every \(\phi \in \omega(X)^\vee\) and \(x \in \omega(X)\), the description of \(\Delta\) (respectively, \(\mu\)) in equation (respectively, equation) gives \[\begin{align*} \Delta([\phi \otimes x]) & = \sum_{i=1}^n [\phi \otimes v_i] \otimes [\check{v}_i \otimes x], \\ \mu(S \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})\Delta([\phi \otimes x]) & = \sum_{i=1}^n \mu\left( [v_i \otimes \phi] \otimes [\check{v}_i \otimes x] \right) \\ & = \sum_{i=1}^n \left[ (v_i \otimes \check{v}_i) \otimes (\phi \otimes x) \right] \\ & = \left[ \mathrm{coev}_{\omega(X)}(1) \otimes (\phi \otimes x) \right] \\ & = \left[ \omega(\mathrm{coev}_X)(1) \otimes (\phi \otimes x) \right]. \end{align*}\] However, equation implies that the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-130-d007}\] Therefore, \[\begin{gather*} \left[ \omega(\mathrm{coev}_X)(1) \otimes (\phi \otimes x) \right] = \eta\left( \omega(\mathrm{ev}_X)(\phi \otimes x) \right) \xlongequal{\text{\href{#eqn:L-counit}{equation}}} \eta\epsilon\left( \phi \otimes x \right), \end{gather*}\] which proves \(\mu(S \otimes \ensuremath{\mathrm{id}})\Delta = \eta\epsilon\). Similarly, \(\mu(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes S)\Delta = \eta\epsilon\). Thus \(S\) is an antipode.

Corollary. Under the bijection given by Theorem reference, \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-130-d008}\] the category \(\mathcal{A}\) in an object \((\mathcal{A}, \omega)\) on the left is both left and right rigid if and only if the object \(L\) on the right is a Hopf algebra.

Proof. The “only if” direction follows from Theorem reference, whereas the “if” direction was explained in Proposition reference.

In the proof of Theorem reference, the left rigidity of \(\mathcal{A}\) plays the principal role; right rigidity is used only to ensure that \(S\) is an isomorphism. If the definition of a Hopf algebra allows a noninvertible \(S\), then the category of right comodules \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}L\) is only left rigid; see the formulas in Proposition reference.

Tannakian Categories

The theory of Tannakian categories is a thorough reformulation, due to Saavedra Rivano and Deligne [Sa72,Del90], of the work of Tadao Tannaka [Ta38] and M. Krein [Kr49] on representations of compact groups; its guiding ideas originate with Grothendieck. Related ideas were later developed far more broadly in Lurie and Bhatt’s work on derived algebraic geometry. We shall broadly follow Deligne’s treatment. Unless stated otherwise, throughout this section we retain the assumptions of §reference, with a fixed field \(\Bbbk\).

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be an essentially small abelian category (Definition reference) equipped with a symmetric monoidal structure for which \(\otimes\) is \(\Bbbk\)-linear in each variable. The category \(\mathcal{T}\) is called a Tannakian category over the field \(\Bbbk\) if it has the following properties.

  • If \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) denotes the unit of \(\mathcal{T}\), then \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{T}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})=\Bbbk\).

  • As a symmetric monoidal category, \(\mathcal{T}\) is rigid (Definition reference).

  • There exist a commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(B\), taken by convention to be nonzero, and a right-exact monoidal functor compatible with the braiding \[\omega: \mathcal{T} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B.\] Such a functor is called a fiber functor for \(\mathcal{T}\) over \(B\).1

A fiber functor over \(\Bbbk\) is called neutral. If a Tannakian category \(\mathcal{T}\) has a neutral fiber functor, then \(\mathcal{T}\) is called a neutral Tannakian category.

By the definition of the dual of a morphism in Definition reference, the duality functor \((\mathord\cdot)^*\) of a Tannakian category is necessarily \(\Bbbk\)-linear. The preceding definition is quite flexible. If \(\omega\) is a fiber functor over \(B\) and \(B\to B'\) is a homomorphism of commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebras, then \(\omega\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B'\) is a fiber functor over \(B'\). These axioms have several nontrivial consequences, in which duality plays a key role.

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be a Tannakian category.

  1. For every commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(B\), every fiber functor \(\omega\) over \(B\) takes values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\) and is automatically faithful and exact.

  2. There exist a field extension \(\Bbbk'|\Bbbk\) and a fiber functor over \(\Bbbk'\).

  3. If \(\omega\) is a fiber functor over \(B\), the canonical map \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{T}}(X,Y)\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}B\to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(\omega(X),\omega(Y))\] is injective.

  4. The category \(\mathcal{T}\) is locally finite (Definition reference).

Proof. For (i), since \(\omega\) is monoidal and \(\mathcal{T}\) is rigid, Proposition reference shows that \(\omega\) takes values in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\). We next prove that \(\omega\) is left exact. Consider any exact sequence in \(\mathcal{T}\) \[0 \to X \to Y \to Z.\] Its dual is also exact, so applying \(\omega\) gives an exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) \[\omega(Z)^\vee \to \omega(Y)^\vee \to \omega(X)^\vee \to 0.\] Apply \((\mathord\cdot)^\vee=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(\mathord\cdot,B)\) once more. Together with Proposition reference and \(\omega(\mathord\cdot)^{\vee\vee}\simeq\omega(\mathord\cdot)\), this yields the exact sequence \[0 \to \omega(X) \to \omega(Y) \to \omega(Z).\]

For faithfulness, the definition of duality shows that \(X\neq0\) if and only if \(\mathrm{ev}_X:X\otimes X^*\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is nonzero. Meanwhile, Proposition reference and \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{T}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})=\Bbbk\) show that this is equivalent to \(\mathrm{ev}_X\) being an epimorphism. Since \(\omega\) is both monoidal and exact, \(X\neq0\) therefore gives an epimorphism \(\omega(X)\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\omega(X)^\vee\twoheadrightarrow B\), and hence \(\omega(X)\neq0\).

For (ii), choose a fiber functor \(\omega\) over \(B\) and a maximal ideal \(\mathfrak m\) of \(B\), and put \(\Bbbk':=B/\mathfrak m\). Then \(\omega\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\Bbbk'\) is a fiber functor over \(\Bbbk'\).

For (iii), take linearly independent elements \(f_1,\ldots,f_n\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{T}}(X,Y)\). In the notation of Corollary reference, they define a morphism \(\Phi:\ensuremath{\bm{1}}^{\oplus n}\to\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)\). We claim that \(\Phi\) is a monomorphism. Indeed, \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) is simple (Proposition reference), so \(\operatorname{ker}(\Phi)\) has finite length. If \(\operatorname{ker}(\Phi)\neq0\), all its composition factors are \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\); see §reference. In particular there is a monomorphism \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\hookrightarrow\operatorname{ker}(\Phi)\hookrightarrow\ensuremath{\bm{1}}^{\oplus n}\). Since \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{T}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})=\Bbbk\), composing with \(\Phi\) gives a morphism \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\to\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(X,Y)\) that is zero on the one hand, but on the other hand corresponds to \(\sum_{i=1}^na_if_i\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{T}}(X,Y)\) for some \(a_1,\ldots,a_n\in\Bbbk\) not all zero. This contradicts linear independence.

Applying the exact monoidal functor \(\omega\) to \(\Phi\) gives a monomorphism of \(B\)-modules \(B^{\oplus n}\hookrightarrow \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B}(\omega(X),\omega(Y))\). This is precisely the restriction of the canonical map under consideration to \(\bigoplus_{i=1}^n\Bbbk f_i\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}B\).

For (iv), first use (ii) to obtain a fiber functor \(\omega\) over a field extension \(\Bbbk'\). The faithful exactness in (i) already implies that every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{T})\) has finite length. Next, (iii) gives a \(\Bbbk'\)-linear embedding \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{T}}(X,Y)\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}\Bbbk' \hookrightarrow\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk')} (\omega(X),\omega(Y)).\] The right-hand side is finite-dimensional, and hence \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{T}}(X,Y)\) is a finite-dimensional \(\Bbbk\)-vector space.

By Lemma reference, the theoretical framework of §reference applies to every Tannakian category \(\mathcal{T}\) and every fiber functor \(\omega:\mathcal{T}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\) over a commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(B\). From the viewpoint of algebraic geometry, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{pfg}}\text{-}}B\) corresponds to the category of vector bundles on the affine scheme \(\operatorname{Spec}B\). It is therefore necessary to consider general \(B\), although doing so also requires additional theoretical tools. The reconstruction theorem below treats only the case \(B=\Bbbk\).

Theorem.

Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be a neutral Tannakian category and let \(\omega:\mathcal{T}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) be a neutral fiber functor. Then \(\omega\) factors canonically as \[\mathcal{T} \xrightarrow{\overline{\omega}} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}\operatorname{coE}(\omega) \xrightarrow{U} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk),\] where \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\) carries a canonical commutative Hopf algebra structure, and \(\overline\omega\) is an equivalence of symmetric monoidal categories.

Proof. Since \(\mathcal{T}\) is now known to be locally finite, the assertion follows immediately from Theorems reference and reference.

Example. Let \(H\) be a commutative Hopf \(\Bbbk\)-algebra. Proposition reference shows that the category of finite-dimensional comodules \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm f}\text{-}}H\) is naturally a neutral Tannakian category, with the forgetful functor as its standard neutral fiber functor: \[\omega: \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}H \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk), \quad M \mapsto (M\;\text{as a vector space}).\] Theorem reference says that, up to equivalence, this family of examples exhausts all neutral Tannakian categories.

Example. Let \((\Gamma,+)\) be an abelian group and put \(\mathcal{T}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\Gamma,\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\), in the notation of Examples reference and reference. Equip \(\mathcal{T}\) with the standard braiding \[\begin{align*} c(M, N): M \otimes N & \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}N \otimes M \\ x \otimes y & \mapsto y \otimes x, \quad x \in M^\gamma, \; y \in N^\eta. \end{align*}\] This makes \(\mathcal{T}\) a neutral Tannakian category, with \(\omega_\Gamma:(M^\gamma)_{\gamma\in\Gamma}\mapsto \bigoplus_\gamma M^\gamma\) as neutral fiber functor. The key point is rigidity, which is precisely the multivariable version of Example reference. The corresponding endomorphism coalgebra is already known: it is the Hopf algebra \(\Bbbk[\Gamma]\).

Although \(\Gamma=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) are both allowed, the braiding here does not involve the Koszul sign rule equation; if it did, \(\omega_\Gamma\) would not preserve the braiding. The theory of Tannakian categories therefore cannot be applied directly to categories such as the category of super vector spaces \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}^-_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\), because it has no fiber functor to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\).

Remark. Some assertions of linear algebra—that is, assertions about fiber functors—can be translated into the language of Hopf algebras by Theorem reference. As a simple and useful example, for a neutral fiber functor \(\omega\) and an abelian group \((\Gamma,+)\), consider the following three kinds of data.

  1. Equip each \(\omega(X)\) with a \(\Gamma\)-grading; that is, specify a family of isomorphisms \[\alpha_X: \omega(X) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\omega_\Gamma(FX), \quad FX \in \operatorname{Ob}\left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\Gamma, \mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk) \right),\] with \(FX\) and \(\alpha_X\) functorial in \(X\), and such that \(\omega(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\simeq\Bbbk\) and \(\omega(X\otimes X')\simeq\omega(X)\otimes\omega(X')\) both lift to the level of \(\Gamma\)-graded vector spaces.

  2. Specify a monoidal functor \(F:\mathcal{T}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\Gamma,\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) together with an isomorphism of monoidal functors \(\alpha:\omega\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\omega_\Gamma F\).

  3. Specify a homomorphism of \(\Bbbk\)-bialgebras \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\to\Bbbk[\Gamma]\).

Data (i) and (ii) differ only in wording. In the language of Definition reference, (ii) is the same as specifying the morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Fib}}^{\otimes}(\Bbbk)\) \((F,\alpha):(\mathcal{T},\omega)\to (\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\Gamma,\mathrm f}(\Bbbk),\omega_\Gamma)\). Hence the Reconstruction Theorem reference ensures that (ii) and (iii) are equivalent.

For example, for the most common grading \(\Gamma=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), data (iii) amount to giving a homomorphism of Hopf algebras \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\to\Bbbk[T,T^{-1}]\), where \(T\) is an indeterminate.


  1. The term comes from the Grothendieck school and is rooted in an analogy with the theory of covering spaces.↩︎

Finally, we briefly discuss the relationship between fiber functors. Unlike the preceding discussion, this part does not involve the reconstruction theorem. Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be a Tannakian category, and let \(\omega_1,\omega_2\) be fiber functors over a commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(B\). For every commutative \(B\)-algebra \(B'\), define the set \[\begin{equation*} \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\otimes_B(\omega_2, \omega_1)(B') := \operatorname{Hom}_{\text{monoidal functors}}\left( \omega_2 \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} B', \omega_1 \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} B' \right). \end{equation*}\] As \(B'\) varies, this defines a functor \(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). Recall that Proposition reference (iii) equips \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1,\omega_2)\) with the structure of a commutative \(B\)-algebra.

Proposition. For a Tannakian category \(\mathcal{T}\) and fiber functors \(\omega_1,\omega_2:\mathcal{T}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\), there is an isomorphism of functors \[\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\otimes_B(\omega_2, \omega_1) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}}\left( \operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1, \omega_2) , \; \cdot \; \right).\] Composition of homomorphisms on the right is induced by equation.

Proof. To simplify notation, write \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1,\omega_2)\) as \(\operatorname{coH}\) from now on. Specifying a morphism, without regard to the monoidal structure, \[\tilde{\varphi}: \omega_2 \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} B' \to \omega_1 \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} B' \quad (\text{both valued in }\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B')\] is equivalent to specifying a morphism \[\varphi: \omega_2 \to \omega_1 \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} B' \quad (\text{both valued in }\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B),\] which, by the universal property of \(\operatorname{coH}\), is in turn equivalent to specifying a homomorphism of \(B\)-modules \[\psi: \operatorname{coH}\to B'.\] It remains to prove that \(\tilde{\varphi}\) preserves the monoidal structure if and only if \(\psi\) is a homomorphism of \(B\)-algebras. The argument is formal, although spelling it out is somewhat lengthy.

Write the multiplication morphisms as \(m:B'\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B'\to B'\) and \(\mu:\operatorname{coH}\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\operatorname{coH}\to\operatorname{coH}\). It is immediate that \(\tilde{\varphi}\) preserves the unit, respectively \(\otimes\), if and only if the left-hand, respectively right-hand, diagram below always commutes: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-132-d001} \quad \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-132-d002}\]

First consider the left-hand diagram. Its first row factors as \(\omega_2(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\to\omega_1(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\operatorname{coH} \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\otimes\psi}\omega_1(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B'\). After identifying every \(\omega_i(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) with \(B\), commutativity of the left-hand diagram is equivalent to commutativity of \(\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-132-d003}\), which in turn is equivalent to \(\psi\) preserving the unit.

We now show that commutativity of the right-hand diagram is equivalent to \(\psi\) preserving multiplication. Consider \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-132-d004} \end{equation}\] The upper and lower curved regions always commute, while commutativity of the square on the left reduces to the characterization of \(\mu\) in equation.

Define \(\eta:=\omega_1^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\omega_2\), which is a monoidal functor \(\mathcal{T}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\). The square portion of equation can be rearranged as \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-132-diagram-005} \end{equation}\] The left-hand square still commutes, while \(\psi\) preserves multiplication if and only if the right-hand square commutes.

If \(\tilde{\varphi}\) preserves \(\otimes\), then the large outer frame in equation commutes, and hence so does the outer frame of its square portion. Thus the outer frame of equation commutes. This shows that the right-hand square commutes after precomposition with \(\eta(X)\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\eta(Y)\to\operatorname{coH}\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}\operatorname{coH}\). Since \(X\) and \(Y\) are arbitrary, the universal property of \(\operatorname{coH}\), or its concrete construction in Proposition reference, suffices to show that the right-hand square in equation commutes.

Conversely, suppose the right-hand square in equation commutes. Then the entire diagram equation commutes, so the large outer frame in equation commutes; hence \(\tilde{\varphi}\) preserves \(\otimes\). This completes the verification.

The rigidity of \(\mathcal{T}\) implies that every element of \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}^\otimes_B(\omega_2,\omega_1)(B')\) is an isomorphism; this is an application of Proposition reference. The next result is therefore immediate.

Corollary.

For a Tannakian category \(\mathcal{T}\), a commutative \(\Bbbk\)-algebra \(B\), and a fiber functor \(\omega:\mathcal{T}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\), write \(\operatorname{Aut}^{\otimes}(\omega)\) for the group of monoidal automorphisms of \(\omega\). Then, for every commutative \(B\)-algebra \(B'\), there is a canonical isomorphism \[\operatorname{Aut}^{\otimes}\left( \omega \ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}} B' \right) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}}\left(\operatorname{coE}_B(\omega), B' \right),\] where multiplication in the group on the right is reflected by the comultiplication of \(\operatorname{coE}_B(\omega)\).

One can further show that the identity element and inversion in the automorphism group arise respectively from the counit morphism and the antipode of \(\operatorname{coE}_B(\omega)\). The verification is simple and formal, so it is left as an exercise for this chapter. Considering the Yoneda embedding of \(B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}\) gives the following conclusion: \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-132-d005}\] Thus, once \(\operatorname{Aut}^{\otimes}\) is viewed functorially, the entire long story of the endomorphism coalgebra ultimately returns to the group of \(\otimes\)-automorphisms of the fiber functor.

In the situation of Proposition reference, Deligne proved in [Del90] that \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1,\omega_2)\) is faithfully flat as a \(B\)-module; in particular, \(\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1,\omega_2)\neq0\). We shall not give the detailed proof, but its importance in algebraic geometry is worth mentioning. It guarantees the existence of a faithfully flat \(B\)-algebra \(B'\) and an isomorphism \(\omega_1\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B'\simeq\omega_2\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B'\); for example, one may take \(B'=\operatorname{coH}_B(\omega_1,\omega_2)\). Thus fiber functors are unique up to faithfully flat change of rings, while properties over the original ring \(B\) can in principle be reconstructed from descent data as in §reference. This is the principal benefit of faithful flatness.

The Tannaka–Krein Theorem for Finite Groups

Classical Tannaka–Krein theory [Ta38, Kr49] is chiefly concerned with the following question: given a compact topological group \(G\), how can \(G\) be reconstructed from its category of representations? The answer is closely tied to the tensor-product structure and duality; see [FL14]. This section gives a concise interpretation of the Tannaka–Krein reconstruction theorem based on the preceding results, but treats only finite groups rather than compact groups.

Let \(G\) be a group and \(\Bbbk\) a field. Henceforth write \(\otimes := \otimes_{\Bbbk}\), and denote the identity element of \(G\) by \(1_G\).

The principal objects of interest are the \(G\)-modules introduced in Definition reference, which in many contexts are also called representations of \(G\). In brief, they are \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces \(V\) equipped with a linear left \(G\)-action \(G \times V \to V\), written as left multiplication \((g,v)\mapsto gv\). All \(G\)-modules form a \(\Bbbk\)-linear Abelian category \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), whose \(\operatorname{Hom}\) is denoted by \(\operatorname{Hom}_G\). The forgetful functor \[\omega: G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\] of course sends a \(G\)-module \(V\) to its underlying \(\Bbbk\)-vector space \(V\).

Write the group algebra of \(G\) as \(\Bbbk[G]\); by Example reference, it is a Hopf algebra. As stated in Proposition reference, \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is isomorphic to \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), and we shall switch between these two viewpoints without further comment.

Convention. The dimension of a \(G\)-module means its dimension as a \(\Bbbk\)-vector space. Write \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) for the full subcategory of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) consisting of finite-dimensional \(G\)-modules.

The field \(\Bbbk\) endowed with the trivial \(G\)-action is called the trivial \(G\)-module (Example reference). For \(G\)-modules \(V\) and \(W\), the spaces \(V\otimes W\) and \(\operatorname{Hom}(V,W):=\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(V,W)\) carry canonical \(G\)-module structures. The special case \(\operatorname{Hom}(V,\Bbbk)\) of the latter is called the contragredient \(G\)-module of \(V\), and is also denoted by \(V^*\) to distinguish it from the vector-space dual. These operations were described in detail after Definition reference.

Proposition. The tensor-product operation above, \((V,W)\mapsto V\otimes W\), gives \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) a symmetric monoidal structure whose unit is the trivial \(G\)-module \(\Bbbk\), and makes the forgetful functor \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) monoidal. The full subcategory \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) is then a neutral Tannakian category, and the forgetful functor \(\omega:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\) is its fiber functor.

Proof. The symmetric monoidal structure on \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) can be checked directly from the definition of the tensor product. Readers who prefer a big-picture account may instead reason as follows.

  • Since \(\Bbbk[G]\) is a Hopf algebra, Proposition reference equips \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) with a monoidal structure for which the forgetful functor is monoidal. Because the comultiplication on \(\Bbbk[G]\) is \(g\mapsto g\otimes g\), carefully expanding the definitions shows that this is precisely the tensor-product operation defined above.

  • Since \(\Bbbk[G]\) is cocommutative, Proposition reference (i) further implies that \(\Bbbk[G]\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is a symmetric monoidal category.

Clearly \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) is a monoidal subcategory of \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and is also an Abelian category. For every \(n\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}\), all \(G\)-module structures that can be placed on \(\Bbbk^n\) form a small set; hence \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) is essentially small. Plainly, \[\operatorname{End}_G\left(\Bbbk:\; \text{the trivial $G$-module}\right) = \Bbbk.\]

Checking the definition of duality in §reference step by step shows that the contragredient operation \(V\mapsto V^*\) makes \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) rigid. Its duality data come from the familiar morphisms \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-133-d001} \quad \text{Diagram chapter9-unit-133-d002}\] where \((v_i)_i\) is any basis of \(V\) as a vector space and \((\check v_i)_i\) is its dual basis; both are morphisms in \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\). From the viewpoint of the Hopf algebra \(\Bbbk[G]\), rigidity also follows from Proposition reference and the fact that the antipode of \(\Bbbk[G]\) is \(g\mapsto g^{-1}\).

The constructions above also show that the forgetful functor \(\omega:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\) is monoidal, compatible with the symmetric monoidal structures on both sides, and plainly exact. Thus \(\omega\) is a neutral fiber functor on the neutral Tannakian category \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\).

From now on suppose that \(G\) is finite. The central question of this section is:

How can the group \(G\) be reconstructed from the data \(\left(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}},\omega\right)\)?

The results obtained in §reference already bring us close to an answer, but the machinery still requires some adjustment. First we must interpret \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) as a comodule category.

Definition. Continue to assume that \(G\) is finite. Define the \(\Bbbk\)-vector space \[C(G) := \left\{\text{maps}\; f: G \to \Bbbk \right\},\] with vector-space structure given by pointwise operations. There is moreover a canonical isomorphism \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-133-d003}\]

Identifying \(C(G)\otimes C(G)\) with \(C(G\times G)\), the space \(C(G)\) has the following structure:

structure map formula
Multiplication Pointwise multiplication
Comultiplication \(\Delta\) \(f\mapsto[(g_1,g_2)\mapsto f(g_1g_2)]\)
Unit Constant function \(1\)
Counit \(\epsilon\) \(f\mapsto f(1_G)\)
Antipode \(S\) \((Sf)(g)=f(g^{-1})\)

The reader is invited to give a brief verification that this is a commutative Hopf algebra. Consequently, Proposition reference (ii) ensures that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C(G)\) is a symmetric monoidal category, while Proposition reference makes \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}C(G)\) a rigid symmetric monoidal category; compare the big-picture part of the preceding proof.

For every \(g\in G\), let \(\mathbf{1}_g\in C(G)\) be the element equal to \(1\) at \(g\) and \(0\) elsewhere. These elements form a basis of \(C(G)\), and multiplication and comultiplication are respectively determined by \(\mathbf{1}_{g_1}\mathbf{1}_{g_2}=\delta_{g_1,g_2}\mathbf{1}_{g_1}\) (with \(\delta\) the Kronecker symbol) and \(\Delta(\mathbf{1}_g)=\sum_{xy=g}\mathbf{1}_x\otimes\mathbf{1}_y\).

Proposition. There is an isomorphism of categories \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C(G)\). The right \(C(G)\)-comodule corresponding to a \(G\)-module \(V\) is \(V\) equipped with the linear map \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-133-d004}\] while the \(G\)-module corresponding to a right \(C(G)\)-comodule \((V,\rho)\) is \(V\) equipped with the map \[\begin{align*} G \times V & \to V \\ (g, v) & \mapsto \underbracket{\rho(v)}_{\text{map}\; G \to V}(g). \end{align*}\]

Furthermore, the symmetric monoidal structures on \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}C(G)\) correspond under this isomorphism. All these isomorphisms preserve the forgetful functors to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\), as expressed by the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-133-d005}\]

In particular, \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}C(G)\) are likewise isomorphic, and the isomorphism preserves their forgetful functors to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\).

Proof. Unwind the definitions.

Lemma. There is a bijection \(G\xrightarrow{1:1}\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}}(C(G),\Bbbk)\) sending \(g\) to the evaluation homomorphism \(f\mapsto f(g)\). Endow the right-hand side with the binary operation induced by \(\Delta:C(G)\to C(G\times G)\simeq C(G)\otimes C(G)\), which sends \((\varphi_1,\varphi_2)\) to \((\varphi_1\otimes\varphi_2)\circ\Delta\). Then this bijection is an isomorphism of groups.

Proof. Every \(\Bbbk\)-algebra homomorphism \(\varphi:C(G)\to\Bbbk\) is surjective, so \(\operatorname{ker}(\varphi)\) is a maximal ideal. As a \(\Bbbk\)-algebra, however, \(C(G)\) is the direct product of \(G\) copies of \(\Bbbk\), via the map \(f\mapsto(f(g))_{g\in G}\). It is easy to show that the maximal ideals of \(\prod_{g\in G}\Bbbk\) correspond bijectively to the elements of \(G\) through \[g \in G \quad \leftrightarrow \quad \Bbbk \times \cdots \times \underbracket{\{0\}}_{\text{$g$-component}} \times \cdots \times \Bbbk\] See [Li1], or prove this directly. The required bijection follows at once.

To see how group multiplication is reflected on \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}}(C(G),\Bbbk)\), it suffices to verify that \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-133-d006}\] is commutative. This presents no essential difficulty.

We can now answer the reconstruction question posed above. The answer involves the group \(\operatorname{Aut}^{\otimes}(\omega)\) introduced in Corollary reference; the point is to describe the isomorphism explicitly.

Theorem (T. Tannaka, M. Krein).

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field and \(G\) a finite group. Consider the forgetful functor \(\omega:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\). There is an isomorphism of groups \[A: G \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Aut}^\otimes(\omega),\] described explicitly as follows: for \(g\in G\) and a finite-dimensional \(G\)-module \(V\), the map \(A(g)_V:V\to V\) is the \(\Bbbk\)-linear map \(v\mapsto gv\).

Proof. We know that \(\omega\) is a neutral fiber functor on the Tannakian category \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}_{\mathrm{f}}\) (Proposition reference), and therefore it has an associated commutative Hopf algebra \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\). Taking \(B=B'=\Bbbk\) in Corollary reference gives an isomorphism of groups \[\operatorname{Aut}^{\otimes}(\omega) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}}\left(\operatorname{coE}(\omega), \Bbbk \right).\]

The commutative diagram in Proposition reference implies \[\operatorname{coE}(\omega) \simeq \operatorname{coE}\left(\omega_{C(G)}: \ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}C(G) \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk) \right),\] while Lemma reference, together with the explanation following it, further gives \[\operatorname{coE}\left( \omega_{C(G)} \right) \simeq C(G);\] all of these are canonical isomorphisms of bialgebras. Substituting Lemma reference, we obtain isomorphisms of groups \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-133-d007}\] The image \(B(g)\) under the first isomorphism is the evaluation homomorphism \(f\mapsto f(g)\). On the other hand, by the universal property of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)=\operatorname{coH}(\omega,\omega)\simeq C(G)\) in Definition reference (with \(L=\Bbbk\)), the second isomorphism in fact extends to \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(C(G), \Bbbk) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(\omega, \omega),\] and that universal property shows that the correspondence between \(A\) and \(B\) is characterized by the following commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\): \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-133-d008}\] where \(V\) ranges over the finite-dimensional \(G\)-modules and \(\rho\) is defined as in Proposition reference. Substituting \(B(g)(f)=f(g)\) immediately gives \(A(g)_V(v)=gv\), as required.

Under suitable conditions on \(\Bbbk\), one can go further and characterize those commutative Hopf algebras isomorphic to \(C(G)\) for some finite group \(G\). Such questions belong to elementary algebraic geometry or commutative ring theory, and we shall not pursue them here.

Finally, there is another method that does not depend on a fiber functor and reconstructs a compact group solely from its category of \(G\)-modules. It is called the Doplicher–Roberts reconstruction theorem and has its origins in quantum field theory. Interested readers may consult the survey [Mu07].

Exercises

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field and let \(V,W\) be \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces; as usual, set \(V^\vee:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(V,\Bbbk)\), and so on. Write down the canonical linear map \(V^\vee\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}W^\vee\to(V\ensuremath{\underset{\Bbbk}{\otimes}}W)^\vee\). Show that it is always injective, but is not surjective when both \(V\) and \(W\) are infinite-dimensional.

Let \(T\) be any object of a monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\), and let \(\iota:U\to\ensuremath{\bm{1}}\) be a morphism. Assuming that the left dual of \(U\) (respectively the right dual \(U^*\)) exists, prove that the bijection in Proposition reference(iii) \[\operatorname{Hom}(T\otimes U,T)\to\operatorname{Hom}(T,T\otimes{}^*U)\] (respectively \(\operatorname{Hom}(U\otimes T,T)\to\operatorname{Hom}(T,U^*\otimes T)\)) sends \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T\otimes\iota\) to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T\otimes{}^*\iota\) (respectively sends \(\iota\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T\) to \(\iota^*\otimes\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_T\)).

Suppose that the monoidal category \(\mathcal{C}\) is also additive, with zero object \(0\), and that \(\otimes\) is an additive bifunctor. Show that \(X\otimes0=0=0\otimes X\) for every \(X\).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a rigid braided monoidal category that is also Abelian, and suppose that \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{C}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) is a field. Given \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and its right dual \(X^*\), prove that \(X\neq0\) is equivalent to \(X\otimes X^*\neq0\), and also to \(X^*\otimes X\neq0\). Hint. Observe that \(X\neq0\) is equivalent to \(\mathrm{ev}_X\neq0\), and also to \(\mathrm{coev}_X\neq0\); apply Proposition reference.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{C}'\) be rigid symmetric monoidal categories, both of which are also Abelian, with \(\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{C}}(\ensuremath{\bm{1}})\) a field and \(\ensuremath{\bm{1}}'\neq0\). Prove that every exact monoidal functor compatible with the braidings, \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}'\), satisfies \(X\neq0\iff F(X)\neq0\). Hint. Repeat the argument of Lemma reference(i), or use the method of the preceding exercise.

(Nobuo Yoneda) Let \(\mathcal{C},\mathcal{D}\) be categories and let \(F:\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor. A wedge for \(F\) means data \(\left(W,(e_X)_{X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\right)\), also written \(e:W\xrightarrow{\bullet}F\), consisting of

  • an object \(W\) of \(\mathcal{D}\);

  • a morphism \(e_X:W\to F(X,X)\) in \(\mathcal{D}\),

such that the following diagram commutes for every \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal{C}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-134-d001}\]

Dually, define a cowedge to be data \((M,(f_X)_X)\), written \(f:F\xrightarrow{\bullet}M\), subject to the commutativity of \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-134-d002}\]

  1. Explain how all wedges (respectively cowedges) for \(F\) form a category. If the category of wedges (respectively cowedges) has a terminal (respectively initial) object, that object is called the end (respectively coend) of \(F\), and is denoted by \[\text{end}\;=\int_{X\in\mathcal{C}}F(X,X),\qquad \text{coend}\;=\int^{X\in\mathcal{C}}F(X,X).\] Here the integral is only notation, but it is not unmotivated.

  2. Interpret equation and the construction of \(\operatorname{coH}(\omega_1,\omega_2)\) in Proposition reference as a special case of a coend.

  3. Suppose that \(\mathcal{C}\) is essentially small relative to the chosen Grothendieck universe (Definition reference), and that \(\mathcal{D}\) is complete (respectively cocomplete). Prove that every \(F\) has an end (respectively coend).

  4. For two functors \(F,G:\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{C}\rightrightarrows\mathcal{D}\), define a dinatural transformation \(\alpha:F\xrightarrow{\bullet}G\) to be data \((\alpha_X)_{X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\), where \(\alpha_X:F(X,X)\to G(X,X)\), such that the following diagram commutes for every \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\mathcal{C}\): \[\text{Diagram chapter9-unit-134-d003}\] Show that the wedges and cowedges above are special cases of dinatural transformations. Also show that natural transformations, that is, morphisms between functors \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) or \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{D}\), are special cases as well.

A detailed account of ends and coends can be found in the monograph [Lor21].

Consider two functors \(F,G:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\), where \(\mathcal{C}\) is essentially small. Prove that the set of morphisms between them can be interpreted as the end \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{C}}}(F,G)\simeq \int_{X\in\mathcal{C}}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(FX,GX).\] Use this to interpret the center \(Z(\mathcal{C})\) of the category \(\mathcal{C}\) as an end determined by \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\).

Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field. Prove that the coend of the functor \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)^{\operatorname{op}}\times \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm f}(\Bbbk)\) can be identified with \(\Bbbk\) together with the trace maps \[\operatorname{Tr}_V:\operatorname{End}_{\Bbbk}(V)\to\Bbbk,\qquad V:\;\text{a finite-dimensional $\Bbbk$-vector space}.\]

In general, an end resembles an operation of taking invariants, whereas a coend resembles gluing. For readers familiar with simplicial sets, interpret the geometric realization functor \(|\mathord\cdot|\) discussed in §reference as the coend

\[|X|\simeq\int^{[n]\in\ensuremath{\bm\Delta}}X_n\times|\Delta^n|,\quad X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{sSet}}).\]

For a small category \(\mathcal{C}\), define the functor category \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge:=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}}\). Prove that for every \(\mathcal{F}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\) there is a canonical isomorphism in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) \[\int^{X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})}\mathcal{F}(X)\times \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(\cdot,X)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathcal{F}.\] This coend comes from the functor \[\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\times\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge, \quad(X,Y)\mapsto\mathcal{F}(X)\times\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(\cdot,Y).\] Hint. See §reference, especially the density theorem reference.

Let \(\mathcal{T}\) be a Tannakian category, let \(\omega:\mathcal{T}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}B\) be a fiber functor, and let \(B'\) be a commutative \(B\)-algebra. Show that, under the isomorphism of Corollary reference, the identity element and inversion in the group \(\operatorname{Aut}^{\otimes}(\omega\ensuremath{\underset{B}{\otimes}}B')\) arise respectively from the counit and antipode of \(\operatorname{coE}_B(\omega)\) through the functor \(\operatorname{Hom}_{B\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{CAlg}}}(\mathord\cdot,B')\). Hint. The identity and inverse in a group are uniquely determined by multiplication. Multiplication is already known to correspond to the comultiplication of \(\operatorname{coE}(\omega)\).

Let \(G\) be a group, let \(G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}\) denote the category of all small sets with a left \(G\)-action, and let \(U:G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) be the forgetful functor. Give a natural isomorphism of groups \[G\simeq\operatorname{Aut}(U).\] Explain how this may be viewed as a simple prototype of the Tannaka–Krein theorem reference. Hint. Apply the Yoneda lemma to \(U\simeq\operatorname{Hom}_{G\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Set}}}(G,\mathord\cdot)\) to obtain an isomorphism of monoids \(G\simeq\operatorname{End}(U)\).

Further Material on Abelian Categories

This appendix is a collection of topics related, directly or indirectly, to Abelian categories; it is almost a miscellaneous stew. In principle, the prerequisites extend no further than the first half of and a small part of . Section reference begins with a brief review of the Yoneda embedding. Its density theorem, Theorem reference, is standard knowledge in category theory, yet is often omitted from textbooks. These tools will be used frequently in §reference. Although the compact objects and presentable categories introduced in §reference are not absolutely necessary elsewhere in this book, they provide a convenient and common language. The discussion of regular cardinals there also paves the way for §reference. The next two sections are directly related to Abelian categories. The Gabriel–Popescu theorem in §reference explains the structure of Grothendieck categories, while the locally finite Abelian categories discussed in §reference are needed in §reference. The focus of the latter section is Proposition reference, due to O. Gabber, whose proof requires some ingenuity.

Density of the Yoneda Embedding

We first recall the theoretical framework surrounding the Yoneda embedding. For any category \(\mathcal{C}\), define the functor categories \[\mathcal{C}^\wedge := \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}}, \quad \mathcal{C}^\vee := \left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\operatorname{op}}\right)^{\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}} = \left( \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\mathcal{C}} \right)^{\operatorname{op}}.\] They are dual to each other: \((\mathcal{C}^\vee)^{\operatorname{op}}=(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})^\wedge\). Relative to a previously chosen Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal{U}\), the categories \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) and \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\) are generally large unless \(\mathcal{C}\) is small.

The Yoneda embeddings are the following functors: \[\begin{align*} h_{\mathcal{C}}: \mathcal{C} & \longrightarrow \mathcal{C}^\wedge & k_{\mathcal{C}}: \mathcal{C} & \longrightarrow \mathcal{C}^\vee \\ S & \longmapsto \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(\cdot, S), & S & \longmapsto \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(S, \cdot). \end{align*}\]

The following restates [Li1].

Theorem (Nobuo Yoneda). For every \(S\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\), and \(B\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\vee)\), the canonical maps \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-135-d001} \quad \text{Diagram appendix1-unit-135-d002}\] are bijections. Consequently, \(h_{\mathcal{C}}\) and \(k_{\mathcal{C}}\) are both fully faithful functors.

Definition.

A functor \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) (respectively \(\mathcal{C}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\)) that, up to isomorphism, lies in the image of \(h_{\mathcal{C}}\) (respectively \(k_{\mathcal{C}}\)) is called a representable functor.

Although \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) (respectively \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\)) is much larger than \(\mathcal{C}\), each of its objects can be written canonically as a \(\varinjlim\) (respectively \(\varprojlim\)) of representable functors. Before stating this density theorem, we need a few definitions.

  • For each \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\), define the category \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/A)\) as in Definition reference. Its objects are data \(\underline S:=\left(S,h_{\mathcal{C}}(S)\xrightarrow{\phi_{\underline S}}A\right)\). A morphism from \(\underline S\) to \(\underline S'\) is an \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(S,S')\) satisfying \(\phi_{\underline S}=\phi_{\underline S'}h_{\mathcal{C}}(f)\).

  • Dually, for \(B\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\vee)\) there is a category \((B/k_{\mathcal{C}})\). Its objects are data \(\overline S:=\left(S,B\xrightarrow{\psi_{\overline S}}k_{\mathcal{C}}(S)\right)\), where \(\psi_{\overline S}\) is regarded as a morphism in \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\); morphisms \(\overline S\to\overline S'\) are defined similarly.

Theorem (Density).

For every \(A\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\) and \(B\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\vee)\), the families of morphisms \(\phi_{\underline S}\) and \(\psi_{\overline S}\) above respectively give canonical isomorphisms in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) and \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\) \[\varinjlim_{\underline{S}} h_{\mathcal{C}}(S) \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}A, \quad B \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\varprojlim_{\overline{S}} k_{\mathcal{C}}(S).\]

Proof. It suffices to prove the first assertion. For any \(A'\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\), there is a map \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}(A, A') & \longrightarrow \left\{\begin{array}{l} \text{compatible families of morphisms}\; a'_{\underline{S}}: h_{\mathcal{C}}(S) \to A' , \\ \text{where}\; \underline{S} = (S, \phi_{\underline{S}}) \in \operatorname{Ob}((h_{\mathcal{C}}/A)) \end{array}\right\} \\ \varphi & \longmapsto \left( a'_{\underline{S}} := \varphi \phi_{\underline{S}}\right)_{\underline{S}} . \end{aligned} \end{equation}\]

Define the reverse map as follows. Given data \((a'_{\underline S})_{\underline S}\), for every \(S\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and \(a_S\in A(S)\) take, by Theorem reference, the corresponding morphism \(\phi:h_{\mathcal{C}}(S)\to A\), thereby determining \(\underline S:=(S,\phi)\in\operatorname{Ob}((h_{\mathcal{C}}/A))\). The assignment \(a_S\mapsto a'_{\underline S}\) then gives a map \(A(S)\to A'(S)\). We claim:

  • as \(S\) varies, the maps \(A(S)\to A'(S)\) give a morphism \(\varphi:A\to A'\) in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\);

  • the map \((a'_{\underline S})_{\underline S}\mapsto\varphi\) and the map in equation are mutually inverse.

As with many results concerning the Yoneda embedding, the detailed verification is nearly tautological and is omitted.

Thus equation is a bijection. In the special case \(A'=A\), it sends \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_A\) to \((a'_{\underline S}=\phi_{\underline S})_{\underline S}\). This verifies precisely that \(A\), together with the morphisms \(\phi_{\underline S}:h_{\mathcal{C}}(S)\to A\), has the universal property of the colimit.

The reader may also consult the treatment in [ML98].

Remark. The isomorphism involving \(B\) can also be restated in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\mathcal{C}}\) as \(\varinjlim_{\overline S}\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(S,\mathord\cdot)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}B\), where \(\overline S\) ranges over data \((S,\psi'_{\overline S})\) with \(S\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and \(\psi'_{\overline S}:\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(S,\mathord\cdot)\to B(\mathord\cdot)\) a morphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\mathcal{C}}\).

One application of Theorem reference is the extension of functors defined on a small category. We state only the version for \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\). Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a small category, let \(\mathcal{D}\) be a cocomplete category, possibly large but required to have all small colimits, and let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor. Define \[\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} \tilde{F}: \mathcal{C}^\wedge & \to \mathcal{D} \\ X & \mapsto \varinjlim_{\underline{S}} F(S), \end{aligned} \end{equation}\] where \(\underline S=(S,\phi_{\underline S}:h_{\mathcal{C}}(S)\to X)\) ranges over the small category \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\). If \(X\) comes from an object \(T\) of \(\mathcal{C}\), then \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) has the terminal object \((T,h_{\mathcal{C}}(T)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}X)\). Thus the meaning of extension is that the following diagram commutes up to canonical isomorphism: \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-135-d003}\] We now show that \(\tilde F\) always has a right adjoint and therefore preserves all small colimits. This fact will be used in §reference.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a small category and \(\mathcal{D}\) a cocomplete category, possibly large. For a functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\), take the canonical extension \(\tilde F:\mathcal{C}^\wedge\to\mathcal{D}\) defined in equation. Then \(\tilde F\) has the right adjoint \[\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(F, \cdot): \mathcal{D} \to \mathcal{C}^\wedge ,\] defined by:

  • \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(F,Y)(S)=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(FS,Y)\) for every \(S\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\);

  • a morphism \(f:Y\to Y'\) induces a morphism \(f_*:\operatorname{Hom}(F(\mathord\cdot),Y)\to\operatorname{Hom}(F(\mathord\cdot),Y')\) in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\).

Consequently, \(\tilde F\) preserves all small colimits.

Proof. For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\) and \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\), the equality \(X=\varinjlim_{\underline S}h_{\mathcal{C}}(S)\) and the universal property of the colimit give canonical bijections \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}(X, \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(F, Y)) \simeq \varprojlim_{\underline{S}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}(h_{\mathcal{C}}(S), \ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(F, Y)) \simeq \varprojlim_{\underline{S}} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(FS, Y) \\ \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(\varinjlim_{\underline{S}} FS, Y ) = \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(\tilde{F}X, Y). \end{multline*}\] Thus \(\ensuremath{\EuScript{H}\mathrm{om}}(F,\mathord\cdot)\) is indeed right adjoint to \(\tilde F:\mathcal{C}^\wedge\to\mathcal{D}\).

Compact Objects and Presentable Categories

Compactness in category theory is a common refinement of many finiteness conditions in algebra, geometry, and algebraic geometry. Throughout this section we fix a category \(\mathcal{C}\); unless stated otherwise, we always assume that \(\mathcal{C}\) has all small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Consider a small filtered category \(I\) and a functor \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{C}\). For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), the canonical family of morphisms \(\iota_i:\alpha(i)\to\varinjlim\alpha\) induces a family \((\iota_i)_*:\operatorname{Hom}(X,\alpha(i))\to\operatorname{Hom}\left(X,\varinjlim\alpha\right)\), with \(i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\), and hence a canonical map \[\begin{equation} \varinjlim_{i \in \operatorname{Ob}(I)} \operatorname{Hom}\left( X, \alpha(i) \right) \to \operatorname{Hom}\left( X, \varinjlim \alpha \right). \end{equation}\]

Definition.

Let \((P,\leq)\) be a nonempty partially ordered set and let \(\kappa\) be an infinite cardinal. If every subset \(P_0\) satisfying \(|P_0|<\kappa\) has an upper bound in \(P\), then \((P,\leq)\) is called \(\kappa\)-filtered.

If \(\kappa\leq\kappa'\), then \(\kappa'\)-filtered implies \(\kappa\)-filtered. Taking \(\kappa:=\aleph_0=\omega\) recovers the filtered partially ordered sets introduced in Example reference.

Definition.

If \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) is such that equation is an isomorphism for every small filtered category \(I\) and every \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{C}\), then \(X\) is called a compact object of \(\mathcal{C}\).

Given a small cardinal \(\kappa\), if \(I\) is further restricted to small \(\kappa\)-filtered partially ordered sets, then an \(X\) satisfying the corresponding condition is called a \(\kappa\)-compact object.

In the terminology of Definition reference, \(X\) is compact if and only if \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,\cdot):\mathcal{C}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) preserves small filtered \(\varinjlim\). If \(\kappa\leq\kappa'\), then \(\kappa\)-compactness implies \(\kappa'\)-compactness.

Remark. At first glance the definitions of compact and \(\aleph_0\)-compact objects appear different: the former involves all small filtered categories, whereas the latter permits only small filtered partially ordered sets. There is, however, a nontrivial fact [AR94]:

For every small filtered category \(I\), there is a small filtered partially ordered set \((\mathcal{P},\leq)\) together with a cofinal functor \(\mathcal{P}\to I\).

It follows that compactness is equivalent to \(\aleph_0\)-compactness. A proof will be sketched in the exercises.

Using the definition of a filtered category and the concrete description of filtered \(\varinjlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) (Proposition reference), we see that

  • the map equation is surjective \(\iff\) every \(f:X\to\varinjlim\alpha\) factors as \(X\xrightarrow{f_i}\alpha(i)\xrightarrow{\iota_i}\varinjlim\alpha\);1

  • the map equation is injective \(\iff\) for every \(i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\) and every \(f,g\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,\alpha(i))\) satisfying \(\iota_i f=\iota_i g\), there is a morphism \(i\to j\) in \(I\) such that the images of \(f\) and \(g\) in \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,\alpha(j))\) are equal.

Example. For \(\mathcal{C}=\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\), an object \(X\) is compact if and only if \(X\) is a finite set. The if direction follows immediately from the preceding discussion and the concrete description of \(\varinjlim\alpha\). For the only-if direction, express \(X\) as the filtered \(\varinjlim\) of its finite subsets and consider \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\).

Example. Let \(R\) be a ring. For \(\mathcal{C}=R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), an object \(X\) is compact if and only if it is finitely presented; in other words, there exist \(a,b\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq0}\) and an exact sequence of \(R\)-modules \[R^{\oplus b} \to R^{\oplus a} \xrightarrow{p} X \to 0 .\] For filtered \(\varinjlim\) in \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\), see the explanation in [Li1]. The only-if direction is left as an exercise. We sketch the if direction. Take the images of the standard basis of \(R^{\oplus a}\) to obtain generators \(x_1,\ldots,x_a\) of \(X\). First we prove that equation is injective. Suppose that \(f,g\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,\alpha(i))\) satisfy \(\iota_i f=\iota_i g\). For every \(x\in\{x_1,\ldots,x_a\}\), there is an \(i\to j_x\) such that the images of \(f(x)\) and \(g(x)\) in \(\alpha(j_x)\) are equal. The filteredness of \(I\) then gives the desired \(i\to j\), for which the images of \(f\) and \(g\) in \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,\alpha(j))\) are equal.

Next we prove that equation is surjective. Consider \(f:X\to\varinjlim\alpha\). For every \(x\in\{x_1,\ldots,x_a\}\), there are \(j_x\) and \(m_x\in\alpha(j_x)\) such that \(f(x)=\iota_{j_x}(m_x)\). Again, filteredness ensures that the \(j_x\) may be chosen independently of \(x\); denote the common choice by \(j\). This determines a morphism \(m:R^{\oplus a}\to\alpha(j)\) such that \(fp=\iota_jm\). Since \(b\) is finite, by passing sufficiently far along a morphism \(j\to i\) and then replacing \(j\) by \(i\), we may also arrange for \(m\) to vanish identically on the image of \(R^{\oplus b}\). This gives the required \(f_i\).

For compact objects determined by various kinds of algebraic structure, [AR94] gives a more complete discussion. For instance, the compact objects in the category of groups \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}\) are precisely the finitely presented groups.

Another important class of compact objects comes from the Yoneda embedding \(h_{\mathcal{D}}:\mathcal{D}\to\mathcal{D}^\wedge\) recalled in §reference.

Proposition. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be any category and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{D})\). Then \(h_{\mathcal{D}}(X)\) is compact in \(\mathcal{D}^\wedge\).

Proof. Given a small filtered category \(I\) and a functor \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{D}^\wedge\), Theorem reference and the pointwise construction of \(\varinjlim\) in \(\mathcal{D}^\wedge\) (see [Li1], where it is denoted by \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\)) give \[\begin{align*} \varinjlim_i \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^{\wedge}}(h_{\mathcal{D}}(X), \alpha(i)) & \simeq \varinjlim_i \left(\alpha(i)(X)\right) \\ & = (\varinjlim \alpha)(X) \\ & \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}^\wedge}(h_{\mathcal{D}}(X), \varinjlim \alpha). \end{align*}\] A routine verification shows that this is the canonical map in equation. Thus compactness follows.

By further restricting the filtered category \(I\) in equation, one obtains various versions of compactness. We first focus on the regular cardinals introduced in [Li1]; a more careful treatment is useful here.2 First let \(\alpha>0\) be any infinite ordinal. Consider a limit ordinal \(\theta>0\) and a strictly increasing sequence of ordinals \((a_\beta)_{\substack{\beta:\text{ordinal}\\\beta<\theta}}\). If \(\sup_{\beta<\theta}a_\beta=\alpha\), the sequence is called cofinal in \(\alpha\). If \(\alpha\) is a limit ordinal, define \[\mathrm{cf}(\alpha) := \inf\left\{ \theta > 0: \text{limit ordinal}, \; \exists (a_\beta)_{\beta < \theta}\; \text{as above, cofinal in $\alpha$} \right\};\] this \(\inf\) is well-defined and is attained by some \(\theta\) of the indicated kind; for \(\sup\) and \(\inf\) of ordinals, see [Li1]. Taking \(a_\beta:=\beta\) immediately gives \(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\leq\alpha\).

Note that every infinite cardinal, viewed as an ordinal, is necessarily a limit ordinal; see the discussion following [Li1].

Definition.

An infinite cardinal \(\kappa\) is called a regular cardinal if, viewed as an ordinal, it satisfies \(\mathrm{cf}(\kappa)=\kappa\).

Proposition. Let \(\alpha>0\) be a limit ordinal.

  1. \(\mathrm{cf}(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)) = \mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\);

  2. if a nonempty subset \(S\subset\alpha\) satisfies \(\sup S=\alpha\), then \(|S|\geq\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\) as ordinals;

  3. \(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\) is a regular cardinal.

Proof. For (i), the key is to prove \(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\leq\mathrm{cf}(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha))\). Suppose that \((a_\beta)_{\beta<\theta}\) is cofinal in \(\alpha\) and \((b(\gamma))_{\gamma<\psi}\) is cofinal in \(\theta\). Then \(\left(a_{b(\gamma)}\right)_{\gamma<\psi}\) is cofinal in \(\alpha\). Hence \(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\leq\mathrm{cf}(\theta)\). Now take \(\theta=\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\).

For (ii), choose any bijection \(f:|S|\to S\). Recall that \(|S|\) is an ordinal, while \(\alpha\notin S\). We claim that there are a limit ordinal \(\theta\) and an order-preserving embedding \(i:\theta\hookrightarrow|S|\) (hence \(\theta\leq|S|\)) such that the sequence of ordinals \(\left(f(i(\beta))\right)_{\beta<\theta}\) in \(S\) is strictly increasing and \(\sup_{\beta<\theta}f(i(\beta))=\sup S=\alpha\).

Indeed, this is an application of transfinite recursion. More explicitly, take \[\begin{align*} i(0) & := \inf |S| = 0, \\ i(n+1) & := \inf\left\{ t \in |S|: f(t) > f(i(n)) \right\}, \quad n \in \omega := \{0, 1, 2, \ldots\}, \\ i(\omega) & := \inf\left\{ t \in |S|: \forall k < \omega, \; f(t) > f(i(k)) \right\}, \end{align*}\] and continue transfinitely in this manner until stopping at \(\theta\). This proves the claim, and immediately yields \(|S|\geq\theta\geq\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\).

For (iii), in view of (i), it remains only to show that \(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\) is a cardinal. If \(\beta>0\) is a limit ordinal, then (ii) implies \(\beta\geq|\beta|\geq\mathrm{cf}(\beta)\). Substituting \(\beta=\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\) and using (i), we obtain \(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)=|\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)|\), so \(\mathrm{cf}(\alpha)\) is a cardinal.

Proposition (See [Je03).] Let \(\lambda\) be an infinite cardinal. Then \(\mathrm{cf}(2^\lambda)>\lambda\).

Proof. This is a standard result in set theory. Let \(0<\alpha\leq\lambda\) be a limit ordinal and let \((a_\beta)_{\beta<\alpha}\) be a sequence of ordinals satisfying \(a_\beta<2^\lambda\). Write \(\kappa_\beta:=|a_\beta|<2^\lambda\). By the definitions of the supremum of ordinals and cardinal arithmetic, \[\left| \sup_{\beta < \alpha} a_\beta \right| = \left| \bigcup_{\beta < \alpha} a_\beta \right| \leq \sum_{\beta < \alpha} \kappa_\beta.\] König’s lemma for cardinal arithmetic (see [Li1], or [Je03]) gives \[\begin{align*} \sum_{\beta < \alpha} \kappa_\beta & < \prod_{\beta < \alpha} 2^\lambda = (2^\lambda)^{|\alpha|} \\ & = 2^{\lambda \cdot |\alpha|} \leq 2^{\lambda \cdot \lambda} = 2^\lambda ; \end{align*}\] the last step uses [Li1]. Thus \(\lambda\geq\mathrm{cf}(2^\lambda)\) is impossible.

Lemma. Let \(T\) be a small set. Then there is a small regular cardinal \(\mu\) such that \(\mu>|T|\).

Proof. Recall that a Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal{U}\) has already been fixed. The question depends only on \(|T|\), so we may assume without loss of generality that \(T\in\mathcal{U}\) is infinite. Its power set \(P(T)\) then belongs to \(\mathcal{U}\). Write \(\lambda:=|T|\). Proposition reference says that \(\mathrm{cf}(2^\lambda)>\lambda\). Since \(\mathrm{cf}(2^\lambda)\) is both a regular cardinal (Proposition reference (iii)) and embeddable as a subset of \(2^\lambda=|P(T)|\), the choice \(\mu:=\mathrm{cf}(2^\lambda)\) has the required properties.

We now return to the main line of category theory. The following notion originates in [GU71]; a textbook reference is [AR94].

Definition (P. Gabriel, F. Ulmer).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a category as above and let \(\kappa\) be a small regular cardinal.

  1. The category \(\mathcal{C}\) is called \(\kappa\)-accessible if it satisfies the following conditions:

    • \(\mathcal{C}\) has all small \(\kappa\)-filtered \(\varinjlim\) (Definition reference);

    • there is a small subset \(S\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) consisting of \(\kappa\)-compact objects (Definition reference) such that every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) can be expressed as a small \(\kappa\)-filtered \(\varinjlim\) of elements of \(S\).

  2. A functor between \(\kappa\)-accessible categories is called \(\kappa\)-accessible if it preserves small \(\kappa\)-filtered \(\varinjlim\).

  3. A cocomplete \(\kappa\)-accessible category is called a \(\kappa\)-presentable category.3

When \(\kappa'\) is sufficiently large relative to \(\kappa\), the corresponding conditions are weaker than those for \(\kappa\). A category that is \(\kappa\)-accessible (respectively \(\kappa\)-presentable) for some small regular cardinal \(\kappa\) is called accessible (respectively presentable). Similarly, a functor between presentable categories is called accessible if it is \(\kappa\)-accessible for some small regular cardinal \(\kappa\).

One can verify that the categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) and \(R\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) discussed in Examples reference and reference are both presentable; in fact, they are \(\aleph_0\)-presentable. See also the exercises.

For the following important result we can give only part of the proof here.

Theorem (P. Gabriel, F. Ulmer). Let \(\kappa\) be a small regular cardinal and let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor between presentable categories. Then:

  1. \(F\) has a right adjoint if and only if it preserves small \(\varinjlim\);

  2. \(F\) has a left adjoint if and only if it is accessible and preserves small \(\varprojlim\).

Proof. The only-if direction of (i) is well known. The converse follows from the special adjoint functor theorem reference and the following facts. First, Lemma reference implies that the set \(S\) in Definition reference is a generating family for \(\mathcal{C}\); second, every presentable category is co-well-powered, by [AR94].

Assertion (ii) follows from Freyd’s adjoint functor theorem reference; see [AR94] for details.


  1. Translator’s note: the source prints the target of the last arrow as \(X\). Since \(\iota_i\) is the canonical morphism to the colimit, the type-correct target is \(\varinjlim\alpha\).↩︎

  2. Readers uninterested in set theory may skip the following discussion.↩︎

  3. Gabriel once called these algebraic categories; the literature [AR94, GU71] calls them locally presentable categories, while here the terminology is changed following [Lu09].↩︎

The Gabriel–Popescu Theorem

This section continues and supplements §reference. Fix a Grothendieck category \(\mathcal{A}\), and abbreviate \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\) to \(\operatorname{Hom}\). Write \(X^{\oplus I}\) for the direct sum in \(\mathcal{A}\) of \(I\) copies of an object \(X\), where \(I\) is a small set.

The Gabriel–Popescu theorem will show that \(\mathcal{A}\) can always be realized as a reflective localization (Remark reference) of a category of right modules \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) for some ring \(R\). The ring \(R\) and the functors involved depend on a generator \(s\). We follow L. Kuhn’s proof [Ku94]; one of its steps requires the classical theory of derived functors, for which see §reference.

Choose \(s\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), put \(R:=\operatorname{End}(s)\), and consider the functor \[\begin{align*} G: \mathcal{A} & \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R \\ X & \mapsto \operatorname{Hom}(s, X), \end{align*}\] where \(R\) acts on the right of \(\operatorname{Hom}(s,X)\) by composition of morphisms. It is easy to see that \(G\) is an additive functor between Abelian categories and preserves all small \(\varprojlim\). Henceforth write \(\operatorname{Hom}_R:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R}\) to distinguish it from \(\operatorname{Hom}:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}\).

For every \(r\in R\), define \(\lambda_r:x\mapsto rx\) in \(\operatorname{End}_R(R)\). Notice that \(G(s)=R\), and that \(\lambda_r:R\to R\) is precisely the image under \(G\) of the morphism \(r:s\to s\).

Lemma. The functor \(G:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) above has a left adjoint \(P:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\to\mathcal{A}\). The counit \(\varepsilon:PG\to\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\) of this adjunction makes \(\varepsilon_s:PG(s)=P(R)\to s\) an isomorphism, and the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-137-d001}\]

Proof. The existence of the left adjoint \(P\) follows from the special adjoint functor theorem reference and Corollary reference. We next claim that, for every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-137-d002}\]

  • Commutativity of the upper part is a general property of the adjunction \((P,G)\). Given \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}(s,Y)\), the morphism \(f\varepsilon_s:PGs\to Y\) corresponds to \(G(f\varepsilon_s)\circ\eta_{Gs}:Gs\to GY\); see [Li1]. By the triangle identity for the adjunction, the latter equals \((Gf)\circ\left((G\varepsilon_s)\eta_{Gs}\right)=Gf\).

  • Commutativity of the lower part follows directly from the definition of \(G\).

Thus \(\varepsilon_s^*\) is an isomorphism. Taking \(Y\) to be the injective cogenerator supplied by Corollary reference then shows that \(\varepsilon_s\) is an isomorphism. Finally, the assertion about the first diagram is equivalent to the commutativity of \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-137-d003} \quad (r \in R)\] But \(R=Gs\) and \(\lambda_r=Gr\), so this follows from the naturality of \(\varepsilon\).

How can \(P\) be described? For every right \(R\)-module \(M\), there are small sets \(I,J\) and an exact sequence \[R^{\oplus J} \to R^{\oplus I} \to M \to 0;\] Since \(P\) preserves small \(\varinjlim\), it follows that \(PM\simeq\operatorname{coker}\left[s^{\oplus J}\to s^{\oplus I}\right]\).

The following result is stated in terms of the Serre quotient of an Abelian category; see Theorem reference for details. A Serre quotient is a special case of a localization.

Theorem (P. Gabriel, N. Popescu, L. Kuhn). Let \(s\) be a generator of the Grothendieck category \(\mathcal{A}\). Then:

  • the functor \(G=\operatorname{Hom}(s,\cdot):\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) has an exact left adjoint \(P\);

  • \(G\) is fully faithful, and the counit of the adjunction gives an isomorphism \(\varepsilon:PG\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\);1

  • \(P\) induces an equivalence of categories \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R/\operatorname{ker}(P)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\mathcal{A}\).

Proof. Lemma reference has shown that \(G\) has a left adjoint \(P\). We claim that if \(u:M\to GX\) is a monomorphism in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\), then the corresponding morphism \(v:=\varepsilon_X\circ Pu:PM\to X\) (see [Li1]) is a monomorphism in \(\mathcal{A}\). Express \(M\) as the filtered \(\varinjlim\) of its finitely generated \(R\)-submodules. Since \(P\) preserves \(\varinjlim\) and filtered \(\varinjlim\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) are exact, the problem reduces to the case where \(M\) is finitely generated.

Identify \(s\) with \(P(R)\) via \(\varepsilon_s\). Choose a finite set \(I\) and a surjection \(R^{\oplus I}\twoheadrightarrow M\). This gives \(e:s^{\oplus I}\twoheadrightarrow PM\). To conclude that \(v\) is a monomorphism, it suffices to prove \(\operatorname{ker}(ve)=\operatorname{ker}(e)\). By the generator property (for instance, Proposition reference), the problem further reduces to showing that any morphism \(f:s\to s^{\oplus I}\) satisfying \(vef=0\) also satisfies \(ef=0\). Make two observations:

  • By construction, \(e\) is the image under \(P\) of a morphism. Since \(I\) is finite, write \(f\) as an element of \(R^{\oplus I}\) and inspect its components one by one; the commutative diagram in Lemma reference ensures that \(f\) is also in the image of \(P\).

  • If a morphism \(\psi:N\to M\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\) satisfies \(v\circ P\psi=0\), then \(\psi=0\). This follows from the monicity of \(u\) and the commutative diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-137-d004}\]

Thus \(ef:s\to PM\) is always in the image of \(P\), while \(vef=0\) implies \(ef=0\). This proves the claim.

The counit \(\varepsilon\) of an adjunction is an isomorphism if and only if the right adjoint \(G\) is fully faithful; this general fact is an exercise in . We now prove that \(\varepsilon\) is an isomorphism. Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\). Since \(\varepsilon_X:PG(X)\hookrightarrow X\) corresponds to \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{GX}\), taking \(u=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{GX}\) in the preceding step shows that \(\varepsilon_X\) is a monomorphism. For surjectivity, Proposition reference reduces the problem to proving that every \(\alpha:s\to X\) factors through \(\varepsilon_X:PG(X)\hookrightarrow X\), and the required factorization is supplied by the diagram \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-137-d005}\]

Next we prove that \(P\) is exact. It is already right exact, so it suffices to show that the left derived functor \(\mathrm{L}_1P=0\). For any right \(R\)-module \(M\), take a short exact sequence \[0 \to K \xrightarrow{u} F \to M \to 0, \quad F: \text{a free module}.\] By dimension shifting (Proposition reference), \[\mathrm{L}_1 P (M) \simeq \operatorname{ker}[Pu: P(K) \to P(F)].\] The problem therefore reduces to proving that \(Pu\) is monic. Express \(F\) as the filtered \(\varinjlim\) of its finite-rank free submodules \(F'\) (or as their increasing union), and correspondingly write \(K=\varinjlim_{F'}(F'\cap K)\). Since \(P\) preserves \(\varinjlim\) and filtered \(\varinjlim\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) are exact, the problem reduces to the case \(F=R^{\oplus I}\simeq G(s^{\oplus I})\) for a finite set \(I\). But at the start of the proof we showed that if \(u:K\to G(s^{\oplus I})\) is monic, then \(v=\varepsilon_{s^{\oplus I}}\circ Pu:P(K)\to s^{\oplus I}\) is monic; hence \(Pu\) is monic. Exactness follows.

Finally, applying the universal property in Theorem reference to \(P\) factors it through a faithful additive functor \(\overline P:\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R/\operatorname{ker}(P)\to\mathcal{A}\). Let \(\overline G\) be the composite \(\mathcal{A}\xrightarrow{G}\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R/\operatorname{ker}(P)\). Then \(\overline P\circ\overline G\simeq P\circ G\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\). It follows that \(\overline P\) is also full and essentially surjective, with \(\overline G\) as a quasi-inverse, as desired.

Remark. The Gabriel–Popescu theorem reference implies that a Grothendieck category is presentable in the sense of Definition reference. Indeed, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\simeq R^{\operatorname{op}}\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) is known to be presentable, and [AR94] reflects this property to \(\mathcal{A}\).


  1. Translator’s note: the source prints \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R}\). Since \(PG\) is an endofunctor of \(\mathcal{A}\), the type-correct target of the counit is \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{A}}\).↩︎

Locally Finite Abelian Categories

The aim of this section is to introduce a finiteness condition on Abelian categories that supplies the technical support needed in §reference. Readers are advised first to learn the statements of Definition reference, Definition reference, and Proposition reference, while skipping the subsequent lemmas and proofs. We fix a Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal{U}\) in order to discuss what is meant by small sets and small categories.

Definition.

A category \(\mathcal{C}\) is called essentially small if it is equivalent to a small category, or equivalently if \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})/\simeq\) is a small set.

Fix a field \(\Bbbk\). All Abelian categories \(\mathcal{A}\) considered below are understood to be \(\Bbbk\)-linear.

Definition.

Relative to the fixed field \(\Bbbk\), an essentially small Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) (Definition reference) is called locally finite if it has the following properties: \[\begin{equation*} \forall X, Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}) \quad \left\{\begin{array}{l} X\; \text{is an object of finite length (Definition \href{#def:finite-length-object}{reference})}, \\ \dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{A}}(X, Y) < \infty. \end{array}\right. \end{equation*}\]

Convention.

For an Abelian category \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), define the Abelian subcategory \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\) of \(\mathcal{A}\) by \[Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}) \iff \exists n \in \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0} \; \text{such that}\; Y \;\text{is a subquotient of}\; X^{\oplus n}.\]

It is easy to see that \(\mathcal{A}\) is the union of all the subcategories \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\). Moreover, \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\subset\ensuremath{\left\langle X\oplus Y \right\rangle}\supset\ensuremath{\left\langle Y \right\rangle}\) shows that this union is filtered. We are interested in locally finite Abelian categories of the form \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\).

Proposition (O. Gabber). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a locally finite Abelian category, and suppose there is an \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) such that \(\mathcal{A}=\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\). Then \(\mathcal{A}\) has a projective generator.

The proof requires some preparation.

Definition.

In any Abelian category, let \(\alpha:E\twoheadrightarrow Y\) be an epimorphism. If there is no proper subobject \(E'\) of \(E\) for which \(\alpha|_{E'}\) is still epic, then \(\alpha\) is called an essential extension.

Lemma. Let \(S\) be a simple object in any Abelian category, and let \(\alpha:E\twoheadrightarrow S\) be an essential extension. Then, for every simple object \(T\), pullback along \(\alpha\) gives an isomorphism \(\alpha^*:\operatorname{Hom}(S,T)\to\operatorname{Hom}(E,T)\).

Proof. Pullback along the epimorphism \(\alpha\) is always injective; we prove surjectivity. Let \(\phi\in\operatorname{Hom}(E,T)\smallsetminus\{0\}\). Since \(\alpha|_{\operatorname{ker}(\phi)}\) is not epic, simplicity of \(S\) implies \(\operatorname{ker}(\phi)\subset\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\). The induced morphism \(T\simeq E/\operatorname{ker}(\phi)\twoheadrightarrow E/\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\simeq S\) must be an isomorphism, so \(\operatorname{ker}(\phi)=\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\). Hence there is a \(\phi'\in\operatorname{Hom}(S,T)\) such that \(\phi=\phi'\alpha=\alpha^*(\phi')\).

For an object \(Y\) of finite length in an Abelian category, write \(\mathrm{JH}(Y)\) for the multiset of its composition factors, counted with multiplicity (Definition–Theorem reference).

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an Abelian category and \(X\) an object of finite length. Consider a simple object \(S\) of \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\) and an essential extension \(\alpha:E\twoheadrightarrow S\). For every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle})\), let \(\ell_S(Y)\) be the number, counted with multiplicity, of composition factors in \(\mathrm{JH}(Y)\) isomorphic to \(S\). Then \[\begin{equation} \dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{Hom}(E, Y) \leq \ell_S(Y) \dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{End}(S); \end{equation}\] if \(Y\) is simple, equality holds.

In addition, the following statements are equivalent:

  1. \(E\) is a projective object of \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\);

  2. equality holds in equation for every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle})\);

  3. equality holds in equation for \(Y=X\).

Proof. As a function of \(Y\), the right-hand side of equation is additive on short exact sequences \(0\to Y'\to Y\to Y''\to0\). On the other hand, \(\operatorname{Hom}(E,\cdot)\) is left exact, so the left-hand side of equation is subadditive: \[\dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{Hom}(E, Y) \leq \dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{Hom}(E, Y') + \dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{Hom}(E, Y'').\] Equality in this formula holds for every short exact sequence if and only if \(E\) is projective in \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\).

If \(Y\) is simple, Lemma reference implies that the left-hand side of equation is \(\dim_{\Bbbk}\operatorname{End}(S)\) when \(Y\simeq S\), and is \(0\) otherwise. The right-hand side has the same property, so equality in equation holds in this case. For general \(Y\), consider a composition series and apply the first paragraph. This proves both the inequality equation and (i) \(\implies\) (ii). Conversely, equality in equation makes \(\dim_{\Bbbk}\operatorname{Hom}(E,\cdot)\) additive, proving (ii) \(\implies\) (i).

Clearly (ii) \(\implies\) (iii). We prove (iii) \(\implies\) (ii). Since the inequality equation has already been established, the first paragraph shows that if equality holds for \(Y\), it also holds for \(Y'\) and \(Y''\). By assumption it holds for \(X\), hence for every \(X^{\oplus n}\) and all its subquotients. This gives (ii).

We now return to the goal of this section.

Proof (Proposition reference). We may assume that \(X\neq0\). First suppose that, for every element \(S\) of \(\mathrm{JH}(X)\) without multiplicities, there is an epimorphism \(P_S\twoheadrightarrow S\) such that \(P_S\) is projective in \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\). We show that the direct sum \(P\) of all these \(P_S\) is a projective generator of \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\).

Indeed, \(P\) is automatically projective in \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\). By Proposition reference, it remains to show that \(Y\neq0\implies\operatorname{Hom}(P,Y)\neq0\) for every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle})\). Choose a simple quotient \(Y\twoheadrightarrow S\). Projectivity of \(P_S\) factors \(P_S\twoheadrightarrow S\) as \(P_S\to Y\twoheadrightarrow S\), and this gives a nonzero morphism \(P\xrightarrow{\text{projection}}P_S\to Y\).

Now fix a simple object \(S\) of \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\) and construct \(P_S\twoheadrightarrow S\). Choose a composition series of \(X\) \[X = X_0 \supsetneq \cdots \supsetneq X_r = 0, \quad r \geq 1.\] For \(i=1,\ldots,r\), we shall recursively construct a sequence of essential extensions \(P_i\twoheadrightarrow S\) such that \[\dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{Hom}(P_i, X/X_i) = \ell_S(X/X_i) \dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{End}(S).\] Once this is proved, Lemma reference shows that \(P_r\) is projective in \(\ensuremath{\left\langle X \right\rangle}\), and \(P_S:=P_r\twoheadrightarrow S\) is the desired morphism.

Take \(P_1=S\); Lemma reference shows that the equality holds. Now let \(1\leq i<r\) and suppose \(P_i\) has been constructed. Choose a \(\Bbbk\)-basis \(\phi_1,\ldots,\phi_n\) of \(\operatorname{Hom}(P_i,X/X_i)\). Form the fiber products \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-138-d001} \quad 1 \leq j \leq n.\] Notice that \(Q_j\twoheadrightarrow P_i\) (Proposition reference). Let \(Q\) be the fiber product of \(Q_1,\ldots,Q_n\) over \(P_i\). Since fiber products may be formed one step at a time, the same reasoning shows that \(Q\to P_i\) is epic. Choose a subobject \(P_{i+1}\) of \(Q\) such that the composite \(P_{i+1}\hookrightarrow Q\to P_i\), denoted \(p^{i+1}_i\), is epic, and such that \(P_{i+1}\) is minimal with this property. By construction, the composite \(P_{i+1}\xrightarrow{p^{i+1}_i}P_i\twoheadrightarrow S\) is an essential extension. Also write \(t_j\) for the composite \(P_{i+1}\hookrightarrow Q\xrightarrow{\text{projection}}Q_j\).

We claim that \((p^{i+1}_i)^*:\operatorname{Hom}(P_i,X/X_i)\to\operatorname{Hom}(P_{i+1},X/X_i)\) is an isomorphism. It is injective, and the dimension of the left-hand side is known to be \(\ell_S(X/X_i)\dim_{\Bbbk}\operatorname{End}(S)\), while Lemma reference bounds the dimension of the right-hand side by the same number. This proves the claim.

Denote the map \(\operatorname{Hom}(P_{i+1},X/X_{i+1})\to\operatorname{Hom}(P_{i+1},X/X_i)\) by \(\Phi_i\). By the claim, we can define a reverse \(\Bbbk\)-linear map \(\Psi_i\) by sending \(\phi_jp^{i+1}_i\) to \(\psi_jt_j\), for \(1\leq j\leq n\). We verify that \(\Phi_i\Psi_i=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}\). On each \(\phi_jp^{i+1}_i\), this follows immediately from the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-138-d002}\] which says precisely that \(\Phi_i(\psi_jt_j)=\phi_jp^{i+1}_i\).

We therefore have a split short exact sequence \[\text{Diagram appendix1-unit-138-d003}\] Lemma reference and the induction hypothesis show that the dimensions of the terms at the left and right are respectively \[\ell_S(X_i/X_{i+1}) \dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{End}(S), \quad \ell_S(X/X_i) \dim_{\Bbbk} \operatorname{End}(S).\] By additivity of \(\ell_S(\cdot)\), the middle term therefore has the required dimension. This completes the proof.

Exercises

In the discussion of §reference, fix a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), require \(\mathcal{C}\) to be a \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\)-category (Definition reference), replace \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) by \(\Bbbk\ensuremath{\text{-}\mathsf{Mod}}\) in the definitions of \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) and \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\), and require the functors to be \(\Bbbk\)-linear. Formulate the corresponding \(\Bbbk\)-linear versions of Theorems reference and reference.

Complete the only-if part of Example reference. Hint. Every \(R\)-module can be written as a filtered \(\varinjlim\) of finitely presented \(R\)-modules, not necessarily its submodules; for simplicity, write \(X=\varinjlim\alpha\). Consider a preimage of \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) under equation. This gives \(f_i\in\operatorname{Hom}(X,\alpha(i))\) such that \(\iota_i f_i=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\), and hence a decomposition \(\alpha(i)\simeq X\oplus N\). Since \(N\) is isomorphic to a quotient of \(\alpha(i)\), it is a finitely generated \(R\)-module. The problem reduces to the fact that the quotient of a finitely presented \(R\)-module by a finitely generated submodule is still finitely presented.

Explain the relation between the cofinal ordinal sequences introduced in §reference and the cofinal subcategories of Definition reference.

(J. Adámek, J. Rosický) Prove the fact mentioned in Remark reference as follows: for every small filtered category \(I\), there is a small filtered partially ordered set \((\mathcal{P},\leq)\) together with a cofinal functor \(\mathcal{P}\to I\).

  1. Suppose that the small filtered category \(I\) has the following property: every finite subcategory \(\mathcal{A}\) is contained in a finite subcategory \(\mathcal{A}'\) having a unique terminal object. Note that a subcategory need not be full, and that a finite category means one with finite sets of objects and morphisms. Let \(\mathcal{I}\) be the set of all subcategories having a unique terminal object, partially ordered by inclusion \(\subset\). Show that one can define a functor \[H: \mathcal{I} \to I,\] sending an object \(\mathcal{A}\) to its unique terminal object \(H\mathcal{A}\) and an inclusion \(\mathcal{A}_1\subset\mathcal{A}_2\) to the unique morphism \(H\mathcal{A}_1\to H\mathcal{A}_2\) in \(\mathcal{A}_2\).

  2. In the notation above, show that \((\mathcal{I},\subset)\) is a small filtered partially ordered set and that \(H\) is cofinal.

  3. Now let \(I\) be any small filtered category. Show that the product category \(I\times\omega\) has the property assumed in (i), and that the projection functor \(I\times\omega\to I\) is cofinal. Here \(\omega\) is the totally ordered set of nonnegative integers.

    Hint. Clearly \(I\times\omega\) is filtered. Given a finite subcategory \(\mathcal{A}\) of \(I\times\omega\), show that there are an object \((i,n)\) of \(I\times\omega\) and a cone whose base is the inclusion functor \(\mathcal{A}\to I\times\omega\) and whose vertex is \((i,n)\) (Convention reference). Adjoin to \(\mathcal{A}\) the object \((i,n+1)\), its identity morphism, and all composites of the morphisms \((j,k)\to(i,n)\) in the cone with the canonical morphism \((i,n)\to(i,n+1)\). This produces a finite subcategory \(\mathcal{A}'\) having the unique terminal object \((i,n+1)\).

  4. Use (iii) to prove the existence of the required cofinal functor \(\mathcal{P}\to I\).

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be an accessible category.

  1. Choose a small subset \(S\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) as in Definition reference, and let \(\mathcal{S}\) be the full subcategory it generates. Prove that the Yoneda embedding restricts to a fully faithful functor \(\mathcal{C}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\mathcal{S}^{\operatorname{op}}}\).

  2. Prove that \(\mathcal{C}\) is well-powered (Definition reference). Hint. For every object \(F\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}^{\mathcal{S}^{\operatorname{op}}}\) and every \(X\in S\), the set \(FX\) and its power set are both small. Use this to show that \(\mathrm{Sub}_F\) is a small set.

Fix a field \(\Bbbk\). Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a locally finite \(\Bbbk\)-linear Abelian category, let \(\mathcal{A}'\) be an Abelian subcategory, and write its inclusion functor as \(i:\mathcal{A}'\to\mathcal{A}\). Assume that the subset \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A}')\subset\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\) is closed under isomorphism.

  1. Show that for every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), the intersection of the partially ordered set of quotient objects \(\mathrm{Quot}_X\) (respectively the partially ordered set of subobjects \(\mathrm{Sub}_X\)) with \(\mathcal{A}'\) has a unique greatest element, denoted \(i^*(X)\) (respectively \(i^!(X)\)), and that \(i^*\) (respectively \(i^!\)) gives a left (respectively right) adjoint to \(i\).

  2. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has a projective generator \(s\). Prove that \(s':=i^*(s)\) is a projective generator of \(\mathcal{A}'\).

  3. For \(s,s'\) as above, put \(A:=\operatorname{End}(s)\) and \(A':=\operatorname{End}(s')\). Prove that \[A = \operatorname{Hom}(s, s) \to \operatorname{Hom}(s, s') \ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\leftarrow}}\operatorname{Hom}(s', s') = A'\] makes \(A'\) a quotient ring of \(A\), written \(A'=A/\mathfrak{a}\). Prove that \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(s\) satisfy the hypotheses of Theorem reference, so that \(\mathcal{A}\) is equivalent to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}_{\mathrm{fg}}\text{-}}A\), while \(\mathcal{A}'\) is equivalent to the full subcategory consisting of modules annihilated by the two-sided ideal \(\mathfrak{a}\).

Introduction to Ind-Objects and Pro-Objects

Given a category \(\mathcal{C}\), what is an ind-object over it? Through the Yoneda embedding \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^{\wedge}\), an ind-object can be defined rigorously as an object of \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) of the form \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\), where \(i\) ranges over a small filtered category \(I\) and \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). The symbol \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\) distinguishes \(\varinjlim\) in \(\mathcal{C}^{\wedge}\) from \(\varinjlim\) in \(\mathcal{C}\). One can prove that \[\operatorname{Hom}(X, Y) = \varprojlim_i \varinjlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i, Y_j), \quad X = \ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i, \; Y = \ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_j.\] Thus, roughly speaking, an ind-object \(X\) may be imagined as a filtered system represented by a family of objects \(X_i\) of \(\mathcal{C}\) together with a compatible family of morphisms \(X_i\to X_j\), as \(i\to j\) ranges over \(\operatorname{Mor}(I)\). The choice of \((X_i)_i\) representing \(X\), however, is not unique. There is also a dual notion, called a pro-object over \(\mathcal{C}\). The presentation here follows [KS06].

As a source of examples, §reference begins with profinite groups. These are both a special class of topological groups and, equivalently, filtered \(\varprojlim\) of finite groups in the category of topological groups (Remark reference). On this basis, Example reference will later show that profinite groups are precisely the pro-objects over the category of finite groups, and so can be handled by algebraic methods. This class of topological groups occurs especially often in mathematics and is also background knowledge for several chapters of this book.

Section reference gives the formal definitions of ind-objects and pro-objects, a description of their morphisms, and some preliminary examples. The subsequent discussion focuses on ind-objects. Section reference studies the category \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) of all ind-objects over \(\mathcal{C}\), also called the Ind-completion of \(\mathcal{C}\); it contains \(\mathcal{C}\) as a full subcategory. We shall study how to recognize ind-objects inside \(\mathcal{C}^{\wedge}\) (Proposition reference), that is, how to characterize when a functor \(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is ind-representable, and then discuss the interaction between \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and limits. In particular, we shall show that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) has all small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Dually, \(\mathcal{C}\) also has a Pro-completion: all pro-objects form the category \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}=\operatorname{Ind}\left(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\right)^{\operatorname{op}}\).

The Ind-extension of functors is the subject of §reference. The results include how to extend a functor \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) to \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) (Definition–Proposition reference), and how to recognize whether a category \(\mathcal{C}\) is the Ind-completion of a full subcategory \(\mathcal{C}'\) (Proposition reference).

In §reference, these results are applied to an Abelian category \(\mathcal{C}\) to show that both embeddings \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\) are fully faithful exact functors between Abelian categories (Theorem reference). That section also discusses exactness of functor extensions for Abelian categories (Proposition reference). Furthermore, Theorem reference shows that the Ind-completion of a small Abelian category is a Grothendieck category.

Using the preceding results and the basic fact that Grothendieck categories have injective cogenerators, §reference proves the Freyd–Mitchell embedding theorem: every small Abelian category admits a fully faithful exact embedding into \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\), where \(R\) is a ring realized on a small set. The route through Ind-completion is neither the most elementary nor the shortest; compared with the Freyd–Mitchell theorem itself, however, Ind-completion may be a more valuable technique.

Prelude: Profinite Groups

We first define profinite groups from the topological viewpoint: they are topological groups with specified properties. On the few occasions when set size must be distinguished, the topological groups under consideration are understood to be realized on small sets; otherwise we shall not mention this point again.

Definition.

A profinite group is a topological group \(G\) satisfying:

  • \(G\) is a compact Hausdorff group;

  • \(G\) has a neighborhood basis at the identity \(1_G\) consisting of normal subgroups.

Let \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}\) denote the category of all topological groups, with continuous homomorphisms as morphisms. The profinite groups form a full subcategory of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}\).

If \(G\) is profinite, a neighborhood basis at \(1_G\) may be taken to consist of all open normal subgroups \(K\lhd G\). For a detailed discussion, see [FL14] or [Li1].

Remark. Another characterization is that a topological group \(G\) is profinite if and only if it is a totally disconnected compact group; see [FL14]. The following related fact is also useful: a Hausdorff topological space \(E\) is locally compact and totally disconnected if and only if every \(e\in E\) has a neighborhood basis consisting of compact open subsets.

If \(H\) is an open subgroup of \(G\), choose a representative \(g\) for each coset \(\bar g\in G/H\). The decomposition \(G=\bigsqcup_{\bar g\in G/H}gH\), together with compactness, implies that \((G:H)\) is finite. Moreover, \(H=G\smallsetminus\bigcup_{\bar g\neq H}gH\) shows that \(H\) is closed.

We record a few more basic properties.

Lemma. Let \(G\) be a topological group and \(H\) a subgroup. Then:

  1. the quotient map \(\pi:G\to G/H\) is open with respect to the quotient topology on \(G/H\);

  2. \(G/H\) with the quotient topology is Hausdorff if and only if \(H\) is closed;

  3. the quotient topology on \(G/H\) is discrete if and only if \(H\) is open.

The same assertions of course hold for \(H\backslash G\).

Proof. For (i), if \(U\) is an open subset of \(G\),1 then \(\pi^{-1}(\pi(U))=\bigcup_{h\in H}Uh\) is open. Hence \(\pi(U)\) is open by the definition of the quotient topology.

The only-if direction of (ii) follows from \(H=\pi^{-1}(1_G\cdot H)\). For the if direction, given distinct cosets \(xH\neq yH\), choose an open subset \(V\ni1_G\) of \(G\) such that \(Vx\cap yH=\emptyset\), and then choose an open subset \(U\ni1_G\) such that \(U^{-1}U\subset V\). This ensures \(UxH\cap UyH=\emptyset\), while (i) shows that \(\pi(Ux)\) and \(\pi(Uy)\) are both open.

The only-if direction of (iii) again follows from \(H=\pi^{-1}(1_G\cdot H)\). Now suppose that \(H\) is open. By (i), \(\{1_G\cdot H\}=\pi(H)\) is open; translation shows that every singleton in \(G/H\) is open. This proves the if direction.

Proposition. Let \(G\) be a profinite group.

  1. If \(H\) is a closed subgroup of \(G\), then \(H\) is profinite.

  2. If \(H\) is a closed normal subgroup of \(G\), then \(G/H\) is profinite with the quotient topology.

Proof. For (i), the closed subgroup \(H\) is of course compact and Hausdorff. A neighborhood basis at \(1_G\) is given by all \(K\cap H\), where \(K\) ranges over the open normal subgroups of \(G\).

For (ii), closedness of \(H\) implies that \(G/H\) is Hausdorff, and compactness of \(G\) implies that \(G/H\) is compact. A neighborhood basis of \(G/H\) at \(1_G\cdot H\) is given by all \(KH/H\), where \(K\) ranges over the open normal subgroups of \(G\); each \(KH/H\) is an open normal subgroup of \(G/H\).

It is easy to prove that the product of a family of profinite groups \((G_i)_i\), indexed by a small set, is again profinite. For any small category \(I\) and functor \(\beta:I^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}\), abbreviated as \((G_i)_{i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)}\) with \(G_i:=\beta(i)\), give \[\left( \varprojlim_i G_i := \varprojlim \beta \right) \hookrightarrow \prod_i G_i\] the topology inherited from the product space on the right, making it a closed subgroup. This gives the \(\varprojlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}\). Hence if every \(G_i\) is profinite, then \(\varprojlim_iG_i\) is profinite. It follows that the category of profinite groups is complete.

Example. The simplest example is a finite group \(G\); in this case there is only one Hausdorff topology, namely the discrete topology. The following examples are also common.

  • Let \(G:=\operatorname{Gal}(E|F)\) be the Galois group of a Galois extension \(E|F\), endowed with the Krull topology [Li1]. The corresponding neighborhood basis consists of the subgroups \(\operatorname{Gal}(E|L)\), where \(L|F\) ranges over the finite Galois subextensions of \(E|F\).

  • For a prime \(p\), let \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_p\) be the ring of \(p\)-adic integers, and let \(\operatorname{SL}(n,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_p)\) be the group of \(n\times n\) matrices over it with determinant \(1\). Endowed with the topology inherited from the space \(\mathrm{M}_n(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_p)\) of \(n\times n\) matrices, this too is a profinite group.

  • For any group \(G\), its profinite completion is defined by \[\hat{G} := \varprojlim_{\substack{N \lhd G \\ (G:N) < \infty}} G/N,\] where each \(G/N\) is given the discrete topology. As the name suggests, this is a profinite group.

Remark. The preceding discussion shows that if finite groups are given the discrete topology, then their small \(\varprojlim\) are profinite. Conversely, every profinite group \(G\) can be written as \(\varprojlim_iG_i\), where \((I,\leq)\) is a small filtered partially ordered set and every \(G_i\) is finite; see [Li1]. Concretely, one may choose a neighborhood basis \((K_i)_{i\in I}\) at \(1_G\) consisting of open normal subgroups, order the index set by reverse inclusion, and put \(G_i:=G/K_i\).

For a Galois-group example, \(\operatorname{Gal}(E|F)=\varprojlim_{L|F}\operatorname{Gal}(L|F)\), where \(L|F\) ranges over the finite Galois subextensions of \(E|F\).

Consider profinite groups \(G=\varprojlim_iG_i\) and \(H=\varprojlim_jH_j\) presented as above. Since the subgroups \(\operatorname{ker}[G\to G_i]\) form a neighborhood basis at \(1_G\), there are canonical isomorphisms \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}}(G, H) & = \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}}\left(\varprojlim_i G_i, \varprojlim_j H_j \right) \\ & \simeq \varprojlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}}\left( \varprojlim_i G_i, H_j \right) \quad \text{(by the universal property of inverse limits)} \\ & \simeq \varprojlim_j \varinjlim_i \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Grp}}}(G_i,H_j) \quad \text{(every continuous homomorphism factors through some \(G_i\))}; \end{align*}\] Thus profinite groups can also be handled algebraically; see Example reference below.

Definition.

Let \(p\) be a prime. A profinite group \(G\) is called a pro-\(p\) group if, for every sufficiently small open normal subgroup \(K\lhd G\), the quotient \(G/K\) is a \(p\)-group. Equivalently, \(G\) can be written as \(\varprojlim_iG_i\), where \((I,\leq)\) is a filtered partially ordered set and every \(G_i\) is a \(p\)-group.

Such groups occur frequently in number theory. The exercises contain further discussion of pro-\(p\) groups.

The following result shows that quotient maps of profinite groups by closed subgroups have particularly simple topological behavior, quite unlike the usual situation for Lie groups.

Lemma. Let \(H\) and \(H'\) be closed subgroups of a profinite group \(G\), with \(H'\subset H\). Then the quotient map \(\pi:G/H'\twoheadrightarrow G/H\) has a continuous section \(s:G/H\to G/H'\); in other words, \(s\) is continuous and satisfies \(\pi s=\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{G/H}\).2

An analogous assertion holds for the quotient map \(H'\backslash G\twoheadrightarrow H\backslash G\).

Proof. First consider the case in which \((H:H')\) is finite. Then \(H\) is the disjoint union of \(H'\) and finitely many of its left translates, so \(H'\) is open in \(H\). There is an open normal subgroup \(U\lhd G\) such that \(U\cap H\subset H'\). The restriction of \(\pi\) is therefore a bijection \(UH'/H'\to UH/H\); by compactness it is a homeomorphism, and its inverse gives a continuous section on the open subset \(UH/H\) of \(G/H\). Finally, translate this section to extend it over all of \(G/H\).

In the general case, the reader is asked to reduce the problem to \(H'=\{1_G\}\). In that case, consider all data \((T,t)\), where \(T\subset H\) is a closed subgroup and \(t\) is a continuous section of \(G/T\twoheadrightarrow G/H\). Partially order these data by declaring \((T_1,t_1)\preceq(T_2,t_2)\) if \(T_2\subset T_1\) and \(t_1\) factors as \(G/H\xrightarrow{t_2}G/T_2\twoheadrightarrow G/T_1\). Zorn’s lemma ensures the existence of a maximal element. The key point is that if \(((S_i,s_i))_i\) is a chain for \(\preceq\) and \(S':=\bigcap_iS_i\), then the canonical map \(G/S'\to\varprojlim_iG/S_i\) is continuous and injective with dense image; compactness therefore makes it a homeomorphism. We may consequently define \(s':=\varprojlim_i s_i:G/H\to G/S'\), obtaining an upper bound \((S',s')\) for the chain.

Let \((S,s)\) be a maximal element of this partially ordered set. If \(S=\{1\}\), we are done. If \(S\neq\{1\}\), choose an open normal subgroup \(U\) of \(G\) such that \(S\cap U\neq S\). Since \((S:S\cap U)\) is finite, the first step of the proof gives a continuous section of \(G/(S\cap U)\to G/S\). Composing it with \(s\) gives a continuous section of \(G/(S\cap U)\to G/H\), contradicting the maximality of \((S,s)\).

The version for \(H'\backslash G\twoheadrightarrow H\backslash G\) is identical.

The most important special case is \(H'=\{1_G\}\). Then a continuous section \(s\) induces a homeomorphism of topological spaces \((G/H)\times H\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}G\), sending \((x,h)\) to \(s(x)h\). The conclusion for \(G\twoheadrightarrow H\backslash G\) is of course analogous.


  1. Translator’s note: the source says that \(U\) is an open subset of \(G/H\), but the expressions \(\pi(U)\) and \(\bigcup_{h\in H}Uh\) require \(U\subset G\).↩︎

  2. Translator’s note: the source has the undefined subscript \(G/H_2\) on this identity; the codomain of \(\pi\) makes \(G/H\) the type-correct subscript.↩︎

Ind-Objects and Pro-Objects

From this section onward, fix a Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal{U}\); the terms small category and small set refer to this choice. Unless stated otherwise, an unqualified category is understood to be a \(\mathcal{U}\)-category; otherwise it is called a large category. Recall that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) denotes the category of small sets.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a category. In §reference we recalled the two Yoneda embeddings \[h_{\mathcal{C}}: \mathcal{C}\to \mathcal{C}^\wedge, \quad k_{\mathcal{C}}: \mathcal{C} \to \mathcal{C}^\vee.\] They are of course dual to each other. Note that unless \(\mathcal{C}\) is small, \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) and \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\) are generally large categories. When no confusion can arise, we shall often omit the functors \(h_{\mathcal{C}}\) and \(k_{\mathcal{C}}\) from the notation.

Recall the lessons of [Li1]:

  • \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) has all small \(\varinjlim\) and small \(\varprojlim\), constructed pointwise in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\);

  • in general, the Yoneda embedding \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) preserves \(\varprojlim\) but not \(\varinjlim\).

Following the convention there,1 in this section the \(\varinjlim\) of \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) will be written separately as \[\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\alpha \;\text{or}\; \ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\alpha(i),\] where \(i\) ranges over \(\operatorname{Ob}(I)\). This distinguishes it from \(\varinjlim\) in \(\mathcal{C}\).

Dually, we write \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}\) for the \(\varprojlim\) in \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\) obtained by the pointwise construction, since in general \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^\vee\) preserves \(\varinjlim\) but not \(\varprojlim\).

The density theorem reference says that every object of \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) can be expressed as a \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\) of objects of \(\mathcal{C}\). The ind-objects are those which can be so expressed using a filtered \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\); the dual objects in \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\) are called pro-objects.

Definition.

Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a category.

  • If \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\) can be written as \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\), where the index ranges over a small filtered category \(I\) and \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) (equivalently, the data define a functor \(I\to\mathcal{C}\)), then \(X\) is called an ind-object over \(\mathcal{C}\).

  • If \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\vee)\) can be written as \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}X_i\), where the index ranges over a small filtered category \(I\) and \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) (equivalently, the data define a functor \(I^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\)), then \(X\) is called a pro-object over \(\mathcal{C}\).

All ind-objects form a category \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and all pro-objects form a category \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\); they are respectively full subcategories of \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) and \(\mathcal{C}^\vee\).

We therefore have fully faithful functors \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\). Corollary reference will control the sizes of \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\) and show that they are not large categories.

It is immediate from the definition that \((\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C})^{\operatorname{op}}\simeq\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})\). Henceforth we write ind-objects (respectively pro-objects) as \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) (respectively \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}Y_i\)) without further comment; remember that such presentations are not unique.

Proposition. Let \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) and \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_j\) be ind-objects over \(\mathcal{C}\). There is a canonical bijection \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \simeq \varprojlim_i \varinjlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i, Y_j).\] Similarly, for pro-objects \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}X_i\) and \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}Y_j\), there is a canonical bijection \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \simeq \varprojlim_j \varinjlim_i \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i, Y_j).\] The limits on the right are all understood to be taken in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\).

Proof. For ind-objects, \[\begin{align*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}\left(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i, \ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_j \right) & = \varprojlim_i \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}\left( X_i, \ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_j \right) & (\because\; \varinjlim \; \text{in $\mathcal{C}^{\wedge}$}) \\ & = \varprojlim_i \left[ \left( \ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_j \right)(X_i) \right] & (\because\; \text{Theorem \href{#prop:Yoneda}{reference}}) \\ & = \varprojlim_i \varinjlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i, Y_j) & (\because\; \text{the construction of }\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}). \end{align*}\] The last two equalities can also be viewed as an expression of the compactness of \(X_i\) in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) (Proposition reference). The pro-object case is dual.

Corollary. The categories \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\) constructed above are \(\mathcal{U}\)-categories, just as \(\mathcal{C}\) is.

Proof. Every \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i,Y_j)\) in Proposition reference is a \(\mathcal{U}\)-small set, and the \(\varprojlim\) and \(\varinjlim\) are also taken over small categories.

Notice that the definitions of \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\) depend on the choice of universe \(\mathcal{U}\). For their precise relation to \(\mathcal{U}\), see [KS06]; we shall not pursue this point here.

All algebraic structures in the following examples are understood to be realized on small sets.

Example. Let \(\Bbbk\) be a field. Denote the category of finite-dimensional \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\) and the category of all \(\Bbbk\)-vector spaces by \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\). We shall show that \[\operatorname{Ind}\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk) \;\text{is equivalent to}\; \ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk).\]

Define a functor \(\operatorname{Ind}\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) by sending \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}V_i\) to \(V:=\varinjlim_iV_i\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\). The key to showing that it is fully faithful is \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(V, W) \simeq \varprojlim_i \varinjlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\Bbbk}(V_i, W_j).\] Indeed, specifying a linear map \(f:V\to W\) is equivalent to specifying a compatible family of linear maps \(f_i:V_i\to W\), while the concrete description of filtered \(\varinjlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) shows that each \(f_i\) factors through some \(W_j\).

The functor \(\operatorname{Ind}\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\) is also essentially surjective. For any \(\Bbbk\)-vector space \(V\), its finite-dimensional subspaces \(V^\flat\) form a filtered partially ordered set under inclusion, and there is a canonical isomorphism \(\varinjlim V^\flat\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}V\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk)\).

A similar and even simpler argument shows that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Ind}\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinSet}}\), where \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinSet}}\) denotes the category of finite small sets. Observe that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinSet}}\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}_{\mathrm{f}}(\Bbbk)\) are both essentially small: the isomorphism classes of their objects form a small set. Thus ind-objects are a construction that obtains the large from the small.

There is no shortage of such examples; Proposition reference will give a unified criterion for recognizing the Ind-completion of a category.

Example. Let \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinGrp}}\) denote the category of finite groups and let \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{proFinGrp}}\) denote the category of profinite groups from Definition reference. We shall show that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{proFinGrp}}\) is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Pro}\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinGrp}}\).

Define a functor \(\operatorname{Pro}\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinGrp}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{proFinGrp}}\) by sending \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}G_i\) to \(G:=\varprojlim_iG_i\) in the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}\) of topological groups, giving each \(G_i\) the discrete topology. By definition, the data \((G_i)_i\) come from a functor \(I^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}\), where \(I\) is a small filtered category; Remark reference shows, however, that \(I\) may also be taken to be a filtered partially ordered set. As in Example reference, the equivalence reduces to proving that

  • the group \(G\) above is profinite;

  • \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{TopGrp}}}(G,H)\simeq\varprojlim_j\varinjlim_i\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinGrp}}}(G_i,H_j)\);

  • every profinite group can be expressed as a small filtered \(\varprojlim\) of finite groups.

But these are precisely the contents of Remark reference.

When \(\mathcal{C}\) itself already has small filtered \(\varinjlim\), there is also a relation in the reverse direction between \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{C}\). We give the dual statement for pro-objects at the same time.

Proposition. Suppose that for every small filtered category \(I\) and every functor \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{C}\) (respectively \(\beta:I^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\)), the object \(\varinjlim\alpha\) (respectively \(\varprojlim\beta\)) always exists. Then the embedding \(\iota:\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) (respectively \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\)) has a left adjoint \(\sigma:\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\) (respectively a right adjoint \(\tau:\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\)), with \(\sigma\iota\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\) (respectively \(\tau\iota\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathcal{C}}\)).

More concretely, if \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) (respectively \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}X_i\)), then there is a canonical isomorphism \(\sigma(X)\simeq\varinjlim_iX_i\) (respectively \(\tau(X)\simeq\varprojlim_iX_i\)).

Proof. It suffices to treat the ind-version. By [Li1], the existence of a left adjoint \(\sigma\) is equivalent to the representability, for every ind-object \(X\), of the functor \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}(X, \cdot): \mathcal{C} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\] Write \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\). This functor is isomorphic to \[\varprojlim_i \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i, \cdot) \simeq \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\left( \varinjlim_i X_i, \cdot\right).\] This proves both the existence of the left adjoint \(\sigma\) and the asserted description.

For theoretical purposes, we often wish to align morphisms in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) or \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\). The following result does this.

Lemma. Let \(X\) and \(Y\) be ind-objects (respectively pro-objects) over \(\mathcal{C}\).

  1. There are a small filtered category \(K\) and functors \(\gamma,\delta:K\to\mathcal{C}\) (respectively \(K^{\operatorname{op}}\to\mathcal{C}\)) such that \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\gamma\) and \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\delta\) (respectively \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}\gamma\) and \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}\delta\)).

  2. Given a morphism \(f:X\to Y\), the data in (i) may be chosen together with a morphism of functors \(\varphi:\gamma\to\delta\) such that \(f\) equals \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\varphi\) (respectively \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}\varphi\)).

  3. More generally, given two morphisms \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\), the data may be chosen so that they are represented by the \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\) (respectively \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varprojlim\text{”}}\)) of two morphisms \(\varphi,\psi:\gamma\to\delta\).

Proof. It suffices to treat the ind-version. For (i), first suppose that \(X\) and \(Y\) arise respectively from functors \(\alpha:I\to\mathcal{C}\) and \(\beta:J\to\mathcal{C}\). Define \(K\) to be the product category \(I\times J\); recall that its objects are pairs \((i,j)\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\times\operatorname{Ob}(J)\) and that \(\operatorname{Hom}_K((i,j),(i',j')):=\operatorname{Hom}_I(i,i')\times\operatorname{Hom}_J(j,j')\). It is easy to see that \(K\) is small and filtered, and that both projection functors \[I \leftarrow K \rightarrow J, \quad i \mapsfrom (i, j) \mapsto j\] are cofinal (Definition reference); this follows by expanding the definitions. Define \(\gamma\) and \(\delta\) by composing these projections with \(\alpha\) and \(\beta\), respectively. Proposition reference then gives \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\alpha=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\gamma\) and \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\beta=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\delta\).

For (ii), modify the construction as follows. This time, let \(K\) be the category whose objects are triples \((i,j,t)\) forming a commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-141-d001}\] with morphisms defined by the evident commutative triangular diagrams. There are functors \(I\leftarrow K\rightarrow J\) given on objects by \(i\mapsfrom(i,j,t)\mapsto j\). Again define \(\gamma\) and \(\delta\) by composing these functors with \(\alpha\) and \(\beta\). The reader is asked to verify that

  • \(K\) is a small filtered category;

  • both functors \(I\leftarrow K\rightarrow J\) are cofinal;

  • the data \(t\) define a morphism \(\varphi:\gamma\to\delta\).

These facts give the required commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-141-d002}\]

For the pair of morphisms \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) in (iii), the argument is similar: define the objects of \(K\) to be quadruples \((i,j,s,t)\) with \(s,t:\alpha(i)\rightrightarrows\beta(j)\).2 The details are left to the reader.

The result above generalizes naturally to any finite collection of morphisms \(f,g,\ldots\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}}(X,Y)\).


  1. This notation was introduced by P. Deligne.↩︎

  2. Translator’s note: the source prints \(\alpha(j)\) as the target, but \(j\) indexes \(\beta\) and the maps represent morphisms to \(Y\); the type-correct target is \(\beta(j)\).↩︎

Ind-Completion of Categories

Continuing the discussion of §reference, we now focus on ind-objects. The passage from \(\mathcal{C}\) to \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is an important technique, often called the Ind-completion of \(\mathcal{C}\).

Definition.

Let \(I\) be a category. If there is a small category \(J\) together with a cofinal functor \(J\to I\) (Definition reference), then \(I\) is called cofinally small.

Lemma. A category \(I\) is cofinally small if and only if it has a full subcategory \(I'\) such that the inclusion functor \(I'\to I\) is cofinal and \(I'\) is small. If \(I\) is filtered, then \(I'\) is filtered as well.

Proof. It suffices to explain the only-if direction and the final assertion. Take a cofinal functor \(H:J\to I\) as in the definition. Let \(I'\) be the full subcategory consisting of all objects \(H(j)\), for \(j\in\operatorname{Ob}(J)\); it is plainly small. Factor \(H\) as \[J \xrightarrow{H'} I' \xrightarrow{G: \text{inclusion functor}} I.\] To prove that \(G:I'\to I\) is cofinal is equivalent to proving that the comma category \((i/G)\) is connected for every \(i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\); see Definition reference. This follows easily from the connectedness of \((i/H)\), and the verification is left to the reader.

For the filteredness of the cofinal full subcategory \(I'\), see Proposition reference.

Proposition (Recognizing ind-objects). Let \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\). The following statements are equivalent:

  1. \(X\) is an ind-object over \(\mathcal{C}\);

  2. the category \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) appearing in Theorem reference is filtered and cofinally small.

Proof. We first prove (i) \(\implies\) (ii). For filteredness, suppose that \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\), where \(i\) ranges over the objects of a small filtered category \(I\) and \(X_i\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). Let \(\phi:S\to X\) and \(\phi':S'\to X\) be any two objects of \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\). Proposition reference shows that there is an \(i\) (respectively, an \(i'\)) such that \(\phi\) (respectively, \(\phi'\)) factors through \(X_i\) (respectively, \(X_{i'}\)). Since \(I\) is filtered, we may assume without loss of generality that \(i=i'\). Thus both \(\phi\) and \(\phi'\) factor through the object \(X_i\to X\) of \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\). This is the first condition for a filtered category.

The same argument also shows that the family of canonical morphisms \((X_i\to X)_i\) defines a cofinal functor \(I\to(h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\). Hence \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) is cofinally small.

Next, consider two morphisms in \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) of the form \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-142-d001}\] We know that \(\phi'\) factors through some \(\phi'_i:S'\to X_i\). The equality \(\phi'f=\phi'g\) implies that there is a morphism \(\alpha:i\to j\) in \(I\) such that \(X(\alpha)\phi'_if=X(\alpha)\phi'_ig\), where \(X(\alpha):X_i\to X_j\). Equivalently, \(f\) and \(g\) are equalized by the following diagram: \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-142-d002}\] This proves that \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) is filtered.

We now prove (ii) \(\implies\) (i). Theorem reference shows that \(X\) is the \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\) of the functor \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) that sends \(\phi:S\to X\) to \(S\). By Lemma reference, choose a cofinal full subcategory \(I\) of \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) such that \(I\) is a small filtered category. We may therefore write \(X\) as the ind-object \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\).

A functor \(X:\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) that lies in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is also called ind-representable. Proposition reference is equivalently a criterion for ind-representability. Dually, one may speak of pro-representable functors and give an analogous criterion.

The following results use the terminology of Definition reference.

Proposition. The fully faithful functor \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) creates small filtered \(\varinjlim\). In particular, \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) has all small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. Take a small filtered category \(I\) and a functor \(\alpha:I\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\), and write \(X:=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\alpha\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\). Our goal is to prove that \(X\) lies in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\). By Proposition reference, it suffices to prove that \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) is filtered and cofinally small.

For the first condition of filteredness, take \(\phi:S\to X\) and \(\phi':S'\to X\). Proposition reference implies that there are \(i,i'\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\) such that these morphisms factor respectively through \(\phi_i:S\to X_i\) and \(\phi'_{i'}:S'\to X_{i'}\);1 without loss of generality, we may assume that \(i=i'\). Since \(X_i\) is an ind-object, write it as \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_{ij}\). Applying Proposition reference once more, we may assume that both \(\phi_i\) and \(\phi'_i\) factor through some \(X_{ij}\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\); the canonical morphism \(X_{ij}\to X\) makes it an object of \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\).

The second condition, concerning the equalization of morphisms, is handled in the same way.

We now check that \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) is cofinally small. By Lemma reference, for each \(i\) there is a small subset \(S_i\) of \(\operatorname{Ob}((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X_i))\) such that every object of \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X_i)\) has a morphism to an object of \(S_i\). Write \(F_i:(h_{\mathcal{C}}/X_i)\to(h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) for the evident functor, and set \[S:=\bigcup_i F_i(S_i)\;\subset\operatorname{Ob}((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)).\] Then \(S\) is a small set, and the preceding argument in fact shows that every object of \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) has a morphism to an object of \(S\). Thus \(S\) determines a cofinal full subcategory of \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) (apply Proposition reference); consequently, \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) is cofinally small.

Lemma. Suppose that \(\mathcal{C}\) has finite \(\varprojlim\). Then the functor \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) creates finite \(\varprojlim\), while \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) preserves finite \(\varprojlim\). In particular, \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) has finite \(\varprojlim\).

Under these hypotheses, finite \(\varprojlim\) in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) commute with small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. It is known that the embedding \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) preserves small \(\varprojlim\). The assertion in the first paragraph therefore reduces to proving that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is closed under finite \(\varprojlim\) in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\).

Since \(\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) preserves small \(\varprojlim\), it sends a terminal object to a terminal object. The problem thus reduces further to proving that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is closed under finite products and equalizers in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\). For the product of two ind-objects \(X\) and \(Y\), use Lemma reference (i) to choose a filtered category \(K\) and present them as \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_k\) and \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_k\). We claim that \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}(X_k\times Y_k)\) gives \(X\times Y\) in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\). Indeed, for every \(S\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\), \[\begin{multline*} \left(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}(X_k \times Y_k)\right)(S) = \varinjlim_k \left((X_k \times Y_k)(S)\right) = \varinjlim_k (X_k(S) \times Y_k(S)) \\ \simeq \varinjlim_k X_k(S) \times \varinjlim_k Y_k(S) = X(S) \times Y(S); \end{multline*}\] the canonical isomorphism on the second line uses the fact that small filtered \(\varinjlim\) commute with finite \(\varprojlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) (Proposition reference).

Next we handle equalizers. Consider morphisms \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) between ind-objects. By Lemma reference (iii), we may assume that \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\), \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_i\), and that \(f,g\) arise respectively from two families of morphisms \(f_i,g_i:X_i\rightrightarrows Y_i\). Take \(\operatorname{ker}(f_i,g_i)\) in \(\mathcal{C}\). For every \(S\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and every \(i\), we obtain an equalizer diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\): \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-142-d003}\] Take \(\varinjlim\) over \(i\) and apply once again the fact that small filtered \(\varinjlim\) commute with finite \(\varprojlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). This gives an equalizer diagram \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-142-d004}\] As \(S\) varies, this shows that the ind-object \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\operatorname{ker}(f_i,g_i)\) gives \(\operatorname{ker}(f,g)\) in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\).

In fact, the argument shows that small filtered \(\varinjlim\) commute with finite \(\varprojlim\) in \(\mathcal{C}^\wedge\); this is checked by reducing to \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). Since \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}^\wedge\) creates small filtered \(\varinjlim\) (Proposition reference) and finite \(\varprojlim\), the commutation property continues to hold in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\).

Lemma. Suppose that \(\mathcal{C}\) has finite \(\varinjlim\). Then \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) also has finite \(\varinjlim\), and \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) preserves them.

Under these hypotheses, \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is cocomplete.

Proof. Decompose finite \(\varinjlim\) into three cases: an initial object, coproducts of two objects, and coequalizers.

Suppose that \(X\) is an initial object of \(\mathcal{C}\). Then, for every ind-object \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_j\), we have \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}(X,Y)\simeq\varinjlim_j\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X,Y_j)\), which is plainly a singleton. Thus \(X\) is an initial object of \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\).

Next consider the coproduct of ind-objects \(X\) and \(Y\). Use Lemma reference (i) to choose a filtered category \(K\) and present both objects as \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_k\) and \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_k\). We claim that their coproduct is given by the ind-object \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}(X_k\sqcup Y_k)\). For every ind-object \(S=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}S_h\), \[\begin{multline*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}(X_k \sqcup Y_k), S) \simeq \varprojlim_k \varinjlim_h \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_k \sqcup Y_k, S_h) \\ \simeq \varprojlim_k \varinjlim_h \left( \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_k, S_h) \times \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(Y_k, S_h) \right) \\ \simeq \varprojlim_k \varinjlim_h \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_k, S_h) \times \varprojlim_k \varinjlim_h \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(Y_k, S_h), \end{multline*}\] where the last step uses the commutation of \(\varprojlim\) with \(\varprojlim\), as well as the commutation of small filtered \(\varinjlim\) with finite \(\varprojlim\) in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\). The final result is \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}(X,S)\times\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}(Y,S)\), and all the isomorphisms are canonical.

Now consider the coequalizer case. Let \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) be morphisms between ind-objects. By Lemma reference (iii), we may assume that \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\), \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_i\), and that \(f,g\) arise from two families of morphisms \(f_i,g_i:X_i\rightrightarrows Y_i\). For every \(S\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and every \(i\), we have an equalizer diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\): \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-142-d005}\]

If, via the Yoneda embedding, \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\) is rewritten as \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}^\wedge}\) and the object \(S\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) above is enlarged to an ind-object \(S=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}S_j\), the diagram remains an equalizer. Indeed, by Proposition reference, this merely amounts to replacing \(S\) by \(S_j\) in the formula above and then applying one additional \(\varinjlim_j\); an equalizer is a finite \(\varprojlim\), however, and hence is preserved by \(\varinjlim_j\).

Take \(\varprojlim_i\) of the resulting equalizer diagram, and then move \(\varprojlim_i\) into the first argument of \(\operatorname{Hom}\), where it becomes \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\). The result is an equalizer diagram in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\): \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-142-d006}\] Thus we have verified that \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\operatorname{coker}(f_i,g_i)\) has the universal property required of \(\operatorname{coker}(f,g)\) in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\).

Finally, to prove that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is cocomplete, it suffices to show that it has small coproducts. But an arbitrary small coproduct can be expressed as a filtered \(\varinjlim\) of finite coproducts. Apply Proposition reference. This proves the assertion.


  1. Translator’s note: the source prints the domain of \(\phi'_{i'}\) as \(S\). Since \(\phi'\) has domain \(S'\), the type-correct domain is \(S'\).↩︎

Ind-Completion and Extension of Functors

We continue the discussion of the preceding section, but shift the focus to functors.

Definition–Proposition (Ind-completion of a functor). Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor. There is a canonical functor \(\operatorname{Ind}F:\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{D}\) such that the following diagram commutes up to canonical isomorphism: \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-143-d001}\] For every ind-object \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) over \(\mathcal{C}\), there is a canonical isomorphism \((\operatorname{Ind}F)(X)\simeq\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}F(X_i)\).

Proof. The density theorem for the Yoneda embedding, Theorem reference, canonically presents every \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C}^\wedge)\) as \[X \simeq \ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}_{\phi: S \to X} S,\] where the data on the right are indexed by the category \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\). For an ind-object \(X\), we wish to define \[(\operatorname{Ind}F)(X) := \ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}_{\phi: S \to X} F(S),\] which is plainly canonical; the issue is to show that the right-hand side is an ind-object over \(\mathcal{D}\). By Proposition reference, \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\) is a filtered, cofinally small category. By Lemma reference, choose a cofinal full subcategory \(I\) that is small and filtered. Thus \((\operatorname{Ind}F)(X)\) is presented as a small filtered colimit indexed by \(I\), and hence is indeed an ind-object.

For a given ind-object \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\), the proof of Proposition reference showed that the family of canonical morphisms \((X_i\to X)_i\) gives a cofinal functor \(I\to(h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\). It follows immediately that \((\operatorname{Ind}F)(X)\simeq\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}F(X_i)\). Taking \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) and taking \(I\) to be the filtered poset with a single object gives the desired commutative diagram, up to canonical isomorphism.

Lemma. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor. If \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) have finite \(\varinjlim\) (respectively, finite \(\varprojlim\)), and if \(F\) preserves them, then the functor \(\operatorname{Ind}F:\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{D}\) constructed in Definition–Proposition reference also preserves them.

Proof. The existence of finite \(\varinjlim\) (respectively, finite \(\varprojlim\)) in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{D}\) is guaranteed by Lemma reference (respectively, Lemma reference). Reviewing their proofs, one sees that all the \(\varinjlim\) (respectively, \(\varprojlim\)) considered there are described “index by index,” once the ind-objects and morphisms in question have been suitably aligned; meanwhile, \(\operatorname{Ind}F\) has the corresponding description. The issue therefore reduces to the assumption that \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) preserves finite \(\varinjlim\) (respectively, finite \(\varprojlim\)).

Lemma. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor, and suppose that \(\mathcal{C}\) is small. Write \(F^\wedge:\mathcal{C}^\wedge\to\mathcal{D}^\wedge\) for the functor obtained by applying equation to the composite \(\mathcal{C}\xrightarrow{F}\mathcal{D}\xrightarrow{h_{\mathcal{D}}}\mathcal{D}^\wedge\). Up to isomorphism, the following diagram commutes: \[\text{Diagram appendix2-unit-143-d002}\] where both vertical functors are the evident embeddings.

Consequently, \(\operatorname{Ind}F\) preserves small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. Recall that \(\mathcal{D}^\wedge\) is cocomplete, so \(F^\wedge\) is indeed defined. For the first assertion, take an ind-object \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) over \(\mathcal{C}\), where \(i\) ranges over a small filtered category \(I\), or more generally over a cofinally small filtered category; the latter can canonically be taken to be \((h_{\mathcal{C}}/X)\). By the construction in equation, its image under \(F^\wedge\) is \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}F(X_i)\) in \(\mathcal{D}^\wedge\). By the proof of Definition–Proposition reference, this is also precisely the image of \((\operatorname{Ind}F)(X)\) in \(\mathcal{D}^\wedge\).

For the second assertion, Proposition reference states that \(F^\wedge\) preserves small \(\varinjlim\). Since the vertical functors in the diagram create small filtered \(\varinjlim\) (Proposition reference), it follows immediately that \(\operatorname{Ind}F\) preserves small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Definition–Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor, and suppose that \(\mathcal{D}\) has small filtered \(\varinjlim\). Define \(\hat{F}:\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) to be the composite functor \[\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C} \xrightarrow{\operatorname{Ind}F} \operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{D} \xrightarrow[\text{Proposition \href{#prop:Ind-adjunction}{reference}}]{\sigma} \mathcal{D};\] if \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) is an ind-object over \(\mathcal{C}\), then there is a canonical isomorphism \(\hat{F}(X)\simeq\varinjlim_i F(X_i)\). In particular, the composite of \(\hat{F}\) with the embedding \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is isomorphic to \(F\).

If, in addition, \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) have finite \(\varinjlim\), and \(F\) preserves them, then \(\hat{F}\) preserves them as well.

Proof. The first assertion merely combines the relevant statements in Proposition reference and Definition–Proposition reference.

For the second assertion, Lemma reference shows that \(\operatorname{Ind}F\) preserves finite \(\varinjlim\). On the other hand, since \(\sigma\) has a right adjoint, it too preserves \(\varinjlim\).

When \(\mathcal{C}\) is a small category, Definition–Proposition reference can be strengthened further.

Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor, suppose that \(\mathcal{C}\) is small, and suppose that \(\mathcal{D}\) has small filtered \(\varinjlim\). Then \(\hat{F}:\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) preserves all small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. Lemma reference shows that \(\operatorname{Ind}F\) preserves small filtered \(\varinjlim\), while \(\sigma\) has a right adjoint.

Proposition (Recognizing an Ind-completion). Suppose that \(\mathcal{C}\) has small filtered \(\varinjlim\) and that \(\mathcal{C}'\) is a full subcategory of \(\mathcal{C}\). The embedding functor \(\iota:\mathcal{C}'\to\mathcal{C}\) induces a functor \(\hat{\iota}:\operatorname{Ind}(\mathcal{C}')\to\mathcal{C}\) by the construction of Definition–Proposition reference. Suppose that \(\mathcal{C}'\) satisfies the following conditions:

  • every object of \(\mathcal{C}'\) is compact in \(\mathcal{C}\) (Definition reference);

  • every object of \(\mathcal{C}\) can be presented as a small filtered \(\varinjlim\) of objects in \(\mathcal{C}'\).

Then \(\hat{\iota}\) is an equivalence.

Proof. By construction, \(\hat{\iota}\) sends an ind-object \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) over \(\mathcal{C}'\) to \(\varinjlim X_i\) in \(\mathcal{C}\); here \(I\to\mathcal{C}'\) is the given functor and \(I\) is small and filtered. By assumption, every object of \(\mathcal{C}\) can be presented in this form, so \(\hat{\iota}\) is essentially surjective.

We next prove that \(\hat{\iota}\) is fully faithful. Consider ind-objects \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) and \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_j\) over \(\mathcal{C}'\). By compactness of the objects of \(\mathcal{C}'\) in \(\mathcal{C}\), an argument similar to that of Proposition reference gives \[\begin{gather*} \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\left( \varinjlim_i X_i, \; \varinjlim_j Y_j\right) \simeq \varprojlim_i \varinjlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}'}(X_i, Y_j). \end{gather*}\] This is a canonical bijection, proving the assertion.

Conversely, if \(\mathcal{C}=\operatorname{Ind}(\mathcal{C}')\), then \(\mathcal{C}'\) embeds as a full subcategory of \(\mathcal{C}\) and satisfies all the conditions above.

Ind-Completion of Abelian Categories

This section continues the discussion and standing assumptions of §§referencereference.

Theorem. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is an Abelian category, then \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is also Abelian and \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is a fully faithful exact functor.

Dually, if \(\mathcal{C}\) is an Abelian category, then \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\) is likewise a fully faithful exact functor between Abelian categories.

Proof. We first treat the assertion about \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\). Below, write \(\operatorname{Hom}:=\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}}\). Since \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) preserves finite \(\varinjlim\) (Lemma reference) and finite \(\varprojlim\) (Lemma reference), it sends a zero object to a zero object. This also shows that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) has finite \(\varinjlim\) and finite \(\varprojlim\).

Next, the canonical morphism in equation, \[\delta: Y \sqcup Y \to Y \times Y, \quad Y \in \operatorname{Ob}(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}),\] is always an isomorphism: by the “index-by-index” construction of products and coproducts of ind-objects, verification reduces immediately to the case \(X,Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). Following the method of Proposition reference, we may therefore define addition on \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\) by taking \(f+g\) to be the composite \[X \to X \times X \xrightarrow{f \times g} Y \times Y \xrightarrow{\delta^{-1}} Y \sqcup Y \to Y.\] The reader may check that under \[\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\simeq\varprojlim_i\varinjlim_j\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i,Y_j),\] this operation becomes the addition on \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}\) characterized in the same way (recall that \(\varinjlim_j\) is filtered). Thus this operation indeed makes \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) an \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\)-category, then an additive category, and makes \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) an additive functor.

Consider any morphism \(f:X\to Y\) in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\). We claim that the canonical morphism \(\operatorname{coim}(f)\to\operatorname{im}(f)\) is always an isomorphism. By Lemma reference (ii), we may assume that \(f\) is induced by a family of morphisms \(f_i:X_i\to Y_i\) in \(\mathcal{C}\). In an additive category, images and coimages are described by kernels and cokernels (Proposition reference); recall also the properties established in the preceding proof, such as \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\operatorname{ker}(f_i)\). The assertion therefore reduces immediately to \(\operatorname{coim}(f_i)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}\operatorname{im}(f_i)\). Hence \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is Abelian.

Finally, exactness of \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) follows because this functor preserves finite \(\varinjlim\) and finite \(\varprojlim\).

The concept of an Abelian category is self-dual (Proposition reference), and \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\simeq\operatorname{Ind}(\mathcal{C}^{\operatorname{op}})^{\operatorname{op}}\). The dual assertion about \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\) follows at once.

Recall that an Abelian category is a special kind of additive category, and additivity is a property of a category, not additional structure; see the discussion following Corollary reference.

Remark. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is further assumed to be a \(\Bbbk\)-linear Abelian category, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, then the same is true of \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\), and \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is a \(\Bbbk\)-linear functor. The key is to define canonically a \(\Bbbk\)-module structure on every \(\operatorname{Hom}(X,Y)\) such that, on the right-hand side of the bijection \[\operatorname{Hom}(X, Y) \simeq \varprojlim_i \varinjlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i, Y_j),\] it is reflected by the \(\Bbbk\)-module structure on each \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i,Y_j)\). This condition can be taken as the definition, but one must show that it depends only on \(X\) and \(Y\), not on the choices of \((X_i)_i\) and \((Y_j)_j\). The verification presents no essential difficulty; the details are left as an exercise.

Lemma. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a functor between Abelian categories. The functor \(\operatorname{Ind}F:\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{D}\) of Definition–Proposition reference is also additive.

Proof. Consider ind-objects \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\) and \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_j\) over \(\mathcal{C}\). By construction, the map induced by \(\operatorname{Ind}F\) on morphisms is \[\varprojlim_i \varinjlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X_i, Y_j) \xrightarrow{\text{induced by $F$}} \varprojlim_i \varinjlim_j \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{D}}(FX_i, FY_j).\] In view of the addition on the \(\operatorname{Hom}\)-sets of \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) and \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{D}\) (see the proof of Theorem reference), this map is a homomorphism of additive groups.

Lemma. If the Abelian category \(\mathcal{C}\) has small filtered \(\varinjlim\), then the functor \(\sigma:\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\) of Proposition reference is additive.

Proof. This can be verified directly as above, or deduced from the following fact: \(\sigma\) is left adjoint to \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{C}\), so Corollary reference (v) implies its additivity.

If \(\mathcal{C}\) and \(\mathcal{D}\) are \(\Bbbk\)-linear, where \(\Bbbk\) is a commutative ring, and \(F\) is also \(\Bbbk\)-linear, the preceding results have evident generalizations.

The following result is used in §reference.

Proposition. Let \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) be a right-exact functor between Abelian categories. Suppose that \(\mathcal{D}\) has small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

  1. The extension \(\hat{F}:\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) given by Definition–Proposition reference is right exact.

  2. If, in addition, \(F\) is exact and small filtered \(\varinjlim\) are exact in \(\mathcal{D}\), then \(\hat{F}\) is exact.

  3. Under the hypotheses of (i), if \(\mathcal{C}\) is also assumed to be small, then \(\hat{F}\) preserves all small \(\varinjlim\).

Proof. The preceding two lemmas show that \(\hat{F}\) is additive, while Definition–Proposition reference shows that \(\hat{F}\) preserves finite \(\varinjlim\). This proves (i).

Now assume the hypotheses of (ii). It suffices to prove that \(\hat{F}\) preserves \(\operatorname{ker}\). Let \(f:X\to Y\) be a morphism in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\). By Lemma reference (ii), we may assume that \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\), \(Y=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}Y_i\), and \(f=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}f_i\), where the morphisms \(f_i:X_i\to Y_i\) satisfy the compatibility conditions. First apply \(F\) and then \(\varinjlim_i\) to the exact sequence \[0 \to \operatorname{ker}(f_i) \to X_i \xrightarrow{f_i} Y_i.\] The result is the exact sequence \[0 \to \varinjlim_i F\operatorname{ker}(f_i) \to \varinjlim_i FX_i \to \varinjlim_i FY_i.\]

By the proof of Lemma reference, \(\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\operatorname{ker}(f_i)=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}\operatorname{ker}(f_i,0)\) gives \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=\operatorname{ker}(f,0)\); hence the first term of this sequence is identified with \(\hat{F}(\operatorname{ker}(f))\). On the other hand, the morphism in the second part is identified with \(\hat{F}f:\hat{F}X\to\hat{F}Y\). This proves (ii).

Now consider (iii). Proposition reference states that \(\hat{F}\) preserves all small filtered \(\varinjlim\).1 Together with right exactness, this implies that \(\hat{F}\) preserves all small \(\varinjlim\).

We continue by focusing on the Ind-completion of a small category. We shall need the theory of Grothendieck categories from §reference.

Lemma. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is a small category with finite \(\varinjlim\), then \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) has a generator.

Proof. We know that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is cocomplete (Lemma reference) and that \(\mathcal{C}\) is small. Thus, in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) we may form \[s := \coprod_{X \in \operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})} X.\]

We show that \(s\) is a generator. For a pair of morphisms \(f,g:X\rightrightarrows Y\) in \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\), write \(X=\ensuremath{\text{“}\varinjlim\text{”}}X_i\). By the construction of \(s\), for each \(i\) one may choose \(\epsilon_i\) such that the composite \[X_i \xrightarrow{\text{canonical coproduct morphism}} s \xrightarrow{\epsilon_i} X\] is the canonical morphism \(X_i\to X\). If \(f\epsilon=g\epsilon\) for every morphism \(\epsilon:s\to X\), then taking \(\epsilon=\epsilon_i\) shows that the restrictions of \(f\) and \(g\) to every \(X_i\) agree; hence \(f=g\).

Theorem. If \(\mathcal{C}\) is a small Abelian category, then \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is a Grothendieck category.

Proof. Theorem reference states that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is Abelian. We verify the conditions for a Grothendieck category one by one.

  • Cocompleteness.This is contained in Lemma reference.

  • Generator.Its existence is guaranteed by Lemma reference.

  • Exactness of small filtered \(\varinjlim\).Let \(I\) be a small filtered category, let \(\alpha,\beta,\gamma:I\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) be functors, and let \(\alpha\to\beta\to\gamma\) be morphisms such that \[0 \to \alpha(i) \to \beta(i) \to \gamma(i) \to 0\] is a short exact sequence for every \(i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\). We wish to prove that \[0 \to \varinjlim \alpha \to \varinjlim \beta \to \varinjlim \gamma \to 0\] is also exact. As explained in Example reference, \(\varinjlim\) always preserves \(\operatorname{coker}\); the point is to prove that it preserves \(\operatorname{ker}\). But \(\operatorname{ker}\) is a finite \(\varprojlim\), so this follows from the second assertion of Lemma reference.

This proves the theorem.


  1. Translator’s note: the source adds the pointer “(ii),” although Proposition reference is not divided into numbered parts.↩︎

The Freyd–Mitchell Embedding Theorem

We continue to fix a Grothendieck universe \(\mathcal{U}\) in order to distinguish categories (which by default mean \(\mathcal{U}\)-categories) from small categories. By convention, all groups, rings, and modules mentioned below are by default realized on small sets (that is, \(\mathcal{U}\)-sets).

Lemma. Let \(\mathcal{C}\) be a cocomplete Abelian category with a projective generator, and let \(O\) be a small subset of \(\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\). Then \(\mathcal{C}\) has a projective generator \(S\) such that every \(X\in O\) is a quotient of \(S\).

Proof. Choose any projective generator \(s\) of \(\mathcal{C}\). Since \(\mathcal{C}\) is cocomplete, form the direct sum \[S := \bigoplus_{X \in O} s^{\oplus \operatorname{Hom}(s, X)}.\] This object remains projective. For each \(X\in O\), define the canonical morphism \(S\twoheadrightarrow X\) whose restriction to the direct-summand copy of \(s\) corresponding to \(f\in\operatorname{Hom}(s,X)\) is \(f\), and whose restriction to every other direct-summand copy is \(0\). The generator property readily shows that this is an epimorphism; see the proof of Theorem reference for details.

The following result is a simple variation on Theorem reference.

Lemma. Let \(S\) be a projective generator of an Abelian category \(\mathcal{C}\). Define \(R:=\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{C}}(S)\), thereby obtaining a faithful exact functor (Proposition reference) \[G := \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(S, \cdot): \mathcal{C} \to \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R.\] If \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\) is a quotient of a direct sum of finitely many copies of \(S\), then the map induced by \(G\), \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(X, Y) \to \operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R}(GX, GY)\] is bijective for every \(Y\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{C})\).

Proof. Take \(m\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}\) and a short exact sequence in \(\mathcal{C}\) \[0 \to X' \to S^{\oplus m} \to X \to 0.\] Applying \(G\) gives a short exact sequence in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\). Consider the following commutative diagram with exact rows in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\): \[\begin{equation} \text{Diagram appendix2-unit-145-d001} \end{equation}\] where all vertical arrows arise from the faithful functor \(G\) and hence are injective. Observe that the composite \[\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathcal{C}}(S, Y) \xrightarrow{\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}} GY \xleftarrow[\psi(1_R) \mapsfrom \psi]{\sim} \operatorname{Hom}_R(R, GY) = \operatorname{Hom}_R(GS, GY)\] is the same as the map on \(\operatorname{Hom}\) induced by \(G\). This is of course nearly a tautology, and was checked in the proof of Lemma reference. Since \(G\) is additive, the middle vertical arrow in equation is an isomorphism. A straightforward diagram chase in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\) shows that the left vertical arrow is also an isomorphism.

Theorem (P. Freyd, B. Mitchell [Fr03).]

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a small Abelian category. Then there are a ring \(R\) and a fully faithful exact functor \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\).

Proof. The following argument is taken from [KS06]. Since \(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}}\) is again a small Abelian category, Theorem reference shows that \(\operatorname{Ind}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})\) is a Grothendieck category. Corollary reference therefore guarantees that it has an injective cogenerator. Recalling that \[\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A}) \simeq \operatorname{Ind}(\mathcal{A}^{\operatorname{op}})^{\operatorname{op}},\] we conclude that \(\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A})\) has a projective generator. Moreover, \(\mathcal{A}\to\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A})\) is a fully faithful exact functor between Abelian categories (Theorem reference).

Regard \(\mathcal{A}\) as a full subcategory of \(\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A})\). Applying Lemma reference, with \(O=\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), gives a projective generator \(S\) of \(\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A})\) such that every object of \(\mathcal{A}\) is a quotient of \(S\). Now consider the functor \[\mathcal{A} \to \operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A}) \xrightarrow{G} \ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R , \quad G := \operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A})}(S, \cdot), \; R := \operatorname{End}_{\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A})}(S).\]1 Write the composite as \(F\). Since each factor is exact, \(F\) is exact. Lemma reference shows that \(G\) is fully faithful; therefore \(F\) is fully faithful. This proves the theorem.

Corollary. Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a small Abelian category. Then there is a faithful exact functor \(E:\mathcal{A}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\).

The Freyd–Mitchell theorem allows many commutative-diagram arguments about general Abelian categories to be reduced to the case of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Mod}\text{-}}R\), or even of \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Ab}}\). Since these two categories are concrete, their objects have elements, and diagram-chasing techniques [Li1] greatly simplify many problems. Under suitable set-theoretic assumptions, the requirement that the category be small can be met by enlarging the Grothendieck universe.


  1. Translator’s note: the source prints the endomorphism-ring subscript as \(\operatorname{Pro}\mathcal{C}\). Here \(S\) is an object of \(\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A})\), so the type-correct subscript is \(\operatorname{Pro}(\mathcal{A})\).↩︎

Exercises

Let \(E\) be a Hausdorff topological group, let \(M\) be a finite normal subgroup of \(E\), and suppose that \(E/M\) is a profinite group with respect to the quotient topology. Prove that \(E\) is also profinite.

Define \(\hat{\mathbb{N}}\) to be the set of all maps \(n:\{\text{primes}\}\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0}\sqcup\{+\infty\}\); its elements may be written formally as products \(\prod_{p:\text{prime}}p^{n_p}\). Via prime factorization, \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 1}\) embeds as a subset of \(\hat{\mathbb{N}}\). Multiplication, greatest common divisors, least common multiples, and the notion of being relatively prime are defined for these expressions in the evident way. Let \(H\) be a closed subgroup of a profinite group \(G\). Define \[(G:H) := \text{the least common multiple of all}\; (G/K : H/(H \cap K)) \;\text{in $\hat{\mathbb{N}}$},\] where \(K\) ranges over the open normal subgroups of \(G\).

  1. Prove that \((G:H)\) is also the least common multiple of all \((G:L)\), where \(L\) ranges over the open subgroups containing \(H\). Hint. Every such \(L\) must contain an open subgroup of the form \(HK\), with \(K\) as above.

  2. Prove that if \(H_2\subset H_1\subset G\), then \((G:H_2)=(G:H_1)(H_1:H_2)\).

    Hint. Set \(G_K=G/K\) and \(H_{i,K}=H_i/H_i\cap K\). It is known that \((G_K:H_{2,K})=(G_K:H_{1,K})(H_{1,K}:H_{2,K})\); take least common multiples on both sides of the equality.

  3. Let \(H_1\supset H_2\supset\cdots\) be a descending sequence of closed subgroups, and put \(H:=\bigcap_iH_i\). Prove that \((G:H)\) is the least common multiple of all \((G:H_i)\).

  4. Prove that \(H\) is open if and only if \((G:H)\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 1}\).

Let \(p\) be a prime and let \(G\) be a profinite group. A closed subgroup \(P\) satisfying

is called a pro-\(p\) Sylow subgroup of \(G\).

  1. Prove that \(G\) always has a pro-\(p\) Sylow subgroup. Hint. Every \(G/K\) has a Sylow \(p\)-subgroup \(P_K\). Apply the fact that a filtered \(\varprojlim\) of nonempty finite sets is nonempty (the next exercise) to choose \(P_K\) compatibly for every \(G/K\), and then consider \(\varprojlim_KP_K\hookrightarrow G\).

  2. For the profinite completion \(\hat{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}:=\varprojlim_{n\geq 1}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/n\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), verify that the additive group of the ring of \(p\)-adic integers \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_p\) is a pro-\(p\) Sylow subgroup of \(\hat{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}\).

  3. Prove that any two pro-\(p\) Sylow subgroups are conjugate. Hint. As in the argument for (i), reduce to the case of finite groups.

  4. Prove that every pro-\(p\) subgroup of \(G\) is contained in a pro-\(p\) Sylow subgroup.1

(N. Bourbaki [BouE]) Let \((I,\leq)\) be a nonempty filtered partially ordered set, and let a functor \(X:I^{\operatorname{op}}\to\ensuremath{\mathsf{Set}}\) be given, written as \((X_i)_{i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)}\); denote the map corresponding to \(i\leq j\) by \(f_{ij}:X_j\to X_i\). By the following method, prove that if every \(X_i\) is a nonempty finite set, then \(\varprojlim_iX_i\neq\emptyset\).

  1. Consider families of sets \((A_i)_{i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)}\) satisfying \[\emptyset \neq A_i \subset X_i, \quad i \leq j \implies f_{ij}(A_j) \subset A_i .\] These families form a set \(\Sigma\). Give it the partial order \(\preceq\) defined as follows: \((A_i)_i\preceq(A'_i)_i\) means that \(A'_i\subset A_i\) for every \(i\). Use Zorn’s lemma to show that \((\Sigma,\preceq)\) has a maximal element.

    Hint. Clearly \(\Sigma\) is nonempty. For a chain in \((\Sigma,\preceq)\), check that taking intersections at each index \(i\) still gives an element of \(\Sigma\), and hence gives an upper bound for the chain. Nonemptiness requires the hypothesis that the sets are finite.

  2. Prove that if \((A_i)_i\) is a maximal element of \((\Sigma,\preceq)\), then \(f_{ij}(A_j)=A_i\) for every \(i\leq j\).

    Hint. Set \(A'_i:=\bigcap_{i\leq j}f_{ij}(A_j)\subset A_i\). It suffices to prove that \((A'_i)_i\in\Sigma\). Nonemptiness follows from the finiteness hypothesis; the only other point to prove is that \(f_{ij}(A'_j)\subset A'_i\). First observe that \(f_{ij}(A'_j)\subset\bigcap_{j\leq k}f_{ik}(A_k)\). Then use filteredness to show that \(\bigcap_{j\leq k}f_{ik}(A_k)=\bigcap_{i\leq h}f_{ih}(A_h)=A'_i\).

  3. Continuing from the preceding parts, prove that every \(A_i\) in a maximal element \((A_i)_i\) is a singleton, and thereby prove that \(\varprojlim_iX_i\neq\emptyset\).

    Hint. Choose \(i\in\operatorname{Ob}(I)\) and \(x_i\in A_i\). For each \(j\), define \[B_j := \begin{cases} A_j \cap f_{ij}^{-1}(x_i), & i \leq j \\ A_j, & \text{otherwise}. \end{cases}\] Prove that \((B_j)_j\in\Sigma\), so that \(A_j=B_j\) always, including when \(i=j\).

Observe that the case \((I,\leq)=(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_{\geq 0},\leq)\) can be handled by Lemma reference.

Form the category \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{ext}}_{\mathrm{alg}}(F)\) (respectively, \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{ext}}_{\mathrm{f}}(F)\)) of all algebraic extensions (respectively, finite extensions) of a field \(F\). Show that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{ext}}_{\mathrm{alg}}(F)\) is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Ind}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{ext}}_{\mathrm{f}}(F)\right)\).

Let \(A\) be a coalgebra over a field \(\Bbbk\), that is, a coalgebra in the monoidal category \(\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Vect}}(\Bbbk),\otimes_{\Bbbk}\right)\) (Definition reference). Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}A\) for the category of right \(A\)-comodules (Definition reference), and write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}A\) for its full subcategory consisting of finite-dimensional right \(A\)-comodules. Prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}\text{-}}A\) is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Ind}\left(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Comod}_{\mathrm{f}}\text{-}}A\right)\).

Hint. As in the case of vector spaces in Example reference, apply Lemma reference.

Consider a full subcategory \(\mathcal{C}'\subset\mathcal{C}\) and a functor \(F':\mathcal{C}'\to\mathcal{D}\). Assume that

  • \(\mathcal{C}'\) is small, and all its objects are compact in \(\mathcal{C}\);

  • every object of \(\mathcal{C}\) can be written as a small filtered \(\varinjlim\) of objects of \(\mathcal{C}'\);

  • \(\mathcal{D}\) has small filtered \(\varinjlim\).

Prove that under these hypotheses \(F'\) extends to a functor \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) that preserves small filtered \(\varinjlim\); up to isomorphism, \(F\) is unique.

Hint. First extend \(F'\) to \(\widehat{F'}:\operatorname{Ind}(\mathcal{C}')\to\mathcal{D}\) (Definition–Proposition reference), and then obtain \(F:\mathcal{C}\to\mathcal{D}\) via the equivalence in Proposition reference. We also need Proposition reference.

For uniqueness, observe that if an object \(X\) of \(\mathcal{C}\) is written as \(\varinjlim_iX_i\), where \(I\to\mathcal{C}'\) is a functor and \(I\) is a small filtered category, then necessarily \(F(X)\simeq\varinjlim_iF'(X_i)\).

Suppose that the category \(\mathcal{C}\) has finite \(\varinjlim\). Prove that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) is an \(\aleph_0\)-presentable category in the sense of Definition reference.

A compact Hausdorff totally disconnected topological space is called a Stone space; by convention, topological spaces are by default realized on small sets. Write \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Stone}}\) for the category of all Stone spaces, and \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinSet}}\) for the category of all finite small sets.

  1. Prove that the Cantor set and \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}_p\) are Stone spaces, for any prime \(p\).

  2. Prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Stone}}\) is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Pro}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinSet}})\); thus Stone spaces may be regarded as profinite sets.

  3. Prove that profinite groups are precisely the group objects in \(\ensuremath{\mathsf{Stone}}\).

  4. Prove that the category of locally compact Hausdorff totally disconnected topological spaces is equivalent to \(\operatorname{Ind}\operatorname{Pro}(\ensuremath{\mathsf{FinSet}})\); prove that \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Q}}_p\) is such a space.

Check the details of Remark reference.

Show that \(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\) can be characterized by the following property: for every category \(\mathcal{D}\) with small filtered \(\varinjlim\), the functor induced by \(\mathcal{C}\to\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}\), \[\mathrm{Fct}^0(\operatorname{Ind}\mathcal{C}, \mathcal{D}) \to \mathrm{Fct}(\mathcal{C}, \mathcal{D})\] is an equivalence. Here \(\mathrm{Fct}(\cdots)\) denotes a functor category, while the superscript \(0\) denotes the full subcategory consisting of functors that preserve small filtered \(\varinjlim\).


  1. Translator’s note: in this item the source says “Sylow \(p\)-subgroup,” whereas the object defined and discussed here is a pro-\(p\) Sylow subgroup.↩︎

Mastery Bridge 001: Diagram Chasing

Status and attribution. This unit is independent instructional material prepared to accompany this book. It is not part of Wen-Wei Li’s source text and must not be attributed to him. Production provenance: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This material is available under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0; https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/), and is therefore compatible with the license of the source text.

Prerequisite map

This unit can be read after mastering the following short chain of prerequisites.

  • Kernels, cokernels, and their functoriality: §reference, especially equation.

  • Images, coimages, and epi–mono factorization: §reference.

  • Abelian categories and the stability of epimorphisms and monomorphisms under pullback and pushout: §reference and Proposition reference.

  • Complexes, cohomology, and exactness: §reference, especially Definition reference.

  • The categorical construction of connecting morphisms and the Snake Lemma: §reference, Remark reference, and Theorem reference.

Conceptually, the progression is \[\text{kernels/cokernels} \Longrightarrow \text{images and exactness} \Longrightarrow \text{lift--map--descend} \Longrightarrow \text{connecting morphisms}.\]

Working method: start with the obstruction

For element chasing in a module category, use the following discipline.

  1. State precisely what must be proved: membership in a kernel or image, or equality of two cokernel classes.

  2. Start with the element that measures the obstruction, usually a kernel element or a cokernel class.

  3. Lift an element only along an arrow known to be surjective. Map an element forward along any available arrow.

  4. Use commutativity to move an equation to the other side of the diagram, then use exactness to replace a statement of “being zero” by “coming from the preceding image.”

  5. If a choice is required, prove that the difference between any two choices vanishes in the final target.

In a general abelian category, an “element” can be replaced by a morphism from a test object. When a lift is not directly available, use an epimorphic cover as in Lemma reference. In this way, the element chases below are not merely heuristic: they are concrete models for arguments with kernels, cokernels, and factorizations.

As a worked example, consider the commutative diagram of \(R\)-modules \[\text{Diagram mastery-bridge-001-diagram-chasing-diagram-001}\] with both rows exact. Suppose that \(a'\) and \(a''\) are injective. To prove that \(a\) is injective, start with the obstruction \(x\in\operatorname{ker}(a)\). Commutativity gives \(a''p(x)=qa(x)=0\), so the injectivity of \(a''\) gives \(p(x)=0\). Exactness of the top row gives \(x=i(x')\) for some \(x'\in A'\). Next, \[0=a(x)=a i(x')=j a'(x').\] Because \(j\) and \(a'\) are injective, \(x'=0\), and hence \(x=0\). Notice the recurring pattern: start in a kernel, move right, use injectivity, return to the left by exactness, and then use injectivity once more.

Exercises and complete solutions

Exercise 1 — Functoriality of kernels, cokernels, and images

Let \[\text{Diagram mastery-bridge-001-diagram-chasing-diagram-002} \qquad (ga=bf)\] be a commutative square of \(R\)-modules.

  1. Construct the natural homomorphisms \(\overline a:\operatorname{ker}(f)\to\operatorname{ker}(g)\) and \(\overline b:\operatorname{coker}(f)\to\operatorname{coker}(g)\).

  2. Prove that \(b(\operatorname{im}(f))\subset\operatorname{im}(g)\), with equality if \(a\) is surjective.

  3. Prove that \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=a^{-1}(\operatorname{ker}(g))\) if \(b\) is injective.

Solution.

If \(x\in\operatorname{ker}(f)\), then \(g(a(x))=b(f(x))=0\), so \(a(x)\in\operatorname{ker}(g)\). Restricting \(a\) gives \(\overline a:\operatorname{ker}(f)\to\operatorname{ker}(g)\). For cokernels, define \[\overline b([y])=[b(y)], \qquad [y]\in B/\operatorname{im}(f).\] If \(y\) is replaced by \(y+f(x)\), then \(b(y+f(x))=b(y)+g(a(x))\), which determines the same class modulo \(\operatorname{im}(g)\). Thus \(\overline b\) is well defined. These two constructions are precisely those in equation.

Next, \[b(\operatorname{im}(f))=b(f(A))=g(a(A))\subset g(A')=\operatorname{im}(g).\] If \(a\) is surjective, then \(a(A)=A'\), so the inclusion is an equality. Finally, \(x\in\operatorname{ker}(f)\) always implies \(a(x)\in\operatorname{ker}(g)\). Conversely, if \(a(x)\in\operatorname{ker}(g)\), then \(0=g(a(x))=b(f(x))\); injectivity of \(b\) gives \(f(x)=0\). Thus \(x\in\operatorname{ker}(f)\), and consequently \(\operatorname{ker}(f)=a^{-1}(\operatorname{ker}(g))\).

Exercise 2 — Intersections, sums, and the isomorphism theorem

Let \(U\) and \(V\) be submodules of an \(R\)-module \(M\). Define \[r:U\cap V\longrightarrow U\oplus V,\quad r(w)=(w,-w), \qquad s:U\oplus V\longrightarrow U+V,\quad s(u,v)=u+v.\] Prove that \[0\longrightarrow U\cap V\xrightarrow{r}U\oplus V \xrightarrow{s}U+V\longrightarrow0\] is exact. Use a kernel-and-image chase to obtain the canonical isomorphism \[U/(U\cap V)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(U+V)/V.\]

Solution.

If \(r(w)=0\), then the first component gives \(w=0\), so \(r\) is injective. Moreover, \(s(r(w))=w-w=0\), and hence \(\operatorname{im}(r)\subset\operatorname{ker}(s)\). If \((u,v)\in\operatorname{ker}(s)\), then \(u+v=0\). Thus \(u=-v\) belongs to both \(U\) and \(V\), and \[(u,v)=(u,-u)=r(u).\] Consequently \(\operatorname{ker}(s)=\operatorname{im}(r)\). Every element of \(U+V\) has the form \(u+v\), so \(s\) is surjective. The sequence is exact.

Now consider the homomorphism \[\theta:U\longrightarrow (U+V)/V,\qquad u\longmapsto u+V.\] This map is surjective because \((u+v)+V=u+V\). Its kernel consists of all \(u\in U\) that also belong to \(V\), namely \(U\cap V\). Epi–mono factorization, or the Isomorphism Theorem reference, gives the canonical isomorphism \(U/(U\cap V)\ensuremath{\stackrel{\sim}{\rightarrow}}(U+V)/V\).

Exercise 3 — Short Five Lemma

In the commutative diagram \[\text{Diagram mastery-bridge-001-diagram-chasing-diagram-003}\] suppose that both rows are exact.

  1. If \(a'\) and \(a''\) are injective, prove that \(a\) is injective.

  2. If \(a'\) and \(a''\) are surjective, prove that \(a\) is surjective.

  3. Conclude that if \(a'\) and \(a''\) are isomorphisms, then \(a\) is also an isomorphism.

Solution.

For (i), take \(x\in A\) with \(a(x)=0\). Then \(a''p(x)=qa(x)=0\). Since \(a''\) is injective, \(p(x)=0\); exactness of the top row gives \(x=i(x')\). Next, \(0=a i(x')=j a'(x')\). Since \(j\) and \(a'\) are injective, \(x'=0\), and hence \(x=0\).

For (ii), take \(y\in B\) and set \(y''=q(y)\). Surjectivity of \(a''\) gives \(x''\in A''\) with \(a''(x'')=y''\). Since \(p\) is surjective, choose \(x\in A\) with \(p(x)=x''\). Now \[q(y-a(x))=y''-a''p(x)=0.\] Exactness of the bottom row gives \(y-a(x)=j(y')\) for some \(y'\in B'\). Surjectivity of \(a'\) gives \(x'\in A'\) with \(a'(x')=y'\). Therefore \[y=a(x)+j(a'(x'))=a(x+i(x')).\] Thus \(a\) is surjective. If the two outer morphisms are isomorphisms, (i) and (ii) show that \(a\) is both injective and surjective, and therefore an isomorphism.

Exercise 4 — Nine Lemma

Consider the commutative diagram of \(R\)-modules \[\text{Diagram mastery-bridge-001-diagram-chasing-diagram-004}\] with all three columns exact. Suppose that the top and middle rows are exact. Prove that the bottom row is also exact.

Solution.

First we prove that \(f''\) is injective. Take \(a''\in A''\) with \(f''(a'')=0\), and lift \(a''\) to \(a\in A\). Since \(\overline\beta f(a)=f''\overline\alpha(a)=0\), there is a \(b'\in B'\) with \(\beta(b')=f(a)\). Applying \(g\) gives \[\gamma(g'(b'))=g(\beta(b'))=g(f(a))=0.\] The morphism \(\gamma\) is injective, so \(g'(b')=0\). Exactness of the top row gives \(b'=f'(a')\) for some \(a'\in A'\). Hence \(f(a-\alpha(a'))=0\). Since \(f\) is injective, \(a=\alpha(a')\), and thus \(a''=\overline\alpha(a)=0\).

Next, \(g''\) is surjective. For \(c''\in C''\), choose \(c\in C\) mapping to \(c''\). Surjectivity of \(g\) gives \(b\in B\) with \(g(b)=c\); hence \(g''(\overline\beta(b))=\overline\gamma(g(b))=c''\).

It remains to check exactness at \(B''\). Commutativity immediately gives \(g''f''=0\). Conversely, take \(b''\in B''\) with \(g''(b'')=0\) and lift \(b''\) to \(b\in B\). Since \(\overline\gamma(g(b))=g''(\overline\beta(b))=0\), there is a \(c'\in C'\) with \(\gamma(c')=g(b)\). Choose \(b'\in B'\) with \(g'(b')=c'\). Then \[g(b-\beta(b'))=g(b)-\gamma(g'(b'))=0.\] Exactness of the middle row gives \(a\in A\) with \(f(a)=b-\beta(b')\). Mapping this equation to the bottom row yields \[f''(\overline\alpha(a)) =\overline\beta(f(a)) =\overline\beta(b)=b''.\] Thus \(\operatorname{ker}(g'')=\operatorname{im}(f'')\), and the bottom row is exact.

Exercise 5 — Constructing the connecting morphism

Return to the diagram of short exact sequences \[\text{Diagram mastery-bridge-001-diagram-chasing-diagram-005}\] For \(x''\in\operatorname{ker}(\alpha'')\), choose \(x\in A\) with \(p(x)=x''\). Show that \(\alpha(x)=j(y')\) for some \(y'\in B'\), and then define \[\delta(x''):=[y']\in\operatorname{coker}(\alpha')=B'/\operatorname{im}(\alpha').\] Prove that \(\delta\) is well defined, is a homomorphism, and is natural with respect to morphisms between two such diagrams.

Solution.

Since \(x''\in\operatorname{ker}(\alpha'')\), \[q(\alpha(x))=\alpha''(p(x))=\alpha''(x'')=0.\] Exactness of the bottom row gives \(\alpha(x)\in\operatorname{im}(j)\), so there is a \(y'\in B'\) with \(j(y')=\alpha(x)\). The element \(y'\) is unique because \(j\) is injective.

If \(x_1\) is another lift of \(x''\), then \(x_1-x\in\operatorname{ker}(p)=\operatorname{im}(i)\); write \(x_1-x=i(a')\). If \(j(y_1')=\alpha(x_1)\), commutativity gives \[j(y_1'-y'-\alpha'(a')) =\alpha(x_1)-\alpha(x)-\alpha i(a')=0.\] Injectivity of \(j\) gives \(y_1'-y'=\alpha'(a')\). Thus \([y_1']=[y']\) in \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha')\), and \(\delta\) is independent of the choice of \(x\). For \(x_1''\) and \(x_2''\), the sum of chosen lifts and the sum of the corresponding elements \(y'\) are valid data for \(x_1''+x_2''\); therefore \(\delta\) is additive and \(R\)-linear.

For naturality, take a morphism from the diagram above to a similar diagram whose every square commutes. If \(x\) and \(y'\) are chosen for \(x''\), their images in the second diagram are valid choices for the image of \(x''\). Hence the two paths in the square \[\text{Diagram mastery-bridge-001-diagram-chasing-diagram-006}\] send \(x''\) to the same class of the image of \(y'\). The square commutes, so \(\delta\) is natural. This is the elementwise version of the canonical property in Remark reference.

Exercise 6 — Proving the Snake Lemma

Using the diagram and \(\delta\) from Exercise 5, prove that the sequence \[\begin{aligned} 0 \longrightarrow \operatorname{ker}(\alpha') \longrightarrow \operatorname{ker}(\alpha) &\longrightarrow \operatorname{ker}(\alpha'') \xrightarrow{\delta} \operatorname{coker}(\alpha') \\ &\longrightarrow \operatorname{coker}(\alpha) \longrightarrow \operatorname{coker}(\alpha'') \longrightarrow 0 \end{aligned}\] is exact. State clearly where exactness of the two rows is used in the chase.

Solution.

All arrows other than \(\delta\) are induced by \(i,p,j,q\). The map \(\operatorname{ker}(\alpha')\to\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\) is injective because \(i\) is injective.

At \(\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\), take \(x\in\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\) that maps to zero in \(\operatorname{ker}(\alpha'')\). Then \(p(x)=0\), so exactness of the top row gives \(x=i(x')\). The equation \(0=\alpha(x)=j\alpha'(x')\) and injectivity of \(j\) give \(x'\in\operatorname{ker}(\alpha')\). The reverse inclusion follows immediately from \(pi=0\). Thus the sequence is exact at \(\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\).

At \(\operatorname{ker}(\alpha'')\), an element coming from \(x\in\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\) has \(y'=0\) in the construction of Exercise 5, so it maps to zero under \(\delta\). Conversely, suppose that \(x''\in\operatorname{ker}(\alpha'')\) and \(\delta(x'')=0\). Choose \(x\in A\) and \(y'\in B'\) as in the construction of \(\delta\). Since \([y']=0\) in \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha')\), there is an \(a'\in A'\) with \(y'=\alpha'(a')\). Therefore \[\alpha(x-i(a'))=j(y')-j\alpha'(a')=0, \qquad p(x-i(a'))=x''.\] Thus \(x''\) comes from \(\operatorname{ker}(\alpha)\).

At \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha')\), the next arrow sends \([y']\) to \([j(y')]\). If \([y']=\delta(x'')\) and \(x\) is the lift used, then \(j(y')=\alpha(x)\), so \([j(y')]=0\) in \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\). Conversely, if \([j(y')]=0\), there is an \(x\in A\) with \(j(y')=\alpha(x)\). Commutativity gives \[\alpha''p(x)=q\alpha(x)=qj(y')=0.\] Thus \(p(x)\in\operatorname{ker}(\alpha'')\), and the construction immediately gives \(\delta(p(x))=[y']\).

At \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\), the image of every \([y']\in\operatorname{coker}(\alpha')\) maps to \([qj(y')]=0\). Conversely, suppose that \([b]\in\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\) maps to zero. This means that \(q(b)=\alpha''(x'')\) for some \(x''\in A''\). Surjectivity of \(p\) gives \(x\in A\) with \(p(x)=x''\). Then \[q(b-\alpha(x))=q(b)-\alpha''p(x)=0.\] Exactness of the bottom row gives \(b-\alpha(x)=j(y')\) for some \(y'\in B'\). Since \(\alpha(x)\) vanishes in \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\), the class \([b]\) is the image of \([y']\).

Finally, \(\operatorname{coker}(\alpha)\to\operatorname{coker}(\alpha'')\) is surjective because \(q\) itself is surjective: lift any representative in \(B''\) to \(B\). Exactness has now been checked at every term. This is the Snake Lemma reference for two short exact sequences of modules.

Exercise 7 — Computing the snake explicitly

Apply the Snake Lemma to the diagram of abelian groups \[\text{Diagram mastery-bridge-001-diagram-chasing-diagram-007}\] Compute all kernels and cokernels, compute \(\delta\) on a generator, and then write down and verify the resulting exact sequence.

Solution.

The first two vertical maps are multiplication by \(4\) on \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), so their kernels are zero and their cokernels are \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). In the third column, \[\operatorname{ker}(\times4:\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/6\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/6\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})=\{[0],[3]\}\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] The image of multiplication by \(4\) on \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/6\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) is \(\{[0],[2],[4]\}\), so its cokernel is isomorphic to \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

To compute \(\delta([3])\), lift \([3]\) to \(3\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The middle vertical map sends it to \(12\). Since \(12=6\cdot2\), the construction of the connecting morphism gives \[\delta([3])=[2]\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}.\] Under the identification of generators \([3]\leftrightarrow[1]\in\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the map \(\delta\) is \([1]\mapsto[2]\).

The map from the first cokernel to the second is induced by \(\times6\), and hence on \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) it equals \(\times2\). The next map is reduction modulo \(2\). The Snake Lemma sequence is therefore \[0\longrightarrow0\longrightarrow0\longrightarrow\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}} \mathop{\longrightarrow}^{[1]\mapsto[2]}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}} \xrightarrow{\times2}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/4\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}} \xrightarrow{\bmod 2}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/2\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\longrightarrow0.\] The image of \(\delta\) is \(\{[0],[2]\}=\operatorname{ker}(\times2)\), while the image of \(\times2\) is also \(\{[0],[2]\}=\operatorname{ker}(\bmod 2)\). The last map is surjective, and \(\delta\) is injective. Thus the sequence is indeed exact.

Exercise 8 — The connecting morphism in cohomology

Let \[0\longrightarrow A^\bullet\xrightarrow{i}B^\bullet \xrightarrow{q}C^\bullet\longrightarrow0\] be a short exact sequence of cochain complexes of \(R\)-modules, exact in every degree. For a class \([c]\in\operatorname{H}^n(C^\bullet)\), choose a cocycle representative \(c\in C^n\) and a lift \(b\in B^n\) with \(q(b)=c\).

  1. Prove that there is an \(a\in A^{n+1}\) with \(i(a)=d_B(b)\), and that \(a\) is a cocycle.

  2. Prove that the formula \(\partial^n[c]=[a]\) gives a well-defined homomorphism \(\partial^n:\operatorname{H}^n(C^\bullet)\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(A^\bullet)\).

  3. Prove exactness of the segment \[\operatorname{H}^n(A^\bullet)\longrightarrow\operatorname{H}^n(B^\bullet) \longrightarrow\operatorname{H}^n(C^\bullet)\xrightarrow{\partial^n} \operatorname{H}^{n+1}(A^\bullet)\longrightarrow\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(B^\bullet).\]

  4. Prove that \(\partial^n\) is natural with respect to morphisms of short exact sequences of complexes.

Solution.

Since \(c\) is a cocycle, \[q(d_Bb)=d_C(qb)=d_Cc=0.\] Exactness at \(B^{n+1}\) gives \(d_Bb\in\operatorname{im}(i^{n+1})\), so there is an \(a\in A^{n+1}\) with \(i(a)=d_Bb\). Next, \[i(d_Aa)=d_B(i(a))=d_B^2b=0.\] Since \(i\) is injective in degree \(n+2\), we obtain \(d_Aa=0\), so \(a\) is a cocycle.

If the lift \(b\) is replaced by \(b+i(u)\), the corresponding element changes from \(a\) to \(a+d_Au\), so the class \([a]\) does not change. If the representative \(c\) is replaced by \(c+d_Cv\), choose a lift \(w\in B^{n-1}\) of \(v\) and use \(b+d_Bw\) as a lift of the new representative. Since \(d_B(b+d_Bw)=d_Bb\), the resulting class remains \([a]\). In particular, if \(c\) is a coboundary, we may choose a lift of the form \(d_Bw\) and obtain \(a=0\). Thus \(\partial^n\) depends only on the cohomology class. Taking sums of lifts shows that \(\partial^n\) is a homomorphism.

We check exactness at each term. At \(\operatorname{H}^n(B^\bullet)\), the image of a class coming from \(A\) clearly vanishes after applying \(q\). Conversely, if \(b\in B^n\) is a cocycle and \([q(b)]=0\), write \(q(b)=d_Cv\) and lift \(v\) to \(w\in B^{n-1}\). Then \(b-d_Bw\in\operatorname{ker}(q)=\operatorname{im}(i)\); write \(b-d_Bw=i(a)\). Since \(b-d_Bw\) is a cocycle and \(i\) is injective, \(a\) is also a cocycle. Thus \([b]\) comes from \(\operatorname{H}^n(A^\bullet)\).

At \(\operatorname{H}^n(C^\bullet)\), the image of a cocycle \(b\in B^n\) has \(d_Bb=0\), so its class maps to zero under \(\partial^n\). Conversely, if \(\partial^n[c]=0\), the construction gives \(i(a)=d_Bb\) with \(a=d_Au\) for some \(u\in A^n\). Hence \[d_B(b-i(u))=i(a)-i(d_Au)=0, \qquad q(b-i(u))=c.\] Thus \([c]\) comes from \(\operatorname{H}^n(B^\bullet)\).

At \(\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(A^\bullet)\), the class \(\partial^n[c]=[a]\) maps to \([i(a)]=[d_Bb]=0\). Conversely, suppose that \(a\in A^{n+1}\) is a cocycle and \([i(a)]=0\) in \(\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(B^\bullet)\). Choose \(b\in B^n\) with \(i(a)=d_Bb\). The element \(c=q(b)\) is a cocycle because \(d_Cc=q(d_Bb)=q(i(a))=0\), and the construction gives \(\partial^n[c]=[a]\). The requested segment is therefore exact.

Finally, take a morphism between two short exact sequences of complexes. If \(c,b,a\) are the chase data above, their images in the second sequence still satisfy \[q(b)=c,\qquad i(a)=d_Bb.\] Thus applying the morphism first and then forming the connecting morphism gives the same class as forming \(\partial^n\) first and then applying the induced map on cohomology. Therefore \(\partial^n\) is natural.

Carrying out this construction for every \(n\) joins the exact segments into the long exact sequence \[\cdots\to\operatorname{H}^n(A^\bullet)\to\operatorname{H}^n(B^\bullet)\to\operatorname{H}^n(C^\bullet) \xrightarrow{\partial^n}\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(A^\bullet)\to\operatorname{H}^{n+1}(B^\bullet) \to\cdots.\] The morphism \(\partial^n\) is conceptually the same connecting morphism as in the Snake Lemma: lift a cocycle, map its differential forward, and then descend the result, which now lies in a kernel, to the left-hand term.

Mastery Bridge 002: Derived Functors and Spectral Sequences

Status and attribution. This unit is independent instructional material prepared to accompany this book. It is not part of Wen-Wei Li’s source text and must not be attributed to him. Production provenance: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This material is available under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0; https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/), and is therefore compatible with the license of the source text.

Prerequisite map

The shortest prerequisite chain is as follows.

The conceptual progression is \[\begin{aligned} \text{replace by a resolution} &\Longrightarrow \text{take cohomology},\\ \text{organize the total filtration} &\Longrightarrow \text{read the pages and edges}. \end{aligned}\]

Working method: three ledgers

To keep a computation organized, record its information in three separate “ledgers” that must not be conflated.

  1. The resolution ledger records which object is replaced by a resolution, the direction of that resolution, and why its terms are injective, projective, or acyclic for the functor to be applied.

  2. The degree ledger records cohomological indices, total degree \(n=p+q\), the direction of the differential \(d_r:E_r^{p,q}\to E_r^{p+r,q-r+1}\), and every vanishing term.

  3. The filtration ledger records the abutment object \(H^n\), the filtration \(\mathrm{F}^pH^n\), the identification \(\operatorname{gr}^pH^n\simeq E_\infty^{p,n-p}\), and multiplicative compatibility.

The most common mistake is to identify \(E_2^{p,q}\) directly with a subobject of the abutment. What is canonically available is the graded term \(E_\infty^{p,q}\); returning to the abutment still requires solving the filtration extension problem.

As a worked example, take a first-quadrant cohomological spectral sequence \[E_2^{p,q}\Rightarrow H^{p+q}.\] In total degree \(1\), no differential touches \(E_2^{1,0}\), while the only differential that can leave \(E_2^{0,1}\) is \(d_2:E_2^{0,1}\to E_2^{2,0}\). Therefore \[E_\infty^{1,0}=E_2^{1,0},\qquad E_\infty^{0,1}=\operatorname{ker}(d_2:E_2^{0,1}\to E_2^{2,0}).\] The filtration of \(H^1\) has a subobject \(\mathrm{F}^1H^1\simeq E_\infty^{1,0}\) and quotient \(H^1/\mathrm{F}^1H^1\simeq E_\infty^{0,1}\). In total degree \(2\), \[E_\infty^{2,0}\simeq E_2^{2,0}/\operatorname{im}(d_2:E_2^{0,1}\to E_2^{2,0}) \hookrightarrow H^2.\] These three observations immediately produce the five-term sequence \[0\to E_2^{1,0}\to H^1\to E_2^{0,1} \xrightarrow{d_2}E_2^{2,0}\to H^2.\] The method is always the same: mark the vanishing region, determine which differentials remain possible, compute \(E_\infty\), and only then use the abutment filtration.

Exercises and complete solutions

Exercise 1 — Comparing resolutions and independence of choices

Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an abelian category with enough injectives, let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be an additive functor, and let \[0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots, \qquad 0\to X\to J^0\to J^1\to\cdots\] be two injective resolutions of \(X\).

  1. Construct cochain maps \(u:I^\bullet\to J^\bullet\) and \(v:J^\bullet\to I^\bullet\) lifting \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\).

  2. Prove by a cochain homotopy that \(vu\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_I\) and \(uv\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_J\).

  3. Conclude that \(\operatorname{H}^n(FI^\bullet)\) and \(\operatorname{H}^n(FJ^\bullet)\) are canonically isomorphic for every \(n\).

Solution.

Because \(X\hookrightarrow I^0\) is a monomorphism and \(J^0\) is injective, the morphism \(X\to J^0\) extends to \(u^0:I^0\to J^0\). Suppose that \(u^0,\ldots,u^n\) have been constructed and satisfy the cochain-map condition. The morphism \(d_J^nu^n:I^n\to J^{n+1}\) vanishes on \(\operatorname{ker}(d_I^n)=\operatorname{im}(d_I^{n-1})\), and hence factors through \(\operatorname{im}(d_I^n)\hookrightarrow I^{n+1}\). Since \(J^{n+1}\) is injective, this factorization extends to \(u^{n+1}:I^{n+1}\to J^{n+1}\) with \[u^{n+1}d_I^n=d_J^nu^n.\] Induction produces \(u\). Interchanging \(I\) and \(J\) produces \(v\).

We also need the fact that any two lifts \(r,s:I^\bullet\to J^\bullet\) of \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\) are homotopic. In degree zero, \(r^0-s^0\) vanishes on \(X=\operatorname{ker}(d_I^0)\), and hence factors through \(\operatorname{im}(d_I^0)\hookrightarrow I^1\). Injectivity of \(J^0\) gives \(h^1:I^1\to J^0\) with \(r^0-s^0=h^1d_I^0\). Inductively, once \(h^1,\ldots,h^n\) have been constructed, the morphism \[r^n-s^n-d_J^{n-1}h^n:I^n\longrightarrow J^n\] vanishes on \(\operatorname{ker}(d_I^n)\). It factors through \(\operatorname{im}(d_I^n)\hookrightarrow I^{n+1}\) and, because \(J^n\) is injective, extends to \(h^{n+1}:I^{n+1}\to J^n\). Thus \[r-s=d_Jh+hd_I,\] that is, \(r\simeq s\).

The composites \(vu\) and \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_I\) both lift \(\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_X\), so they are homotopic; similarly, \(uv\simeq\ensuremath{\mathrm{id}}_J\). Since \(F\) is additive, it carries the homotopy equations to homotopy equations. Therefore \(\operatorname{H}^n(Fu)\) and \(\operatorname{H}^n(Fv)\) are mutually inverse. If other comparison maps are chosen, they are homotopic to the first ones and induce the same maps on cohomology. The isomorphism is consequently canonical. This is the concrete content of independence of resolutions in Theorem reference.

Exercise 2 — Computing \(\operatorname{Ext}\) from a short resolution

Let \(m\geq1\) and let \(M\) be an abelian group. Use the projective resolution \[0\longrightarrow\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\xrightarrow{\times m}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}} \longrightarrow\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\longrightarrow0\] to compute \(\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},M)\) for all \(n\geq0\). Explain why the answer is independent of the chosen projective resolution.

Solution.

Apply \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(-,M)\) to the resolution. Since \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},M)\simeq M\), this gives the cochain complex \[0\longrightarrow \underbracket{M}_{\text{degree }0} \xrightarrow{\times m} \underbracket{M}_{\text{degree }1} \longrightarrow0.\] Thus \[\operatorname{Ext}^n_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},M)\simeq \begin{cases} M[m]:=\{x\in M:mx=0\},&n=0,\\ M/mM,&n=1,\\ 0,&n\geq2. \end{cases}\] For \(n=0\), this identification is the usual one \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},M)\simeq M[m]\). Two projective resolutions of \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) are connected by comparison maps unique up to homotopy, the dual version of Exercise 1. The functor \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}}(-,M)\) carries these homotopies to homotopies, so the cohomology is unchanged. Hence the answer above is independent of the resolution used.

Exercise 3 — The long exact sequence of derived functors

Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be an additive left-exact functor, and suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) has enough injectives. For a short exact sequence \[0\longrightarrow X\longrightarrow Y\longrightarrow Z\longrightarrow0,\] use compatible injective resolutions to construct the connecting morphisms \[\delta^n:\mathrm{R}^nF(Z)\longrightarrow\mathrm{R}^{n+1}F(X).\] Prove that these morphisms are well defined and natural, and that they produce a long exact sequence.

Solution.

The injective version of the Horseshoe Lemma gives a diagram of resolutions whose rows are exact and which is split in every degree: \[\text{Diagram mastery-bridge-002-derived-functors-spectral-sequences-diagram-001}\] Because the bottom row is split in every degree, every additive functor preserves its exactness. Thus \[0\to F(I_X^\bullet)\to F(I_Y^\bullet) \to F(I_Z^\bullet)\to0\] is a short exact sequence of complexes.

Take a class \([z]\in\operatorname{H}^n(FI_Z^\bullet)\) with cocycle representative \(z\). Lift \(z\) to \(y\in F(I_Y^n)\). Since the image of \(d(y)\) in \(F(I_Z^{n+1})\) is \(d(z)=0\), there is an \(x\in F(I_X^{n+1})\) whose image is \(d(y)\). The cochain map on the left is injective, and \(d^2=0\) then shows that \(d(x)=0\). Define \[\delta^n[z]:=[x].\] If \(y\) is replaced by another lift, the difference comes from \(F(I_X^n)\) and \(x\) changes by a coboundary. If \(z\) is replaced by \(z+d(w)\), lift \(w\) and correct \(y\) by the differential of that lift; the class \([x]\) remains unchanged. Thus \(\delta^n\) is well defined.

Exactness is checked by the same chase. For example, \([y]\in\operatorname{H}^n(FI_Y)\) maps to zero in \(\operatorname{H}^n(FI_Z)\) if and only if, after correcting \(y\) by a coboundary, it comes from a cocycle in \(F(I_X^n)\). Next, \([z]\) lies in the kernel of \(\delta^n\) if and only if \(x\) is a coboundary; correcting the lift \(y\) by a preimage of that coboundary then produces a cocycle mapping to \(z\). The analogous argument at the next term completes the exactness check and yields \[\cdots\to\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\to\mathrm{R}^nF(Y) \to\mathrm{R}^nF(Z)\xrightarrow{\delta^n} \mathrm{R}^{n+1}F(X)\to\cdots.\] For a morphism between two short exact sequences, comparison maps of resolutions carry the choices \(z,y,x\) to corresponding choices in the second diagram. Both orders of operations produce the same class, so \(\delta^n\) is natural. This construction realizes Theorem reference.

Exercise 4 — Dimension shifting

Let \(F:\mathcal{A}\to\mathcal{B}\) be a left-exact functor, and suppose that \[0\longrightarrow X\longrightarrow A\longrightarrow B\longrightarrow0\] is exact, with \(A\) being \(F\)-acyclic.

  1. Prove the natural isomorphisms \[\mathrm{R}^1F(X)\simeq\operatorname{coker}[FA\to FB], \qquad \mathrm{R}^nF(X)\simeq\mathrm{R}^{n-1}F(B)\qquad(n\geq2).\]

  2. For an injective resolution \(0\to X\to I^0\to I^1\to\cdots\), define \(C^0=X\) and \(C^{r+1}=\operatorname{coker}[C^r\to I^r]\). Apply (i) repeatedly to obtain a cohomological formula for \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\).

  3. If \(X\) has an injective resolution with \(I^r=0\) for \(r>d\), prove that \(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)=0\) for \(n>d\).

Solution.

The long exact sequence from Exercise 3 contains \[FA\longrightarrow FB\longrightarrow\mathrm{R}^1F(X) \longrightarrow\underbracket{\mathrm{R}^1F(A)}_{0}\] and, for \(n\geq2\), \[\underbracket{\mathrm{R}^{n-1}F(A)}_{0} \longrightarrow\mathrm{R}^{n-1}F(B) \longrightarrow\mathrm{R}^nF(X) \longrightarrow\underbracket{\mathrm{R}^nF(A)}_{0}.\] Exactness gives both isomorphisms in (i), and their naturality follows from the naturality of the long exact sequence.

The injective resolution decomposes into short exact sequences \[0\to C^r\to I^r\to C^{r+1}\to0, \qquad r\geq0.\] Because \(I^r\) is injective, it is \(F\)-acyclic. Therefore, for \(n\geq1\), \[\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\simeq\mathrm{R}^{n-1}F(C^1)\simeq\cdots \simeq\mathrm{R}^1F(C^{n-1}) \simeq\operatorname{coker}[FI^{n-1}\to FC^n].\] Left exactness of \(F\) identifies \(FC^n\) with \(\operatorname{ker}[FI^n\to FI^{n+1}]\). Hence \[\mathrm{R}^nF(X)\simeq \frac{\operatorname{ker}[FI^n\to FI^{n+1}]} {\operatorname{im}[FI^{n-1}\to FI^n]} =\operatorname{H}^n(FI^\bullet).\] If the resolution ends at \(I^d\), the complex \(FI^\bullet\) has no terms in degrees greater than \(d\), so its cohomology vanishes in degrees \(n>d\). This also follows by shifting dimension until one reaches the final injective cosyzygy. It is the computational form of Proposition reference.

Exercise 5 — Setting up the Grothendieck spectral sequence

Let \[\mathcal{A}\xrightarrow{F}\mathcal{B}\xrightarrow{G}\mathcal{C}\] be additive left-exact functors. Suppose that \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\mathcal{B}\) have enough injectives, and that \(F\) maps every injective object to a \(G\)-acyclic object. For \(X\in\operatorname{Ob}(\mathcal{A})\), prove the existence of a first-quadrant spectral sequence \[E_2^{p,q}=\mathrm{R}^pG(\mathrm{R}^qF(X)) \Rightarrow\mathrm{R}^{p+q}(GF)(X).\] Explain explicitly the role of the \(G\)-acyclicity hypothesis.

Solution.

Choose an injective resolution \(0\to X\to I^\bullet\). The complex \(F(I^\bullet)\) lies in nonnegative degrees. Choose a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution \(F(I^\bullet)\to J^{\bullet,\bullet}\) in \(\mathcal{B}\) and apply \(G\) to obtain a first-quadrant double complex \(GJ^{p,q}\). The two filtrations of the total complex \(\operatorname{tot}(GJ)\) give two spectral sequences converging to the same abutment.

For the first filtration, take cohomology in the direction that resolves each \(F(I^p)\). This gives \[\operatorname{H}^q(GJ^{p,\bullet}) \simeq\mathrm{R}^qG(F(I^p)).\] The \(G\)-acyclicity hypothesis says precisely that this term vanishes for \(q>0\), while for \(q=0\) it is \(GF(I^p)\). Thus this spectral sequence has only one nonzero row and degenerates. Its total cohomology is therefore \[\operatorname{H}^n(GF(I^\bullet))=\mathrm{R}^n(GF)(X).\]

For the second filtration, the defining property of a Cartan–Eilenberg resolution says that the complex obtained after taking cohomology in the \(F(I^\bullet)\) direction is an injective resolution of \[\operatorname{H}^q(F(I^\bullet))=\mathrm{R}^qF(X).\] After applying \(G\) and taking cohomology, one consequently obtains \[E_2^{p,q}=\mathrm{R}^pG(\mathrm{R}^qF(X)).\] Both filtrations compute the same total cohomology, which the first calculation identifies as \(\mathrm{R}^{p+q}(GF)(X)\). Since the double complex lies in the first quadrant, the filtration in every total degree is finite and convergence follows. This is the construction in Theorem reference; without \(G\)-acyclicity, the first spectral sequence need not collapse, and this argument cannot identify the abutment with the derived functors of the composite.

Exercise 6 — Edge maps and the Grothendieck five-term sequence

Use the spectral sequence from Exercise 5.

  1. Identify the two edge morphisms \[\mathrm{R}^nG(FX)\longrightarrow\mathrm{R}^n(GF)(X), \qquad \mathrm{R}^n(GF)(X)\longrightarrow G(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)).\]

  2. Derive the five-term exact sequence \[\begin{aligned} 0\to\mathrm{R}^1G(FX)&\to\mathrm{R}^1(GF)(X) \to G(\mathrm{R}^1F(X))\\ &\xrightarrow{d_2}\mathrm{R}^2G(FX) \to\mathrm{R}^2(GF)(X). \end{aligned}\]

  3. Prove that the first edge morphism is an isomorphism for every \(n\) if \(\mathrm{R}^qF(X)=0\) for \(q>0\), and that the second edge morphism is an isomorphism for every \(n\) if \(\mathrm{R}^pG(\mathrm{R}^qF(X))=0\) for \(p>0\).

Solution.

Along the bottom edge, \(E_2^{n,0}=\mathrm{R}^nG(FX)\) maps surjectively, page by page, to \(E_\infty^{n,0}\). The latter term is the deepest filtration piece \(\mathrm{F}^n\mathrm{R}^n(GF)(X)\), and its inclusion in the abutment gives the first edge morphism. Along the left edge, the quotient \[\mathrm{R}^n(GF)(X)/\mathrm{F}^1 \simeq E_\infty^{0,n}\] embeds in \(E_2^{0,n}=G(\mathrm{R}^nF(X))\); their composite gives the second edge morphism. These directions agree with equation.

The computation in the working method above applies to every first-quadrant spectral sequence and gives \[0\to E_2^{1,0}\to H^1\to E_2^{0,1} \xrightarrow{d_2}E_2^{2,0}\to H^2.\] Substituting \[E_2^{p,q}=\mathrm{R}^pG(\mathrm{R}^qF(X)), \qquad H^n=\mathrm{R}^n(GF)(X)\] gives exactly the stated five-term sequence.

If \(\mathrm{R}^qF(X)=0\) for \(q>0\), only the row \(q=0\) is nonzero. There are no differentials or cross-row extension problems, so \[E_2^{n,0}=E_\infty^{n,0}=\mathrm{R}^n(GF)(X),\] and the first edge morphism is an isomorphism. If all terms with \(p>0\) vanish, only the column \(p=0\) remains; similarly, \[\mathrm{R}^n(GF)(X)=E_\infty^{0,n}=E_2^{0,n} =G(\mathrm{R}^nF(X)),\] and the second edge morphism is an isomorphism.

Exercise 7 — Cohomology of a cyclic group in concrete terms

Let \(C_m=\ensuremath{\left\langle \sigma \right\rangle}\) be the cyclic group of order \(m\), and equip \(A=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/r\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\) with the trivial \(C_m\)-action. Write \(d=\gcd(m,r)\). Use the periodic resolution \[\cdots\xrightarrow{\nu}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \xrightarrow{\sigma-1}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \xrightarrow{\nu}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m] \xrightarrow{\sigma-1}\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]\to\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\to0, \qquad \nu=1+\sigma+\cdots+\sigma^{m-1},\] to compute \(\operatorname{H}^n(C_m,A)\) for all \(n\geq0\). As a check, also determine the answer for the trivial coefficients \(A=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\).

Solution.

Every \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]}(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m],A)\) is canonically isomorphic to \(A\). Because the action is trivial, \(\sigma-1\) acts as zero, while \(\nu\) acts as multiplication by \(m\). Applying \(\operatorname{Hom}_{\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}[C_m]}(-,A)\) therefore gives the complex \[0\to\underbracket{A}_{0}\xrightarrow{0} \underbracket{A}_{1}\xrightarrow{\times m}A \xrightarrow{0}A\xrightarrow{\times m}A\to\cdots.\] Consequently, \[\operatorname{H}^n(C_m,A)\simeq \begin{cases} A,&n=0,\\ A[m]:=\operatorname{ker}(\times m:A\to A),&n>0\text{ odd},\\ A/mA,&n>0\text{ even}. \end{cases}\] For \(A=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/r\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the subgroup \(A[m]\) is generated by the class of \(r/d\) and has order \(d\), so \(A[m]\simeq\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/d\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). The subgroup \(mA\) has order \(r/d\), so the quotient \(A/mA\) is also cyclic of order \(d\). Thus \[\operatorname{H}^n(C_m,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/r\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq \begin{cases} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/r\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},&n=0,\\ \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/d\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},&n>0. \end{cases}\] For \(A=\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\), the kernel of multiplication by \(m\) is zero and its cokernel is \(\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}\). Hence \[\operatorname{H}^n(C_m,\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}})\simeq \begin{cases} \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},&n=0,\\ 0,&n>0\text{ odd},\\ \ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}}/m\ensuremath{\mathbb{Z}},&n>0\text{ even}. \end{cases}\] This is the direct specialization of Proposition reference.

Exercise 8 — Checking a multiplicative filtration

Let \((A^\bullet,d,\mu)\) be a cohomological dg algebra over a commutative ring \(\Bbbk\), equipped with a decreasing filtration that is exhaustive and bounded in every degree, \[d(\mathrm{F}^pA)\subset\mathrm{F}^pA, \qquad \mathrm{F}^pA\cdot\mathrm{F}^{p'}A \subset\mathrm{F}^{p+p'}A.\]

  1. Prove that \(E_0=\operatorname{gr}_{\mathrm F}A\) has a graded multiplication and that \(d_0\) satisfies the Leibniz rule.

  2. If \(x\) and \(y\) represent classes in \(E_r^{p,q}\) and \(E_r^{p',q'}\), prove that \(xy\) represents a class in \(E_r^{p+p',q+q'}\), that its product is independent of the chosen representatives, and that \[d_r(xy)=d_r(x)y+(-1)^{p+q}x\,d_r(y).\]

  3. For the induced filtration \(\mathrm{F}^p\operatorname{H}^n(A)=\operatorname{im}[\operatorname{H}^n(\mathrm{F}^pA)\to\operatorname{H}^n(A)]\), prove that \[\mathrm{F}^p\operatorname{H}^n(A)\cdot\mathrm{F}^{p'}\operatorname{H}^{n'}(A) \subset\mathrm{F}^{p+p'}\operatorname{H}^{n+n'}(A)\] and that the convergence isomorphism \(E_\infty\simeq\operatorname{gr}_{\mathrm F}\operatorname{H}(A)\) preserves multiplication.

Solution.

For homogeneous classes \([x]\in\operatorname{gr}^p_{\mathrm F}A^n\) and \([y]\in\operatorname{gr}^{p'}_{\mathrm F}A^{n'}\), define \[[x][y]:=[xy]\in\operatorname{gr}^{p+p'}_{\mathrm F}A^{n+n'}.\] If \(x\) or \(y\) is changed by an element at the next filtration level, multiplicative compatibility places the resulting change in \(xy\) inside \(\mathrm{F}^{p+p'+1}\), so the multiplication is well defined. Since \(d\) preserves the filtration, it induces \(d_0\), and the Leibniz rule in \(A\) gives \[d_0([x][y])=d_0([x])\,[y]+(-1)^n[x]\,d_0([y]).\]

On the \(E_r\) page, representatives can be chosen so that \[x\in\mathrm{F}^pA^{p+q},\quad dx\in\mathrm{F}^{p+r}A^{p+q+1},\] and similarly \(y\in\mathrm{F}^{p'}A^{p'+q'}\) with \(dy\in\mathrm{F}^{p'+r}A^{p'+q'+1}\). Filtration compatibility and the Leibniz rule give \[xy\in\mathrm{F}^{p+p'}A^{p+q+p'+q'},\] and \[d(xy)=dx\,y+(-1)^{p+q}x\,dy \in\mathrm{F}^{p+p'+r}A^{p+q+p'+q'+1}.\] Thus \(xy\) indeed determines a class in \(E_r^{p+p',q+q'}\), and the Leibniz formula for \(d_r\) follows immediately.

To check that the result is independent of the representatives, it is enough to consider changes by \(r\)-boundaries and by elements in a deeper filtration. If, for example, \(x\) is replaced by \(x+du\), with \(u\in\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1}A^{p+q-1}\), then \[(du)y=d(uy)-(-1)^{p+q-1}u\,dy.\] The first term is a boundary, while the second lies in \[\mathrm{F}^{p-r+1+p'+r}A =\mathrm{F}^{p+p'+1}A,\] so it does not change the class in question. A change of the representative \(y\) is handled symmetrically; changes in a deeper filtration are even more immediate. Thus multiplication is well defined on every page and passes to \(E_{r+1}\simeq\operatorname{H}(E_r,d_r)\).

Finally, if \([x]\in\mathrm{F}^p\operatorname{H}^n(A)\) and \([y]\in\mathrm{F}^{p'}\operatorname{H}^{n'}(A)\), choose closed representatives \(x\in\mathrm{F}^pA^n\) and \(y\in\mathrm{F}^{p'}A^{n'}\). Their product \(xy\) is closed and lies in \(\mathrm{F}^{p+p'}A^{n+n'}\), which proves the required filtration inclusion. The isomorphism \(E_\infty^{p,q}\simeq\operatorname{gr}^p_{\mathrm F}\operatorname{H}^{p+q}(A)\) is built from the same filtered representatives on both sides. The product of two representatives maps to the class of their product, so this isomorphism preserves multiplication. This check is the argument represented in Proposition reference.

References

Adámek, Jiřı́, and Jiřı́ Rosický. 1994. Locally Presentable and Accessible Categories. Vol. 189. London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511600579.
Aguiar, Marcelo, and Swapneel Mahajan. 2010. Monoidal Functors, Species and Hopf Algebras. Vol. 29. CRM Monograph Series. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI. https://doi.org/10.1090/crmm/029.
Bergman, George M. 2012. “On Diagram-Chasing in Double Complexes.” Theory Appl. Categ. 26: No. 3, 60–96.
Boardman, J. Michael. 1999. “Conditionally Convergent Spectral Sequences.” In Homotopy Invariant Algebraic Structures (Baltimore, MD, 1998), vol. 239. Contemp. Math. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI. https://doi.org/10.1090/conm/239/03597.
Bökstedt, Marcel, and Amnon Neeman. 1993. “Homotopy Limits in Triangulated Categories.” Compositio Math. 86 (2): 209–34. http://www.numdam.org/item?id=CM_1993__86_2_209_0.
Bourbaki, N. 1970. Éléments de Mathématique. Théorie Des Ensembles. Hermann, Paris.
Bühler, Theo. 2010. “Exact Categories.” Expo. Math. 28 (1): 1–69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.exmath.2009.04.004.
Cartan, Henri, and Samuel Eilenberg. 1956. Homological Algebra. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. J.
Cassels, J. W. S., and A. Fröhlich, eds. 2010. Algebraic Number Theory. London Mathematical Society, London.
Deligne, P. 1990. “Catégories Tannakiennes.” In The Grothendieck Festschrift, Vol. II, vol. 87. Progr. Math. Birkhäuser Boston, Boston, MA.
Douady, Adrien. 1959. “La Suite Spectrale d’adams : Structure Multiplicative.” Séminaire Henri Cartan 11 (2). www.numdam.org/item/SHC_1958-1959__11_2_A10_0/.
Drinfeld, Vladimir. 2003. “On the Notion of Geometric Realization.” arXiv Mathematics e-Prints, math/0304064. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0304064.
Freyd, Peter J. 2003. “Abelian Categories.” Repr. Theory Appl. Categ., no. 3: 1–190.
Gabriel, Peter, and Friedrich Ulmer. 1971. Lokal Präsentierbare Kategorien. Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Vol. 221. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-New York.
Gabriel, P., and M. Zisman. 1967. Calculus of Fractions and Homotopy Theory. Ergebnisse Der Mathematik Und Ihrer Grenzgebiete, Band 35. Springer-Verlag New York, Inc., New York.
Grothendieck, Alexander. 1957. “Sur Quelques Points d’algèbre Homologique.” Tôhoku Math. J. (2) 9: 119–221.
Grothendieck, Alexander. 1972. Théorie Des Topos Et Cohomologie Étale Des Schémas. Tome 1: Théorie Des Topos. Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Vol. 269. Springer-Verlag.
Hall, Marshall, Jr. 1976. The Theory of Groups. Chelsea Publishing Co., New York.
Hartshorne, Robin. 1966. Residues and Duality. Lecture Notes of a Seminar on the Work of a. Grothendieck, Given at Harvard 1963/64. With an Appendix by p. Deligne. Lecture Notes in Mathematics, No. 20. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-New York.
Hochschild, G. 1956. “Relative Homological Algebra.” Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 82: 246–69. https://doi.org/10.2307/1992988.
Hochschild, G., and J.-P. Serre. 1953. “Cohomology of Group Extensions.” Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 74: 110–34. https://doi.org/10.2307/1990851.
Jacobson, N. 1945a. “Structure Theory of Simple Rings Without Finiteness Assumptions.” Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 57: 228–45.
Jacobson, N. 1945b. “The Radical and Semi-Simplicity for Arbitrary Rings.” Amer. J. Math. 67: 300–320.
Jech, Thomas. 2003. Set Theory. Springer Monographs in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag.
Joyal, André, and Ross Street. 1991. “An Introduction to Tannaka Duality and Quantum Groups.” In Category Theory (Como, 1990), vol. 1488. Lecture Notes in Math. Springer, Berlin. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0084235.
Kashiwara, Masaki, and Pierre Schapira. 2006. Categories and Sheaves. Vol. 332. Grundlehren Der Mathematischen Wissenschaften. Springer-Verlag.
Kelly, G. M. 2005. “Basic Concepts of Enriched Category Theory.” Repr. Theory Appl. Categ., no. 10: vi+137. http://www.tac.mta.ca/tac/reprints/articles/10/tr10.pdf.
Krause, Henning. 2015. “Krull-Schmidt Categories and Projective Covers.” Expo. Math. 33 (4): 535–49. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.exmath.2015.10.001.
Kreı̆n, M. 1949. “A Principle of Duality for Bicompact Groups and Quadratic Block Algebras.” Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR (N.S.) 69: 725–28.
Kuhn, Nicholas J. 1994. “Generic Representations of the Finite General Linear Groups and the Steenrod Algebra. I.” Amer. J. Math. 116 (2): 327–60. https://doi.org/10.2307/2374932.
Lam, T. Y. 1999. Lectures on Modules and Rings. Vol. 189. Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, New York. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0525-8.
Loday, Jean-Louis. 1998. Cyclic Homology. Second. Vol. 301. Grundlehren Der Mathematischen Wissenschaften. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-11389-9.
Loregian, Fosco. 2021. (Co)end Calculus. Vol. 468. London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108778657.
Lurie, Jacob. 2009. Higher Topos Theory. Vol. 170. Annals of Mathematics Studies. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830558.
Lurie, Jacob. 2017. Higher Algebra.” https://www.math.ias.edu/~lurie/papers/HA.pdf.
Mac Lane, Saunders. 1998. Categories for the Working Mathematician. Second edition. Vol. 5. Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag.
Maltsiniotis, Georges. 2007. “Le Théorème de Quillen, d’adjonction Des Foncteurs Dérivés, Revisité.” C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 344 (9): 549–52. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crma.2007.03.011.
Müger, Michael. 2007. “Appendix - Abstract Duality Theory for Symmetric Tensor *-Categories.” In Philosophy of Physics, edited by Jeremy Butterfield and John Earman. Handbook of the Philosophy of Science. North-Holland. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-044451560-5/50018-X.
Nitsure, Nitin. 2009. “Sign (Di)lemma for Dimension Shifting.” Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Math. Sci. 119 (2): 179–86. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12044-009-0018-z.
Riehl, Emily. 2016. Category Theory in Context. Dover Publications.
Roos, Jan-Erik. 2006. “Derived Functors of Inverse Limits Revisited.” J. London Math. Soc. (2) 73 (1): 65–83. https://doi.org/10.1112/S0024610705022416.
Saavedra Rivano, Neantro. 1972. Catégories Tannakiennes. Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Vol. 265. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-New York.
Serpé, C. 2003. “Resolution of Unbounded Complexes in Grothendieck Categories.” J. Pure Appl. Algebra 177 (1): 103–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-4049(02)00075-0.
Spaltenstein, N. 1988. “Resolutions of Unbounded Complexes.” Compositio Math. 65 (2): 121–54. http://www.numdam.org/item?id=CM_1988__65_2_121_0.
Spanier, E. 1963. “Quasi-Topologies.” Duke Math. J. 30: 1–14. http://projecteuclid.org/euclid.dmj/1077374518.
Stacks Project Authors, The. 2020. Stacks Project. Https://stacks.math.columbia.edu.
Swan, Richard G. 1969. “Groups of Cohomological Dimension One.” J. Algebra 12: 585–610. https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-8693(69)90030-1.
Tannaka, Tadao. 1938. Über den Dualitätssatz der nichtkommutativen topologischen Gruppen.” Tôhoku Math. J. 45: 1–12.
Théorie Des Topos Et Cohomologie Étale Des Schémas. Tome 3. 1973. Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Vol. 305. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-New York.
Wedderburn, J. H. MacLagan. 1907. “On Hypercomplex Numbers.” Proc. London Math. Soc. S2-6 (1): 77. https://doi.org/10.1112/plms/s2-6.1.77.
Weibel, Charles A. 1994. An Introduction to Homological Algebra. Vol. 38. Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139644136.
Weibel, Charles A. 1999. “History of Homological Algebra.” In History of Topology. North-Holland, Amsterdam. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-044482375-5/50029-8.
Witherspoon, Sarah J. 2019. Hochschild Cohomology for Algebras. Vol. 204. Graduate Studies in Mathematics. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/204.
Yekutieli, Amnon. 2020. Derived Categories. Vol. 183. Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
丘维声. 2011. 群表示论. 现代数学基础丛书. 北京: 高等教育出版社.
尤承业. 1997. 基础拓扑学讲义. 北京: 北京大学出版社.
席南华. 2016. 基础代数(第一卷). 北京: 科学出版社.
席南华. 2018. 基础代数(第二卷). 北京: 科学出版社.
张鸿林, 葛显良. 2010. 英汉数学词汇(第二版). 北京: 清华大学出版社.
李文威. 2019. 代数学方法 (第一卷). 67.1. 现代数学基础丛书. 北京: 高等教育出版社.
熊金城. 2011. 点集拓扑讲义. 北京: 高等教育出版社.
白正简, 黎景辉, 周国晖. 2014. 高等线性代数学. 北京: 高等教育出版社.
章璞, 吴泉水. 2018. 基础代数学讲义. 现代数学基础丛书. 北京: 高等教育出版社.
黎景辉. 2019. 代数 k 理论. 北京: 科学出版社.
黎景辉, 冯绪宁. 2014. 拓扑群引论. 北京: 科学出版社.